GAC Guinea Alumina Project SEA Volume 2 Impact Assessment

Social and Environmental
Assessment
Volume 2 Impact Assessment
Rev 0
July 2008
Prepared for
Guinea Alumina Corporation
100 Brooks Street - Level 1
Fortitude Valley Qld 4006 Australia
Prepared by
Knight Pisold and Co.
1580 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado 80203-1512 USA
Telephone: +1 303 629 8788
Facsimile: +1 303 629 8789
Project No. DV30100155.01

Guinea Alumina Project
Social and Environmental Assessment
Volume 2 - Impact Assessment
July 2008
Prepared for
100 Brookes Street - Level 1
Fortitude Valley Qld 4006 Australia

Prepared by
Knight Pisold and Co.
1580 Lincoln Street, Suite 1000
Denver, Colorado, USA 80203-1512
Telephone: +1 303 629 8788
Facsimile: +1 303 629 8789
Project 30100155.01

ii
Volume 2 Impact Assessment REV 0 July 2008
Preface
Knight Pisold and Co. has compiled the Guinea Alumina Project Social and Environmental
Assessment (SEA) based solely on information contained either in the reference documents cited
in Section 8 of Volume 2 - Impact Assessment, on information provided by GAC representatives
and its contractors, and on direct observations made on-site by Knight Pisold team members
Leyla Day (between October 22 and October 26, 2007) and Diana Bernaola (between October 22
and November 5, 2007). Additionally, Knight Pisold was involved in a number of discussions
with GAC staff during the course of first semester, 2008, as well as meetings with IFC staff.

Knight Pisold has not conducted technical reviews of the engineering designs and no new
information or data has been generated by Knight Pisold in compiling this report. However, in
some instances with regard to health, safety, environment, and community issues, Knight Pisold
has interpreted the data that was developed and provided by others and has drawn conclusions
independent of the original authors. These conclusions are predicated on the accuracy and
suitability of the basic information presented in the referenced documents, on which Knight
Pisold relied for accuracy without verification beyond cursory visual inspection. The
conclusions are also based on Knight Pisolds substantial experience with similar mining and
industrial projects in West Africa, elsewhere in Africa, and in other parts of the world.

Some of the information presented in this document has been imported verbatim from the
referenced reports. Because all of the basic information presented herein is the work product of
others, nearly all sections require at least some credit being assigned to original authors. For
ease of reading, Knight Pisold has not included quotations when direct quotes have been used,
nor has it included references where the information was generated by others. Virtually all of the
substantive information presented in this document is the work product of those listed in the
References cited in Volume 2, Section 8.

This report entitled Guinea Alumina Project Social and Environmental Assessment, Volumes 1
through 5 inclusive, has been prepared for the exclusive use of Guinea Alumina Corporation. No
third party shall be entitled to use this report without written consent of Guinea Alumina
Corporation and Knight Pisold. The use of this report and information contained herein shall be
at the sole risk of the user regardless of any fault or negligence of Guinea Alumina Corporation
or Knight Pisold.

iii
The analyses presented in the Guinea Alumina Project Social and Environmental Assessment,
Volumes 1 through 5 inclusive, have been completed to the level of detail and within the limits
presented in the reference documents. The content of this report has been reviewed by Guinea
Alumina Corporation and Knight Pisold and Co. for completeness, accuracy, and
appropriateness of conclusions. To the best of our knowledge, the information presented in this
report is accurate to the limits specified herein.

July 22, 2008
Judith Kreps, P.G. Date
Senior Environmental Scientist

July 22, 2008
Barbara A. Filas, P.E. Date
Project Manager / Project Principal

iv

Table of Contents
Preface ............................................................................................................................................. ii
1.0 Introduction................................................................................................................................1
1.1 Project Objective............................................................................................................1
1.2 Background and Need....................................................................................................3
1.3 Significant Outcomes.....................................................................................................5
1.4 Report Organization.....................................................................................................11
2.0 Policy, Legal, and Administrative Framework........................................................................13
2.1 Corporate Commitments..............................................................................................14
2.2 Republic of Guinea Applicable Environmental Laws ..............................................15
2.2.1 The Environment Code.................................................................................16
2.2.2 The EIA Conduct Decree..............................................................................16
2.2.3 Order 990 ......................................................................................................17
2.2.4 The EIA Process Decree ...............................................................................17
2.3 Republic of Guinea Applicable Land Use and Labor Laws ......................................18
2.3.1 The Fundamental Law..................................................................................18
2.3.2 The Land Code..............................................................................................19
2.3.2.1 Customary Rights...........................................................................19
2.3.2.2 Expropriation .................................................................................19
2.3.2.3 Evaluation of and Compensation for Affected Goods...................21
2.3.3 The Mining Code ..........................................................................................21
2.3.3.1 Provisions Relevant to Land Occupation and Compensation........21
2.3.3.2 Evaluation of and Compensation for Affected Goods...................22
2.3.3.3 Preferential Hiring of Local Personnel ..........................................22
Table of Contents (Continued)

v
2.3.3.4 Occupational Health and Safety.....................................................22
2.3.4 Declaration of Land Policy in Rural Environment .......................................22
2.3.5 Urban Code ...................................................................................................23
2.3.6 Pastoral Code ................................................................................................23
2.3.7 The Labor Code ............................................................................................23
2.3.8 Work Code....................................................................................................24
2.3.9 Investment Code ...........................................................................................29
2.4 International Conventions and Treaties .......................................................................29
2.5 Equator Principles and IFC Performance Standards....................................................32
2.6 Compliance Targets .....................................................................................................39
2.6.1 IFC General EHS Guidelines........................................................................39
2.6.1.1 Air Quality .....................................................................................40
2.6.1.2 Noise ..............................................................................................43
2.6.1.3 Liquid Effluent...............................................................................43
2.6.1.4 Water Conservation .......................................................................44
2.6.1.5 Energy Conservation......................................................................45
2.6.1.6 Greenhouse Gases (GHGs) ............................................................46
2.6.1.7 Waste Management........................................................................46
2.6.1.8 Hazardous Materials Management ................................................47
2.6.1.9 Contaminated Land........................................................................47
2.6.1.10 Monitoring ...................................................................................48
2.6.2 WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines for Mining.........................................................48
2.6.2.1 Water Use and Quality...................................................................48
2.6.2.2 Wastes............................................................................................50
2.6.2.3 Land Use and Biodiversity.............................................................51
2.6.2.4 Air Quality .....................................................................................53
2.6.2.5 Noise and Vibration.......................................................................53
2.6.2.6 Energy Use.....................................................................................54

vi
2.6.2.7 Visual Impact .................................................................................54
2.6.2.8 General Workplace Health and Safety...........................................54
2.6.2.9 Hazardous Substances....................................................................55
2.6.2.10 Use of Explosives ........................................................................55
2.6.2.11 Electrical Safety and Isolation .....................................................55
2.6.2.12 Physical Hazards..........................................................................56
2.6.2.13 Fitness for Work ..........................................................................57
2.6.2.14 Travel and Remote Site Health....................................................57
2.6.2.15 Thermal Stress .............................................................................57
2.6.2.16 Occupational Noise and Vibration...............................................57
2.6.2.17 Community Health and Safety.....................................................57
2.6.2.18 Mine Closure and Post-Closure ...................................................58
2.6.3 WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines, Base Metal Smelting and Refining..................59
2.6.3.1 Air Quality .....................................................................................59
2.6.3.2 Liquid Effluent...............................................................................61
2.6.3.3 Energy and Water Conservation....................................................62
2.6.3.4 Red Mud Disposal..........................................................................63
2.6.3.6 Community Health.........................................................................64
2.6.4 WBG/IFC Guidelines for New Thermal Power Plants.................................64
2.6.4.1 Air Emission ..................................................................................65
2.6.4.2 Liquid Effluents .............................................................................66
2.6.5 WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines, Port and Harbor Facilities................................67
2.6.5.1 Air Emissions.................................................................................68
2.6.5.2 Liquid Effluent...............................................................................68
2.6.5.3 Waste Management........................................................................68
2.6.5.4 Hazardous Materials and Oil Management....................................68
2.6.5.5 Dredged materials management.....................................................69

vii
2.6.5.6 Biodiversity....................................................................................69
2.6.5.8 Community Health and Safety.......................................................70
2.6.5.9 Performance Indicators and Monitoring........................................70
2.6.6 IFC EHS Guidelines for Railways................................................................70
2.6.6.1 Environmental Considerations.......................................................70
2.6.6.3 Community Health and Safety.......................................................73
2.6.6.4 Performance Indicators and Monitoring........................................74
2.7 Other International Organization Guidelines...............................................................74
2.8 Existing Permits and Clearances..................................................................................75
2.8.1 Mining Concession .......................................................................................75
2.8.2 Permit for Development of Railways and Seaports......................................76
2.8.3 Permit for the Use of Explosives ..................................................................76
2.8.4 Permits for Tree Cutting, Land Clearing, and Excavation............................76
2.8.5 Construction Permits.....................................................................................76
2.8.6 Permit for the Development of Transportation Facilities .............................77
2.8.7 Permit for the Construction of a Power Station............................................77
2.8.8 Permits for the Building Dams and Waterworks ..........................................77
2.8.9 Permit for the Alumina Refinery ..................................................................77
2.9 Existing Permits, Commitments and Authorizations...................................................78
3.0 Project Description...................................................................................................................79
3.1 Introduction..................................................................................................................79
3.2 Current Project Status ..................................................................................................79
3.2.1 Refinery Implementation ..............................................................................83
3.2.2 Port Implementation......................................................................................84
3.2.3 Engineering Design.......................................................................................84
3.3 Employee Housing.......................................................................................................85

viii
3.3.1 Refinery Area Accommodations...................................................................86
3.3.2 Family Employee Accommodations.............................................................86
3.3.3 Port Area Accommodations..........................................................................87
3.4 Employment and Labor Force .....................................................................................87
3.5 Refinery Area Project Components .............................................................................89
3.5.1 Mining Operations ........................................................................................91
3.5.1.1 Clearing and Stripping...................................................................93
3.5.1.2 Drilling and Blasting......................................................................93
3.5.1.3 Excavating......................................................................................94
3.5.1.4 Hauling and Stockpiling ................................................................95
3.5.1.5 Concurrent Reclamation ................................................................95
3.5.2 Refinery Processes........................................................................................96
3.5.2.1 General Bayer Process ................................................................97
3.5.2.2 Bauxite Receiving and Crushing ...................................................97
3.5.2.3 Bauxite Grinding and Blending .....................................................98
3.5.2.4 Lime Slaking..................................................................................98
3.5.2.5 Desilication ....................................................................................98
3.5.2.6 Digestion........................................................................................98
3.5.2.7 Acid Preparation ............................................................................99
3.5.2.8 Mud Settling and Washing.............................................................99
3.5.2.9 Mud and Security Filtration.........................................................100
3.5.2.10 Heat Interchange Department (HID) .........................................100
3.5.2.11 Spent Liquor Evaporation..........................................................100
3.5.2.12 Salting Out Evaporation.............................................................100
3.5.2.13 Precipitation...............................................................................101
3.5.2.14 Hydrate Classification................................................................101
3.5.2.15 Cooling Towers..........................................................................101
3.5.2.16 Product Filtration and Filtration.................................................102

ix
3.5.2.17 Calcination and Hydrate Storage ...............................................102
3.5.2.18 Alumina Loading .......................................................................102
3.5.2.19 Refinery Energy Consumption ..................................................102
3.5.3 Red Mud Disposal Facility .........................................................................103
3.5.3.1 Facility Design.............................................................................103
3.5.3.2 Red Mud Composition.................................................................104
3.5.3.3 Storage of Red Mud.....................................................................105
3.5.3.4 Effluent Holding Pond.................................................................106
3.5.4 Water Supply Reservoir..............................................................................107
3.5.5 Power Plant .................................................................................................109
3.5.5.1 Boilers..........................................................................................110
3.5.5.2 Electricity Generation..................................................................111
3.5.5.3 Process Steam..............................................................................111
3.5.6 Stormwater Management ............................................................................111
3.5.7 Supply, Handling, and Storage of Raw Materials and Fuel........................113
3.5.7.1 Material Stockpiles ......................................................................114
3.5.7.2 Quarry ..........................................................................................115
3.5.7.3 Alumina........................................................................................115
3.5.7.4 Coal ..............................................................................................115
3.5.7.5 Caustic Soda.................................................................................116
3.5.7.6 Heavy Fuel Oil and Diesel Fuel Oil.............................................116
3.5.7.7 Quicklime.....................................................................................116
3.5.7.8 Limestone.....................................................................................116
3.5.7.9 Sulfuric Acid................................................................................117
3.5.7.10 Flocculants .................................................................................117
3.5.8 Resettlement Village...................................................................................119
3.6 Port Area Project Components...................................................................................119
3.6.1 Existing Regional Port Facilities ................................................................120

x
3.6.2 Port Requirements.......................................................................................121
3.6.3 Kamsar Container Quay..............................................................................122
3.6.4 Alumina Terminal .......................................................................................123
3.6.4.1 Alumina Operations.....................................................................124
3.6.4.2 Coal and Limestone Operations...................................................125
3.6.4.3 Caustic Soda and Petroleum Operations......................................126
3.6.4.4 Administrative Facilities and Utilities .........................................126
3.6.4.5 Power Generation and Distribution Facilities..............................126
3.6.5 Marine Terminal .........................................................................................127
3.6.5.1 Approach Jetty .............................................................................127
3.6.5.2 Alumina Quay..............................................................................128
3.6.6 Vessel Access and Channel Widening........................................................128
3.6.7 Berth Deepening .........................................................................................129
3.7 Infrastructure..............................................................................................................129
3.7.1 Access and Haul Roads...............................................................................129
3.7.2 Rail Way Infrastructure...............................................................................131
3.7.2.1 Rail Facilities Requirements........................................................131
3.7.2.2 Rolling Stock ...............................................................................132
3.7.2.3 Refinery Rail Infrastructure .........................................................132
3.7.2.4 Port Rail Infrastructure ................................................................133
3.7.3 Potable Water..............................................................................................133
3.7.4 Water Distribution ......................................................................................134
3.7.5 Wastewater Treatment ................................................................................134
3.8 Environmental Discharges During Operations ..........................................................135
3.8.1 Non-Greenhouse Gas and Particulate Air Emissions .................................135
3.8.1.1 Mining Emissions ........................................................................135
3.8.1.2 Bauxite Handling, Final Crushing, and Grinding Emissions.......135
3.8.1.3 Alumina Calcining Emissions......................................................136

xi
3.8.1.4 Lime Handling Emissions............................................................136
3.8.1.5 Alumina Handling Emissions ......................................................136
3.8.1.6 Power Plant Emissions.................................................................136
3.8.1.7 Mobile Equipment Emissions......................................................137
3.8.2 Emissions of Greenhouse Gases .................................................................137
3.8.3 Noise ...........................................................................................................140
3.8.4 Liquid Effluents ..........................................................................................141
3.8.4.1 Refinery Process Effluents...........................................................141
3.8.4.2 Other Refinery Effluents..............................................................141
3.8.4.3 Red Mud Discharges....................................................................142
3.8.4.4 Boiler Effluent .............................................................................142
3.8.4.5 Sanitary Wastewater ....................................................................142
3.8.5 Solid Wastes................................................................................................143
3.8.5.1 Identification of Waste Streams...................................................143
3.8.5.2 Onsite Disposal Facilities ............................................................145
3.8.5.3 Industrial, Domestic, and Hazardous Waste Management ..........145
4.0 Refinery-Area Baseline and Impact Assessment ...................................................................147
4.1 Existing Environmental Conditions...........................................................................147
4.1.1 Environmental Zone of Influence ...............................................................147
4.1.2 Climate and Meteorology ...........................................................................147
4.1.2.1 Precipitation.................................................................................150
4.1.2.2 Temperature .................................................................................151
4.1.2.3 Evaporation and Evapo-Transpiration.........................................151
4.1.2.4 Relative Humidity and Fog..........................................................152
4.1.2.5 Extreme Climatic Phenomena......................................................152
4.1.2.6 Winds ...........................................................................................152
4.1.3 Air Quality ..................................................................................................153
4.1.4 Noise and Vibration....................................................................................157

xii
4.1.5 Topography and Visual Resources .............................................................158
4.1.6 Geology and Seismicity..............................................................................159
4.1.6.1 Paleozoic Stratigraphy .................................................................159
4.1.6.2 Mesozoic Stratigraphy .................................................................159
4.1.6.3 Cenozoic Stratigraphy..................................................................160
4.1.6.4 Bauxite Ore Bodies......................................................................160
4.1.6.5 Red Mud.......................................................................................161
4.1.6.6 Regional Seismicity .....................................................................161
4.1.7 Soils.............................................................................................................162
4.1.8 Surface Water Resources ............................................................................164
4.1.8.1 Watersheds...................................................................................164
4.1.8.2 Surface Water Quality..................................................................167
4.1.9 Groundwater Resources..............................................................................170
4.1.9.1 Groundwater Hydrology..............................................................171
4.1.9.2 Groundwater Quality ...................................................................173
4.1.10 Flora and Vegetation.................................................................................175
4.1.10.1 Methodology..............................................................................176
4.1.10.2 Regional Distribution of Vegetation Associations ....................177
4.1.10.3 Regional Threats to Flora Diversity...........................................180
4.1.10.4 Vegetation and Flora Assemblages in Specific Project Areas...180
4.1.10.5 Sensitive and Protected Species.................................................183
4.1.11 Fauna.........................................................................................................185
4.1.11.1 Methodology..............................................................................185
4.1.11.2 Regional Background and Context ............................................188
4.1.11.3 Wildlife Habitats........................................................................189
4.1.11.4 Ichthyology of the Study Area...................................................190
4.1.11.5 Amphibians and Reptiles in the Study Area..............................191
4.1.11.6 Avifauna of the Study Area .......................................................192

xiii
4.1.11.7 Mammals in the Study Area ......................................................193
4.1.11.9 West African Chimpanzee .........................................................196
4.1.11.10 Critical and Important Habitats within the Study Area ...........200
4.1.12 Protected and Significant Resource Areas................................................202
4.2 Existing Social Conditions.........................................................................................204
4.2.1 Social Zone of Influence.............................................................................204
4.2.2 Methodology...............................................................................................205
4.2.3 Social and Political Organization................................................................206
4.2.3.1 Administrative Structure..............................................................206
4.2.3.2 Village Social Structure and Organization ..................................207
4.2.3.3 Non-Government Organizations and Other Institutions..............208
4.2.4 Demographics .............................................................................................209
4.2.4.1 Regional Population.....................................................................209
4.2.4.2 Study Area Population.................................................................209
4.2.4.3 Ethnic Groups ..............................................................................211
4.2.4.4 Language......................................................................................212
4.2.4.5 Religion........................................................................................213
4.2.4.6 Housing........................................................................................214
4.2.4.7 Role of Women............................................................................214
4.2.4.8 Vulnerable and Disadvantaged Groups .......................................216
4.2.4.9 Internal Migration, Refugees, and Internally Displaced People..219
4.2.5 Education ....................................................................................................219
4.2.5.1 Infrastructure................................................................................219
4.2.5.2 Enrollment and Literacy ..............................................................220
4.2.6 Human Health.............................................................................................222
4.2.6.1 Infrastructure and Health Services...............................................222
4.2.6.2 Public Health and Illnesses ..........................................................225

xiv
4.2.7 Land Use and Tenure..................................................................................230
4.2.7.1 Urban Environment......................................................................231
4.2.7.2 Rural Land Tenure .......................................................................232
4.2.7.3 Rural Land Use ............................................................................236
4.2.8 Livelihoods Activities and Employment Opportunities .............................237
4.2.8.1 Structure of Employment and Labor............................................238
4.2.8.2 Mining Industry ...........................................................................239
4.2.8.3 Agriculture ...................................................................................241
4.2.8.4 Animal Husbandry.......................................................................245
4.2.8.5 Natural Resources Use.................................................................246
4.2.8.6 Fishing and Hunting.....................................................................247
4.2.8.7 Other Economic Activities...........................................................247
4.2.8.8 Income from Livelihood Activities..............................................248
4.2.9 Infrastructure and Public Services ..............................................................249
4.2.9.1 Transportation Infrastructure and Services..................................249
4.2.9.2 Potable Water Infrastructure and Services...................................251
4.2.9.3 Wastewater and Waste Management ...........................................252
4.2.9.4 Utilities.........................................................................................253
4.2.9.5 Telecommunications....................................................................254
4.2.10 Cultural Resources and Archaeology........................................................254
4.2.11 Public Attitudes and Perceptions ..............................................................257
4.3 Potential Impacts, Mitigation, and Residual Impacts at the Refinery Site ................258
4.3.1 Air Quality ..................................................................................................261
4.3.3 Topography, Landforms, and Visual Resources.........................................301
4.3.4 Soils.............................................................................................................305
4.3.6 Groundwater Resources..............................................................................315

xv
4.3.7 Flora and Vegetation...................................................................................322
4.3.8 Fauna and Wildlife Habitat.........................................................................331
4.3.9 Aquatic Species...........................................................................................344
4.3.10 Cultural Resources....................................................................................351
4.3.10.1 Disturbance of Cemeteries/Graves ............................................351
4.3.10.2 Disturbance of Sacred Sites and Chance Finds..........................353
4.3.10.3 Mosques .....................................................................................355
4.3.11 Land and Natural Resources .....................................................................359
4.3.11.1 Loss of Agricultural and Fallow Lands to Other Uses ..............360
4.3.11.2 Loss of Pastures to Other Uses ..................................................363
4.3.11.3 Loss of Plantations and Savannahs............................................366
4.3.11.4 Offsetting Pressures to Other Resources ...................................368
4.3.12 Livelihood Activities ................................................................................373
4.3.12.1 Direct Employment ....................................................................373
4.3.12.2 Indirect Employment and Local Procurement Opportunities ....376
4.3.12.3 Disruption of Livelihoods Associated with Displacement ........378
4.3.12.4 Improved Skill Base as a Result of the Project..........................381
4.3.13 Population .................................................................................................385
4.3.13.1 Disruption to Relocated Residents.............................................385
4.3.13.2 Improved Living Conditions of Relocated Residents................387
4.3.13.3 Social Fabric Disruption to Receiving Communities ................388
4.3.13.4 Workforce and Community Relations .......................................389
4.3.13.5 Induced and Informal Influx......................................................393
4.3.13.6 Economic Dependence on the Project .......................................396
4.3.13.7 Community Expectations and Public Support ...........................398
4.3.14 Health and Safety......................................................................................403
4.3.14.1 Occupational Health and Safety.................................................404
4.3.14.2 Exposure to Project Hazards for Villages..................................405

xvi
4.3.14.3 Malaria Risks from the Reservoir and Population Influx..........408
4.3.14.4 HIV/AIDS, other STDs, and other Communicable Diseases ....410
4.3.14.5 Increased Traffic and Traffic-Related Incidents ........................412
4.3.14.6 Flyrock and Other Issues from Blasting Activities....................414
4.3.14.7 Presence of Security Personnel ..................................................416
4.3.14.8 Water Reservoir and Dam Safety ..............................................418
4.3.15 Infrastructure / Services ............................................................................425
4.3.15.1 Disruption/Damage to Infrastructure and Services....................425
4.3.15.2 Access Restrictions and Diversions...........................................427
5.0 Port Area Baselines and Impact Assessment .........................................................................432
5.1 Existing Environmental Conditions...........................................................................432
5.1.1 Environmental Zone of Influence ...............................................................432
5.1.2 Climate and Meteorology ...........................................................................432
5.1.2.1 Precipitation.................................................................................432
5.1.2.2 Temperature .................................................................................433
5.1.2.3 Winds ...........................................................................................433
5.1.2.4 Relative Humidity........................................................................435
5.1.2.5 Extreme Climatic Phenomena......................................................435
5.1.3 Air Quality ..................................................................................................435
5.1.5.1 Maritime and Littoral Landscape.................................................438
5.1.5.2 Rural and Agricultural Landscapes..............................................438
5.1.5.3 Urban Landscape .........................................................................439
5.1.6 Coastal and Marine Geology ......................................................................439
5.1.7 Bathymetry..................................................................................................440
5.1.8 Soils.............................................................................................................441

xvii
5.1.9.1 Watersheds...................................................................................443
5.1.9.2 Hydrodynamics............................................................................443
5.1.9.3 Surface Water Quality..................................................................446
5.1.10 Groundwater Resources............................................................................449
5.1.10.1 Groundwater Hydrology............................................................449
5.1.10.2 Groundwater Quality .................................................................449
5.1.11 Rio Nuez Estuary Sediments ..................................................................451
5.1.11.1 Sediment Distribution................................................................451
5.1.11.2 Sediment Origin.........................................................................452
5.1.11.3 Sediment Transport....................................................................452
5.1.11.4 Sediment Characterization.........................................................453
5.1.11.5 Dredging Operations..................................................................456
5.1.12 Flora and Vegetation.................................................................................456
5.1.12.1 Methodology..............................................................................457
5.1.12.2 Regional Distribution of Vegetation Associations ....................458
5.1.12.3 Regional Threats to Flora Diversity...........................................459
5.1.12.4 Flora and Vegetation in the Port Area .......................................460
5.1.13 Fauna.........................................................................................................461
5.1.13.1 Regional Background and Context ............................................461
5.1.13.2 Habitat Analysis.........................................................................462
5.1.13.3 Invertebrates in the Study Area..................................................462
5.1.13.4 Ichthyology of the Study Area...................................................464
5.1.13.5 Reptiles in the Study Area .........................................................465
5.1.13.6 Mammals in the Study Area ......................................................465
5.1.13.7 Avifauna of the Study Area .......................................................465
5.1.13.8 Threatened and Endangered Species .........................................468
5.1.13.9 Sensitive Habitats- Mangroves ..................................................468

xviii
5.1.14 Marine Ecosystem.....................................................................................468
5.1.14.1 Regional Threats to the Marine Environment............................469
5.1.14.2 Productivity of the Area.............................................................469
5.1.14.3 Methodology..............................................................................470
5.1.14.4 Rio Nuez Estuary.....................................................................470
5.2 Existing Social Conditions.........................................................................................471
5.2.1 Social Zone of Influence.............................................................................471
5.2.1.1 Kamsar .........................................................................................472
5.2.1.2 Taigb ..........................................................................................473
5.2.1.3 Kindiadi........................................................................................474
5.2.1.4 Daprass.........................................................................................474
5.2.1.5 Bok Bridge .................................................................................475
5.2.1.6 Kolaboui.......................................................................................475
5.2.2 Methodology...............................................................................................475
5.2.3 Demographics .............................................................................................476
5.2.3.1 Study Area Population.................................................................476
5.2.3.2 Ethnic Groups and Language.......................................................478
5.2.3.3 Religion........................................................................................478
5.2.3.4 Housing........................................................................................479
5.2.3.5 Vulnerable and Disadvantaged Groups .......................................479
5.2.4 Education ....................................................................................................479
5.2.4.1 Infrastructure................................................................................479
5.2.4.2 Enrollment and Literacy ..............................................................480
5.2.5 Human Health.............................................................................................483
5.2.5.1 Infrastructure and Health Services...............................................483
5.2.5.2 Public Health and Illnesses ..........................................................484
5.2.5.3 HIV/AIDS and STDs ...................................................................484
5.2.6 Land Use and Tenure..................................................................................485

xix
5.2.6.1 Urban and Peri-Urban Land Use..................................................485
5.2.6.2 Land Use and Ownership in the Project Area..............................487
5.2.7 Natural Resources Use................................................................................490
5.2.7.1 Timber Products...........................................................................490
5.2.7.2 Shellfish Gathering ......................................................................490
5.2.7.3 Salt Production.............................................................................491
5.2.8 Livelihood Activities and Employment Opportunities...............................491
5.2.8.1 Economic Activities in Kamsar Sub-Prefecture ..........................491
5.2.8.2 Economic Activities in the Study Area........................................492
5.2.9 Income from Livelihood Activities.............................................................496
5.2.10 Infrastructure and Public Services ............................................................496
5.2.10.1 Roads..........................................................................................496
5.2.10.2 Rail Facilities .............................................................................497
5.2.10.3 Ports and Navigation Channels..................................................498
5.2.10.4 Kamsar Airport ..........................................................................499
5.2.10.5 Potable Water Infrastructure and Services.................................499
5.2.10.6 Wastewater and Waste Management .........................................500
5.2.10.7 Utilities and Other Services .......................................................502
5.2.11 Archeological Sites, Cultural Resources, and Cultural Properties ...........502
5.2.12 Public Attitudes and Perceptions ..............................................................502
5.3 Potential Impacts, Mitigation, and Residual Impacts at the Port Site........................505
5.3.1 Air Quality ..................................................................................................506
5.3.4 Soils.............................................................................................................522
5.3.5 Water Resources .........................................................................................526
5.3.6 Vegetation and Flora...................................................................................531
5.3.7 Fauna and Wildlife Habitat.........................................................................539

xx
5.3.8 Cultural Resources......................................................................................551
5.3.9 Land and Natural Resources .......................................................................553
5.3.9.1 Loss of Agricultural Land and Crops to Other Uses....................555
5.3.9.2 Offsetting Pressures to Natural Resources...................................558
5.3.10 Livelihoods Activities and Employment Opportunities ...........................562
5.3.10.1 Disruption of Livelihoods Associated with Displacement ........562
5.3.10.2 Direct Employment ....................................................................567
5.3.10.3 Indirect Employment and Local Procurement Opportunities ....570
5.3.10.4 Improved Skill Base as a Result of the Project..........................572
5.3.11 Population .................................................................................................576
5.3.11.1 Disruption to Relocated Residents.............................................576
5.3.11.2 Improved Living Conditions of Relocated Residents................579
5.3.11.3 Workforce and Community Relations .......................................580
5.3.11.4 Induced and Informal In-Migration ...........................................581
5.3.11.5 Economic Dependence on the Project .......................................584
5.3.11.6 Community Expectations and Public Support ...........................585
5.3.12 Health and Safety......................................................................................590
5.3.12.1 Occupational Health and Safety.................................................590
5.3.12.2 Exposure to Project Hazards for Villages..................................592
5.3.12.3 HIV/AIDS, STDs, and other Communicable Diseases .............594
5.3.12.4 Increased Traffic and Traffic-Related Incidents ........................596
5.3.12.5 Presence of Security Personnel ..................................................598
5.3.13 Infrastructure / Services ............................................................................604
5.3.13.1 Disruption/Damage to Infrastructure and Services....................604
5.3.13.2 Access Restrictions and Diversions...........................................606
6.0 Alternatives Analysis.............................................................................................................610
6.1 Alternatives Assessment Criteria...............................................................................611
6.2 Major Project Component Location...........................................................................611

xxi
6.3 Mine Area ..................................................................................................................612
6.4 Refinery and Power Plant Area..................................................................................612
6.4.1 Refinery Area Site Selection.......................................................................614
6.4.2 Alumina Refining Process Selection ..........................................................615
6.4.3 Red Mud Disposal Facility Site Selection ..................................................615
6.4.4 Dolerite Quarry Site Selection....................................................................616
6.4.5 Rail Spur Options to the Refinery Area......................................................616
6.4.6 Access Road Options ..................................................................................617
6.4.7 Water Supply Reservoir Siting ...................................................................617
6.5 Port Area ....................................................................................................................618
6.5.1 Alumina Terminal Site................................................................................619
6.5.2 Alumina Quay and Approach Jetty Options ...............................................621
6.5.3 Berthing.......................................................................................................622
6.5.4 Marine Dredging.........................................................................................622
6.5.5 Container Quay...........................................................................................623
6.6 Employee Housing.....................................................................................................623
7.0 Cumulative Impacts ...............................................................................................................626
7.1 Cumulative Impacts Approach ..................................................................................626
7.2 Scope of the Cumulative Impacts Analysis ...............................................................628
7.2.1 Compagnie des Bauxites de Guine (CBG) Project ...................................628
7.2.2 Guinea Alumina Project..............................................................................629
7.2.3 Other Projects..............................................................................................630
7.3 Boundaries for the Cumulative Impacts Analysis .....................................................631
7.4 Cumulative Impacts Methodology.............................................................................632
7.4.1 General Considerations...............................................................................632
7.4.2 Specific Considerations ..............................................................................634
7.5 Cumulative Impacts Assessment Framework............................................................635
7.5.1 Projects within CIA Scope..........................................................................635

xxii
7.5.2 Overview of Project Impacts ......................................................................639
7.5.3 Overview of Project Timelines ...................................................................641
7.5.4 Overview of Potential Cumulative Impacts................................................641
7.5.5 Cumulative Impacts Analysis .....................................................................649
7.5.6 Summary of Key CIA Findings ..................................................................652
7.5.7 Management of Cumulative Impacts..........................................................652
8.0 References..............................................................................................................................654

xxiii
List of Tables

2.1 Environmental Permit/Approval/Authorization Register
4.1 Noise Study Summary Table
4.2 Refinery Area Surface Water Quality Monitoring Data
4.3 Refinery Area Groundwater Quality Monitoring Data
4.4 Compilation of Flora Species Identified in the Refinery Area
4.5 Compilation of Fauna Species Identified in the Refinery Area
4.6 Refinery Area Impacts, Mitigation, and Residual Impacts of Project Operations
5.1 Port Area Surface Water Quality Monitoring Data
5.2 Port Area Groundwater Quality Monitoring Data
5.3 Compilation of Flora Species Identified in the Port Area
5.4 Compilation of Fauna Species Identified in the Port Area
5.5 Port Area Impacts, Mitigation, and Residual Impacts of Project Operations
6.1 Comparative Analysis of Refinery Options

xxiv
List of Figures

1.1 Project Location
2.1 Guinean Authorization Process for Class 1 Industrial Facilities
3.1 Refinery Area Project Components
3.2 Refinery Area Enlarged View
3.3 Overview of the Bok Bridge Area
3.4 Port Area Project Components
3.5 Alumina Terminal Enlarged View
3.6 Quay Locations Enlarged View
4.1 Refinery Area Zones of Influence
4.2 Refinery Area Wind Roses, May 2001 to May 2003
4.3 Refinery Area Air Quality and Noise Monitoring Sites
4.4 Baseline Dustfall Levels in the Refinery Area
4.5 Cross Sections Across Six Ore-Bearing Plateaus Near Sangardi
4.6 Refinery Area Geology Map
4.7 Project Area Watersheds
4.8 Refinery Area Water Monitoring Locations
4.9 Refinery Area Vegetation Assemblages
4.10a Refinery Area Chimpanzee Observations
4.10b Refinery Area Critical Habitat
4.11 Refinery Area Land Use and Soil Sampling Locations
4.12 Social Zone of Influence
4.13 Customary Land Ownership
4.14a Land Use North Plateaus 2 & 3
4.14b Land Use North Plateau 7
4.15 Land Use South Plateaus 15 & 17
4.16 Land Use Water Supply Reservoir
4.17 Land Use Dolerite Quarry
4.18 Land Use Doubhi Bypass
4.19 Refinery Area Cultural Heritage Sites
4.20 Maximum Hourly Average Calculated SO
2
Concentration in Ambient Air (g/m
3
), 3.2
Mtpa Level
4.21 Number of Exceedances of WHOs Short-term (10-min, 350 g/m
3
) Air Quality
Guideline for SO
2
in Ambient Air, 3.2 Mtpa Level
List of Figures (Continued)

xxv
4.22 Maximum Daily Average Calculated SO
2
3
), 3.2
Mtpa Level
4.23 Maximum Hourly Average Calculated SO
2
3
), 3.7
Mtpa Level
4.24 Number of Exceedances of WHOs Short-term (10-min, 350 g/m
3
) Air Quality
Guideline for SO
2
in Ambient Air, 3.7 Mtpa Level
4.25 Maximum Daily Average Calculated SO
2
3
), 3.7
Mtpa Level
4.26 Refinery Forecasted Noise Level
4.27 Refinery Area Resettlement Sites
4.28 Location of Temporary Pastures
4.29 Construction - Excluded Areas for Cattle
4.30 Operation Excluded Areas for Cattle
5.1 Port Area Zones of Influence
5.2 Port Area Noise Monitoring Sites
5.3 Land Use and Resettlement Bok Bridge Area
5.4 Land Use Kolaboui Passing Loop
5.5 Port Land Use and Vegetation Assemblages
5.6 Port Area Sediment Sampling Locations
5.7 Port Area Water Monitoring Locations
5.8 Oceanic Currents off Guineas Coast
5.9 Tidal Currents, Rainy Season
5.10 Tidal Currents, Dry Season
5.11 Port Area Forecasted Noise Level
5.12 Port Area Resettlement Sites
6.1 Refinery Site Location Alternatives
6.2 Refinery Rail Spur Alignment Optimization Mobhi Valley
6.3 Water Supply Reservoir Location Alternatives
6.4 Alumina Terminal Location Alternatives
6.5 Alumina Quay and Approach Structural Alignment Options
6.6 Dredger Options
7.1 Cumulative Impact Bauxite and Alumina Projects

xxvi
List of Appendices

A Critical Habitat Assessment Report, July 2008, Ecology and Environment, Inc.
B Guinea Basic Country Information

xxvii
List of Abbreviations and Acronyms

C degrees Celsius
g/m
3
micrograms per cubic meter
m micrometer
AC alternating current
ACGIH American Conference on Governmental Industrial Hygiene
AfDB African Development Bank
ANAIM Agence Nationale dAmnagement des Infrastructures Minires
BIBO bus-in/bus-out
BOD biological oxygen demand
CBG Compagnie des Bauxites des Guine
CCP Chimpanzee Conservation Project
CEMS continuous emissions monitoring system
CFB circulating coal bed fired boiler
CIA Cumulative Impact Assessment
CMDP Center for Mining Development and Promotion
CO carbon monoxide
COD chemical oxygen demand
CPO crude palm oil
CRD Communaut Rurale de Dveloppement
CSIA Cumulative and Sectoral Impact Analysis
dBA decibels A-weighted
DNE Direction Nationale de lEnvironnement
dwt dry weight tonne
E & E Ecology and Environment, Incorporated
EAP Environmental Action Plan
EHP effluent holding pond
EHS environment, health, and safety
EIA Environmental Impact Assessment
EIB European Investment Bank
List of Abbreviations and Acronyms (Continued)

xxviii
EITI Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative
EPC Engineering, Procurement, and Construction
EPFI Equator Principle Financial Institution
EPCM Engineering, Procurement, and Construction Management
ESPO European Sea Ports Organization
EU European Union
FIFO fly-in/fly-out
FPIC free, prior, and informed consultation
GAC Guinea Alumina Corporation
GHG greenhouse gases
GIIP Good International Industry Practice (GIIP)
Gj gigajoule
Gj/t gigajoules per tonne
GoG Government of Guinea
hr hour
ha hectare
ha/yr hectares per year
HDPE high-density polyethylene
HID Heat Interchange Department
Hz hertz
ICMM International Council on Mining and Metals
IFC International Finance Corporation
IIED International Institute for Environment and Development
IISD International Institute for Sustainable Development
IMO International Maritime Organization
IPPC Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control
IUCN International Union for Conservation of Nature
JMO Joint Ministerial Order
kg/t kilograms per tonne
km kilometer

xxix
km
2
square kilometer
kV kilovolt
m meter
m
3
cubic meter
m
3
/h cubic meters per hour
Mcwt million crude wet tonnes
Mcwt/yr million crude wet tonnes per year
MENV Ministry of Environment
MEW Ministry of Energy and Waterworks
mg/l milligrams per liter
mg/Nm
3
milligrams per normal cubic meter
mg/Nm
3
milligram per normal cubic meter (gases)
ml milliliter
mm millimeter
Mm
3
million cubic meters
MPN most probable number (colliform)
Mt million tonnes
Mtpa million tonnes per year (annum)
MVA megavolt ampere
MW megawatt
Mwe megawatts electricity
MWth megawatt thermal
ng/J nanograms per joule
NO
2
nitrogen dioxide
NO
x
nitrogen oxides (including NO and NO
2
)
O
2
oxygen
OCN other-country national
OECD Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
OPPFR Opration Pilote du Plan Foncier Rural
PAP project-affected people

xxx
PDAR Plans Directeurs dAmnagement Rgionaux
PEMP Project Environmental Management Plan
PLA Project Labor Agreement
PM particulate matter
PM
10
particulate mater less than 10 microns in diameter
PM
2.5
particulate matter less than 2.5 microns in diameter
PMF probable maximum flood
PPAH Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook
PPIAF Public-Private Infrastructure Advisory Facility
PUAS Projet dUsine dAlumine de Sangrdi
RDL reference datum line
RNU Rglement National dUrbanisme
ROM run of mine
SEA Social and Environmental Assessment
SLEI SNC Lavalin Environment
SMEs small and medium private enterprises
SMS safety management system
SNAT Schma National dAmnagement du Territoire
SO
2
sulfur dioxide
STEL short-term exposure level
SU standard unit (pH)
SWP stormwater pond
t/m
3
tonnes per cubic meter
t/t tonnes of mud per tonne (alumina)
TLV threshold limit value
tpd tonnes per day
tph tonnes per hour
tpy tonnes per year
TSP total suspended particulate
TWA time-weighted average

xxxi
UNEP United Nations Environment Program
US$ United States Dollars
USEPA United States Environmental Protection Agency
VOC volatile organic compound
WBG World Bank Group
WCF Wild Chimpanzee Foundation
WHO World Health Organization

1

1.0 Introduction
The Guinea Alumina Project (the Project) is comprised of bauxite mines, a power plant, alumina
refinery, and a port facility located in the northwest quadrant of the Republic of Guinea in West
Africa (Figure 1.1). The mines, power plant, and refinery site are located about 20 kilometers
(km) west of the town of Sangardi on a straight line. The refinery area is roughly bordered on
the east by the Kwwol River, by the Tann sub-prefecture to the west, by Tchankoun-Tiouli
village to the north, and by National Route 22 to the south. The port is located at the town of
Kamsar on the Rio Nuez, about 82 km southwest of the refinery on a straight line. The Kamsar
port facilities are located on the east bank of the Rio Nuez, approximately 17 km from the
Atlantic Ocean in an area of existing industrial activity and riverine mangrove habitat.

The Project sponsor is the Guinea Alumina Corporation (GAC or the Company). GAC is a
joint venture among BHP Billiton, Global Alumina Corporation (the initial project sponsor,
formerly Bok Alumina Corporation), Dubai Aluminum Company Limited, and Mubadala
Development Company PJSC. The joint venture agreement was concluded on May 17, 2007.

1.1 Project Objective
The primary objective of the Project is to design, construct, and operate the alumina production
facilities with due consideration for the economic, social, and environmental risks of the Project
and with a strong commitment to the sustainable development of the communities that the
Project will affect. Refinery capacity is currently planned for production of 3.31 million tonnes
per annum (Mtpa) of alumina with a potential upsize capacity to 3.7 Mtpa through process
optimization over the life of the Project. The Project and its primary supporting facilities consist
of:
Bauxite mines Nineteen bauxite-bearing plateaus have been identified within the
mining concession. Of these plateaus, five have been drilled in some detail and there
are sufficient tonnes to support a 16-year refinery operation at an alumina production
rate of 3.31 Mtpa. The total bauxite potential (including all the plateaus of the

2
concession) is estimated to be 1.4 billion tonnes. This bauxite potential would be
sufficient to support a 3.31 Mtpa alumina refinery in excess of 50 years;
Alumina refinery The refinery will process approximately 9 million tonnes of dry
bauxite per year to produce 3.31 million tonnes of alumina using the Bayer Process;
Power plant Energy required for refinery operations and various associated
facilities will be generated by a coal-fired power plant producing approximately 90
MW of electric power and between 500 and 700 tonnes of steam per hour;
Red mud disposal facility The red mud residue that is a byproduct of alumina
production from the refinery will be stored in an engineered containment structure
designed to limit the potential for discharges to surface and subsurface receiving
waters, with containment capacity for at least the first 16 years of production;
Water supply reservoir A water supply reservoir will be constructed in the
Tiouladiwol basin to provide water to the Project, especially process water to the
refinery and makeup water to the power plant;
Employee housing On-site camps will house construction personnel. During
operations, accommodations will be provided for workers during their shifts. The
Project will also help finance and arrange family worker accommodations in new
suburbs of Bok and in the Kamsar area;
Port facilities The port facilities include the construction of a new, dedicated
alumina terminal and container quay at the port of Kamsar, located approximately
124 km by road from the refinery site;
Infrastructure improvements National Route 22 is an existing bitumen access
road between the port facilities at Kamsar and Sangardi. A new 14.5 km access road
has been constructed to connect the refinery operations with the National Route 22.
A new bridge was constructed over the Bourouma River near Bok to accommodate
the heavy trucks needed to supply the Project during construction and operations; and
Railway line improvements A railway line currently exists between the port
facilities at Kamsar and Sangardi. A new 14 km rail spur is being constructed to
connect the refinery operations with the main railway line, and a short spur will be
added to connect the alumina terminal with the main railway line in Kamsar. A
passing loop will also be added near Kolaboui.
The primary commodity to be produced by the Project is alumina, which is derived from bauxite,
a naturally occurring heterogeneous material comprised of gibbsite (Al(OH)
3
), diaspore
(AlO(OH)), and boehmite (AlO(OH)). About 95% of the world bauxite production is first
processed to make smelter-grade alumina, or aluminum oxide. Alumina is a white granular

3
material that is lighter than bauxite. Smelter-grade alumina is used as a base material for the
production of aluminum metal. The remaining 5% of the world bauxite production is used to
produce non-smelter-grade alumin, for use as abrasives, refractory products, and aluminum
compounds. (http://www.mii.org/commonminerals)

Aluminum is the most abundant metal in the earths crust, and the third most abundant element
after silicon and oxygen. It is a white-silver metal that weighs about one-third as much as steel
or copper, is relatively strong and ductile, and has excellent corrosion resistance and durability.
The lightness, strength, and corrosion resistance of aluminum are important considerations in its
applications. Metallic aluminum is used in transportation (e.g., airplanes, automobiles, railcars,
marine vessels), packaging (e.g., cans and foil), construction (e.g., windows, doors, siding),
consumer durables (e.g., appliances, cooking utensils), electrical transmission lines, machinery,
and a variety of other applications. Additional aluminum supplies are increasingly being
recovered through recycling (http://www.mii.org/commonminerals).

1.2 Background and Need
The Project is a mining, power generation, alumina refinery, and port complex currently being
developed by GAC. Environmental Impact Assessments (EIAs) have been developed for the
refinery and port facilities; these and subsequent amendments thereto (SNC Lavalin 2004, 2005,
2006) comprise the main documents that have been submitted to the Government of Guinea
(GoG) for Project development. The original EIA documents and addenda presented the
available information on the Project through the time of their preparation in the context of the
regulatory framework, project plans, environmental and social baselines, predicted impacts and
mitigation measures, and the systems for environmental and social management and monitoring.
Based on the information presented in these documents, Global Alumina received authorization
to proceed with the development and operation of the Project from the GoG.
Based on the Governments approvals, Global Alumina commenced construction and
implementation of the commitments of the original EIAs and their addenda with the assistance of
its Engineering, Procurement, and Construction (EPC) contractor. However, when the joint
venture agreement was concluded in May of 2007 a number of things changed; namely:
BHP Billiton has brought its sustainability, environmental, and social policies and
commitments to the joint venture, which has agreed to use same for the Project;

4
GAC is now considering an investment by various lenders (including Export Credit
Agencies) that are signatory to the Equator Principles as well as the International
Finance Corporation (IFC), African Development Bank (AfDB), and European
Investment Bank (EIB). This obliges the Social and Environmental Assessment
(SEA) to conform to the IFC Performance Standards, and to the environmental and
social policies specified by the individual lenders, including AfDBs Environmental
and Social Assessment Procedures and policies on Involuntary Resettlement,
Collaboration with CSOs/NGOs, Gender, and Population; and the European
Principles for the Environment (including the requirement for a biodiversity
assessment when impacts are expected to be significant), to which EIB is signatory;
and
GAC has engaged an Engineering, Procurement, Construction, and Management
(EPCM) contractor for Project construction and development, bringing in its own
Project Environmental Management Plan (PEMP) and discipline-specific social and
environmental management programs and more detailed social and environmental
service procedures.
With major mining companies as shareholders and international lenders involved with the
financing, GAC has agreed to revise the original EIA documentation to conform to current
international best practices and the Equator Principles (http://www.equator-principles.com). The
present SEA document has been revised to meet IFCs Performance Standards on Social &
Environmental Sustainability (the Performance Standards), which were adopted in April 2006
(http://www.ifc.org). It also addresses the activities and design changes that have occurred since
the original Government approvals.

This new Social and Environmental Assessment documents have been prepared to update and
reformat the information presented in the original EIAs and their addenda to better conform to
the organizational structure and content required by the IFC and Equator Principles. It includes
key project information on mining, metallurgical processing, and engineering developed through
July 2008. The five volumes of this SEA as finalized in mid-July 2008 and translated into
French will be submitted to the Government for review with an explanation on why the initial
EIAs have been revised and updated. It is anticipated that the Ministry of Mines and Geology
will issue a non-objection letter confirming acceptance of the SEA. Furthermore, the GoG is
expected to issue a Joint Ministerial Order consolidating the authorizations and conditions to be
followed on the Project for the protection of the environment, as contained in all past approvals.
This order is expected to be valid for three years from the date of publication.

5
1.3 Significant Outcomes
Continuing with the development of the Project will inevitably result in social and environmental
impacts, both positive and adverse. These impacts are presented in more detail in Sections 4.0
and 5.0 of the Impact Assessment (Volume 2 of this Social and Environmental Assessment).
The Environmental & Social Impact Assessment Gap Analysis Guinea Alumina Project was
developed by Dillon Consulting Limited in September, 2007 to identify the gaps that exist
between the original Project EIA documentation and the new IFC Performance Standards and
Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines. The gap analysis identified a number of specific
issues in the original EIA documentation which have been considered and addressed to the
maximum extent practical in this document. In general, the differences between this re-packaged
document and the original EIA documents follow:

6

Sangardi Alumina
Refinery Project EIAs

SEA (this document)
1a Environmental impact assessments were
developed and analyzed in separate
documents for the refinery area, port
area, and for significant changes to the
project

1b. Project components at all locations are
consolidated into a single, integrated
social and environmental assessment
2a. Regulatory framework considered only
environmental regulations
2b. Regulatory framework considers
environmental, land use, labor, and
health and safety regulations

3a. Cumulative impacts were not considered 3b. Cumulative impacts are considered, and
a framework for assessing cumulative
impacts is presented with a focus on
regional development, land
competition, and biodiversity issues

4a. Corporate commitments, management
structure, and reporting responsibilities
are outdated
4b. Both the Impact Assessment and
Implementation Plan clearly articulate
the corporate commitment and
management structure of the new joint
venture

5a. Environmental Action Plan presented a
plan for a plan to be prepared by the
EPC contractor
5b. Implementation Plan has obtained
details from the EPCM contractor and
now defines the framework and
establishes specific commitments for
implementing mitigation actions

6a. Monitoring and evaluation systems are
not defined, nor is specific responsibility
assigned beyond the EPC contractor
6b. Implementation Plan defines
monitoring and evaluation processes
and directly assigns responsibility for
specified actions within the new joint
venture structure or the EPCM structure

7a. Consultation documentation had not been
updated and is not integrated across the
project
7b. Stakeholder Engagement Plan presents
an integrated approach, defining
monitoring and documentation
requirements

7
Sangardi Alumina

SEA (this document)
8a. Influx management is mentioned, but no
specific measures for management are
introduced
8b. GAC has decided to develop the
community infrastructure in Bok
and/or Sangardi as part of its
employee housing initiative to better
manage influx, and has included a
framework for managing influx in
Section 6.4.3 of the Implementation
Plan (Volume 3) to better manage the
influx of job-seekers.

9a. Action Plans lack specific definition of
community health, safety, and security
issues
9b. Implementation Plan defines the
framework for discipline-specific action
plans for hazardous materials
management, environmental and
natural resource issues, emergency
response, workforce and community
health issues, and site security
A Lenders Social and Environmental
Action Plan has been developed by the
lenders as a result of their due diligence
and appraisal (see Volume 3,
Implementation Plan Section 6.11).

10a. Resettlement Action Plans for the port
and refinery areas were developed and
analyzed as two documents
10b. Resettlement Action Plan consolidates
and integrates all resettlement activities,
addresses land compensation issues,
and defines the monitoring and
measurements for determining
adequacy

11a. Income restoration measures do not
discriminate between resettlement and
community development measures
11b. Resettlement and community
development initiatives are separated

8
Sangardi Alumina

SEA (this document)
12a. Natural and critical habitat issues are not
fully addressed
12b. GAC has accomplished two additional
assessments of biodiversity, one of
which constituted a critical habitat
study in line with IFC PS 6 definitions
to support this SEA re-packaging and
also in Implementation Plan commits to
conservation management and the
active management of natural habitat
for legally protected species
13a. Community development planning is
combined with resettlement planning
13b. Implementation Plan defines the
framework for social investment
initiatives and commits to establishing a
mechanism whereby social investments
can be appropriately made
14a. Project budgets and schedules are
outdated
14b. Updated implementation schedules and
budgets are included for Project social
and environmental commitments

The key impacts and mitigation actions that are required to reduce health, safety, environment,
and community impacts to acceptable levels follow. They are grouped by significant major topic
to focus implementation efforts on specific actions.
Land Use Changes The mine, power plant, refinery, and port development will
occupy a substantial area in a region where land competition is already considerable.
While the population density in the area is not high, the availability of land suitable
for agriculture and farming is limited. In addition to these human pressures, the area
also provides habitat for wildlife, including at least one endangered species, which
needs to be protected. Mining inherently requires that the land containing the mineral
resource and certain areas proximate to the mineralized zone be utilized to support the
mining and refining operations. These land use changes to industrial use are short-
term and the impacts resulting from land use changes are mitigated by implementing
an effective closure and reclamation program that returns the land to an appropriate
post-mining land use. However, the issue of land competition may be important from
a regional perspective given that existing land is predominantly used for agricultural
and pastoral food production. A cumulative impact analysis of bauxite mining and
refining in the region is warranted to assess this significance;
Displaced Households Approximately 597 households will be physically or
economically displaced by the temporary and permanent land use changes associated
with Project development. Physical resettlement and the economic displacement

9
associated with land loss will be carefully managed to control adverse impacts to
affected households by implementing livelihood restoration programs, restoring food
security, preferentially providing jobs to people affected by resettlement, and, to the
extent practical and secure, making alternate agricultural or pastoral land available;
Local Communities The presence of a major mining and refining project in local
communities will increase the demand and/or require the development of health care,
water supplies, waste disposal systems, power supplies, law enforcement, and a
variety of other infrastructure and services. An influx of job-seekers into local
communities is also common. GAC will work with the local communities to limit
and/or offset impacts to local communities by promoting economic diversification,
controlling job-seeker influx, and the induced development demands on infrastructure
and services, and by limiting physical hazards and the effects of social ills to the
extent practical;
Biological Resource Conservation The Project is located in two geographic
regions with differing conservation considerations. Habitat at the port site includes
mangrove swamp areas that host a variety of flora and fauna species. The refinery
area is host to at least one internationally listed endangered primate species, the West
African chimpanzee. Specialist studies have determined that critical habitat exists in
the Project area for this species. GAC has contracted with the Wild Chimpanzee
Foundation (WCF) to conduct an extended critical habitat assessment of the entire
concession to capture seasonal variation, perform a long-term study of chimpanzee
populations, investigate other sensitive species that may be present, and develop and
carry out studies for these other species as necessary. The Project area is also host to
a number of nationally and internationally listed plant species which may be affected
by Project-related land disturbances. GAC has committed to follow-up biological
investigations at the port area and will develop Terms of Reference to conduct critical
habitat studies at the port are if necessary based on the outcome and
recommendations of the follow-up studies. GAC will remove areas of defined critical
habitat from Project development and will decrease potential impacts to endangered
and ecologically sensitive species and habitats to the greatest extent practicable by
implementing conservation management plans for the protection of important primate
habitat and natural habitats that host certain significant plant species. As part of the
Projects Flora and Fauna Management Plan, a comprehensive Biodiversity
Conservation Plan will be prepared to address critical habitat identified in the GAC
concession as per IFC Performance Standard 6 requirements;
Nearby Neighbors GAC has limited the number of households that are required to
relocate as a result of Project implementation. Subsequently, there are certain
residents who live in close proximity to Project components. It will be important to
effectively manage and control potential impacts to these nearby neighbors by
implementing specific safety programs, mitigating affected water supplies (if
needed), and controlling noise, dust, vibration, and night time light. The village of
Sinthiourou Tiouladi is located downstream of the water supply reservoir, and the

10
villages in the Mobhi Valley are downstream of the effluent holding pond. The
villages of Lop, Botor, Filo Bowal Mandgodi and the three Mobhi communities
are also in close proximity to the bauxite plateaus/mining areas. GAC has given due
consideration for the risk to nearby neighbors living downstream of these
impoundments in the safety factors envisaged by the engineering designs,
construction, and operating plans;
Downstream Water Supplies In establishing an adequate water supply for the
mine, power plant, and refinery to operate, it will be necessary to interrupt flows in
the Tiouladiwol valley to store the water in the water supply reservoir during the
initial start-up phase of the Project. Flow in the Tiouladiwol is an important water
supply for the village of Sinthiourou Tiouladi, located downstream from the
reservoir. Once the water supply reservoir is operational, an environmental release
will be discharged downstream into the Tiouladiwol valley as part of normal
operations. The Project is also installing wells in the village to provide secure
sources of potable water in the interim. A mini SEA will be conducted on this water
supply reservoir prior to construction to better assess the downstream impacts on both
human and faunal populations; and
Worker Health and Safety Working around heavy equipment, machinery, and
industrial chemicals poses certain safety risks to Project employees and visitors that
must be effectively managed. GAC will reduce potential impacts to Project
employees and visitors by promoting worker health and safety and maintaining a
clean and safe work environment; limiting occupational exposure to risks; and
adequately managing wastes and responding to emergency situations.
These potential impacts and mitigation actions are described further in Sections 4 and 5 of this
Impact Assessment, as well as in the Implementation Plan (Volume 3).
Project implementation will bring significant local, regional, and national benefits to Guinea as a
whole and to the local residents who will be directly and indirectly affected by the Project. It
will further the international recognition that Guinea enjoys as a world-class producer of bauxite,
and define its status as an exporter of alumina. The capital investment and operating financial
base will stimulate the local, regional, and national economies in terms of taxes and royalties
paid and monies paid for goods and services that are purchased from within the country.
The Project is expected to employ at peak approximately 12,000 workers during the four year
construction phase and over 2,100 employees during operations. GAC has programs in place to
maximize the percentage of Guinean nationals who will be employed by the Project. During
operations, workers will receive wages that are competitive with other mining projects in the
region and that far exceed the income levels of traditional subsistence farmers. Project

11
employees will therefore likely contribute more in taxes and other payroll-related withholdings
because of their higher-paying industrial jobs, and will have more disposable income and
purchasing power than typical wage earners, which in turn will stimulate secondary and tertiary
economies for other goods and services in the region.
In addition to the favorable economic impact, GAC will also make a significant contribution to
the capacity of the local workforce and community residents. Education and training programs
that teach marketable skills and trades as well as promote a culture of safe and healthy work
habits and lifestyles will be a benefit not only to Project operations but also to the local
communities both during active operations and long after the Project is closed. Initiatives such
as those that teach local residents how to limit their personal exposure to communicable and
vector-transmitted diseases and the appropriate management of wastes can go a long way toward
reducing the environmental and human health effects of certain everyday activities. When such
programs are coupled with Project plans to invest in sustainably improving the capacity and
infrastructure in Bok and/or Sangardi as part of its employee housing initiative, economic
restoration programs for individuals directly affected by resettlement, and social investment
initiatives for local communities, the net result will be a world-class Project that not only
provides sustainable benefits to stakeholders, but also makes a positive contribution to the
development and prosperity of the Guinean people.
1.4 Report Organization
The Social and Environmental Assessment was developed to demonstrate GACs commitment to
presenting an integrated assessment of social and environmental impacts, risks, and opportunities
for the Guinea Alumina Project, including consulting with affected communities through
effective stakeholder engagement and managing social and environmental performance
throughout the life of the Project. These commitments are presented in five volumes as follows:
Executive Summary (Volume 1) The Executive Summary presents a concise non-
technical overview of the Project and its effect on the social and environmental
baseline conditions and presents the significant findings, recommendations, and
actions contained in each of the other four volumes.
Impact Assessment (Volume 2) The Impact Assessment identifies the regulatory
framework under which the Project will operate. It also documents the current site
conditions, describes GACs development and operating plans, identifies engineering
and environmental systems that will be used to control environmental impacts,
presents mitigation measures to limit social impacts, and identifies the Project effects

12
and residual impacts on both environmental and social resources. It addresses the
cumulative effects of Project development and evaluates plausible alternatives.
Implementation Plan (Volume 3) The Implementation Plan defines the
management, mitigation, monitoring, and institutional measures that are needed to
mitigate, offset, or reduce the environmental and social impacts of the project to
acceptable levels. It defines the actions that must be undertaken and identifies who is
responsible to undertake them to implement mitigation required by the Impact
Assessment (Volume 2).
Stakeholder Engagement Plan (Volume 4) The Stakeholder Engagement Plan
defines how GAC will collect and disseminate information among people who may
affect, are affected by, or who have a legitimate interest in the Project. The program
aims to provide real opportunities for stakeholders to meaningfully participate in
Project decisions and actions and to establish the basis for a determination of broad
community support for the Project.
Resettlement Action Plan (Volume 5) The Resettlement Action Plan presents
detailed programs addressing the physical and economic displacement of individuals
affected by Project development, presents the resettlement actions and activities that
have been accomplished to date, and assesses the status of these programs. It lays out
specific actions and monitoring programs for assessing livelihood restoration and lays
out the basis for establishing equivalence and a determination of broad community
support.
All five volumes will be made available to stakeholders in both English and in French as part of
the Projects commitment to transparency and disclosure. These documents present what Guinea
Alumina Corporation believes is the appropriate level of health, safety, social, and environmental
responsibility for the Guinea Alumina Project. The Implementation Plan, Stakeholder
Engagement Plan, and Resettlement Action Plan should be considered living documents that will
be updated from time to time to reflect the current situation and knowledge base for the Project.
Effective implementation and continuous improvement of the plans and actions defined in the
Implementation Plan will align the Projects social and environmental performance with leading
industry practice.

Additional information on the GAC Project is available on the Sponsors website at
www.guineaalumina.com. Updates to the current (July 2008 Rev 0) SEA documents will be
posted to this website, which will allow visitors to directly send/lodge comments on these
documents. Stakeholders and other interested parties can also send feedback at
Commentaire@guineaalumina.com.

13
2.0 Policy, Legal, and Administrative Framework
Permits to commence construction of the Guinea Alumina Project have already been issued to
GAC based on information presented in the original EIA documents and subsequent amendments
thereto (SNC Lavalin 2004, 2005, 2006 and Sigma 2006, 2007). These comprise the main
documents that have been submitted to the GoG for Project development. Based on the
information presented in these documents, GAC has received authorization to proceed with
development and operation of the Project.
The EIA documents and addenda summarized the available information on the Project through
the time of their preparation and each included Environmental Action Plans (EAPs) that obliged
implementation of the mitigation actions called for in the EIA documents. Since these
documents were prepared, GAC has brought on additional joint venture partners and has engaged
in discussions with several international lenders regarding their participation in the Project. This
Social and Environmental Assessment has been developed to repackage the information
contained in the original EIA documents, update the original information to reflect the current
Project conditions and organize the repackaged documents to conform to Equator Principles and
IFC Performance Standards.
GAC, through its application to construct and operate the Project, has committed to meeting the
spirit and intent of a number of international, national, and provincial policies, guidelines, laws,
and regulations. These include:
Internal corporate mandates, policies, and best practice commitments;
Guinean strategies, legislation, permits, and approvals;
Equator Principles and IFC Performance Standards; and
Good International Industry Practice (GIIP) that help define leading industry
practices.
This regulatory and administrative framework is described in the following sections, along with
the targets for environmental and regulatory compliance and a summary of the current status of
Project permitting.

14
2.1 Corporate Commitments

GAC corporate commitment to responsible Project development and operation is aligned with
the Vision Statement of its joint venture partner BHP Billiton. The Vision cited above dictates
the overarching approach to social and environmental management for the Project.
In achieving this Vision, GAC is committed to the sustainable development and long-term
involvement in protecting the environmental quality and human interests in Guinea, including
the health and safety of its people. GACs social and environmental programs aim to continually
improve environmental and safety performance in the workplace, maintain multi-directional
communication among the Company, local communities, and interested stakeholders, and to
limit local community dependence on the Project.
GAC intends to implement leading industry practice and business-based health, safety,
environment, and community management systems in all areas of operation. Social and
environmental management of the Project will be administered through a chain of command that
includes corporate oversight, site management, local employees, contractors, and subcontractors
who will be responsible for:
Our Vision
Our vision for sustainable development is to be the company of choice creating sustainable value for shareholders,
employees, contractors, suppliers, customers, business partners and host communities. Central to our vision is our
aspirational goal of Zero Harm to people, our host communities and the environment.
Zero Harm means:
We aspire to create a workplace that is injury, illness and incident free. We seek to adopt a precautionary approach
to minimize and, where possible, eliminate our environmental impacts over time.
Company of choice means:
Being selected by shareholders as a valued investment, based on strong financial performance and sound
governance processes.
Being preferred by employees for providing a safe, healthy and equitable workplace and caring about the
communities in which we live.
Being preferred by the communities in which we operate for our contribution to sustainable community wellbeing.
Being preferred by our business partners customers, suppliers, contractors, governments and joint venture
partners as a committed and reliable partner in delivering sustainable value.
Our emphasis on sustainable value means we have the willingness to invest for the future while ensuring we deliver value in
the shorter term.
BHP Billiton

15
Complying with local, national, international, and financial lending institution laws,
regulations, policies, and performance standards, as appropriate;
Providing adequate staff and resources at each Project location to implement and
maintain the social and environmental management systems; and
Reporting on the effectiveness of such activities to executive management and the
GAC Board of Directors for review and corrective action, as necessary.

GAC will develop the capabilities and support mechanisms necessary to administer its social and
environmental management programs. Implementation will be based on raising the level of
company-wide awareness of social and environmental requirements, expectations, and benefits.
Health, safety, environmental, and community protection and development are among the
highest Project priorities.
GAC has committed to developing the Project in a manner that strives to achieve leading
industry practices. This includes practices, procedures, and technical innovation for promoting
sustainable development, limiting long-term environmental and socioeconomic risks, and
encouraging good governance within the host country. Leading industry practices must be
tailored to the site-specific conditions of the Project and host country, and must include
meaningful engagement and participation of community stakeholders through all stages of the
Project, from front-end design to post-closure planning.
2.2 Republic of Guinea Applicable Environmental Laws
A generalized overview for the EIA review process in Guinea is shown on Figure 2.1. National
Guinean legal requirements, and the subsequent environmental regulatory framework applicable
to the Project, were identified and reviewed in 2001 with government officials from the National
Directorate for the Environment (in French, Direction Nationale de lEnvironnement or DNE)
through several meetings and site visits.
At the time of the Project scoping, the Direction Nationale de lEnvironnement was a part of the
Ministry of Mines, then known as the Ministry of Mines, Geology and Environment. In 2004,
the National Directorate for the Environment was elevated to the level of Ministry of
Environment. In March 2007, the Ministry of Environment was combined with the Ministry of
Agriculture to form the Ministry of Agriculture, Herding, Environment, Water and Forests. In
June 2008, another government reorganization separated the administration in charge of
environmental regulation into three Cabinet-level Departments:

16
Department of Sustainable Development and Environment;
Department of Agriculture; and
Department of Livestock.
For simplicity, the regulatory bodies will hereinafter be referred to as the mining ministry, the
environmental ministry, and the agricultural ministry for each these disciplines, regardless of
whether they functioned as stand-alone or as integrated regulatory bodies within the government
organization. As such, the Guinean regulatory authority responsible for environmental
protection is collectively be referred to as the environmental ministry, regardless of whether
the reference is to the Ministry of Mines, Geology and Environment prior to 2004, the MENV
between 2004 and March 2007, the Ministry of Agriculture, Herding, Environment, Water and
Forests between March 2007 and June 2008, or the three Cabinet-level Departments, post-June
2008.
In Guinea, requirements for the protection of the environment are defined in four main
documents: the Environment Code, the EIA Conduct Decree, Order 990, and the EIA Process
Decree. These are further discussed in the following sections.
2.2.1 The Environment Code
The Code for the Protection and Development of the Environment Code sur la Protection et la
Mise en Valeur de lEnvironnement), ordinance 045/PRG/SGG/87, May 1987 (the
Environment Code) discusses the Guinean legislative framework applicable to environmental
issues and provides general guidance to ensure that environmental resources and the natural and
human environment are protected, and that adverse environmental impacts are minimized. The
law also specifies that projects that will affect the environment are subject to the environmental
assessment process. Because the Project will involve land clearing, construction, and mining
activities, the Environmental Code applies to the Project.
2.2.2 The EIA Conduct Decree
Presidential Decree No. 199/PRG/SGG/89 codifying the conduct of Environmental Impact
Assessments - Dcret Codifiant les Etudes dImpact sur lEnvironnement, November 1989 - (the
EIA Conduct Decree) sets out the mandatory requirements for projects, which include ports,
power plants, reservoirs, railway lines, roads, and industrial facilities including alumina
refineries. These projects must complete a full EIA which is then submitted to the environmental
ministry for review.

17
2.2.3 Order 990
As part of the EIA Conduct Decree, Order 990 (March 1990) establishes the content,
methodology, and procedures to be included in the EIAs. This includes the following items:

Summary of project description including justification, location, processes,
investment costs, and schedule;
Baseline environmental data and surveys including: geology, hydrogeology,
hydrology, flora and fauna, land layout at various sites, noise, odors, air quality,
traffic and infrastructure, and socio-economic activities;
Assessment of the projects impacts on the physical, ecological and social
environment;
Consideration to alternative options (site and process) from an environmental
perspective with reasoning for the proposed choice; and
Mitigation measures to eliminate, reduce, and where appropriate, compensate
damaging consequences by the Project on the environment.
2.2.4 The EIA Process Decree
Presidential Decree No. 200/PRG/SGG/89 defines the process for conducting an EIA as required
by the EIA Conduct Decree (November 1989) for installations classified for the protection of the
environment. It describes the procedures and requirements a project must follow and meet when
preparing an Application for Authorization for building and operating a classified facility. The
application is submitted for environmental and construction permits to the environmental
ministry and the mining ministry. The application must include the following:
Information on the project proponent;
Project location information and maps;
Information on the type of project, proposed technology used, and raw materials and
products involved;
The environmental and social impact assessment report(s);
A worker health and safety plan; and
An emergency response plan.

18
The application must be subjected to an open public hearing for comments from the public, local
leaders, and representatives from various ministries including but not limited to ministries
associated with urban affairs, housing, industry, commerce, rural development, and public
health. The Review Commissioner responsible for overseeing this process, after the review of
comments, will submit a recommendation to authorize project approval to the environmental
ministry and mining ministry. These two ministries will then issue a Joint Ministerial Order
(JMO) that grants approval for the Project to proceed and sets out the specific conditions on
environmental protection.
2.3 Republic of Guinea Applicable Land Use and Labor Laws
Guinean laws applicable to the Project with relevance to labor, land tenure, expropriation, and
compensation are the following:
The Fundamental Law;
The Land Code;
The Mining Code;
Declaration of Land Policy in Rural Environment;
The Urban Code;
The Pastoral Code;
The Labor Code;
The Work Code ; and
The Investment Code.
2.3.1 The Fundamental Law
The Fundamental Law (March 1992) of the Republic of Guinea states that the right to own
property is guaranteed. This Law breaks with the revolutionary period (1958-1984) when land
was nationalized and expressly recognizes the right to private property ownership in Guinea. It
also recognizes that certain land ownership changes may be in the public interest and requires
fair and prior compensation for such property transfers.

19
2.3.2 The Land Code
The GoG promulgated the Land Rights and National Code (March 1992) (the Land Code)
establishing the rules applying to both rural and urban land, and to both private and national land.
The Land Code reestablishes the right of private ownership in concordance with the general
principle set forward by the Fundamental Law. The Land Code focuses on registered property,
with many of its provisions relevant to the processes for establishing and registering titles, leases,
mortgages, and encumbrances. Two land registration procedures are defined:
Land Ownership Plan: a simple administrative document, not in itself a property title,
which is held at the urban municipality level for towns and at the Rural Development
Community level for rural areas; and
Land Ownership Registration: held by the land ownership conservation service, and
allowing for the issuance of a full ownership deed.
In rural areas, there has been little practice as yet of the implementation of these registration
procedures. However, the rural land ownership plan pilot operation (Opration-Pilote du Plan
Foncier Rural - OPPFR) launched in 1991-92 with World Bank funding, aimed at making land
users rights more secure, through the Rural Land Ownership Plan approach.
Land plots were mapped and rights registered following field surveys and simplified public
inquiries in certain parts of the country, but not within the Project area. This approach appears to
have been successful in registering customary rights and informal agreements, as well as deeds
or other official papers, although it was prematurely stopped due to lack of funds.
2.3.2.1 Customary Rights
Although most of the Land Code provisions address titled property, Article 39 can be interpreted
as recognition of customary rights. It defines landowners as those occupants, physical persons,
or legal entities that demonstrate peaceful, personal, continuous (exceeding 30 years), and bona
fide occupation of a dwelling as an owner. If required, good faith may be established by the
payment of property taxes, development of the dwelling in conformance with local custom, or by
public inquiry.
2.3.2.2 Expropriation
Articles 54 to 75 of the Land Code include provisions regarding expropriation for public interest.
The main steps of the expropriation process are summarized on the following flow chart. Further
details are presented in the Resettlement Action Plan (Volume 5).

20
Main Steps of the Expropriation Process According to the Land Code of Guinea
Decree of Public Interest
Establishment of the list of plots to acquire (enqute
parcellaire then arrt de cessibilit) and
notification to rightful owners
Negotiation on compensation with each
individual owner
(Land Commission)
Amicable
Agreement
YES
NO
Case is brought to Court
Valuation by experts
Court fixes
compensation
Payment
Taking of possession
Court rules a posteriori to legalize
new rights
Appeal
YES NO
Payment to Treasury as per 1
st

instance decision
Registration of new
rights
Payment
Court appeal ruling Payment
Registration of new
rights
Registration of new
rights
Source. F. Giovanetti Consultant, November 2004

21
Once the Decree of Public Interest is passed, the expropriation process must be completed in
less than 3 years. Between the notification of expropriation to affected owners and the
notification of the proposed compensation amount, less than 5 months should elapse. In the
event of expropriation, the right of appeal to Court is guaranteed under the legislation.

The Land Commission is defined by the Land Code and should be implemented in every
Prefecture. Following the Code, its primary objective is to act as negotiator in the expropriation
proceedings. The Land Code allows for replacement compensation in cash or by compensation
in kind.
The Land Code, as with similar legislation in neighboring countries, makes little explicit mention
of the rights of occupants who are not registered as land title holders (informal or customary).
However, Article 39 mentioned above would guarantee the rights of bona fide occupants (i.e.
customary owners) to be eligible for compensation for developments in the event of
expropriation.
2.3.2.3 Evaluation of and Compensation for Affected Goods
The Land Code does not include detailed provisions regarding valuation of expropriated assets
beyond a general principle of fairness outlined in Article 55. Article 69 states that
compensation must cover the whole direct, material, and certain loss caused by expropriation.
2.3.3 The Mining Code
The Mining Code (June, 1995) establishes the framework for all mining activities in Guinea,
including investigations, operation, trade, and transformation. It presents the principle of State
ownership of all mineral resources, and if not directly undertaken by the State itself,
development of mines and quarries can only be granted to Guinean entities. Different
instruments provide the appropriate framework for mining operations according to their scope,
with major extraction operations falling under the Mining Concession regime.
2.3.3.1 Provisions Relevant to Land Occupation and Compensation
The Mining Code establishes that mining title holders may occupy land needed to carry out their
activities within the perimeter of their title, if so authorized by the title or by order of the mining
ministry. They must compensate legitimate land owners for their resulting loss of use. It also
permits expropriation as long as related requisites are in place (Declaration of Public Interest).
Compensation is due to owners, usufruct beneficiaries, and occupants for any damage caused,

22
including developments that are not damaged but cannot be used due to the mining operations. It
also mentions that compensation amounts may consider the benefits of mining operations to
those affected. However, compensation amounts will be balanced by benefits that affected
people may gain from works by the mining title holder.
2.3.3.2 Evaluation of and Compensation for Affected Goods
The Mining Code considers goods that are not physically affected but which are rendered useless
by mine operation as goods subject to compensation. During the period of amicable negotiation,
the expropriating agency proposes an amount of compensation and invites the affected owner to
submit a counter-offer. Negotiations can then take place under the supervision of the
Commission. If an amicable solution is not reached, the affected goods are evaluated by three
experts in the Tribunal. (Also see the flow chart in Section 2.3.2.2.)
2.3.3.3 Preferential Hiring of Local Personnel
The Mining Code requires that the mine or quarry owner, as well as related businesses associated
with the mine, must preferentially employ Guinean labor and must allow them prioritized access
to all jobs within their ability. Mine and quarry operators must also provide training programs to
employees with an aim to progressively replace the expatriate staff with Guinean staff over time.
2.3.3.4 Occupational Health and Safety
The Mining Code requires mine and quarry operators to observe the highest standards of health
and safety and includes provisions for remedial actions at the owners expense in the event that
such high standards are not maintained. It also establishes that no person under the age of
sixteen (16) may be employed other than as an assistant in a mine or quarry.
2.3.4 Declaration of Land Policy in Rural Environment
The Declaration of Land Policy in Rural Environment (Decree D/2001/037/PRG, Article 2)
(May 2001) promotes economic and social development by securing rural land rights, favoring
agricultural development, improving sustainable resource management, and allowing the
development of a transparent and equitable land market. This Policy also establishes the
strategic reference framework for rural land management.

23
2.3.5 Urban Code
The Urban Code (2000) is established by Law L/98 No. 017/98. According to the Urban Code,
the State is responsible for the management and development of the national territory. It is also
the sole body permitted to regulate the occupation and soil use in such national lands.
Territorial development measures establish guidelines and a balance between land development,
protection, and enhancement. The State-written National Land Development Plan (or Schma
National dAmnagement du Territoire - SNAT) and Regional Development Master Plans (Plans
Directeurs dAmnagement Rgionaux, PDAR) provide the different levels of government with a
basis of their development and investment policy by defining a long-term vision using
demographic predictions, inter-regional relationships, distribution of economic activities, the
distribution of infrastructure, and environmental protection. These documents provide a list, in
order of priority, of the planned projects, their realization schedule, and their related investments.
2.3.6 Pastoral Code
The Pastoral Code defines general rules regulating traditional grazing practices. It establishes
guiding principles relative to: i) the exploitation of natural resources on grazing land; ii) the
preservation of the pastoral rights of land-users; and iii) dispute resolution between pastoralists
and farmers. The dual goal of the Code is to secure traditional grazing practices through an
appropriate legal framework, and to ensure its development through a responsible management
of pastureland and a better cohabitation with agriculture.
As designed, the provisions of the Pastoral Code guarantee pastoralists a right of access to
different categories of pasture land (natural, developed and post-agricultural), within the
framework of other legal provisions. They define the rights of use and the terms and conditions
relative to access to water resources while specifying the restrictions and/or prohibitions
resulting from the applicable laws and rules. Also, the Pastoral Code regulates the seasonal
movements of pastoralists migrating with their cattle in search of better pastures. These
regulations tend to secure transhumant practices and guarantee herders access to critical
resources for the development of their activities, particularly in the dry season.
2.3.7 The Labor Code
The primary document in Guinea that addresses protection of worker health and safety is the
Labor Code (1984). The Code includes the following relevant articles:

24
The employer must follow all useful measures to protect the health and safety of its
employees;
All heads of establishments must organize practical training in safety and hygiene;
The Minister of Labor determines, via Orders, all work that must not be performed by
women, apprentices and workers under 18 years of age (Order 1392);
The Hygiene and Safety Plan must be communicated to the work inspector before
work begins;
All employment candidates must undergo a medical examination at the expense of the
employer, who must also ensure an annual medical follow-up of all employees; and
For companies with:
More than 500 employees: continuous access to a doctor and nurse for up to 1000
workers with the requirement for one extra nurse per each additional 500
employees;
Fewer than 500 employees: there must be a medical clinic less than 25 km away;
Between 100 and 499 employees: periodic visits by a doctor and continuous
presence of a nurse;
Between 20 and 99 workers: periodic visits by a doctor; and
Fewer than 20 workers: installation of first aid kits and possibly coordination of
inter-company medical services.
2.3.8 Work Code
The Work Code of the Republic of Guinea (January 1988) was established by Order No.
003/PRG/SGG/88, including Orders No.1386/MASE/INTL/90; Nos. 1387, 1388, 1389, 1390,
1391, 1392 and 1393 of 1990; Order No. 93/1480 of 1993; Order No. 93/4794 of 1993; Order
No. 91/002/-/SGG of the 8
th
of January 1991 and Order No. 91/017/PRG/SGG of the 8
th
of
February 1991. The Work Code is one of the most modern in West Africa. The main articles
applicable to the Project follow:

25
Work Code of the Republic of Guinea
Volumes and Titles Articles of Law
Volume I: Employment
Title I: Work Contract Article 5: Minimum age of 16 years to conclude a work contract (or an
apprenticeship/training contract). If a minor (<18 years), the approval of the superior
to whom he/she responds is required.
Article 6: The employer must transfer all offers of employment to the National
Employment and Labor Bureau except for seasonal workers hired for a period of 15
days or less.
Article 7: To hire a foreign worker, prior authorization is required from the National
Employment and Labor Bureau, and the hiring is administered by a specific
regulation.
Article 13: A contract shall not be considered fixed duration if for longer than two
years, over which it will be considered to be of undetermined duration.
Article 14: In the case of fixed-duration work, the contract must always be in
writing, otherwise it is considered to be of undetermined duration.
Sub-contracting Article 23: The sub-entrepreneur is he/she who enters into a fixed contract,
necessarily in writing, with the entrepreneur. The sub-entrepreneur must be
accredited and included in the companys register.
Article 24: In the case of insolvency of the sub-entrepreneur, the entrepreneur is his/her
substitute for his/her obligations to the workers when work is done in workshops, shops
or the entrepreneurs field. If the work is performed in another location, the entrepreneur
is responsible for paying the workers salaries.
Article 26: The entrepreneur must submit an example of every contract signed with
a sub-entrepreneur to the work inspector.
Title II: Apprenticeship Article 28: The apprenticeship contract is subject to the requirements of Article 5
(but according to Article 31, the apprentice must be at least 14 years of age). The
contract must be confirmed in writing.
Article 43: The employer must participate in the state training and apprenticeship
program and pay the apprenticeship tax (amount of tax undetermined).
Title III: Professional
Training
Article 44: The provider of continuing education must declare his/her existence,
objectives, and means to the Directory of the National Office of Training and
Professional Development.
Title IV: Suspension of
right to work
Article 50: Work is suspended if the worker legitimately refuses to work or if the
employer refrains from providing work. Suspension of work applies in the following
cases: Illnesses and accidents (Articles 54 to 58); Maternity leave (Articles 59 to 65)
(see also Order 1392); Military duty (Articles 66 to 67).
Title V: Modification to
work contract
Article 68: The employer may only impose minor changes to the working conditions
specified at the time of hiring.

26
Title VI: Termination of
work contract
Article 71: At the end of the determinate-length work contract, the employer must
pay compensation equal to 5% of the total salary paid and must remit a certificate of
work to the employee.
Volume II: Working
conditions
This Volume addresses work conditions and defines the duration of work and
vacation as well as regulation of hygiene and safety at work. Aspects covered:
obligations of the employers concerning general protection and cleanliness
measures; training of workers on prevention; role of the work inspectors; labeling
and use of hazardous substances; protection of machines; ventilation of dangerous
work areas; special conditions applicable to construction operations; status of
occupational medicine status and functions; penalties in case of non-respect of
these regulations.
Title I: Internal regulation Article 118: The development of internal regulation is required in all companies and
establishments regularly employing at least 25 salaried employees.
Article 119: The internal regulation is a written document that the employer uses to
fix general rules relatively to discipline as well as the procedural regulations
guaranteeing the rights of defense and the rules of hygiene and safety applicable to
the establishment.
Title II: Duration of work
and holidays
Article 139: Regular week: 40h/week. Part time: Less than 40h/week. Overtime
applicable if more than 40h/week (except certain categories, see Order N
o

1391/MASE/DNTLS/90 at the end of the table).
Article 143-144: Right to 100 hours of overtime per year. For over 100 hours, the
authorization of the work inspector is required. A wage increase of 30% (first 4
hours) and of 60% must be paid to the employee.
Article 145: The length of time worked must not exceed 10 hours per day or 48
hours per week.
Article 146-147: A wage increase of 20% for nighttime work (between 20h et 6h).
Article 148: Nighttime work not permitted for women (of all ages) and youth
younger than 18 yrs (see also Order 1392).
Article 152: Weekly rest mandatory. Minimum 24 consecutive hours.
Article 159: Wage increase of 60% on holidays (100% at night).

Article 160: Annual paid vacation 2.5 days per month.
Title III: Protection of
workers health
Article 169: The employer must follow all useful measures to protect the health and
safety of its employees.
Article 172: All heads of establishments must organize practical training in safety
and hygiene.
Article 186: The minister of Labor determines, via Orders, all work that must not be
performed by women, apprentices and workers under 18 years of age (Order 1392).
Article 191: The hygiene and safety plan must be communicated to the work
inspector before work begins.

27
Article 193: All employment candidates must undergo a medical examination at the
expense of the entrepreneur, who must also ensure an annual medical follow-up of
his/her employees.
Article 199: For companies of 500+ workers: Continuous operation of a doctor and
nurse for up to 1000 workers. One extra nurse per additional 500 employees. When
fewer than 1000 employees, there must be a medical clinic less than 25 km away.
Between 100 and 499 workers: periodic visits by a doctor and continuous operation
of a nurse.
Between 20 and 99 workers : periodic visits by a doctor
Fewer than 20 workers: installation of first aid kits and possibly inter-company
medical services.
Title IV: Salaries Article 206: The employer must ensure the right to equal pay for work of equal
value regardless of the origin, sex and age of the worker.
Article 210: A salary for task work must be at least equal to the salary of a worker
paid hourly.
Article 211: All employees have the right to a guaranteed minimum wage (that
should be determined by decree, which has not yet been developed).
Article 215: Paying of wages occurs at regular intervals and, at minimum, every
two weeks.
Article 217: The payment of salary must be confirmed by a certified document from
the employer. These documents must be presented at the request of the work
inspector.
Patronage Unions (see articles 237 to 247).
Unions and union representation within the company (see articles 248 to 287).
Volume III:
Representation of
Social Partners
Consultative Work Commission and social laws (see articles 288 to 293).
Negotiation and application of collective agreements (see articles 294 to 337). Volume IV: Collective
Conventions and
Conflicts
Collective conflicts (see articles 328 to 351).
Volume V:
Administration and
Labor Jurisdiction

Title I: Labor
Administration
Article 357: The work inspector controls the application of legislation and regulation
related to remuneration, working conditions, hygiene, safety, collective negotiation
and union rights within the company.
Title II: Labor
Jurisdiction (see articles
374 to 405)
Article 374: Some individuals are subject to Labor Inspection, and some directly to
the Labor Tribunal, depending on their regulation.

28
Implementing
Provisions

Order No
1386/MASE/DNTLS/90
Employment categories in the private sector and similar sectors:
Worker: 2
nd
category (non-skilled worker) to 7
th
category B (highly qualified worker).
Employee: 1
st
category (common laborer) to 7
th
category (qualified employee
having received an advanced professional education and much experience such as
an accountant or other).
Manager: 1
st
category (supervisory staff managing a maximum of 20 employees) to
5
th
category (senior agent who manages personnel and has extended responsibility
by order of the director.
Order No
1387/MASE/DNTLS /90
Termination pay:
Fixes the minimum amount of compensation due to an employee due to a dismissal
in consideration of his/her pay (hourly, monthly). The law dictates that an employee
shall receive, as a minimum per year of service, 25% of a months salary.
Order No
1389/MASE/DNTLS/90
Holidays:
List of the 11 holidays. These days are not worked, and paid by the employer.
Order No
1391/MASE/DNTLS/90
Applicable daily schedule variable according to the profession:
For certain employees, the 40h workweek can be surpassed :
Chauffeur for transportation of personnel: 48 hours.
Security guards and janitors: 55 hours.
Order No
1392/MASE/DNTLS/90
Of female labor and pregnant women:
- Women may not work at any kind of job between 8 pm and 6 am.
- Mandatory rest of 12 consecutive hours.
- May not be prescribed to carry certain loads.
- May not occupy jobs in areas designed to certain work (handling of dangerous
materials, etc.)
- Are not permitted to work for 6 weeks before giving birth, nor for 8 weeks after.
- Right to a non-paid vacation of 9 months for salaried pregnant women.

It is noted that GAC is executing a Labor Agreement with the Government of Guinea and Labor
Unions, establishing labor and working conditions specifically for the Project. The parties will
be discussing certain exceptions to the present Labor Code, particularly regarding shift duration
and other work schedule options that have proven to be effective and well received in similar
projects in other countries.

29
2.3.9 Investment Code
The Investment Code, decreed by Order N 00/PRG of the 3
rd
of January 1987 and modified by
Law L/95/029 CMRN of the 30
th
of June 1995, establishes the guarantees afforded to investors
and the advantages of different regimes and also defines their obligations. Investors are required
to employ equally, as a priority, all Guineans nationals with equal qualifications and to organize
training and the promotion of Guinean nationals within the company.
2.4 International Conventions and Treaties
Guinea is party to several international environmental and labor conventions, as summarized in
the following table. The signing of a convention is a first step. Ratification (including
accession) is the step where the country takes specific legal steps to implement the convention.
The table also provides a brief description of the relevance of the signed and ratified conventions
to the Project and if it is deemed relevant, the Projects compliance status.

30
International Environmental and Labor Conventions to which Guinea is Party

International Convention - Year of Adoption, Purpose and
Relevance to the Project
Action by
Guinea
Compliance
Status
Ramsar Convention on Wetlands (1971)
The conservation and wise use of wetlands by national action and
international cooperation as a means of achieving sustainable
development throughout the world.
The Project does not affect any Ramsar designated wetlands.
Ratification
1993
Compliant
United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (1982)
The United Nations Convention on the Law of the Sea (full text)
comprises 320 articles and nine annexes, governing all aspects of
ocean space, such as delimitation, environmental control, marine
scientific research, economic and commercial activities, transfer of
technology and the settlement of disputes relating to ocean
matters.
Declaration
1985
Not applicable
to the project
Vienna Convention for the Protection of Ozone Layer (1985)
Realizing the dangers of ozone layer depletion, the Vienna
Convention on Protection of Ozone Layer (1985) was adopted.
Through this convention, nations agreed to take "appropriate
measures...to protect human health and the environment against
adverse effects resulting or likely to result from human activities
which modify or are likely to modify the Ozone Layer".
Accession
1992
Compliant
In application
through the
Montreal
Protocol
Montreal Protocol on Substances that Deplete the Ozone Layer
(1987)
An international agreement designed to protect the stratospheric
ozone layer.
Accession
1992
Compliant
Convention on Biological Diversity (1992)
This convention was an agreement on developing nation
strategies for the conservation and sustainable use of biological
diversity.
Ratification
1993
Compliant
Convention on Climate Change (1992)
The United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Changes
has been the centerpiece of global efforts to combat global
warming. It also has been one of the international communitys
essential tools in its efforts to promote sustainable development.
Ratification
1993
Compliant
In application
through the
Kyoto Protocol
Kyoto Protocol to UN Framework Convention on Climate
Change (1997)
The Protocol was adopted in December 1997 in Kyoto (Japan) to
achieve quantified emission limitations and reduction
commitments of greenhouse gases (GHG) in developed countries
and countries that are undergoing the process of transition to a
market economy.
At this stage, Guinea should maintain an inventory of the GHG
emissions from the country.
Signed
2000
Compliant
GAC will report
its GHG
emissions to
the
environmental
ministry on an
annual basis

31

Action by
Guinea
Compliance
Status
Convention to Combat Desertification (1992)
Combating desertification is essential to ensuring the long-term
productivity of inhabited dry lands. Unfortunately, past efforts
have too often failed, and around the world the problem of land
degradation continues to worsen. Recognizing the need for a
fresh approach, governments have signed the United Nations
Convention to Combat Desertification. This Convention aims to
promote effective action through innovative local programs and
supportive international partnerships.
The project will not degrade land and/or contribute significantly to
desertification.
Ratification
1997
Compliant
Extractive Industries Transparency Initiative (2002)
EITI is a global standard for companies to publish what they pay
and for governments to disclose what they receive. The
Government of Guinea has established a permanent committee to
perform audits of mining revenues and to publish audited
information on mining in the country. It has engaged in capacity
building exercises aimed at key people in the public institutions
and private companies involved in the management of revenue
data to understand requirements from the EITI process.
Permanent
Committee
Created in
2005
Candidate
Convention for the Cooperation in the Protection and
Development of the Marine and Coastal Environment of the
Western and Central African Regions (1981)

African Convention on the Conservation of Nature and Natural
Resources (1968)

Convention Concerning the Protection of World Cultural and
Natural Heritage (1972)

World Heritage Convention (UNESCO)
Freedom of Association and Collective Bargaining,
Conventions 87 (1948) and 98 (1949)
Deals with workers and employers being able to freely exercise
the right to organize (to defend their interests). Workers shall also
Workers shall enjoy adequate protection against acts of anti-union
discrimination in respect of their employment.
Ratification
1959

Elimination of Discrimination in Respect of Employment and
Occupation 111
Deals with equality of opportunity and treatment in respect of
employment and occupation, with a view to eliminating any
discrimination.
Ratification
1960

32

Action by
Guinea
Compliance
Status
Abolition of Child Labor and Minimum Age Conventions, 182
and 138
Deals with raising the minimum age for employment and taking
immediate and effective measures to secure the prohibition and
elimination of the worst forms of child labor as a matter of
urgency.
Ratification
2003

In addition, GAC, through its affiliation with BHP Billiton, subscribes to the US/UK Voluntary
Principles on Human Rights and Security.

2.5 Equator Principles and IFC Performance Standards
Leading industry practice for international projects in emerging markets is generally drawn from
the international lending community. The Equator Principles were established in 2003 through
the voluntary participation several Equator Principle Financial Institutions (EPFI) to ensure that
the projects that were financed were developed in a manner that is socially responsible and
reflect sound environmental management practices. The Principles apply to all new project
financings globally with total project capital costs of US$ 10 million or more. The ten Equator
Principles are:
Principle 1 Review and Categorization: Obliges the categorization of projects
based on the magnitude of potential impacts and risks in accordance with the social
and environmental screening criteria of the IFC;
Principle 2 Social and Environmental Assessment: Requires the evaluation of
social and environmental impacts and risks and the identification of mitigation and
management measures that are needed to reduce impacts to acceptable levels;
Principle 3 Applicable Social and Environmental Standards: Establishes the
IFC Performance Standards and Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Guidelines
to complement the host country legislation as the basis for social and environmental
performance;
Principle 4 Action Plan and Management System: Requires the development of
a plan for implementing the mitigation measures, corrective actions and monitoring
measures necessary to manage the impacts and risks identified by the Assessment;
Principle 5 Consultation and Disclosure: Obliges free, prior and informed
consultation and the facilitation of informed participation for projects that may have

33
significant adverse impacts to local communities and the public disclosure of the
Assessment and Action Plan in a culturally appropriate manner;
Principle 6 Grievance Mechanism: Requires that an appropriate grievance
process be included as part of the management system and that affected communities
are informed of the process;
Principle 7 Independent Review: Calls for an independent social or
environmental expert to review the Assessment, Action Plan, and consultation
process to assess compliance with the Principles;
Principle 8 Covenants: Incorporates into the lending covenants compliance with
host country requirements, Action Plan implementation commitments, periodic
reporting of social and environmental performance, and facility decommissioning and
closure where appropriate;
Principle 9 Independent Monitoring and Reporting: Calls for an independent
social and/or environmental expert to verify monitoring and reporting information;
and
Principle 10 EPFI Reporting: Commits the EPFI to publicly report its Equator
Principles implementation process and experience on an annual basis.
Principle 3 expressly cross references and incorporates the IFCs Performance Standards and the
World Bank Group (WBG)/IFC EHS Guidelines, thus obliging projects seeking financing from
EPFIs to apply IFC Performance Standards, WBG/IFC General EHS Guidelines, and the
applicable WBG/IFC Industry-Specific EHS Guidelines.
Similarly, IFC has developed its own policies which apply specifically to IFC investments.
These include i) the Policy on Disclosure of Information which defines IFCs obligations to
disclose information about itself and its activities; and ii) the Policy on Social and Environmental
Sustainability which defines IFCs role and responsibility in supporting project performance in
partnership with project sponsors.
At the project level, which applies to both IFC and EPFI investments, the Performance
Standards, Guidance Notes, EHS Guidelines, and best practice materials are applicable.

34

The Performance Standards define a projects role and responsibilities for managing health,
safety, environmental, and community issues to receive and retain IFC and/or Equator-
participating lender support. The Performance Standards are summarized below, followed by
more detailed content definitions:
Performance Standard 1 Social and Environmental Assessment and
Management Systems: This standard seeks to identify and assess the social and
environmental impacts of the Project, including cumulative and/or sectoral impacts
and technically and financially feasible alternatives, and to avoid, minimize, and
manage any unavoidable adverse impacts to people, their communities, and their
environment. It mandates that communities be appropriately engaged in the process
and promotes improved environmental and social performance through effective
management systems;
Performance Standard 2 Labor and Working Conditions: This standard seeks
to establish, maintain, and improve the working relationship between workers and
management. It mandates equal opportunity and fair treatment of workers and
protects against child and/or forced labor practices. It demands that the workplace
offer safe and healthy working conditions that promote the health and welfare of the
employees. This Social and Environmental Assessment gives due consideration to the
protection of workers, provides detail on the Projects human resources management
system, and promotes the health and safety of workers and local communities;
Performance Standard 3 Pollution Prevention and Abatement: This standard is
intended to minimize adverse impacts on human health and the environment by
minimizing pollution and reducing emissions that contribute to climate change. The

35
2007 EHS Guidelines give guidance for evaluating and selecting pollution prevention
and control techniques for projects. These Guidelines contain the performance levels
and measures that are normally acceptable and applicable to projects. When host
country regulations differ from the levels and measures presented in the EHS
Guidelines, project proponents will achieve whichever is more stringent. If less
stringent levels or measures are appropriate in view of specific project circumstances,
the proponent will provide full and detailed justification for any proposed
alternatives. This justification will demonstrate that the choice for any alternate
performance levels is consistent with the overall requirements of this PS;
Performance Standard 4 Community Health, Safety, and Security: This
standard limits risks and impacts to the local communities associated with all phases
of the Project, including unusual conditions. It requires that the health and safety
risks be evaluated during all phases of the Project and that preventative measures be
implemented to a level that is commensurate with the risk. It also gives consideration
for the risks posed by security arrangements. Security arrangements must be guided
by the principles of proportionality, good international practices in terms of hiring,
rules of conduct, training, equipping and monitoring of such personnel, and
applicable law. The use of force is typically not sanctioned and a grievance process
must be established to allow affected communities to express concerns about the
security arrangements and acts of security personnel;
Performance Standard 5 Land Acquisition and Involuntary Resettlement:
This standard seeks to avoid and minimize involuntary resettlement and to mitigate
unavoidable adverse impacts through compensation for loss of economic assets and
economic and standard of living restoration measures. Resettlement measures are
intended to aim at improving economic and livelihood conditions;
Performance Standard 6 Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Natural
Resource Management: This standard calls for the balancing of conservation of
biodiversity and the promotion of sustainable management of natural resources. The
Project site is host to certain sensitive ecosystems or habitats that are important to
primate species of international concern;
Performance Standard 7 Indigenous Peoples: This standard ensures that Project
development respects the dignity, human rights, and cultures of indigenous peoples
and avoids adverse impacts to their traditions and values. It seeks to establish and
maintain ongoing relationships and to foster good faith and informed participation of
indigenous peoples when projects are located on traditional or customary lands and to
respect and preserve those cultures and practices. Based on the IFC definition of
Indigenous Peoples, this Performance Standard is not applicable to the current
Project; and
Performance Standard 8 Cultural Heritage: This standard protects cultural
heritage sites from Project-related impacts and promotes the equitable sharing of

36
benefits from the use of cultural heritage in business activities. Items of local cultural
importance that will be affected by the Project include cemeteries and mosques.

These Performance Standards, and all IFC reference documents, are included at
http://www.ifc.org and are supported by Guidance Notes for each Performance Standard.
Guidance Notes are companion documents to the Performance Standards that provide additional
information on roles, responsibilities and fulfilling IFC expectations.
Documents relevant to various aspects of Project implementation include, but are not limited to,
the following IFC and WBG publications:
Pollution Prevention and Abatement Handbook (1999);
Handbook for Preparing a Resettlement Plan (1999);
Guidance Note G: Assessment and Management of Cumulative Impacts (2001);
Investing in People: Sustaining Communities through Improved Business Practice
(2001);
Good Practice Note: HIV/AIDS in the Workplace (2002);
Good Practice Note: Addressing Social Dimensions of Private Sector Projects
(2003);
Good Practice Note Number 4, Managing Retrenchment (2005);
Good Practice Note: Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity (2006);
Guidance Note 6: Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Natural Resource
Management (2007); and
Stakeholder Engagement: A Good Practice Handbook for Companies doing Business
in Emerging Markets (2007).
The Environmental, Health, and Safety (EHS) Guidelines (the EHS Guidelines) are technical
reference documents designed to assist a wide range of users including project proponents,
financiers, facility managers, and other decision makers by providing relevant industry
background and technical information. This information supports actions aimed at avoiding,
minimizing, and controlling environmental, health, and safety impacts during the construction,
operation, and decommissioning phases of a project or facility.

37
The General EHS Guidelines are organized to capture common themes which are applicable to
any industry sector and project. The General EHS Guidelines and the Industry Sector EHS
Guidelines are designed to be used jointly. On complex projects like GAC, multiple industry-
sector guidelines are applicable per the list below.
Thermal Power: Guidelines for New Plants (1998);
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Ports, Harbors and Terminals
(April 2007);
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Railways (April 2007);
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines General Guidelines (May 2007);
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, Base Metal Smelting and Refining
(September 2007);
Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, Mining (December 2007); and
Draft Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants
(March 2008).
The EHS Guidelines contain the performance levels and measures that are generally considered
to be achievable in new facilities at reasonable costs by existing technology. Application of the
EHS Guidelines to existing facilities may involve the establishment of site-specific targets with
an appropriate timetable for achieving them. The applicability of the EHS Guidelines may need
to be established for each project based on the results of an environmental assessment where site-
specific variables, such as host country context, assimilative capacity of the environment, and
other project factors, are taken into account. The applicability of specific technical
recommendations should be based on the professional opinion of qualified and experienced
persons.
Stakeholder engagement is an important part of complying with Equator Principles (Principle 5)
and IFC Performance Standards (PS 1). The purpose of stakeholder engagement is to build and
maintain a constructive relationship with affected communities. The nature and frequency of
engagement should be in-line with the risks to and adverse impacts on the communities.
Engagement must be free of external manipulation, interference, or coercion, and intimidation,
and conducted on the basis of timely, relevant, understandable and accessible information.

38
Disclosure of relevant project information helps affected communities understand the risks,
impacts and opportunities of the project. If communities may be affected by risks or adverse
impacts from the project, the project proponent must provide such communities with access to
information on the purpose, nature and scale of the project, the duration of proposed project
activities, and any risks to and potential impacts on such communities.
If affected communities may be subject to risks or adverse impacts from a project, consultation
must be undertaken in a manner that affords affected communities the opportunity to express
their views on project risks, impacts, and mitigation measures and have due consideration given
to that input in project decision-making. This consultation should begin early in the SEA
process, focus on the risks and adverse impacts and the measures and actions envisaged for their
mitigation, and be carried out in a manner that is inclusive and culturally appropriate.

The more significant the potential risks and impacts are for a project, the more rigorous the
stakeholder engagement program must be. For higher risk projects with the potential for
significant adverse impacts on affected communities, the consultation process will require their
free, prior and informed consultation (FPIC) and facilitate informed community participation.
Informed participation involves organized and iterative consultation and the incorporation of

39
community views on matters that directly affect them directly into the project decision-making
process. This may include proposed mitigation measures, the sharing of development benefits
and opportunities, and implementation issues.
The Stakeholder Engagement Plan (Volume 4) and Resettlement Action Plan (Volume 5)
elaborate stakeholder engagement activities for the Project.
Equator Principles (Principle 2) and IFC Performance Standards (PS 1) also oblige an evaluation
of cumulative and sectoral impacts where projects are likely to have potentially significant
adverse social or environmental impacts that are sensitive, diverse, or unprecedented.
Evaluations should normally cover the cumulative impacts of other regionally relevant proposed
developments and for reasonably foreseeable expansions to relevant existing developments. The
analysis considers the combined effects the relevant activities as they accumulate over time and
space. Additional discussion on the IFC Performance Standards and Guidance Notes related to
cumulative impacts is addressed in Section 7.0.
2.6 Compliance Targets
There are no established national discharge standards in the Republic of Guinea. In the absence
of general and numeric compliance targets having been established by the GoG, the guidelines
established by the IFC and other groups (such as the World Health Organization - WHO) that
may generally be viewed as providing guidance on leading industry practice will be used. IFCs
Environmental, Health and Safety General Guidelines are designed to be used together with the
appropriate industry sector EHS guidelines. For more complex projects like GAC, with a
bauxite mine and alumina refinery with associated infrastructure (power plant, railway and port),
multiple industry sector guidelines may be applicable as cited in the previous section.
2.6.1 IFC General EHS Guidelines
WBG/IFCs EHS General Guidelines (2007) provide guidance for projects in defining target
performance levels for atmospheric emissions and ambient air quality, energy conservation,
waste and ambient water quality, water conservation, hazardous materials management, waste
management, ambient noise, and contaminated land. The Guidelines include performance levels
that can generally be achieved in new facilities using reasonable-cost available control
technologies. Where the Guidelines are applied to existing facilities, it may be necessary to
establish site-specific targets and an implementation schedule for achieving them.

40
In applying the WBG/IFC General EHS Guidelines to projects, due consideration should always
be given to the hazards and risks associated with the project, the host country requirements, and
site-specific environmental and social conditions. When host country requirements are less than
the guidance contained in the General EHS Guidelines (or non-existent as is the case with this
Project), the IFC levels should be used, providing they are applicable to the site-specific project
conditions. If compliance targets are established at levels less than those required by IFC, full
and detailed justification must be presented establishing the basis for using alternate performance
levels and demonstrating that the alternate levels are sufficiently protective of human health and
the environment.
2.6.1.1 Air Quality
IFCs air quality guidelines for projects are presented in the following table citing the WHOs
Ambient Air Guidelines. These guidelines should seek to limit ambient exposure to sulfur
dioxide (SO
2
), nitrogen dioxide (NO
2
), ozone (O
3
), and particulate matter (PM) as PM
2.5
and
PM
10
(PM less than 2.5 and 10 microns, respectively) to the levels recommended by the WHO
(IFC, EHS Ambient Air Quality, 2007). These limits apply in projects with significant sources
of air emissions. Significant sources are considered to be general sources which, for example,
can contribute a net emission increase of one or more of the following pollutants within a given
airshed: PM
10
: 50 tonnes per year (tpy); NO
x
: 500 tpy; SO
2
: 500 tpy; or as established through
national legislation; and combustion sources with an equivalent heat input of 50 megawatt
thermal (MWth) or greater. The significance for emissions of inorganic and organic pollutants
should be established on a project-specific basis taking into account toxic and other properties of
the pollutant.
The IFC guidance expects facilities and projects to avoid, minimize, and control adverse impacts
to human health, safety, and the environment from emissions to air but goes on to acknowledge
that in some instances this is not possible. The generation and release of emissions of any type
should be managed through a combination of energy use efficiency, process modification,
selection of fuels or other materials, the processing of which may result in less polluting
emissions and the application of emissions control techniques. Due consideration for the
regulatory requirements, significance of the source, location of the emitting facility relative to
other sources, location of sensitive receptors, existing ambient air quality, and potential for
degradation of the airshed from a proposed project and the technical feasibility and cost
effectiveness of the available options for prevention, control, and release of emissions.

41
Ambient Air Guidelines (World Health Organization)
1, 2

Pollutant Averaging Period. Guideline value in g/m
Particulate Matter (PM
10
)

1-year

24-hour

70 (Interim target-1)
30 (interim target-3)
20 (guideline)

75 (Interim target 3)
50 (guideline)
2.5
) 1-year

24-hour
15(Interim target-3)
10 (guideline)

37.5 (Interim target-3)
25 (guideline)
Sulfur Dioxide (SO
2
) 24-hour

10-minute
125 (Interim-target-1)
20 (guideline)
500 (guideline)
Nitrogen Dioxide (NO
2
)

1-year
1-hour
40 (guideline)
200 (guideline)
Ozone 8-hour daily
maximum
100 (guideline)
1
Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to achieving the recommended guidelines.
2
PM 24-hour value is the 99
th
percentile.
Note: These limits apply at the limits of the industrial property.
Source: WBG/IFC, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 2007

The IFC stipulates that concentrations of contaminants emitted from small combustion processes
with a heat input capacity of between three megawatt thermal (MWth) and 50 MWth, including
electrical or mechanical power, steam, heat, or any combination of these, regardless of the fuel
type, should not exceed the limits presented in the following table on Emissions from Small
Combustion Facilities (e.g., Diesel Generators). For this project, energy diesel generators could
be subject to these limits.

42
Emissions from Small Combustion Facilities (e.g., Diesel Generators)
Combustion
Technology/Fuel
Particulate Matter
(PM)
Sulfur Dioxide (SO
2
) Nitrogen Oxides (NO
x
) Dry Gas,
Excess O
2

Content (%)
Engine
Gas

N/A

N/A
200 (spark Ignition)
400 (Dual Fuel)
1,600 (Compression
Ignition)

15
Liquid 50 or up to 100 if
justified by
project specific
considerations
1.5 percent Sulfur or
up to 3.0 percent
Sulfur if justified
by project specific
considerations
If bore size diameter [mm]
< 400: 1460 (or up to
1,600 if justified to
maintain high energy
efficiency.)
If bore size diameter [mm]
> or = 400: 1,850

15
Turbine
Natural Gas
=3MWth to
<15MWth

N/A

N/A
42 ppm (Electric
generation)
100 ppm (Mechanical
drive)

15
Natural Gas
=3MWth to
<15MWth

N/A

N/A

25 ppm

15
Fuels other than
Natural Gas
=3MWth to
<15WMth

N/A
0.5 percent Sulfur or
lower percent
Sulfur if
commercially
available without
significant excess
fuel cost

96 ppm (Electric
generation)
150 ppm (Mechanical
drive)

15
Fuels other than
Natural Gas
=15MWth to
<50MWth

N/A
0.5% S or lower % S
(0.2%S) if
commercially
available without
significant excess
fuel cost.

74 ppm

15

Boiler
Gas N/A N/A 320 3
Liquid 50 or up to 150 if
justified by
environmental
assessment

2000

460

3
Solid 50 or up to 150 if
justified by
environmental
assessment

2000

650

6

43
Notes: -N/A/ - no emissions guideline; Higher performance levels than these in the table should be applicable to facilities
located in urban / industrial areas with degraded airsheds or close to ecologically sensitive areas where more stringent
emissions controls may be needed.; MWth is heat input on HHV basis; Solid fuels include biomass; Nm3 is at one
atmosphere pressure, 0 C.; MWth category is to apply to the entire facility consisting of multiple units that are reasonably
considered to be emitted from a common stack except for NOx and PM limits for turbines and boilers. Guidelines values
apply to facilities operating more than 500 hours per year with an annual capacity utilization factor of more than 30
percent.
Note: Units are mg/Nm
3
unless otherwise indicated.
Note: These guidelines are applicable to small combustion process installations operating more than 500 hours per year, and those with an
annual capacity utilization of more than 30 percent
Note: concentrations are expressed on a dry basis, at 0C and 1 atm.
Source: WBG/IFC, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 2007

2.6.1.2 Noise
Noise abatement measures should achieve either: (i) the levels given in following table titled
Ambient Noise Guidelines; or (ii) a maximum increase in background levels of 3 decibels A-
weighted (dBA) (2007) with measurements taken at noise receptors located outside the Project
property boundary.
Ambient Noise Guidelines
Maximum allowable equivalent level
(Leq in dBA, hourly measurement)
Receptor
Day
[07:00 22:00]
Night
[22:00 07:00]
Residential, institutional, educational 55 45
Industrial, commercial 70 70
Source: WBG/IFC, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 2007.

2.6.1.3 Liquid Effluent
WBG/IFCs general environmental guidelines for discharging process wastewater, domestic
sewage, and contaminated stormwater to surface waters are presented on the following table:
General Limits for Process Discharges to Surface Waters. The liquid effluents from the power
plant must follow the thermal power plant limits presented in Section 2.7.4.2. The refinery
effluents must follow the base metal smelting and refining limits presented in Section 2.7.3.2.

44
General Limits for Process Discharges to Surface Waters
Pollutant/Parameter
Maximum value
(mg/L except for pH, bacteria and
temperature)
pH 6 9
BOD
5
30
COD 125
Total suspended solids 50
Oil and grease 10
Heavy Metals, total 10
Metals, specific
Arsenic 0.1
Cadmium 0.1
Chromium (hexavalent) 0.1
Chromium (total) 0.5
Iron 3.5
Lead 0.1
Mercury 0.01
Nickel 0.5
Selenium 0.1
Copper 0.5
Zinc 2.0
Ammonia 2.0
Chlorine, total residual 0.2
Cyanide, free 0.1
Cyanide, total 1.0
Fluoride 20
Phenols 0.5
Phosphorous 2.0
Sulfide 1.0
Coliform Less than
(1)
400 MPN/100 ml
Temperature increase
(2)
< or equal to 3C
Source: PPAH, General Environmental Guidelines, 1998 and Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines, 2007
(1) MPN: Most Probable Number.
(2) The effluent should result in a temperature increase of no more than 3 C at the edge of the zone where initial mixing
and dilution takes place. Where the zone is not defined, use 100 m from the point of discharge provided there are no
sensitive ecosystems within this range. The temperature shall not exceed 40 C in any section of the stream within 15 m
downstream from the effluent outlet.

2.6.1.4 Water Conservation
Water conservation programs should be implemented commensurate with the magnitude and
cost of water use. These programs should promote the continuous reduction in water
consumption and achieve savings in the water pumping, treatment, and disposal cost. Water
conservation measures may include water monitoring and management techniques; process and

45
cooling/heating water recycling, reuse, and other techniques; and sanitary water conservation
techniques. General recommendations include:
Storm/rainwater harvesting and use;
Zero discharge design/use of treated waste water to be included in project design
processes;
Use of localized recirculation systems in plant/facility/shops, with provision only for
makeup water;
Use of dry process technologies (e.g. dry quenching);
Process water system pressure management; and
Project design to have measures for adequate water collect, spill control, and leakage
control system.
2.6.1.5 Energy Conservation
WBG/IFCs General EHS Guidelines (2007) state that facilities or projects should manage and
evaluate opportunities to improve energy conservation if they consume energy in: (i) process
heating and cooling; (ii) process and auxiliary systems, such as motors, pumps, and fans; (iii)
compressed air systems and heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems; and (iv) lighting
systems. Facilities and projects can manage and evaluate opportunities to improve energy
conservation by using the following:
Energy Management Programs;
Energy Efficiency;
Process Heating;
Heating Load Reduction;
Heat Distribution Systems;
Energy Conversion System Efficiency Improvements;
Process Cooling;
Load Reduction;
Energy Conversion;

46
Refrigerant Compression Efficiency;
Refrigeration System Auxiliaries; and
Compressed Air Systems.
2.6.1.6 Greenhouse Gases (GHGs)
WBG/IFCs General EHS Guidelines (2007) state that projects can produce GHGs directly from
on-site facilities or from off-site energy production and that projects should reduce and control
their production of GHGs. The recommendations include:
Carbon financing;
Enhancement of energy efficiency;
Protection and enhancement of sinks and reservoirs of greenhouse gases;
Promotion, development, and increased use of renewable forms of energy;
Carbon capture and/or reduction in methane emissions; and
Limitation and/or reduction of methane emissions through recovery and use in waste
management, as well as in the production, transportation, and distribution of energy
(coal, oil, and gas).
2.6.1.7 Waste Management
Project wastes should be managed using the following practices:
Establish waste management priorities at the outset of activities based on an
understanding of potential risks and impacts and considering waste generation and its
consequences;
Establish a waste management hierarchy that considers prevention, reduction, reuse,
recovery, recycling, removal and finally disposal of wastes;
Avoid or minimize the generation of waste materials, as far as practicable;
Where waste generation cannot be avoided but has been minimized, recover and
reuse waste;
Where waste can not be recovered or reused, treat, destroy, and dispose of it in an
environmentally sound manner and in compliance with local laws and regulations;
and

47
Segregate of hazardous waste from non-hazardous waste. If generation of hazardous
waste can not be prevented through the implementation of the above general waste
management practices, its management should focus on the prevention of harm to
health, safety, and the environment.
2.6.1.8 Hazardous Materials Management
Projects that manufacture, handle, use, or store hazardous materials should establish management
programs that are commensurate with the potential risks. The main objectives of projects
involving hazardous materials should be the protection of the workforce and the prevention and
control of releases and accidents. These objectives should be addressed by integrating prevention
and control measures, management actions, and procedures into day-to-day business activities.
Potentially applicable elements of a management program include the following:
Establish the level of risk of the hazard through on-going assessment;
Define the management actions commensurate with the level of potential risk
associated with the production, handling, storage, and use of hazardous material;
Design the preventative measures for hazardous materials spills, overfills, reactions,
fires, and explosions; and
Include control measures for secondary containment (liquids) and storage tank and
piping leak detection.
2.6.1.9 Contaminated Land
Contaminated lands should be managed to avoid the risk to human health and ecological
receptors. The preferred strategy for land decontamination is to reduce the level of
contamination at the site while preventing the human exposure to contamination. If risk
management actions are warranted, the following steps should be taken:
Conduct a screening of the environmental risks where there is potential evidence of
contamination at a site;
Implement risk management at any phase of the project life cycle if the presence of
land contamination poses an imminent hazard;
Consider detailed assessment of contaminate risks in the context of current and future
land use, and development scenarios, which yields acceptable health risks, while
achieving low level contamination on-site; and

48
Provide permanent risk reduction measures as a basis for managing and mitigating
environmental contaminant health risks.
2.6.1.10 Monitoring
The general environmental guidelines require that the liquid effluents be sampled and measured
weekly for common parameters such as suspended solids, BOD, pH, oils and grease, and flow.
Leachate from solid waste disposal sites should also be sampled and tested monthly.
Project proponents are required to maintain records of air emissions, effluents, and hazardous
wastes sent off site, as well as significant environmental events, such as spills, fires, and other
emergencies that may have an impact on the environment. The information requires review and
evaluation for improving the effectiveness of the environmental protection plan.
2.6.2 WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines for Mining
WBG/IFCs EHS Guidelines for Mining (2007) provide industry-specific guidance for mining
projects on environmental, occupational health and safety, community health and safety and
mine closure and reclamation considerations. The Guidelines apply to open-pit, underground,
alluvial and solution mining techniques as well as marine dredging for economic recovery (not
applicable to port operation dredging which addressed in the EHS Guidelines for Port and
Harbor Facilities in Section 2.7.5). They define target performance levels for water use and
quality, wastes, hazardous materials, land use and biodiversity, air quality, noise and vibrations,
energy use and visual impacts. The Guidelines include performance levels that can generally be
achieved in new facilities using reasonable-cost available control technologies. Where the
Guidelines are applied to existing facilities, it may be necessary to establish site-specific targets
and an implementation schedule for achieving them.
2.6.2.1 Water Use and Quality
Recommended practices for water management include:
Establishing a site-wide water balance with due consideration for mine dewatering;
Developing a sustainable water management plan;
Limiting the amount of water used;
Considering water reuse, recycling and treatment programs where feasible; and
Consultation with stakeholders to address competing water supply demands.

49
Recommendations for managing potential water quality impacts include:
Meeting the effluent guidelines presented on the tTable titled Effluent Guidelines for
Water Discharges from Mining Projects and also non-degradation criteria for the
receiving water;
Installing efficient oil and grease collection systems and maintaining suitable
emergency response equipment;
Storing solutions in a manner that does do not pose an unacceptable risk to wildlife,
humans, or other receptors; and
Managing sanitary wastewaters according to the General EHS Guidelines (Section
2.7.1).
Recommendations for the management of stormwater include:
Limiting the potential for wind and water erosion;
Diverting runoff from undisturbed areas away from project disturbances;
Providing sediment control devices to limit sediment transport;
Designing hydraulic structures to safely pass the 100-year/24-hour precipitation event
(25-year/24-hour event for temporary structures);
Establishing riparian zones;
Implementing timely concurrent reclamation;
Providing appropriate surfaces and controls on roads; and
Designing and maintaining settling systems according to good engineering practice.
Recommendations for groundwater protection include:
Limiting the infiltration of adverse quality waters through the use of liners and
underdrainage systems;
Providing secondary containment for pipelines carrying adverse-quality solutions;
Providing leak detection systems where appropriate; and
Installing monitoring wells sufficient to determine groundwater levels and quality
around process solution containment systems.

50
Water discharged from mining projects as site runoff and as treated effluents to surface waters
should meet the following guideline limits:
Effluent Guidelines for Water Discharges from Mining Projects
Pollutant Units Guideline Value
Total Suspended Solids mg/l 50
pH S.U. 6 9
COD mg/l 150
BOD
5
mg/l 50
Oil and Grease mg/l 10
Arsenic mg/l 0.1
Cadmium mg/l 0.05
Chromium (IV) mg/l 0.1
Copper mg/l 0.3
Cyanide (total) mg/l 1
Cyanide (free) mg/l 0.1
Cyanide (WAD) mg/l 0.5
Iron (total) mg/l 2.0
Lead mg/l 0.2
Mercury mg/l 0.002
Nickel mg/l 0.5
Phenols mg/l 0.5
Zinc mg/l 0.5
Temperature
o
C <3 degree differential
Note: Metals concentrations represent total metals.
Source: WBG/IFC Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines MINING, December 10, 2007.

2.6.2.2 Wastes
Recommendations for the management of mine waste rock storage areas include:
Designing waste rock storage areas to limit safety risk and limit erosion;
Considering the physical, chemical or biological weathering of rock types and the
effect that such weathering may have on physical stability;
Managing rock types that may exhibit geochemically adverse behavior in the
environment by:
Conducting testing on the acid-generating and metal-leaching potential using
internationally recognized methodologies;

51
Factoring acid-generating and metal-leaching characteristics into the mine
development and waste placement plans;
Implementing actions that limit the potential for acid generation or metal
leaching; and
Controlling the placement of acid generating rock types to limit its exposure to
water and oxidizing conditions or by blending the rock with acid-neutralizing
materials.
Recommendations for the management of tailings and red muds include:
Designing containment systems according to internationally recognized standards,
with due consideration for seismicity, liquefaction, and downstream receptor
risks/hazards;
Providing for an appropriate level of independent review during the design and
construction stages, with ongoing monitoring of both the physical structure and
environmental performance during operation and decommissioning;
Providing adequately sized diversion ditches and hydraulic structures;
Considering the potential for seepage and its affect on structural stability and the need
for piezometers or other monitoring systems;
Considering zero off-site discharges from the facility and factoring the facility
performance into the site-wide water balance and risk evaluations;
Giving due consideration for the probable maximum flood and the freeboard to
contain it throughout the life of the project if site specific risks warrant;
Designing the tailings management system to address potentially adverse
geochemical characteristics; and
Considering thickened or paste tailings for backfilling of pits and underground works
concurrent with mining operations.
2.6.2.3 Land Use and Biodiversity
Recommendations for the protection and conservation of biodiversity include:
Assessing whether critical natural habitats or endangered species will be adversely
affected;
Determining whether the project will affect protected areas;

52
Considering proactive management of alterative high biodiversity areas in
compensation for project-related impacts;
Identifying if in-migration may adversely affect biodiversity and local communities;
Considering partnerships with internationally accredited scientific organizations for
undertaking and managing biodiversity programs; and
Consulting with stakeholders regarding competing and conflicting land uses.
Recommended management strategies for terrestrial habitats include:
Siting project components to avoid critical habitats and sensitive times of year;
Minimizing land and vegetation disturbances;
Implementing reclamation programs, loss offsets, compensation and other mitigation
as may be appropriate for the type of habitat and potential impacts;
Avoiding the creation of wildlife movement barriers and providing alternative
migration routes when unavoidable;
Establishing buffer zones around sensitive areas to avoid impacts;
Implementing soil conservation and topsoil management measures;
Providing suitable thicknesses of growth medium in reclaimed areas to support native
plant species; and
Managing vegetation growth on land disturbances and controlling invasive species
using appropriate control measures.
Recommended management strategies for aquatic habitats include:
Minimizing the creation and extent of access roads and decommissioning and limiting
access to unneeded routes;
Maintaining and/or restoring natural drainage paths;
Maintaining water body catchment areas comparable to pre-development conditions;
Protecting stream channel stability and employing appropriate setbacks from riparian
zones;
Attenuating surface runoff from high precipitation events;

53
Designing hydraulic structures to manage peak flows based on potential risk; and
Constructing, maintaining and reclaiming water crossings that are safe and stable and
that minimize channel degradation.
2.6.2.4 Air Quality
Guidance for ambient air quality and gaseous emissions is provided in the General EHS
Guidelines (Section 2.7.1.1). Recommended dust management strategies include:
Applying dust suppression techniques to disturbed areas and managing traffic patterns
and speeds;
Disturbing new areas only when necessary and performing concurrent reclamation
and revegetation in a timely manner;
Providing appropriate dust control covers or devices where needed; and
Providing conveyors systems with covers and be equipped with measures to clean
return belts.
2.6.2.5 Noise and Vibration
Recommended management strategies for controlling noise and vibration include:
Meeting the noise levels in the General EHS Guidelines (Section 2.7.1.2) at the
nearest receptor;
Controlling noise by:
Enclosing noisy processes;
Installing appropriate sound barriers or noise attenuating devices; and
Optimizing traffic routes to limit reverse alarm noise and limit distances from
sensitive receptors.
Recommended management practices for vibration, airblast, overpressure or flyrock include:
Ripping where possible to avoid the use of explosives;
Using appropriate blasting plans and charging procedures;
Controlling ground vibration and overpressure control with appropriate drilling grids;
and
Designing crusher foundations and other vibration sources in an appropriate manner.

54
2.6.2.6 Energy Use
Recommended energy conservation measures include:
Using non-invasive technologies in lieu of digging and drilling; and
Using appropriately sized equipment and adjustable speed drives where load
requirements vary.
2.6.2.7 Visual Impact
The guidelines oblige mine operators to reclaim landforms to a visual character that will blend,
to the extent feasible, with the surrounding landscape.
2.6.2.8 General Workplace Health and Safety
Occupational health and safety performance should be evaluated against internationally
published exposure guidelines. Accident reduction should be an important focus and accident
and fatality statistics should be benchmarked against the performance of other facilities in the
mining sector.
Recommended strategies to manage general workplace safety include:
Developing a health and safety management plan defining emergency response
procedures, first aid training, individual training, on-the-job observations and hazard
prevention training;
Providing adequate illumination of work areas per Table below;
Posting signs in hazardous or risky areas;
Providing appropriate personal protective equipment where needed; and
Evaluating employee health on a regular basis relative to their risk exposure (and
retain records for at least 20 years).

55
Minimum Average Illumination for Designated Mine Locations and Activities
Location / Activity Minimum Illumination (Lux)
Emergency lighting 5
Walkways and passages 5 - 10
Dynamic locations production and development
areas.
5 - 50
Areas with occasional and simple manual tasks 50 - 100
Workstations and areas with medium to high
precision manual tasks
150 400
Source: WBG/IFC, Mining: Environmental, Health and Safety Guidelines, 2007

The work environment should be monitored for occupational hazards relevant to site-specific
conditions by qualified professionals as part of an occupational health and safety monitoring
program. Facilities should maintain records of workplace accidents, diseases and dangerous
occurrences.
2.6.2.9 Hazardous Substances
Hazardous substances are subject to the General EHS Guidelines (Section 2.7.1.8).
2.6.2.10 Use of Explosives
Recommended explosives management practices include:
Using, handling and transporting explosives according to regulation;
Allowing only qualified experts for blasting activities;
Managing the blasting process relative to design, scheduling, warnings, training, and
safety;
Checking post-blast areas by qualified personnel;
Auditing procedures relative to internationally recognized fire and safety codes; and
Using qualified security personnel to transport, store and use explosives on site.
2.6.2.11 Electrical Safety and Isolation
Recommended management practices for electrical safety and isolation at mining operations
include:
Developing electrical competency standards and safe job procedures;

56
Using electrical safety devices on all final distribution circuits (with appropriate
testing schedules); and
Establishing clear procedures for the isolation of all sources of hazardous energy or
hazardous substances.
2.6.2.12 Physical Hazards
Recommended prevention and control strategies for geotechnical safety include:
Planning, designing and operating all project components such that geotechnical risks
are appropriately managed, with due consideration for local seismicity, climatic
conditions and long-term stability;
Establishing factors of safety based on the level of hazard or risk that the facility
presents;
Considering the potential for change in geotechnical properties that may affect
stability;
Limiting risks associated with exposure geologic hazards, precipitation and seismic
events, and the risks of mining activities such as traffic, blasting and rock scaling; and
Assessing geotechnical risks associated with cut slopes given the local climatic and
seismic conditions.
Recommendations for machine and equipment safety include:
Using contrasting colored equipment or reflective markings;
Using equipment with appropriate operator sight lines;
Requiring employees to use high visibility clothing;
Using reflective markings on structures, traffic intersections and other areas as
appropriate;
Using appropriate illumination; and
Installing safety barriers in high risk locations.

57
2.6.2.13 Fitness for Work
Recommendations include:
Reviewing shift management systems to limit the risk of fatigue;
Tailoring pre-placement medical exams to the specific job requirements; and
Implementing a policy for the prevention of drug and alcohol use on site.
2.6.2.14 Travel and Remote Site Health
For operations in remote regions, recommendations include:
Providing appropriate sanitation and vector control systems to limit the potential for
chronic and acute illnesses;
Identifying risks associated with operating at altitude (when appropriate); and
Monitoring the storage and disposal of food items in commissary areas to limit risk of
illness.
2.6.2.15 Thermal Stress
Due consideration should be given when workers are required to work in high temperature
conditions.
2.6.2.16 Occupational Noise and Vibration
Recommendations for managing occupational exposure to noise and vibrations include:
Limiting noise to the levels described in the General EHS Guidelines (Section
2.7.1.2);
Providing soundproofed cabs on noisy or vibrating equipment;
Using personal hearing protection in excessive noise areas or on noisy equipment;
and
Limiting prolonged exposure to whole-body and/or hand-arm vibrations through the
selection and maintenance of equipment to meet occupational vibration exposure
standards.
2.6.2.17 Community Health and Safety
Community health and safety issues may be associated with a variety of project-related issues
(e.g., increased traffic hazards, transportation of dangerous goods). The industrial activity is

58
also an attractant to job-seekers which may increase community exposure to external diseases
and social ills. Additional concerns regarding community health and safety include:
Limiting risks associated with dams, tailings impoundments and other major wet
containment facilities;
Limiting the potential for vector breeding sites in water impoundments;
Limiting the potential for land subsidence and related flooding by:
Implementing effective mine planning;
Monitoring settlement of open voids and fill materials;
Backfilling open voids to reduce subsidence potential; and
Managing subsidence areas to re-establish a suitable land use;
Being prepared to respond to emergencies and unplanned situations;
Limiting the potential for the spread of communicable diseases, including HIV/AIDS;
and
Implementing appropriate vector control and prevention strategies.
2.6.2.18 Mine Closure and Post-Closure
Mine closure and reclamation should include physical rehabilitation and social considerations
that are designed to:
Not compromise future public health and safety;
Provide a beneficial and sustainable post-mining land use to affected communities;
and
Limit adverse social impacts and maximize benefits.
The closure plan should be regularly updated to reflect current site conditions and include post-
closure after-care and monitoring. The cost of closure and post-closure care should be included
in the business feasibility analysis, including consideration for and availability of the necessary
funds by appropriate financial instruments (e.g., cash accrual system or financial guarantee).
All structures that are left after mine closure must be shown to be safe and stable over the long
term. Tailings facilities should be decommissioned so that surface water and groundwaters are

59
protected Hydraulic structures must be maintained effective during closure activities. Physical
hazards should be permanently and effectively precluded from public access. Finally, the
closure plan should include provisions for concurrent reclamation during the operating life of the
project according to a plan that has been approved by the local authorities and with an
appropriate amount of stakeholder engagement.
The costs associated with mine closure and post-closure activities, including post-closure care,
should be included in business feasibility analyses during the planning and design stages.
Minimum considerations should include the availability of all necessary funds, by appropriate
financial instruments, to cover the cost of closure at any stage in the mine life, including
provision for early, or temporary closure. Funding should be by either a cash accrual system or a
financial guarantee.

2.6.3 WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines, Base Metal Smelting and Refining
The WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines (Base Metal Smelting and Refining, April 30, 2007) for the
aluminum sector discuss environmental requirements, pollution prevention and control, target
pollution loads, treatment technologies, occupational health and safety, community health,
performance indicators and monitoring, and key issues for alumina refineries. The guidelines are
summarized as follows:
2.6.3.1 Air Quality
At bauxite and alumina facilities, the main sources of dust emissions and their associated control
measures are as follows:
Dust from truck movement can be minimized by treating road surfaces (e.g. watering,
bitumen) and by ensuring that vehicles do not drop material as they travel;
Dusting from stockpiled material can be minimized by spraying with water or by
enclosure in a building;
Dust emissions from bauxite and limestone handling and storage are controlled by
baghouses;
Dust from conveyors and material transfer points are controlled by hoods and
enclosures;
Dust emissions from lime kilns are controlled by baghouses (Note: lime kilns are not
planned for the Project); and

60
Alumina dust losses from calciners are controlled by electrostatic precipitators.
In addition, recommended control measures for each of the following air quality parameters
follow:
Particulate:
Characterize all feed materials with regard to risk reduction potential;
Store dust-forming materials in enclosed buildings or containers and transfer
using pneumatic or enclosed conveyor systems. Cover all transport vehicles;
Reduce the quantity of materials transported, and the transport distances, through
efficient plant layout and design;
Reduce off-gas volumes where possible;
Design for continuous operation where possible, and maintain environmental
control systems adequately to optimize smooth, consistent operation;
Use sealed furnaces and reactors with reduced pressure, or retrofit existing
furnaces with maximum sealing;
Enclose or use hoods to contain and collect emissions from process vessels, feed
and discharge points, and conveyor systems;
Use systems that maintain sealing or hood deployment during transfer of
materials, such as through electrode additions of materials; additions via tuyeres
or lances; and the use of robust rotary valves on feed systems;
Use damper controls that change the extraction points automatically during
different stages of the process to target the extraction effort to the fume source,
thereby minimizing energy consumption. Extraction of fumes at the roof
ventilator should generally only be used as a last resort because of the high energy
use and reduced collection efficiency;
Control particulate matter emissions using electrostatic precipitators, bagfilters,
scrubbers, or cyclones that are appropriate for the exhaust stream characteristics;
Maintain the collector hood, ducts, and filter system to ensure that collection or
extraction rates remain at the designed level; and
Cover all transport vehicles and enclose storage and process equipment.
Metals: Emissions of metals are controlled through the application of measures to
control particulate matter. If the facility has the potential to produce mercury, it is

61
important to cool the inlet gas to the particulate matter control system to allow
sufficient mercury capture or to use an activated charcoal media to adsorb the
mercury.
Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs): Recommended measures to prevent,
minimize, and control releases of VOCs include:
Use water-based solvents where possible, or use the least toxic solvent suitable
for the application;
Contain emissions;
Use mixer/settlers that minimize contact with air to minimize evaporation of
VOCs;
Control VOC emissions using afterburners, scrubbers, biofilters or bioreactors,
activated carbon traps, or chillers/condensers; and
Use back venting of displaced gases to the delivery vehicle when filling solvent or
fuel tanks, and use automatic resealing of delivery connections to prevent
spillage.
Carbon Monoxide (CO): Measures should be implemented, as appropriate, to control
and minimize CO emissions include collecting and cleaning the CO-rich gas (e.g.
using a cascade wet scrubber), and use or sale of the gas as fuel. Control of CO from
these sources is similar to control of VOCs, described above.
The proper treatment of industrial wastewater, through the use of appropriate technologies and
good practice techniques, should meet the Guideline Values for wastewater discharge as
indicated in the following table, Effluent Levels for Aluminum Smelting and Refining. Other
wastewater streams not meeting the effluent levels identified below should also be routed to a
treatment system for industrial process wastewater.

62
Effluent Levels for Aluminum Smelting and Refining
Pollutant Smelting type Units Guideline Value
pH All S.U. 6 9
Total Suspended Solids All mg/l 20
COD All mg/l 50
Fluoride Aluminum mg/l 5
Hydrocarbons Aluminum mg/l 5
Aluminum Aluminum mg/l 0.2
Mercury All mg/l 0.01
Temperature Increase All C < 3
a

Toxicity To be determined on a case specific basis
Source: WBG/IFC, Base Metal Smelting and Refining: Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines, 2007
a
At the edge of a scientifically established mixing zone which takes into account ambient water quality, receiving water use, potential receptors and
assimilative capacity

2.6.3.3 Energy and Water Conservation
The following table, Energy and Water Consumption, provides an example of energy and water
use from selected processes in the smelting and refining sector, which can be considered as an
indicator of the efficiency of the sector and may be used to track performance changes over time.

63
Energy and Water Consumption
Facility Type Energy Use (GJ/t)
(Gigajoules per metric ton)
Alumina production 8 13.5
Aluminumprimary production (electrolysis, including anode
production)
53 61
Facility Type Water Use (kg/t)
Alumina production 1000 6000
Aluminumprimary production (electrolysis, including anode
production)
200 - 12000
Source: Source: WBG/IFC, Base Metal Smelting and Refining: Environmental Health and Safety Guidelines, 2007

2.6.3.4 Red Mud Disposal
Red mud generated from the production of alumina from bauxite is an alkaline substance which
requires controlled storage, typically in sealed (lined) ponds, to limit potential for releases of
entrained solutions to surface and ground water. High-efficiency deep thickeners and large-
diameter conventional thickeners produce a mud with 50-60% solids concentration, compared to
conventional process slurry of 25-30% solids. Excess water from the thickened or slurried mud
should be returned to the alumina processing plant.
The Red Mud Disposal Facility must be lined with impervious clay (or equivalent) to prevent
leakage. Water spraying of the mud stack may be required to prevent fine dust from being blown
from the stack. Longer-term treatment of the mud may include reclamation of the mud,
neutralization, covering with topsoil and planting with vegetation.
The lime used in the refining process forms insoluble solids that leave the plant along with the
red mud. Recycling the lime used as a filtering aid in digestion to displace the fresh lime that
would normally be added at this point can minimize these waste lime-based solids. Effluent
volume from the alumina plant can be minimized or eliminated by good design and operating
practices. Good design and operating practices include reducing the water added to the process,
segregating condensates and recycling to the process, and using rainwater in the process.
The IFC mentions that experience in Europe has shown that red mud produced at the alumina
plant can be reduced from 2 tonnes of mud per tonne (t/t) of alumina to about 1 t/t alumina
through implementation of good industrial practices. While the volume of red mud depends on

64
the alumina content in the bauxite ore, IFC expects the target mud discharge to be on the order of
2 t/t, if the alumina content in the bauxite ore is 33%.
Occupational health and safety issues for further consideration in smelting and refining
operations include:
Chemical exposure;
Physical hazards;
Noise;
Radiation;
Confined space entry; and
Electric and magnetic fields.
2.6.3.6 Community Health
Smelting and refining facilities should develop and maintain a comprehensive environmental,
health, and safety program through a cooperative process involving all interested parties,
including community residents. The program should include the following components:
Education and awareness raising among communities regarding potential health risks
related to operations;
Baseline health assessment, as necessary;
Investigation of legacy issues for contaminated sites, including evaluation and
remediation strategies; and
Development of an emergency preparedness and response plan, with participation of
affected communities and relevant regulatory agencies.
2.6.4 WBG/IFC Guidelines for New Thermal Power Plants
WBG/IFCs new EHS guidance for new thermal power plants is still being developed. As such,
Thermal Power: Guidelines for New Plants (1998) are still applicable to the Project. The
following section details WBG/IFC sector-specific guidelines for atmospheric emissions, liquid
effluents, and solid wastes, as well as monitoring requirements for new thermal power plants
with a capacity of 50 megawatts of electricity (MWe) or greater.

65
2.6.4.1 Air Emission
Electrical power and steam requirements for the refinery will be fulfilled by a 760 MW heat
input co-generation power plant with an installed production capacity of 160 MWe (in normal
operation, 100 MWe will be produced) and about 500 MW of saturated steam. The power plant
will burn coal and possibly petroleum coke. IFC atmospheric emission guidelines for new coal-
fired power plants are presented in the following table, New Thermal Power Plants WBG
Atmospheric Emissions Standards. Limit B specifying a daily emission limit for SO
2
is not
applicable for a cogeneration plant producing mainly steam, as it is the case for the refinery
energy center.
New Thermal Power Plants WBG Atmospheric Emissions Standards
General Requirements
New Thermal Power Plants
> 50 MWe and < 500 MWe
in airsheds with moderate
(1)
or
good air quality.
Subject to maximum emission levels, provided EIA shows that plan will not lead
either to airshed dropping into poor air quality or to an increase of more than
5 ug/m
3
in annual mean level of particulates, SO
2
, or NO
X
for entire airshed.
If either of these conditions is not satisfied, lower site-specific emission levels
should be established that would ensure that both conditions can be satisfied.
Additional Specific Requirements
Particulate Matter < 50 mg/Nm (Coal: 6% O
2,
dry; Oil: 3% O
2
dry)
17.5 ng/ J
SO
2
Limit A
< 2,000 mg/Nm (Coal: 6% O
2
dry, Oil: 3% O
2
dry)
700 ng/ J
SO
2
Limit B
0.2 metric tons per day / MWe, for first 500 MWe
0.1 tpd/ MWe afterwards
500 tpd maximum
NO
x
< 750 mg/Nm (Coal: 6% O
2
dry); < 460 mg/Nm (Oil: 3% O
2
dry)
260 ng/J (Coal); 130 ng/J (Oil)
Source: PPAH, Thermal Power: Guidelines for New Plants, 1998.
(1) The refinery will be located in a good quality airshed.

The following table, Power Plant Ambient Air Quality Guidelines, presents the ambient air
guidelines for new power plants. IFC recommends the use of these guidelines in the absence of
local ambient air standards, which is the case in Guinea. An airshed that complies with all these
guidelines is classified by IFC as having good air quality.

66
Power Plant Ambient Air Quality Guidelines
Allowable Concentration (g/m)
Pollutant
Maximum 24 hour avg. Annual arithmetic mean
Particulate Matter (TSP) 230 80
Particulate Matter under 10 microns (PM
10
) 150 50
Sulfur Dioxide 150 80
Nitrogen Dioxide 150 100
Source: PPAH, Thermal Power: Guidelines for New Plants, Annex D, 1998.

2.6.4.2 Liquid Effluents
The World Bank (IFC) requires an evaluation of the ecological impacts anticipated from the
discharges of heated cooling water. Wastewater treatment must be provided to meet the liquid
effluent standards outlined in the following table, Power Plants - Liquid Effluents Standards.
Power Plants - Liquid Effluents Standards
Parameter Unit
Standard
(Maximum 24 h - value)
pH --- 6-9
Total suspended solids mg/l 50
Oil and grease mg/l 10
Total Residual Chlorine mg/l 0.2
Total Cr mg/l 0.5
Cu mg/l 0.5
Fe mg/l 1.0
Zn mg/l 1.0
Temperature increase C 3C
Coal Pile Runoff and Leachate If leaching of toxics is possible, protective
liner, runoff collection and treatment or
recycling should be put in place.

67
Management of Residues
The PPAH guidelines for management of residues (e.g., slags, fly-ash) from thermal power
plants are summarized in the following table, Power Plants IFC Solid Waste Requirements.
Power Plants IFC Solid Waste Requirements
Solid Waste Management Requirements
If no leachate of toxics Disposal in a landfill with a liner
If leachate of toxics Treatment (e.g. stabilization) before disposal

Monitoring Requirements
The PPAH guidelines for monitoring of thermal power plants are summarized in the following
table, Power Plants Monitoring Requirements.
Power Plants Monitoring Requirements
Monitoring Requirements
Emissions Monitoring Continuous Emission Monitoring System for Particulates, SO
2
and NO
X
, if
their maintenance and calibration can be ensured.
Environmental Performance
as Indicators of the Stack
Emissions
- Maximum flue gas flow rate (PM)
- Ashes and heavy metals content in coal (PM)
- Minimum power supply to ESP (PM)
- Combustion temperature (PM and NOx)
- Excess O
2
level (PM and NOx)
- Sulfur content of fuel (SO
2
)
Regular Stack Monitoring PM, NOx, SO
2
and heavy metals on an annual basis depending on local
conditions
Ambient Air Quality (A.Q.) Automatic continuous A.Q. systems for PM-10, SO
2
, NO
x
, outside the plant
boundary where maximum concentration is expected and/or sensitive
receptors (e.g., population centers or protected areas)
Wastewater Effluent Continuous: pH, temperature
Daily: SS, oil + grease, residual chlorine
Monthly: heavy metals and other pollutants (if a treatment is required)
Reporting to authorities Quarterly (brief report)
Annual (detailed report)

2.6.5 WBG/IFC EHS Guidelines, Port and Harbor Facilities
The WBG/IFC has developed the Environment, Health, and Safety Guidelines for Port and
Harbor Facilities (2007), which include criteria for the design, construction, and use of ports,
harbors, and associated facilities. The guidelines incorporate the general provisions of IFC

68
guidance for water, resources management, international waterways, cultural properties,
indigenous peoples, involuntary resettlement, biodiversity, and wild lands.
The guidelines detail environmental requirements in port and terminal construction and
operation. The guideline also outlines the requirements for port occupational health and safety
and community health and safety. The guideline then details performance indicators and
environmental monitoring requirements.
2.6.5.1 Air Emissions
The most significant sources of air pollutants from port operations include combustion emissions
from ships propulsion and auxiliary engines and boilers, followed by combustion source
emissions from vehicles and land-based engines and boilers contributing similar pollutants.
Operators should develop air quality management procedures in accordance with international
and local regulations to reduce their air emissions.
Hazards associated with port sewage and stormwater can be mitigated with the installation of
filter mechanisms and proper placement of storm drains. Port operators should provide
collection, storage, and transfer and/or treatment services, and facilities of sufficient capacity and
type for all wastewater generated by vessels at the port in accordance with international and
national regulations.
2.6.5.3 Waste Management
Port facilities should provide adequate means of receiving and managing effluents and wastes to
meet its own needs and those of visiting ships and for which the port is designed to service.
Information should be available for ship captains to identify solid waste reception facilities and
acceptable handling procedures at ports. Waste from ships should also be managed in
accordance with all national and international regulations. If necessary, more stringent
restrictions should be considered to protect the port environment.
2.6.5.4 Hazardous Materials and Oil Management
Ports should take the proper measures to prevent hazardous material spills, including secondary
containment for above ground liquid storage tanks and tanker truck loading and unloading areas.
Port operators should prepare a spill prevention, control, and countermeasure plan consistent
with the International Maritime Organization (IMO) Manual on Oil Pollution Section II

69
Contingency Planning, and should implement systems for the proper screening, acceptance, and
transport of dangerous cargo based on local and international standards and regulations.
2.6.5.5 Dredged Materials Management
Construction and maintenance dredging, and dredge spoil disposal, may impact habitats and pose
a significant hazard to human health and the environment. The following recommendations
should be adopted to avoid, minimize, or control impacts from dredged materials:
Dredging should only be conducted if necessary, and based on an environmental
assessment. Prior to dredging activities, materials should be analyzed to determine
the dredge materials reuse or disposal options;
Excavation and dredging methods should be selected to minimize their environmental
impact. Sensitive environmental areas should be identified and if sensitive species
are present, dredging should be conducted in a manner so as to avoid disturbing their
habitat; and
Dredged material should be analyzed to select appropriate disposal options.
Contaminated dredge material should be properly disposed of in appropriate confined
disposal facilities. Port managers should work with the national and local authorities,
as well as facility owners and operators in the watershed, to reduce sources of key
contaminants.
2.6.5.6 Biodiversity
The construction and maintenance of a port facility may have adverse short and long-term effects
on the local flora, fauna, and habitat. Recommended measures to prevent and control these
impacts include the following:
Potential impact to shoreline flora, fauna, and habitat should be fully assessed during
port construction and operation;
Port facilities that conduct cleaning or repair of ballast tanks should be equipped with
adequate reception facilities able to prevent the introduction of invasive species; and
Ports should provide ship operators with details on the port, state, or port authority
ballast water management requirements.
Occupational health and safety issues primarily include the following:
Physical hazards;

70
Chemical hazards;
Confined spaces; and
Dust.
Community health and safety issues primarily include the following:
Port marine safety: Port operators should implement a Safety Management System
(SMS) able to effectively identify and correct unsafe conditions;
Port security: Port operators should have a clear understanding of their
responsibilities, including international legal and technical obligations to provide
security to passengers, crews, and personnel in port; and
Visual impacts: Excessive background illumination should be prevented during the
port planning or managed during operations through the installation of natural visual
barriers.
2.6.5.9 Performance Indicators and Monitoring
Environmental monitoring should be implemented to address those activities that have been
identified to have potentially significant impacts on the environment during normal operations
and upset conditions.
Monitoring frequency should be sufficient to provide representative data for the
parameter being monitored; and
Additional monitoring approaches include the European Sea Ports Organizations
(ESPO) Self Diagnosis Methodology that ports can use to audit their environmental
strengths and weakness (ESPO 2003). ESPO recommends that ports carry out the
assessment annually.
2.6.6 IFC EHS Guidelines for Railways
The EHS guidelines are applicable to railway infrastructure for both passenger and freight
transport. The guidelines address rail operations, including construction and maintenance of rail
infrastructure, as well as rolling stock, including locomotives and rail cars.
2.6.6.1 Environmental Considerations
Environmental issues associated with the construction and maintenance of rail infrastructure and
rolling stock may include:

71
Habitat Alteration and Fragmentation:
Construction of Rail Rights-of-Way: Recommended measures to control impacts
to wildlife include avoiding fragmentation or destruction of critical terrestrial
habitats and providing animal crossings where critical habitats cannot be avoided,
providing appropriately designed water crossings, limiting clearing in riparian
areas, controlling construction when sensitive species are affected, avoiding the
introduction of invasive species and giving consideration for unsustainable
practices when considering source materials for rail construction in critical
habitats;
Right-of-Way Maintenance: Recommended measures to control impacts include
implementing integrated vegetation management, using native plant species and
removing invasive species, limiting vegetation growth in the track area, using
biological, mechanical and thermal vegetation controls preferentially and using
chemical herbicides only within specific limits and specifications, and limiting
clearing in riparian areas; and
Forest Fires: Recommended measures to control impacts associated with fires
include monitoring right-of-way according to fire risk, removing blowdown and
other fuel accumulations, timing vegetation clearing activities when fire danger is
lower, elimination of slash by controlled burning or other appropriate measures,
and the planting and management of fire-resistant species in rights-of-ways.
Air Emissions: Recommended measures to limit air emissions include:
Improved Energy Efficiency: Through the use of modern fuel-efficient
locomotives, maximizing cargo/passenger space within safety standards, reducing
wind resistance, optimizing efficiency of passenger comfort functions, improving
driving economy and traffic flow and using regenerative braking systems to
recycle energy in electrically powered locomotives;
Reducing Combustion Source Emissions: By considering the use of alternative
fuels, locomotive re-powering programs, high-efficiency catalytic exhaust
controls, alternative power sources for idling locomotives, and improved ground
service and field operation vehicle fleets; and
Reducing Fugitive Emissions: By enclosing or covering open cars and
implementing measures to limit emissions from fuel storage and handling
activities.
Fuel Management: Fueling stations typically include aboveground storage tanks,
piping and filling equipment. Measures to limit the potential for accidental releases
include appropriate design and operating performance, maintaining secondary
containment appropriate to the size of the railcar and storage equipment, providing

72
oil/water separators to allow release of meteoric waters, and development and
implementation of a spill prevention and control plan;
Wastewater: Measures to limit waste wastewater effluent include the use of
ultrafiltration to extend the life of washing solutions for aqueous parts, connecting
floor drains in maintenance areas to wastewater collection and treatment systems,
preventing mixing of industrial wastewaters with sanitary systems, and including
pretreatment systems where appropriate;
Waste: Recommended waste management strategies include implementing a solid
waste recycling program for passenger trains and terminals, avoiding the use of
crossties treated with chromated copper arsenate (consider concrete cross ties or using
copper azote as a treatment for wood crossties), and planning for the appropriate
reuse and/or disposal of crossties;
Hazardous Waste: Recommended management strategies include using aqueous
solutions, steam and recyclable solutions over conventional solvents, using water-
based paints, using track mats to retain wayside grease, and avoiding the use of
asbestos-containing materials; and
Noise and Vibrations: Recommended noise management strategies include
consideration for using non-metallic disc brakes, continuously welded rail, reducing
roughness of running surfaces through regular maintenance, installation of noise
controls (e.g., engine enclosures and exhaust muffling), and avoidance of sensitive
receptors through alignment design, relocation of habitations and inclusion of noise
barriers.
Health and safety hazards during railway construction are common to most large industrial
facilities. Issues specific to railway operations and maintenance of rolling stock include the
following.
Train/Worker Accidents: Management strategies include training workers in safety
procedures, blocking the track and/or providing warning devices on track where
maintenance is occurring, designing and constructing adequate clearance for workers,
and segregating running lines from marshalling and maintenance areas;
Noise and Vibration: Recommended management strategies include the use of air
conditioning systems to reduce the need for open windows and exposure to outside
noise, reducing internal venting of air brakes, installing noise cancellation systems,
using personal protective equipment (PPE) where engineering controls are not
adequate or feasible, using dampers to reduce vibration, and installing vibration
control systems (e.g., locomotive suspension, cabs, seat posts);

73
Diesel Exhaust: Recommended management strategies include limiting the time that
locomotives are run in confined areas and using pusher cars to move locomotives in
and out of maintenance shops, providing extra ventilation in locomotive shops and
other enclosed areas, filtering the air in the train crew cabin and using PPE where
engineering controls are insufficient:
Fatigue: Recommended strategies include scheduling rest periods at regular intervals
and during night hours to the extent practical;
Electrical Hazards: Recommended strategies in addition to the General EHS
Guidelines include appropriate training in personal track safety and limiting work
opportunities on overhead lines and conductor rails only to those who are adequately
trained and competent to work in these areas; and
Electric and Magnetic Fields: Recommended strategies include the development and
implementation of an electric and magnetic field (EMF) safety program that
establishes and identifies safety zones where EMF levels may be elevated and
implementation of an action plan to address potential or confirmed exposures to
EMF.
Additional railway and rolling stock occupational safety hazards may be associated with
confined space entry, proximity to moving equipment, chemical and biological hazards. These
are subject to the General EHS Guidelines (Section 2.6.1).
Health and safety issues specific to railway operations include:
General Rail Operational Safety: Recommended management strategies include the
implementation of rail operational safety procedures aimed at limiting the potential
for train collisions, regular inspection and maintenance of rail lines and facilities, and
implementation of a comprehensive safety management program;
Transport of Dangerous Goods: Recommended measures to limit the potential for
releases of dangerous goods include implementing an appropriate management
system for the acceptance and transport of dangerous goods, using rolling stock that
meets national and international standards for carrying the material being transported,
preparing a spill prevention and control plan and an emergency response plan that is
specific to the hazards, consequences, and probability of accidents, dissemination of
emergency response planning information to potentially affected communities,
implementation of a hazardous material security plan, and the use of standardized fuel
spill prevention systems for locomotive fueling;
Level Crossings Safety: Recommendations for controlling risks at level crossings
include the use of bridges or tunnels in place of level crossings where practical,

74
installation of automatic gates and regular inspection and maintenance to ensure
proper gate operation; and
Pedestrian Safety: Recommendations for controlling risks to pedestrians who may
trespass onto rail lines include posting warning signage, installing fencing or other
barriers to limit or obstruct access, providing education (especially to young people)
regarding the dangers of trespass, designing stations that are safe and easy to use, and
using close-circuit television monitors and/or alarm system to deter trespassers.
2.6.6.4 Performance Indicators and Monitoring
Environmental monitoring should generally conform to the General EHS Guidelines (Section
2.6.1). Effluents from maintenance facilities, if discharged to surface waters, should conform to
the EHS Guidelines for Metals, Plastics and Rubber Products Manufacturing
(http://www.ifc.org) which provide treated effluent guideline values for metals machining,
cleaning, plating, and finishing processes including painting. Combustion source emissions
associated with steam and power generation sources less than 50 Megawatt thermal are
addressed in the General EHS Guidelines and the EHS Guidelines for Thermal Power (Section
2.6.4) for larger sources.
Occupational health and safety performance should be evaluated against internationally
published exposure guidelines. Accident and fatality rates should target zero, but should be
benchmarked against the performance of similar facilities in developed countries through
consultation with published sources (e.g., US Bureau of Labor Statistics and UK Health and
Safety Executive).
Monitoring programs and frequency should be designed to fit the specific issues and needs of the
project with due consideration for the risks, receiving media and sensitivity of resources.
2.7 Other International Organization Guidelines
Guidelines and standards of other international organizations relevant to leading industry
practice standards may include WHO, the International Council on Mining and Metals (ICMM),
United Nations Environment Program (UNEP), the International Institute for Sustainable
Development (IISD), and the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development
(OECD). These guidelines are typically incorporated into leading industry practice
considerations as appropriate based on site-specific conditions and national context.

75
2.8 Existing Permits and Clearances
Under Undertakings of the Government, the Agreement between the Government of Guinea
and GAC signed May 16
th
2005 and ratified in the National Assembly on May 19
th
2005
commits the GoG to grant or lease on a free basis, as appropriate, to GAC for the life of the
Project and in accordance with applicable laws and regulations all land and rights necessary for
the development, construction and operation of the Project, including but not limited to, land
necessary for the alumina refinery (including expansion), infrastructure developments (i.e. port,
roads, rail, water drawing and supply, red mud disposal and energy facilities and workers
township) and construction-related activities This Agreement establishes GACs right to
develop and operate the Project.
The process for obtaining the necessary permits, clearances, and authorizations for mining
projects is addressed in the legal framework of the Mining Code (Section 2.3.3). Most of these
processes have been streamlined and centralized within the mining ministry or the Center for
Mining Development and Promotion (CMDP) within the mining ministry. In other specific
cases, such as the import and use of explosives, the procedure for obtaining the necessary
permits is established in a Joint Ministerial Order.
Where JMOs exist, they harmonize the Mining Code with various other codes (e.g., Water Code,
Urban Code, Forest Code, Land Rights, and Domainial Code) that regulate other aspects of the
Project. They also streamline the process of applying for and obtaining permits by clearly
defining the working relationship between the two ministries or by delegating authority to grant
such permits from the responsible ministry to the mining ministry. In the case of authority being
delegated to a single entity, the ministerial orders clearly define the responsibility of the mining
ministry to arrange preliminary consultations.
Where JMOs do not exist, the process of applying for specific permits and authorizations is
centralized through the mining ministry by way of the CMDP. The CMDP then engages the
relevant ministry to coordinate acquisition of the appropriate permit, authorization, or clearance
on behalf of the Project.
2.8.1 Mining Concession
Once the EIA has been approved and authorization is granted for construction, further
development of the Project is contingent upon executing a Mining Concession under the Mining
Code. A Mining Concession grants the concession holder certain rights to undertake works in

76
furtherance of the Project. However, certain rights cannot be conveyed to the Mining
Concession and require the issuance of specific permits and/or authorizations from a number of
different Guinean governing agencies. The exceptions that require specific authorization are
discussed below.
2.8.2 Permit for Development of Railways and Seaports
The transportation ministry is responsible for issuing permits, authorizations, and clearances
necessary to develop the railways and seaports. However, Article 73 of the Mining Code obliges
the mining ministry to issue these permits in consultation with the transportation ministry.
2.8.3 Permit for the Use of Explosives
The Mining Code assigns responsibility for the approval and issuance of authorizations to import
and store explosives for non-military purposes to the interior ministry. The Explosives Code
assigns the responsibility for approval and issuance of authorizations to transport and use
explosives for non-military use jointly to the interior ministry and the commerce ministry. No
JMO exists that covers the procedures necessary to obtain the required permits.
2.8.4 Permits for Tree Cutting, Land Clearing, and Excavation
The Forest Code (Ordinance No. 081/PRG/SGG/89 December, 1989 or Law No.
L/99/013/AN) obliges the agriculture ministry to issue permits to perform excavations, operate
mines and quarries, and construct communication systems if these works take place within the
forest domain. The Forest Code defines the forest domain as any land supporting vegetation
other than that which is exclusively agricultural, or was planted as a soil conservation measure to
regulate hydrology, improve forest productivity, or maintain ecological equilibrium. The
agriculture ministry and mining ministry issued JMO 624 on February 9, 2000 to integrate the
Forest Code with the Mining Code. This Order establishes the procedures for Mining Code
projects to apply for permits issued by the agriculture ministry for land clearing, tree cutting, and
excavation work.
2.8.5 Construction Permits
The Land Rights and Domainial Code (Ordinance No. 92/019 March, 1992 or the Domainial
Code) assigns to the urban affairs ministry the right to issue construction permits, regardless of
whether the proposed construction will be used for purposes other than habitation. The urban
affairs ministry and mining ministry issued JMO 706 on February 19, 2001, which harmonizes

77
the Domainial Code with the Mining Code and establishes the procedure for Mining Code
projects to apply for permits and approvals issued by the Ministry of Urban Affairs and Housing.
2.8.6 Permit for the Development of Transportation Facilities
There is no JMO covering the procedure for obtaining the necessary permits, authorizations, and
clearances to develop roads, canals, pipelines, channels, or conveyors. The Mining Code obliges
the mining ministry to issue these permits in consultation with the public works ministry.
2.8.7 Permit for the Construction of a Power Station
On April 24, 2001, the mining ministry and the energy ministry issued JMO
A/2001/1647/MMG/MHE. This Order addresses permits and authorizations issued by the
energy ministry for the construction and operation of a power station.
2.8.8 Permits for the Building Dams and Waterworks
The Water Code (Law/L/94/005/C TRN) requires that all waterworks intended for industrial use
and amortized over a period greater than 10 years require a concession issued by Presidential
Decree. The process water dam required for the Project is subject to this requirement and the red
mud storage facility may also be, depending on the disposal method selected.
The Water Code also assigns the responsibility of ensuring compliance with all existing
legislation concerning the construction, operation, and maintenance of all waterworks, including
regular inspections to the waterworks ministry. The Code also assigns responsibility for
ensuring the protection of both underground and surface water quality jointly to the waterworks
ministry and the mining ministry. This JMO defines both the types of installations covered as
well as the procedures to follow for the application for permits and authorizations issued by the
waterworks ministry.
2.8.9 Permit for the Alumina Refinery
There is no JMO covering the procedure for the issuance of the necessary permits,
authorizations, and/or clearances to construct a plant designed to chemically treat bauxite and
concentrate alumina. GAC has confirmed through discussions with the mining ministry and the
CMDP that a permit for the refinery would be issued by the mining ministry pursuant to the
Mining Code assuming that all required conditions are met.

78
2.9 Existing Permits, Commitments and Authorizations
To help facilitate a more efficient permitting process, the mining ministry established the Projet
d Usine d Alumine de Sangardi (PUAS) to coordinate GAC Project permitting. PUAS is a
project-level intergovernmental joint review process that coordinates the Guinean government's
efforts to review the Project. It establishes a process envisaged to coordinate regulatory and
administrative reviews conducted by the participating government entities, thus expediting those
review processes and improving the quality of project planning and review.
The major permits and authorizations for commencement of activities at the Project have been
approved by the key regulatory agencies in Guinea. Table 2.1 presents a summary of the
required permits and authorizations, identifies the issuing authority, and gives general details as
to the current status of those authorizations/permits.

79
3.0 Project Description
3.1 Introduction
GAC has selected two areas in Guinea (Sangardi and Kamsar) for a new bauxite extraction,
alumina refining, and refined alumina exporting project. Project implementation involves the
development of the following: new bauxite mines in GACs concession west of the town of
Sangardi, an alumina refinery located adjacent to the mines, and a port facility on the Rio
Nuez at Kamsar, 124 km southwest of the refinery. This chapter describes the current status of
Project implementation and design, employee housing and transportation arrangements, and
refinery area and port area components and processes.
3.2 Current Project Status
Key milestones for the Project are shown in the table below:
Project Milestone Activity Start Date Activity End Date
Pre-construction Start-2005 Mid-2008
Infrastructure construction Mid-2008 End-2010
Reservoir construction End-2008 Mid-2009
Reservoir filling Mid-2009 End-2010
Port construction Mid-2008 Start-2011
Port alumina silos Mid-2009 Mid-2011
Mine infrastructure Start-2009 End-2010
Mining to build stockpiles End-2009 Mid-2011
Power plant construction Start-2009 End-2011
Refinery components Mid-2008 End-2011
Full mine production Mid-2011 16 years (with upside)
Alumina refining End-2011 16 years (with upside)

80
The Project will directly affect approximately 1725.3 ha of land at any given time as follows:
Refinery area:
Mining plateaus 300 ha *
Refinery 434 ha
Red mud disposal facility
and effluent holding pond 289 ha
Crushing yard 16 ha
Marshalling yard 187 ha
Water supply reservoir 90 ha
Quarry 30 ha
Haul and access roads 176.1 ha
Refinery rail spur 55.1 ha
Resettlement village 32 ha Refinery area: 1616.9 ha*
Port area:
Alumina terminal 80.6 ha
Marine terminal (alumina quay
and approach jetty/causeway 9.7 ha
Container quay 16.5 ha Port area: 106.8 ha
Bok Bridge 1.6 ha Bok Bridge: 1.6 ha
_____________
Total: 1725.3 ha

* The total active mining area is approximately 100 ha/year, excluding areas being
cleared or rehabilitated. Cleared and areas under rehabilitation are expected to be up
to 100 ha each, for a total disturbance of 300 ha at any time. The aerial extent of all
of the bauxite plateaus is 5391 ha.

In the port area, these land use areas include intertidal zones, i.e., land that is exposed at low tide,
but do not include areas where Project components are built out over water (i.e., where the
approach jetty/causeway crosses Dougoufissa Creek and where the alumina and container quays
are built out over the Rio Nuez beyond the intertidal zone). These disturbance areas are shown
on Figures 3.1 and 3.2(refinery area), 3.3 (Bok bridge area), and 3.4 through 3.6 (port area), and
include a 20-m buffer around all Project components to encompass construction-related,
temporary disturbances.

81
Work is currently underway on site pursuant to prior authorizations received by Global Alumina
from the Government of Guinea. Work currently being carried out is defined as the Transition
Phase. The Transition Phase would normally include minimal site work; however, as GAC has
continued site work commenced by Global Alumina and has a desire to maintain good relations
with the Government of Guinea, local prefectures and the local communities, it is recommended
that work at the refinery site and Kamsar Port area continue during the Transition Phase.

The Transition Phase work will be a continuation of the activities commenced during the
Definition Phase with a focus on improving the level of preparedness for the Project Execution
Phase and on critical path activities. Activities currently planned for the Transition Phase in the
home office include:

Recruitment of key personnel and the building of both Owners and EPCM teams;
Engineering to be progressed to not less than 30%;
Engineering and procurement to be progressed on the critical and long lead items
identified during the Definition Phase;
Award and execution of the key support Contracts such as site geotechnical
investigations of the Port, the fresh water reservoir site and boreholes for water for
camps;
Award of key purchase order for the supply of long lead items such as the power and
steam plant components, grinding mills and ship loader and unloader;
Key project specific procedures and management plans will be completed and
approved; amd
Execution strategies to be finalized and plans further developed.
A number of activities are continuing in Guinea, along with additional work, with the aim to
provide an opportunity for accelerated ramp-up into the Execution Phase and also providing
increased confidence in the ability to meet scheduled milestone dates.

Activities currently under way by the EPCM contractor during the Transition Phase in-country
include:

Continuation of refinery bulk earthworks;

82
Further expansion of the Pioneer Camp at Tinguilinta;
Quarry operations to stockpile aggregate;
Piling in the precipitator area;
Stage 1 of the refinery construction camp;
Construction of railway bridge;
Construction of airstrip and transit facility in Bok;
Barge unloading quay and new container unloading quay for 10,000-tonne volume;
Training programs for Guineans in safety awareness and construction skills; and
Establishment of offices in Conakry, Bok and Sangardi to support mobilization and
recruitment activities.
Activities currently being undertaken by GAC during the Transition Phase include:
Recruitment and filling of outstanding key Owners Team roles;
Assisting the EPCM Contractor with the establishment of a shared Project support
office in Conakry (currently the Project is operating out of the Global Alumina
offices);
Finalization and execution of all of the Exhibits to the Basic Agreement, such as the
Infrastructure Agreement and Tax Exhibit;
Establishment of government supported and manned bonded store on-site;
Continuation of the social and community initiatives with focus on the re-
establishment of the Tould and Petoun Djiga villagers in their new village;
Further enhancement of the small and medium enterprise initiatives;
Establishment of the basis of the Guinea Alumina Projects business process and the
completion of all Project procedures and interface procedures with the engineer;
Establishment of the Regional Procurement Hub office; and
Commencement of the Projects operating procedures.
The following sections further discuss the progress made to-date in various phases of Project
implementation and engineering design.

83
3.2.1 Refinery Implementation
Census activities were conducted near the refinery to define Project-affected people (PAP). A
Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) has been developed for the refinery area, and constitutes
Volume 5 of this SEA. The RAP identifies 409 people in 103 households that will be physically
relocated as a result of Project implementation in the refinery area, the majority of whom live in
the villages of Petoun Djiga (239) and Tould (143), which were identified as places that would
be significantly impacted by Project implementation in the original EIA. It also cites 378
households and 2,648 individuals that will be economically displaced.
A new village has been constructed to house the people living in the villages of Petou Djiga and
Tould. Through extensive stakeholder engagement with GAC representatives, these residents
defined appropriate resettlement requirements and the two villages decided to resettle to a single
new village, which has been constructed by GAC near Tchankoun Tiouli north of the refinery
area (Figure 3.1). Relocation of these residents was completed in February 2008. Other places
in the refinery area where people where physically resettled are Mobhi (16 people) and the
quarry area (11 people). Also as part of the refinery area RAP, livelihood compensation plans
have been drafted and individuals are being compensated for impacts to their land and crops.
In the refinery area, GAC has to-date:
Completed construction of the resettlement village and relocation of residents;
Completed development of a quarry to provide aggregate for concrete and ballast for
the construction of a 14-km rail spur to the refinery;
Completed commissioning of a crushing facility and concrete batching plant;
Completed the construction of two workers camps to house workers employed
during the first phase of construction activities at the refinery;
Commenced construction of a new main camp (Camp Zero) with anticipated first
stage of camp complete for first residents to move in by the end of 2008;
Continued with phase one of earthworks to establish area platforms and with piling
installation in the process alumina precipitation area;
Completed geotechnical investigation at the water reservoir embankment site and
currently evaluating embankment structural design;

84
Continued hydrological exploration drilling program for potable water supply wells to
the camps and refinery;
Commenced access road construction;
Commenced rail spur construction; and
Commenced main stormwater pond construction.
3.2.2 Port Implementation
Prior to initiating construction activities, the Project engaged in public consultation activities,
including conducting censuses, to determine what individuals and physical and livelihood assets
would be impacted by Project implementation, and how to compensate affected parties for those
impacts. Census work was completed in 2005, and 373 people were identified as living in areas
that would be significantly impacted by the Project and were relocated. Individuals not living in
the area, but whose structures, crops, or businesses would be impacted (people who were
economically displaced), were also compensated. Resettlement and compensation programs at
the port area are detailed in the RAP developed for the port (Global Alumina/Guinea Alumina,
Kamsar Port Development, June 2005). Currently, resettlement and compensation activities at
the port area are completed.
Initial clearing at the port commenced in 2005, followed by filling operations conducted by
Dredge International, a Belgian contractor. Sand was dredged from the mouth of the Rio Nuez
and piped to the location of the port facilities. Over a six month period, approximately 2 million
cubic meters (m
3
) of sand was pumped to reclaim approximately 60 hectares (ha) of land
required for construction of the port facilities and an associated bulk material conveyor
causeway. Since completion of this reclamation, the area has been monitored for settling and
tests have been conducted to assist with the final project design. A geotechnical investigation
has also been completed as a pre-cursor to site pad stabilization (scheduled to commence Q4
2008).
3.2.3 Engineering Design
Design work has been ongoing for the last three years in support of the Projects Feasibility
Study, currently under way. At the time of the writing of this report, verification studies have
been completed and engineering design is continuing to progress. As design evolves, minor
modifications are expected, and these will be communicated to the appropriate regulatory entities
in a timely manner. The SEA documentation incorporates the Projects Feasibility Study

85
engineering design and component layouts which are not expected to change substantially with
Project implementation.
3.3 Employee Housing
GAC employees are categorized based on their permanent residence, according to the following
structure:
Other-country nationals (OCNs) Non-Guinean based employees;
Remote locals Employees who live farther than 60 kms from the site;
Regional locals Employees who live in Sangardi, Bok, or generally within 60 km
of the site; and
Local locals Employees who live within 20 km of the site.
The Project will be run on a fly-in, fly-out (FIFO) / bus-in, bus-out (BIBO) basis. This means
that employees who live farther than 20 km from the site will be housed on-site during their
work rotation. Employees who live within 20 km of site (local locals) but who are working
multi-day work rotations will also be accommodated in on-site housing during their work
rotation.
Global employees on the FIFO roster will work a rotation of four weeks on and two weeks off.
Regional employees employed on this roster will work a rotation of five months on and one
month off. All expatriates will be accommodated in single persons quarters located near the
refinery while on-site. Global expatriates are those employees who bring specific mining, power
plant, alumina refining, and/or port operations and management skills to the Project. Regional
expatriates are those who bring well-developed technical and craft skills to the Project.
The local Guinean workforce will be provided an accommodation allowance which enables them
to make choices in the location of their accommodation. Accommodation for the Guinean
workforce will be provided at the refinery permanent camp for the duration of the work roster.
The BIBO working rotations will provide transport to and from the refinery site to match the
various work roster cycles.
Local locals will be bussed to and from work each day or at the start and end of their rotations
along a prescribed route that passes as close as possible to their home villages. Bussing to the
regional hubs of Bok and Sangardi for regional locals will be provided by GAC at no cost to

86
employees. Remote locals will be paid a transportation allowance to cover travel from the
regional hubs to their homes. GAC intends for its FIFO/BIBO policy to encourage employees to
live in their own homes while working for the Project.
3.3.1 Refinery Area Accommodations
All on-site accommodations will be single-status, that is, will accommodate only the employee
and not the employees family. Section 3.3.2 discusses GACs family housing strategy in Bok
and/or Sangardi. On and near the refinery, three worker accommodation camps will be utilized
for OCNs and local workers during their work rotations (Figure 3.1).
The Tinguilinta Camp (formerly called the Pioneer Camp) will house OCN employees utilizing
the FIFO operations. This camp is located near the town of Tinguilinta, 14 km south of the
refinery, and will consist of ensuited rooms with recreation and dining facilities.
The remaining two worker accommodation camps are adjacent to the refinery: the Manual Camp
located due south of the power plant and the Non-Manual Camp located east of the refinery. The
Manual Camp is currently called the Construction Camp and will be used to house temporary
workers during construction activities. Portions of the camp will be upgraded following the
close of construction, after which point the camp will be used to accommodate manual local
workers during their work rotations. Total capacity at the Manual Camp will be for 6000
employees.
The Non-Manual Camp will also be used to house construction personnel and upgraded in part
following the completion of construction activities. Regional and remote local employees will
be housed in the Non-Manual Camp during their work rotations, with capacity for 1500
employees in the camp.
3.3.2 Family Employee Accommodations
To manage the anticipated social influx to the primarily rural Sangardi region from employees
and their families, GAC is planning to develop a new suburb adjacent to Bok and/or Sangardi.
This new suburb will derive initial financial support from the Project, and is intended to benefit
local Guineans who are employees of the Project, as well and those who are supporting the
Project indirectly by providing services or goods. Once the location of the new suburb had been
decided, GAC will conduct an impact assessment and alternatives analysis for the development
and any related Project infrastructure (such as improvements to the Bok airstrip), including
engagement with all local stakeholders.

87
GAC plans to provide funding for construction of a 5 MW diesel power station, a sewage
treatment plant, and a potable water treatment plant. Land will be provided by the Bok
prefecture free-of-charge and will be subdivided by a local developer. The cost of this land
development will be financed through a fund established by GAC, in association with others.
Employees will be encouraged to own their own homes, and local small and medium enterprises
(SMEs) will be encouraged to provide most of the services on a pay-for-services basis to
employees. Housing loans will be made to employees, underwritten by GAC, and secured by the
employees employment contract. Employees will be able to choose their own local builder and
housing design.
Management of the suburb will be by the Bok and/or Sangardi town council after a period of
governance by a GAC-chaired committee. The suburb development will be managed by a GAC
project manager who will report to a steering committee chaired by a senior GAC manager, with
representatives from the local Bok prefecture and all contributors to the financing fund.
Discussions of the regional worker accommodations with authorities to date have been of a
general nature to manage expectations within Bok and to discourage land speculation.
3.3.3 Port Area Accommodations
Port-area construction workers will be housed in a temporary, self-contained camp within the
port area Project footprint which will be dismantled at the completion of construction.
Operational employee accommodations at the port will consist of a small housing compound for
GAC OCN employees. The housing compound will consist of one building to accommodate a
senior manager and visitors, and three eight-person accommodation blocks for OCN employees,
contractors, and visitors. The fenced compound will also include a generator, water treatment
facilities and tank, kitchen and dining hall, laundry facilities, and recreation facilities.
3.4 Employment and Labor Force
During the construction phase, the alumina refinery will require at peak a workforce of
approximately 10,300 people, of whom about 20% (1,800) are skilled (or non-manual these
positions are referred to as Global and Regional expatriate positions), and the remaining
80% (8,500) are un-skilled (or manual referred to as Total Locals). Approximately 1,700
construction workers are expected to be employed at the port during the height of construction
activities, of whom about 10% (200) are Global and Regional, and the remaining 90% (1,500)
are Guinean locals.

88
Peak Construction Employment
Global and Regional
(Non-Manual)
Guinean Locals
(Manual)
Total
Refinery 1,800 8,500 10,300
Port 200 1,500 1,700
Data from: Bechtel Corporation, personal communications, 2008

The following work cycles will operate during construction:

Local single status (camp) manual employees A 10-week cycle comprising eight
weeks on and two weeks off. A work week is defined as six working days;
Local manual employees Six days per week; and
Global manual employees All nationalities will be on-site for 12 months (6-day
work week) and will then receive one months leave.
During operations, GAC plans on employing a workforce of about 2000 at the refinery, an
increase over the approximately 1,300 stated in the original EIA documentation. Another 140 or
so employees will work at the port facilities. To the degree practical, GAC will preferentially
hire Guineans, with first preferences going to PAP, then moving increasingly farther from the
Project site to include people in local towns, people in regional centers, Guinean regional
expatriates, and finally global expatriates as applicable for specific job requirements. The table
below summarizes GACs forecasted operational employment.
Operational Employment
Global and Regional
(Non-Manual)
Guinean Locals
(Manual)

Total
Refinery 420 1580 2,000
Port 20 120 140
Data from: Guinea Alumina Project Accommodations Options Analysis, Bechtel, 2008

The average work week in Guinea (Monday to Friday) is 40 hours (8-hour days). By law, the
hours of actual work may not exceed 10 hours per day or 48 hours per week. There are strict
limitations on hours that can be worked (daily, weekly, monthly and annually). Approval from
the Ministry of Labor will be sought for personnel to work a maximum of 60 hours per week.
Operations will also need to petition the Ministry of Labor to allow personnel to work 12-hour
shifts.

89
The Project Labor Agreement (PLA) is expected to establish a standard production roster of 12-
hour rotating shifts. The 12-hour roster will require the Ministry of Labor to grant an exemption
to the Labor Code. It is expected that this exemption will be granted on the proviso that it be
implemented on a trial basis.

Employees will be accommodated and fed at the site during their on-schedule periods. At the end
of the schedule period, employees will be transported by bus to their home in either Bok or
Sangardi. This residential arrangement during work days improves fatigue management for
employees working 12-hour shifts. Regional expatriates will work a five-month-on/one-month-
off schedule to return to their home base. Global expatriates will work a four-week-on/two-
weeks-off schedule. They will have the choice of returning to their home base or to a closer
destination that is cost neutral.

The PLA is in the process of being finalized and will be negotiated with the Government of
Guinea and local unions over the next two months. This agreement will define hiring
procedures, conditions of employment such as hours of work among others as well
as performance management and will address all employee relations requirements such as
grievance procedures by way of example. The PLA will also define the preferential recruitment
of PAPs with skills criteria, however, being paramount.

GAC has been tracking its employment statistics in order to enumerate its employment statistics.
For the past 14 months beginning in January 2007, GAC has employed, on average, 21% Project
Affected Persons, 62% other Guinean nationals, and 17% expatriate workers. GACs Human
Resources department maintains detailed records of these employment (and other) statistics.

3.5 Refinery Area Project Components
The major components in the refinery area are:
Bauxite mines;
Alumina refinery;
Power plant;
Red mud disposal facility;
Effluent holding pond;

90
Water supply reservoir;
Administrative and support infrastructure (offices, workshops, laboratories, etc.);
On-site employee housing (during work rotations);
Project-subsidized family housing development at Bok;
Resettlement village for the inhabitants of Petoun Djiga and Tould;
Access roads;
Railway line extension;
Aggregate quarry; and
Solid waste landfill and recycling site.
It is noted that the access roads and railway line extensions are presented in Section 3.7 on
Infrastructure, and are considered to be related facilities by IFC.
The proposed site for the refinery is near the town of Sangardi, which is in the maritime area of
the Republic of Guinea. The site is well-served by transportation links to the port of Kamsar on
the Atlantic coast of Guinea, and is adjacent to the existing bauxite extraction operations of the
Compagnie des Bauxites des Guine (CBG). CBG is a private sector/government partnership
between Halco (51% owner) and the Republic of Guinea (49% owner) that mines and exports
bauxite and also has a bauxite crushing and drying facility in Kamsar near the Projects planned
alumina quay and terminal.
Sufficient bauxite potential exists within GACs mining concession to support a Project lifespan
in excess of 50 years at current design capacities. A generalized flow sheet for the Project
follows:

91

Workers camps and support infrastructure will be built near the refinery. Alumina produced by
the refinery will be transported via rail over existing rail lines to the new port. Major
components in the refinery area are shown in Figure 3.1. Figure 3.2 provides more detail for the
refinery, power plant, and red mud disposal facility (RMDF) design. The following sections
present refinery area Project components and processes in greater detail.
GAC is considering upgrading the regional airport at Bok to serve as a basis for its FIFO
operations; the decision on how to proceed (i.e., independently or with government support) will
be made before year-end 2008.
3.5.1 Mining Operations
GACs mining concession is located immediately west of the bauxite mining concession
operated by CBG, currently the largest bauxite producer in Guinea. The refinery area of the
Project is located within the mining concession granted to GAC by the GoG, west of the town of
Sangardi. The government-granted mining concession covers 690 km
2
, with 19 bauxite-bearing
plateaus and estimated resources of 1.4 billion tonnes of non-export grade bauxite (43 to 51%
total alumina). Bauxite-bearing laterite units occur locally on plateaus to the northwest (Toulon

92
Gand), northeast and east (Plateau 7), and southeast (Plateau 15) of the refinery site (Figure
3.1), and on other plateau surfaces throughout the region. Feasibility-level mining plans
originate mining activities with the exploitation of bauxite from Plateau 7 reserves, which are
projected to supply bauxite of the necessary grade and volume required for the alumina refinery
for at least the first 10 years of operation. The locations of these bauxite plateaus are shown on
Figure 3.1.
The total active mining area (including haul and access roads, run-of-mine (ROM) area, and
other developed areas is approximately 100 ha per year, in addition 100 ha/yr will be cleared,
and another 100 ha/yr will be rehabilitated. GACs progressive reclamation strategy aims to
limit the amount of total mining-related ground disturbance at any given time to a maximum of
300 ha.
Bauxite ore will be mined using conventional drill and blast and load and haul methods.
Material will be hauled to a ROM stockpile near the refinery; the ore will then be transported to
the primary crusher at the refinery prior to beginning alumina processing.
The mining sequence on the following figure shows the total ore movement for the first 50 years
of mine production by plateau, commencing with Plateau 7 and 7W.

Bechtel Australia Pty Ltd, Definition Phase Study Report Chapter 6.2, 2008

93
3.5.1.1 Clearing and Stripping
Prior to mining start-up, the areas for the ROM ore stockpile, administration facilities, equipment
park, and maintenance shops will be cleared and stripped. In addition, an area of approximately
150 ha will be cleared and stripped for initial haul roads, initial stockpile development, and
drains.
In the dry season there is little vegetation covering the ore zone. Overburden is also minimal,
with organic material mainly occurring in small pockets on the plateau surfaces and more
generally on slopes at the plateau edges. Clearing will be carried out using a medium-sized
dozer pushing the material into heaps. Stripping will be carried out using small truck and shovel
combinations, excavating and removing the overburden to storage piles for later re-spreading.
To the extent possible, topsoil will be salvaged during clearing and stripping operations and
stockpiled for use during reclamation.
The 100 ha that will be cleared and stripped annually includes the disturbance associated with
the extension of the haul roads. Clearing and stripping will be carried out during the dry season,
and a lead time of at least one wet season will be maintained ahead of drilling and blasting.
Topsoil and soft overburden will be removed and used in site restoration. This material has an
average thickness of about 200 millimeters (mm), resulting in an annual estimated tonnage of
approximately 100,000 tonnes.
3.5.1.2 Drilling and Blasting
The bauxite ore zones must be drilled and blasted before mining. Blasting will be carried out so
that at least 3 to 4 months of blasted inventory is available in the field. Safeguards will be in
place to reduce the potential for impacts to local residents from noise, flyrock, vibrations,
nuisance dust, and nighttime lighting when mining operations are conducted in the areas adjacent
to nearby villages, as described in Section 4.3.16.6 (refinery area impact analysis).
Ammonium nitrate - fuel oil (ANFO) solution and emulsion explosives will be used, generally as
slurry, and will be mixed and charged from an explosives truck at the mine site. Blast holes will
be stemmed at the top to further reduce the potential for flyrock. Explosive use will be carefully
regulated to minimize the potential from flyrock associated with excessive explosive charge.
Blasting activities will be regularly scheduled during daylight hours and publicized, and
warnings sirens will be sounded and monitors placed to protect the general public and any

94
nearby structures from flyrock when blasting is occurring. Drill spacing will be regulated based
on blast results to achieve the optimal degree of fragmentation for bauxite extraction.
The explosives magazine will be built in accordance with industry standards for such facilities, in a
location appropriately remote from the main mine administration areas and any areas used on a
regular basis by the local population. An appropriate level of security will protect the explosives
magazine. Ammonium nitrate, which is inert until it is mixed with fuel oil when charged into the
blast hole, will be stored in one magazine. The highly explosive primers that are used to initiate
the ANFO explosion will be stored separately in another magazine, while detonators will be stored
in a third separate magazine. These three components are the most sensitive of all explosives that
will be used during mining operations, and as such will be kept under secure, guarded conditions
apart from other explosives materials in a restricted-access area.
3.5.1.3 Excavating
Roughly 9 Mt of dry bauxite will be extracted annually from GACs bauxite mining concessions
to meet refinery demand. After blasting, the fragmented ore will be extracted with hydraulic
shovels or loaders that will discharge into mine trucks for hauling to the stockpile and blending
area. It is expected that ore from multiple mine faces will be extracted at any given time, then
blended to provide appropriate grade control for refinery feed.
Bauxite extraction activities are expected to occur 24 hours per day/365 days per year. However,
mining and hauling activities may be interrupted during or immediately following heavy rain
events until there has been sufficient surface drainage to support heavy equipment traffic.
The upper surface of the bauxite-bearing unit is generally quite flat; however the thickness of the
bauxite units varies widely from 7 to 15 m across the plateaus. While most bauxite mining will
be conducted on the plateaus, bauxite of good quality also occurs on the flanks. The plateaus
themselves are gently sloped. Mining will progress longitudinally and down-slope. Benches will
be mined in succession from the top of each plateau to the base of each deposit due to the
relative steepness of the plateau. This mining strategy is generally necessary to meet access,
drainage and rehabilitation requirements.

Excavations will be graded to provide better drainage during the rainy season, and stormwater will
be routed through sedimentation traps prior to discharge to the environment. The clarified
stormwater will be allowed to infiltrate into the surrounding laterite or will be routed toward to an

95
out-flow channel. Peripheral drainage ditches will be installed around the mine; the main ditches
will include sediment traps in suitable places.
3.5.1.4 Hauling and Stockpiling
Bauxite will be hauled in dump trucks and stockpiled in storage areas close to the refinery.
Lengths of haul roads will change as different portions of GACs bauxite reserves are being
mined. Current mine plans call for exploitation of bauxite during the first years of operation
from Plateau 7-South, close to the refinery, with an average transportation distance of 2 km.
After the first 5 years of Project implementation, the average transportation distance is forecasted
to increase to 4 km.
The haul roads will be constructed to meet best practice standards within the mining industry,
marked with reflective posts for safety at night, and include side drains to carry away stormwater
runoff. The haul roads will be maintained by graders, which will pass regularly over the surface
to remove spillage and to reshape the running surface. Water trucks will be used to dampen the
surface of the haul roads to reduce the generation of dust, especially during the dry season.
Bauxite will be stockpiled in storage areas near the refinery, each containing some 150,000 Mt of
ore. There will generally be four stockpiles in the storage area. The stockpile pad will be made
of compacted laterite. Each stockpile will be sized to contain enough bauxite to supply the
refinery for about six days. As a stockpile is drawn down as feed for the refinery, another will be
created, with the remainders serving as reserves. The stockpile area will be slightly sloped and
runoff from the area will be collected and drained to a stormwater pond (Figure 3.2).
3.5.1.5 Concurrent Reclamation
Mine reclamation and closure details are provided in the Conceptual Closure and Reclamation
Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3, Appendix C). The objective of the mine closure and
reclamation program is to return mined lands to conditions capable of supporting prior land use
or uses that are equal to or better than prior land use to the extent practical and feasible, and in
consultation with local land users. In addition, safety issues will be addressed as a priority.
Facilities that are not needed to support the post-mining land use will be reclaimed.
During the detail engineering stage, the closure plan will be updated and issues relating to
temporary and premature closure of the mine due to economic or political reasons will be
addressed. The final plan will be periodically updated and reviewed in light of changes that may
occur during operations.

96
Closure and post-closure monitoring will document the progress of the closure/reclamation
effort, and will include the following activities:
Confirming the long-term stability of reclaimed surfaces, dams, embankments, and
the stabilization of the RMDF surface;
Evaluating the success of revegetation efforts using percent ground cover, species
diversity, and wildlife habitat as measurement tools;
Documenting the performance of sediment control systems; and
Demonstrating that long-term water quality objectives are met.

Closure and post-closure monitoring and control programs will be conducted twice per year (dry
and wet seasons) for a period of three years after closure has been completed. In the event that
deficiencies in overall reclamation programs are identified, appropriate mitigation measures will
be taken to correct them.
3.5.2 Refinery Processes
The alumina refinery is designed to produce 3.31 Mtpa of metallurgical grade alumina based on
a front-end bauxite feed rate of 9 Mtpa. The design is based upon two process trains, each of
1.655 Mtpa capacity. Space has been left for one major expansion. Sufficient capacity has been
allowed in the refinery layout to support gradual increase to 3.7 Mtpa, which is expected to be
achieved within approximately 5 years of refinery startup, chiefly through operational
refinements and processing efficiency increases.
The refinery will receive bauxite by truck from the mine and other raw materials (primarily coal,
caustic soda, heavy fuel oil, diesel fuel, limestone, and burnt lime) will be supplied by rail from
GACs new port facilities via the new rail spur connecting the refinery area to the main line
south of the Project. Alumina will be transported by rail from the refinery to the port. Electricity
and steam for the refinery will be produced by a coal-fired dedicated power plant located within
the refinery complex.
The main byproduct of the refining process is red mud, which will be stored in an engineered
disposal facility located adjacent to the refinery (Section 3.5.3). Ash residue from the power
plant will also be stored with the red mud. The alumina refinery and storage areas will require
an area of about 434 ha. An enlarged layout of these facilities is shown in Figure 3.2.

97
3.5.2.1 General Bayer Process
Alumina will be extracted from bauxite ore using the Bayer Process, which consists of the
following six major steps:
Grinding/Blending;
Desilication;
Digestion;
Clarification and mud washing;
Precipitation and hydrate classification; and
Calcination.
A simplified process flow sheet is included in Section 3.5.
The three principal chemical reactions describing the Bayer Process are:
Digestion
Al
2
O
3
.3H
2
O + 2NaOH 2NaAlO
2
+

4H
2
O
(bauxite) (caustic soda) (sodium aluminate) (water)
Precipitation
2NaAlO
2
+

4H
2
O Al
2
O
3
.3H
2
O + 2NaOH
(sodium aluminate) (water) (alumina trihydrate) (caustic soda)
Calcination
Al
2
O
3
.3H
2
O + heat Al
2
O
3
+ 3H
2
O
(alumina trihydrate) (alumina) (water)

The Bayer Process (described in detail below) is designed to produce an alumina hydrate with a
high resistance to attrition and which, after calcination, will produce an alumina product having
low dusting tendencies and a micro-porous structure.
3.5.2.2 Bauxite Receiving and Crushing
Two crushing circuits are provided to maintain continuous feed to the refinery. ROM bauxite is
fed to the primary crusher then conveyed to a screen, with oversized bauxite fed to the secondary

98
crusher. Undersized bauxite bypasses the secondary crusher and is transported to a shuttle
conveyor for distribution to the four operating bauxite bins.
3.5.2.3 Bauxite Grinding and Blending
The bauxite grinding area consists of four parallel lines of grinding. Each line is equipped with a
combined rod-ball mill operating in open-circuit. The mills receive crushed ore which is mixed
in the mill feed chute with hot spent caustic liquor from digestion. Mill discharge passes across a
trommel screen to a hopper, and is pumped to the desilication circuit.
3.5.2.4 Lime Slaking
Lime is pneumatically unloaded from rail cars at the refinery into two lime storage bins. It is
then transferred to one of two lime slakers, where it is slaked with process water. The grits are
removed by the rake in the slaker, and the milk of lime is pumped to lime storage tanks before
being pumped to the process users.
3.5.2.5 Desilication
Reactive silica in bauxite occurs as clay or kaolinite (2SiO
2
.
Al
2
O
3
.
2H
2
O) and is readily soluble in
hot caustic soda solutions. The dissolution of kaolinite into the digestion liquor is followed by
the precipitation of hydrated sodium aluminum silicates and is called desilication:
2SiO
2
+ 2NaAl(OH)
4
+ 2H
2
O 2NaOH
.
Al
2
O
3
.
2SiO
2
.
H
2
O

The desilication facility provides a means of reducing the formation of silica scale within other
areas of the refinery (e.g., digestion and evaporation). This is accomplished by heating the slurry
received from bauxite grinding using direct steam heaters. The heated slurry is fed to two trains
of three large holding tanks. The time in the holding tanks allows the kaolinite to precipitate out
of the slurry.
3.5.2.6 Digestion
The digestion area consists of the following sub areas:
Liquor Test Tanks;
Slurry Preparation;
Slurry Heating;

99
Digestion;
Slurry Cooling and Heat Recovery; and
Pressure Relief and Containment system.
Spent liquor from the test tanks and desilication bauxite slurry from the desilication process is
fed to the digestion feed tanks. The streams from the desilication process and the spent liquor
test tanks are mixed in the digestion feed tanks in a controlled manner to ensure the consistent
ratio of digestion slurry/spent liquor.
The digestion slurry is drawn off from the digestion feed tanks and forwarded to the digestion
slurry heaters. The digestion slurry is then heated through a series of shell and tube heat
exchangers, using flash vapor and live steam, before entering the digester vessels. The slurry is
held in the digesters for sufficient time to allow the caustic liquor to dissolve the alumina in the
bauxite slurry to form a sodium aluminate solution. The digestion slurry is then decanted from
the digester vessels and flash-cooled through a series of flash vessels to slightly below the
atmospheric boiling point of the slurry. Heat generated through this process is recovered from
the flash cooling stages by directing the flash vapor to the cold end of the slurry heaters. From
the flash vessels the slurry is sent to the mud settling and washing area where the separation of
the liquor from residue (red mud) begins. The digester vessels are fitted with relief valves,
relief piping, and a containment system.
3.5.2.7 Acid Preparation
Supply of sufficient quantities of diluted acid as a reagent and for the cleaning of heater tubes in
the digestion and evaporation facilities has been incorporated into the design. Large-bore supply
and return lines ensure adequate volumes of acid for rapid equipment cleaning. Finally, as waste
acid is rejected to the mud circuit at a very low flow, a waste acid storage tank is provided to
ensure acid cleaning can continue while one batch of acid is being pumped off.
3.5.2.8 Mud Settling and Washing
The solids residue component of the digested slurry is separated from the alumina-rich pregnant
liquor in four settling tanks. The objective of the mud settling operation is to make the
separation between solids and liquor as complete as possible in the least possible time.
After settling, the red mud residue is routed to the washing area to maximize recovery of caustic
from the residue prior to its disposal. To recover the caustic soda, the red mud is collected from

100
the settling tanks and is pumped into the mud washer tanks. The red mud is then washed using
recycled condensate. The caustic content of the red mud progressively reduces as it approaches
the last washer.
3.5.2.9 Mud and Security Filtration
Due to the high seasonal rainfall in Guinea, mud filtration is used to achieve a higher solids
content in the red mud waste prior to disposal. Security filtration is a process that further refines
the pregnant liquor retrieved from the overflow of the settler in the Bayer Process. The liquor is
passed through a filter with tricalcium aluminate, which aids in the filtration process.
3.5.2.10 Heat Interchange Department (HID)
Liquor to Precipitation will be cooled against spent liquor and split into two streams feeding
precipitation. The first stream is hot fill to the agglomeration precipitators. The second stream
leaving the spent liquor heat exchangers is further cooled against water and fed as cold fill to
the growth precipitators.
3.5.2.11 Spent Liquor Evaporation
Because the digester supplies insufficient evaporative capacity to compensate for the many water
inputs to the process, a spent liquor evaporator is required to satisfy the plant water balance.
Water is evaporated from the spent liquor stream with steam from the boiler plant. The resulting
condensates are used to wash product hydrate in the calcination area and supply other washing
requirements, such as the test tank, which feeds into the grinding and digestion steps.
3.5.2.12 Salting Out Evaporation
For the removal of impurities, evaporator discharge from one of the spent liquor evaporators is
directed to the salting out evaporation area. The evaporators increase the caustic concentration,
causing liquor impurities, including organics, oxalate, and carbonate to precipitate. These
precipitates are then removed from the process as a cake, called salt cake. The filtrate is pumped
to the test tanks and recycled back to the process. The salt cake is bagged in lined polypropylene
bags and trucked to the RMDF for impoundment. The RMDF is underlain by an engineered
liner and provided with a leak capture system (consisting essentially of a second absorption
layer) to intercept any accidental excursion of leachate through the top impervious liner. The
impounded muds low permeability will serve as an additional protection to soil and shallow
groundwater resources, as will disposal of salt cake in polypropylene bags, which will prevent
the constituents in the salt cake from dissolving upon contact with precipitation runoff.

101
3.5.2.13 Precipitation
Cooled green liquor is directed to two types of precipitators. The agglomerators are fed with hot
fill liquor and fine seed hydrate, while the growth precipitators are fed with cold fill liquor,
coarse seed hydrate, and the slurry from the agglomerators. The agglomerators are common
plant equipment whereas the growth precipitators are split across two identical trains, each
having 16 tanks. The process is continuous, and the slurry overflows from tank to tank. Each
tank is agitated to keep solids in a nearly homogenous suspension within the liquor. Some of the
growth precipitators are fitted with coolers to allow for optimization of the temperature profile
across each train. The cooling medium is clean cooling water. Slurry is taken from the last
growth tank and pumped to the product (primary) cyclones as well as to the coarse seed filters.
Overflow from the primary cyclones feeds seed (secondary) cyclones for separation of fine and
(additional) coarse seed fractions.
3.5.2.14 Hydrate Classification
Hydrocyclones are used to separate the hydrate slurry from the precipitation trains into product
hydrate, coarse seed, and a fine seed/spent liquor mixture. A portion of the last growth tank
slurry is sent to primary cyclones, with the bypass going directly to coarse seed filters. The
product hydrate reports to the underflow of the primary cyclones and the seeds are classified by
the secondary cyclones. The underflow from the secondary cyclones, along with excess product
slurry and the last tank pump-off, is collected in a charge tank and pumped to the coarse seed
filters. Filter cake from the coarse seed filters is re-slurried with agglomerator overflow and cold
fill liquor before being pumped to the first operating growth tank in each train. Secondary
cyclone overflow passes to the fine seed thickeners so that the solids settle to the underflow and
are pumped as fine seed slurry to the agglomerators. The overflow from the thickeners is spent
liquor, which is pumped to evaporation and HID for reheating.
3.5.2.15 Cooling Towers
The cooling water requirements in the refinery are divided between two separate systems. A
dirty cooling water system provides the cooling water for contact cooling duties, such as the
barometric condensers in evaporation. A separate clean cooling water system provides cooling
water for non-contact heat exchangers throughout the refinery including:

102
Precipitation coolers;
HID coolers; and
Calciner fluid bed coolers.
3.5.2.16 Product Filtration and Filtration
The product hydrate from the primary cyclones underflow is de-liquored on disc filters and then
washed free of soluble caustic on drum filters.
Clean condensate from evaporation is used for washing the hydrate. The washed hydrate cake is
discharged onto conveyors, which transfer the cake to the calciners. The calciners are fluid bed
units, which transform the hydrate to product alumina.
3.5.2.17 Calcination and Hydrate Storage
Three calciners are to be installed, with all three normally in operation. At nominal hydrate
production rates the feed rate is less than calciner nameplate capacity. However, when a calciner
is off-line for maintenance, the two remaining units cannot meet the design production rate. To
compensate, the excess washed product hydrate from the drum filters is diverted to a hydrate
storage facility, from which the hydrate is reclaimed when the three calciners are on-line.
3.5.2.18 Alumina Loading
Alumina handling consists of two conveyors to two rail loading silos. An additional two
conveyors allow division of product to one alumina storage silo on site. One reclaim facility
allows recovery of stored product to the load-out silos.
3.5.2.19 Refinery Energy Consumption
The refinerys energy use is influenced mainly by the origin and chemical composition of the
bauxite, the type of digesters used, and the type of calciners used. The range of energy used in
comparable European alumina refineries is 8.0 to 13.5 GJ per tonne with a mean value of 11 GJ
per tonne (European Commission, IPPC, Dec. 2001). Plants using tube digesters and stationary
calciners consume less energy. Based on the total use of energy (fuel oil, diesel, and coal), the
energy consumption rate of the Project refinery will be on the order of 9.4 GJ/tonne of alumina,
comparable to the most efficient European refineries.
A specific position within the technical department has been allocated towards optimizing energy
efficiency of the refinery operation. GAC will employ an Energy Engineer to ensure optimum

103
efficiency of the processes at all times. In addition, the Project will leverage the broader
resources offered by BHP Billiton and other organizations to ensure optimum energy utilization
practices are adopted for all processes. Regular energy audits will also be carried out.

3.5.3 Red Mud Disposal Facility
Red mud produced as a byproduct of alumina refining will be stored using a dry stack method in
the RMDF located adjacent and to the west of the refinery. The RMDF includes the area where
these materials will be stored, the effluent holding pond (EHP), an access road from the refinery
to the RMDF, and pumps and a pipeline for effluent handling (Figure 3.2). The RMDF will store
the approximately 6.6 Mt (at 62% solids) of red mud and 400,000 tonnes of process sand (at 80%
solids) generated per year by the refinery, as well as up to 330,000 tonnes of ash generated per
year (at 70% solids) by the power plant. Other waste product streams, such as salt cake from the
liquor purifier, will also be stored in the RMDF. To decrease the potential for seepage and to
increase the storage capacity of the RMDF, the mud will be filtered prior to dry stacking, and the
caustic soda and liquid extracted from the filtrate will be recycled back into the process via the
EHP.
3.5.3.1 Facility Design
The current RMDF footprint covers an area of about 289 ha, and was designed to store 77 Mt of
red mud (dry basis), providing approximately 19 years of storage capacity at the refinerys 3.31
Mtpa production rate. When additional red mud storage capacity is required, subsequent
engineered storage facilities providing equivalent protective containment will be constructed.
Investigation of techniques to neutralize red mud and use the material as potential backfill in
depleted bauxite mining areas may also be considered as a supplemental long-term waste
disposal strategy.
There are two red mud disposal cells planned for the initial development, referred to as the East
and West cells. The East cell will be constructed first, with a storage capacity of 4 years, and
construction of the West cell will be completed by Year Three of refinery production. Both cells
will be created by building starter dikes on the existing ground surface after clearing vegetation,
topsoil, and all other deleterious material, and the interior lined with a composite liner. Dikes will
be constructed using ironstone fill generated from the effluent holding pond excavation, at slopes
of 2H:1V on the upstream and 1.5H:1V on the downstream side, with a crest width of 8 m.

104
The foundation of the facility will be suitably prepared to reduce the potential for seepage of
supernatant from the red mud through the liner system. The composite liner will consist of
textured high-density polyethylene (HDPE) supported on a geosynthetic clay liner, in turn
overlying a compacted, 150 mm-thick (minimum) lateritic soil bed. The HDPE liner will be
1.5 mm thick on the dike slopes and 1.0 mm thick across the facility floor. Textured liner was
selected to decrease the potential for mud slumping and to facilitate ballast placement on dike
slopes.
Within each cell, a central waste discharge ramp will be constructed using ironstone fill and
subsequently raised using a combination of process sand along with bed and fly ash. To help
maintain the ramp during heavy rains, crushed ironstone or equivalent granular fill may be
required. Trucks will end-dump the red mud or stockpile the salt cake from the ramp. The East
cell ramp will be extended to the West cell, when that cell is commissioned.
3.5.3.2 Red Mud Composition
The characteristics of the red mud are dependent upon variations in bauxite quality as received
from the active mining area(s). The most valuable component of bauxite is gibbsite (aluminum
trihydrate) because of its high solubility in caustic soda solutions. Boehmite and goethite are less
soluble and therefore more difficult to extract. A portion of the silica contained in the bauxite
reacts and precipitates from solution to form aluminum and sodium silicate. Iron and titanium
oxides (and other impurities) are not chemically affected to any great extent, and they decant
from solution in a solid state. All of these residues together form red mud.
The following two tables present the characteristics of red mud and the expected composition of
the Projects red mud, based on current information on the Projects bauxite mineralogy.

Red Mud Process Characteristics
Characteristic Value
pH 9 11
Caustic concentration 4 g/l expressed as Na
2
CO
3

Temperature 69
o
C
Total mass flow 670 t/hr
Solids Concentration 62%

105
Estimated Red Mud Composition
Chemical Composition % by Weight
Fe
2
O
3
62
Boehmite (y-AlO(OH) 10
Gibbsite Al(OH)
3
5
Rutile (TiO
2
) 5
Quartz (SiO
2
) 2
Other* 16
* Other = mainly desilication products, inert compounds (such as grinding media), and hydrated lime.
No appreciable concentrations of heavy metal ions or organic compounds are expected to be
present in the red mud produced from the refining process. The U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency (USEPA, 1990) and the European Waste Catalogue and Hazardous Waste List (2002)
specify that red mud is not characterized as a hazardous waste.
Environmental concerns regarding the long-term containment of the red mud arise due to the
large volume of mud produced over the Projects operational lifespan, the alkali content of the
liquid phase of the red mud, and the sodium hydroxide content being chemically-bound in the
solid phase in the form of sodium-aluminum hydrosilicates.
3.5.3.3 Storage of Red Mud
The mud slurry is filtered to a solids content of about 62% by weight. The mud is transported by
dump trucks and tipped from an approximately 30 m-wide discharge ramp into the disposal area,
where it spreads to form a natural stacking angle of about 10. After a period of time, the mud
will dry to at least 73% solids, which produces a stackable and compactable material capable of
supporting light-weight earthmoving equipment. The boiler ash that will be co-deposited with
the red mud will be a water-conditioned paste and transported in the same trucks as for red mud.
The ash will be slightly acidic and assist in neutralization of the red mud. GAC has elected to
utilize the additional filtering step and to transport the red mud filter cake by truck to decrease
the surface area of the disposal area, simplify solution management in the facility, and to
increase the operational lifespan of the RMDF.
The two red mud storage cells will be progressively filled, and each cell will be divided into
several storage areas. The mud will be deposited in a specific sector over a months time, after
which the sector will be left inactive for several months to allow the remaining mud supernatant
to evaporate and consolidate before the next layer of mud is added.

106
The RMDF contains an engineered liner and its operation includes measures to decrease the
volume of liquid stored with the mud, however a slight potential always exists for leachate
excursions through the liner. A leak detection system consisting of a network of groundwater
monitoring wells will be installed around the perimeter of the RMDF and EHP. The wells will
be regularly monitored to identify leaks from the facility before they have the opportunity to
affect soil or shallow groundwater quality. Runoff water from the RMDF will be collected in the
EHP. During the dry season, water from the EHP will be recycled to the refinery via the dirty
cooling tower or sprayed on the stack to control dusting from the stack surface in windy weather.
Both red mud disposal cells will be equipped with a decant pipe, a toe drain, and an overflow
chute spillway, all draining to the EHP. Water that may accumulate within the pervious ramps
will be drained away via a 150 mm-diameter perforated/solid pipe which connects the base of the
ramp and the toe drainage system.
3.5.3.4 Effluent Holding Pond
Runoff from the RMDF and supernatant decanted from the stored mud will be collected and
routed to the EHP for subsequent return to the refinery for re-use. EHP facilities include:
An earthen dam on Tould Creek designed to impound up to 3.5 Mm
3
at normal
maximum water level;
A concrete spillway on the right (south) abutment of the dam designed to pass the
probable maximum flood (PMF);
A composite liner system;
A floating pumping station;
A pipeline to convey water approximately 2.25 km to the refinery site;
The continuation of the decanting system from the mud cells; and
A stormwater drainage system to divert runoff around the EHP.
The EHPs dam will be a homogeneous embankment constructed of ironstone, 570 m long, with
a maximum height of 31m. The 8 m-wide crest will be set at elevation 201 to provide spillway
capacity for the PMF, with the emergency spillway elevation set at El.199 to provide the desired
freeboard. Average year maximum volume will be provided at El.193.55 and the 100-year
maximum volume at El. 197.27. The EHP has been designed to capture all of the runoff from
the RMDF catchment area from the 100-year, 24-hour rainfall event.

107
The EHP will be lined with a composite liner consisting of textured HDPE supported
geosynthetic clay liner: 1.5 mm thick on the slopes and 1.0 mm thick on the floor. A minimum
150 mm thick lateritic soil containing angular particles no larger than 13 mm will be required as
a bedding for the composite liner. Due to its height and potential for downstream impacts to
residents of the Mobhi valley, the EHP is considered to be a High Hazard structure. As a result,
the spillway is designed to safely pass the PMF.

The facility design includes a floating pumping station on a barge, with pumps, and associated
equipment designed to withdraw from 300 m
3
/hr to 600 m
3
/hr from the EHP. The continuation
of the decanting system from the mud cells includes an inlet concrete wall for a set of culverts
under the access road adjacent to the EHP, a concrete wall at the culverts outlet, a channel along
the EHP side slope, and a stilling basin at the end of the channel. The catchment of the EHP will
be decreased by constructing diversion ditches around the perimeter of the pond, which will
discharge clean runoff into the Tould Creek drainage downstream of the ponds dam. These
ditches will be sized to divert the 500-year, 24-hour rainfall event.
3.5.4 Water Supply Reservoir
A dedicated fresh water supply reservoir will be constructed in the middle Tiouladiwol valley to
the west-southwest of the refinery area (Figure 3.1) to provide process water to the refinery,
makeup water to the power plant (via the refinery), and potable water to both the refinery and the
on-site worker accommodations. The Tiouladiwol is a small tributary of the Tinguilinta River,
the major regional drainage. The total catchment area for the water supply reservoir is
approximately 15.6 km
2
. Seasonal variations of flow in the Tiouladiwol are significant. During
the rainy season (June to November), the area at the bottom of the valley can be flooded, while
during the dry season flow is very low and in most places only intermittent ponds persist until
the rains begin again. At full pool, the water supply reservoir and associated support
infrastructure will cover approximately 90 ha.
Components of the water supply reservoir design include:
Dam with spillway, sized to provide a reservoir capacity of 8.1 Mm
3
at final build
out;
Pumping facility;
Access road from the pump station/dam to the refinery; and

108
Pipeline from the reservoir to the refinery.
Because the village of Sinthiourou Tiouladi is located approximately 1.5 km downstream, the
dam is classified as a High Hazard dam, and dam design incorporated current Canadian or
equivalent regulatory safety standards for such facilities (SNC Lavalin, January 2008). The crest
elevation of the water supply reservoir dam is set at 90.75 m, 1.0 m above the PMF water level
for the facilitys catchment. This crest elevation leaves a freeboard of 0.44 m above the water
elevation at 130% of the design PMF. The core crest width is set at 6.0 m at elevation 90.25 m,
which is 0.5 m above the PMF water level. (As a further safeguard, the PMF was calculated
from the 24-hour Probable Maximum Precipitation event, a conservative selection.)
The dam will be constructed of the following zones:
A central core of compacted laterite fill;
A cut-off to dolerite or into the ferrilitic laterite;
Upstream and downstream filters of compacted screened granular material or crushed
stone;
A downstream drain zone of compacted crushed stone;
A filter blanket consisting of a layer of compacted filter material against the
downstream foundation and of an overlying layer of compacted drain material;
Upstream and downstream compacted rock-fill shells;
An upstream riprap protection with bedding, consisting of selected rock fill; and
A downstream toe berm designed to act as protection against piping of the filter
blanket and against erosion from backwater during annual spillway flows.
The dam will be designed to provide a minimum environmental release of 200 liters/sec to
recreate the base flows in the Tiouladiowl for downstream water users. Regular safety
monitoring of the water supply reservoir dam will be conducted, and will include measuring the
water flow over the spillway, the water fluid pressure, and the water level in the reservoir.
A pumping station to convey fresh water from the reservoir to the refinery complex will be
located at the downstream toe of the dam. A large-diameter intake main pipe will be buried
under the dam, drawing water from the reservoir. The intake structure will be located within the

109
upstream toe of the embankment, and the upstream end of the pipeline will be fitted with a shut-
off valve and equipped for remote manual operation.
A booster pump station will include a 1000 m concrete storage tank and a pump house large
enough to accommodate the pumps, isolation valves and silent check valves, a control panel, and
enough space for operational and maintenance activities. All pump and control equipment will
comply with current internationally recognized industry standards. Pump performances will be
based on manufacturers performance curves. The pumps will be designed for unattended
operation, and will be able to operate on a non-stop basis year-round. Alarm features to shut
down the unit in the event of an emergency will also be provided.
A steel pipeline, with cement lining on the interior and plastic wrapping on the exterior, will be
installed between the pump stations and the refinery to convey fresh water from the reservoir.
Air and vacuum relief valves will be provided into secured and locked enclosures. The pipeline
will be exposed and will be supported on concrete and steel cradles.
3.5.5 Power Plant
The remote location of the Project refinery components dictates that electrical power will have to
be generated at the refinery site. The refinery process is continuous, 24 hours per day, 365 days
per year, and therefore a highly secure power supply must be available. A dedicated power plant
will be constructed in the northwest corner of the refinery complex, adjacent to its main steam
consumer, the digestion area (Figure 3.1). The power plant will provide process steam, electric
power, and instrument air and plant air to the refinery and power to the mine and other ancillary
facilities. Power plant components will include:
A boiler area;
A turbine generator area;
Electrostatic precipitators and stacks;
Supporting systems including fuel, limestone, and ash handling systems;
An auxiliary boiler;
Service water system;
De-mineralized water treatment;

110
Wastewater collection and neutralization;
Compressed air supply;
Standby diesel power;
Electrical power distribution; and
Power area equipment cooling.
The dedicated power plant will provide process steam, electricity, and compressed air to the
refinery and electricity to the mine and ancillary facilities. The power plant will operate as an
islanded power system, with no interconnecting power system or generation facilities, and was
designed to meet all operating conditions for the current refinery design configuration.
3.5.5.1 Boilers
The coal-fired power plant will utilize circulating coal bed fired boilers (CFBs). They will
generate high pressure steam to drive back pressure steam turbines to generate power and reduce
steam pressure for process use. This arrangement will provide operational flexibility and allow
any boiler to be taken off-line without affecting the operation of its associated steam turbine and
will allow other fuels to be utilized.
CFB boilers have the capability to use potentially cheaper lower-grade coal, pet-coke, or biomass
fuels with higher sulfur while maintaining emissions limits and stable operation. They have been
selected due to availability and economics of the lower-grade fuels.
The power plant will receive fuel from the port by rail for conversion into power and steam.
Dust collection equipment will be provided at all transfer points to decrease fugitive dust
emissions. The ash will be conditioned with water and trucked for storage to the RMDF.
Feed water for generation of steam will come from the plant indirect heater condensate return
and from raw water from the Projects water supply reservoir. Treated effluent from the water
treatment area will be collected and used in the power station cooling tower. Effluent from the
cooling tower and high-conductivity effluent from the mixed bed regeneration activities will be
directed to the refinery dirty cooling tower or to the refinery neutralization facility as required.
Stormwater runoff in fuel areas will be contained and the solids and oils trapped; the water will
then be directed to the refinery stormwater system.

111
3.5.5.2 Electricity Generation
Electrical power for the facility will be generated by back pressure steam turbine generators. In the
extreme event of total loss of auxiliary power, batteries will provide power for critical process
system loads and control power to the high voltage switchboards. Lighting battery packs will
provide power for emergency lighting, and a plant battery system will provide power to critical
process loads. The battery will be sized to provide 2 hours of service to provide orderly shutdown
of the plant control functions if there is a general failure of alternating current (AC) power; this
will allow sufficient time for the standby diesel generators to come on line.
Three standby diesel generators will be provided; upon loss of normal power, the standby diesel
generators will be automatically started. The diesel generators will be sized to support start up
loads and essential loads, such as designated heating/ventilating/air conditioning, battery chargers,
turbine lube and seal oil pumps, a fire water jockey pump, and selected lighting, with an (N + 2)
level of redundancy. Two emergency generators will generate sufficient power to recover the
steam power plant.
3.5.5.3 Process Steam
Process steam will be extracted at a single pressure for use within the refinery. A conventional
steam power station arrangement has been selected to meet the refinerys demands. Steam will
be generated in CFB boilers at 10-11 megapascals and above 500C to enable the generation of
power through a back-pressure turbine as the steam is prepared for refinery consumption.
Pressure let-down stations bypassing the turbines, atmospheric venting stations, and possibly a
condensing turbine will facilitate out of balance steam and power demands for all expected
continuous operating conditions. For short-term variability and for start-up, steam vent valves
are provided at both the process steam level and boiler outlet level to facilitate continuous
operation.
3.5.6 Stormwater Management
The site drainage will be divided into different drainage zones, dependent on the activity within
each zone. A brief description of each zone is given below.

112
Zone D1 Process Zones
Process zones contain process pumps and tanks, hence spillage of process liquor could occur in
these areas. Each Process Zone will be concrete-paved and bermed by a nominal 200 mm curb
and drain to collection sumps within the area. Runoff or spillage collected in the sump will be
pumped back to the refinery process. In extreme emergency events, excess spillage or runoff
that cannot be contained by recycling to the process will overflow via an overflow weir in each
area into the spill drainage network and be contained in the spill containment ponds for recycling
back to the refinery. There are two spill containment ponds planned for the refinery (Figure 3.2).
Zone D2 Non-Process Industrial Zones
The runoff from the non-process areas (roads, parking, open areas, etc.) is considered not to be
affected by process liquor, and will be collected in the runoff drainage network and discharged to
the environment after passing through gross pollutant traps (trash grates), silt traps, and the
facilitys first flush system.
Zone D3 Stockpile and ROM Zones
Runoff from the limestone, coal, and bauxite stockpile areas will first be diverted to
sedimentation ponds adjacent to the stockpile area, then discharged to the environment via
natural drainages. The ROM stockpile area drains into a sedimentation pond prior to discharge
to the environment.
Zone D4 Hazardous Materials Storage Zones
All chemical, petroleum, and oil storage areas will be contained within bermed areas. All berms
will be provided with valves locked in the normally closed position. The water collected within
the berms will be analyzed for appropriate parameters to monitor compliance with IFC effluent
discharge guidelines (Section 2.10.1.3) prior to release to the environment. If the water is not
acceptable for direct discharge it will be treated prior to release. Oil storage areas will be drained
through oil/water separators to remove free oil and other hydrocarbons prior to release into the
stormwater system.
Zone D5 External to the Refinery Boundary
Runoff from areas external to the refinery will be diverted around the refinery area into the
existing natural streams or watercourses utilizing catch drains which will prevent local ponding
of runoff, flooding, or erosion at the boundary of the industrial site. Where diversion of runoff

113
water occurs, sediment control measures will be taken to reduce impacts to the receiving
catchment, watercourse, or downstream infrastructure and communities.
Table drains and diversion channels have been incorporated into the stormwater drainage design.
Road drainage is designed to allow the road to remain trafficable in a 1-in-10 year event and has
been checked against the 1-in-100 year event to verify facility pad flood immunity during the
major event.
The Project is using a first flush philosophy for treating the initial storm events during the
rainy season. It is assumed that after an initial first flush, additional storm events from the
process area will be acceptable for direct discharge to the environment. The first flush pond has
been designed to accommodate the first 25mm of rainfall in the refinery area outside the facility
pads, with a design capacity of approx 18,000 m
3
. After that amount of rainfall, any residual
contamination on roadways, parking areas, green areas, and non-process pads is presumed to
have been washed away and additional clean runoff from rainfall will be directed straight to the
stormwater pond, with a capacity of 220,000 m
3
, sized to contain the 50-year, 24-hour storm
event. Water from Stormwater Pond Number 1 will be pumped back into the process, used for
wash down, irrigation, or dust suppression, or released to natural waterways. Prior to discharge
to the environment, water from the stormwater pond discharge will be treated as necessary in the
stormwater treatment plant.
Stormwater from other areas will be also routed to a stormwater pond for analysis prior to being
released to the environment. If the stormwater is found to exceed IFC effluent discharge
guidelines values (Section 2.10.1.3), it will either be directed to the stormwater treatment plant or
it will be recycled back into the process, depending on the amount and types of contaminants
involved. The stormwater treatment facility has been designed so that contaminated water is not
discharged from the refinery directly to the environment. It has also been designed to limit the
amount of treated effluent that is discharged to the environment. Additional treatment capacity
is provided by two neutralization ponds (Figure 3.2). Stormwater falling on the RMDF will be
captured in the EHP and returned as make-up for the dirty cooling water system, as discussed in
Section 3.5.3.4 above.
3.5.7 Supply, Handling, and Storage of Raw Materials and Fuel
All materials and consumables used by the refinery will be imported through the port of Kamsar
and transported to the refinery using the Kamsar-Sangardi railway mainline. The alumina will
be transported by rail from the refinery to the Port of Kamsar for export. The number and

114
frequency of trains using the Kamsar-Sangardi line is limited, and the daily rate of transfer of
materials to and from the refinery will therefore equate approximately to the average daily
demand/production rate of the materials concerned. The table below presents the annual
consumption of raw materials that will be used at the refinery at its current design capacity.
Annual Consumption and Storage of Raw Materials
Material Use
Physical
State
Annual
Quantity
Storage
Transport
Mode
Alumina Export Solid 3.31 Mtpa
120,000 t
(2 silos)
50 hopper cars
twice a day
Coal or
petcoke
Power plant Solid 0.8 Mtpa
120,000 t
(stockpiles)
22 bottom
dump coal cars
twice a day
Caustic
Soda
Refinery
50% Aqueous
Solution
320,000 tpa
(aq)
20,000 t
(tank)
5 tanker cars
twice a day
Diesel Fueling and start-up Liquid 20,000 tpa 500 t (tank)
2-3 tanker cars
a week
Heavy Fuel
Oil (HFO)
Calcination Plant Liquid 250,000 tpa
30,000 t
(2 tanks)
2 tanker cars
twice a day
Quicklime
Phosphorous
Removal & filter aid
Powder or
Lump Form
100,000 tpa 2,200 t (silos)
4 hopper cars
twice a day
Limestone
Power plant to scrub
sulfur
Solid 61,000 tpa
(1)

20,000 t
(stockpile)
5 bottom dump
cars a day
Sulfuric &
Hydrochloric
Acid
Digestion,
Evaporation, HID,
and Cleaning
98% strength
and diluted to
10% for use
3,000 tpa Containers
Part of 3
flatbed cars
Flocculent
Settling of Red Mud
and Fine Hydroxide
Powder, Gel
or Liquid
1,700 tpa Containers
Part of 3
flatbed cars
(1) If petroleum coke is used to feed the boilers. If petroleum coke is not used, a quantity of approximately
10,000 tpy would be required
The continued operation of the refinery is dependent upon the reliability of the rail service. It is
anticipated that the railway will periodically suffer outages due to breakdowns and maintenance
problems that will interrupt the flow of materials to and from the refinery. Bulk storage facilities
are therefore provided at the refinery site to plan for this eventually. Depending on the
commodity, the storage capacity on site ranges from one week to two months.
3.5.7.1 Material Stockpiles
Three bulk material stockpiles will be located at the refinery: the bauxite stockpile, the coal
stockpile, and the limestone stockpile (Figure 3.2). A perimeter trench or other
sediment/stormwater control device will be constructed around the toe of each stockpile to

115
collect sediment that may erode off slope faces from precipitation events where runoff occurs.
Drainage from each of these stockpiles will be routed to a sedimentation pond prior to discharge
to the environment. Some potential exists for the generation of acidic runoff from oxidation of
reactive sulfides that may be present in the coal used in the power plant. However, the generally
limited residence time of the coal in the stockpiles should preclude the formation of acidic
runoff. If routine monitoring of the sedimentation pond effluent indicates that acid is forming,
additional engineering controls will be implemented to segregate and treat coal stormwater
runoff prior to discharge to the environment.
To the extent practical, topsoil present in construction areas will be salvaged and stockpiled for
future use on rehabilitation sites. The stockpiles will be contoured to blend with the natural
environment and stabilized with rapidly growing native vegetation. The topsoil stockpiles will
also have sedimentation control structures surrounding them.
3.5.7.2 Quarry
A dolorite quarry has been developed to the south of the West cell of the RMDF. The quarry has
an aerial extent of approximately 30 ha. Material from the quarry will be used primarily to
provide materials for concrete and the construction of a 14-km rail spur to the refinery.
3.5.7.3 Alumina
The nominal production rate of alumina is approximately 8,800 tonnes per day. It is proposed to
provide 2 x 50,000 tonne storage silos for alumina at the port and 1 50,000 tonne storage silo at
the refinery. An additional buffer silo (7,500 tonnes) at the rail loading area, to address short-
term fluctuations in supply, will be located directly above the rail track, allowing rail wagons to
be positioned directly beneath the silo outlets for loading. Dust collection equipment will be
provided at all transfer points to decrease the environmental impact of the operation.
3.5.7.4 Coal
The daily coal requirement of approximately 2,200 tonnes will be delivered to the power plant by
belt conveyor from stockpiles at the refinery railway siding. Dust collection equipment will be
provided at all transfer points to decrease the potential for fugitive dust emissions from the
operation. Storage of up to 60,000 tonnes will be provided at both the refinery and port,
although maximum total storage at any one time is expected to be less than 80,000 tonnes.

116
3.5.7.5 Caustic Soda
Caustic soda is supplied in bulk as a 50% aqueous solution, and is used to make up for chemical
and physical soda losses to the process within the red mud and product. The anticipated
consumption is approximately 320,000 tpa (as a 50% solution).
Storage facilities for about 60,000 tonnes of caustic will be provided at the port and
approximately 7,500 tonnes at the refinery. The caustic will be stored in mild steel tanks
contained within a bermed area and provided with adequate wash-down facilities and safety
showers.
3.5.7.6 Heavy Fuel Oil and Diesel Fuel Oil
Heavy fuel oil (HFO) will be required for the calcining plant at a rate of approximately
250,000 tonnes per year. One or two storage tanks with a total capacity of 15,000 to 30,000
tonnes will provide more than one month of fuel at full plant capacity. Facilities at the port
alumina terminal will have a storage capacity of 60,000 tonnes. The tanks will be of
conventional design, contained within a confined area capable of storing at least 110% of the
volume of the largest tank, and will include fire protection facilities.
Diesel fuel oil will be required for the emergency generators, vehicles, trains, and refinery
mobile equipment. Storage tanks of approximately 2,200 tonne-capacity will be provided at the
port and the refinery and will be contained within a bunded area with 110% containment of the
storage tank.
3.5.7.7 Quicklime
Quicklime is a highly reactive material which reacts vigorously with water and must be handled
with care. It is normally supplied either as a powder or granular form, and either bagged or in
bulk. With an anticipated consumption of approximately 100,000 tonnes per year or 300 tonnes
per day, a bulk handling facility will be required for the refinery. Dust collection will be
provided at all transfer points to decrease the potential for fugitive dust emissions from the
operation.
3.5.7.8 Limestone
Limestone will be used for suppressing the acidic emissions from the boilers in the event that a
CFB boiler is used for high-sulfur fuels. Approximately 100,000 tonnes per year of ground
limestone will be required for the exhaust gas scrubbing process for the power plant. It will be

117
delivered to site in rail cars. Storage facilities for about 20,000 tonnes of limestone will be
provided at the power plant.
3.5.7.9 Sulfuric Acid
Sulfuric acid will be delivered and stored at 98% strength. It will be diluted to 10% strength for
use as a cleaning agent in the digestion, evaporation, and HID stages of the process. Its main
application is the dissolution of silica-based scale, which precipitates from the liquor during
normal operations. Approximately 3,000 tonnes per year of acid will be used.
Concentrated sulfuric acid will be stored in isolated containers located in a bermed area. The
berm and surrounding area will be protected using materials such as acid-resistant concrete, acid-
resistant brick, or a durable sealing compound.
3.5.7.10 Flocculants
Synthetic flocculants suitable for promoting the settling of red mud and fine hydrate particles are
available in powder and liquid form. All synthetic flocculants for mud applications are organic
polymers. Powders are cheaper to ship but require more capital equipment for preparation.
Liquids are transported in drums or portapacks and require simple dilution prior to use. The
storage facilities will depend on whether the flocculants used are in the form of powder, gel, or
liquid. An adequate covered area will be provided to accommodate the flocculent storage as well
as the associated processing equipment.

118

119
3.5.8 Resettlement Village
The villages of Petoun Djiga and Tould were determined to be significantly impacted by Project
implementation, and the populations of both villages agreed to be resettled to a new village to be
built by the Project north of the refinery site, near the existing village of Tchankoun Tiouli
(Figure 3.1). The new resettlement village consists of:
Cement block homes;
Primary school;
Mosque;
Health clinic;
Market;
Football pitch;
Drilled wells with handpumps; and
Dry latrines.
More detail about the site selection and the resettlement process as a whole is presented in the
RAP (Volume 5).
3.6 Port Area Project Components
Project implementation will involve construction of an alumina terminal near the city of Kamsar
and associated quays for alumina export, bulk material import, and container handling activities
(Figure 3.4). Materials will be transported via elevated conveyor and pipes along a causeway
and jetty system between the alumina quay (marine terminal) and the alumina terminal. Major
components in the port area include:
Container quay (Kamsar container quay) to handle the delivery of the digester vessels
for the refinery;
Alumina terminal;
Approach jetty and alumina quay (marine terminal);
Administrative support infrastructure (offices, workshops, etc.);
Access roads; and

120
Railway line extension connecting to the main line.
Enlarged views of the port area Project components are presented in Figures 3.5 and 3.6. New
port area infrastructure will be capable of loading, unloading, and storing bulk raw materials for
use at the refinery and power plant, including limestone, burnt lime, caustic soda, heavy fuel oil
and diesel, and alumina from the refinery for export. It is anticipated that most of the equipment,
supplies, and materials necessary to construct the refinery will transit through the Kamsar
container quay. Materials will be transported over the existing railway line between the port and
the refinery.
Other Project components located outside of the contiguous port area, but included with the
overall port area project description, include:
New bridge over the Bourouma River near Bok (Bok Bridge Figure 3.3); and
Kolaboui railway line passing loop enlargement.
Both of these additional Project components are described and analyzed with the port area
Project components in the following impact assessment. The rail infrastructure and any
improvements made to it by GAC will continue to be owned by the GoG. GAC and CBG will
operate their respective trains on that rail under an infrastructure sharing agreement.
GAC will own the port equipment until the termination of the Projects investment agreement, at
which time it will be sold to the government under the terms of GACs Basic Agreement with
the GoG that governs the relationship between the two parties (October, 2004).
3.6.1 Existing Regional Port Facilities
The existing facilities at the Port of Kamsar consists of two main areas: the general cargo area
located adjacent to the mouth of Dougoufissa Creek; and CBGs dedicated bauxite export
terminal located at the end of a long jetty alongside the main channel of the Rio Nuez. The
general cargo berths, known as the French Quay, can accommodate ships of up to 3500 DWT
and have depths alongside of approximately 3.5 meters Reference Datum Line (RDL). Ships
routinely arrive at high water and may ground at the berth. The existing CBG bauxite facility
currently exports about 14.2 million tonnes of processed bauxite per year. The bauxite quay has
an average depth of 13 meters RDL alongside, accommodating most Panamax-class bulk vessels.

121
The Rio Nuez approach channel is approximately 17 km long, stretching from the Atlantic
Ocean to Kamsar. It is maintained at an operational depth of -9 meters RDL with a nominal
width of 120 meters. There are about 255 cargo vessel calls per year at Kamsar. These calls are
comprised of approximately 230 small Panamax-class bulk carriers that berth at CBGs bauxite
export facility and 25 minibulk carriers that typically berth at the French Quay.
There are small fishing fleets at Port Nn (near Kamsar) and Point Zebra (upstream of Kamsar)
that also use the river. However, these fishing vessels are relatively small and do not play a
major role in the navigational picture of the river system.
The CBG hydrographic department annually surveys the river channel. In general, because of
the relatively fast currents in the Rio Nuez, there appears to be little need for major
maintenance dredging. The existing channel and bauxite berth positions were dredged in 1997,
and within five years there was evidence of minor shoaling along the channel and at CBGs
bauxite terminal. A sediment trap was constructed near the bauxite terminal several years ago to
prevent sedimentation at the berth, but the trap has filled and is no longer effective.
Sedimentation at the French Quay is more problematic. The quay is situated near the confluence
of Dougoufissa Creek with Rio Nuez and is prone to heavy sedimentation. This berth position
is dredged about three times a year to maintain a nominal -3.5 meter RDL depth at the quay.
3.6.2 Port Requirements
The alumina terminal will act as a buffer between the refinery and vessels delivering supplies
and materials to the refinery, and the vessels exporting the alumina produced by the refinery.
Supplies and materials will be transported by train between the refinery and the alumina
terminal. These materials will be transported between the alumina terminal and the
import/export vessels by conveyor and pipe, and in the case of inbound containerized and break
bulk commodities, by yard tractor and chassis.
The table below summarizes the required quantities of import and export materials as well as the
vessel capacity and estimated berth occupancy needed to support Project implementation. The
table also includes the necessary storage capacities on site to balance material flows between the
vessels, trains, and refinery, with allowances for interruptions and normal maintenance
requirements.

122
Import and Export Material Quantities
Cargo Ship Type
Tonnes
per Year
Vessel
Capacity
(tonnes)
Calls
per Year
Berth
Days
Storage
Capacity
(tonnes)
Alumina Berth
Alumina Bulk 3,200,000 50/40,000 70 140 2 x 50,000
Multipurpose Berth
Coal Bulk 800,000 50/40,000 18 45 100,000
Limestone Bulk 200,000 30,000 7 14
Caustic Soda Tanker 320,000 30,000 5 15 2 x 30,000
Heavy Fuel Oil Tanker 250,000 30,000 10 30 3 x 20,000
Data from Bechtel Corporation

To ensure the uninterrupted supply of alumina for export and the import of input materials for
refinery operations, the storage capacity at the alumina terminal should be twice the maximum
vessel capacity, where practical. The materials handling equipment and conveying lines will be
capable of handling the above quantities within the berth occupancy timeframes to avoid queuing
of vessels waiting for loading or unloading of cargo.
3.6.3 Kamsar Container Quay
Construction of the refinery will require importing a variety of materials and equipment. To
bring ashore the refinerys digester vessels, weighing up to 190 tonnes, it was considered
appropriate to design the port facilities to accommodate a 10,000 dwt general cargo vessel. A
new Kamsar container quay also has the following advantages:
The position does not interfere with the operation or rehabilitation of the existing
commercial port, and the existing derrick at the end of the commercial port is not
relocated;
The Kamsar container quay would be supported on tubular steel piles to provide the
9.5 m-dredged depth required in the berthing pocket; and
The dredged channel to the commercial port would be increased in depth to -6 m and
increased in width to 60 meters to accommodate the bigger vessels. No turning circle
would be provided, as vessels will reverse with tug assistance. It is expected that
10,000 dwt vessels will berth at high tide with tug assistance and will be turned prior
to berthing.
Miscellaneous chemicals such as flocculants, sulfuric acid, and lime, as well as containerized
cargo, will be imported using the Kamsar container quay. Vessels will be unloaded with ships

123
gear, although a mobile crane will be provided for special cargo or to assist as required. This
cargo will be transported by truck to the refinery.
3.6.4 Alumina Terminal
The total area within the property limits of the new alumina and marine terminals will comprise
approximately 70 ha to the south and east of the existing CBG bauxite processing plant as
indicated in Figure 3.5. It will include the following:
Rail facilities to serve the bulk storage facilities;
Alumina wagon unloading facilities;
Alumina storage silos and material recovery equipment;
Coal and limestone storage yards;
Coal and limestone wagon loading facilities;
Coal and limestone materials handling equipment;
Caustic soda and petroleum storage tanks;
Tanker wagon loading facilities;
Bulk liquid transport piping;
Lime shed (for lime crushing);
Administrative offices; and
Maintenance and power generation facilities.
The alumina terminal is being constructed in two phases in an area that is currently a mixture of
uplands and mangrove swamp. Phase 1 has been completed, and consisted of a hydraulic
reclamation process where river sand was pumped to the site and raised the grade from an
average of 5 meters to approximately +7 m RDL. This operation required approximately
2.1 million m
3
of sand, including the causeway. The fill consisted of about 90% sand and laterite
or similar material from the local area, which was transported to the site by truck from local
quarries. (It may be noted that the majority of the town of Kamsar is constructed on reclaimed
land, the fill for which was mined in the channel directly opposite the new alumina quay.) The
implementation of a ground improvement program designed to mitigate the anticipated

124
settlement of existing compressible soils in the terminal area was also included in the first phase
of construction.
Phase 2 of the alumina terminal work will consist of the construction of all yard improvements,
storage structures, material handling systems, and miscellaneous buildings and infrastructure.
3.6.4.1 Alumina Operations
Facilities at the alumina terminal, including bulk unloading and transfer systems, were designed
to accommodate two daily trains from the refinery. Wagon unloading capacity is sufficient to
allow for one round trip of each train per day. Bulk alumina product will be received in enclosed
wagons with gravity discharge bottom hatches. The wagons will be emptied two at a time over a
collection hopper, which will be located underneath a canopy so that adverse weather conditions
do not affect the operations. In addition to the collection hopper, the unloading system will
include a separate belt feeder conveyor under each wagon to convey material to a lateral
accumulator conveyor that discharges material to the bulk alumina product transfer conveyor
system.
The transfer conveyors from the wagon unloading system to the bulk alumina storage will be
inclined so that the bulk alumina can be discharged onto the elevated storage distribution
conveyors; these conveyors will be capable of directing the full material flow into the top of each
of the above-ground storage silos. Discharge from the silo is provided at the bottom with a series
of chutes that feed the export conveyor.
The alumina storage, transfer, and ship loading system will be capable of loading 40,000 to
60,000-dwt vessels, with a maximum vessel berth time of 48 hours, at a sustained yield rate of
approximately 1,500 tonnes per hour. The bulk alumina export system will include a vibratory
feeder at each silo discharge and a lateral accumulation conveyor at each bank of storage silos.
The accumulation conveyors will discharge material to inclined conveyors, which will transfer
the material to the bulk alumina conveyor for ship loading. This conveyor will run 4 to 5 km on
the causeway and trestle connecting the alumina terminal to the alumina quay. It will run side by
side on a common structure with the bulk solids conveyor.
The ship loading system will include a rail-mounted traveling tower with a loadout conveyor,
boom conveyor, and retractable bulk-loading spout. The retractable bulk-loading spout will have
adequate travel to reach the floor of the hull with the vessel empty and the boom in the horizontal
position.

125
All conveyors will be fully enclosed to protect the alumina from the weather and to prevent loss
of product due to the prevailing winds. In addition, all transfer equipment between the wagon
unloading station, the storage silos, and the export system will be sealed and fitted with
ventilators and dust control equipment. Any alumina dust that is collected will be returned to the
belt system. The transport speed of the export conveyor belt will be limited to avoid fluidization
of the alumina, which could result in loss of cohesiveness of the material and cause the alumina
to overflow the sides of the conveyor belt.
3.6.4.2 Coal and Limestone Operations
Bulk solid supplies will be received by ship and will include coal and limestone. The refinerys
power plant will require approximately 800,000 tonnes of coal per year as well as 50,000 tonnes
of limestone, which equates to about one vessel every week and a half for one of these
commodities. A separate, bulk solids berth at the alumina quay will handle these imports. This
berth will be an extension to the alumina quay and have a dedicated ship unloading system that
will include a rail-mounted traveling tower with a trolley-mounted clamshell bucket for
depositing material into a surge hopper with vibratory discharge feeder and a collection conveyor
below.
The surge hopper will discharge onto a bulk solids conveyor belt that will run below the alumina
belt for approximately 4 -5 km to the area of the alumina silos, then by itself for approximately
660 m to the coal storage yard. The bulk solids conveyor belt will be enclosed to decrease
fugitive dust emissions; transfer stations will include integral dust control systems.
The main bulk solids belt will transfer onto a stockpile transfer belt that will feed an elevated
tripper conveyor. The tripper and stacker will travel on a common track so that material can be
continuously discharged along the full length of the stockpile. The tripper will be capable of
transferring materials to either the right or the left. A luffing-type boom, with material coming
directly off the end of the belt will be used to deposit material on the stacks.
The stockpiles of coal and limestone will vary in length depending on the amount of material to
be stored, but each will be about 50 m wide. The coal piles will be approximately 12 m high and
about 200 m long. The limestone pile will be about 12 m high and 100 m long. Rail-loading
lines will run along the outside of each stockpile. The bottom-dump wagons for these materials
will be charged by front-end loaders and mobile hoppers. During the dry season, water will be
sprayed on the stockpiles as necessary to control fugitive dust emissions.

126
3.6.4.3 Caustic Soda and Petroleum Operations
Caustic soda and HFO will be delivered to the port by tanker vessels, which will use the bulk
import or alumina berth. Dedicated pipelines for each substance will connect the quay to the
alumina terminal using the same approach jetty as the alumina conveyor. The fluids will be
pumped by the ships own pumps and booster pumps to tank farms located at the alumina
terminal. All of the tanks will be interconnected by commodity to allow transfer of product
between tanks.
A berm will surround each tank farm and provide a spill capacity equal to at least 110% of the
capacity of the largest single tank within the bermed area. Caustic soda will be stored in two
tanks, each with a capacity of about 20,000 tonnes. HFO will be stored in two 20,000-tonne
tanks. Diesel oil will be stored in two 2,000-tonne tanks and delivered by road.
The storage reclaim and wagon loading systems will be required to load the HFO and caustic
soda wagons in a 2-hour period at a yield rate of up to 250 tph per material. The caustic soda,
HFO, and railcar loading systems will be separate and independent. Each of the systems will
include two transfer pumps (parallel arrangement for full backup pumping capability), with
piping system, metering system, railcar loading rack, and consolidated electrical control for all
equipment within each system. The wagon loading rack will include a tower assembly, with two
loading arms, one vapor recovery arm, and a safety access bridge.
3.6.4.4 Administrative Facilities and Utilities
The alumina terminal will be fenced with a concrete wall. The facility access road will run
along the edges of the nearby residential areas, next to Dougoufissa Creek, and join Avenue #1.
Access to the facilities will be controlled at the gatehouse. There will be three main buildings in
the alumina terminal: office space, a canteen, and washrooms for the workers. Potable water will
be provided from the river, and sanitary sewage will be treated and disposed of on site using
treatment systems.
3.6.4.5 Power Generation and Distribution Facilities
All required electrical power, approximately 12 MVA, will be generated on site using diesel and
HFO generators. Primary power distribution will be via 4 kV feeders, with step-down
transformers provided at unit substations placed at key locations throughout the site.

127
3.6.5 Marine Terminal
To facilitate the export of alumina from the new refinery operations, and to import coal, fuel oil,
and other consumables, a new quay, approach jetty, and berth will be constructed about 750
meters to the south of the existing CBG bauxite facilities. Taken together, these facilities are
referred to as the marine terminal.
3.6.5.1 Approach Jetty
The approach jetty will run approximately 3,700 m from the alumina terminal to the new
alumina quay. It will be composed of both fill-embankment causeway and pile-founded trestle
construction, and consist of four main sections. The approach jetty will support two conveyors,
each about 1,800 mm wide and sitting side by side, pipelines for each of the liquid products to be
pumped from the vessels to the alumina terminal tank farms, a roadway about 3.4 m wide, and a
walkway about 0.9 m wide, for a total width of 6.8 m.
From the alumina terminal, a 975 m (approximate) causeway section of the approach jetty will
terminate at the banks of Dougoufissa Creek where a 200 m (approximate) section of trestle will
be used to cross the creek. To the south and west of the creek, a 1,040 m (approximate) section
of causeway will extend to the top of bank line. Construction will revert to a trestle for the final
1,500 m from the top of bank and across the offshore mud flats known as the Banc de
Talibonche, until the approach jetty meets the quay.
The top-of-bank line has been selected as the transition point between causeway and trestle to
optimize construction of the approach. The weak poto-poto (mud) encountered in the mudflats
will likely exhibit bearing capacity failure during attempted placement of causeway fill. The
total width of the approach will be about 18 m, but the total footprint will be larger. The surface
area required for the pile-founded trestle construction is limited to the width of the deck, while
the surface area required for the fill-embankment sections will vary depending on the height of
the deck above existing grade. Since the side slopes of the embankment will typically be 2:1, an
embankment 2 m above grade will require a total footprint of 26 m (4 m side slope plus 18 m
approach plus 4 m side slope).
The fill-embankment causeway sections will be constructed by hydraulically placing sand mined
from the Rio Nuez and a small amount of laterite mined from local quarries. The pile-founded
trestle sections will be constructed using the top-down method, meaning the contractor will drive

128
piles from the existing deck, place new decking on the piles just driven, then move to the new
decking and drive new piles.
3.6.5.2 Alumina Quay
The new alumina quay will be adjacent to the existing navigation channel and in line with CBGs
existing bauxite quay. It will consist of a total of 2 berths with the potential of a third, dolphin-
moored berth at the end of the quay, and be a 27 m by 517 m pile-founded structure.
The selection of pile material will be left to the contractor, but it is anticipated that the most
economical choice would be metal piles. In this case, piles will be typically 900 mm in diameter
and would be installed to a tip elevation of approximately -40 m chart datum to transfer loads
through end bearing. The deck system will consist of cast-in-place concrete under the
loading/unloading rails and at regular spacing in other portions of the deck. Pre-cast concrete
deck panels will span between caps, with a cast-in-place structural concrete topping the entire
structure.
3.6.6 Vessel Access and Channel Widening
The channel from the mouth of the Rio Nuez to the CBG quay is approximately 17 km long,
120 m wide at its narrowest point, and is marked by 19 light-buoys. The outer channel has a
maintained depth of 9.0-12.0 m while the inner channel is dredged to maintain a depth of 9.00 m
below datum level. The vessels navigate the channel in both day and nighttime hours. Vessels
less than 100 m length overall can pass head-to-head in the channel. Vessels do not overtake in
the channel. In fact, the existing channel is one-way for larger vessels (e.g., Panamax). A key
design criterion for the new alumina terminal is the prevention of any impact to the CBG
operation.
The turning basin for incoming vessels extends westwards approximately 360 m from the
bauxite-loading berth, and is dredged to maintain a minimum water depth of 7.75 m below
datum level. Inbound vessels can lie at anchor in one of two areas, depending upon their draft.
If they are loaded, they must wait at an outer anchorage area to the south of the channel entrance
(i.e. to await the next available high tide to transit the channel). If they are light, they may
proceed directly to the inner anchorage area closer to the bauxite quay. Fully laden ships are not
able to turn adjacent to the quay, but must leave the berth at high tide and follow the narrow deep
channel until they reach open water. Therefore, to pass safely into open water, fully laden
vessels must depart the quay about 1 hour or more before high tide.

129
3.6.7 Berth Deepening
The combined berth adjacent to the new quay will be 517 m long and 27 m wide. It was
dredged to a depth of 14 m to allow fully laden vessels of up to 60,000 DWT to remain afloat at
low water. Approximately 520,000 m
3
of material, mostly silts and clays with some sand lenses,
was dredged and disposed of outside the channel in a downstream disposal site specified by the
government.
3.7 Infrastructure
3.7.1 Access and Haul Roads
The existing road network from Kamsar to Bok consists of 52 km of bituminized all-weather
road and is part of the Trans West African Highway. Road capacity is generally satisfactory to
handle the planned traffic increases resulting from Project implementation, with the exception of
a few areas, including the Bourouma River crossing near the town of Bok, where traffic flow
was restricted due to an outdated one-lane bridge with insufficient bearing capacity to support
the planned truck traffic during construction to and from the Project. To provide secure access
across the river, a new concrete bridge was constructed approximately 25 m upstream of the
previous bridge (Figure 3.3), and the existing bridge was retained for use at the GoGs discretion.
Construction of the new bridge at Bok involved relocation of three houses as shown on Figure
5.3, and was completed as of November 2007.
Several additional improvements to the existing road network are required to support the planned
increases in road traffic in the refinery area. These improvements include:
Re-sheeting of the exiting 12 km-long refinery access road from National Route N22
and the sealing of the road formation with asphalt to provide a safe all weather
wearing surface to cater for construction and operations traffic. The stated scope of
work assumes that the alignment and drainage of the recently constructed road is fit-
for-purpose as a high volume construction access road and only requires re-sheeting
and sealing;
Construction and sealing of a 4 km extension to the existing refinery access road to
provide access to the eastern security gate house of the refinery site and the mine site
northern boundary gate house. The stated scope of work includes for the construction
of an underpass beneath the rail line into the mine area. The length required to span
the road cross section, including a service corridor, requires three 15m spans;
Construction of a 2 km-long access road to the water supply reservoir from the
refinery. This roadway is not sealed and will also support haulage vehicles to
construct the dam wall; and

130
Construction of 1 km-long access road from the refinery access road to the proposed
landfill and recycling site adjacent to the EHP.
Road safety and limiting the potential for accidents near local communities will be important,
particularly to the 12 km site access road from Tinguilinta to the refinery due to the substantially
increased traffic along the corridor. The subject of traffic hazards and community access is
addressed in Section 6.6.1.4 of the Implementation Plan (Volume 3).

Approximately 60 km of additional haul roads will also be developed during the operational life
of the Project for transportation of bauxite ore to the refinery as shown on the following figure.
Access and haul roads in the refinery area occupy approximately 176 ha.

131
Bechtel Australia Pty Ltd, Definition Phase Study Report Chapter 6.2, 2008
3.7.2 Rail Way Infrastructure
The existing regional rail infrastructure currently handles 6 bauxite ore trains per day (12
passages) making the roundtrip between Sangardi and Kamsar. Project implementation will
require an additional two roundtrips (4 passages) per day at initial refinery output capacity. If
refinery production increases to 3.7 Mtpa, either a third roundtrip train will be added or
additional rail cars will be added to the currently planned schedule.
3.7.2.1 Rail Facilities Requirements
The design concept driving the track layout and terminal configuration placed flexibility of
operation, redundancy, and timely loading and unloading of materials as prime objectives. As a
result, the track system proposed allows for minimal track construction during start-up, yet has

132
the flexibility to expand and be modified as needs change and operations evolve, should
increased throughput be required. The proposed layout provides for the smooth switching and
classification of the railcars and provides the ability to handle two trains arriving close together
or delayed in departing.
3.7.2.2 Rolling Stock
The existing rail system, with modification, can handle two additional trains per day of
approximately the same length as CBGs existing bauxite trains on the rail line. To balance the
material flows between the refinery, the alumina terminal, and the transporting vessels, a
standard alumina train with the following composition has been assumed:
3 hauling locomotives;
58 alumina tanker wagons;
14 coal wagons;
2 limestone wagons;
2 lime wagons;
6 caustic soda tanker wagons; and
5 HFO tanker wagons.
The alumina wagons will be full during the journey from the refinery to Kamsar and empty for
the return trip. Conversely, the supply wagons will be empty during the trip from the refinery to
Kamsar and full for the return journey. Although the rail system is designed to handle this
particular composition of wagons, it will be flexible enough to cope with other likely train
configurations. The rolling stock will be provided by a suitable contractor as determined by the
Project and/or the EPCM Contractor. The current railway line operatory will use its existing
operations and maintenance personnel and facilities to ensure continuous operations of the two
refinery trains. No new facilities will be constructed; however GAC will hire personnel to
operate the equipment.
3.7.2.3 Refinery Rail Infrastructure
A 14 km rail spur will be constructed to connect Project components to the railway mainline at
the refinery site (Figure 3.1) via the Mobhi valley alongside the villages of Mobhi Ndantari,

133
Mobhi Kansihi and Mobhi Nipudiboun. A marshalling yard will be constructed at the refinery
for efficient loading and unloading of imported supplies and exported alumina (Figure 3.2).
3.7.2.4 Port Rail Infrastructure
The railway line will be extended from the CBG loop into the alumina terminal and will include
the following components:
A lead/holding track for inbound trains with a lead to the queuing track for the
alumina unload facility;
A passing track to allow for the switching and classification of cars to their respective
loading or unloading track;
Individual commodity tracks for the loading and unloading of material; and
A marshalling track for outbound trains to be assembled and prepared for departure.
There will be approximately 11,500 meters of yard track constructed at the alumina terminal.
Construction will be phased with other yard civil development activities.
Transportation studies have determined that the increased train traffic on the main line will
benefit from construction of a passing loop near the village of Kolaboui: this construction would
consist of adding an approximate 1,600 m-long passing loop to the existing railway line and
extending three existing passing loops by about 500 m each to better accommodate the increased
rail traffic.
Railway lines have resulted in the need for both physical and economic resettlement at Daprass,
Kindiadi and Taigb as described in the RAP (Volume 5). No resettlement is currently planned
or required at Kolaboui.
3.7.3 Potable Water
A water treatment system will be located at the refinery providing filtration and disinfecting
capacity of about 7 tonnes per hour (average) potable water supply. The modular package unit
will be sized to provide all domestic water needs for the refinery. The potable water treatment
plant will be sized for 150 m
3
/h (peak) demand allowing for some seasonal variations, shift end
peaks, and use of safety showers.
Local raw potable water storage tanks with a volume of 300 m
3
will be provided at the treatment
works site in the refinery. A storage tank of 200 m
3
for the treated potable water will also be

134
provided at the treatment works site. Booster pumps will be needed to augment the necessary
water pressure. Two tanks are planned for water storage with a volume of 2,900 m
3
and 7,500
m
3
. The 2,900 m
3
tank will be used for the make-up water for the power plant and provides 24
hours storage for the power plant water consumption. The 7,500 m
3
tank will provide firewater
for 6 hours demand under any circumstances and 7 hours demand for the make-up of the clean
and dirty cooling towers at their average consumption rate.
3.7.4 Water Distribution
For the refinery, raw water will be drawn-off from the water supply reservoir and pumped to a
storage and treatment plant at the refinery site. From the reservoir, water will be pumped to the
refinery to supply a maximum water demand of approximately 984 m
3
/hr during the dry season.
The pumps will be electrically operated, receiving power from the nearby overhead power line.
The substation feeding the pumps will allow for the temporary connection of a mobile diesel-
generating unit if there is a loss of power from the refinery.
Separate distribution systems will be designed for the potable water and fire protection water
requirements of the refinery. The designed flow-rate for firewater is 632 m
3
/hr based on the
need for fire extinguishing requirements of the oil storage and calcination facilities. The
refinerys potable water and fire water systems will have a back-up power supply to provide
continuous operation even if a major power failure occurs. The designed flow rate of potable
water pumping capacity to the refinery is 137 m
3
/hr based on peaks at the end of shifts, although
the average flow rate is expected to be 7 to 10 m
3
/hr.
3.7.5 Wastewater Treatment
Wastewater generated during construction and operations may be categorized as follows:
Washdown Water - There will be dedicated areas at the refinery and at the port for
washing vehicles. Water browsers for delivering water and collection channels for
collecting spent water will be provided. Specific washing areas for concrete trucks
will also be identified;
Sewage Effluent - Sanitary wastewater from the construction camp and the refinery
and at the port will be treated with modular biological-disc units. The wastewater
reporting to the treatment plants includes that from toilets, kitchens, showers, laundry,
and lavatories; and

135
Non-Contact Cooling Water - The temporary diesel generating station at the
refinery and the diesel generator at the port will both generate small volumes of non-
contact cooling water that will be directed to the stormwater retention ponds.
3.8 Environmental Discharges During Operations
3.8.1 Non-Greenhouse Gas and Particulate Air Emissions
Other air emissions are listed in the table below (GHG emissions are discussed separately in next
section). These figures are based on the current refinerys design configuration and current
Project operating projections.
Summary of Air Emissions from the Proposed Project
Emissions 3.31 Mtpa Refinery Capacity
NO
x
7,190 tpa
SO
2
21,639 tpa
PM
10
767 tpa
GHG 2.68 Mtpa
Source: Sigma Consulting, October 2007.

The following subsections present information on the air emissions produced by the Project,
based on the current design capacity of the refinery. Information is provided for the mining,
alumina refining process (including bauxite, lime, and alumina handling the only processes
with the potential to generate particulates), the power plant, the transport of raw materials and
alumina between the refinery and port, red mud stack operation, and port operations. For
significant sources of air emissions, the proposed controls are also discussed.
3.8.1.1 Mining Emissions
Mining activities that will generate dust emissions include clearing and stripping, haul road
construction, blasting, excavation, bulk material transport and haulage, and reclamation.
Particulate emissions will be controlled by watering roads and loads for haulage and reducing
traffic speeds on haul roads.
3.8.1.2 Bauxite Handling, Final Crushing, and Grinding Emissions
Approximately 9 Mtpa of bauxite will be reclaimed from the blended stockpiles with a bulldozer,
prior to loading the blended ore in haul trucks for transport to the crushing plant. Final grinding
to a P80 of 420 micrometer (m) diameter in the combination rock ball mills will be performed
in a wet environment by addition of test tank liquor.

136
3.8.1.3 Alumina Calcining Emissions
Atmospheric emissions from the fluidized bed alumina calciners are mainly combustion gases
from the fuel, water vapor from the feed, and residual alumina dust after treatment by an
electrostatic precipitator. Dust collected from the electrostatic precipitator will be re-used in the
process as product material. The calciners will be specified so that dust emissions will be less
than 50 milligrams per normal cubic meter (<50 mg/Nm
3
).
3.8.1.4 Lime Handling Emissions
About 100,000 tpy of lime will be delivered by rail and offloaded to storage silos using a
pneumatic system. Lime dust emissions will be controlled by bag-type dust collectors at all
transfer points. The storage silos will also be equipped with suitable bin vent filters. Dust is
removed during lime slaking via a wet scrubbing system, with the resulting slurry returned to the
slaking system.
3.8.1.5 Alumina Handling Emissions
After calcining, the alumina is discharged to storage silos via an airlift system, covered belt
conveyors, and air slides. Alumina dust from the loading of rail cars will be controlled by
baghouse dust collectors. Silos will also be equipped with baghouse type dust collectors for
venting and dust collection.
3.8.1.6 Power Plant Emissions
CFB boilers will be used to generate steam and electrical power, depending upon final fuel
economic evaluation.
Pulverized coal boilers will be used with low-sulfur coal (less than 0.9% sulfur) and will meet
IFC guidelines for power plant generation stack concentrations without any scrubbing for sulfur
dioxide. Low nitrogen oxide (NO
x
) burners will be used to meet IFC guidelines for NO
x
.
In the CFB process, combustion and de-sulfurization will take place within a large mass of
highly agitated fine ash particles at a temperature of about 850C. This temperature is optimum
in terms of combustion and de-sulfurization efficiency, and for minimizing emissions. The CFB
boiler is able to remove sulfur dioxide directly in the furnace by contact between the sulfur in the
coal and the calcium oxide contained in the coal ashes or through the addition of limestone to the
fluid bed. The limestone calcines in the furnace to form calcium oxide, which then reacts with
the sulfur dioxide to form calcium sulfate. The staging of the combustion along with the low

137
combustion temperature helps to reduce formation of NO
x
. The advantages of the CFB process
in terms of performance are:
High carbon burnout;
High de-sulfurization efficiency;
Low NOx emissions;
High flexibility of operation; and
High fuel flexibility.
Flue gases leaving the CFB boiler exit via a baghouse dust collector and a stack.
3.8.1.7 Mobile Equipment Emissions
The Project will require mining equipment such as pneumatic drills, loaders, bulldozers, and
trucks. Trucks will be used to transport bauxite to the refinery and red mud to storage.
Additionally, the operating refinery will utilize mobile vehicles and cranes for maintenance. All
equipment will utilize standard controls and equipment will be maintained in good working order
to minimize emissions.
Project implementation will require the addition of two trains per day (4 passages) between the
refinery and port over the existing rail system. Additional rolling stock (locomotives, hopper
cars, tankers, and flatbed cars) will be required beyond that in current use by others on the
railway line. The diesel fuel consumption for the Projects railway operations is estimated at
3,000 tonnes per year.
3.8.2 Emissions of Greenhouse Gases
An annual balance of greenhouse gases (GHG) emissions has been estimated from the expected
operations, using the annual consumption of fuel and associated GHG emission factors. The
project will generate approximately 2.68 M tonnes of CO
2
equivalent per annum, representing an
emission of approximately 0.84 of CO
2
equivalent per tonne of alumina (Sigma, October 2007;
Bechtel, 2007b). The majority of GHG emissions are from the power plant fuel (coal), at over
70%. The relative share per category is shown in the figure below.

138

Source: Guinea Alumina Project, Definition Phase Study Report, Corporation, 2007 Figure 11-12.

The original refinery EIA estimated that 1 Mtpa of coal would be required as fuel for the power
plant to operate at a production rate of 2.8Mtpa. Subsequent design work has significantly
improved the operating efficiency of the process, thereby reducing coal consumption to 0.8 Mtpa
at the new production capacity and 0.9 Mtpa at the design maximum production capacity. This
optimization resulted in the Projects GHG emission rate of 0.84 tonnes CO
2
per tonne alumina
produced (including limestone use), which compares quite favorably to the industry benchmark
average of 1 tonne CO
2
per tonne of alumina produced. GHG generation per category (fuel or
processes) is shown in the following table.
Guinea Alumina Project Greenhouse Gas
(including Lime)
GHG_Coal (t/h)
GHG_HFO (t/h)
GHG_Diesel (t/h)
GHG_Lime_Fuel (t/h)
GHG_Lime_CO2 (t/h)
Total GHG (incl Lime)
333.3t/h
= 2.68Mtpa

139
Project GHG Generation
GHG Emissions
Dry Season
Average
Wet Season
Average
Annual
Average
Coal, tph 228.2 235.8 232.0
HFO, tph 85.4 85.4 85.4
Diesel, tph 4.27 4.27 4.27
Limestone + Fuel, tph 3.30 3.30 3.30
CO
2
, tph 8.20 8.20 8.20
Total GHG emissions, tph 329.37 336.97 333.17
GHG tonne/tonne alumina 0.83 0.85 0.84
Modified From: Guinea Alumina Project, Definition Phase Study Report, Bechtel Corporation, 2007 Table 11- 21.

The Project will burn approximately 250,000 tonnes of HFO per year in the calciners and
approximately 800,000 tonnes of coal per year in the power plant. Both systems have been
designed to minimize GHG emissions by maximizing energy efficiency.
The Projects GHG strategy is based principally on maximizing energy efficiency in design and
equipment selection. The strategy also addresses opportunities for offset measures, either
directly in the processes and mine rehabilitation practices or through environment and
community projects. Throughout the scope of the refinery design, equipment was chosen with
energy efficiency in mind. The following lists some examples of the scope:
The refinery power station will utilize a condensing turbine to avoid heat loss to the
atmosphere via a previously proposed air cooled condenser;
The selection of fluidized bed boilers allows for flexibility for the future use of fuels,
presenting the possibility of using biofuels or other low-GHG fuels, if available;
The specifications for the design of the pipe insulation and steam traps are aimed at
minimizing heat loss. This will result in water returned to the boilers at higher
temperatures. In addition, the use of a single stream digestion process versus a spilt
stream digestion process will result in better recovery rates for steam;
The calcination process design relies on stationary calciners that are high efficiency,
resulting in less energy consumption. The calciners are configured so that they can
burn crude palm oil (CPO) in virtually any amount to replace HFO, thus maintaining
the potential for a fossil fuel to be replaced by a GHG-neutral biofuel;

140
Electrical drive systems will utilize variable speed drives, aimed at reduced energy
consumption;
The process control design will use a well-developed Distributed Control System to
ensure maximum operating efficiency;
Electrical generation equipment at the port is selected to be optimum for the
envisaged demand, to minimize diesel fuel consumption; and
Once the refinery has been commissioned, steps will be taken to realize creep
production above the nameplate design through process optimization. This will result
in an even higher yield circuit, utilizing less energy per tonne of product produced.
Once the engineering designs are finalized, GAC will perform another calculation of GHG
emissions to evaluate Project compliance with international guidelines.
CPO is a carbon-neutral fuel that can replace HFO in most applications after some amount of
modifications to the appliance. The Project is not presently set up to burn CPO in the calciners
due primarily to cost and issues of supply reliability and its effect on alumina product quality.
However, the Project will continue to investigate supply options and study the economics and
practicality of replacing the HFO with CPO to further decrease the Projects GHG emissions.
Refined palm oil can replace diesel in many applications, including fuel for the emergency
generators and as startup fuel for the Projects powerplant. Both systems would use relatively
small amounts of fuel and do not presently warrant a separate supply system. The power plant
will burn coal and depending on the final configuration, may be able to burn significant amounts
of biomass. Presently there is no cost-effective source of biomass for the Project, but this option
will continue to be investigated throughout operations.
3.8.3 Noise
The alumina refinery is designed to operate 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. Major sources
of noise are as follows: bauxite transportation by truck from the mines; crushers in the bauxite
reception area; ball mills in the bauxite grinding area; pumps, blowers, agitators, screens, and
conveyors throughout the process; burners and fans in the calciners; evaporators in the spent
liquor evaporator area; various vacuum systems; dust collector fans; steam boilers, fans and
cooling towers in the power plant; transportation of red mud, power plant ash, and salt cake to
the disposal areas; air compressors in the utility area; loading and unloading of alumina, coal and
other consumables at the train siding; and increased train traffic between the refinery and Kamsar

141
by two round trips per day. Most of the noise sources are continuous and stable, except for those
associated with transportation by truck and train and loading/unloading of the train at the siding.
3.8.4 Liquid Effluents
Process effluents from the Project will include refinery wastes, spent acid, boiler blowdown, and
sanitary wastewater. The Project will recycle or reuse as much of these effluents as possible
either as cooling water, or product and mud wash water. Those that cannot be recycled or reused
will be treated and disposed of in the environment, in a suitable receiving water course. There
will also be a number of non-process effluent streams resulting from supporting infrastructure
such as laboratories and maintenance workshops. The following sections provide information on
the characteristics of the liquid effluents as well as control methods to decrease their potential for
adverse impacts to the receiving environment.
3.8.4.1 Refinery Process Effluents
The two primary liquid waste streams from the refinery are cooling water and condensate.
Cooling water will be recycled to the cooling water supply. Cooling water blow down will be
recycled back into the refinery as mud wash.
Clean condensate, obtained by flashing from the process, will be preferentially used for product
hydrate washing in calcination. Condensate will also be used for instrument purge water with
any excess being polished and recycled back to the steam and power plant to meet boiler feed
requirements. If any clean condensate remains after these needs are met, it will be cooled and
sent to the nearest water course for disposal. This stream will be monitored to ensure that it is
suitable for release to the environment. Contaminated condensate will be recycled as mud wash
water.
3.8.4.2 Other Refinery Effluents
Other refinery effluents include waste streams from acid cleaning of silica scale, laboratory
wastes, and water contaminated with hydrocarbons from vehicle and maintenance activities.
Spent sulfuric acid used in the removal of scale and cleaning of process vessels will be blended
with red mud for disposal. Any free acid will be neutralized against the free caustic in the red
mud.
The laboratory located at the refinery will be designed such that the caustic liquid effluents are
segregated from other laboratory effluents, allowing them to be recycled into the process. The

142
other liquid effluents which are expected to be a small stream will be stored in a separate lined
facility. This waste stream can then be monitored and treated appropriately to allow it to be
discharged periodically to the EHP for recycling to the process.
Refinery operations will generate some oil-contaminated water in the oil handling and storage
area. Oily water streams will be pumped to an oil-water separator. The oil will be recovered and
burned in the power plant, and the liquid effluent will be sent to the stormwater pond for
recycling back into the plant or discharge into the environment, depending on the overall
characteristics of the water.
3.8.4.3 Red Mud Discharges
Because the refinery will filter the red mud, discharges from the mud will be limited and most of
the water lost as the mud consolidates will be to evaporation. All stormwater that falls on the
active RMDF will be routed to the EHP and recycled back via the dirty cooling towers, and
subsequently blown down to the mud washing circuit in the refinery. A seepage analysis will be
conducted as part of the final engineering design to assess the quantity of seepage expected from
the red mud during operations. The design of the EHP includes a pump-back system so that no
discharge is expected from this facility except under catastrophic conditions.
3.8.4.4 Boiler Effluent
The boiler system will include a continuous blowdown, which controls the phosphates that are
used to maintain an alkaline-safe medium in the boiler water and prevent corrosion. The
blowdown will most likely be directed to refinery condensate tanks for process use or to the
power station cooling tower as make up supply. The reverse osmosis unit that will produce the
demineralized water required to limit the scale and calcium deposits in the boilers will have a
continuous purge that will be sent to the cooling tower or used to dampen the ash. Acid cleaning
of the boiler tubes will be carried out periodically (every 10 15 years) using a combination of
citric and formic acid. Effluent will be collected and treated in the refinery neutralization plant.
3.8.4.5 Sanitary Wastewater
The plant sewage treatment plant will be sized to accommodate a peak load of 12,000 equivalent
population, producing a peak sewage flow of 2,500 kL/day during construction, and a peak load
of 2,500 equivalent population once the plant is operational, including allowance for flows of
500 equivalent population expected during plant shutdowns. The plant will consist of modular
units and will be expanded to accommodate the construction camp and worker numbers. These

143
figures are based on figures of about 250L waste-water generated per person, per day for camp
residents, and around 70 L waste-water generated per person, per day for non-camp residents.

The treated wastewater will be disinfected and used for irrigation of the landscaping in and
around the plant or discharged to natural drainage. The sludge will be sent to the sanitary landfill
or composted for later use in reclaiming mined out areas or mud disposal facilities.
3.8.5 Solid Wastes
Waste management will be provided for mining and processing operations waste as well as non-
process waste. Other waste materials include industrial/construction waste, domestic/office
waste, and hazardous waste. Waste materials will be classified based on their need for special
handling, and specific handling and management strategies for wastes will be detailed in the
Projects Waste Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan). The following presents a
summary of the waste management plans and concepts for the Project. The waste management
at the refinery will seek to:
Reduce waste generation at source;
Maximize re-use within the refinery and recycling; and
Practice safe management of non-reusable and non-recyclable wastes.
These goals will be accomplished by:
Incorporating specific design criteria into the planning of the Project and prior to
commencement of construction activities,
Incorporating waste management requirements in equipment specifications,
Reusing/recycling excess and waste materials,
Storing and disposing of waste materials in an appropriate manner; and
Instituting management controls for these programs.
3.8.5.1 Identification of Waste Streams
The Waste Management Plan will cover waste streams that may be generated during the
construction and operational phases of the mining operations. These waste streams include:
Mine process wastes (mine tailings and process chemicals);

144
Hazardous wastes (waste oils, chemical containers, and medical wastes);
Industrial wastes (inert wastes such as plastic, glass, and construction materials); and
Domestic (organic) wastes (kitchen wastes, food and plant material, decomposable
refuse).
Management of each waste stream is discussed in the Projects Waste Management Plan. The
following table presents the quantities of solid and hazardous wastes and residues which will be
generated by the refinery and the expected waste management methods. The quantities were
estimated from the project characteristics, based on a workforce of 1600 at the refinery.
Solid and Hazardous Waste Management

Notes:
(1) Waste management methods:
(A) Trucked to the red mud disposal facility. (D) Sanitary Landfill.
(B) Reused in the process (refinery or power plant). (E) Medical waste incinerator w/ further disposal in the sanitary landfill.
(C) Offsite Recycling / Disposal.
(2) Sodium Oxalate, Sodium carbonate, and other organic compounds.

Waste Stream
Quantities (tonnes/year) Collection Method
Mgmt.
Method
(1)

Refinery
Red mud 6,500,000 (62% solids) Filtered to 62% solids A
Process sand 400,000 (80% solids) A
Salt cake
(2)
45,000 (50% solids) Bags A
Power plant ash 330,000 (70% solids) Humidified to 30% water A
Scale 10,000 A, B
Filter cloths 70 A
General Refinery Wastes
Domestic wastes 4,000 Garbage truck D
Scrap Metal 3,000 C, D
Construction waste (incl. wood) 1,000 Garbage truck C, D
Used tires 900 Outside stockpile B, C, D
Batteries, electronics 300 Bags or containers A, C
Treated wood 200 Crushed and bagged A
Used oils and lubricants 100 Drums B, C
Medical waste Not determined Sealed containers E

145
3.8.5.2 Onsite Disposal Facilities
Waste disposal facilities at the Project will include the following:
Industrial waste facility; and
Domestic (organic) facility.
Waste reduction, recycling, and reuse of materials will be done to minimize refuse volumes for
disposal in waste facilities.
3.8.5.3 Industrial, Domestic, and Hazardous Waste Management
The Projects Waste Management Plan (Volume 3 - Implementation Plan) describes procedures,
systems, equipment, and structures specific to waste management and disposal. Waste
generation should be limited at all levels of mine management and operations to decrease the
volume of waste generated and make waste disposal more manageable. The plan also defines
who is responsible for developing and implementing the plan and what records and reporting will
be required. Adjustments will need to be made to this plan as changes occur during mining
operations. GAC will consider national and international legislations in the design and
management of all waste facilities.
Non-processing wastes generated onsite will include general kitchen and accommodations waste,
office debris, industrial wastes from the maintenance shop, and other wastes. Recycling of non-
organic and office debris will be practiced to the extent practical, including working with local
SMEs to develop recycling opportunities. Potentially, two landfills for non-processing wastes
will be constructed onsite, one for industrial/construction waste and one for office and domestic
waste. Office and domestic-type waste will be placed in a landfill located near the RMDF.
Either landfill will be designed according to the criteria to be outlined in the Waste Management
Plan and in conformance to the WBG/IFC EHS guidelines.
A temporary on-site storage area will be developed for potentially hazardous wastes. Hazardous
waste is a waste that is ignitable, corrosive, reactive, toxic, acutely hazardous, or otherwise
regulated as a special category of waste. Hazardous wastes will likely include batteries, oil,
greases, engine coolant, solvents, empty petroleum and reagent drums, carboys, and pails.
Hazardous waste materials will be handled and temporarily stored in a dedicated, secure facility
to be described in the Waste Management Plan consistent with the WBG/IFC EHS guidelines.

146
Hazardous waste will be incinerated (the Project is implementing incinerator facilities at an early
stage). Large volumes of this type of waste (such as used oil) will be incinerated in the CBG
bauxite drying kilns in Kamsar utilizing a local service provider to provide the necessary
logistics.

147
4.0 Refinery-Area Baseline and Impact Assessment
4.1 Existing Environmental Conditions
Desk and field baseline investigations were initiated in 2001 for the Project. At that time, many
locations were under consideration for siting the refinery and its related components, including a
number of locations to the east of the Kwwol River, near the town of Sangardi. During the
alternatives analysis as part of the Projects original EIA (Chapter 5), the refinerys current
location emerged as the preferred alternative. Subsequent baseline sampling programs (notably
water resources) changed emphasis to include and better define the new refinery location,
excluding some of the more eastern sampling points from which data had previously been
collected.
In general, this SEA only includes the more relevant baseline data sets, while including
references for the 2001 data which is now considered to be outside of the Projects
environmental zone of influence. Certain baseline studies, such as noise, contain data which is
applicable to the current refinery location (and in fact to the region as a whole) and although
conducted in areas that were part of the original environmental zone of influence, are relevant
and are thus included in the current discussion.
4.1.1 Environmental Zone of Influence
The projects zone of environmental influence for all environmental parameters in the refinery
area is presumed to be the upper portions of the Tinguilinta River watershed bounded roughly to
the north and east by the Kwwol River (tributary to the Tinguilinta) and to the south and west
by the Tinguilinta itself (Figure 4.1). It should be noted that the Projects social zone of
influence corresponds to a larger area, as discussed in Section 4.2.1.
4.1.2 Climate and Meteorology
The climate of Lower or Maritime Guinea is humid and tropical. This type of climate is
characterized by a dry season (mid-November to mid-May), a wet season (mid-May to mid-
November), and small variations of the monthly average temperature (26 29C). The annual
climatic variations are controlled by the oscillation of the inter-tropical convergence zone.
Monthly average temperatures vary by only 2.3C along the coast (at Conakry and Kamsar), but
by 4 to 6C inland (Bok, Fria, and Sangardi). These monthly variations are less than the daily
variations, which are normally more than 10C, especially in the interior of the country during
the dry season.

148
Precipitation is heaviest along the coast and at the southern end of Maritime Guinea. For
example, Conakry receives the most precipitation - on average, 3,700 mm per year. Precipitation
amounts decrease along the northwest coast - the border with Guinea-Bissau receives less than
2,500 mm of precipitation in an average year. Precipitation amounts also decrease inland past
the project area. Some areas in the interior of the country receive less than 2,000 mm of annual
rainfall.
The reduction in annual rainfall is accompanied by a slight increase in the duration of the rainy
season. The plateaus formed by the Fouta-Djalon mountain range, which are perpendicular to
the humid, predominately southwest winds from the ocean during the rainy season, form a
topographical barrier that causes the humid air to quickly rise and release heavy rainfall in
Maritime Guinea, especially along the coast.
While the average annual precipitation decreases to the north along the coast and to the east,
toward the interior of Maritime Guinea, the length of the rainy season increases as does the
amplitude of the annual and daily temperature variations.
During the dry season, the dominant winds are from the east and northeast. Maritime Guinea
also frequently experiences the Harmattan, a north-easterly hot and dry trade wind that blows
from the Sahara Desert area during the dry season.
In the Sangardi region, the Compagnie des Bauxites de Guinea (CBG) has recorded
precipitation amounts for more than twenty years. The Bok meteorological station, operated by
the Direction Nationale de la Mtorologie de Guine (DNM), is situated about 70 km to the
southwest of Sangardi. This station, located 60 km from the coast in the center of Bok
prefecture, has recorded climatic data since at least 1931. Since the climatic information
available for Sangardi is relatively limited, the Bok data has been used to describe the regional
climate.
The following table shows the climatic averages for the period from 1961 to 1990 as compiled
by the World Meteorological Organization (OMM) and the DNM at the Bok station.

149
Climatological Data for Bok Station (1961 to 1990)
Parameter Jan Feb March April May June July August Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (C)
Daily average 26.3 27.9 29.1 29.7 28.3 27.1 27.4 25.4 24.0 26.8 28.2 27.2 27.3
Daily maximum 39.7 38.4 40.5 40.1 38.5 35.0 32.8 32.4 33.1 33.9 35.5 35.7 36.3
Daily minimum 14.4 15.7 17.7 19.9 20.9 20.4 20.7 20.5 19.7 20.1 18.1 14.4 18.5
Daily difference 25.3
22.7 22.8 20.2 17.6 14.6 12.1 11.9 13.4 13.8 17.4 21.3 17.8
Relative humidity (%)
Daily average 53 58 53 55 67 76 75 82 92 78 69 58 68
Normal maximum 87 89 90 89 91 94 96 96 96 96 96 92 93
Normal minimum

26 24 25 30 43 59 69 72 68 63 52 35 47
Air pressure (kPa) 100.34 100.30 100.27 100.26 100.38 100.53 100.59 100.52 100.50 100.44 100.39 100.37 100.41
Sunshine (hours) 234 219 246 231 219 171 129 113 143 188 218 215 2 326
Precipitation (mm)
Monthly average 0 Trace Trace 9 105 258 485 424 545 317 67 2 2 212
Monthly minimum 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 21.0 137.5 295.0 245.0 243.7 58.6 3.8 0.0
Monthly maximum 0.2 1.3 6.6 120.4 227.0 465.2 833.6 1 032.0 722.2 488.2 232.3 186.0
Evapo-transpiration
potential (mm)
1

139 143 169 158 133 101 93 89 91 100 108 127 1 451
Average number of
days with
precipitation > 1 mm
0 0 0 1 7 15 23 25 22 17 4 0 114
Note: 1 - Direction Nationale de la Mtorologie (DNM - Republic of Guinea).
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 4-1).
The following table provides supplementary information from the DNM for the Bok station for
the period from 1991 to 2000.
Climatological Summary for Bok (1991 to 2000)
Parameter Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Year
Number of days with fog 6 4 3 1 2 3 6 9 12 12 18 11 86
Number of stormy days 0 0 0 1 4 11 10 9 14 16 5 2 72
Precipitation (mm) 1 2 0 4 72 231 501 514 487 345 56 2 2 218
Evaporation (mm) 147
142 195 166 141 80 44 37 43 45 68 99 1 206

150
The average annual precipitation in Bok is 2,212 mm with rainfall recorded on an average of
114 days (see Climatological Data for Bok Station). Two-thirds of this precipitation falls
between July and September with more than 20 days of rain during each of these months.
The following table presents the average and maximum precipitation in Bok and Sangardi for
the period from 1974 to 2000. On average, Bok receives slightly more precipitation (2.3%)
than Sangardi. Furthermore, since the rainy season lasts slightly longer in Sangardi than in
Bok, the average monthly precipitation in Sangardi is less than that in Bok.
Monthly Precipitation in Sangardi and Bok (1974 to 2000)
1

Sangardi, mm Bok, mm
Period
Average Maximum Average Maximum
January 2.3 31.0 0.5 7.1
February 0.8 19.8 1.0 22.1
March 1.8 35.8 0.3 4.7
April 18.6 95.0 5.0 42.6
May 111.3 222.2 89.3 217.0
June 270.9 514.2 240.7 440.1
July 427.4 711.2 463.7 691.2
August 447.1 648.5 522.1 789.1
September 437.8 745.5 456.5 807.6
October 316.2 498.6 313.0 468.0
November 71.9 195.9 59.5 232.3
December 0.5 10.8 1.2 14.3
Yearly 2105.2 2995.8 2152.8 2990.8
Note 1: Excludes 1979

An analysis of precipitation intensities by duration of rain and return periods was performed by
SNCL based on data available at the Sangardi station through 2003, shown in following table.

151
Frequency Analysis of Precipitation at Sangardi Station
Intensity of Precipitation (mm/h)
Duration Return Period (years)
(h) 2 5 10 20 50 100
0.25 46.5 61.7 71.9 81.6 94.1 103.5
0.5 32.3 42.9 49.9 56.7 65.4 71.9
1 22.4 29.8 34.7 39.4 45.4 50.0
2 15.6 20.7 24.1 27.4 31.6 34.7
6 8.76 11.6 13.5 15.4 17.7 19.5
12 6.09 8.09 9.41 10.69 12.3 13.6
24 4.23 5.62 6.54 7.43 8.57 9.43
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 4.4).

4.1.2.2 Temperature
In Bok, the average annual temperature is 27.3C and the monthly average temperatures are
relatively constant with a variation of only 5.7C from the maximum average monthly
temperature of 29.7C (occurring in April) to the minimum average monthly temperature of
24C (in September see Climatological Data for Bok Station).
The average daily temperature range is 17.8C, but this varies from a maximum of 25.3C during
the middle of the dry season in January to a minimum of 11.9C in the heart of the rainy season
in August. The maximum average daily temperature of 40.5C occurs in March and the
minimum daily average temperature of 14.4C occurs in December and January.
4.1.2.3 Evaporation and Evapo-Transpiration
The table presenting the Climatological Data for Bok Station shows the average monthly evapo-
transpiration potential for Bok over the period 1961-1991, and the table presenting the
Climatological Summary for Bok, shows the monthly evaporation measured in Bok from 1991
to 2000. The evapo-transpiration potential and evaporation are respectively 1,450 and 1,200 mm
per year. The monthly distribution of the evapo-transpiration potential is inversely related to
precipitation and relative humidity, so that evaporation or the potential evapo-transpiration is
greatest during the dry season.

152
4.1.2.4 Relative Humidity and Fog
The average relative humidity in Bok is 68% and varies on a daily basis between 47% and 93%
with the rainy season being much more humid than the dry season. The average relative
humidity for the month of September is 92% while that for the months of January and March is
only 53%. Fog is also more frequent at the end of the rainy season into the beginning of the dry
season, especially from September to December (see Climatological Summary for Bok).
4.1.2.5 Extreme Climatic Phenomena
The extreme climatic phenomena in the project area consist primarily of thunderstorms. These
storms are referred locally to as "tornados" because of the very violent winds (more than
75 km/h) that typically accompany them. The severe thunderstorms usually occur at the
beginning and end of the rainy season, with the most violent ones normally occurring in June and
October.
Over the period from 1991 to 2000 in Bok there were 72 storms on average per year, with the
majority of those (about 10 per month) occurring between June and October. The maximum
annual number of storms for this period was 102 storms in 1992; the minimum annual number
was 43 storms in 2000.
4.1.2.6 Winds
The projects previous operator, Global, initiated meteorological baseline sampling in May of
2001 with the installation of an automated meteorological station in Sangardi. The station was
installed on a CBG communications tower about 20 km east of the refinery site, between the city
of Sangardi and the bauxite deposit of the same name (Figure 4.3). The automated station was
configured to gather hourly wind speed, direction, air temperature (at 2 m and 10 m above
ground), solar radiation, and hourly wind direction standard deviation. Due to various problems
with storms and vandalism, the station was partially operational from May to August 2001, and
only fully operational from August 2001 through May 2003. Beginning in May 2003 the station
began experiencing data collection problems that were never resolved, was vandalized, then
finally stolen in January 2004 and not replaced.
The wind roses (overall, dry season, and rainy season) generated from the period 18 May 2001
through 30 April 2003 this period is shown in Figure 4.2. The overall wind rose shows that the
dominant winds were form the southeast and south-southeast approximately 27% of the time,
with an average wind speed of 6.6 km/h. During the 2001 rainy season (May October), south-

153
easterly winds were less frequent, and south-westerly winds dominated. During the following
dry season (November 2001 April 2002), the dominant wind direction was again from the
southeast to south-southeast, however the influence of the Harmattan was noticeable during the
months of November and December.
4.1.3 Air Quality
The refinery area is located approximately 24 km west of the city of Sangardi, in a primarily
rural agricultural region whose main sources of atmospheric emissions are dust associated with
CBGs adjacent existing bauxite mining operations and particulate matter associated with slash-
and-burn agricultural activities. There are numerous villages in the vicinity, and the brush fires
set by farmers at the end of the dry season can be quite large and create dense and continuous
layers of smoke above Sangardi city. Currently CBG uses water spraying to limit dust
emissions during ore transfer and transportation. Other sources of regional atmospheric
emissions include:
Urban dust created by the wind during the dry season, although dirt roads are also
sprayed with water to minimize dust emissions in the city of Sangardi;
Degraded air quality associated with the fire burning season;
A small diesel power station (3 units at 2 MW each) operated intermittently by CBG
at Sangardi;
Dust caused by vehicle traffic on unpaved roads outside of the city of Sangardi;
Rubbish fires (tires and miscellaneous garbage) in the urban environment; and
Fuel combustion (wood, naphtha and kerosene) associated with domestic cooking.
Global initiated an ambient air quality monitoring program in Mobhi and Lop in 2005 to
establish baseline concentrations of SO
2
, NO
x
(NO and NO
2
), and dustfall (settleable
particulates) parameters typically emitted from thermal power plants such as the one designed
for the alumina refinery. Data for these parameters, as well as daily maximum, minimum, and
average temperature and humidity values from Mobhi, were collected monthly from April 2005
through February 2007, when a short period of civil unrest temporarily halted the program. Data
collection at the Mobhi site resumed in mid-March and continued through April 2007. Figure
4.3 shows the air quality monitoring locations.

154
At each monitoring site, two passive samplers for NO
x
and SO
2
(one activated and one un-
activated and used as a quality control) were installed on a monthly basis for the duration of the
sampling program. The activated samplers were exposed to atmospheric conditions for a one-
month duration, then were collected along with the un-activated quality control sampler and
replaced with new samplers. The exposed samplers, along with the daily temperature and
humidity register from Mobhi, were sent to the Research Triangle Institute in North Carolina,
USA, for subsequent analysis using the Ogawa Protocol (version 4.0, 1998), which used the
Mobhi temperature and humidity data as inputs for NO
x
and SO
2
concentration calculations.
Passive sampling was selected as the preferred sampling method for NO
x
and SO
2
due to its ease
of use, lack of power source requirement, and ability to measure the existing (presumed) low
concentrations of NO
x
and SO
2
in the refinery area prior to project start-up.
Dustfall was measured at each location with a dustfall jar that was similarly exposed for a one-
month duration, then collected and replaced with a new dustfall jar, in accordance with ASTM
Method D1739-98, Standard Method for Collection and Analysis of Dustfall. The jars were
collected on a monthly basis and sent for analysis to the laboratory of the Centre dtude et de
Recherches en Environnement (CRE), located at the University of Conakry.
Dustfall levels for the sampling period are shown in Figure 4.4, and indicate that atmospheric
dust is lower during the rainy season. As the soils get dryer during the dry season, dustfall levels
increase to peak at the end of the dry season, when slash and burn agricultural practices are
typically conducted to clear fields for planting prior to the onset of the next rainy season. All
dustfall measurements were below the proposed standard of 7.5t/km
2
/month, based on Quebecs
Dustfall Standard, as no comparable international or US standard exists for dustfall. The level of
7.5t/km
2
/month is the dustfall rate above which people repeatedly make complaints about
nuisance dust, according to the Quebec standard; generally dustfall levels lower than
3t/km
2
/month reflect very good air quality with regards to nuisance dust.
Measured concentrations of SO
2
, NO, and NO
2
were very low at both the Mobhi and Lop
monitoring stations shown in the following tables, and in all cases were well below the WHO
Ambient Air Quality Guideline values (also shown below). These results indicate that the
refinery area airshed currently is characterized by very low concentrations of SO
2
, NO, and NO
2
.

155
Air Quality Monitoring Results
Summary of SO
2
Results April 2005 to February 2007
Number of Values in a Specific Range
Range (ppb) 0 < ppb < 0.05 0.05 < ppb <
0.1
0.1 < ppb
Range g/m3
Blank higher
than result
0 < g/m3 <
0.13
0.13 < g/m3
0.26
0.26 < g/m3
< 1.3
Mobhi 7 8 4 5
Lop 11 6 5 1
Summary of NO
2
Results April 2005 to February 2007
Number of Values in a Specific Range
Range (ppb) 0 < ppb < 1 1 < ppb < 2 2 < ppb < 7
Range g/m3
Blank higher
than result
0 < g/m3 <
0.13
0.13 < g/m3
0.26
0.26 < g/m3
< 1.3
Mobhi 8 7 5 2
Lop 10 11 1 1
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Ambient Air Monitoring Results, SNC Lavalin, September 2007 (Table 3.1 and 3.2).

156
Ambient Air Guidelines (World Health Organization)
1, 2

Pollutant Averaging Period. Guideline value in
g/m
10
)

1-year

24-hour

20 (guideline)

75 (Interim target 3)
50 (guideline)
2.5
) 1-year

24-hour
15(Interim target-3)
10 (guideline)

37.5 (Interim target-3)
25 (guideline)
Sulfur Dioxide (SO
2
) 24-hour

10-minute
125 (Interim-target-1)
20 (guideline)
500 (guideline)
2
) 1-year
1-hour
40 (guideline)
200 (guideline)
Ozone 8-hour daily
maximum
100 (guideline)
1
Interim targets are provided in recognition of the need for a staged approach to achieving the recommended guidelines.
2
PM 24-hour value is the 99
th
percentile.
Note: These limits apply at the limits of the industrial property.
Source: IFC, Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, 2007

157
4.1.4 Noise and Vibration
Baseline noise conditions typically vary from point to point based on proximity to existing
sources, time of day, and climatic conditions. To characterize the initial noise baseline, noise
levels were measured in the villages of Hor Lafou, Hamdallaye, Fassali Foutabh, and
MBouror, about 12 km east of the latest proposed refinery site (to evaluate typical rural village
noise levels) and at two locations along National Route 22 (to evaluate the noise levels
associated with the passage of the ore train and vehicles on the road to Sangardi), see Figure
4.3. The four village sampling locations were selected to represent baseline noise conditions in
the vicinity of one of the alternative refinery sites located east of the Kwwol River. Because
the rural environmental setting around the proposed refinery site is very similar to the conditions
in the villages east of the Kwwol, the noise baseline established in 2001 was judged
representative of the area surrounding the proposed alumina refinery.
The noise studies were performed during the day and at night in the villages. To obtain data that
would best represent baseline conditions, the study team tried to collect data without attracting
the attention of the villagers. However, the team's presence caused considerable interest and
crowds began to form around the monitoring equipment. Therefore, short-term readings (of
from 1 to 10 minutes) were recorded to avoid the crowds (and subsequent increased noise levels)
around the point of measure.
Generally, during the day, the ambient noise level (Leq: 39 to 54 dBA) is dominated by the
voices of the villagers, their activities and the sounds of birds and house pets. At night, the noise
level (Leq: 32 to 43 dBA) is dominated by the sound of insects. The instantaneous noise levels
associated with the passage of the train (70 dBA locomotive, 55 dBA wagons) is especially
audible in close by village such as Hor Lafou (250 m from the railway line) whereas the noise
of the vehicles (44 dBA) on the main road is especially audible in close by village such as
Hamdallaye (100 m from the road). On average, six ore trains make the round trip from
Sangardi to Kamsar every day (12 passages every 24 hours). An ore train is typically composed
of two locomotives and a hundred cars. Passenger trains make the trip intermittently on a daily
basis. The noise levels measured at each of the recording locations is described in Table 4.1.
Baseline vibrations analyses were not conducted in the refinery area. Given the generally rural
agricultural nature of the region, overall vibrations are expected to be low, with the following
localized exceptions:
Blasting associated with CBGs bauxite extraction activities;

158
Passage of ore trains; and
Passage of heavy trucks on National Route 22.
4.1.5 Topography and Visual Resources
The refinery area is located on Guineas coastal plateau, and area located between the coastal
mangrove swamps and the foothills of the Fouta Djallon, varying in width from 20 to 80 km.
The major regional topographical traits in the refinery area are high plateaus or bowals that are
dissected by numerous deep river valleys. The mean altitude of the Sangardi plateau is 200 m
above sea level. The relief is hilly and furrowed with large valleys carved out by the many
streams and rivers of the Tinguilinta River watershed.
Valley side-slopes can be steep, but are generally not steep enough to limit access to either the
valleys or plateaus. Regional elevations generally increase slightly northwards, as the Sangardi
plateau marks the beginning of the Fouta-Djalon mountain range that rises to the northeast of the
Project area.
The Tinguilinta River has a significant flow: even in the dry season its width is large (greater
than 10 m), and therefore is a unique presence in the regional landscape of the refinery area.
Some areas of the vast bowals provide interesting vistas of the valleys, but these locations are
generally inaccessible by road.
The areas of the landscape that are largely developed are the urban agglomerations of Sangardi,
Bok, and Tann, all of which are located outside the refinerys zone of environmental
influence. Within the environmental zone of influence, agricultural activity has affected the
landscape, especially on valley slopes. However, the effects of such activities are not always
obvious because of the many areas are left fallow during a multi-year crop rotation cycle the
valley slopes are almost always covered with vegetation whose density depends on how long the
land has been left fallow.
Fallow fields are prepared for cultivation by burning the vegetation on them, which significantly
affects the landscape. At the time of the visual resources field investigations (May - June 2004)
several of the valley slopes were completely burnt and devoid of vegetation. At the base of
intensively cultivated hill slopes, the bottom of the valleys is occupied by palm tree stands.
In areas unaffected by human activities, the landscape evolves according to climatic conditions
that impact vegetation growth and density. This phenomenon is especially apparent on the

159
bowals, which are completely devoid of vegetation during the dry season, but restore themselves
with herbaceous vegetation during the rainy season. Valleys, forests, and more particularly the
Tinguilinta River may be of interest.
4.1.6 Geology and Seismicity
The geology of the region is subdivided in two main structures:
Bedrock, consisting of Paleozoic-aged sedimentary rocks, faulted and intruded by
Mesozoic-era diabase/dolerite sills and dikes; and
Surficial alluvial formations, consisting of geologically recent deposits dating from
the Tertiary (Miocene) and Quaternary (Pleistocene) eras, including the bauxite ore
bodies, clays, and lateritic duricrusts.
4.1.6.1 Paleozoic Stratigraphy
Paleozoic rocks from the Ordovician, Silurian, and Devonian eras underlie the alluvial
formations throughout the region, to a depth of at least 800 meters. Ordovician-aged units
consist of thin quartzitic to (less-frequently) feldspathic sandstone layers intercalated with
coarser-grained to conglomeratic units, and have an approximate thickness of 300 m in the
refinery project area. The Silurian-aged Tlml Suite conformably overlies the Ordovician
formations and consists of black shales (black clays and slightly metamorphosed aleurolites)
containing some fine-grained silicic sandstone layers. These deposits have been identified in the
Cogon-Tinguilinta river basin at depths of 200 to 300 m.
Devonian-aged units of the Faro Suite, consisting of alternating beds of sandstone and shale,
conformably overly the Silurian Tlml rocks and have a total thickness of 300 to 320 meters.
Lower Faro units (Suite Faro 2) consist of quartzitic, fine-grained sandstone, sometimes
micaceous, with intermittent 1 to 3 m thick shale interbeds. Upper Faro units (Suite Faro 1)
are composed of shales (frequently micaceous), interbedded with isolated 0.3 to 1.5 m thick
lenses of fine-grained, quartzitic sandstone.
4.1.6.2 Mesozoic Stratigraphy
During the Mesozoic era, intense regional volcanic activity took place West Africa associated
with the tectonic movements of the North African plate. This regional activity resulted in the
emplacement of numerous intrusive units of doleritic (diabase) to gabbro-doleritic composition,
with typical thicknesses varying from 50 to 70 m and sometimes exceeding 100 m. In the

160
refinery area, the dolerites intruded the Paleozoic sandstones and shales in the form of sills and
dikes. Doleritic intrusives are more numerous in shale zones of the Tlml.
Locally, this regional tectonic activity produced NE-SW-trending faults, along which many of
the modern river valleys have subsequently developed.
4.1.6.3 Cenozoic Stratigraphy
Alluvial deposits of loose to variously cemented/duricrust units overlie bedrock throughout the
refinery project area. In the upper reaches of valleys, late Miocene to early Pleistocene-aged
alluvial deposits are present, composed of ferrous laterite layers with intervals of Sangardi
Series bauxite. The alluvial pebbles, gravels, sands, and clays of the middle Miocene Sangardi
Series have undergone intensive tropical weathering (laterization) to produce deposits rich in
bauxite and alumina (often over 45% Al
2
O
3
) on the Sangardi-area plateaus.
Younger (late Pleistocene to Holocene) alluvial deposits in the lower portions of the valleys are
composed of sand and clay with layers of gravel, pebbles, and fragments of rock.
4.1.6.4 Bauxite Ore Bodies
Figure 4.5 presents geomorphological cross-sections of the Sangardi Formation across the
refinery project area, highlighting CBGs three main ore zones (Sangardi, Bidikoum, and
Silidara (Section I-I), as well its additional resources at the Ndanga, Boundou Waade, and
Paravi deposits (Section II-II). The deposits are typically close to the surface, and each contains
several different ore types and grades. Historically, ore grades in the Sangardi region have
ranged from 56 58% Al
2
O
3
. CBGs existing resource totals more than 300 Mt grading 51%
Al
2
O
3
. A 2006 agreement between the government of Guinea and GLOBAL, to which CBG was
signatory, granted GLOBAL (and subsequently GAC) access to some of CBGs bauxite reserves,
in turn for providing CBG with future access to areas which were previously outside its current
mining concession. A geologic map of the refinery area is presented in Figure 4.6.

The bauxite occurs as flat layers capping the plateaus that extend throughout the Bok region,
typically at elevations above 200 m. The combined effects of tropical weathering and good
drainage, provided by the topographic relief, have led to a concentration of alumina and iron
oxides within the upper few meters of the sub-surface by leaching of most other oxides.

161
Minor quantities of titanium oxides, kaolin and quartz also remain in the bauxite profile.
Nineteen bauxite-bearing plateaus have been identified within the mining concession. Some
plateaus within the mining concession have either low grade bauxite or do not carry any bauxite
because of iron being concentrated in favor of alumina due to eH/pH conditions or insufficient
drainage. This prevents leached chemicals precipitating at lower levels in the lateritic column.

Usually, the step-like configuration and steep-sided flanks of the various plateaus provides good
drainage capability. The bauxite layer is more or less continuous over the extent of the plateaus
but it is of variable depths and quality. The average depth of the bauxite is approximately 8 m
and it is generally exposed at surface where it may form an iron-enriched cap. The bauxite within
the mining concession area consists largely of the aluminous trihydrate mineral gibbsite (Al
2
O
3 +
3H
2
O) that can be treated in a low temperature Bayer plant to recover the alumina.

4.1.6.5 Red Mud
Red mud (so-called because of the materials high oxidized iron content which gives it its
characteristic color) is a by-product of the Bayer Process for refining bauxite into alumina.
Section 3.5.3.2 describes the projected red mud composition based on bauxite mineralogy from
the Project concession.
4.1.6.6 Regional Seismicity
The West African plate that lies beneath the study area is a very old and very stable geological
unit, substantially decreasing the potential for significant seismic activity in the refinery project
area. In the surrounding region of Bok, however, there are several earthquake epicenters
associated with fault lines. The largest earthquake that impacted the prefecture of Bok occurred
December 22, 1983, and had a measured surface magnitude of 6.4 Ms. The following table lists
the major earthquakes in Guinea since 1795.

162
Major Earthquakes in Guinea
Date Hour Epicenter MF1

1795-05-20 22 :00 9.3N 13.4 WS 5.2
1818-01 - 12.1N 12.4w 5.9
1887 - 10.9N 14.5w -
1892-11-03 22:00 9.5N 13.7W -
1911-01-02 07:45 9.5N 13.8W -
1914-02-08 10.2N 14.0W -
1927-07-11 11:30 9.8N 13.4W 4.0
1928-04-05 08:02 9.8N 13.3W 4.8
1928-04-19 00:00 9.6N 13.2W -
1930-03-26 20:30 10.2N 14.1W 4.5
1935-07-17 15:35 10.3N 14.3W 4.0
1939-05-26 07:00 9.6N 13.2W 4.1
1983-12-22 04:11 11.85N 13.51W 6.4
1987-11-02 19:07 11.44N 13.44W 4.2
Note: 1 MF = equivalent magnitude of the surface wave.
Source: Met-Chem. Canada Inc. 1997.
4.1.7 Soils
The soils of the Sangardi region can be divided into two groups those on the plateaus (bowals)
and those in the valleys. The soils on the bowals are typically poor, with high iron content,
called skeleton ferralitic soils. These soils are generally thin, with a thickness of a few
centimeters and easily erodible in some areas. They are often formed in slight depressions in the
Sangardi bauxite plateaus, where vegetation has a low density. While the productivity of these
soils is minimal, sometimes vegetation will grow on them, supporting agricultural exploitation
over the short-term. However, any disturbance or removal of the soils overlying organic matter
eventually serves to deplete the soils fertility and increases their erodibility. The thin skeleton
ferralitic topsoil also typically contains a lateritic duricrust, characterized by the abundant
presence of free alumina and iron oxides.
In the valleys, the soils (also ferralitic) are generally rich and their thickness increases toward the
bottom of the valleys and downstream. Precipitation and associated seasonal flooding combine to
bring new alluvial deposits to the river valley. The variety of vegetation present and numerous
agricultural activities supported by the valley soils are an indication of the soils productivity.
However, these soils are susceptible to erosion due to run-off and intense agricultural use of the
valley.

163
To assess the agronomic potential of soils in the villages considered candidates for potential
resettlement locations for certain project-affected people (RAP, Volume 5), soil samples were
collected in October 2004 from Diderona, New Petoun Djiga, Saber Bouller, Hounsir-Pane, and
Housir Dyedjere, as well as from one of the villages being resettled (Tould), for comparative
purposes (Figure 4.11). The results of the chemical and agronomic potential analyses for these
soil samples are provided in the following tables, and show that the soils contain significant
levels (between 4 and 7%) of aluminum and iron, as well as traces of vanadium and zinc. All
five candidate resettlement locations had soils with generally equivalent agronomic potential as
Tould, but with notably less organic matter. Soils from Diderona, New Petoun Djiga, and
Hounsir-Pane generally showed somewhat higher agronomic potential than did the samples
from Saber Bouller and Housir Dyedjere, based on potassium and magnesium concentrations.
Soil Sample Identification and Analyses, mg/kg

Parameter Didederona H. Dyedjere H. Pane
Petoun
Djiga
(new)
Sabere
Boullere
Tould
(Petoun
Djiga)
Tould
duplicata
lab.
Aluminum (Al) 55 000 50 000 57 000 53 000 56 000 44 000 46 000
Arsenic (As) <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6 <6
Iron (Fe) 55 000 62 000 60 000 37 000 59 000 63 000 67 000
Molybdenum (Mo) <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2 <2
Vanadium (V) 150 150 150 100 180 160 170
Zinc (Zn) 24 23 32 45 27 30 39
Soil Agricultural Potential (mg/kg)
Al (Mehlich III)*** 1 460 1 290 1 370 1 430 1 440 1 460
B (Mehlich III)*** 0,22 <0,2 <0,2 <0,2 <0,2 <0,2
Ca (Mehlich III)*** 443 <112 719 811 253 1400
Cu (Mehlich III)*** 0,9 0,54 0,67 1 0,79 0,74
Fe (Mehlich III) 97,9 56,7 43,6 85,6 58,6 192
K (Mehlich III)*** 130 301 55 422 206 255
Mg (Mehlich III)*** 104 38 275 340 88 233
Mn (Mehlich III)*** <2 4,12 8,02 <2 7,07 6,27
P (Mehlich III )
convert**** <9 <9 <9 10 <9 12
S (Mehlich III) 8,14 29,4 5,25 8,12 12,8 7,86
pH 4,7 4,1 5,1 4,9 4,6 5,1

164
Soil Sample Identification and Analyses, mg/kg

Parameter Didederona H. Dyedjere H. Pane
Petoun
Djiga
(new)
Sabere
Boullere
Tould
(Petoun
Djiga)
Tould
duplicata
lab.
Buffer pH 5,8 6,2 6,2 6,1 6 6,3
Sand 35 24 ** 26 20 **
Silt 38 35 ** 34 38 **
Clay 27 41 ** 40 42 **
Organic matter*** 9,6 9,3 10,9 8,8 9 18,2
Lime requirements 1 460 1 290 1 370 1 430 1 440 1 460
Estimated-
meq/100 g 0,22 <0,2 <0,2 <0,2 <0,2
Saturation Ca 58 62 62 61 60 63
Saturation P -P/Al 16,8 12,6 14,6 15,8 15 15,4
Saturation K 5,9 0,6 11 11,5 3,8 20,2
Saturation -
K+Mg+Ca <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Saturation Mg 0,9 2,7 0,4 3,1 1,6 1,9
Zn (Mehlich III)*** 9,1 4,4 18,5 22,5 7,5 27,7
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment (Annex B), SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 1
and 2).
Notes: Conversion in equivalent colorimetry (ref: L.E. Parent-Universit de Laval).
Five (5) soil samples were taken on the potential relocation sites and one (1) sample in an existing village, for comparison
purposes.
** Granulometry analysis was unpracticable on this sample due to interferences.
**** Certified ISO 17025.

4.1.8 Surface Water Resources
Baseline information regarding surface water resources in the refinery project area included a
combination of desk and field investigations, as described in the following sections. Local
populations utilize a combination of surface water and groundwater resources to supply their
daily domestic and agricultural needs, reflecting the seasonal variability of surface water flow
rates.
4.1.8.1 Watersheds
Due to abundant precipitation, the Sangardi area has a well-developed river network (Figure
4.7). The refinery project area is located entirely within the Tinguilinta watershed, with a
catchment at that point of about 2,000 km
2
. The refinery site and most of the red mud disposal
facility (RMDF) is within the Kwwol River watershed, a tributary of the Tinguilinta. The

165
Mobhiwol/Petoun Djiga, tributary to the Kwwol, drains the southern portion of the refinery
area. The western part of the mud disposal area, water supply reservoir, quarry, and future
workers town are located within the Tioulodiwol watershed west of the Mobhiwol and tributary
to the Tinguilinta River.
The Kwwol joins the Tinguilinta near Filo Bowal, flows westward to Bok, then joins the Rio
Nuez, approximately 20 km north of Kamsar, the location of the proposed port and alumina
terminal for the project. The Rio Nuez flows into the Atlantic Ocean 17 km downstream of
Kamsar. The Tiouladiwol (site of the proposed water reservoir for the refinery), is a small
intermittent stream which flows directly to the Tinguilinta.
River water levels vary greatly from season to season: during the rainy season the lowlands in
the valleys can be flooded, while at the end of the dry season, rivers can nearly run dry. The
later was the case in 1985, when the largest volume river in the region, the Cogon, nearly ran dry
due to an unusual delay in the onset of the rainy season.
The drainage basin of the Tinguilinta is 1,891 km and its average flow (as measured at Tann,
approximately 20 km west of the refinery site) varies between 2 and 330 m/s. In particularly
dry years, such as 1996, the average daily flow was less than 3 m/s from the beginning of April
through early June, reaching a low of less than 0.1 m/s during the last week of May. With the
onset of the 1996 rainy season, flow in the Tinguilinta had increased to 20 m/s by the end of
June before reaching the maximum of 345 m/s at the beginning of September (monthly average
of 214 m/s).
The following table shows the flows for the Cogon (the major regional river, north of the
refinery area) and Tinguilinta Rivers based on daily (Cogon) and monthly (Tinguilinta) flow data
collected by Guineas Direction Nationale de lHydraulique. From this data, and the respective
drainage basin areas, the monthly average flow in the Kwwol River has been calculated to be
16.4 m/s, with variations between 1 and 54 m/s, on average. The maximum monthly flow
could reach 108 m/s. Additional rain and streamflow information is available for the Mobhiwol
(south of the refinery in the Mobhi Valley) but no information is available for the Tiouladiwol
(the site of the Projects water supply reservoir).

166
Monthly Flows in the Cogon and Kwwol Rivers (cm)

Jan. Feb. March April May June July August Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual
COGON
1

Average: 20.4 11.5 5.6 2.8 1.7 26.6 130.4 283.8 375.8 267.8 102.9 35.1 105.4
Maximum: 34.0 24.0 15.4 10.1 6.1 123.0 265.8 445.7 656.3 450.4 181.5 47.7 148.3
Minimum: 10.5 3.2 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.4 44.1 140.0 144.7 132.6 58.8 13.1 67.0
Drainage Area = 3 350 km
2
at the Cogon Bridge measuring station
KWWOL
2

Average: 2.4 1.4 0.7 0.3 0.2 3.2 15.6 33.9 44.9 32.0 12.3 4.2 12.6
Maximum: 4.0 2.9 1.8 1.2 0.7 14.7 31.7 53.2 78.4 53.8 21.7 5.7 17.7
Minimum: 1.3 0.4 0.04 0.0 0.0 0.05 5.3 16.7 17.3 15.8 7.0 1.6 8.0
Drainage Area = 400 km for the drainage basin
TINGUILINTA
3

Average: 15.2 9.5 5.3 2.2 0.9 13.5 70.8 179.7 214.1 144.3 67.2 28.4 62.2
Maximum: 32.1 18.6 11.3 5.8 5.0 50.6 249.0 452.0 411.0 234.0 144.0 61.0 120.0
Minimum: 9.7 4.9 2.6 1.0 0.0 1.6 23.5 79.7 107.0 85.1 43.4 18.4 40.0
Drainage Area = 1 890 km at the Tann measuring station
Notes:
1
Average flows for the Cogon River are established from daily data observed for the period of 1974 to 1999.
2 The estimated flows for the Kwwol were derived from the Cogon flow data prorated based on a drainage area.
3
Averages for the Tinguilinta River are calculated from monthly data collected at the Tann sampling station and are reconstituted from the averages of the Cogon River for
the period between 1973 and 1999.
Source: Direction Nationale de lHydraulique. Cogon Station at Cogon Bridge. Annuaire Hydrologique. Daily average flows. Rpublique de Guine.

167
4.1.8.2 Surface Water Quality
Various surface water sampling campaigns have been initiated for the refinery area, beginning
with a program in May 2001 targeted for a previous refinery location and continuing to the
present. As the site selection for the refinery and related components has been refined, certain
surface water sampling locations are no longer relevant to include in the projects baseline, and
have been excluded from the current discussion. Only surface waters within the Tiguilinta
watershed have been included in this revised SEIA document; baseline data collected from other
watersheds may be reference in the 2005 SEIA documentation.
Surface water sampling was initiated in 2001 to characterize the baseline surface water
conditions in the refinery area in support of the original EIA documentation. After approval of
the original EIA by the Guinea government in May 2005, the Project continued surface water
sampling as part of its environmental monitoring program commitments. Essentially, refinery-
area surface water sampling campaigns can be classified into two programs:
Semi-annual sampling (2001 2005) at the end of the wet season (October -
November) and at the end of the dry season (April-May) to capture water quality
conditions at the presumed extremes of their ranges; and
Bi-monthly sampling (2006 onward) every-other month sampling to collect a
representative baseline from refinery-area surface water bodies.
To date, these two surface water monitoring programs have collected the following samples:
Semi-annual sampling:
2 samples: Kwwol (2) - May 2001;
4 samples: Lopwol (1), Tiouladiwol (1), and Tinguilinta (2) - June 2004;
4 samples: Tiouladiwol (1), Tinguilinta (2), and Mobhiwol (1) October 2004; and
2 samples: Doukarewol (1) and Mobhiwol (1) - April 2005.
Bi-monthly sampling:
7 samples: Lopwol (1), Mobhiwol (1), Tinguilinta (3), Kwwol (1), and
Tiouladiwol (1) January 2006;
7 samples: Lopwol (1), Mobhiwol (1), Tinguilinta (3), Kwwol (1), and
Tiouladiwol (1) March 2006; and

168
6 samples: Lopwol (1), Mobhiwol (1), Tinguilinta (3), and Kwwol (1) - May
2006.
Figure 4.8 shows the locations of the surface water samples collected to date for both sampling
programs in relation to refinery area watersheds and project component layouts. The following
table provides the justification for bi-monthly surface water sampling locations.
Surface Water Sampling Locations
Sample Location Comments
Tiouladiwol This location is on the Tiouladiwol upstream of the village of Sinthiourou
Tiouladi, near the downstream option for water supply reservoir. It was
chosen to document water quality in the Tiouladiwol and enable the
monitoring of construction impacts on Sinthiourou Tiouladi,
downstream. This location can be used to evaluate impacts from the
reservoir and the new quarry. Note that an upstream sampling point
was also used once in 2004.
Lopwol Initially located in the village of Lop, this sampling point was moved
downstream of the village where water was more available during the
dry season. It was selected to monitor water quality along the
drainages north of the refinery area.
Mobhiwol Located on the Mobhiwol in the village of Mobhi Ndantari, this site was
selected to monitor water quality along the drainages south of the
refinery area.
Kwwol Bridge Located on the Kwwol River at the National Route 22 (N22) bridge,
this location is at the mouth of the Mobhi Valley and was selected to
monitor impacts to water quality from activities in the Mobhi Valley.
Tinguilinta Upstream This sampling location is located on the Tiguilinta River upstream of
Kwwol confluence, and represents water quality upstream of any
project influences.
Tinguilinta Bridge Located on the Tinguilinta River at the N22 bridge, this location was
selected to monitor water quality downstream of the confluence with the
Kwwol and construction camps.
Tinguilinta Downstream Located on the Tinguilinta River, this sampling location is downstream
of all refinery-area project components.
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Water Sampling Management Plan, SNC Lavalin, June 2006 (Table 1).

169
Surface water samples were analyzed for metals, major cations and anions, and physical
characteristics such as pH, conductivity, and total dissolved and suspended solids. Samples
collected during the September 2006 sampling round were also subjected to biological analysis,
in addition to the standard chemical analyses. Biological analyses were not continued due to
unresolved quality control issues associated with Guinea-based analytical laboratories; due to the
short holding time (6 hours) for biological parameters, shipment to a non-Guinean laboratory
was not feasible. The water quality sampling program was briefly interrupted during late 2006-
early 2007 due to civil unrest in the region, but resumed in May, 2007.
Beginning with the 2007 samples, only unfiltered surface water samples were collected and
submitted for analyses, as comparison of filtered and unfiltered samples collected at the same
time from the same location indicated that there is no substantial difference in water chemistry
between the two.
Samples were submitted to both the Cr lab in Conakry and to Maxxam in Canada for
comparative analysis; in general the Canadian data are considered to be more reliable based on
results from quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) samples and on the laboratory methods
used. Sample results were compared with World Health Organization (WHO) Guideline Values
for Chemicals that are of Health Significance in Drinking Water, contained in Annex 4 of
WHOs Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality, 3
rd
edition (online link located at
http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/dwq/gdwq3rev/en/index.html). GLOBALs Water
Sampling Management Plan (June 2006) documents the results of the individual sampling
campaigns listed above for both the semi-annual and bi-monthly monitoring programs; the
results of both programs are combined and summarized in this discussion.
WHO does not currently promulgate a health-based guideline value for aluminum, but includes
practicable levels of either 0.1 or 0.2 mg/L Al, based on the levels of aluminum that might
typically be expected from a water treatment plant; for the current study conditions, WHOs 0.2
mg/L practicable level for aluminum was used as a comparative criterion.
Table 4.2 presents the analytical results for the refinery-area surface water sampling program to
date. These data indicate that the streams and rivers in the refinery area are of good quality, with
slightly acidic pH values (5.1 to 6.8), very low total dissolved solids (TDS = <10 to 29.3 mg/L),
total suspended solids (TSS = <2 to 82 mg/L), and conductivity values (5 to 69.S/cm), and with
little apparent seasonal variation in constituent concentrations. Metal concentrations were
typically at or below analytical detection limits for most parameters, generally on the order of a

170
hundredth of a part per million (or in the 0.01 mg/L range). Most of the samples contained low
concentrations of iron (Fe = 0.3 to 16 mg/L) and manganese (Mn = <0.003 to 0.29 mg/L), as
expected given the prevalence of lateritic soils in the area but were otherwise very dilute. When
above method detection limits, metal concentrations were generally highest at the end of the dry
season (May 2006 and 2007 sampling events). Based on comparison of filtered and unfiltered
samples from the same location collected during the same sampling campaign, metal
concentrations do not appear to be related to suspended solids concentrations, although general
metal concentrations were as low in almost all samples as to make filtration of samples
unnecessary. This conclusion was substantiated by observing little to no seasonal variation in
metals concentrations in comparison to suspended sediment concentrations, which decrease at
the end of the dry season and increase with increasing surface water flow rates throughout the
wet season. None of the samples exceeded WHO health-related guideline values for chemical
parameters.
Three surface water samples exceeded WHOs practicable level for aluminum (0.2 mg/L):
Lopwol: 5/06 (Al = 1.0 mg/L) and 6/07 (Al = 0.68 mg/L);
Mobhiwol: 5/07 (Al = 0.87 mg/L); and
Tiouladiwol: 5/07 (Al = 0.52 mg/L).
Elevated aluminum concentrations correlated with elevated concentrations of iron and
manganese in all cases, typical of waters originating within lateritic soils.
Biological parameters that have been analyzed (all samples, September 2006) indicate that fecal
coliform and fecal streptococci organisms are present in surface waters from the Kwwol,
Tiouladiwol, Lopwol, Mobhiwol, and the Tinguilinta (upstream sampling location only).
According to WHOs microbial guideline values, water intended for human consumption should
contain no indicator organisms (such as coliform). These findings are typical of surface waters
in developing countries with poor sanitation.
4.1.9 Groundwater Resources
The rural population in the refinery area relies on a combination of surface water and
groundwater resources to supply their domestic and agricultural needs, including local streams
and rivers (some of which are intermittent to dry during the dry season), springs, and traditional
hand-dug wells.

171
Field groundwater hydrological investigations were carried out by both Golder Associates
(Golder) and SNC Lavalin Environment Inc. (SLEI).
4.1.9.1 Groundwater Hydrology
Groundwater can be found in two major zones at the refinery. An upper, surface aquifer located
in the overburden (at the base of the bauxite deposits see Figure 4.5) on the plateaus and in
alluvial deposits in the river valleys. Traditional wells are hand dug into the water-bearing
formations in this zone. Below this, there is a deep groundwater aquifer that is located in the
bedrock in the fractured contact zones between the lightly metamorphosed sedimentary
(Paleozoic) and intrusive (Mesozoic) rocks.
Golder installed twelve (12) groundwater monitoring wells in the vicinity of the refinery and the
mud disposal area; these are shown on Figure 4.8 and described in the following table. Since the
Project is located on the drainage divide between the Mobhiwol and the Lopwol, four locations
were selected to provide baseline information on both watersheds. In addition, water levels of
other monitoring wells were surveyed to confirm the basic groundwater flow regimes. The
following table presents the bi-monthly refinery-area groundwater sampling locations.
Groundwater Sampling Locations
Monitoring Well Comments
MW-4 This well is located immediately north of the RMDF and represents the
baseline groundwater quality to the north of the Project. It can be
used to identify impacts to groundwater from the RMDF flowing
northward.
MW-R This well is located to the south of the RMDF and represents baseline
groundwater quality to the south of the Project. It can be used to
identify impacts to groundwater from the Effluent Holding Pond flowing
southward.
RW-8 This well is located immediately to the north of the refinery area and
represents the baseline groundwater quality to the north of the Project.
It can be used to identify impacts to groundwater from the refinery
area flowing northward.
RW-7 This well is located immediately to the south of the refinery area and
represents the baseline groundwater quality to the south of the

172
Groundwater Sampling Locations
Monitoring Well Comments
Project. It can be used to identify impacts to groundwater from the
refinery area flowing southward.
Traditional Wells Comments
Lop This is a traditional well located in the village of Lop and is the first
potable water well located north of the Project.
Mobhi Ndantari This is a traditional well located in the village of Mobhi Ndantari and is
the first potable water well south of the Project. (Existing traditional
wells in Tould and Petoun Djiga will be abandoned when the villages
are relocated.)
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Water Sampling Management Plan, SNC Lavalin, June 2006 (Table 1).

In addition to these monitoring wells, two (2) traditional wells that are located in villages and
used for potable water sources have been sampled on a regular basis. These traditional wells are
also shown on Figure 4.8, and are located in Mobhi Ndantari and Lop, approximately 2.5 km
south and 4 km north, respectively, of the proposed refinery.
Periodic well levels were used to develop a potentiometric surface map for the refinery plateau
and the region to the south. Similar potentiometric data is not available for the region to the
north of the refinery area, however as the plateau effectively forms a surface water divide and
groundwater levels generally follow topography in the area, it is likely that a similar pattern of
flow to the northward would be present in the Lopwol drainage.
SLEI and Golder developed hydraulic conductivites for the aquifer units in the refinery area:
Surficial aquifer:
Armored laterite ~ 1 x 10
-3
m/s;
Silt layer ~ 1 x 10
-7
m/s; and
Deep (bedrock) aquifer ~ 1 x 10
-6
m/s.

173
SLEI also installed flow gauges at two locations in the Mobhiwol River to define the
communication between the surficial aquifer and the Mobhiwol in the Mobhi Valley area. Each
gauging station was located in the general proximity of a traditional well, a northern location one
at Mobhi Ndantari and a southern location at Mobhi Kansihi. Based on measurements made in
April and June of 2005, it was determined that north of the village of Mobhi Ndantari, the
Mobhiwol is a losing stream (the river recharges the aquifer); while south of the village the
situation reverses, and the Mobhiwol becomes a gaining stream (the aquifer recharges the river).
An understanding of the hydraulic interactions between the surficial aquifer and local
watercourses can help to better define potential impacts to groundwater resources in the Project
area.
4.1.9.2 Groundwater Quality
Groundwater sampling was conducted via various campaigns and programs in the refinery area,
including collection of samples from springs, traditional wells, and newly installed monitoring
wells. Figure 4.8 shows the locations of the sampling points for the groundwater baseline
program. Groundwater sampling was initiated in 2001 to characterize the baseline groundwater
conditions in the refinery area in support of the original EIA documentation. After approval of
the original EIA by the Guinean government in May 2005, the Project developed an expanded
groundwater sampling program as part of its environmental monitoring commitments. The 2001
sampling program included a number of samples collected from springs and traditional wells in
areas located well to the east of the Kwwol River, in a region initially considered as a potential
refinery location, however with refinement of the Project, these locations are now effectively
outside of the Projects environmental area of influence. Therefore, the majority of the spring
and traditional well samples collected in 2001 are excluded from the current baseline analysis.
Refinery-area groundwater sampling campaigns have included:
Springs (May 2001, April 2005): single samples from the springs at Fassali
Blindr (May 2001) and Tould (April 2005) were collected;
Monitoring wells (April 2005 present): certain monitoring wells installed in the
refinery area are monitored approximately every four months for chemical
parameters; and
Traditional wells (April 2005 present): Bi-monthly sampling of 2 traditional
wells is conducted.

174
Seven of the 12 originally installed monitoring wells are included in the sampling program. Two
wells (MW-R and MW-M) were deemed to have failed seals based on abnormally high pH levels
recorded in the groundwater, and thus are no longer sampled, while three other wells (MW-1,
MW-5, and MW-6) have been dry since their installation.
Groundwater samples were analyzed for metals, major cations and anions, and physical
characteristics such as pH, conductivity, and total dissolved and suspended solids. Samples
collected during the September 2006 sampling round were also subjected to biological analysis,
in addition to the standard chemical analyses. Biological analyses were not continued due to
unresolved quality control issues associated with Guinea-based analytical laboratories; due to the
short holding time (6 hours) for biological parameters, shipment to a non-Guinean laboratory
was not feasible. The sampling program was briefly interrupted during late 2006-early 2007 due
to civil unrest in the region, but resumed in May, 2007.
Samples were submitted to both the Cr lab in Conakry and to Maxxam in Canada for
comparative analysis; in general the Canadian data are considered to be more reliable based on
results from quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) samples and on the laboratory methods
used. Groundwater quality data were compared with World Health Organization (WHO)
Guideline Values for Chemicals that are of Health Significance in Drinking Water, contained in
Annex 4 of WHOs Guidelines for Drinking Water Quality, 3
rd
edition (online link located at
http://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/dwq/gdwq3rev/en/index.html).
WHO does not currently promulgate a health-based guideline value for aluminum, but includes
practicable levels of either 0.1 or 0.2 mg/L Al, based on the levels of aluminum that might
typically be expected from a water treatment plant; for the current study conditions, WHOs 0.2
mg/L practicable level for aluminum was used as a comparative criterion.
Table 4.3 presents the results of the refinery-area groundwater sampling program to date. In
general, groundwater collected from springs, traditional wells, and monitoring wells in the
vicinity of the refinery exhibited many of the same characteristics as local surface waters:
slightly acidic to circum-neutral pH values (4.5 to 6.8), low levels of dissolved solids (5.7 to 38.6
mg/L) and similar, dilute metal concentrations. Concentrations of lateritic soil profile metals
aluminum (Al = < 0.03 to 14 mg/L), iron (Fe= < 0.1 to 19 mg/L), and manganese (Mn = < 0.004
to 0.48 mg/L) were, as expected, above analytical detection limits for most groundwater samples,
(notably MW-2, MW-4, MW-R, and RW-8) and were highest in samples collected at the end of
the dry season.

175
With few exceptions, chemical parameters in the groundwater samples were generally lower than
the WHO health criteria guidelines for chemical parameters. Samples with chemical parameters
that either met or exceeded WHO health-based guideline values did so on a single occasion, and
included:
MW-4, which exceeded WHOs guideline values for lead (WHO: Pb = 0.01 mg/L;
sample = 0.02 mg/L) and manganese (WHO: Mn = 0.4 mg/L; sample = 0.48 mg/L)
both in April 2005;
RW-7, which met WHOs selenium guideline value (WHO: Se = 0.01 mg/L; sample
= 0.01) in the filtered sample from February 2006;
RW-8, which exceeded WHOs arsenic guideline (WHO: As = 0.01 mg/L; sample =
0.011 mg/L) in the unfiltered sample (As = 0.007 mg/L in the filtered sample) from
February, 2006; and
Lop traditional well, which exceeded WHOs lead guideline (WHO: Pb = 0.01
mg/L; sample = 0,038 mg/L) in the May 2006 sample.
WHOs practicable level of aluminum (0.2 mg/L) was regularly exceeded in almost all of the
groundwater samples collected, regardless of time of year. Analyses of filtered and unfiltered
samples collected at the same station during the same sampling campaign indicated that the
majority of the aluminum is present in the dissolved state.
The traditional wells at Lop and Mobhi were analyzed for bacteriological parameters during the
September, 2006 sampling campaign. Both traditional wells had detectable concentrations of
fecal coliform and fecal streptococci bacteria, in exceedance of WHO biological health-based
criteria for potable water. These wells are not secure and are susceptible to runoff contaminated
by human activities.
4.1.10 Flora and Vegetation
The objectives of the flora and vegetation study were the following:
Identify and characterize the vegetation associations present within the study area;
Identify the species of flora present within each vegetation association within the
study area;
Determine the vegetation species diversity within each of the Project facilities and in
the study area as a whole;

176
Identify the presence of any species of threatened or endangered flora;
Identify the presence of any species of flora that have special management
considerations;
Identify the presence of any sensitive vegetation associations (rare, threatened,
endangered or of management concern); and
Establish points of flora diversity monitoring for use during construction and
operations.
4.1.10.1 Methodology
The flora study area for the refinery area was defined to include the environmental components
likely to be directly or indirectly affected by the construction and/or operation of the proposed
refinery near Sangardi. The environmental zone of influence for the study for the flora and
vegetation assessment is shown in Figure 4.1, and generally conforms to the main watershed
boundaries in the refinery area. Vegetation and land use mapping was performed via areal
photos covering an area of approximately 20 km by 30 km, corresponding generally to the
environmental zone of influence. The mapping area is bordered to the east by the Kwwol
River; to the west by the Tann sub-prefecture; to the north by the Tchankoun-Tiouli village;
and to the south by National Route 22.
An initial inventory of floral species present in the study area was carried out in 2001 by the
Universit de Conakry (Keita, 2001). This study consisted of transects from source to mouth of
several of the watersheds in the study area, as well as the establishment of quadrants within
which detailed assessments of species presence were conducted. A second inventory of the
floral species present in the study area was carried out over a period of 18 months from May
2004 to November 2005. All field work was carried out by Dr. Sekou Moussa Keita from the
Centre dtudes et de Recherche en Environnement (CRE) of the University of Conakry. The
field components of the inventory were conducted in three stages:
The initial campaign was conducted from May 5-16, 2004 (at the end of the dry
season) and included seven stations located on proposed sites for Project
infrastructure. The inventory was conducted on 100 m by 10 m transects. The plant
species were counted and their relative abundance determined. From this, the
numbers of protected plant species that were expected to be impacted by the Project
were estimated;
The second survey was performed from July 7 to August 7, 2005 and included a
census of the 13 protected plant species identified in the first survey at six Project

177
sites. It also included an additional assessment to identify any additional protected
species present. The census was performed by marking out a 100 m x 100 m parcel
and counting the species located in five 20 m x 20 m plots within the main parcel; and
The third campaign took place from November 6-10, 2005 and included an inventory
of protected species at sites of Project components that were not addressed in the
previous field campaigns: an alternative reservoir site located in the upper reaches of
the Tiouladiwol, a dolerite quarry site, and the site of the new Bok Bridge.
From the 22 of April to the 12 of May, 2005, Conservation International (CI) conducted a Rapid
Biological Assessment of the Sangardi Sub-Prefecture, Bok Prefecture (CI, 2006). The CI
Rapid Assessment utilized the vegetation associations defined for the Project area in the earlier
studies. Distribution of each vegetation association was determined through analysis of satellite
imagery and orthophotography of the study area.
The results of CIs vegetation survey are summarized in Table 4.4; this list is detailed and was
used to verify the field results. The CI study is not considered comprehensive however, due to
its short timeframe and because it did not specify the vegetation association within which each of
the species was present.
4.1.10.2 Regional Distribution of Vegetation Associations
There are four distinct subtropical vegetation zones in Guinea the humid forests, the dry
forests, the savannahs, and the mangrove swamps. Due to the diverse conditions found in these
four regions, the associated flora is also quite diverse. Each of these vegetation zones can be
further sub-classified into local vegetation associations, the characteristics of which are
summarized in the table below and are described in the following points. Figure 4.9 shows the
vegetation associations mapped in the study area.

178
Description of Vegetation Associations in the Study Area

Plant grouping
Surface Area
ha (%), 2005
Description
1
Grass savannah 6,837 (21.8%)
Characterized by herbaceous cover (sometimes a single species of
cover, other times a variety of species). Essentially covers the
plateaus. Destroyed routinely by brushfire.
2
Fallow land
(Thicket)
8,991 (28.6%)
Vegetation covering agricultural land that has been left fallow (2 to
5 m high). A variety of species are present, often competing for
space. This significant grouping is largely present on the slopes of
the valleys.
3
Shrub savannah 11,335 (36.1%)
Of variable density and dominated by well-spaced species < 7 m in
height. Generally found in the transition zone between grass
savannah, fallow land, and gallery forest. This association includes
pioneer species from the geophytic layer, characterized by short (<
50 cm) and dense plants growing on rock outcrops, a rare sub-
association in the study area.
4
Tree savannah 3,373 (10.7%)
The tree savanna consists of vegetation from 7 to 30 m in height. It is
generally found at the top of the valley slopes and in isolated groves
on the plateaus.
5
Gallery forest 771 (2.5%)
The gallery forest is dense and tall (up to 40 m) and develops in a
narrow strip along the rivers. It creates a significant habitat for
animals. Oil palms are also found in the gallery forest.

Grass Savannah
These areas are not wooded and are present primarily on the plateaus (Wendou Sindia, Masson,
Petoun Djiga, Kidir, Petel Kiendi, etc.). They represent nearly 22% of the vegetal surface of the
study area. The main graminae species represented are Andropogon gayanus, Cymbopogon
proximus, Hyparrhenia diplandra, Imperata cylindrical, and Pennisetum purpureum.
Colonization by woody species is generally limited on the plateaus due to the thinness of the soil
cover and the presence of laterite soils.
Fallow Land
Fallow land is distinguished from the shrub savannas by its extremely dense vegetation of
medium height (2 to 5 m). When the initial vegetation surveys were performed in 2004-5, fallow
lands occupied over 28% of the surface of the study area (Figure 4.9; table above) and were
located primarily on the valley slopes where agricultural activities are concentrated. The
location of fallow lands will change with the yearly agricultural land rotation cycle. Common

179
species are, among others, Annona senegalensis, Bridelia micrantha, Dichrostachys cinerea,
Fagara leprieurii and Harungana madagascariensis.
Shrub Savannah
This is distinguished from tree savannah by the size and density of its species. Shrub savannah
species are often harvested for domestic needs and commercial activities (e.g., firewood,
woodworking, commercial and domestic forestry) and are therefore very vulnerable. The shrub
savannah occupies an area of 36% of the study area (Figure 4.9, previous table) and is composed
of species such as Daniellia oliveri, Prosopis Africana, and Bafodeya benna. The size of the
plants in the shrub savannah rarely exceeds 7 m in height. They are found on slope crests and in
large areas on plateaus within the study area, where they grow alongside the grassy savannah.
There is generally an indistinct transition between the shrub savannah and the tree savannah.
Also present in the shrub savannah are some areas of rock outcrops covered with low, shrubby,
pioneer species (geophytes). These often develop as rosettes with a height of approximately 50
cm and resembling small gardens.
Tree Savannah
The tree savannah is distinguished from the shrub savannah by its lower density of vegetation
and the height of the trees, which can reach up to 30 m. The tree savannah covers approximately
11% of the study area (Figure 4.9, previous table) although, as mentioned, there is no clear
demarcation between the shrub and tree savannah associations in the landscape. The species
composition is similar to that of the shrubby savannah vegetation association. These two
associations are found on slope crests and in vast areas on plateaus within the study area where
they grow alongside the grassy savannah.
Gallery Forests
Valley bottoms in the study area host a special ecosystem of gallery forests dominated by oil palms
(Elaeis guineensis), which grow alongside Ceiba pentandra, Nauclea pobeguinii, Klainedoxa
gabonensis, and Xylopia aethiopica. The gallery forests are distributed in narrow stretches along
the rivers and constitute what would be considered the riparian zone of the study area. Because of
this limitation in distribution, they cover only 2.5% of the study area (Figure 4.9, previous table).

180
4.1.10.3 Regional Threats to Flora Diversity
The United Nations Development Program (UNDP) defines threats to biological diversity as all
activities, processes, or events, either natural or man-made, which provoke or risk provoking an
adverse effect on the environment or on lasting, sustainable use of any element that comprises
biodiversity (http://www.undp.org/biodiversity/context.html). Main threats to flora diversity in
the area surrounding and including the study area come from the following:
Industrial and mining activities;
Demographic pressures that increase the demand for agricultural land (often
associated with the influx of job-seekers);
Slash-and-burn agricultural methods;
Uncontrolled forest exploitation;
Charcoal production; and
Brush and forest fires.
The flora species composition in the study area has been influenced by human activities for a
long time. The forest resources have deteriorated significantly as a result of agricultural
activities, mining, and the use of wood for fires.
The rotation of agricultural crops also has a significant impact on plant biodiversity in the area.
Once an area is cleared, one, two, or three crops will be grown on the land and then it will be left
fallow to regenerate the soil. The length of the fallow period depends on the needs of the farmer.
While fallow, brush quickly regenerates. However, this is only a temporary condition because
the land is cleared again for crops, typically within four to six years and in certain cases only
three years. The species that regenerate on the fallow land are typically pioneer species that are
not shade-tolerant.
4.1.10.4 Vegetation and Flora Assemblages in Specific Project Areas
Mining and Refinery Areas
The following description covers lands considered within the areas proposed for bauxite mining
activities, as well as the area considered for the location of the refinery and the location for the
RMDF.

181
The bauxite deposits for the Projects refinery are found on lateritic plateaus characterized by
grass, shrub, and tree savannah associations. These are typical of the Sangardi region. The
vegetation on plateaus 7, 15, and the Touloun Gand bowal is represented principally by bush
savannah (38% of the surface) and grassy savannah (32% of the surface), as shown in Figure 4.9.
The tree savannah covers only 13% of the surface and agricultural land (fallow and burnt lands)
total 17% of the vegetation cover of the plateaus.
According to field inventories conducted in May 2004, the most abundant species are Albizzia
acida, Crossopteryx febrifuga, Dichrostachys cinerea, Hymenocardia acida, Leptactina
senegambica, Morinda geminate, Paspalum conjugatum, Plyllanthus discoideus and
muellerianus and Uvaria chamae. A list of the species identified is presented in Table 4.4.
Vegetation and Flora in the Water Reservoir Area
The location of the water reservoir has changed since the original EIA for the Project was
approved, and is now located at the Middle Option presented in the original EIAs Alternatives
Assessment. With the exception of a thin strip of riparian forest along the main stream bed of
the Tiouladiwol and its tributaries, the area that will be flooded by the reservoir is composed
primarily of agricultural lands. The riparian forests along these creeks are not recognized as
primary gallery forests as they have been seriously degraded by anthropogenic activities (fallow
valley is regularly cleared, burnt, and cultivated to the creek). The slopes of the future reservoir
are occupied by agricultural land that comprises more than 82% of the surface area of the
reservoir and adjacent buffer zone. The fallow period for agricultural land in the area of the
reservoir varies from 2 to 5 years. Depending on the age of the fallow vegetation, it consists of
either very dense thickets or brush with heights of less than 5 m. Traces of old fires are found on
all the hillsides. Raised and bush savannah, likely composed of Fagara leprieuri,
Erythrophullum africanum, and Parkia biglobosa occupy the crest of the valley. Less than 2.3%
of the surface area of the reservoir is occupied by bush savannah (in the southwest corner of the
reservoir) and treed savannah (on the north-western edge of the reservoir).
Vegetation and Flora on the Railway Line Alignment
The valley slopes affected by the railway line alignment (Petoun Djiga, Mobhiwol, and
Kwwol) have been historically degraded by agricultural activities (both old and new). The site
is characterized by hills stripped of vegetation due to slash-and-burn agricultural practices and
have therefore been classified as fallow lands. To the east and northeast of Mobhi Ndantari, the

182
plateaus occupy a good portion of the route. This area is dominated by grass savannah, followed
by shrub savannah.
The riparian forest, which has some large species, is not significantly different from the riparian
forests of the Tiouladiwol and Lop River valleys. They do differ, however, in that there are
large fruit tree plantations within the villages of Mobhi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Ptoun
Djiga located in the valley bottom. It is only along the Kwwol River that the topography
differs: the river valley is wider with gentler slopes, and the presence of Acassia nilotica var.
adstringens is noted. Species surveyed along the valley bottom were dominated by: a species of
mango and the species Trichilia heudelotii, Xylopia aethiopica, and Macaranga heudelotii. The
shrub savannah provides a greater diversity of species; approximately 30 distinct species were
observed. Among the dominant species were Combretum glutinosum, Nauclea latifolia,
Daniellia oliveri, Dialium guineense, Fagara leprieurii, Hollarhena africana, Parkia biglobosa,
Sapium ellipticum and Sorindea juglandifolia.
Vegetation and Flora on the Access Road Alignment
The Project access roads will cross vegetation consisting of plateaus with grassy savannah on
about 38% of the surface, bush savannah on about 33% of the surface, tree savannah on about
18%, and fallow agricultural land on about 11% of the surface.
Vegetation and Flora in the Dolerite Quarry Area
About 95% of the land on the quarry is agricultural, of which the majority (almost 90%)was
fallow at the time of the survey in 2006. About 4% of the land is occupied by shrub savannah
(south side) and about 1% by tree savannah at the crest on the north side. Natural palms along
with planted fruit trees are found in the valley bottom. During the third field campaign in
November 2005, 48 plant species were inventoried within the limits of the quarry (for a total of
567 specimens). The results of the inventory as well as the locations of the parcels are in
Appendix A of the Addendum EIA (SNC Lavalin, 2006).
Vegetation and Flora in the Bok Bridge Area
The areas surrounding the Bok Bridge are developed. Some indigenous trees, mainly oil palms
and some kapok trees (Ceiba pentandra) remain; however, mango, orange, and cashew trees
have been planted throughout the palm grove. At the time of the site visit (November 2005), the
fruit tree plantation had not been maintained and was being invaded by shrubs on the east side of
the bridge and by herbaceous species on the west side. During the site visit six parcels were

183
inventoried; two located at the site of the new bridge (right and left banks), two upstream of
these and outside of the limits of the bridge approach, and one on each of the downstream banks
of the existing bridge. A total of 48 plant species were inventoried in the shrub savannah and
grass savannah associations close to the Bok Bridge. The flora inventory results and the
locations of the parcels are presented in Appendix A of the EIA Addendum (SNC Lavalin,
2006).
4.1.10.5 Sensitive and Protected Species
This section provides a description of the species considered to be sensitive or of special
management concern within the study area. The species presented in this section are considered
to be of management concern as a result of at least one of the following conditions:
The species is considered on a list of threatened and endangered species (national or
international IUCN classification of Vulnerable, Threatened, Endangered, or
Critically Endangered);
The species is used for cultural (ethnobotanical) purposes;
The species is endemic to the study area;
The species plays a key role in the requirements of sensitive wildlife species; or
The species provides important natural browsing/grazing for livestock.
A list of internationally and nationally recognized threatened and endangered flora species
identified to date is presented in the following table. IFCs guidance notes for PS 6 references
the IUCN Red List and any national list designated by the host government for identifying these
potential species of concern. The IUCN maintains an extensive database on sensitive species
throughout the world, the Red List of Threatened Species (http://www.iucnredlist.org/), which
categorizes threatened species based on specific measurable, scientifically determined criteria.
The Monographie de la Guine was developed under the auspices of the GoG and presents a
listing of sensitive species in Guinea. Both IUCN-listed and Monographie-listed species found
in the study area are included in the table below; subsequent discussions and impact assessment
were defined by the more stringent guidelines of the IUCN.

184
Sensitive and Protected Plant Species Inventoried in the Study Area

Scientific Name

Vernacular Name

IUCN Red
List

Monographie
de la Guine
Total Number
Inventoried for the
Refinery Study Area
Afzelia africana Lingua X X 14
Bafodeya benna Sigon X 19
Chlorophora excelsa Iroko X 2
Guiera senegalensis Gulodia X 130
Harungana
madagascariensis
Soungalaa
X 262
Landolphia heudolotii Poora X 60
Ochna schewin X 1
Paullinia pinnata Fali wandjan X 21
Senna podocarpa
(formerly Cassia
podocarpa)
Yleuka
X 16
Spondias mombin Tala X 111
Vitex doniana Bouma X 16
Notes:
a
: Popular term
b
: Common English term
Sources: Red list of the IUCN: http://www.redlist.org/search/search-basic.html
Direction Nationale de lEnvironnement: http://www.mirinet.com/gn_env/gnbiod3.html, Carrire, M. (2000)

The field program identified two IUCN-listed plant species within the refinery study area as
described in the table below. Two additional species, Hallea stipulosa (Vulnerable) and Khaya
senegalis (Vulnerable), were not identified during the field work but are expected to be present
within the study area based on the suitable conditions and vegetation assemblages, as defined in
GAP Species of Concern Field Identification Guide (Guinea Alumina Project, November
2007).
Protected Plant Species in the Refinery Area

Species
Project
Component Area

Protected Status

Source
Vegetation
Association
Afzelia africana Plateaus Vulnerable IUCN TS, GF
Bofodeya benna Plateaus, Quarry Vulnerable IUCN Unspecified
TS = tree savannah, GF = gallery forest

185
4.1.11 Fauna
The objectives of the fauna and wildlife habitat study were to:
Identify and characterize the wildlife habitat present within the study area;
Identify the species of fauna present within the study area;
Determine the fauna species diversity near each Project component and in the
study area as a whole;
Identify the presence of any species of threatened or endangered fauna (as per
national and international lists);
Identify the presence of any species of fauna that have special management
considerations (apart from those listed as threatened or endangered);
Identify the presence of any sensitive wildlife habitats (those required to support
fauna of management concern); and
Establish points of fauna diversity monitoring for use during construction and
operations.
Several methodologies were applied to the overall evaluation of fauna and wildlife habitat.
Since wildlife habitat is closely tied to available vegetation, the existing vegetation coverage
mapping (Figure 4.9) was also used as a basis for the wildlife habitat descriptions. The
following land use units have been utilized in the definition of habitats within the study area, and
are described in Section 4.1.10.
Gallery Forest;
Riparian Forest (exclusive of gallery forest);
Grass Savannah;
Shrub Savannah;
Tree Savannah;
Towns;

186
Agricultural Fields (active);
Fallow Land; and
Aquatic
As part of the development of the field studies for the fauna inventory, a list of species
potentially present in the study area was compiled from the following national sources:
Centre de Recherche Halieutique de Boussoura (fish);
Direction Nationale des Eaux, Forets, et Chasse (mammals);
Institut de Recherche et de Biologie Applique de Kindia (reptiles and mammals);
and
Professors at the University of Kankan and the Institut des Sciences Agro-
Vtrinaires de Faranah (mammals and birds).
The fauna field work in the Sangardi area was conducted in 2001 in support of the original EIA.
Various methodologies were used to determine the faunal species present or likely to be present
within the refinery study area, including:
Direct observations;
Observation of animal tracks, signs, scat, or calls; and
Interviews with locals, including fishermen and hunters.
Additional field studies were initiated in 2004, 2005, and 2008 to provide additional information
about chimpanzee populations and potential critical habitat in the Project area. A list of fauna
species identified during the various field programs is presented in Table 4.5. The CI Rapid
Biological Assessment (CI, 2006) used to cross-check the vegetation field work was used in the
same capacity for the fauna studies. Descriptions of the fauna field programs follow.
Fisheries Assessment and Ichthyofauna
The determination of fish presence in the study area was based on the expected distribution of
species, as indicated by local fishermen. From November 16-18, 2005, interviews were
conducted with fishermen on the Bourouma River as well as with district representatives.
Tamaransi, Missira, Tambancombaya, Sato, and Bourouma fishermen were interviewed. Some
direct observation of fish presence was also made.

187
Avifauna Inventory
The avifauna inventory is based on the list of species presented by Dr. Ansoumane Keita,
biologist at CERESCOR, in the 2001 EIA for the Project: Etude dImpact du Projet
dImplantation dune Usine dAlumine a Sangardi et dextension du Port de Kamsar Volet:
Etude Ornithologique. The list was ground-truthed in the field over a three day period in June,
2001, and therefore did not take into consideration the presence of seasonally present species in
the study area. Field results were supported by opportunistic observations (visual, calls, songs,
feathers, nests, etc.) and interviews with local residents made by the vegetation and flora
assessment team during the three studies indicated in Section 4.1.10.1.
Mammal Inventory (Excluding Chimpanzee)
Opportunistic observations (including visual, calls, tracks, scat, other remains, etc.) and
interviews with local residents were made by the vegetation and flora assessment team during the
three studies indicated in 4.1.10.1.
Chimpanzee Inventory
During land inventories conducted in May 2004 (within the framework of the original EIA) there
were indications that chimpanzees were present at potential sites for various Project components.
Chimpanzee nests and droppings were observed, necessitating a specific survey for this species.
An inventory specific to the chimpanzee was performed over the course of eight days, from
November 6-13, 2005. Inventory methodology consisted of visual observations of chimpanzees
in their habitat and nest identification along transects. For each observation, the date, hour, GPS
coordinates for the observation point, the number and age of nests, and a description of the
environment (type of habitat, tree species, nearby land use, etc.) was recorded. Other indications
of chimpanzee presence were also noted, including unconsumed food, screams, tracks, and
droppings. Individual observations by Project engineering teams present in the area and reports
from local residents were also noted during the field work. Chimpanzee presence (sightings,
calls, tracks, and nests) recorded during the inventory is shown on Figure 4.10a.
Critical Habitat Assessment
Two field programs addressing the potential for critical habitat to be present in the refinery area
were completed in 2008. GAC Project team members completed an inventory and rapid
assessment for areas of potential critical habitat between January 8 and January 22, 2008. The
study, placed specific focus on determining habitat structure and presence of the West African

188
chimpanzee (Pan troglodytes verus) at selected locations throughout the Project area, based on
chimpanzee field data from previous investigations (SNC Lavalin, 2006; CI, 2006).
A second field study crafted around IFCs PS 6 (Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable
Natural Resource Management) definition of critical habitat was carried out from April 7 May
2 by Ecology and Environment, Incorporated (E & E). The E & E critical habitat assessment
workscope included evaluating the potential for critical habitat within the Project area,
confirming the presence of any endangered or critically protected species, mapping areas of
importance to these species, and determining Project-related impacts to these species to allow for
the identification of any new areas of critical habitat potentially created by Project
implementation. The E & E report is included as Appendix A to this Impact Assessment.
4.1.11.2 Regional Background and Context
The abundance and diversity of fauna in the study area have decreased drastically over the years
because of the increasing pressure exerted on them by human activities. The primary pressures
on terrestrial fauna (reptiles, birds, and mammals) stem from the growth of the human population
in the area. This expansion has brought about the following stresses on the wildlife community:
Loss of habitat from increased agricultural demand and associated clearing of
land for agricultural production;
Hunting of bush meat for sale or local family sustenance;
Increase in industrial interest in the study area (mining exploration and associated
noise, land clearance, and physical presence of humans);
Loss of habitat from urban expansion;
Capture of bird species for commercial purposes; and
Killing of species that are considered to be dangerous, pests, or bad omens.
The primary pressures on aquatic species (fish, amphibians, aquatic reptiles) are:
Overharvesting of fisheries resources;
Certain locally practiced fishing techniques, including damming of watercourses
and using botanical neurotoxins to stun fish;

189
Clearing of land for agricultural use, resulting in increased sedimentation of the
local watercourses; and
Increased abstraction of water from local watercourses for domestic use.
4.1.11.3 Wildlife Habitats
Wildlife habitat is strongly associated with both vegetation types and land use. The wildlife
habitats considered in each of the specific areas identified for Project infrastructure are
summarized in the following table.
Wildlife Habitats Identified in the Refinery Area

Wildlife Habitat Description
1 Gallery forest
Dense and tall (up to 40 m) and develops in a narrow strip along the
rivers. It represents important habitat for animals. Oil palms are also
found in the gallery forest.
2 Riparian forest
Refers to areas where the original gallery forest has been modified by
human presence to include fruit cultivations and other productive tree
plantations.
3
Grass
savannah
Characterized by herbaceous cover (sometimes a single species, other
times a variety of species). Essentially covers the plateaus, and is
destroyed routinely by brushfire.
4
Shrub
savannah
Of variable density and dominated by well-spaced species < 7 m in
height. Generally found in the transition zone between grass savannah,
fallow land, and gallery forest. Includes pioneer species from the
geophytic layer, characterized by short (<50 cm) and dense plants
growing on rock outcrops. This is rare in the study area.
5 Tree savannah
Consists of vegetation from 7 to 30 m in height. It generally found at the
top of the valley slope and in isolated groves on the plateaus.
6 Towns
Areas where human presence has modified the former habitat type.
This includes residential and urban areas, roads, and other areas used
by human settlements. It does not include fallow agricultural land
(Habitat 8) or active cultivations (Habitat 7).
7
Agriculture
(active)
Active agriculture refers to the areas of cultivations associated with the
towns that are actually in use. These provide limited shelter for species
but can provide a food source and nesting materials.

190
Wildlife Habitats Identified in the Refinery Area

Wildlife Habitat Description
8
Fallow land
(Thicket)
Vegetation covering agricultural land that has been left fallow (2 to 5 m
high). A variety of species are present often compete for space. This
significant grouping is largely present on the slopes of the valleys.
9 Aquatic
Refers to the aquatic habitats formed by watercourses and standing
water bodies.

Data from Sangardi Alumina Refinery Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005.

4.1.11.4 Ichthyology of the Study Area
The study area includes several rivers, many of them seasonal. The following table lists the fish
species known to inhabit study area rivers. According to some fishermen, all of these species
can be found in the primary rivers, the Kwwol and the Tinguilinta, especially during the rainy
season. Most of the tributaries dry up or have very low flows during the dry season. However,
in the shade of the forest gallery some natural basins persist in the dry season, permitting fishing
activities all year round.
Fish in Study Area Water Bodies
Scientific name Common name Vernacular Name
1
Protected Status Evidence
2

Barbus guineensis -------------------- Mukiwi R
Claria anguillaris Catfish Maanagoyi R
Claria dialonensis -------------------- Lampariyi R
Hydrocynus forskalii Tiger Fish Sankayi V
Kribia kribensis -------------------- Maroowi R
Lates niloticus Nile Perch Kbyi
V
Papyrocranus afer
Reticulus
Knifefish
Ksi
V
Parachana obscura Snakehead Dumboyi
R
Pellonula leonensis
Smalltoothed
Pellonula
Me Biliiri
R

191
Fish in Study Area Water Bodies
1
Protected Status Evidence
2

Petrocephalus bovei
Baby Whale
Me Bolorooyi
R
Polypterus senegalus Gray Bichir Miriyi V
Synodontis waterlooti
Waterlots
Synodontis
Snswal V
Tilapia guineensis Tilapia Dyr-gambawal
R
Note: 1 According to Dr. Skou Camara, Freshwater Fish Specialist at the Centre de Recherche Halieutique de
Boussoura.
2 R: Resident Interview; V: Visual (observed).
Modified from Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 4-16)

There is little information on the reproductive strategies and migratory phenomena of fish in the
Tinguilinta basin. However, some species found in rivers within the area (Lates niloticus,
Papyrocranus afer, Pellonula leonensis) were also listed as present in estuaries and rivers of
comparable size in other parts of Guinea, such as the Cogon, the Fatala, and the Konkour Rivers
(Paugy et al., 1994).
Local authorities and fishermen consider that there is good fishing potential in the study area as a
result of the perennial nature of major rivers such as the Kwwol and the Tinguilinta. It has
been reported that fishing activities pick up substantially during the change of seasons when fish
migration increases. Taking advantage of this situation, fishermen erect dams to facilitate the
catch, and often stun trapped fish using pods from the Nt tree (Parkia biglobosa) which
contain a biological neurotoxin to which fish are susceptible.
Fishing is a well-developed activity, practiced in several villages, notably Diw, Tian-Al,
Tinguilinta, and Sinthiourou Tiouladi, whose fishermen take advantage of their proximity to the
Tinguilinta River. Fishing is considered primarily as a subsistence activity and not a commercial
activity. Fish is almost always consumed immediately after catch in the villages. It is rare to see
freshwater fish for sale in the markets of the Sangardi area, although occasionally it is possible
to encounter them in the Tinguilinta markets.
4.1.11.5 Amphibians and Reptiles in the Study Area
The amphibian/reptile species that are known to inhabit the study area are presented in the
following table.

192
Amphibians/Reptiles in the Study Area

Scientific Name Common Name Vernacular Name
1 Protected
Status
Evidence
2

Hoplobatrachus occipitalis
*
Crowned Bullfrog - V
Phrynobatrachus accraensis
*
- V
Phrynobatrachus natalensis
*
Natal Dwarf Puddle Frog - V
Ptychadena mascareniensis
*
Mascarene Grass Frog - V
Python regius Ball python Kula Skri CITES II
3
R
Varanus niloticus Nile Monitor CITES II V
Note: 1 (Vernacular names are in Pular)
2 V = Visual, R = resident interview
3 CITES II potential to become endangered if trade in species is not restricted
* Identified during Critical Habitat Rapid Assessment, January 2008
Modified from Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 4-17).

4.1.11.6 Avifauna of the Study Area
The bird fauna of Guinea is very diverse. The country hosts approximately 520 distinct species,
some of which are threatened because of their commercial value, which increases their rate of
exploitation. A list of the species known to inhabit the study area is presented in the following
table, along with the species protected status, if any.
Birds in the Study Area
1

Protected
Status
Evidence
2

Accipiter badius Sparrow Hawk/Shikra Segele pempe V
Bubulcus ibis Cattle Egret Nyaalal R
Centropus
senegalensis
Senegal Coucal Tambadufaaru V
Columba guinea Rock Pigeon Pooliiru F
Columba unicincta Afer Pigeon Pooli tyaangol V
Dendropicos
gabonensis
Gabon Woodpecker Kokkondu V
Estrilda troglodytes Black-rumped Waxbill Aldyanna buruur Au
Halcyon senegalensis Woodland Kingfisher Kiidooru Au, F
Hirundo nigrita
White-throated Blue
Swallow
Bibili bhal Au, R

193
Birds in the Study Area
1

Protected
Status
Evidence
2

Limnocorax flavirostra Black Crake Gerto beeli V
Macrodipteryx
longuipennis
Standard-winged Nightjar Maamadabiiru Au
Necrosyrtes monachus Hooded Vulture Dyiga bpp V
Numida meleagris Helmeted Guineafowl Dyawlal V
Ploceus cucullatus Spottedbacked Weaver Lagiiru V
Poicephalus senegalus
(melanocephalus)
Senegal Parrot Kaaleeru R
Scotopelia peli Pels Fishing Owl Buubuuru Au, R
Scopus umbretta Hamerkop Ndyuuwal Au, R
Streptopelia decipiens Mourning Dove Guuguuru Au, R
Notes: 1 According to M. Mamadou Sadou DIALLO, professor and researcher at the Biology Department, University of
Kankan. Other sources: Morel (1987) and Serle (1993).
2 Au: Audible (song/cry); R: Resident Interview; F: Feather; V: Visual (observed)
Modified from Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 4-15).

There is a wide variety of avifauna habitat available in the study area. Notable sites are the
seasonal ponds, which evaporate in the dry season (Wendou Dounsi pond, Wendou Sindia pond,
etc.). Guinea receives migratory species from Europe as well as from within Africa (Trans-
African Migration), and local residents in the study area have reported some migratory species.
4.1.11.7 Mammals in the Study Area
The following table presents a list of the mammals known to inhabit the study area. The plateaus
are also home to domestic mammals (cows, sheep, and goats) that use the grass savannahs for
grazing, but which were not included in the fauna inventories.

194
Mammals in the Study Area
Scientific Name Common Name
Vernacular
Name
1

Protected Status
2
Evidence
3
Aonyx capensis clawless otter T, D
Atilax paludinosus marsh mongoose T, D
Canis adustus striped jackal Ndondu D
Cephalophus maxwellii* Maxwells duiker IUCN LR/nt T, H
Cephalophus rufilatus red-flanked duiker Toghr IUCN LR/cd R
Cephalophus silivicultor yellow-backed duiker T
Cercocebus atys sooty mangabey IUCN LR/nt V, Au, S, H
Cercopithecus aethiops
Sabaeus
green monkey Kula kro V, Au
Cercopithecus campbelli Campbells monkey V, Au
Cercopithecus patas Patas monkey V, Au, D
Cercopithecus sp. guenon Bandoorou R
Civettictis civetta
African vivet
T, D
Colobus polykomos
black-and-white/pied
colobus monkey
Kula bhal IUCN LR/nt V, H
Crocuta crocuta spotted hyena IUCN LR/cd T, D
Erythrocebus patas Patas/red monkey Kula bodh V
Felis sylvestris lybica African wild cat Nghari wada V, T
Galago ssp. bushbaby IUCN LR/nt or lc V
Genetta tigrina maculate panther genet V, T, D
Herpestes ichneumon Egyptian mongoose T, D
Hystrix cristata
North African crested
porcupine
Saghald T, D, H, R
Kobus (Adenota) kob kob Buffons kob Kemba IUCN LR/cd R
Kobus defassa waterbuck Ndunsa S
Orycteropus afer aardvark Den
Pan troglodytes verus West African chimpanzee Dmuru IUCN EN N, Au, V
Papio papio Guinea baboon Gookiru IUCN LR/nt V, Au, D
Phacochoerus africanus common warthog Guiraygil V, T, D
Potamochoerus porcus red river hog T, D
Procolubus badius western red colobus IUCN EN R
Redunca redunca common reedbuck IUCN LR/cd PR

195
Mammals in the Study Area
Scientific Name Common Name
Vernacular
Name
1

Protected Status
2
Evidence
3
Sylvicarpa grima gray/common duiker PR
Tragelaphus scriptus scriptus West African bushbuck Djawr R
Notes: 1 According to M. Alpha Keita, Professor of Fauna at the ISAV of Faranah.
2 EN = Endangered, DD, Data Deficient, LR = Lower Risk, cd = conservation dependent, nt = near threatened, lc =
least concern (least concern species are not considered to be Red Listed).
3 D: droppings; Au: Audible Cries; N: Nest; R: Resident Interviews; S: Skin; H: Hairs; PR: Park Ranger; T:
Tracks, V: Visually observed
Modified from Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 4-14)
and Critical Habitat Assessment Report, Ecology and Environment, June 2008 (Table 8-3).

Some species are easily observable, such as the green monkey (Cercopithecus aethiops sabaeus)
and the red monkey (Erythrocebus patas). The guenon (Cercopithecus sp.) is however treated
with caution by the villagers. They consider these monkeys to be bad omens and are loathe to
confront them and more anxious to kill them. These monkeys are present in the gallery forests of
the Tiouladiwol River valley and especially the Lop River valley.
The species presented in this section are considered to be of management concern as a result of
at least one of the following conditions:
The species is considered on a list of internationally recognized threatened and
endangered species (IUCN classification of Vulnerable, Threatened, Endangered,
or Critically Endangered); or
The species is endemic to the study area, or
The species is listed in CITES Appendix I.
The West African chimpanzee is the only threatened or endangered animal that has been
observed visually or via signs/tracks within the Project area; the chimpanzee is Red-Listed by
IUCN and included in CITES Appendix I, and is discussed in more detail in the following
section. The potential presence of another Red-Listed species, the western red colobus
(Procolobus badius) within the GAC concession has been investigated during both 2008 field
programs, as the species was reported near Boullr by CI during its 2006 Rapid Assessment,
and reports from villagers consulted during the January 2008 study suggested that the species
was present in the Plateau 7 NE area, near Boullr, however no evidence supporting the
presence of the western red colubus within the GAC concession has been found, and species

196
status within the Project area remains undetermined. Follow-up biological studies will, as one of
their goals, aim to determine the status of the western red colobus in the Project area. A report
from a local guide that pygmy hippopotamus (Hexaprotodon liberiensis) may be present in the
area also was not able to be confirmed during either of the 2008 field habitat studies.
4.1.11.9 West African Chimpanzee
Preliminary fauna assessments indicated the presence of chimpanzees in the region. Four
subsequent field programs were carried out in the study area specifically targeting chimpanzees
(SNC Lavalin, 2004, 2005) and their habitat (GAC, 2008 and E & E, 2008), as described in
Section 4.1.11.1. The most recent study, by E & E, estimates a minimum population of 51
chimpanzees within the Project area, possibly divided into two or three communities.
Visual and Auditory Evidence
Chimpanzees tend to avoid human settlements and contact with humans; therefore, it is generally
common to record more auditory observations than visual ones (Chimpanzee Management Plan,
EIA Addendum, SNC Lavalin, 2006). Field data from the Project area appear to indicate that the
local chimpanzee population is becoming more elusive. During the field studies, chimpanzees
were directly observed three times in the study area in 2005, but only auditory evidence of
chimpanzee presence was recorded during the 2008 programs, as summarized in the following
table.
Date # of Animals Location
1
Evidence
2

6 Nov 2005 3 TS, valley crest east and upstream of
middle Tiouladiwol reservoir site
V
17 Nov 2005 7 TS, Plateau 7N V
9 Dec 2005 7 TS, valley crest west and upstream of
middle Tiouladiwol reservoir site
V
Jan 2008 5 (unverified) Plateau 7NE, Wacholde area Au
Apr 2008 Unknown TS & TF, Along main access road to
refinery site SW of Mobhi Kansihi
Au
Apr 2008 Unknown TS, Boudihoun chimps moved to stream
while nests documented
Au
Notes: 1 TS = tree savannah; TF = thicket fallow
2 V = visual, Au = calls
Data from: Addendum to the Port and Refinery EIAs, SNC Lavalin, 2006; Capacity Increase and Reservoir
Relocation, Sigma Consultants, 2007; Chimpanzee Critical Habitat Assessment, GAC Project Team, January 2008
(Table 5); and Critical Habitat Assessment Report, Ecology and Environment, June 2008 (Appendix I).

197
Observation of Nests. Chimpanzees construct their nests in trees, building a new nest each
evening, and preferring trees removed from human influences.
Chimpanzee Nest Inventory Refinery Study Area, 2005 & 2008
Number of Nests
Observation Location Date
Young* Intermediate* Old*
Total
Nests
Above west branch of Tiouladiwol Nov 05 - 2 2 4
Petoun Djiga Nov 05 6 - 2 8
Above east branch of
Tiouladiwol (near Lougal bowal)
Nov 05 8 3 11 22
Parawi Nov 05 - 1 3 4
Kwwol (near Boullr) Nov 05 13 2 10 25
Lmouhnoun (tributary to
Kwwol)
Nov 05 16 6 11 33
Gokirwol (tributary to
Tiouladiwol)
Nov 05 32 1 23 56
Total Nests, November 2005 Survey: 75 15 62 152
N. Tiouladiwol, 1st site Jan 08 - 1 - 1
N. Tiouladiwol, 2
nd
site Jan 08 - 1 10 11
Tiouladiwol, dam Jan 08 - 7 1 8
Hor Petoun Parawi, NE end Jan 08 - 5 1 6
Lop, 1st site Jan 08 4 - - 4
Lop, 2
nd
site Jan 08 12 1 18 31
Lemounehoun, west of Lop Jan 08 - - 1 1
Plateau 7NE, Wachold Jan 08 4 1 6 11
Plateau 7S, gallery Jan 08 - - 1 1
Tiankomama, west Jan 08 - - 3 3
Total Nests, January 2008 Survey: 20 16 41 77

198

Chimpanzee Nest Inventory Refinery Study Area, 2005 & 2008
Number of Nests
Observation Location Date
Young* Intermediate* Old*
Total
Nests
Boudihoun W & E Apr 08 61 19 91 171
Red Mud Apr 08 - 1 8 9
Dounkiroun Apr 08 1 - 11 12
Kwwol NW Apr 08 4 9 22 35
Plateau 7 NE Apr 08 5 18 53 76
Lemounehoun Apr 08 - - 1 1
Lop North Apr 08 - - 28 28
Tount NE Apr 08 11 20 52 83
Gokirwol Apr 08 - - 5 5
Tiouladiwol Apr 08 9 14 29 52
Tian Al Apr 08 2 7 9 18
Mobhi-Andiari Apr 08 40 30 66 136
Boulib Apr 08 1 - - 1
Mohbi-Diolounedi-Kidire Apr 08 4 1 12 17
Total Nests, April 2008 Survey: 138 119 387 644
Total Nests: 233 150 490 873
Young = less than 72 hours; intermediate = more than 72 hours and less than 2 weeks; old = more than 2 weeks;
old category includes the old and very old categories of the Ecology and Environment study.
Data from: Chimpanzee Management Plan, Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Global Alumina, March 2006 (Table 3.1);
Chimpanzee Critical Habitat Rapid Assessment, GAC Project Team, January 2008 (Table 6); and Critical Habitat
Assessment Report, Ecology and Environment, June 2008 (Table 7-3).

Additional chimpanzee nests were observed during the vegetation field inventories in May 2004
on potential refinery sites and red mud storage areas (Sites 23a and 23b), on the Middle reservoir
alterative site (R2 sites, R3, and R5) and on the northern rim of the Gokirwol River valley (Site
9), as shown on Figure 4.10a. These nests are not included in the preceding table because no
data were recorded regarding nest ages.
The majority of the nests counted during the field studies were located in established tree
savannah at the crests of the valleys and in some cases in gallery forests (e.g., along the
Kwwol close to Boullr). During the earlier studies, the majority of nests were found in the
Tiouladiwol and Gokirwol drainages, followed by the northwestern (Lmouhnoun drainage)
and northeastern (Kwwol drainage) sectors. The concentration of chimpanzee observations

199
and nests in the upper Tiouldadiol contributed to the Projects decision to relocate the water
supply reservoir downstream, from the upper Tiouladiwol to the middle Tiouladiwol option
(Section 6.4.7).
Reports from local communities combined with data from the two 2008 field programs suggest
that the chimps have shifted their nesting locations away from the southern part of the refinery
area (Figure 4.10b). The shift in nesting area use may reflect seasonal availability of food
sources to a certain extent, and is also likely in response to increased human presence in the
refinery area, including the planned reservoir site.
Comparison of Chimpanzee Nest Data, 2005 & 2008
SNC Lavalin, 2005 E & E, 2008
Season Beginning of dry End of dry
Most popular nest
trees, in descending
order:
Anisophyllea laurina
Bafodeya benna
Albizzia adianthifolia
Cola cordifolia
Dialium guineensis
Erythrophlemum guineensis
Parkia biglobosa
Parinari excelsa
Anthonotha crassifolia
Dialium guineensis
Average nest height 15 m 13 m
Project areas with
most nests, in
descending order:
Gokirwol River - 56
Lmouhnoun River - 33
Upper end of Tiouladiwol
River - 26
Kwwol River - 25
Boundihoun 171
Mobhi-Andiari - 136
Tount NE - 83
Plateau 7 NE 76
Predominant
vegetation type
Tree savannah Tree savannah

Local residents indicated that the species ranges throughout the survey zone but that chimpanzee
sightings are becoming more uncommon. The chimpanzees are found at times and in areas when
and where food is available, but appear to favor the tree savannah in the dry season. Field
observations and incidental sightings suggest that at least two separate populations of
chimpanzees live in the concession, one group in the Plateau 7 NE-Boudihoun area and another

200
in the Dounkiroun-Kwwol-Tount NE area. It is not currently clear if the southern groups are
separate from these northern groups or if the northern groups simply range to the south.
4.1.11.10 Critical and Important Habitats within the Study Area
Critical Habitat
IFCs PS 6 defines critical habitat as a subset of both natural and modified habitat, deserving of
particular attention. PS 6 states that includes the following habitat types:
i.) Areas with high biodiversity value, including habitat required for the survival of critically
endangered or endangered species;
ii.) Areas having special significance for endemic or restricted-range species;
iii.) Sites that are critical for the survival of migratory species;
iv.) Areas supporting globally significant concentrations or numbers of individuals of
congregatory species;
v.) Areas with unique assemblages of species or which are associated with key evolutionary
processes or provide key ecosystem services; and
vi.) Areas having biodiversity of significant social, economic, or cultural importance to local
communities.
IFCs Guidance Note for PS 6 provides further clarification, stating that critical habitat may be
determined by the presence of high biodiversity value based on one or more of the following
criteria in a given area:
Large numbers of endemic or restricted-range species found only in a specific area;
The presence of known critically endangered or endangered species;
Habitat that is required for the survival of particular migratory species or to support
globally significant concentrations or numbers of individuals of congregatory species
Unique assemblages of species that cannot be found anywhere else;
Areas that have key scientific value due to the evolutionary or ecological attributes
present;

201
Areas that include biodiversity that has significant social, cultural, or economic
importance to local communities; and
Areas recognized as particularly important for the protection of ecosystem services, such
as aquifer protection.
The January 2008 field study was a rapid assessment of potential critical habitat in the Project
area, with the goal of assessing the need for additional work. Outcomes of the January critical
habitat study included the delineation of high-quality chimpanzee and other wildlife habitat in
several areas in the northeastern corner of the GAC concession. This study examined some of
the same sites surveyed in 2005, and a comparison of data obtained from both surveys suggests
that wildlife has been moving away from the southern and central portions of the study area
towards the Lop-Plateau 7 NE area. The study recommended additional work and based on
those findings, terms of reference were developed for a more detailed critical habitat assessment,
which was undertaken by E & E in April-May 2008.
E & Es Critical Habitat Assessment Report is included as Appendix A to this report. This
assessment was designed to identify where, if anywhere, critical habitat existed within the GAC
concession area, specifically focusing on the West African chimpanzee and the western red
colobus, but taking into consideration any other protected species that were utilizing the area.
The four-week study was undertaken during the dry season, and may not be representative of
utilization patterns during other times of the year. Critical habitat for the chimpanzee was
evaluated based on signs (predominantly nests) of current chimpanzee usage in a given area and
on certain characteristics shared by over 92% of the nest sites encountered during the E & E
study, namely areas with:
Intact tree savannah or gallery forest at least 15 m in height;
At least 30% canopy cover;
Abundant dry season food sources; and
Access to water sources within 1 km.
Five areas totaling 3,609 ha were provisionally determined to represent critical habitat for the
chimpanzee, as depicted in Figure 4.10b. E & E determined that these five sites provide habitat
required for the survival of critically endangered or endangered species (IFC critical habitat
type i). The E & E study also tentatively delineates routes and corridors (depicted on

202
Figure 4.10b as areas of high importance and potential corridors) that chimpanzees may use
to move between preferred nesting sites, however more data is necessary on chimpanzee
populations and ranging patterns before these corridors can be better defined.
The results of the two 2008 field programs confirmed the need to perform more detailed, longer-
term concession-wide studies to better determine the population demographics and extent of
habitat use by various legally protected and endangered species in the area, including the West
African chimpanzee. In particular, these studies will focus on the availability of suitable
chimpanzee habitat across the entire GAC concession and areas adjoining the concession, better
understanding of existing chimpanzee populations within the concession, and the condition and
carrying capacity of identified suitable habitat. These studies are defined in more detail in the
Flora and Flora Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
Important Habitat
The following habitats within the Project area should be considered as important habitat based on
the habitats ability to support wildlife species, and protected from disturbance to the extent
practical:
Tree savannah (primary habitat for West African chimpanzee nest locations);
Gallery forest (limited distribution of unaffected gallery forest habitat used for refuge
and feeding of West African chimpanzees and western red colobus); and
Permanent standing water bodies (areas important for aquatic species refuge during
the dry season and semi-aquatic birds during migration and during the dry season).
These areas, and any other important or critical habitat areas that are identified during additional
field programs, will be mapped and managed as part of the Projects Flora and Fauna
Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
4.1.12 Protected and Significant Resource Areas
In March of 2007, SNC Lavalin produced a short report documenting the nationally and
internationally protected areas and significant biophysical and cultural resources in the region of
the Project (SNC Lavalin Environment, 2007). The report considered the following:
BirdLife International Important Bird Areas and Endemic Bird Areas;
CI Biodiversity Hotspots;

203
IUCN protected areas;
RAMSAR Wetlands of International Importance;
UNESCO Man and Biosphere (MAB) Reserves;
World Heritage Sites;
World Commission on Protect Areas; and
WWF Global Ecoregions.
The following table lists the protected/significant resource areas closest to Project components
near Sangardi (the mines and refinery) and Kamsar (the port). No protected areas or significant
resources areas are located within areas that will be directly affected by Project implementation.
The closest protected/significant resources to the Project are Wetlands of International
Importance (RAMSAR) located along the Rio Kapatchez, approximately 24 km south of the
GAC port area and the Counsignaki Classified Forest (Guinea), approximately 57 km southeast
of the refinery area. Implementation of the Project is not expected to affect any protected or
significant resource areas.
Closest Significant Resources to the Project

Site

Country

Area Name
Distance from
Kamsar (km)
Distance from
Sangardi (km)
Wetlands of International
Importance (RAMSAR)
Guinea Rio Kapatchez 24 98
UNESCO-MAB Biosphere
Reserve
Guinea-Bissau Archipel de
Bolama-Bilags
104 166
World Heritage Convention Sngal Niokolo-Koba
National Park
312 233
National Park (IUCN
classification)
Guinea Badiar 258 179
Guinea-Bissau Dulombi 100 75 Important Bird Area
Guinea Rio Kapatchez 24 98
Classified Forest Guinea Counsignaki 106 57

Source: Nationally or Internationally Significant Cultural and Biophysical Resources Mapping, Global Alumina Refinery,
Sangardi and Kamsar, Guinea: SNC Lavalin, March 2007, Table 1-1.

204
4.2 Existing Social Conditions
Information about the social and economic conditions in the Project area and regionally was
collected via desk and field methods in support of the original EIA documentation. Like the
environmental data, Knight Pisold has primarily reformatted and reanalyzed the existing
available baseline data, although the social baseline has also been updated based on our
experience on site during October, 2007.
4.2.1 Social Zone of Influence
The area of direct social influence for the Projects refinery components was originally defined
as the 20 villages likely to be affected by temporary or permanent land take associated with
Project implementation:
Tould;
Petoun Djiga;
Lop;
Boulr;
Tchankoun Tiouli;
Mobhi Ndantari;
Mobhi Kansihi;
Mobhi Nioudihoun;
Filo Bowal Mangohie;
Sinthiourou Almamy;
Botor (Safatou)*;
Parawi;
Soumbalako;
Koulor;
Filo Bowal Ndantari;
Doubhi;
Tinguilinta;
Tian Al;
Sinthiourou Tiouladi; and
Diw.
In general, these villages were located within the concession boundary or were socially
connected to villages within the boundary. In 2006, these 20 villages had a total population of
4,147 (Section 4.2.4.2). As Project planning evolved, it became evident that other villages would
be affected by various aspects of Project implementation beyond physical land take (temporary
or permanent), including such things as:
Increased road traffic during construction and/or operations;
Increased train traffic during operations;

205
Enhanced access to health services;
Improved infrastructure; and
Employee housing (either company-financed or independently arranged).
Additionally, some villages would likely be affected by aspects not under the direct control of
the Project, such as in-migration and SME development. This expansion of the original direct
zone of social influence to an overall Project zone of social influence is reflected in the shaded
area shown in Figure 4.12. This figure presents the inferred direct social zone of influence
resulting from implementation of all phases of the Project, and includes the refinery area
environmental zone of influence (Section 4.1.1), corridor 500 m-wide on either side of the
centerline of the main arterials (rail and road) between Sangardi and Kamsar and including any
population centers within 3 km either side of the main arterials, and the port environmental zone
of influence (Section 5.1.1). The overall Project zone of social influence will also include the
worker housing suburb in Bok and/or Sangardi (Section 3.3.2), when the suburbs location is
finalized. It is expected that the Projects indirect zone of social influence will extend
significantly beyond the shaded area shown in Figure 4.12, particularly in terms of taxes paid at
the GoG level, direct and indirect labor, and because of anticipated in-migration to the region as
a whole.
4.2.2 Methodology
The data for the social baseline was gathered using a range of methodological tools that included
secondary data for the social baseline, consultation at administrative and social levels (including
regional, prefectural, subprefectural, district, and village), focus group discussions, village and
household surveys, seasonal agricultural mapping, and market surveys. At each development
stage, the Project has consulted with, informed, and engaged the relevant authorities. More
information about stakeholder (including government) engagement is included in the Stakeholder
Engagement Plan (Volume 4 of this SEA).
A multidisciplinary team of specialists first scoped the Project area in 2001, followed by socio-
economic surveys including village-level consultation by SNC Lavalin. Additional consultation
and socio-economic surveys were conducted by the Project proponents in March and April of
2002. Secondary data was gathered from in-country and international sources including the
University of Conakry and the Ministry of Rural Development. In April and May of 2004 a full
census of affected people and affected assets was conducted for the refinery development. The

206
research process has been iterative and has informed the design of the Project as it has been
developed.
4.2.3 Social and Political Organization
4.2.3.1 Administrative Structure
Decentralized since 1984, Guinea is divided into seven large administrative regions, each under a
governor's responsibility. The country is successively divided into further administrative units:
regions, prefectures, and sub-prefectures which are then divided into districts, sectors, and
villages. Rural Development Communities (also known as commune rurale de development or
CRDs) generally are organized at the sub-prefectural level.
The Sangardi sub-prefecture is divided into seven districts, with the Project being located in the
district of Boullr, which is subdivided into 11 sectors. The refinery area Project infrastructure
is located in the Parawi, Filo Bowal, Mobhi, and Lop sectors of the Boullr district.
The local population elects District Chiefs who in turn elect an Executive Council to run the
CRD. The CRD focuses on development goals within the rural communities, collects taxes, and
CRD promote local development within the sub-prefectures. An elected Sector Chief
administers the sector, but his responsibilities are limited to the villages of the territory.
District boundaries are determined by geographical, historical and social factors. District offices
are comprised of elected members who are managed by a district president. The district
representatives form the Community Council, which shapes policy for the CRD. Every District
office chooses two representatives to sit on the Executive Council of the CRD.
The sub-prefecture is responsible for providing the following public services, although public
services are often inadequate to serve the needs of the sub-prefecture populations:
Water and forestry services;
Sub-prefectorial Directorship of Health;
Sub-prefectorial Directorship of Education;
Sub-prefectorial Directorship of the Promotion of Women;
National Service of Rural Development;
Sub-prefectorial Directorship of Housing (urban);

207
Tax collection;
Sub-prefectorial Directorship of Mines and Geology; and
Environmental service.
4.2.3.2 Village Social Structure and Organization
Villages are generally composed of an original core of several patriarchal families grouped
around a founding family. The villages are characterized by collections of dwellings (usually in
compounds or concessions that together comprise a village) and agricultural lands occupied by
more or less extended families from different lineages. In general, village life is regulated by the
patriarchs, who attribute land and organize social activities as well as mediate disputes.
The residents of each village choose a chief based on his leadership qualities as well as his
relationship to the villages founding family. The Council of Elders, led by the Village Chief,
exercises the power and manages day-to-day issues, resolves conflicts, and maintains village
traditions. Women have no representation on the Council but are consulted during the
organization of religious ceremonies through womens representatives identified in each village.
Households are linked by communal lands, pasture, and mutual aid for large-scale projects such
as house construction and harvesting. Women from the same village are all part of a tontine, the
equivalent of a savings bank, which is managed by one of the woman members. The tontine is
used to help any woman who has financial problems greater than those of the other members and
to organize ceremonies (excision, baptism, and others).
The husband has the main responsibility for the family and household. He answers for the family
in external affairs, and is responsible for the people living on his concession, who owe him
allegiance. In exchange, he must house them and mediate internal disputes. The patrilineal
system dominates and is the base of the social cell. The notion of respect and submission to
elders is ingrained at a young age, and the decisions related to daily village life are made by men,
while women primarily are responsible for domestic matters as well as some ceremonies.
Young men generally start a family from the age of 20, while women get married between the
ages of 15 and 17. Newly married couples are usually under the authority of the head of family
for a year or two before going to live in a new concession.

208
4.2.3.3 Non-Government Organizations and Other Institutions
A number of domestic and international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) operate in
Guinea. In the Bok region, NGOs work in the areas of health, the environment, education, and
socioeconomic development. A list of the international and national NGOs that are operating in
the region is included as an appendix to the Stakeholder Engagement Plan (SEP) in Volume 4 of
this SEA.
In the Sangardi sub-prefecture, there are also 16 womens groups that work primarily in
agriculture, cloth dying, literacy, commerce, and palm oil processing. This abundance of
womens groups reflects an underlying tradition of womens cooperatives to help with
agricultural production, religious ceremonies, marketing, and rotating cash funds. The following
table shows the key women groups operating in Sangardi.
Womens Groups Operating in Sangardi Sub-Prefecture
No. Groups Focus Area
1 GROMUSEL Tye-dying, soap making animal
husbandry
2 LANDJI Tye-dying, soap making animal
husbandry
3 YETE MALI: Tye-dying, literacy
4 UNION Tye-dying, soap making
5 HALDI FOOTI: Tye-dying, agriculture
6 LA PAIX soap making, house gardens,
commerce
7 BENDA Commerce, agriculture
8 TYAPI KOURE Agriculture
9 SABOU FANDJI (CAF) Embroidery, hair dressing
10 WASSSSO Soap-making, tincture
11 CITE NORD Tye-dying, soap making, animal
husbandry
12 FENTENYI Sanitation, comerse
13 MOUNAFANDJI Marketing fishliterach
14 UNION DES FEMMES
COUTURIERES DE
LIMANIYA
Couture, embroidery, alphabetization
15 SOTESA Tye-dying, soap making
16 SAMAYABH Agriculture
Source: Social and Environmental Management Unit, Global Alumina, Marliatou Diallo.

209
4.2.4 Demographics
4.2.4.1 Regional Population
Population statistics in this section are taken from recent documents or from the Projects in-
country social team, and update the numbers presented in the original EIA. The main population
centers in Bok Prefecture are the four primary urban centers of Sangardi (current population
estimated at 24,000), Bok (approximately 80,000), Kolaboui (approximately 14,000), and
Kamsar (approximately 179,000), which together account for slightly more than three-fourths of
the total population of Bok Prefecture. Bok and Sangardi are the closest major urban centers
to the refinery area, and are both important political and economic centers for Maritime Guinea.
Sangardi, located approximately 44 km by road from the refinery Project site, is the seat of the
sub-prefecture. The town has grown significantly since the establishment of the adjacent CBG
mine in 1969. CBG is currently the largest employer in Sangardi and is the primary source of
economic activity for the area.
The growth of the urban population Bok Prefecture is fueled primarily by the in-migration of
jobseekers to the two industrial cities of Kamsar and Sangardi (Republic of Guinea, 2000).
The population of the Sangardi sub-prefecture is generally evenly distributed between the urban
and farming zones. The urban population is concentrated in Sangardi city while the rural
population is clustered in villages throughout the sub-prefecture.
4.2.4.2 Study Area Population
Local demographic data comes from socio-economic surveys performed by SLEI in May-June,
2004. As of 2007, there were 4,909 people living in the 20 villages likely to be affected directly
by Project implementation (by temporary or permanent land acquisition) as shown in the table
below.

210
Existing Population of Affected Villages in the Refinery Area

Population
Village
Total Men Women
Botor (Safatou)
310 155 155
Boullr
670 329 341
Diw
245 120 125
Doubhi
280 137 143
Filo Bowal Mangodie
132 64 68
Filo Bowal NDantari
369 161 178
Koulor
120 58 62
Lop
127 63 64
Mobhi Kansihi
447 219 228
Mobhi N'Dantari
476 235 241
Mobhi Nioudihoun
65 31 34
Parawi
152 74 78
Petoun Djiga
240 99 111
Sinthiourou Almamy
114 96 98
Sinthiourou Tiouladi
70 34 36
Soumbalako
90 44 46
Tchankoun Tiouli
322 142 180
Tian Al
132 65 67
Tinguilinta
376 193 183
Tould
152 75 77
TOTAL 4,909 2,394 2,515
Source: GAP Social Team Data, 2007.
* = The village of Botor is located primarily in the CBG concession but has been added
to the list of affected villages because of its close social networks with the other villages.

The study area population is also characterized by a large proportion of children (0 to 5 years)
and youth (6 to 14 years), which represent, on average, 30% and 21% of the total population,
respectively. The economically active population (15 to 65 years old), represents approximately
46% of the study area population, and the elderly, the remaining 3% (see the bar chart below).
The percentages of young, middle aged, and old vary slightly from one village to another. In
general, there are between 6 and 10 people in a family, including 2 to 5 economically active
people.

211
Population of the Studied Villages by Age Group
0%
20%
40%
60%
80%
100%
M
o
b
h
i

N
'D
a
n
t
a
r
i
M
o
b
h
i

K
a
n
s
i
h
i

+

M
.
.
.
.
T
i
n
g
u
i
l
i
n
t
a
F
i
l
o

B
o
w
a
l

N
'd
a
n
t
a
r
i
T
c
h
a
n
k
o
u
n

T
i
o
u
l
i
B
o
t
o
r
e
D
o
u
b
h
i
D
i
w
e

P
e
t
o
u
n

D
j
i
g
a
S
i
n
t
h
i
o
u
r
o
u

A
l
m
a
m
y
P
a
r
a
w
i
S
i
n
t
h
i
o
u
r
o
u

T
i
o
u
l
a
d
i
Source: SNC-Lavalin
Environment, June 2004
65 years and over
15-64 years old
6-14 years old
0-5 years old

Note: these percentages come from the census of 17 villages surveyed for resettlement activities.
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Resettlement Action Plan, SNC Lavalin, October 2005 (Table 4.4).

The female population represents, on average, 50% of the total population. However, in certain
villages such as Mobhi Kansihi, Filo Bowal Mandgodi, Doubhi, or Tinguilinta, adult women
are much more numerous than men within the same age group. Even considering a high margin
of error, it appears that in these villages many of the men relocate to work in Sangardi, Bok,
Conakry, or outside the country, while their families stay in the villages.
Village living conditions are generally difficult, with a high level of poverty, but differ from
village to village. They seem related, among other things, to the number of residents and the
traditionalism of the leaders. Mobhi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Mobhi Nioudihoun, for
example, are distinguished by their commercial success in the production and sale of fruits to
Senegal and Guinea Bissau. Considered as leaders by all the other villages, their inhabitants are
generally more educated and have a higher quality of life.
4.2.4.3 Ethnic Groups
Guinea is represented by three primary ethnic groups, Peule 40%, Malinke 30%, and Soussou
20%. Smaller ethnic groups make up the remaining 10%. In the prefecture of Bok the primary
ethnic groups are the Bagas, Landoumas, Mikifors, Nalous, Soussous, Peules, Diakanks,

212
Malinks, Tomas, Kissis, and Guerzs. Ethnic mixing and intermarriages have resulted in some
assimilation of cultures in Bok and the surrounding regions. The Soussou ethnic group
absorbed most ethnic minorities, at least linguistically. For that reason, although Bok
Prefecture has a small Soussou population, Soussou is the predominant language. The Bagas,
Landoumas, Nalous, and Mikhifors use the Soussou language as the language of commerce. In
the study area, most of the villages are composed of people of Peule ethnicity (see Republic of
Guinea - Basic Country Information, Appendix B).
4.2.4.4 Language
Peule or Pular is the main language spoken in the villages and it is common that the residents
also speak Soussou and Malink. Each village has a Koranic school whose aim is mainly to
teach the Koran, in Pular using the Arabic alphabet, to young boys and girls within the local
communities, and many villagers can read and write Pular or Arabic. The Pular language written
with the Latin alphabet was introduced during the first Republic and is still used by the
government for communication with the Peule rural populations, generally in the capacity of
health awareness campaigns. Oral and written French is, however, the countrys official
language and the language of education since 1985.
In the study area literacy rates in French in the adult population are low. Many more men than
women speak French, as women traditionally pursue domestic tasks and agro-pastoral activities.
However, young village girls who attend school are learning to speak, read, and write French,
and a center for young women (NAFA) has been created in Sangardi to encourage functional
literacy and professional training. The following table shows the language skills of men and
women in 119 households from 4 villages in the refinery area: Tould, Petoun Djiga, Sinthiorou
Tiouladi, and Mobhi. This data outlines the different language abilities between sexes and age
groups.

213
Language Abilities in the Study Area
Age % of Population with Ability in:
Men
Total # of
residents in
age range
French Pular Arabic
7 to 18 80 59 20 5
19 to 29 60 20 42 20
30 to 39 38 21 61 13
40 to 49 17 18 71 12
50 and plus 26 4 62 12
Women
7 to 18 77 27 9 1
19 to 29 44 2 32 -
30 to 39 30 - 50 7
40 to 49 14 - 21 7
50 and plus 23 - 22 9
Source: Census Data Base. December, 2005.

4.2.4.5 Religion
In the study area, all the villages investigated indicated that they were Muslim Peules. Islam
plays a major role in daily life in the area, as evidenced by the presence of places of prayer,
community-built mosques, and the presence of an Imam in each village.
There are variations in the rigor with which Islam is practiced and the application of the Koran
between the villages. However, for all villages the Friday prayer is the most important religious
practice, when the residents of the surrounding villages meet in the regions three major
mosques: located at Mobhi, Boullr, and Botor. These mosques also serve as hubs of
communication for village life. Women have their own, smaller, mosques; there are also spaces
reserved for prayer in the villages, generally under a mango tree.
The population also preserves its animist beliefs, including consulting shamans and karamokos
or marabous (sorcerers). These beliefs are particularly evident in practices designed to warding
off evil or things considered to be bad omens, such as certain primate species in the area (Section
4.1.11.7). The majority of people in the villages (and to a degree in urban centers) wear an
amulet or belt to protect themselves against curses that people might put on them.

214
4.2.4.6 Housing
Housing in the urban centers of Bok and Sangardi ranges from the traditional round banco
structures to multi-story (rarely more than 2) cement structures with sheet metal roofs, with
flooring ranging from pressed earth to cement and rarely wood. Glass windows are rare, and
metal grating is common to prevent theft. Urban housing consists mainly of single family
homes, in contrast to the villages.
In the village, a typical home is a traditional round one-room hut made of a clay, mud, and straw
combination in a wattle frame, approximately 4 m to 8m in diameter. The floor is slightly
elevated and made of compacted earth. Wooden poles and adobe are used to build the walls,
which are then covered in lime and painted. Roofs are made of straw taken from the bowals and
are changed every year.
The number of round huts normally reflects the number of wives that a man has. Each of a mans
wives has her own hut that she shares with her children. The husband may have his own hut or
may choose to share those of his wives. Husbands who have no personal hut may spend one or
two nights in succession, in one of their wives huts. Additional huts may be built for the
children older than 7 years who remain with the family until the age of 18 to 20 years, when
young men leave the family nucleus to build their own huts and start a family. The kitchen, if
there is one, is in its own small, separate hut or lean-to. Otherwise, cooking is done outside, on a
stone fireplace. All of these houses comprise the family compound.
Less common are the square or rectangular houses built by wealthier families. These houses are
divided into several small rooms and lodge the entire family (the man has his own room) or the
women only. They measure approximately 10 to 12 m long by 8 to 10 m wide. The floor is
similar to that of the round huts. The walls are built of baked bricks and covered in lime, while
the roof is made of sheet metal and the windows are made of wood. The kitchen and a bathing
area are generally adjacent to the house; latrines are rare.
The size of the huts and their decorations depend on the financial means of the husband. Most
families own one or several round huts, grouped in a circular formation inside the compound.
The poorest families or children live in adobe or plaited straw huts.
4.2.4.7 Role of Women
There are a number of laws in Guinea aimed at protecting women (Republic of Guinea BNR,
2000g). Laws exist to promote the equality of men and womens rights relating to work, pay,

215
and parental leave, for example. In practice, however, these laws are rarely applied. Women
have the right to access to land, while at the electoral level, they have the right to vote. The
Penal Code condemns all forms of violence against women, although with some restrictions.
Married women have the right to inherit her deceased husbands goods. By law, a woman must
consent to a marriage, and forced marriage is punishable by law. Education is equally available
to all citizens.
In customary practice in the villages in the study area, women do not have land rights, receive
only half of the inheritance of their husbands, and have limited influence in decision-making on
village issues. Their primary role within the village is to bear children, serve their husbands,
educate their children, and ensure the well-being of the household. Traditionally, womens tasks
include the preparation and maintenance of the fields and the household garden (tapade), all the
domestic chores (cooking meals, collecting water, and firewood, etc.), caring for children, and
providing the childrens education for the first 7 years of their lives.
Marriage is a key institution and signifies social recognition from other community members.
Birth outside of marriage is not acceptable, but is not unheard of. Girls customarily are given in
marriage by their parents or are chosen by their husbands. In the study area, the age of marriage
is generally between 15 and 17 years. Women tend to have their first child at age 16, while some
of the girls in the study area have had their first child at 13 or 14 years of age. Female
circumcision is widely practiced in the study area. Girls are circumcised at 5 years old, normally
without a skilled medical practitioner or in hygienic conditions.
Because girls are expected to work in the house and care for the other children, they generally
receive significantly less formal education than their brothers. This lack of formal education
accounts for the extremely high female illiteracy rate documented in the area, almost 100%.
However, increased efforts by the GoG to expand educational opportunities to girls nationwide
has resulted locally in girls from Mobhi Dantari and Mobhi Kansihi attending school since 2003.
In the study area, women play a significant role in the economy of their family house. Peule
women in particular are known for their entrepreneurial skill and for being financially
independent of their husbands. Women generate income by processing palm nuts into palm oil
and selling this and other agricultural produce at the weekly market, and manage their own
individual incomes. While men are responsible for growing fruit and nut trees, often the women
are allowed to sell the product and retain the cash. Men are responsible for the expenditure
associated with housing and family ceremonies, and womens income pays for the household

216
food, dishes and utensils, clothing for the family, health care and education, and costs associated
with the children. For this reason, any adverse impact to womens income heavily impacts the
health and well-being of the family, in particular the children.
Women form and participate in women-exclusive mutual aid organizations (see also Section
4.2.3.3). There are many female associations at the village level whose aim is to exploit palm oil
or help one another financially when there are naming ceremonies and marriages. One of the
ways that women help each other is through participation in a rotating financial fund.
4.2.4.8 Vulnerable and Disadvantaged Groups
Guinea has a very high proportion of its population that lives under the national poverty line -
approximately 40% according to UNDP estimates, while 20% of the population is considered
malnourished. Ranked 160 (out of a possible 177) on UNDPs Human Development Index
(Appendix B), Guinea has a very low level of literacy, low access to health services, limited
access to potable water as well as low life expectancy (53.9 years). Under these conditions, a
very high proportion of the population is potentially at-risk or vulnerable particularly to disease
or ill health. At the same time, there are groups that are considered particularly disadvantaged by
the Ministry of Social Affairs. These categories of people are:
Orphaned and abandoned children;
The physically and mentally disabled; and
Widows or people without family support.
In recent years, the AIDS epidemic has created a class of disenfranchised victims of the disease.
Individuals who are known to be HIV positive are stigmatized and rarely receive treatment, due
to both social and financial reasons.
Within the study area, the criteria used by the Project for identifying vulnerable people are
modeled after the guidelines of Ministry of Social Affairs outlined. However, the Project has
included one more category: young mothers. This category includes young women who have
had their first child at the age of 13 or 14 years and are not married. Young girls having children
out of marriage are potentially at-risk socially and economically.
The Project has identified 357 people in the Project affected area who fit these criteria: 147
orphaned or abandoned children, 182 physically and/or mentally disabled and 28 widows or
people lacking family support. These figures represent an initial collation of potentially at-risk

217
or differentially affected people. The Project will continue screening individuals to identify
which ones may need support to ensure that the Project does not adversely differentially impact
them. Within the context of the study area, individuals may be disabled, for example, but not
considered at-risk or vulnerable if they have strong family support. Vulnerable people identified
in the two communities that will be resettled, Petoun Djiga and Tould, are discussed in the RAP
(Volume 5). The following table disaggregates total numbers of disabled individuals by village
inside the project affected area of the refinery.

218
Summary of Vulnerable and Disadvantaged Households and Individuals
Zone Village
Orphaned /
Abandoned
Children
Physically /
Mentally
Disabled
Widows / People
Lacking Family
Support
Tould 10 12 0
Petoun Djiga 8 12 0
Lopp 3 5 0
Boulr 17 36 14
North Bow
Thiankountyolli 15 10 0
Mobhi N'Dantari 5 11 1
Mobhi Kansihi 5 22 4
Mobhi Nioudihoun 0 0 0
Filo Bowal Mangohie 3 2 0
Shinthiourou Almamy 1 5 1
Botor (Safatou) 9 14 0
Parawi 22 2 1
Soumbalako 1 4 0
Centre
Bow
Koulor 11 9 2
Filo Bowal Ndantari 4 10 4
Doubhi 7 5 0
Tinguilinta 13 8 0
Thian Al 8 6 1
Shinthiourou
Tiouladji 3 1 0
Sangardi
South
Bow
Diw 2 8 0
Sub-Totals
147 182 28
TOTAL 357

Source: Social and Environmental Management Unit, Global Alumina, Marliatou Diallo.

219
4.2.4.9 Internal Migration, Refugees, and Internally Displaced People
The International Rescue Committee estimates that Guinea has provided asylum to
approximately 1 million refugees from civil wars in Liberia, Sierra Leone, and the Ivory Coast
(data from other groups put that number at 650,000). NGOs involved in refugee protection and
monitoring estimate that most of the international refugees from neighboring countries have
returned to their home countries. The Guinean government estimates that there are an additional
50,000 undocumented refugees from Liberia, Sierra Leone, and Ivory Coast in the country.
Accurate refugee statistics do not exist for the Sangardi area, but an informal survey of residents
in Tinguilinta indicated the presence of refugees from all three countries, including single
women, many of whom have been drawn to the area with the hope of employment.
4.2.5 Education
4.2.5.1 Infrastructure
The sub-prefecture of Sangardi provides schooling from primary to high school. In the sub-
prefecture, there are 21 elementary schools (of which five are private), a high school, and a
college. Eleven of these elementary schools are located in rural areas, and the rest are in the city
of Sangardi. There is a national vocational training school in Bok which is funded through
private and government financing.
There are three community elementary schools in the study area, in the villages of Mobhi,
Botor, and Doubhi, and no secondary schools. These schools operate with limited material and
financial resources since the pupils parents are the only source of financing. The teachers,
unaffiliated with the state network, refuse to teach if the minimum number of students registered
is not met. The following table shows the number of pupils enrolled in each of these villages.
Number of Pupils Enrolled in the Affected Villages
Number of
Students Rural Schools Grades
M F Total
Students Home Village
Mobhi 1st, 4th, 5
th
61 40 101
Tould, Mobhi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi,
Petoun Djiga
Botor 1st, 3rd 30 45 75
Petoun Djiga, Botor, Filo Bowal
Mandgodi
Doubhi 1st, 2nd 33 25 58 Doubhi, Filo Bowal Ndantari

220
Each village has a Koranic school in which teaching is based on Koranic curriculum and students
learn to write in Arabic script.
4.2.5.2 Enrollment and Literacy
There is a lack of educational infrastructure in the country which contributes greatly to the lack
of quality education in rural areas in Guinea. While 78.3% of the population receives a primary
education, the adult literacy rate in 2004 was 29.5% of the total population. Nevertheless, there
has been an increase in school attendance and literacy in recent years. In 2004, the youth (15 to
24 years old) literacy rate was 49.6%. This increase at a national level is reflected in the increase
in enrollments: in 1991 the net primary enrollment ratio was 27%; and by 2004 that figure had
increased to 64%. In 1991, 59% of children attending school completed primary school, by
2004, 82% of children attending school completed primary school. In the rural areas, however,
few children attend secondary school because of a lack of access and the need to work to support
the family. In 2004, the net secondary enrollment ratio was only 21% for Guinea.
Women and girls lag in literacy and school attendance figures. In 2004, the female adult
(defined as over 15 years old) literacy rate was 18.1%, while equivalent data for men was 42.6%.
The female youth literacy rate is 33.7% which represents a little over half the literacy rate of
male youth. This gender inequality in education is based on cultural and economic demands,
particularly in rural areas where traditional lifestyles favor educating boys while preparing girls
to perform domestic chores. This trend, coupled with girls early marriages and pregnancies,
means that half as many girls as boys enroll in secondary school while only 0.9% attain higher
education.
In the sub-prefecture of Sangardi, the situation mirrors that of the national level: 68% of the
population is uneducated; 20.8% has a primary education; 9% a secondary education; 1%
technical school training; and 1.2% a university education. The following table shows the level
of education in the Sangardi sub-prefecture.
Education Levels in the Sub-Prefecture of Sangardi

Uneducated
(%)
Primary
(%)
Secondary
(%)
Technical
(1)

(%)
Undeclared
(%)
Advanced
(2)

(%)
Total
Population
Male 45 18 9 1 25 2 20,333
Female 57 13 4 <1 25 <1 19,834
% of Total
Population
51 16 7 <1 25 <1 40,167

221
Over the last 30 years, school attendance has increased dramatically in Sangardi region. In
1970 the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) high
school in Sangardi had an enrollment of 37; and in 2001, it was 1,291. Currently, schools are
overcrowded and lack adequate resources. In the last year, there were 5,337 pupils in all the
elementary schools of the sub-prefecture, where 2,142 were girls. The national schooling
programs for girls implemented since 2002 by the government have increased girls school
attendance, but they still represent less than 40% of the total number of pupils enrolled in rural
areas. Surveys have demonstrated that school attendance for young people in rural areas is very
low due to a lack of family support for the students and the elevated costs of schools and classes
at all levels.
In the study area villages, only a small proportion of children attend the community-run schools.
This can be explained in part by the distance between the schools and the villages and the lack of
family ability to pay the school fees. A limited number of children enter high school, technical
school, or university. Several students from the villages (notably Mobhi Kansihi, Tould, and
Petoun Djiga) attend the college or high school in Sangardi. Most graduates of higher
education or vocational schools (mechanics, bakers, and drivers for example) have left their
villages and migrated to the cities.
In general, in the study area, women and girls have a lower literacy rate than men and boys due
to higher levels of school attendance including Koranic School, primary, and high school. The
tables below show literacy rates and school attendance rates for women and men in 119
households from 4 villages of the refinery area: Tould (50 households), Petoun Djiga (39
households), Sinthiorou Tiouladi (19 households) and Mobhi (14 proprietors) (Census Data
Base, December 2005).

222
School Attendance and Literacy Rates for Males
(for Tould, Petoun Djiga, Sintiorou Tiouladi, and Mobhi)

Literacy Levels and Attendance
(% of Population)
Age
Total # of
Residents
in Age
Range
Illiterate Literate
Koranic
School
Primary
High
School
College
Degree
Men
7 to 18 80 16 84 20 50 9 5
19 to 29 60 18 82 58 15 5 3
30 to 39 38 5 95 74 11 8 3
40 to 49 17 - 100 76 18 - 6
50 and plus 26 23 77 69 8 - -
% of Total
Population
14 86 50 26 6 4
Women
7 to 18 77 62 38 8 29 3 -*
19 to 29 44 66 34 27 7 - -*
30 to 39 30 43 57 57 - - -*
40 to 49 14 71 29 29 - - -*
50 and plus 23 70 30 30 - - -*
% of Total
Population
62 38 24 13 1 -*
*No women have obtained a college degree.
Source: Census Data Base. December, 2005.

The literacy levels data for the four villages to be affected by resettlement show that 85% of
males are reported to be literate while only 38% of females are reported to be literate. Koranic
schools have the highest attendance rate, largely due to their availability in the villages.
4.2.6 Human Health
4.2.6.1 Infrastructure and Health Services
With only 987 physicians for a population of approximately 9.4 million people (or 0.11 doctors
for every 1,000 people), access to health services is extremely limited (SNC Lavalin, 2004,
2005). In 2004, the government allocated 5.3% of GDP (UNDP, 2005) towards health services
for a total of US$ 95 per person which is comparable to other West African countries, but short
of the 10% of GDP recommended by WHO.

223
The health care system is organized by levels: national, regional, prefectural, and sub-prefectural.
There are two national hospitals, seven regional hospitals, 26 prefectural hospitals, and many
sub-prefectural health posts or centers. The cities of Sangardi and Bok both have government-
managed health centers. The Sangardi government health center has the capacity to perform
some minor surgeries and provides family planning services, vaccinations, and prenatal and
standard consultations. According to the physician responsible for this health center, the center
sees 600 to 700 patients per month (initial consultations). There are also two private health
clinics in Sangardi, including the CBG.
CBG manages a hospital in Sangardi for CBG workers and their families, but which is also
accessible to the population at large for an access fee of GF 15,000 - generally prohibitively
expensive for villagers. The CBG hospital offers limited diagnostic and therapeutic services.
For more complicated services, patients are generally transferred to the CBG Kamsar hospital
which has a higher level of service. The CBG hospital operates an ambulance whose use is
reserved for employees of CBG and their families. The distance to Sangardi from the Project-
affected villages, coupled with the expense, makes health services almost prohibitive except in
emergencies, however some of the study area residents reported using the CBG hospital.
The use of health services has increased considerably in the last 20 years as the population of the
sub-prefecture of Sangardi has increased. However, the available human and material resources
have not kept pace with this growing demand. For example, in Sangardi the government health
center equipment is obsolete, much of it is non-functional, (such as the operating room) and
medication, including vaccines, are often not available. Currently, the health center is in
cramped quarters and there is very little land available for a possible expansion.
Rural populations in the study area are located too far from the regional health centers to use
them on a regular basis, and will generally first consult traditional healers. Due to isolation,
travel distance, degraded roads, and the absence of emergency means of transport, quick access
to health care is difficult. When complications arise, particularly in the case of difficult
childbirth, non-access to urgent care sometimes results in death.
Prior to Project development, the only health station in the study area was in Boullr. This
health station has 5 beds and is managed by a state-employed male nurse, assisted by two
voluntary community agents. The nurse has limited material and financial resources to provide
health care. With limited financial resources to pay for his travels, he rarely visits the villages in
the study area, with the exception of Mobhi, where about a quarter of Boullrs population live.

224
As part of its social investment initiative, GAC has constructed a health post in Tinguilinta along
with others in Mobhi, Safatou (Botore), and the resettlement village. These four health posts
supplement the only facility that existed within 20km of the refinery site before the project began
and will allow the local health system to better serve the local population.
The Guinean government provides for access to free medical checkups and also to current drugs
at a low price. For malaria, the most common illness, the treatment cost is subsidized by the
Guinean government, which makes it more affordable for the general population. The cost of
health care can also be a limiting factor for the poorer populations, and hospitalization is always
expensive. In periods of scarcity (the period between the end of the rainy season and before the
harvests for example), consultations at the health station of Boullr decrease significantly since
many patients cannot afford the drugs. The following chart shows the use of various levels of
health services as survey at four villages in the study area.

225
A c c e s s t o He a l t h S e r v i c e s o r C e n t r e
0 2 0 4 0 6 0 8 0 1 0 0
B o u ll r n u r s e
Dr u g s in t h e ma r k e t
S a n g a r e d i He a lt h Ce n t r e
Pla n t s
He a le r s
B o k h o s p it a l
K a ms a r He a lt h Ce n t r e
Ph a r ma c y
S a n g a r e d i He a lt h Ce n t r e ( CB G )
K a ms a r Ho s p it a l
Pr iv a t e Clin ic
S a n g a r e d i He a lt h Ca b in e t
Tin g u ilin t a He a lt h Ce n t r e
Co n a k r y h o s p it a l
A c c e s s
Use of Health Services/Health Care Options in the Project Area
(for Tould, Petoun Djiga, Sinthiorou Tiouladi, and Mobhi)

Source: Census Data Base. December 2005.

4.2.6.2 Public Health and Illnesses
Average life expectancy in Guinea is low; an average of 54 years old for both males and females.
While infant mortality rates and under five mortality rates are high (101 and 155 per 1000 births
respectively in 2004), the rates have declined significantly since 1970. However, the population
of children under five remains especially vulnerable to disease and suffers most seriously from
the main illnesses: malaria, dysentery, and acute respiratory infections, as well as chronic
malnutrition (Republic of Guinea, 1999b).
The following table summarizes the main indicators of health as measured by the Guinean
Ministry of Public Health. Between 1970 and 1999, eight cholera epidemics were reported in the
Republic of Guinea, most notably in 1999 when an epidemic raged in Conakry. Nationwide, the

226
causes of mortality are typically non-drepanocytic (non-sickle cell) anemia and pernicious
malaria.
Main Health Indices, Republic of Guinea, 2004
Indicator Value
Average age of the population 23 years
Natural growth rate 2.6%
Yearly rate of growth 2.7%
Birth rate 3.69%
Mortality rate 1.42%
Infant mortality (< 1 year old) 9.8%
Juvenile death rate (between 1 and 5 years old)
8.8
Infant juvenile death rate (< 1 years old) 17.7%
Maternal mortality 530 for 100,000 live births
Fertility Index 5.8 children per woman
Life expectancy 54.8 years

In the Bok region, the most common illnesses observed are malaria, intestinal parasitic illnesses
(amoebas, giardias, and intestinal worms), dysentery illnesses (bacterial, food, or parasitic),
anemia, sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), respiratory illnesses, and malnutrition. Alcohol
consumption is apparently high in Sangardi, and some people suffer from alcohol-related
illnesses.
A national vaccination program has been put into place with the goal of preventing some
illnesses such as measles and neonatal tetanus. Almost every child in the study area has been
vaccinated by a team of nurses from the Bok hospital who stop on the National Route twice a
year, or by the Boullr nurse who visits the villages in the dry season.
The most common fatal illnesses among children under 5 years of age are intestinal parasites,
malaria, diarrhea, and severe respiratory infections. The nurse at the Boullr health center
estimates that 50% of the deaths in the study area occur in children less than 4 years. Aside from
malaria, almost all of these illnesses are related to a lack of hygiene and the consumption of non-
potable water in the dry season. Poor water quality during the dry season causes critical health
problems in the villages that lack hand water pumps. Water is generally sourced from traditional

227
wells dug to a depth of between 7 and 15 m, but it can also be taken from creeks or rivers, which
are also used for washing, watering of small gardens, and as livestock watering-places, leading to
transmission of diseases. Other water-borne diseases such as onchocerciasis and bilharziosis are
not prevalent in the sub-prefecture of Sangardi.
Most of the visits to the Sangardi health center are for treatment of malaria (75 to 80% of the
consultations). During the rainy season, cases of malaria increase due to of the presence of water
pools that encourage the development of mosquito larvae. At the Boullr health station,
approximately 70% of annual consultations take place in June, July, and August because of a
high incidence of malaria (Sanou Barry, CBG Hospital Biologist).
Maternal Health
Total fertility rates in Guinea are declining, a trend that is often in inverse relation to levels of
education and increase in economic well-being. From 1970 to 1975 fertility rates were 6.8 per
woman while by 2000 2005 those rates had declined to 5.9 per woman (UNDP, 1999).
Supporting the connection between levels of education and a decline in fertility rates, national
data demonstrates that women with a secondary level education had an average of 3.3 children
versus 6.2 children per woman who had received no formal education. Data disaggregated by
urban and rural indicates that urban women have fewer children (4.4) than rural women (6.3).
Women in Guinea report a very high level of knowledge of contraceptives (92% of women in
2004 reported knowing about contraceptive methods), yet only 6% of married women reported
using contraceptives (UNDP, 1999). Access to and affordability of contraceptives, along with
female education levels, likely affects their use.
The data in the study area generally reflects the national trends (Appendix B). In the study area
villages, child delivery generally occurs with the assistance of an old woman or a matron aged
approximately between 40 and 50 who have received no training as a midwife. Studies indicate
the presence of a midwife in the village of Mobhi Dantari. If complications occur during
childbirth, women can choose to go to the hospital, although lack of transportation makes the
transfer difficult: women in labor who must be transferred are carried by hammock to the
national road, then transported by vehicle to Bok or Sangardi. There are large numbers of
stillborn children, and the mortality rate of mothers following childbirth is high.
Women in the study area typically give birth to an average of 7 to 9 children, 4 to 6 of which will
survive. These figures are indicative of the high neo-natal and infant mortality rates in the area
coupled with the youth of the mothers: 13 to 14 years old at first birth. Because many if not

228
most of the children who have died are not attended by a skilled medical professional, an exact
diagnosis of disease or illness is not available. But parents in the study area reported that the
vast majority of deaths in children under 5 were from unknown causes, with fever, malaria, death
in childbirth, rubella, small pox, and diarrhea being the most common identifiable causes.
HIV/AIDS and STDs
The HIV prevalence in 2005 for individuals from 15 49 years of age was reported to be 1.5%,
lower than that in neighboring Central and West African countries (Congo 5.3%, Cameroon
5.4%, Gambia 2.4% - UNDP, 2005). Of these, women are more likely than men to have the
disease, or perhaps to report it: 1.9% of women between the ages of 15 and 49 are seropositive,
while 0.9% of men of the same age range are serpositive resulting in a female/male infection
ration of approximately 2 to 1. Urban seropositive incidence is significantly higher than rural:
2.4% to 1% respectively (Enquete, 2005). The World Health Organization (1999) estimates that
55,000 people in Guinea are living with the HIV/AIDS, of which 52,000 are adults between 15
and 49 years old. USAID estimates that 97,000 adults between the ages of 15 and 49 were living
with AIDS-HIV in Guinea at the end of 2001. In 1999, the same organization estimated that
5,600 Guineans had died from the illness. In the last 15 years, the number of AIDS cases has
increased significantly, having multiplied tenfold since 1990. The incident rate varies according
to profession. For example, nationally infection rates are 42% for female sex workers, 16.7% for
tuberculosis patients, 7.3% for truck drivers, 6.6% for military personnel, 4.7% for miners, and
2.8% for pregnant women (UNAID, as stated in SNC Lavalin, 2004, 2005).
As is the case on the national level, the number of HIV/AIDS cases has increased considerably
over the last ten years in the Sangardi region. The following table shows the number of new
HIV/AIDS cases tracked since 1990 in Sangardi City (as of January 2001). From 1990 to 2000,
the number of new cases annually tracked at the CBG hospital went from 6 to 39. According to
the nurse at the health center, cases of HIV/AIDS are very rare in the district of Boullr.

229
Number of New Cases of HIV in Sangardi (City)
Year New cases
Non-CBG
population (%)
CBG Workers and their
dependents (%)
1990 6 100 -
1991 9 100 -
1992 8 38 62
1993 13 100 -
1994 20 90 10
1995 30 80 20
1996 21 90 10
1997 29 79 21
1998 10 60 40
1999 19 68 32
2000 39 59 41
Total 204 77% 23%

As of January 2001, the totals tracked since 1990 reveal: 94 men living with the virus and 20
deaths (total 114 cases); 78 women living with the virus and 8 deaths (total 86 cases); and 2
children living with the virus and 2 deaths (total 4 cases). A total of 204 cases have been tracked
and 30 of these people have died of the illness. There have been no reported or observed cases in
the villages in the study area.
Data collected in June 2007 at the Sangardi Voluntary Counseling and Testing (VCT) center
run by Health Focus GmbH indicate a high degree of seropositive results: 45 HIV positive
results out of a total of 440, for a prevalence rate of 10% (HIV/AIDS Situation Analysis, 2007).
It is expected that this figure is higher than the reported rates in the general population because
of self-selection (people choosing to be tested based on their personal situations).
Data collected at the Kamsar hospital shows an increase of prevalence among blood donors from
0.49 in the period 1989-1991 to more than 3% during the time period 2004-2006 as shown on the
following figure. This situation is significant given that the national level is around 2%.

230

The situation in Bok in 2007 is similar: the Prevention of Mother to Child Transmission
program in Bok identified 37 women out of 1,177 pregnant women tested as seropositive, for a
prevalence rate of 3.14% (HIV/AIDS Situation Analysis, 2007), whereas 58 of 456 individuals at
the Bok VCT center tested positive, for a prevalence rate 12.72%. A study of factors
contributing to the epidemic in the Sangardi/Bok area list the following as key contributors:
High rate of infection among sex workers (42%), international migration (particularly from war
affected countries), multiple partnerships, low condom use, decreasing age of first sexual
encounter, low perception of risk, high STD rates, and cultural practices such a polygamy, and
female circumcision.
The treatment of HIV-AIDS remains extremely costly, despite being subsidized, and is generally
prohibitive for rural villagers. In Sangardi, an anti-AIDS committee was set up involving
various participants (e.g., the CRD, sub-prefecture, health centers) to raise public-awareness and
prevent the spread of the disease.
4.2.7 Land Use and Tenure
Property rights in Guinea are complex, given the many forms in which these rights are rendered
(state-owned or modern rights, customary rights, and influence of Islamic law). Historically
Islamic law, while recognizing individual property rights, contradicts customary land ownership
rights that both recognize communal property and reserve property rights for the historic or first
occupants of the property.

231
Guineas Fundamental Law of 1992 establishes and recognizes the right to private property in
Guinea. While registration of land is common in urban areas, it is rare in rural areas where the
land ownership is customary. State-owned property rights are currently described in
legislation that institutes the fundamental sovereignty of the State. While the legislation
indicates that the State is the owner of the land, at the same time, it supports the concept of
private property - allowing construction, amenities, and farms to belong to their owners or those
who have historic claims to the land as well as recognizing customary rights to land. The right
to use, but not own, developed lands and exploit and harvest its fruits (planting and cultivating)
is also recognized.
4.2.7.1 Urban Environment
Two urban areas lie within the Projects inferred social zone of influence (Figure 4.12): Bok
and Sangardi. The most current information regarding urban infrastructure and development
for these two towns comes from the reports prepared by Castalia Strategic Advisors (2006) for
the Public-Private Infrastructure Advisory Facility (PPIAF). National planning schemes are
presented in Appendix B; there is currently no urban or rural planning for the Sangardi sub-
prefecture or for the district of Boullr. However, every five years the Sangardi sub-
prefecture prepares an action plan including projects to be realized and a budget and sends it to
the prefecture at Bok. The action plans for all of the sub-prefectures are collected and used to
produce the Bok Prefecture five-year development plan.
Bok
Bok is considered to be part of the Projects inferred direct zone of social influence (Figure
4.12) as a result of the GAC-financed housing suburb that will be constructed in the area for
interested employees and their families (Section 3.3.2). Additionally, it is reasonable to assume
that Bok will become a base for SMEs that develop to serve the family housing suburb and the
Project in general. As the prefectural seat, Bok serves as a regional center for various
institutions and services including a health center, primary schools, a vocational training center,
water treatment plant, and an airport.
Sangardi
Sangardi is expected to be indirectly affected by the Project as it is assumed that some
percentage of future GAC employees and SMEs will choose to locate there. Sangardi occupies
a surface area of 3.5 km, and is the center for many institutions and services in the region
including a hospital, a clinic, a high school, a technical school, ten primary schools, several

232
mosques, the seat of the sub-prefecture and the CRD, a hotel, restaurants, two markets, an
airport, and a stadium.
Since CBG began its mining operations in the 1973, Sangardi has experienced sustained but ill-
planned growth, particularly in the last decade. Within Sangardi, as in Kamsar, CBG has
developed a company town complete with housing, utilities, and basic services. Those areas of
the city developed by CBG differ markedly from the more haphazardly developed adjacent areas.
4.2.7.2 Rural Land Tenure
Customary land rights dominate land tenure in rural areas and there is no private (titled) land in
the Project area. All of the lands in use by the Project (as well as those proposed for use) are
managed according to the customary regime according to the research of the CRD. The
decisions of the founding families and the advice of elders are very important in the villages of
the study area in terms of property rights and management. In the rural communities located
within the study area, agricultural and pastoral lands as well as plantations are allocated based on
traditional land allocation rules. It is possible to formally register title to land to become a title
land owner. In practice, however, it is rare to find private land titling in the study area as the
process is lengthy and costly. As a standard part of the resettlement process, GAC will provide
resettled PAP with a secured and legally sanctioned occupation right to both land and houses.
Figure 4.13 shows customary land ownership in the study area.
Family Lands
A local patriarch (the chief of land), who is often a descendant of the founding family, manages
the land near each village in the study area. Five major traditional landowners (based in Parawi,
Mobhi, Tould, Botor, Lop, and Filo Bowal Mandgodi) share the management of lands
within the Project area. The boundaries between the properties are well established and have
been respected for generations. Founding families also exert their right to control the lands they
have allocated to each host family. Farming lands are a family patrimony managed by the head
of the family who has the obligation to allocate lands to any male child who gets married and
starts a family.
Unlike the fields outside the village that remain the property of the descendants of the founding
family, every household in the village has one or two plots planted with gardens or fruit trees
near their home. The permanent occupation of these plots implies that the households have a
right to this property granted by the village authorities (the founding family and sector chief).

233
The family head divides the parcel between himself and equally between his wives to cultivate.
Each child can also request a part of the family parcel to cultivate.
Communal Land
Communal lands are those that are generally not suitable for agriculture. They include the
bauxitic plateaus (bowal), and valley bottoms where natural oil palm trees grow. Anyone in the
village has the right to exploit such land for his or her personal use. In principle, the approval of
the landowner is required for using the land and its natural resources for animal husbandry
(pasture, transhumance of cattle, water sources, creeks, etc.). Natural resources such as wild
fruit, wood, straw, gravel, sand, clay, wood, and medicinal plants are commonly used without
prior permission. Naturally growing oil palm trees are the only resource requiring the customary
owners permission, but the trees generally remain available for collective use because wild trees
were planted by God. On the other hand, a person who plants a tree becomes the owner of the
land, including natural palm trees and any other tree included within its fruit tree plantation.
Non-residents of the village can also request access to communal land, but may use the land for
profit only after having been granted permission by the village chief.
Land Sharing, Allocation, or Sale
Agricultural land is frequently loaned between villages, as shown in the following table. Land
borrowers must speak to the patriarch to secure his authorization to work on an agricultural plot
of land. The patriarch will then consult the elders in the village and the families concerned to
find out about the availability of arable lands. After an annual crop area is identified it is shared
between the applicants, not only families in the village but also foreigners in search of
agricultural lands.

234
Land Lent and Borrowed between Villages in the Projects Refinery Area

Borrower

Lender
P
a
r
a
w
i

S
i
n
t
h
i
o
u
r
o
u

D
i
w

M
o
b
h
i

K
a
n
s
i
h
i

M
o
b
h
i

N
D
a
n
t
a
r
i

B
o
t
o
r
e

P
e
t
o
u
n

D
j
i
g
a

T
o
u
l
d

L
o
p

F
i
l
o

B
o
w
a
l

M
.

T
i
a
n

A
l

F
i
l
o

B
o
w
a
l

N
D
a
n
t
a
r
i

T
c
h
a
n
k
o
u
n

T
i
o
u
l
i

E
x
t
r
i
e
u
r

Parawi
Sinthiourou
Diw
Mobhi
Kansihi

Mobhi
NDantari

Botore
Petoun
Djiga

Tould
Lop
Filo Bowal
M.

Tian Al
Filo Bowal
NDantari

Tchankoun
Tiouli

Source : Based on the information provided by the villagers, Village inquiries, SNC Lavalin, 2004

235
The loan allows the borrower to farm the land for annual crops. The land loans are generally
free, only symbolic gifts are given to the owner. Leasing agricultural land is also practiced in
the study area even though it contradicts with traditional farmland management. The lease price
is determined by the size of the leased parcel. Generally, the fallow period on the leased
farmland is less than that of the farmland that the owner will reserve for his needs and those of
his family (i.e. the leased land is less productive).
The use of land for herding is specified in the Guinean pastoral code, which is based largely on
local customs, and is well respected and honored by the villagers. In general, land and its
resources cannot be used for grazing, water, etc. without the prior approval of the landowner.
There are occasionally conflicts between herders and farmers.
Inheritance remains the most common method of land transfer. Inheritance passes from father to
son, with women being excluded. Women cannot be landowners; if a womans husband dies, the
land will be passed on to the familys sons or revert back to the wifes in-laws. Land can also be
transferred in the form of a gift (grant of land use), but this is relatively rare and essentially takes
place only between close relatives. In the past, when more land was available, gifting was used
to transfer property between the founding families and newcomers to the village.
The sale of property is another form of land transfer, but it is much more common in urban than
in rural environments. After an agreement on the price, the owner can authorize the sale, and the
transaction is often ratified by the signatures of the two parties and witnesses to the agreement.
The signing of the transaction is often witnessed by the members of the CRD who will witness
the sale. Present day economic transactions have somewhat diminished the social and cultural
meaning of traditional land transactions and are on the increase in the study area.
When there is insufficient land for everyone, or if the village simply does not have enough arable
land (like in Diw, for example), land is borrowed from neighboring major customary
landowners, who are from the same family. Large- and small-scale land owners (who own
customary property within greater properties) as well as the village chiefs will in this case
receive compensation in cash or in-kind equivalent to 10% of the harvest, which they share
among themselves. When a foreigner wishes to use the land, it can be rented to him for a fee
(owners increasingly prefer this type of payment), or be paid in kind, with compensation
equaling 20% of the harvest.

236
4.2.7.3 Rural Land Use
Agricultural activity predominates in the area, particularly in the valleys. However, it is not
always obvious which areas are primarily agricultural because of the long fallow periods
following cultivation which allows the foliage growth to become quite dense. The valley slopes
are almost always covered with vegetation whose density depends on how long the land has been
left fallow. During the dry season the bowals are fairly sparse and rocky, during and after the
rainy season the bowals are covered with tall grasses.
The land use in the study area is mainly agricultural or pastoral in nature. Twenty rural and
semi-rural villages will be particularly affected by the Project. The land-based activities carried
out in these villages are similar, i.e. agriculture, animal husbandry and other traditional activities
such as palm oil extraction. Figures 4.14 through 4.18 present land use within the study area,
with enlarged views for major Project components.
The areal photography used to analyze land use patterns in the study area was taken in May 2001
following the preparation of agricultural fields. Consequently, swidden (burned for agricultural
purposes) fields are quite visible. In 2001, burned plots occupied 2,202 ha (7% of the study area)
and together with the fallow lands (21%), they formed the whole of the study areas cultivated
space (i.e. 28% of the total surface). With 22% of the land, pastures represented the second most
significant type of land use in the area.
In 2001, swidden fields represented 25% of the overall cultivated area. Therefore, it can be
assumed that 25% of the cultivated lands are used, every year, by the populations within the
study area, while the rest of the cultivated land (75%) is occupied by fallow lands. This
information corroborates the data provided by the villagers, who mention a fallow period of 4 to
6 years for the cultivated lands in the study area.
The villages in the study area are almost always located in the river valleys. Land use varies little
from village to village. Typically, rice and peanuts are grown on the valley slopes, houses and
gardens are concentrated in the bottom of the valley and the plateaus above the valley are
primarily used for grazing during the wet season. In addition to the savanna on the plateaus, there
are isolated pockets of forest that are exploited by the farmers if the soil there is arable. Fields
are cultivated on the valley slopes and very rarely on the valley floor where the oil palms, the
plantations, and the small family gardens are found. The arable land is limited and extensively
exploited because non-arable land predominates on the plateaus.

237
Kitchen gardens used to grow fruit and produce sold at market are located close to the dwellings.
Smaller areas, which are occupied by oil palm tree plantations and fruit-bearing crops, are the
other agricultural activities for which the area is used. Fruit trees are also grown close to the
dwellings, while some of the agricultural fields can be 4 to 5 km away from the village. Along
the riverbanks, oil palms are exploited for their oil-bearing nuts.
During the wet season, herbaceous vegetation grows on the plateaus and they become the main
grazing area for livestock (22% of the study zone). In addition to local herds, some ranchers will
pasture their animals on the plateaus in the rainy season. To avoid conflicts between farmers and
livestock farmers, pasture areas are created on fields opposite the cultivated lands during the
current agricultural year. Usually, the cattle are sent to the lands cultivated during the previous
year (lands now in fallow), which, at the same time, will help fertilize the soil with natural
fertilizers. Therefore, the presence of cattle in the area is not exclusive to the large shrub
savanna on the plates. In the dry season, livestock numbers decrease as some owners send their
animals west to pasture on the coastal plains. However, the majority of livestock stays close to
the villages during the dry season. The plateaus of Wendou Sindia, Petoun Djiga, Petoun Mama,
and Wendou Dounsi are some of the main cattle gathering areas.
The following table provides an estimate in terms of average production and of the distribution
of crops by area and percentage, as well as production levels evaluated on a one-hectare parcel.
Average Area of a Parcel and Production of 1 Hectare of Multi Crops
Crops
Average Area
ha
Portion of Parcel
%
Production on 1 ha
of multi crops(kg)
Peanuts 2.2 41.9% 616
Manioc 0.1 1.4% 112
Fonio 0.4 6.9% 83
Sweet Potato 0.1 1.6% 138
Rice 1.6 29.5% 831
Millet 0.5 9.2% 129
Sorghum 0.3 6.5% 85
Corn 0.2 3.0% 60
Modified from: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Resettlement Action Plan, SNC Lavalin, 2005 (Table 4.4).

4.2.8 Livelihoods Activities and Employment Opportunities
The economy of Guinea is somewhat diversified but is still largely dependent on agriculture and
animal husbandry (23.2% of GDP), industry including mining (38.2% of GDP) and services
(38.6% of GDP, 2006 figures). Industrial activities are mainly concentrated in the mining

238
sector, the food, oil and chemical industries, and in building materials and textile. It is estimated
that 75% of the Guinean population works in agriculture, mainly for subsistence. Rice (38% of
the cultivated lands), groundnut, fonio, corn, cassava and potatoes are Guineas main food
products. Guineas per capita GDP is US$ 2,100 (2006).
The mining sector represents Guineas primary resource. The country has half of the worlds
bauxite ore deposits and is the worlds 2
nd
largest producer of this ore, and its primary exporter.
The mining sector accounts for a about 90% of the countrys overall exports. In addition to
diamonds, Guinea also has a gold-bearing potential estimated at several hundred tons. Iron is the
other ore of significance, although it is not currently mined.
Sangardi is the primary economic center in the prefecture of Bok primarily because of the
mining activities of CBG, which has been exploiting bauxite ore bodies in the area for 30 years
now. Due to the presence of the company, there are more diversified economic activities in the
Sangardi urban center than in the whole of the sub-prefecture.
4.2.8.1 Structure of Employment and Labor
Guinea has been a member of the International Labor Organization (ILO) since 1959. The Work
Code is one of the most modern in West Africa. The Code codifies protection for the employee
including minimum age for working, requirement for written work contracts, right to minimum
wage, presence of a doctor on the premises (for companies of 500 or more), training and
apprenticeship programs, regulation of health and safety conditions at work, need for internal
human resource policies, maximum work times including right to overtime, as well as unions and
collective agreements. In addition, the Mining Code (1995) stipulates that mines must hire
Guinean labor on a priority basis and provide training to maximize Guinean labor at all levels.
Economic activity in Guinea is difficult to quantify. Children work in both the rural and urban
environment and women, in addition to household chores, are often involved in agricultural
production as well as production of goods and services in the informal economy (Republic of
Guinea 2000a). The national census of 1996 determined that Guinea had an active population of
3,386,761 that is the population over 10 years old that is working, capable of work or looking
for work; this figure was estimated to be 3.7 million by 2006.
The following table shows the distribution of the population according to economic activity for
the sub-prefecture of Sangardi (1996 Census).

239
Economic Activities by Gender, Sub-Prefecture of Sangardi
Activity Males (%) Females (%)
% of Total
Population
Undeclared 26.27 28.36 54.63
Agriculture, hunting, forestry and fishing 14.46 16.14 30.60
Retail trades 2.18 3.28 5.46
Mining activities 2.47 0.109 2.59
Community services, social and personal 1.03 1.00 2.03
Manufacturing 1.49 0.286 1.78
Transportation and communications 1.11 0.007 1.12
Construction 1.07 0.007 1.08
Public administration and national defense 0.24 0.062 0.30
Domestic staff 0.11 0.055 0.167
Hotels 0.032 0.045 0.077
Production and distribution of electricity, gas and
water 0.072 - 0.072
Activity not properly determined 0.035 - 0.035
Real estate, leasing, corporate services 0.005 0.015 0.02
Financial 0.0125 0.0025 0.015
International organizations 0.0125 - 0.0125
Percent of Total Population 50.6 49.4 -

Agricultural activity predominates (after undeclared), followed distantly by retail, mining
activities, community services, manufacturing, transportation and communications, and
construction. Women are involved in every economic activity except the production and
distribution of utilities, and are more heavily involved than men in retail activities.
4.2.8.2 Mining Industry
Bauxite is the primary mining resource in Guinea, with deposits found in Maritime Guinea (Fria,
Kindia, and Bok), Middle Guinea (Lab, Gaoual), and Upper Guinea (Tougu and Dabola).
Bauxite and alumina accounted for 18% of Guineas total fiscal revenue, and 94% of the
countrys exports (20% of its GDP) in 2000-2003 (http://www.eitransparency.org/Guinea). A
number of key projects are underway in Guinea to develop and export the bauxite resources:
Compagnie des Bauxites de Guine (CBG), one of the countrys biggest bauxite
producers, was created in 1973. Alcoa and Rio Tinto Alcan have formed a

240
partnership named Halco Mining, which owns 51% of CBG. The Government of
Guinea owns the remaining 49% of CBG. The extracted materials are shipped ~ 136
km by rail (about five or six trains per day) to the CBG port facility in the vicinity of
Kamsar for crushing, processing and drying at the plant there. Then, the bauxite is
exported by freighter through the CBG port facility to refineries in other parts of the
world for the production of alumina. Approximately 14 million tonnes of bauxite are
currently exported through this CBG facility annually;
UC Rusal Dian-Dian Project includes a potential bauxite mine (approx. 13.4 Mtpa)
and a refinery (approx. 2.8 Mtpa) located on the concession lands. Associated
facilities include a new rail line to the coast; a greenfield port for shipping product
from the mine/refinery; water supply reservoir for the refinery complex area; a power
plant to provide electricity; housing for workers at both the refinery and port
locations; and roads and related infrastructure. Dian Dian is not expected to start
production for several years. Its concession borders the GAC concession to the north;
Alcoa - Rio Tinto Alcan Kamsar Refinery Project includes a 1.5 Mtpa refinery and
associated infrastructure. Bauxite is likely to be sourced from the expansion of CBGs
existing mines and be delivered by CBG to the Refinery. The project facilities and
infrastructure include a port site and rail siding from the main CBG line, as well as
power supply and supplemental transportation infrastructure. Alcoa and
RioTintoAlcan have carried out pre-feasibility studies for this 1.5 Mtpa alumina
refinery but full feasibility studies have yet to commence. After analysis of several
alternative sites, a site has been chosen for the facility near Kabata, north of Kamsar;
and
BHP Billiton Boffa and Santou Projects are believed to be in the exploratory phase
of its investigations on these concessions. As such, there appear to be no plans
publicly available for the details of any future bauxite-related activities on these
concessions; any such development(s) appear to be well into the future.
These projects compete for a limited amount of skilled Guinean laborers. CBG employs
approximately 2,400 people directly. It is estimated that those 2,400 employees support over
22,000 people, while another 160,000 individuals indirectly benefit from provision of goods and
services (SNC Lavalin, 2005).
Gold and diamond mining represent a smaller, economically less important contribution to the
GDP. Upper Guinea is the primary gold-producing area. It is estimated that Guinea has deposits
containing several hundred tonnes of high-quality gold ore that are currently mined on a semi-
industrial and industrial scale as well as through artisanal mining. Tens of thousands of
individuals are involved in small-scale artisanal mining producing 3.6 tonnes of gold in 2002.
Total diamond reserves in Guinea are estimated at between 25 and 30 million carats of generally

241
good-quality diamonds. Iron deposits are estimated at several billion tones and plans to develop
Rio Tinto Iron Ores Simandou project are currently underway.
4.2.8.3 Agriculture
Agriculture is the primary activity for the local populations in the regions of Bok, Sangardi,
and Kamsar. The most common agricultural activities are cash cropping and subsistence
farming, cattle raising, fruit cultivation, and palm oil extraction. For most households, economic
survival is based on agricultural activities, including natural resource use and sale.
Agricultural Calendar and Techniques
The villages in the study area practice a form of primarily subsistence agriculture which is non-
mechanized, using slash-and-burn techniques to clear different parcels annually. Burning clears
the land and provides nutrients to the soil in the form of the ashes. The fires also destroy the
seeds of the previous vegetation, greatly reducing the need to weed.
This system is in equilibrium when population density is low and fertility regeneration is ensured
by a fallow cycle of approximately 15 years. In the Project area, however, the arable lands are
cultivated intensely, because of the paucity of arable land and increasing demographic pressures.
A reduction in the fallow period from 14 to 5 years over the last 40 years is currently giving rise
to low crop yields (with the exception of peanut crops). The reduction in fallow period is a
direct response to increases in population in the region as a whole. In the region, there are no
large reserves of land for farming. The villages of Diw, Mobhi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi,
Tould, and Ptoun Djiga are more affected than the other villages by the shortage of fertile
lands and have to borrow lands every year.
All works are carried out manually, based on the sequence shown in the following chart, with no
use of artificial fertilizers, weed killers, or insecticides.

242
Main Project Zone Crop and Agricultural Activities Calendar

Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Resettlement Action Plan, SNC Lavalin, October 2005 (Figure 4.11).
Jan Feb Mar April May June July Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec
Rainy Season
Pluvial Rice
in association with corn, peanuts,
Millet, sorghum, sesame, etc.
Interim Rice
in association with corn, millet and sorghum,
sesame, etc.
Corn
in association with rice, millet and sorghum
Mille
in association with rice and corn

in association with rice and corn
Peanut
Palm Oil
Manioc
Tapade -
Market-garden crops
(lettuce, tomato, peppers,
eggplant, red tarot, zuccini)
Fruit Trees
Orange
Mango
clearing
burning
weeding/surveillance
harvest
harvest
labor/planting
harvest
planting
planting
orange harvest
mango harvest
planting harvest harvest
Peak season
peak season
extraction extraction
Sorghum

243
The annual production of each village depends on the area of land cultivated, but with a
production of about 1.3 tons per hectare for lowland rice and 0.8 t/ha for groundnut hull, the
output is rather modest (interview with sub-prefecture of Sangardi).
The preparation of the family parcel (clearing, burning, and cleaning) is conducted by men, as is
the fence building and other heavy labor, while women are responsible for the crops,
maintenance, and harvesting of their fields. Men can also cultivate their part of the parcel and
either harvest the produce themselves or pay youth to harvest it. The local labor pool is
composed of young men from the village or neighboring areas.
Crops
The staple crops in the study area are various types of African rice in combination with millet,
sorghum, corn, peanuts, and sometimes fonio and sweet potatoes. Women frequently also tend a
household garden called a tapade that includes a variety of crops for consumption including
cocoyams, yams, sweet potatoes, eggplant, and peppers. Men cultivate the manioc in the tapade.
Households will typically plant a variety of crops, a practice which protects them from the
consequences of complete crop failure in case of disease or drought. The average distribution of
crops on a 1-hectare parcel is shown in the pie chart below, based on data from 7 villages in the
study area.
Proportion of Cultivated Surfaces by Crop on One Hectare
Source: SNC-Lavalin, 2004
41.9%
18.7%
48.2%
9.2%
6.5%
3.0%
1.4%
1.6%
6.9%
Peanuts
Manioc
Fonio
Sweet Potato
Rice
Millet
Sorghum
Corn

Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Resettlement Action Plan, SNC Lavalin, October 2005 (Figure 4.10).

244
Market Gardens
In between staple crop seasons, the family will plant market garden crops grown on cleared creek
banks. The vegetables grown are primarily peppers, eggplant, zucchini, tomatoes, okra, Guinea
sorrel, and onions. Planting and maintenance works are carried out by women, while men carry
out soil conditioning and fencing activities. Irrigation is not a common practice except for
gardens and nurseries on the edge of backwaters, where it is carried out manually with buckets or
calabashes. The income earned by women for selling surplus produce is primarily used to buy
basic products such as rice during the lean season (between the end of the rainy season and the
harvest).
Fruit Crops
Household agricultural production usually includes fruit production. Fruit trees are planted in
the plantations, concessions, in tapades, and along rivers and streams, including mango,
avocado, citrus (orange, grapefruit, lemon, and mandarin), kola nut, cashew, papaya, and a few
banana trees. Fruit production diversifies the source of revenues as well as diet, because surplus
fruit is sold by women on market days in Sangardi, Tinguilinta, and Boullr. Fruits are sold
fresh and are not processed at all in the villages. Traditionally, men are responsible for the fruit
tree plantations, and they collect all revenue from fruit sales, except when women sell them in
the market. Lately, however, there have been an increasing number of women establishing
plantations on creek shores, having first requested the customary landowners permission.
Commercial Agriculture
Small-scale farmers in the villages who produce enough to sell are severely hampered in their
efforts to commercialize their product by poor roads, lack of information on market prices, and
lack of storage. The villagers are generally dependent on fruit buyers to come to the village to
collect the product. If buyers do not come to them, the harvest is lost. Bags of rice and peanuts,
however, can be transported on foot to the national road where for a fee the goods are transported
to the market. Women sell their vegetables at the local markets. During the harvest period that
stretches from September to November, farm goods are sold to retailers in the Sangardi market
for shipment to Bok and Conakry. The trade of farm goods (mostly peanuts but sometimes
rice) represents a very important economic activity for the farming communities of the region.
In the sub-prefecture of Sangardi commercial produce (including tomato, pimento, and
eggplant) are grown in four districts (see the table below). For these districts, the majority of the

245
cultivated land is in the villages of Kourawel, Paravis, Samayabhs, and Boullr as other
districts in the sub-prefecture lack suitable agricultural land.
Commercial Agricultural Activities in Sangardi
District Cultivated species Valued surface
Sangardi - Centre Lettuce, tomato, eggplant, cabbages native, pimento,
Guinean sorrel
5 hectares
Boullr Gumbo, pimento, eggplant, cabbages native, Guinean sorrel 3 hectares
Kourawel Eggplant, tomato, onion, pimento 2 hectares
Soucka Pimento, eggplant, bell pepper 1 hectare

Various financial aid projects (FIDA, PAPE - BGN) and farming assistance (SNPRV) programs
are in place with the goal to provide support to the villagers. To date, however, these
organizations have provided little support. Their remains great untapped potential for
agricultural development for villages in the study area
4.2.8.4 Animal Husbandry
Raising livestock represents an important economic and cultural activity for the Peule population
in the study area. In the prefecture of Bok, animal husbandry of cows is practiced by the
Peules, in particular in Kolaboui, Sangardi, Malapoua, Tann, and Bok-Centre. The number
of livestock in the prefecture is estimated at 45,000 cattle, 8,000 sheep, and 15,000 goats.
In the sub-prefecture of Sangardi (2000 Census), cattle herding dominates with 16,441 head
(73% of the total, all species considered), followed by goats (4,101 head or 18% of the total) and
sheep herding (2,019 head or 9% of the total) (see the table below).
Livestock Population (Cattle, Sheep, and Goats)
Livestock Population
Year
Cattle Sheep Goats Total
Number of
breeders
1995 14,235 1,422 2,051 17,708 506
2000 16,441 2,019 4,101 22,561 955
Change + 2,206 + 597 + 2,050 + 4,853 + 449

There are approximately 2,500 head of cattle in the study area with an average herd size per
family of 10 to 15 head of cattle. Herd animals are bred partly for consumption by the families,

246
and partly as a way of storing capital, since the animals can be sold for cash in emergency
situations. Cattle are rarely consumed for family use but are used as a source of meat during
ceremonies (sacrifices, dowry), and a source of fertilizer in fallow fields (manure). Cattle
products such as sour milk and butter are sold by women in weekly markets. Poultry breeding
and the sale of eggs are also common practices in the area but these activities are hampered by
frequent bird epidemics.
Herding is still done by letting the animals graze on the plateaus during the rainy season and
leaving them to wander during the dry season, which encourages cattle theft. The Peule
traditionally raise cattle with a seasonal migration of the herds. In the study area the herders
move the approximately 2,500 heads of cattle from external pastures to the plateaus and to the
valleys across from the cultivated areas. A small percentage of cattle from a few of the villages
are herded towards the lowlands of the Kamsar region during the dry season. Most of the
herders reside within the villages in the Project area, however some come onto the Project site
from outside, e.g., Boullr, and some transit the site on their way to and from the lower
elevations closer to Kamsar.
4.2.8.5 Natural Resources Use
Economic activities based on the exploitation of natural resources consist mainly of palm oil
extraction, wood felling, and harvested forest products such as fruit gathering. Palm oil is a
source of income for villagers and also provides them with a basic dietary staple. The palm oil
is extracted, with men responsible for collecting the palm bunches and women, often organized
in mutual aid groups, carry out the transformation of the oil. On average, each palm tree has an
annual production of up to 20 liters of red oil, which can be a very significant marketable
production for the villagers. Some women also produce black soap and oil palm kernel from the
seeds, but this activity is not of great economic significance.
Wood resources are exploited mostly to meet families energy needs and for structural timber.
Firewood is used for cooking, lighting, and sometimes for heating. A firewood trade developed
in the area following a population increase in the Sangardi urban area. The wood cut during
land preparation is generally used in the village or, when the opportunity arises, resold to
collectors who transport the wood in small vehicles. Charcoal is produced in the study area but
at a very small scale. Due to their scarcity, the species used as timber are not exploited
commercially in the study area. Timber is used in the construction of huts and houses and in the
construction of fences to delimit plantations and tapades.

247
Non-ligneous forest products are harvested in all the villages within the study area to help meet
consumption needs and as herbal remedies. Common species of trees exploited for dietary
purposes include Parkia Biglobosa (nr), Diallium guianensis (meko), Combretum glutinosum
("Kankiliba"), and Combretum glutinosum ("Sungala"). These products are harvested primarily
for household use. However, they can be lucrative products to market, especially the nr and the
meko, which are usually found in weekly markets during the season. Herbal remedies are sold
by traditional healers, for whom they represent a significant source of income. Honey is also
collected and is generally destined for sale. The collection of straw for roofing material is a very
frequent activity in the study area, but is not a large-scale economic activity.
4.2.8.6 Fishing and Hunting
Fishing and hunting are marginal economic activities for the majority of the villages in the study
area since agriculture is the dominant activity. However, fish is consumed on a regular basis and
plays an important part in the local diet.
Fishing is a minor subsistence activity in the study area, although there is fishing potential in two
major rivers in the region, the Kwwol and the Tinguilinta, and seasonally in their tributaries.
Fishing is practiced to varying degrees in most villages. Between seasons, fishing activity
increases because of the movement of fish in the tributaries of the Kwwol. The techniques
used for this activity are nets, baskets, bow nets, hooks, and toxic plants. The main species
caught are the following (local names): karkasa, manago, mouki, lanpara, kossi, kobe, miri miri,
and sanka. Fish is almost always immediately consumed in the village; it is rare to see
freshwater fish for sale in the Sangardi markets.
Hunting is practiced throughout the territory but does not play an important role in the village
economy. Success in hunting is more difficult to obtain than in the past because of the
increasing human population in the region and the pressure it exerts on natural resources. The
main species hunted are deer, boar, roebuck, and monkey. Some species are hunted for
consumption (deer) and others because they are crop pests (monkeys).
4.2.8.7 Other Economic Activities
The other economic activities in the region are of modest importance. The main service
industries are financial (banking), hospitality (hotels, inns, and restaurants), transportation, and
the various trades. Some small enterprises have also developed following the arrival of CBG.
Tourism is not developed. There are, however, some potential tourist sites in the area such as the

248
pont naturel or natural bridge in the Kalenko district (Soucka), a pedestrian bridge on the Cogon,
and the rock aux sabots de cheval or the horses hoof rock (Soucka). These three places are
located more than 15 kilometers from the Projects proposed refinery facilities.
Since the initiation of mining in 1973, handicrafts artistry has developed as small, specialized
professions in the regions surrounding of Sangardi, Kamsar, and Bok. The number of
blacksmiths, embroiderers, tailors, and woodworkers has also been increasing.
The areas economic activity revolves around weekly or semi-permanent markets. In the sub-
prefecture of Sangardi there are five market days: Diandian (Wednesday), Boullr (Tuesday),
Tinguilinta (Saturday), Sangardi-center or Tyankounaye (Sunday) and Balandougou
(Wednesday). The Tyankounaye market is the largest in the sub-prefecture. Many diverse
products are found in the markets, in addition to the staple commodities (rice, peanuts, palm oil,
fruits, and vegetables) many of which are exported to Bok.
4.2.8.8 Income from Livelihood Activities
Agricultural activities are the main source of revenue in the study area. The heads of the
households and each of their wives manage separate budgets with the revenues earned from their
activities. Only a very small number of the families that are in the study area have an at-home
member of the family who is employed. However, many families receive revenue from other
family members, generally children who are living outside of the Project area.
Income-surveys were conducted with 10 families in two villages located near the refinery area in
2002. They indicate that the mean annual income was about US$ 2,000, which represents
approximately US$ 243 per capita. The following table presents the annual income for men and
women based on surveys taken in the study area.

249
Annual Income for Men and Women (Guinean Francs)
Men
(GF)
Women
(GF)
Fields 1 680,500 415,000
Tapades 575,000 886,000
Gardens - 450,000
Bottom-lands Plantation 5 722,500 -
Village Plantation 9 937,500 -
Transformation - 458,200
Sale of fruits at the market - 40,000
Hunting and fishing 442,500 -
Income from cattle ranching 0 328,000
Fees 1 650,000 0

The majority of people from the villages have personal debts, mainly incurred during the lean
period (periode de soudure) between the end of the rainy season and the harvest. Inhabitants of
Mobhi are the main lenders, and the loans are done without any interest. Formal credit does not
exist, nor does micro-credit financing, however GAC has committed to setting up a micro-credit
program to assist with economic restoration (Section 6.8.2, Volume 5 - RAP). None of the local
inhabitants from the villages has ever tried to open an account; however GAC has set up bank
accounts in Sangardi for individuals who have received relatively large compensation
payments.
4.2.9 Infrastructure and Public Services
4.2.9.1 Transportation Infrastructure and Services
Guinea has 837 km of railway and 44,348 km of road, of which only 4,342 km are paved. There
are five airports with paved runways and 11 airports with unpaved runways. From Conakry,
Bok can be reached via a paved road which takes the Fatala Bridge opened in 2004 to replace
the Boffa ferry boat. This bridge significantly improves the speed and fluidity of traffic towards
the prefecture of Bok, which was slowed down by very long waiting times at Boffa before the
bridge was built. T he road to Conakry then splits at the Kolaboui junction in the sections of
Bok-Sangardi (70 km) and Bok-Kamsar (55 km), which were paved and rehabilitated
between 2002 and 2004. However, the other sub-prefectures of Bok are less adequately served
due to the overall poor condition of the road network.

250
Road traffic on national roads is variable but is busier at the Kolaboui junction where National
Route 3 (from Conakry) and National Routes N20 (Kamsar) and N22 (Sangardi) meet. The
traffic data available are as follows (average number of vehicles/day, excluding motorcycles, or
other two-wheeled motorized vehicles): Bok-Sangardi roadway: between 150 and 220;
Kolaboui-Bok roadway: between 850 and 1025; Kolaboui-Kamsar roadway: between 780 and
920 and Boffa-Bok roadway: between 600 and 820.
All the counting stations show busier traffic in the afternoon, evening, and on weekends. Traffic
also changes annually according to the activities of the population. For example in rural areas,
people travel less during the harvests period (September, October, and November) than during
the remainder of the year.
Villages line the national roads with corresponding foot traffic, unattended children and animals,
and during market day, commercial activities. The amount of human activity along a relatively
narrow road poses a significant community health and safety risk. In the cities, particularly in
Bok, the roads are narrow and angled, making it difficult for heavy trucks to enter.
In the refinery study area, the rural footpaths are in poor condition. Abundant and intense rains
deteriorate the trails, which require regular maintenance but are often neglected. Increased water
levels during the rainy season restrict accessibility to villages, in particular between the two
banks of the Kwwol River because the Boullr-Mobhi trail is flooded. The villages of Parawi
and Lop are also difficult to access and suffer from their isolation. Only the villages along the
national road are relatively well served (Tinguilinta, Doubhi, Tian-Al, and Filo Bowal Ndantari
in particular). The study area has an abundance of foot paths and trails used by the population.
Some villagers have bicycles, but almost none of them have a car or motor bike. There are
intermittent bush taxis providing services to villagers within the Project area.
Bauxite ore is currently transported along the main railway line from CBGs Sangardi facilities
to Kamsar. On average, six bauxite trains travel roundtrip every day. The trains run night and
day and their schedule is variable since it depends on the loading of ore at Sangardi. A
passenger train uses the same rail network five days a week (from Thursday to Monday). Train
crossings on the Sangardi - Kamsar route are currently unguarded. Residents in Kamsar who
live near the train noted that while train risk to humans is minimal (except for children) many
animals get run over by the train. For the last few kilometers of the run into Kamsar, CBG runs a
warning car ahead of the transport train to warn people of its arrival.

251
4.2.9.2 Potable Water Infrastructure and Services
In Guinea, access to reliable water sources is unreliable, particularly in rural areas and during the
dry season. According to the UNDPs 2006 HDI, 50% of the Guinean population does not have
access to a reliable water source. CBG operates a water treatment plant in Sangardi that
supplies both its own facilities and a portion of the town with potable water (Castalia Strategic
Advisors, 2006). The facilitys pumping station located on the Cogon River, and downstream
dam on the river assures Sangardi of adequate water provision all year long, even during the dry
season. Before distribution to Sangardi, water undergoes treatment with sedimentation,
filtration, and disinfection. The water treatment facility on the Cogon provides Sangardi, the
CBG workers, and part of an adjacent village with drinking water. Some of the population taps
into this drinking water using unauthorized connections. As with electricity, there is a marked
difference in access to water for those within and those outside of CBGs workers township:
outside of the CBG township the Sangardi water supply is insecure.
In the villages, traditional hand-dug wells are a common approach to providing a water supply,
and may be either common property or developed for personal use, sometimes supplied with a
manual pump. The quality of the water is extremely variable in the villages and is often the
source of disease. Only 7 villages were identified as being equipped with wells with manual
pumps from the 17 villages inventoried during surveys in 2004. The following table lists the
inventory of potable water sources in these villages.
Potable Water Sources in the Study Area
Village Description
Boullr (seat
of district)
Two SNAPE wells serve as the main sources of drinking water for the village, and for domestic
use. Water from the Kwwol is also used, but to a smaller extent (clothes washing, etc.).
Botor
(Safatou)
A manual pump (JICA and SNAPE) at the entrance of the village is its drinking water source.
One source located at the head of the Tionkita is also used year-round for domestic needs.
Diw
A traditional well (15 m deep) located northwest of the village for drinking water needs. Three
or four areas on the Tinguilinta for domestic use and for drinking water in the dry season when
the well runs dry.
Doubhi
Two traditional wells (11 to 12 m) are used. Their quality is good during the rainy season. The
Tinguilinta serves domestic needs and its quality is only good during the rainy season.
Filo Bowal
Mandgodi
Water sourcing problem during the dry season. Approximately eight traditional wells that dry up
during the dry season. One well (16m deep) located at the entrance of the village does not dry
up completely but cannot meet the villages daily demand during the dry season. Because of
the soil composition (stony), it is difficult to dig a well. In the dry season, water is taken from
the Petoun Djiga stream located at the bottom of a steep slope, which is very difficult for
women. The water there is good year-round and also fulfills domestic needs.
Filo Bowal
Ndantari
(centre)
A manual pump is available in the village and meets drinking water needs. Several traditional
wells have also been installed. Water from the Kwwol, located near the village, is used on a
regular basis for domestic needs.

252
Potable Water Sources in the Study Area
Village Description
Lop
Two traditional wells, 12 and 14 m deep. The water drawn from them is good and consumed
year-round. Three sources as well as several wells dug along the waterway completely meet
the villages domestic needs.
Mobhi Kansihi
Almost every family in the village has a private well (average depth of 10 m) for their drinking
and domestic water needs. Some wells dry up but the water quality is generally good year-
round. A functional manual pump (40 m deep) is located near the mosque (JICA and SNAPE).
In the dry season, one source in the Mobhi Nioudihoun doesnt run dry. Some areas in the
rivers can also be used during the rainy season.
Mobhi
Ndantari
45 traditional wells with depth varying from 7 to 10 m located within the village. The water
quality is excellent year-round. A non-functional manual pump on the road to Tould. Several
areas in the creek (that becomes turbid in the dry season) are also used (watering of gardens,
domestic needs).
Parawi
Two traditional wells that almost run dry in the dry season provide the villages drinking water.
Their water is of poor quality during the dry season. One source, 30 m from the village, also
provides drinking water and, in combination with the stream, fulfills domestic water needs.
Petoun Djiga
Severe water supply problems in the village during the dry season. Nine traditional 10-m wells
provide clean water over a period of seven months. During the dry season, the water quality is
poor and not consumed. One single source at the head of the Petoun Djiga is then available
but the quality of the water is dubious. For domestic needs (laundry, specifically) several
minutes of walking are required to reach the sources (Dounkirwol, Botor and Tould).
Sinthiourou
Almamy
Water from the Kwwol is used directly for drinking and domestic water needs. During the
dry season, the water from the Kwwol becomes too dirty to consume, and so the residents
draw their water from the Petoun Djiga, a tributary located 500 m west of the village.
Sinthiourou
Tiouladi
Drinking water of good quality is drawn year round from a source North of the village in the
Tiouladiwol. Downstream of the village, the Tinguilinta is used for domestic needs. GAC
installed a drilled well with a hand pump in 2007 in the village.
Tchankoun-
Tiouli
A manual pump for drinking and domestic water needs. Use of watercourses for domestic
needs.
Tian-Al
Drinking water is taken from a stream north of the village. Its water quality remains good
during the dry season. For domestic water needs, they use water from the Tinguilinta, located
to the south, where water quality is not always good.
Tinguilinta
A manual pump (12 m), 2 traditional wells (15 m) that provide water year-round, but potable
water is from 2 sources. For washing and other domestic needs, 3 rivers are used (Tinguilinta,
Belly Dioun and Gobir).
Tould
Eight traditional wells (depth between 10 and 25 m) and one source for annual water needs in
potable water and for domestic requirements. A manual pump also provides excellent-quality
water, year-round (SNAPE).

4.2.9.3 Wastewater and Waste Management
The only wastewater treatment plant in the study area is located in Sangardi, where a modern
treatment plant for the mining village wastewater has been in operation since 1999 (Castalia
Strategic Advisors, 2006). Located upstream of the Dounsihoun, the plant is equipped with a
settling pond followed by six intermittent recirculating filters and has tertiary treatment using
disinfection. The wastewater is filtered three to five times before being released. The treatment

253
plant outfall is on the Cogon, downstream of the CBG dam. The treatment station frequently
becomes overloaded during the rainy season, however, as stormwater runoff is not separated out
from wastewater.
For outlying areas in the periphery of Sangardi, wastewater treatment is a problem because
many of the residences do not have septic tanks. For rainwater runoff in the city of Sangardi,
there is a surface network of ditches and curbside gutters to handle stormwater run-off. There is
no drainage network in other areas. Stormwater run-off receives no treatment.
In rural areas, wastewater is not managed or treated. Some families have latrines but most
inhabitants of the study area live without septic installations. Wastewater is drained into the open
or more rarely, into dry pits dug in the ground.
CBG manages garbage collection in the City of Sangardi. There is just one garbage truck and it
is unable to collect all the trash in the city. In addition to the garbage truck, trash dumpsters are
also available around the city, especially around the marketplace. Resources for trash collection
are insufficient; therefore there are piles of trash located on the outskirts of the city and in some
sections of the city. CBG now disposes of domestic waste in an abandoned bauxite mine, near
the entrance to the infrastructure at Sangardi.
There are no collection programs or disposal areas for hazardous wastes; they are dumped with
domestic garbage. Since 2000, CBG has begun to separate out some of its hazardous wastes,
such as used oil and batteries. The waste oil is shipped to Kamsar where it is burned as fuel in
the bauxite calciners.
There is no garbage collection in the villages located in the GAC concession. In some places,
garbage pits are dug for trash storage. This is not practiced everywhere and in some villages
trash is a health concern. At the health station of Boullr biomedical waste is incinerated on
location in a dry pit.
4.2.9.4 Utilities
Electricity in the region surrounding Sangardi is supplied by a 6 MW diesel power plant,
composed of three 2 MW units which supply electricity to the mine and the City of Sangardi.
The power plant (built in 1972) suffers frequent blackouts, although it is generally well-
maintained by CBG technicians (Castalia Strategic Advisors, 2006). The power station is aging
and is insufficient to meet the rising demand, which has also increased from residents illegally

254
tapping into the transmission system. Because no revenue is generated from the sale of
electricity it is difficult to justify investment to improve the transmission system.
Castalia Strategic Advisors (2006) examined the sufficiency of electricity in Kamsar, Kolaboui,
and Bok (urban centers) and found that 39% of respondents had no access to electricity or
secure source of water, and only 29% had access to both electricity and a secure source of water.
None of the villages in the study area has electricity. Wood, collected around the villages, is the
energy source used for cooking. The villagers use a traditional three-stone fire to cook food.
There are no improved, fuel efficient cookstoves in the villages.
4.2.9.5 Telecommunications
CBG owns a telecommunications network that connects the cities of Sangardi and Kamsar and
is, directly or indirectly, accessible to the population. Communications to other areas (Conakry
and overseas) have improved over the years, but service can be interrupted for hours and the
transmission quality is bad. Radios are frequently used in the villages and are a good medium
with which to inform the local communities. The villages have no access to telecommunications.
Use of cellular phones is rare in the villages of the study area and reception is unreliable. Cell
coverage is limited mainly to the larger towns, with one service provider covering the Project
construction area to only a limited degree.
4.2.10 Cultural Resources and Archaeology
Cultural resources are the tangible forms of cultural heritage and include sites or structures
having paleontological, cultural, artistic, cultural, archaeological, or religious significance as
well as natural features that embody cultural values.
In the refinerys zone of influence, no sites of archeological significance have been observed or
recorded. Some places are of patrimonial or cultural interest to the local population, and their
importance to the local population varies. Cultural resources were identified by consultation
with the local village populations in May-June 2004. The village population identified
cemeteries and spiritual springs (devils lairs) as being the main cultural resources of interest.
The following table lists identified cultural resources by village, including sacred sites, and the
locations of cemeteries and large mosques are shown in Figure 4.19. These sites often
correspond to riverhead sources, and declaring them sacred is actually a traditional way of
preserving water resources and fragile ecosystems. Should the Project infringe on any of these

255
places, the villagers consider that a suitable ceremony could reverse the locations sacredness,
allowing the land to be used for other purposes.
Refinery-Area Sacred Sites as Identified by Local Residents

Villages Sacred Sites Large Mosque Cemetery
Botore (Safatou)
- Head of the Tionkita stream
south of the village
- Djhoun in the Tionkita stream
No large mosque. Go to
Petoun Djiga, Lop, Tould for
the Friday prayer.
1 cemetery south of the
village
Diw
- Water source between Diw and
Tian Al
- Woods
No large mosque.
1 cemetery less than 50
m away from the village
Doubhi - Bouloun Fabiano
No large mosque, but two
places of prayer have been set
up by the village.
1 cemetery 150 m from
the road
Filo Bowal
Mandgodi
- Woods : Hounsir Nathatak
(next to the village)
Botor which is an important
site for Friday prayer.
2 cemeteries (one
adjacent for babies and
another east of the
village for adults)
Filo Bowal
N'Dantari
- Woods : Djouloun Demourou in
Patibella valley (400 m north of
the village close to the CBG
railway)

No large mosque.
1 cemetery south of the
village
Koulor
- Heads of the streams
- Spring in the Tountwol
No large mosque.
2 cemeteries, the first
one 500 m south-east of
the village and the
second one 200 m south
of the village
Lop
- Hor Petoun Mama
- Boundou Amara
- Ndonkir (pool)
- Ndounkirhoun (pool)
- Boundou Hor Kwwol
- Boundou Watchoud
- Boundou Boundihoun
- Boundou Gandhoun (near the
village)
- Boundou Lemounhoun
Botor which is an important
site for Friday prayer
2 cemeteries (in the
middle of the village and
one, a 10-min walk
away)
Mobhi Kansihi
Woods :
- Near Filo Bowal Mandgodi
- Near Mobhi Nioudihoun
- Makouka (cannot touch trees)
1 large mosque in the middle
of the village, used for Friday
prayer for neighboring villages
(same for Mobhi N'Dantari)
1 cemetery south-east of
the village (share with
Mobhi N'Dantari)

256
Refinery-Area Sacred Sites as Identified by Local Residents

Villages Sacred Sites Large Mosque Cemetery
Mobhi N'Dantari
- Water Source : Boundou
N'Dantari
- Woods (they don't dare collect
wood there)
1 in the middle of the village.
Shared with Mobhi Kansihi.
People come from Parawi,
Tould, Filo Bowal Mandgodi
to pray on Friday (important
mosque).
1 cemetery north of the
village towards Petoun
Djiga, approx 200m
away. Other sites are
used as cemeteries, but
non-officially.
Parawi
- Hounsir on the Wendou Dounsi
Bowal
- Djolol Wourou (towards Bowal
Lougal)
- Lemounehoun
No large mosque, for the
Friday prayer, they go to
Koulr or to Mobhi
1 cemetery east of the
village
Petoun Djiga
- Head of the Dounkarwol
stream
No large mosque
3 cemeteries in the
village and next to it.
The cemetery of Botor
is also used.
Sinthiourou
Almamy
Undetermined No large mosque Undetermined
Sinthiourou
Tiouladi
- A wooded area (now cut)
No large mosque, Go to
Mobhi, Boullr and Belinkidi
on Fridays.
1 cemetery less than 1
km away
Tchankoun Tiouli Undetermined Undetermined Undetermined
Tian Al
- Small woods close to Petoun
Kiendiwol stream
- Djolo Kouradje (head of the
valley)
- Woods in the middle of Bowal
Petel Kiendi
Tinguilinta village for Friday
prayer.
2 cemeteries, one north
and the second 300m
north-east
Tinguilinta
No sites identified by the
population
Yes, in the heart of the village.
The villages of Filo Bowal
N'Dantari, Tobr, Barkri,
Thiakali, N'Toumbi, Belli
Tiouma, Buga Mally come to
pray
2 cemeteries
Tould
- Fali Fotati on bowal Wendou
Sindia (they can't even collect
dead wood)
- Other dispersed sites
- Caves
No
2 cemeteries, 1 north of
the village
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Cultural Heritage Management Plan, SNC Lavalin, November 2006 (Annex 1).

There are several graveyards in the study area. Consultation with the communities in the study
area has shown that the population would permit the relocation of those graves moved (if
necessary) or disturbed with the appropriate ceremony. The communities of Mobhi, however,

257
have stated that the cemetery located at Mobhi must not be disturbed. The Project has
committed to design the rail spur route to ensure that it avoids this site.
A mosque has been built in the resettled village, of high importance to the communities.
4.2.11 Public Attitudes and Perceptions
The overall results of the successive phases of consultation show that Guinean stakeholders
(local population, regional, and national authorities as well as NGOs) are very much interested in
the Project and support it. Stakeholders expect the project to have a positive impact on
employment, economic growth, and improvement in standards of living for the populations of
the Sangardi sub-prefecture in particular, and even for the whole prefecture or region. This
region is familiar with bauxite mining and understands the risks and benefits.
With regard to resettlement and physical and/or economic displacement, the community
members do not oppose resettlement, as long as they are consulted and engaged for resettlement
planning and impact mitigation.
There is some risk to the Project of over-commitment and high expectations for employment.
The primary interest in the development of the Project at a local and regional level is the
generation of jobs for Guinean nationals. The SEP (Volume 4) provides a detailed summary of
past consultation activities and responses to the Project by stakeholders since intensive
engagement began in 2001.
The level of public consultation and engagement for the GAC Project has set a new standard in
Guinea. The Guinean population is not accustomed to participating in Project design and those
who have participated are pleased to be able to contribute their local knowledge. The consulted
population has stated that they are greatly satisfied as of today with the participative
consultations and the ongoing engagement. Affected people hope that this approach will ensure
that adverse impacts are either avoided or appropriately mitigated and that benefits are enhanced.
In addition, national level consultations have indicated strong support for the Project.

GAC is committed to ongoing community development in Guinea. During the development
phase of the Project, US$ 2.5 million per annum will be directed toward community
development initiatives. This is in addition to the US$ 0.5 million per annum community
investment amount that was originally committed to by GAC. During the operations phase, the
Project will allocate US$ 3.5 million per annum in addition to the annual US$ 0.5 million GAC-

258
committed contribution. As such, GAC will invest US$ 3 million (2.5 + 0.5) or 6 times the
annual amount originally committed for community investment during construction, and US$ 4
million (3.5 + 0.5) or 8 times the amount during operations.

4.3 Potential Impacts, Mitigation, and Residual Impacts at the Refinery Site
GAC is committed to developing the Project in line with world best-practice standards with the
aim to enhance benefits and decrease adverse effects of the Project on the environment, social
sphere and local communities. The impact assessment process serves to identify effective
methods through which to achieve this goal.
This section describes and assesses the potential environmental, health, safety, and social
impacts, both positive and adverse, resulting from the implementation of the refinery portion of
the Project as described in Section 3.5, including the bauxite mines, refinery and related support
infrastructure, water supply reservoir, mud disposal facility, dolerite quarry, and peripheral
offsite activities including the rail spur to the refinery, access roads, construction camps, and
resettlement site. It also describes environmental design, mitigation measures, and residual
impacts - cumulative impacts associated with overall Project implementation are presented in
Section 7.0 and considers the physical and chemical impacts to the biotic and abiotic
environment. This section addresses the potential social and human impacts perceived by
stakeholders, such as anticipation of direct employment, community development, and rapid
economic growth resulting from Project implementation.
Potential impacts associated with the Project are categorized as short-term or long-term as
follows:
Short-term (Operational) Impact An impact that will occur during construction
or operation activities, throughout the life of the Project up till closure; and
Long-term (Residual) Impact A permanent impact remaining from construction
and operation of the mines and refinery after mitigation measures have been applied.
Table 4.6 identifies the impacts in three ways: without mitigation, with mitigation, and the long-
term post-closure impacts. The impact assessment measured the potential effects on the physical
and social environment as compared to the baseline conditions as described in Sections 4.1 and
4.2. The impact assessment process included evaluating both positive and adverse impacts based
on the following criteria:

259
Neutral A rating of neutral indicates that, with or without project development,
there is no significant change to the baseline conditions;
Moderate A rating of moderate indicates that there is a potential for the impact to
affect the physical or social environment in an evident way as compared to the
baseline conditions. Moderate impacts require mitigation and monitoring to evaluate
the significance of the proposed action on baseline conditions; and
Significant A rating of significant for adverse impacts indicates that those
impacts are unacceptable and require appropriate mitigation to reduce their
significance to either neutral (if possible) or moderate. A monitoring program is
required to assess the effectiveness of the mitigation. Additional mitigation measures
may be necessary if those proposed are not sufficient. Positive significant impacts
result from actions that will be taken as part of the community development plan that
will promote sustainable development, or other measurable improvement to the
socioeconomic well-being of the people.
Table 4.6 summarizes the key issues and impacts to the physical, ecological, and human
environments as a result of Project development. Potential impacts are listed in the table by
affected resource/population, in the same general order as the baseline information was
developed. For each potential impact, the table presents the location of the impact (mining
plateaus, quarry, refinery, entire site, etc.), the primary receptor(s), and the mitigation measures
that will be instituted to attenuate the impact. The graphic section of the table depicts each of the
defined impacts during three different phases (from right to left): short-term (immediate) impact
without any mitigation actions; short-term (during construction and operation) impact with
mitigative actions; and long-term (residual) impact with mitigation actions into post-closure.
Within each of the three phases, individual impacts are defined graphically as either neutral
(presenting no change to baseline conditions the middle column); moderate either adverse or
positive (the columns on either side of the middle column); or significant either adverse or
positive (the outer-most set of columns for each Project phase). The column on the far right of
Table 4.6 lists any specific monitoring activities required by the impacts mitigative actions, and
provide a reference to those activities in the Implementation Plan (Volume 3).
Summaries of the impacts, Project implementation phase, proposed mitigation and monitoring
activities, and Level 2 management plans are included in the Refinery Area Impact Summary
tables that follow the impact assessment section for each affected resource below. These tables
are included to provide a helpful cross-reference between Volumes 2 and 3 of this SEA, and to
provide more detail in tabular format than is available in the larger overview Table 4.6.

260
The impact assessment addresses specific phases of the Project cycle from construction to
closure. The original EIA recognized the need for resettlement of two villages within very close
proximity of the refinery: Petoun Djiga and Tould. Accordingly, a Resettlement Action Plan
was prepared and extensive stakeholder engagement was performed to design a resettlement and
compensation program in accordance with the wishes of the residents of Petoun Djiga and
Tould (RAP, Volume 5). GAC is currently engaged in the completion of the resettlement
village and resettlement activities (Figure 4.27). The following impact analyses recognize the
fact that resettlement of Petoun Djiga and Tould will take place, and include supportive
reasoning behind the decision to put forth resettlement as the most appropriate mitigative action
for the majority of impacts that will affect the physical, biological, and human environments of
Petoun Djiga and Tould.
The SEP (Volume 4) documents the processes and steps by which GAC has provided free, prior
and informed consultation and informed participation with stakeholders. Such consultation has
been free (free of intimidation or coercion), prior (timely disclosure of information) and
informed (relevant, understandable and accessible information), and will continue through the
entire life of the Project. Consultation with affected communities was part of the early scoping
process that established a basis for the SEA process, which included an inventory of risks and
impacts to be assessed. GAC has engaged, and continues to engage in informed participation
including organized and iterative consultation on issues concerning potential impacts to the
affected communities, so that stakeholder input and views can be incorporated into the Project
decision-making processes.

Environmental and socioeconomic impacts and mitigation measures are organized into the
following main subject areas:
Air Quality;
Noise and Vibrations;
Visual Resources;
Topography and Visual Resources;
Geology;
Soils;

261
Water Resources;
Flora and Vegetation;
Fauna;
Aquatics;
Cultural Resources;
Land and Natural Resources;
Livelihood Activities;
Health and Safety; and
Infrastructure/Services.
The discussion for each subject area generally follows a format that identifies and addresses:
Project Activities Describes the Project activities and/or sources of potential
impact for that particular subject area;
Potential Impacts Evaluates short-term and long-term potential impacts as
described above;
Mitigation Measures Describes the engineering design that has been incorporated
and/or the mitigation measure that will be taken to reduce potentially moderate or
significant impacts to acceptable levels; and
Residual Impacts Identifies the level of monitoring that may be necessary to make
sure that the proposed mitigation is effective in reducing the impact to an acceptable
level.
4.3.1 Air Quality
Project Activities Related to Air Quality
During construction, fugitive dust emissions will be generated due to earthwork activities and
construction of the refinery, mud disposal facility, access roads, and rail spur. During
operations, fugitive dust emissions will originate from drilling, blasting, loading, unloading, and
blending of ore; transport or ore along haul roads; crushing; grader activity; and from wind
erosion in active areas such as ore and topsoil stockpiles and the surface of the mud disposal
facility. Gas and particulate emissions from the refinery and power plant stacks will occur
during operations. Power generation at the refinerys dedicated coal-fired power plant will

262
contribute gas and airborne particulate emissions during operations. Additionally, fuel use for
the heavy equipment, trucks, and rolling stock will increase greenhouse gas emissions during
construction and operations.
Dust caused by vehicular traffic, wind over non-vegetated site disturbances, and CBGs existing
adjacent bauxite mining operations can be significant during the dry season, as can airborne
particulate manner from local slash-and-burn agricultural activities, which peak at the end of the
dry season. While this dust and particulate emission occurs as a baseline condition in the area,
additional truck haulage and light vehicular traffic associated with Sangardi refinery
construction and operations will add to the amount of airborne particulate.
Potential Impacts to Air Quality
Fugitive Dust Emissions Impacts
Fugitive dust emissions will result in localized impacts to air quality as a result of ground-
clearing, earthworks, construction, and road-building activities. During operations, fugitive dust
may be generated by mining, blasting, and concurrent reclamations, haul road traffic, light
vehicle traffic along unpaved Project access roads, bulk material transport and conveyance,
crushers and grinders, and wind erosion from stockpiles and dried surfaces in the RMDF cells.
The table below indicates the presumed main sources of fugitive dust emissions associated with
Project implementation.

263
Particulate Matter Emissions Associated with Project Operations Activities
Sector/Activity PM
10
(t/annum)
Mining activities
Blasting 126
Drilling for blasting 11
Material loading (ore and waste) 106
Sub-total 242
Dust from roads 605 (255)*
Stockpiles on the refinery site
Stockpile unloading 36
Mixing stockpiles 170
Loading material from stockpiles 100
Material unloading at the refinery 36
Wind erosion of stockpiles 32
Sub-total 374
Red mud disposal facility (wind erosion) 340
Total 1561(1210)*
* = Broadly assuming that half of the mining operations occur in the Plateau 7-15-`7 area (nominally 2 km east of the
refinery) and the second half occur in the Plateau 2-3 area (nominally 7.5 km northwest of the refinery). The value in
brackets represents the emissions in the case where all of the operations would be conducted in the eastern plateau
areas.

Combustion Emissions Impacts
SLEI performed the original air quality modeling for the Project in the EIA documentation,
based on the then-current annual refinery production rate of 2.8 Mtpa. After that modeling,
Project plans had refined the refinery design to operate at 3.2 Mtpa, with creep via process
streamlining after operational start-up to a maximum production rate of 3.7 Mtpa. This increased
production resulted in changes to the Projects air emissions, therefore it was necessary to update
the air quality modeling for the refinery and power plant emissions. These updated modeling
results, found in SLEIs November 2007 Interim Report titled Air Quality Modeling Results for
3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Productions, Guinea Alumina Project, were used as the basis for the
following impact assessment of combustion emissions. In December 2007 refinery production
levels were further upgraded to an initial 3.31 Mtpa capacity; the air quality modeling results
analyzed in this impact assessment are based on the 3.2 and 3.7 Mtpa production level modeling
effort.

264
The original air quality modeling was based on lower stack heights for the power plant and
calciners and used mixing heights derived from observed surface winds only, and provided
overly conservative estimates of hourly maximum ground level concentrations of parameters of
concern (SO
2
, NO
2
, and PM
10
).
To more accurately quantify projected air emissions from the refinery complex, twice-daily
temperature profile estimates for the refinery site using the Penn State Mesoscale Meteorological
Model (MM5) and NCAR Global Reanalysis data were obtained and used to provide better
estimates of daytime mixing heights. Stacks heights were also elevated to the Good International
Industrial Practice (GIIP) stacks heights recommended by IFC Guidelines. Based on current
source and building arrangement for the refinery, GIIP stack heights are 137 m for the power
plant and 128 m for the calciners. Several additional SO
2
emissions scenarios (calcination fuel
sulfur content variations) for a production of 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa were also modeled. Model
input parameters for the 3.2 and 3.7 Mtpa production level scenarios follow.

265
3.2 Mtpa Alumina Production Air Emission Parameters with SO
2
Control (Lime) at the
Power Plant (Modeling Scenarios 1 to 5)
Parameter Units Power plant Calciners
Air quality model inputs
Number of stacks in use 3 3
Base elevation m 217 207
Stack height m 100, 137 (GIIP) 100, 128 (GIIP)
Stack diameter m 3.66 3
Temperature C 128 160
Exhaust velocity m/s 11.7 18.1
Contaminant emissions (per stack)
SO
2
g/s 60.8 168, 120, 48
NO
x
g/s 59.6 16.4
PM g/s 4.0 4.1
Other information
Exhaust flow rate (per stack) Nm
3
/h 302,274 289,600
Exhaust flow rate (per stack) Am
3
/h 444,000 459,329
Fuel Avg SA steaming coal HFO
Sulfur content of fuel (or feed fuel) % SO
2
controlled with limestone 3.5, 2.5,1.0
MCR % % 60 100
Flue gas concentrations
%O
2
3.2 2.5
%H
2
O 9.8 50
SO
2
(dry, corrected to %O
2
below) mg/Nm 689 4700, 3360, 1340
NOx (dry, corrected to %O
2
below) mg/Nm 675 460
PM
10
2
below) mg/Nm 45 50
%O
2
basis for concentrations % 6 3
Note: Nm: at 0C and 1 atm.

Source: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3. Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin,
November 2007 (Table 2).

266
3.7 Mtpa Alumina Production Air Emission Parameters with SO
2
Control (Lime) at the
Power Plant (Modeling Scenario 6)
Parameter Units Power plant Calciners
Air quality model inputs
Number of stacks in use 3 3
Base elevation m 217 207
Stack height m 137 (GIIP) 128 (GIIP)
Stack diameter m 3.66 3
Temperature C 128 160
Exhaust velocity m/s 12.9* 20.9*
Contaminant emissions (per stack)
SO
2
g/s 66.9* 194.8*
NO
x
g/s 65.5* 19.1*
PM g/s 4.4* 4.8*
Other information
Exhaust flow rate (per stack) Nm
3
/h 332,502* 335,936*
Exhaust flow rate (per stack) Am
3
/h 488,400* 532,822*
Fuel Avg SA steaming coal HFO
Sulfur content of fuel (or feed fuel) % SO
2
controlled with limestone 3.5
MCR % % 66* 116*
Flue gas concentrations
%O
2
3.2 2.5
%H
2
O 9.8 50
SO
2
2
below) mg/Nm 689
NOx (dry, corrected to %O
2
below) mg/Nm 675 460
PM
10
2
below) mg/Nm 45 50
%O
2
basis for concentrations % 6 3
Note: Nm: at 0C and 1 atm.

* 10% and 16% increase from base case (3.2 Mtpa) respectively for the power plant and calcination.
Source: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin,

A third scenario was also modeled using 0.9% S coal and no SO
2
control (lime) in the power
plant and burning 1% S fuel oil in the calciners. The Project airshed for the modeling effort is
roughly defined as the area within a 7 km-radius of the Project boundaries, as shown in Figures
4.20 through 4.25. Model runs were for a two-year emissions period.

267
Because Guinea does not have standards for air quality, IFCs Occupational Health and Safety
guidelines regarding air emissions (General EHS Guidelines: Occupational Health and Safety,
April 30, 2007) and ambient Air Quality Guidelines (General EHS Guidelines: Air Emissions
and Ambient Air Quality, April 30, 2007) as well as the industry specific EHS Guidelines as
cited in Section 2.6 are used in this assessment. Occupational health and safety standards are
based on the American Conference on Governmental Industrial Hygiene (ACGIH)s time-
weighted averages (TWA) and short-term exposure levels (STEL).
IFCs ambient air quality guidelines (AQG) directly incorporate WHOs most current (2005)
Ambient Air Quality Guidelines (Section 2.10.1.1). It should be noted that the newer WHO
guidelines are significantly more stringent than those they replace, which were used as the
benchmark guidelines for the air quality modeling work done in the original EIA documents
(2005) for the 2.8 Mtpa production level. Model results are also compared to other
internationally recognized air quality guidelines adopted to be protective of human health and the
environment, including guidelines from the US, Canada, and Australia (all of which have
modern bauxite and/or alumina operations).
In recognition of the difficulty of attaining their 2005 AQG values, WHO has suggested a phased
approach to compliance based on meeting interim air quality targets. Additionally, IFCs AQG
suggest that emissions from new projects do not contribute a significant portion to the attainment
of relevant ambient air quality guidelines or standards. As a general rule, IFC suggests that
projects not contribute more than 25 percent of the applicable AQG, to allow for additional,
future sustainable development within the same airshed. For purposes of this analysis, the WHO
Interim 1 Target level for SO
2
was used as the primary applicable AQG. As the refinery
complex is far removed from any similar sources of air emissions (other than particulate
associated with surrounding bauxite mining operations regionally), no allowance was made for
additional developments in the same airshed during the modeling.
The following table presents a comparison of various short-term air quality standards and
objectives or guidance values for SO
2
and NO
2
in ambient air from various jurisdictions around
the world. In general, the IFC/WHO AQG values are much more stringent than the air quality
standards or objectives from the other jurisdictions presented in the table.

268
Comparison of Various Short-Term Air Quality Standards, Objectives, and
Guidance Values

(g/m) with Allowable Yearly Exceedances (in parenthesis)
for SO
2
and NO
2
in Ambient Air
(1)

SO
2
, g/m NO
2
, g/m
Legislation
10
minutes
1-hour 3-hour 24-hour 1-hour 24-hour
USA Federal
Standards
- -
1300
Secondary
365 (1)
Primary
- -
-
900
Maximum
Acceptable
-
300
Maximum
Acceptable
400
Maximum
Acceptable
200
Maximum
Acceptable
Canada Federal
Objectives
-
450
Maximum
Desirable
-
150
Maximum
Desirable
- -
Australia National
Standards
- 525 (1) - 210 (1) 230 (1)
IFC/WHO
Guidance
500
350
(10-min hourly
equivalent
value)
-
20
125 interim 1
200 -
(1) Air Quality Standards are generally enforced outside the property limits of a particular industry or industrial zone. Values in bold
characters are used in the air quality assessment for the project.
Modified from: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin,

The air quality model used hourly meteorological observations and provides ambient air
concentration estimates over an hour. To estimate maximum concentrations over a shorter
period, the following formula suggested by most environmental protection agencies is used:
C
2
= C
1
*(T
1
/T
2
)
0.2

Where: C
1
: hourly concentration by the model
C
2
: concentration estimate for a shorter averaging time
T
1
: averaging time by the model (1 hour)
T
2
: the shorter averaging time (for example: 10 minutes, 0.167 hours)

For example, to estimate 10-minute average SO
2
concentrations according to WHO AQG
(500 g/m), the models hourly averages will simply be multiplied by a factor of 1.43
((60/10)
0.2
). To simplify the analysis, one could also correct the 10-minute WHO AQG for SO
2

to an equivalent hourly AQG by dividing the 10-minute AQG by 1.43 to obtain an equivalent
hourly AQG value of 350 g/m.

269
The model was run using various % S fuel oil levels in the calciners for both the 3.2 Mtpa and
3.7 Mtpa production levels, improved meteorological data, and GIIP stacks heights (Scenarios 3
and 6, respectively). Output results for the 3.5% fuel oil model runs are summarized in the
following tables (AQG exceedances in boldface) and shown in Figures 4.20 through 4.22 for the
3.2 Mtpa production level, and in Figures 4.23 through 4.25 for the 3.7 Mtpa production level,
representing the most conservative (highest sulfur) emissions options. The boundary limits of
the refinery complex at the time of modeling are depicted in Figures 4.20 through 4.25, and
represent the minimum area over which the Project will exercise control, including restricting
public access. Therefore, it is reasonable to apply occupational health and safety air quality
criteria inside this area (over which GAC has control) and ambient air quality criteria outside of
this area.
Summary of Maximum Calculated Concentration in Ambient Air for 3.2 Mtpa Production

SO
2
g/m NO
2
(2)
g/m

PM g/m
Location
Value
type
1 hour
24
hour
annual 1 hour 24 hour annual 24 hour annual
Maximum
589
(10)
63 5.9 221 (1) 21 2.0 2.0 0.21
Mobhi
Village
98
th

percentile
113 33 N.A. 36 11 N.A. 1.1 N.A.
Maximum 377 (1) 29 3.4 122 11 1.2 1.1 0.12
Resettlement
Site
98
th

percentile
65 19 N.A. 22 7 N.A. 0.7 N.A.
Maximum
702
(76)
104 9.9 283 (7) 40 3.4 3.6 0.35 Maximum
Outside
Property
98
th

percentile
180 49 N.A. 60 19 N.A. 1.7 N.A.
Maximum
870
(194)
118 10
344
(62)
64 3.6 5.2 0.37
Maximum in
domain 98
th

percentile
204 64 N.A. 65 23 N.A. 1.9 N.A.
WHO AQG

350

125 N.A. 200 -- 40
25 50
(3)
10 20
(3)
(1) Number of exceedances at a given receptor is indicated in parenthesis. These exceedances are out of a possible
15,811 hours of simulation.
(2) Assuming instantaneous total conversion of NO to NO
2
.
(3) The WHO AQG for PM
2.5
(lowest value) and PM
10
(highest value).
From: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin, November
2007 (Table 6).

270
Summary of Maximum Calculated Concentration in Ambient Air for 3.7 Mtpa Production

SO
2
g/m NO
2
(2)
g/m

PM g/m
Location
Value
type
1 hour 24 hour annual 1 hour 24 hour annual 24 hour annual
Maximum 670 (18) 71 6.4 245 (2) 23 2.1 2.2 0.22
Mobhi
Village
98
th

percentile
121 37 N.A. 39 12 N.A. 1.2 N.A.
Maximum 393 (1) 52 3.8 134 18 1.3 1.9 0.14
Workers
Camp
98
th

percentile
69 22 N.A. 24 8 N.A. 0.8 N.A.
Maximum
785
(111)
108 10.4 310 (68) 41 3.5 3.8 0.37 Maximum
Outside
Property
98
th

percentile
191 53 N.A. 63 20 N.A. 1.8 N.A.
Maximum
982
(209)
129 10.8 363 (77) 63 3.7 5.3 0.39
Maximum
in domain 98
th

percentile
217 67 N.A. 68 23 N.A. 2.1 N.A.
WHO
AQG
350

125 N.A. 200 -- 40
25 50
(3)
10 20
(3)
(1) Number of exceedances at a given receptor is indicated in parenthesis. These exceedances are out of a possible
15,811 hours of simulation.
(2) Assuming instantaneous total conversion of NO to NO
2
.
(3) The WHO AQG for PM
2.5
(lowest value) and PM
10
(highest value).
From: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin, November
2007 (Table 7.

Sulfur Dioxide (SO
2
) Emissions Impacts
Based on the most conservative modeling scenario, sporadic annual exceedances of the most
stringent ambient air guideline (WHO/IFC 1-hour) were predicted over portions of the modeling
domain (Figures 4.20 and 4.23). Exceedances of the WHO/IFC 24-hour AQG value were
predicted only within the proposed refinery boundary limits, and only for the 3.7 Mtpa
production level. All 98
th
percentile 1-hour predicted SO
2
concentrations are significantly lower
than the 1-hour guideline value for both the 3.2 and 3.7 Mtpa production levels. The 98
th

percentile values can be considered to be conservative maximum emissions levels, based on
guidance in IFCs Thermal Power: Guidelines for New Plants which states that maximum
emissions levels should be achieved for at least 95% of the time that the plant or unit is
operating. As such, the modeling efforts indicate that SO
2
emissions are likely to be in
compliance with WHO AQG values. The modeling results also indicate that the power plant will
also meet the ACGIH TWA guideline of 5200 g/m
3
SO
2
and the STEL of 13,000 g/m
3
SO
2
,
indicating compliance with IFC occupational health and safety guidelines within the refinery
complex boundary as well.

271
Additional model results included:
Maximum predicted concentrations occurred within 2 km of the refinery complex,
inside the approximate Project boundary limits;
A second area where high ground level concentrations may occur is located in
elevated terrain (approximately at stack top elevation) about 10 km northeast of the
proposed refinery, however the model cannot confirm this result, as travel time for
the plume to reach this location is in excess of model time parameters; and
For the 3.2 Mtpa production level, 3.5% S HFO case, the frequency of exceedance of
the calculated WHO 1-hr AQG value at a given receptor ranged from a few events
per year to 5 events per year (0.06% of the time) in the Mobhi village and 37 events
per year (0.11% of the time) at the boundary limit of the proposed refinery. At the
3.7 Mtpa production level (3.5% S HFO), exceedance frequencies of the WHO 1-hr
AQG value reached 0.48% and 0.7% of the time respectively at Mobhi and at the
boundary limit.
Additional modeling scenarios were run, varying the % S of the fuel oil used in the power plant
from 3.5%S (Scenario 1), including 2.5% S (Scenario 4), and 1% S (Scenario 5). Only Scenario
5 model results predicted maximum SO
2
concentrations below the WHO/IFC AQG value outside
the property boundary of the proposed refinery at all times. However, based on current
economics, using 1% S HFO will result in substantial cost increases to the Project on an annual
basis. The tables below present the conformance status for 1-hour and 24-hour average ambient
air SO
2
concentrations of the various options studied for SO
2
emissions.
Conformance Status for 1-Hour Sulphur Dioxide Predicted Maximum Concentration
Standards
Scenario 3
3.2 Mtpa
3.5%S HFO
Scenario 4
3.2 Mtpa
2.5%S HFO
Scenario 5
3.2 Mtpa
1%S HFO
Scenario 6
3.7 Mtpa
3.5%S HFO
Scenario 7
3.2 Mtpa
1%S HFO
0.9%S coal
Max Model Result 702 544 <305 785 788
USA (1300) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Canada (900) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Australia (525) No No Yes No No
WHO/IFC (350) No No Yes No No
Notes: All values g/m
3

Standard for USA is for 3 hours; Canada is Maximum Acceptable Objective; IFC/WHO value is a guideline for 10-
minutes converted to 1-hr equivalent. Data From: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa
Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin, November 2007 (Table 16).

272
Conformance Status for 24-Hour Sulfur Dioxide Predicted Maximum Concentration
Standards
Scenario 3
3.2 Mtpa
3.5%S HFO
Scenario 4
3.2 Mtpa
2.5%S HFO
Scenario 5
3.2 Mtpa
1%S HFO
Scenario 6
3.7 Mtpa
3.5%S HFO
Scenario 7
3.2 Mtpa
1%S HFO
0.9%S coal
Max Model Result
118 99 75 105 108
USA (365)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Canada (300)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Australia (210)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
IFC/WHO (125)
Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Notes: All values g/m
3

Standard for USA is for 3 hours; Canada is Maximum Acceptable Objective; IFC/WHO value is a guideline for 10-minutes
converted to 1-hr equivalent.
Data From: Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and 3.7 Mtpa Production, Guinea Alumina Project, SNC Lavalin,

The base case project is proposed to operate with 3.5% sulphur in the HFO for the calciners and
burn limestone in the power plant to limit power plant emissions to 689 mg/Nm
3
SO
2
. Under
these conditions, the Project will meet USA national standards and Canadian national objectives
for ambient air quality using the 1-hour criterion and will also meet USA national, Canadian
national, Australian, and WHO/IFC standards for the 24-hour criteria. These same findings
apply to the project after production creep to 3.7 Mtpa.
While the government of Guinea has approved the Project using the 3.5% HFO option for the
calciners, burning that fuel is not generally accepted by the previously cited air quality
regulations without SO
2
emissions abatement. In this case, the Project will abate the emissions
from the power plant to offset those from the calciners, which provides the most cost-effective
abatement for the Project as a whole.
2
) Emissions Impacts
Modeling results for NO
2
concentrations indicate that the power plant is the main contributor to
predicted NO
2
concentrations in ambient air. Results over the modeling domain varied in a
similar manner to SO
2
results, in terms of maximum predicted concentration locations and
associated meteorological conditions, but exceedances of the hourly AQG were predicted over a
much smaller area than for hourly SO
2
. However, the model output was based on the assumption
of a total and instantaneous conversion of emitted NO to NO
2
. Typically, combustion flue gas
contains 90% NO and 10% NO
2
at the stack. NO gradually converts to NO
2
in the atmosphere,

273
depending on turbulence, solar radiation, and ambient ozone concentration. Within a few
kilometers from the refinery, total conversion is very unlikely to occur, therefore the model
results are considered to be extremely conservative, and exceedances of AQG values are deemed
unlikely to occur in the physical world.
Particulate Matter (PM) Emissions Impacts
Modeling results showed that PM emissions from the power plant and calciner stacks will not be
a major issue under normal operating conditions. Other sources of particulate matter emissions
(e.g., material handling) are probably of more importance than stack emissions for ground levels
of PM in ambient air in the vicinity of the operations.
Green House Gas Emissions and Other Combustion Emissions Sources Impacts
Based on modeling performed by the EPCM Contractor, the Project will generate approximately
0.85 tonnes of GHG per tonne of metallurgical-grade alumina produced, which equates to 2.68
Mtpa of GHG emissions. The major contributor to GHG emissions is the power station fuel
(coal) combustion, contributing over 70% of the total as shown in the following pie chart.
GHG Generation per Category (including lime)
Source: Guinea Alumina Project Definition Phase Study Report, Bechtel, 2007 (Figure 11-3).
Guinea Alumina Project Greenhouse Gas (including
Lime)
GHG_Coal (t/h)
GHG_HFO (t/h)
GHG_Diesel (t/h)
GHG_Lime_Fuel (t/h)
GHG_Lime_CO2 (t/h)
Total GHG (incl Lime)
333.3t/h
= 2.68Mtpa

274
The following table presents the estimates for the Projects GHG emissions by category.

From: Guinea Alumina Project Definition Phase Study Report, Bechtel Corporation, February 2008(Table 11-32).

In consideration of the profile of GHG emissions for the project, the Project GHG strategy is
based on a philosophy of maximizing energy efficiency in design and equipment selection to
reduce GHG emissions at the generation of energy source. The EPCM Contractors Definition
Phase Study Report (Bechtel, 2008) describes measures taken for maximizing energy efficiency

275
at the Projects refinery and port operations, including equipment selection for energy efficiency,
such as:
The refinery steam and power plant will utilize a condensing turbine to avoid heat
loss to the atmosphere via a previously proposed air-cooled condenser;
The selection of fluidized bed boilers allows for flexibility for the future use of fuels,
presenting the possibility of using biofuels or other low-GHG fuels, if available;
The specification for the design of the pipe insulation and steam traps are aimed at
minimizing heat loss. This will result in water returned to the boilers at higher
temperatures. In addition, the use of a single stream digestion process versus a split
stream digestion process will result in better recovery rates for steam;
The calcination process design relies on stationary calciners which are high
efficiency, resulting in less energy consumption. The calciners are configured so they
can burn crude palm oil in virtually any amount to replace heavy fuel oil, thus
maintaining the potential for a fossil fuel to be replaced by a GHG-neutral biofuel;
Electrical drive systems will utilize variable speed drives, aimed at reducing energy
consumption;
The process control design will utilize a well-developed distributed control system to
optimize operating efficiency;
Electrical generation equipment at the port is selected to be optimum for the
envisaged demand, to minimize diesel fuel consumption; and
Once the refinery has been commissioned, steps will be taken to realize creep
production above the nameplate design through process optimization. This will result
in an even higher yield circuit, utilizing less energy per tonne of product produced.
Additionally, the Project will prepare a GHG and Energy Conservation Plan for the Operations
Phase. The Air Quality Management Plan (Section 2.5.2.8) of the Implementation Plan (Volume
3) provides additional guidance on air quality monitoring to better assess GHG emissions
compliance and management strategies.
Modeling of combustion emissions from mobile equipment was not included in the GHG
modeling exercise, and inclusion of such emission sources is not considered to be necessary, as
these emissions can reasonably be assumed to be much less significant in comparison to those of
the refinery/power plant, thus it is not expected that analysis of these additional combustion
sources would significantly affect the outcome of the overall GHG modeling exercise, or of the

276
following impact analysis. Additional moderate short-term impacts to air quality will result from
vehicle emissions associated with construction and operations of the Project, including
construction and hauling equipment, light-duty vehicles, trucks, and locomotives.
Nuisance Odors Impacts
Sources of nuisance odors include vehicle and process emissions, but facilities with the most
likelihood of causing significant nuisance odors, should appropriate operations not be
maintained, include the sewage treatment system and domestic waste disposal facility. Improper
operation of these facilities has the potential to cause moderate short-term local impacts to
aesthetic air quality.
Mitigation Measures for Air Quality
Fugitive Dust Emissions Mitigation
Air quality modeling assumed standard GIIP particulate emissions mitigation measures,
including installation of dust suppressant equipment on the crushing and grinding circuits and
transfer points, water sprays and/or covers on conveyors, application of water sprays or chemical
binders for dust suppression on haul roads and unpaved Project access roads, and application of
water sprays or selective tipping of red mud during the dry season. Road watering programs and
surface stabilizing efforts will be required to mitigate Project impacts, especially during the dry
season, when airborne particulate loads are significant. Even with adequate fugitive dust control
programs implemented, some adverse impacts are still expected seasonally during construction
and operations (See Refinery Impact Summary Table Air Quality, below).
The following mitigation measures will be implemented to control fugitive dust impacts to local
and regional air quality.
Road control programs - GAC will carry out appropriate dust suppression
techniques including spraying roads with water and/or application of stabilizing
agents such as gravel or chemicals, as appropriate. In addition, GAC will supply
adequate equipment and personnel to stabilize road surfaces to control dust on the
haul and access roads;
Covering/Stabilization of loads To the extent practical, haul and dump truck loads
will be covered or sprayed with water as appropriate to decrease the potential for
fugitive dust emissions during transport;
Speed and off-road restrictions Establishing and enforcing Project safety rules,
including the posting and enforcement of speed limits on Project haul and access

277
roads and restricting off-road travel to the maximum practical extent will limit the
potential for additional fugitive dust emissions, as well as public safety hazards.
Those employees whose jobs will include driving will be advised of the safety rules
and that driving off established roadways is not allowed. Instruction on driving safety
and observation of speed limits will be included in the new employee orientation and
annual refresher training and in task training for specific job assignment;
Vegetative barriers To supplement the dust suppression measures outlined above,
trees may be planted in appropriate locations to decrease the transport of fugitive dust
off-site and to limit dust fallout in local villages or on vegetation. Vegetative barriers
will only be used in circumstances where the public consultation program has
indicated that such additional measures are needed and acceptable to stakeholders;
and
Red mud spraying GAC will spray the red mud surface with water from the EHP
and/or tip new, wet med selectively to reduce dusting during the dry season.
Because the background particulate load appears to be significant during the dry season and
GAC operations will further add to that load, the combined impact of GACs operations on local
residents will be monitored to assess compliance with the predicted impact to air quality and
local residents is accurate. As such, GAC will establish a monitoring program to document that
the additive contribution to airborne dust levels does not pose an irritant nor a significant health
risk to local residents (Volume 3 Implementation Plan).
Combustion Emissions Mitigation
Mitigation measures for controlling combustion and GHG emissions will include the use of
equipment exhaust controls. Exhaust controls on mobile equipment must be properly installed,
maintained, and replaced as needed throughout the useful life of the equipment. Procurement of
updated equipment with emissions controls and proper operation, care, and maintenance of the
equipment will reduce combustion emissions to acceptable levels for vehicles and generators, as
well as allowing the equipment to run more efficiently and increasing its operational lifespan.
Other Emissions Mitigation
Three continuous emissions monitoring systems (CEMS) will be used in the refinery to provide
emissions controls for the stacks. Each CEMS will monitor stack NO
x
, SO
2
, CO, CO
2
, and
opacity. The CEMS data will be routed to a common data acquisition and handling system,
which will provide continuous data monitoring and sound alarms if threshold values are
exceeded. The CEMS will be designed to comply with World Bank and 40 CFR 60 (USEPA,

278
Air Program, Standards of Performance for New Stationary Sources) requirements; verification
of emissions will also be to World Bank and 40 CFR 60 CEMS certification guidelines.
Mercury emissions will be monitored via periodic stack tests during operations, conducted at a
minimum on five-year intervals. In addition, GAC will assess coal feed mercury content, either
via requiring suppliers to provide documentation of coal mercury content or periodic testing of
feed stock in-house (using a certified analytical laboratory); coal feed with mercury
concentrations in excess of the maximum determined via modeling will not be used for power
plant feed stock.
GAC has investigated the use of biofuels in the power plant and calciners to reduce SO
2
and
GHG emissions as well as providing additional local employment. These investigations included
biomass (eucalyptus) for the power plant and palm oil to replace HFO for the calciners, however
currently no economically feasible source of either fuel is available.
GAC will continue to investigate long-term, reliable sources of palm oil for the calciners, as they
are the prime contributors to SO
2
emissions. GAC will monitor sensitive receptors to confirm
the accuracy of the modeling and identify unexpected impacts. Should either the modeled results
prove not to be conservative, or unexpected impacts occur to people or the environment due to
SO
2
emissions, GAC can modify its calciner fuel to address the problem.
Nuisance Odors Mitigation
A Waste Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) has been developed that defines
the procedures involved in proper waste handling and disposal for appropriate operation and
nuisance odor control. Specifically, to reduce impacts from nuisance odors, the following
mitigation measures will be implemented:
Project facilities will incorporate appropriate waste handling and disposal procedures,
according to the specifications and guidance of the Waste Management Plan;
Waste disposal facilities will be operated in a manner that includes the regular
covering of exposed refuse with soil or gravel; and
Sewage treatment facilities will be operated properly and monitored for operational
performance, including nuisance odors.
Residual Impacts to Air Quality

279
Some adverse impacts to local air quality may remain post-closure related to wind erosion from
the surfaces of the RMDF waste cells. Degree of impact to local communities will be assessed
through monitoring of the Projects Complaints and Grievances Process during operations as the
cells are filled to capacity and decommissioned, and alternative closure schemes may be
developed for the facilities to reduce wind erosion. Specific impact analyses of GHG emissions
has not yet been performed but will be addressed along with any resulting residual adverse
impacts to global GHG emissions resulting from Project implementation in the Air Quality
Management Plan (Volume 3 - Implementation Plan).
Waste management facilities will be operated according to the plans and specifications identified
in the Waste Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan). Without proper management
of these facilities, nuisance odor-related impacts could be locally significant but of low regional
significance. With appropriate mitigation measures applied, the impact is neutral. The sanitary
landfill for the Project will be fitted with a gas relief system to prevent the buildup of methane
and other decomposition-related gasses post-Closure in the facility.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated air quality impacts, relevant
operational phase and planned mitigation measures.

280
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Air Quality

Phase (2) Significance(3)
Management
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Mitigation Measures
Plan

Enforce speed limits for heavy equipment and general traffic on
unpaved roads.
Restrict off-road travel unless absolutely necessary.
Limit number of trips with efficient loading procedures for
material transport.
Apply stabilizing agents on high dust areas.
Cover or top-wet truckloads of soil / fill material.
Spray water on unpaved roads and traffic areas.
Maintain gravel / laterite cover on unpaved roads and traffic
areas.
Air Quality Management
Plan
Fugitive Dust /
Particulate
Land
Disturbance,
Vehicular
Traffic,
Heavy
Equipment,
Wind
E, R X M- N

Use employee personnel protective equipment where required
and occupational medical monitoring.
H&S Management Plan

Install dust suppression / control equipment at
loading/unloading, storage, and material transfer points.
Enclose alumina and coal conveyors between alumina terminal
and marine terminal.
material transport.
areas.
Plan
Fugitive Dust /
Particulate
E, R X M- N

Drilling,
Blasting,
Loading/
Unloading,
and Blending
of Ore; Wind
in Ore and
Topsoil
Stockpiles;
and Red Mud
Disposal
Facility

H&S Management Plan

Fugitive Dust / General Site E, R, Fl. Fa X M - N

281

Management
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Mitigation Measures
Plan
unpaved roads.
material transport.
areas.
Plan Particulate Area

H&S Management Plan
C O ST LT
Plan

unpaved roads.
Train operators and drivers about maximum idling times.

Install appropriate emissions control equipment on vehicles.
Perform regular maintenance and inspection of vehicles and
mobile equipment, including their emissions control systems.
Use stack control equipment on power plant emissions.
Burn lowest-sulfur content coal possible.
Combustion
Engine and
Point Source
Emissions
Vehicles,
Mobile
Equipment,
Point Source
Emissions
Locations
E, R X N N
Monitor power plant emissions.
Plan

Incorporate appropriate waste handling and disposal
procedures.
Nuisance
Odors
Solid Waste
Handling and
Disposal
Facilities,
Sanitary
E, R X N N
Operate waste disposal facilities such that exposed refuse is
covered with soil or gravel.
Waste Management Plan

282

Management
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Mitigation Measures
Plan
Consider installing a gas relief system for solid waste disposal
area.
Operate sewage treatment facilities properly and monitor
operational performance (including odors).
Sewage
System
H&S Management Plan

Notes: (1) Primary Receptors: (2) Project Phase: C = Construction, O = Operations
E = employees (3) Expected Significance Rankings: ST = short-term with mitigation, LT = long-term with mitigation
R = residents S - = significantly adverse
Fl = flora

M - = moderately adverse
Fa = fauna

N = neutral

M + = moderately improved

S + = significantly improved

283
Project Activities Generating Noise and Vibrations
Ambient noise levels will increase with commencement of construction and will continue
throughout the Projects life. Noise will originate from construction activities for the refinery
and related facilities, mining and quarrying activities, mobile equipment, refinery operations, rail
transportation, and power generation. Vibrations with the potential to affect the stability of
structures may also result from certain Project activities. Specific noise- and vibration-
generating activities for each of these categories are discussed below.
Construction Activities Generating Noise and Vibrations
Construction activities at the refinery, power plant, and related support infrastructure and access
roads; RMDF; water supply reservoir; and railway spur can have temporary and local effects on
the ambient noise climate for employees and residents of the surrounding villages. Site
preparation activities such as grading, excavation, and pouring of foundations are generally the
noisiest activities. Heavy construction equipment will be required and electricity will be
provided by temporary diesel generating sets. Concrete batch plants will be required at the
refinery and granular material will be trucked from the dolerite quarry.
Primary receptors for construction-related noise and vibrations increases include GAC
employees and residents and structures in the villages nearest to the activities: Lop, Botor,
Filo Bowal Mandgodi, and the three Mhobi villages.
Mining and Quarrying Activities Generating Noise and Vibrations
GACs mining concession is located immediately west of the bauxite mining concession
operated by CBG, who is currently the largest bauxite producer in Guinea. The proposed
refinery will be strategically located in the middle of GACs identified bauxite resources. The
government-granted mining concession covers 690 km2, and nineteen bauxite-bearing plateaus
have been identified within the mining concession. Of these plateaus, five plateaus have been
drilled in some detail, and there are sufficient tonnes to support a 16-year refinery operation at
the production rate of 3.2 million tonnes per annum (Mtpa) alumina. Feasibility-level mining
plans originate mining activities with the exploitation of bauxite from Plateau 7, which is
projected to supply bauxite of the necessary grade and volume required for the alumina refinery
for at least the first 10 years of operation. For the purposes of this impact assessment, mining
plateaus 2, 3, 7, and 15 were included as being the plateaus nearest the refinery complex and
most likely to be mined earlier in the Projects life. The nearest villages to these mining plateaus

284
are Lop (250 m from Plateau 7-North), Botor (250 m from Plateau 15), and Mobhi Ndantari
(300 m from Plateau 15) as presented in the following table.
Characteristics of Plateaus 7 & 15 and Touloun Gand
Mining
Plateau
Surface
(ha)
Geographical
Limits
Elevation Drainage
Minimum Distance
to Watercourse
Minimum
Distance to
Villages
Plateau 7-
South
375
Between the
Kwwol valley to
the east and the
refinery site to the
west
Min: 160 m
Max: 240 m
Drainage
towards the
refinery site
and former
location of
Petoun Djiga.
Situated at
head Petoun
Djiga (seasonal
stream).
More than 800
m from
Kwwol.
A little less
than 2 km
from
Boullr.
Plateau 7-
North and its
potential
extensions
(7-North A
and B)
373
Surrounded by the
Lopwol valley to
the west, the
Doukarwol valley to
the south and by the
Boundihoun valley to
the east
Min: 130 m
Max: 240 m
Drainage
towards
Lopwol and
Doukarwol.
About 200 m
from
Boundihoun.
About 200 m
from Lopwol.
About 100 m
from
Doukarwol
About
250 m from
Lop
Plateau 7-
Center
131
Between the
Doukarwol head to
the west and the
Boundihoun valley to
the east
Min: 160 m
Max: 240 m
Drainage
towards
Doukarwol
and
Boundihoun.
About 350 m
from
Doukarwol
head.
About 400 m
from
Boundihoun.
About 2 km
from
Boullr
Plateau 15 275
Between the valleys
of Petoun Djiga to
the west and of
Kwwol to the east
Min: 180 m
Max: 220 m
Drainage
towards
Petoun Djiga.
About 200 m
from Petoun
Djiga.
More than
500 m from
Kwwol and
Tionkita.
About
250 m from
Botor.
About
300 m from
Mobhi
Ndantari.
About.
Touloun
Gand
Plateau
141
On the Touloun
Gand between the
valleys of
Doukarwol to the
north and of
Gandhoun to the
west and the red
mud sites to the
south
Min: 160 m
Max: 240 m
Drainage
towards
Gandhoun
and
Doukarwol.
Less than
100 m from
Gandhoun.
About 200 m
from
Doukarwol.
More than
1.3 km
from
surroundin
g villages
Total
1293 ha

Source: Addendum to the Environmental Impact Assessment for the Sangardi Alumina Refinery, SNC Lavalin, March,
2006 (Table 2.2)

During operations, changes to the ambient noise level will occur from topsoil/cover stripping and
stockpiling, drilling and blasting, product extraction and stockpiling, blending, crushing, and
loading activities and increased vibrations associated with dolerite quarrying and with mining on
the bauxite plateaus. Mining and processing will occur 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, resulting
in increased noise levels around the clock. Blasting activities will be scheduled for the same

285
time of day for each blasting operation and will be restricted to daylight hours. Blasting
operations will occur about 220 days per year.
Primary receptors for these noise and vibrations increases include GAC employees and residents
and structures in the villages nearest to the activities, which will change with the location of the
operational bauxite plateau.
Mobile Equipment Generating Noise and Vibrations
Mining and refinery operations will be ongoing 24 hours per day, 7 days per week, thus noise
associated with light equipment, haul trucks, and heavy equipment is likely to occur around the
clock. Supply truck traffic along public roads will be restricted to daily hours for safety reasons.
New roads will be constructed between the mining areas and the refinery. Trucks with a nominal
capacity of 100 tonnes will carry the bauxite to the refinery. The location of the road will change
as new mining areas are opened and old ones are closed, but the major haul roads should remain
stationary. On average, 20 to 25 trucks per hour will be needed to ensure an annual bauxite
supply of 8,500,000 tonnes per year.
Mobile equipment operations are expected to provide an increase to the ambient noise and
vibrations levels in the area, including input from light vehicle operations noise, haul truck and
heavy equipment operations noise including backup alarms and vibrations resulting from supply
truck traffic on public roads. Primary receptors for these noise and vibrations increases will
include GAC employees and residents and structures in the villages nearest to the activities:
Lop, Botor, Filo Bowal Mandgodi, and the three Mhobi villages.
Refinery Operations Generating Noise and Vibrations
The alumina refinery is designed for continuous operation. The bauxite will be transported by
truck from the extraction areas around the refinery, where it will be processed to extract the
alumina. The red mud and ash residues will be transported by truck to a mud disposal facility
west of the refinery. The alumina and the consumables for the plant will transported by 2 to 3
trains per day between the refinery and the port terminal in Kamsar.
Increases to the ambient noise and vibrations level resulting from refinery operations will include
truck and train unloading and loading, crushing and grinding, refinery equipment noise,
conveyors, stockpiling, transport and disposal of red mud and vibrations associated with
equipment operations. Primary receptors for ambient noise increases will include GAC

286
employees and residents of the nearest villages, the three Mhobi villages. Vibrations associated
with refinery operations are only expected to affect GAC employees working within the refinery
complex.
Power required for refinery operations will be supplied by an on-site dedicated power plant that
will burn coal and petroleum coke to produce 90 MW of electric power and 500 tonnes of steam
per hour. Increases to the ambient noise level resulting from power generation will include
noises associated with fuel stockpiling and power-plant operations. Primary receptors for these
noise increases will be GAC employees working within the refinery and residents of the villages
located nearest to the refinery, Mhobi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Mobhi Nipudihoun.
Rail Transportation Generating Noise and Vibrations
A new rail spur will be constructed to connect the refinery to the existing CBG railway. It will
run alongside the eastern extent of Mhobi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Mobhi Nipudihoun. The
train will transport the consumables for the refinery operation and the alumina to the Kamsar
terminal. It will generally be composed of 3 locomotives and 87 wagons railcars. Sources of
ambient noise and vibrations levels increase from train operations include locomotive noise,
warning horn signals, railcar coupling/uncoupling, and vibrations resulting from train traffic and
coupling/uncoupling. The primary receptors for noise and vibrations related to rail
transportation traffic increases include residents and structures within approximately 70 m of the
rail line.
Potential Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
With the exception of blasting in the quarry and active mining areas, the most significant
increases in consistent source noise are expected to occur at the primary crushing plant.
Employees and residents of the villages closest to the refinery are expected to have the highest
level of impact from increases to the ambient noise levels.
The noise level anticipated from the refinery operation was calculated with the ENM version
3.06 software from RTA Technology Pty. This software considers the position of the noise
sources, the sound power level by octave band, sound attenuation from diffraction around
obstacles (buildings, difference in ground elevation), geometrical dispersion, molecular air
absorption, and type of ground. The calculations are made for neutral conditions of propagation
at 30
o
C and 70% humidity, corresponding to a partially covered sky and low wind during the
dry season. The calculations did not consider special meteorological conditions such as extreme

287
temperatures, rain, or strong wind. The sound power levels of the noise sources used in the
calculations were estimated from the list of equipment prepared in the preliminary engineering
and were determined either from generic formulae based on the type of equipment and electric
power or from data for similar equipment. Train noise levels were calculated with the Canada
Mortgage and Housing Corporation, Road and Rail Noise: Effects on Housing method. The
noise level of the train was analyzed over a full day to account for the fluctuation of noise and
the number of train passages. Noise modeling results were compared to IFCs Noise Level
Guidelines for daytime and nighttime one-hour levels for residential receptors (Section 4.1.4).
Effects on the ambient noise level were predicted considering the time of day, the characteristics
of the noise, and existing exposure to noises of the same nature. A Composite Noise Rating
permits the combination of these factors to determine the intensity of the anticipated noise
impact; the duration and extent of the impact are then considered in the assessment of its
significance.
Construction Activities Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
For construction equipment with a typical noise level of 85 dBA at 15 m, the expected noise
level is approximately 49 dBA at 1 km distance from the source and 43 dBA at 2 km distance.
Simultaneous operation of multiple pieces of heavy equipment can increase noise the level by up
to 10 dBA. The noise from a construction work site may have a significant impact on villages
located within 1 km of construction activity and could exceed IFC noise guidelines. Villages
along the railway spur in the Mobhi valley will be affected by noises from construction of the
new railway. Sinthiourou Tiouladiwol is located more than 1 km from the site of the water
supply reservoir, and should not be affected.
Mining and Quarrying Activities Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
Noise and vibration nuisances will have a short-term, significant effect on the residents of the
villages of Lop, Botor, Mhobi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Filo Bowal Mandgodi when
mining reaches the areas adjacent to these villages (see the preceding table). Noise impact levels
will change as mining progresses across the plateaus, with the most significant impacts occurring
during mining of the areas located closest to a particular village. As mining activities progress
away from a village, the significance of the noise impact associated with mining and blasting
activities will decrease for that particular village. Mining activities located at a distance of more
than one km from a village are considered to have no impact to ambient noise and vibration
levels at that village.

288
Mobile Equipment Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
Noise levels for a typical haul truck are 85 dBA at 15 m and an average speed of 80 km/h, the
forecasted equivalent noise level is LA
eq
1 h: 50 dBA at a distance of 400 m from the road, in
compliance with IFC residential daytime noise guidelines but exceeding residential nighttime
guidelines. The intensity of the bauxite transportation noise impact will be low, if appropriate
distance is maintained from villages. The bauxite will be transported on local sections of road
during the whole service life of the refinery. Therefore, the significance of the anticipated noise
impact arising from transport of the bauxite to the refinery is low when there are no villages or
homes within 400 m of the road.
Refinery Operations Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
The noise emitted by the operation of the refinery may affect the ambient noise climate in the
surrounding villages. Continuous noise will be generated by the process equipment of the
refinery, and intermittent noise will be generated by trucking of the bauxite and the residues.
The noise emitted by the alumina refinery was estimated for normal operating conditions. For
every production unit listed in the following table, the noise power of the facilities was estimated
with the assumption that all the equipment is in operation, except for backup equipment. The
total noise power by production unit is shown in the following table. The majority of the
facilities are located outside at ground level, or on above-ground steel structures.

289
Noise Power Level per Production Unit
Unit Description Noise Power Level
(dBA ref : 10
-12
W)
013 Bauxite Crushing 125
024 Bauxite Grinding 132
025 Lime Handling 118
026 Predesilication 117
030 Digestion 123
032 Flocculent Mixing 103
033 Clarification 125
034 Residue Disposal Interior
1

035 Polishing Filtration Interior
1

042 Evaporation 125
045 Precipitation 130
046/1 Hydrate Classification 122
046/2 Seed Thickening 120
046/3 Coarse Seed Filtration 123
046/4 Fine Seed Filtration Interior
1

046/5 Impurities Removal 116
046/6 Cleaning Caustic Facility 117
050 Calcination Filtration Interior
1

051/1 Alumina Handling (refinery) 122
051/2 Alumina Handling (sidings) 119
106 Lime Unloading 121
107 Acid Storage and Distribution 103
108/1 Caustic Storage (refinery) 104
108/2 Caustic Unloading (sidings) 119
109/1 Fuel Storage (refinery) 102
109/2 Fuel Unloading (sidings) 113
109/3 Coal Unloading 116
110 Power Refinery and Utilities 125
180 Water Treatment and Storage 108
200 Refinery Storm water Retention Basin 118
Shunting Train Loading and Unloading Noise at Sidings 132
Residues Transportation of Red Mud and Coal Ash 112
TOTAL 139
1: The noise caused by the machinery inside a building was not considered because it is already attenuated.
Source: Sangardi Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 6-13).

290
Train loading and unloading activities are included in the assessment of the noise caused by the
refinery. The noise emitted results mainly from locomotives and from the shock caused by
couplings during the indexing of alumina and coal railcars. Alumina railcars will be loaded
directly from the top at the alumina silo. Coal railcars will be emptied from the bottom on the
coal conveyor. The average time required to load or unload a railcar is estimated at 3 minutes.
For the rainy season, the use of vibrators to unload the coal was included in the modeling.
Transportation of the red mud and ash to the RMDF west of the refinery is included in the
assessment of the refinery noise. On average, 6 trucks (100 tonnes nominal capacity) per hour
will be needed to transport 5,400,000 tonnes per year of red mud and less than 1 truck per hour
(25 tonnes nominal capacity) to transport 150,000 tonnes per year of ash.
The results of the noise simulations at the nearest villages are presented in the table below and
the isophones from 40 to 65 dBA are presented in Figure 4.26. It should be noted that the noise
modeling was performed by SNC Lavalin for the original EIA in 2005, and is thus based on the
preferred refinery layout at that time, which is shown on Figure 4.26, rather than the current
layout. Because the output of the noise modeling effort was specific to that particular refinery
layout, the 2005 layout has been shown on Figure 4.26.
Expected Noise Level of the Refinery
IFC Noise Level Guidelines*
Exceedances
Villages

Anticipated Noise Level
Leq 1h in dBA
Daytime 07 :00
22 :00
55 dBA
Nighttime 22 :00
07 :00
45 dBA
Petoun Djiga (relocated) 52 _ X
Tould (relocated) 49 _ X
Mobhi Ndantari 44 _ _
Mobhi Kansihi 36 _ _
Botor 33 _ _
*= General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, Noise Management, April 30, 2007
Modified from: Sangardi Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 6-14).

The refinery noise levels comply with the IFC daytime residential noise limit (55 dBA) but
exceed the nighttime noise limit (45 dBA) at the villages of Petoun Djiga and Tould, which

291
have been resettled. At villages further away in the Mobhi valley and other regions, the refinery
noise level is lower than IFCs nighttime noise limit.
The increase in ambient noise level over the baseline noise level will have a strong intensity in
the village site of Petoun Djiga, medium intensity where Tould was and a weak intensity in the
Mobhi valley. The noise from the refinery operation will be of long duration, and will last
throughout the life of the refinery. Therefore, the significance of the anticipated noise impact is
strong in Petoun Djiga, medium in Tould, and low in the Mobhi valley.
Rail Transportation Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
Intermittent noise impacts will result from train passages between the refinery and the port
terminal. The increase in daily ambient noise level over the baseline noise level will have a
variable intensity depending upon the receptors distance from the railway line. The train will be
in operation during the whole service life of the refinery. Therefore, the anticipated noise impact
along the new railway spur is significant for primary receptors within 30 m of the railway line
and moderate for primary receptors between 30 and 70 m from the railway line. A neutral
impact is anticipated for receptors located more than 70 m from the railway line. Based on
calculations performed for the original EIA, the expected 24h equivalent noise level for 2 trains
per day (4 passages) consisting of 2 locomotives and 192 wagons at 80 km/hr is presented below.
Expected 24h Equivalent Noise Levels of the Additional Trains
Expected Noise Level *
L
eq
24h in dBA
IFC Noise Level Guidelines** Exceedances

Distance from the
Railway line
(m)

2 train roundtrips /
4 passages
Daytime 07 :00
22 :00
55 dBA
Nighttime 22 :00
07 :00
45 dBA
10 66 X X
20 64 X X
30 61 X X
50 57 X X
100 51 _ X
200 46 _ X
400 42 _ _
* = 2 locomotives and 192 wagons at 80 km/h
**= General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, Noise Management, April 30, 2007
Source: Sangardi Environmental Impact Assessment, SNC Lavalin, January 2005 (Table 6-15).

292
The current Project description (Section 3.7.2) provides for a smaller train with the potential to
add a third train at some point. Therefore, the calculated noise levels from the table above
should be considered to be overly conservative. No new noise modeling studies have been
performed on the new train configuration, therefore impact assessment is based on the previous
modeling efforts.
A moderate to significant impact is expected where the railway line passes through or next to the
villages of Mobhi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Mobhi Nioudihoun. Attenuation measures such
as local noise barriers could be used to reduce the noise of the train by 5 to 10 dBA, but they will
not have any effect on the vibrations transmitted to the ground and potentially to surrounding
structures.
Along the existing CBG railway, the addition of 2 daily trains (4 passages) to the present 6 trains
(12 passages) for the CBG operation will increase the daily noise level by 1 dBA. On a daily
basis, the increase is not significant but while a train is passing, communications and sleep can
be affected. The train will be in operation during the whole service life of the refinery.
Therefore, the significance of the anticipated noise impact along the existing CBG railway is
moderate.
Mitigation Measures for Noise and Vibrations Impacts
General Mitigation Measures for Noise and Vibrations
The identified specific noise sources for the Project, proposed mitigation measures, and action
required during construction and operations are described in Table 4.6 and in more detail in the
Refinery Area Impact Summary Noise and Vibration table at the end of this section. Mitigation
measures applicable to all noise sources which will be implemented to address identified impacts
for the construction phase of the Project are summarized as follows:
Schedule noisy construction activities at normal working hours to the extent practical;
Perform regular inspection and maintenance of construction vehicles and equipment
to ensure that they have quality mufflers installed and that worn parts are replaced;
Limit equipment on site only have necessary equipment on site; and
Consider noise barriers, baffles, or enclosures for particularly noisy equipment such
as crushers, grinders, compressor, pumps, gearboxes, etc.

293
The noise mitigation measures related to the operation phase of the Project are summarized as
follows:
Perform regular inspection and maintenance of material handling vehicles and
equipment to ensure that they have quality mufflers installed, worn parts are replaced,
and lubricants are applied so that the designers noise-output specifications continue
to be met;
Limit working equipment on site only have necessary equipment on site;
Provide an air inlet silencer and exhaust silencers for combustion engines and other
units;
Consider noise barriers, baffles, or enclosures for particularly noisy equipment such
as crushers, grinders, compressors, pumps, gearboxes, etc.; and
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) (earplugs) shall be worn by all employees who
perform activities in work areas that generate significant noise (i.e., routinely greater
than 80 dBA).

The following measures should be implemented to minimize transportation-related noise impacts
associated with the Project:
Enforce speed limits in relation to road conditions and location of sensitive receptors
such as population areas;
Maintain access road surfaces in good repair to reduce tire noise; and
Ensure continuous traffic flow to avoid prolonged idling.
Construction Activities Noise and Vibrations Mitigation
Appropriate mitigation measures should be implemented during construction activities to control
noise and minimize the effects on nearby villages:
Limit as much noisy activities during daylight hours as possible (drilling, excavating,
filling, crushing, dynamiting, riveting);
Ensure that construction equipment is fitted with appropriate noise attenuation
devices such as silencers and covers and that they are maintained in good condition;
Use surplus cut and fill material, containers, and other big objects to form noise
screens in the direction of villages;

294
Position stationary noise sources (generators, compressors, crushers) away from
village;
Maintain the roads in good condition and impose a speed limit; and
Bypass the valley of Mobhi when transporting the granular material from the quarry
to the refinery site.
The noise from construction activities will be short-term and local. The significance of the
anticipated noise impact will be moderate with the institution of appropriate mitigation measures.
Mining and Quarrying Activities Noise and Vibrations Mitigation
Noise and vibrations impacts will require mitigation for villages located closest to active mining
operations. Due to its location immediately adjacent to the refinery site, the village of Petoun
Djiga has already been resettled (RAP, Volume 5). Blasting activities will occur at a regularly
scheduled and predicable time of day, and will be restricted to daylight hours. Appropriate
blasting design and controls will be followed, including using explosives designed to produce
only local shock waves. Complaints related to noise or vibrations related to mining and blasting
activities will be monitored through the stakeholder engagement activities and the Projects
complaints and grievance process.
Equipment used in ore extraction will have appropriate sound control devices. Temporary noise
barriers (such as berms) may be constructed to attenuate mining and quarrying noise in areas
nearest villages or as identified as areas of complaint based on monitoring of the Projects
complaints and grievance process, As mining progresses away from the villages, the walls of the
box cuts will help to attenuate mining and blasting noise impacts.
GAC employees and contractors involved in mining and blasting operations will be issued and
wear appropriate hearing protection in high-noise areas. Such areas will be designated by
signage in the appropriate language, and employees and contractors will be trained in hearing
protection procedures.
Mobile Equipment Noise and Vibrations Mitigation
Mine haul roads will be designed to maintain a minimum distance of 400 m from residential
structures to decrease impacts to ambient noise and vibrations levels. Speed limits will be
imposed and speed reduction will be mandatory in populated areas to reduce noise and vibrations
impacts to nearby residents and structures.

295
To the extent practical, traffic on the access road will be restricted. GAC will provide busses to
transport employees and contractors to and from site to reduce traffic volume. Appropriate
speed limits will be enforced through populated and residential areas, and driver training
programs will be initiated for both employees and contractors. Heavy haulage traffic to and from
the refinery area will be restricted to daylight hours for safety and noise attenuation purposes.
Operational Specific mitigative measures are detailed in the Traffic and Vehicle Movement
Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan)
Refinery Operations Noise and Vibrations Mitigation
Refinery operational noise reduction of approximately 2 dBA over modeled levels is possible by
the selection of low-noise equipment such as dust collector fans with discharge silencers and
cooling towers with low-speed fans, and by enclosing the coal unloading car shaker and bauxite
grinding (mills and shakers) equipment. The use of a noise barrier may be considered for sound
sources near the ground, but the efficiency of such attenuating structures is limited for receptors
located more than 500 m from the noise source.
Even with a noise reduction of 2 dBA, noise from the refinery would still exceed the IFC
nighttime noise limit for Petoun Djiga and Tould, therefore resettlement of these villages will
be accomplished.
Measures to attenuate occupational noise levels within the refinery area for GAC employees and
contractors will include signage (in the appropriate languages) denoting areas where hearing
protection is required, issuance and use of suitable hearing protection, and employee and
contractor training for hearing protection (Training and Awareness Management Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan). Occupational noise mitigation measures are detailed in the Health,
Safety, and Security Management Plan (Implementation Plan).Vibrations related to refinery
equipment (such as crushers and grinders) will be mitigated by engineering design for
appropriate vibrating loads with adequate safety factors.
Rail Transportation Noise and Vibrations Mitigation
High instantaneous noise levels and vibration during the train passage (typical duration of 10
minutes) can interfere with communication and sleep even at a distance from the railway line.
The rail spur from the CBG main line to the refinery will be designed to maintain as far a
distance as practical from existing residential structures. The village of Petoun Djiga will be

296
relocated to reduce the noise impact of train traffic. Based on the proposed alignment,
approximately 3 residences are located between 30 m and 70 m from the railway line.
Complaints of excessive or bothersome train noise and vibrations will be monitored through
stakeholder engagement and the Projects grievance mechanisms. Should further noise
mitigation be warranted, noise barriers including berms, tire rows, or tree lines may be
considered in the areas affected.
Residual Impacts from Noise and Vibrations
Mining and Quarrying Activities Noise and Vibrations Residual Impacts
When mining activities occur within 1 km of local villages, there is likely to be significant noise
impacts due to blasting. Although there are no mitigation methods to reduce this impact,
regularly scheduled blasting may alleviate the disruption to the local population. As part of the
community consultation process, the timing of the blasting will be agreed upon if possible to
occur when the disruption to local activities will be reduced. Additionally, a safe blast radius
will be maintained around blasting. All blasts will have an exclusion (or evacuation) zone
established prior to firing of the shot. The size of the exclusion zone shall be such that all fly and
associated debris is contained within the zone, as well as consideration on impacts of blast
environmental limits on humans and where required, animals. The size of the exclusion zone is
directly related to the blasting activity and the surrounding environment.
Rail Transportation Noise and Vibrations Residual Impacts
Complaints of excessive or bothersome train noise and vibrations will be monitored through
stakeholder engagement and the Projects grievance mechanisms. Should further noise
mitigation be warranted, noise barriers including berms, tire rows, or tree lines may be
considered in the areas affected.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated noise and vibration impacts, relevant

297
Volume 2 Impact Assessment REV 0 Julyl 2008
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Noise and Vibration
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Mitigation Measures Management Plan

mobile equipment, including mufflers.
all roads, and maintain roads.

Install noise attenuation devices on construction equipment.
Position stationary noise sources away from residents.
Bypass the valley of Mobhi during transport of granular material
between quarry and the refinery.
Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan and
Schedule high noise-generating activities to daytime and/or
normal work hours.
Post signage in appropriate languages denoting areas of high
noise where hearing protection is mandatory.
Plan
Position containers for use as temporary noise barriers when
possible.

Use personnel protective equipment where required and
occupational medical monitoring.
H&S Management Plan
Noise
Vehicle
Traffic,
Heavy
Equipment,
Mobile
Equipment,
Supply
Traffic, Diesel
Generators,
Concrete
Plant,
General
Construction
Activities
E, R X M - N
Monitor noise-related complaints through the Complaints and
Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Perform regular maintenance and inspection of equipment,
including lubrication.
Limit equipment on site - have only the necessary equipment
on site.
Noise
Topsoil / Soil
Cover
Stripping,
Drilling,
Blasting,
Product
Extraction
and
Stockpiling,
Blending,
Crushing,
and Loading
E, R X M- N
Use noise barriers, baffles, or enclosures when possible.
Plan

298
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

H&S Management Plan
Activities
Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Limit equipment on site - have only the necessary equipment
on site.
Use noise barriers, baffles, or enclosures when possible.
Plan
H&S Management Plan
Noise
Mobile
Equipment
E X M- N
Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Enclose noise-generating equipment in a sound-insulated
building.
Use exhaust silencers.
Perform regular maintenance and inspection of equipment.
Noise
General
Refinery
Operations
E, R X M - N
Plan

299
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

H&S Management Plan

Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

building.
Provide exhaust silencers.
Use noise barriers when possible.
Plan
Noise
Rail
Transport
Activities
E, R X M - N
H&S Management Plan

Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

all roads.
Vibrations
Vehicles,
Heavy
Equipment
E, R, B X X N N
Schedule high vibration-generating activities to daytime hours.
Plan

Vibrations
General
Refinery
Operations
E, R, B X M- N
Plan

Monitor vibration-related complaints through the Complaints
and Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

300



R =
residents
S - = significantly adverse

Fl = flora

Fa = fauna

N = neutral



301
4.3.3 Topography, Landforms, and Visual Resources
Impacts were assessed separately for topography and landforms and for visual resources, as
described in the following sections.
Project Activities Related to Topography and Landforms
The natural topography and landform will be altered by construction and operation activities.
These activities include the removal of bauxite-bearing strata from the mining plateaus,
quarrying of dolerite, and construction of the RMDF and water supply reservoir at the refinery
site and off-site construction including a passing loop for rail traffic on the main railway line at
Kolaboui.
Potential Impacts to Topography and Landforms
The RMDF will have a total capacity of approximately 77 Mt in two cells (East and West) and
will be developed over the mine life for the disposal of red mud by-product of the alumina
refining process and fly ash from power generation. East Cell will be constructed first, with an
initial 4-year storage capacity to reduce capital expenditure until the end of the 3
rd
year, when the
perimeter dike will be raised to its ultimate capacity. The ultimate footprint of the East and
West cells of the RMDF occupies approximately 289 ha.
Due to the construction of the water supply reservoir and the dolerite quarry, portions of the
upper Tioladiwol drainage will be disturbed. Specifically, 30 ha of the upper Tiouladiwol basin
will be impacted by quarrying, and 90 ha of the middle Tiouladiwol drainage will be impacted
by the water supply reservoir.
Other topographic impacts will include the construction of access and haul roads (including the
laterite road joining the resettlement villages for Petoun Djiga and Tould)and a 14.1 km rail
spur to the refinery from the CBG main line. The locations of these project components are
shown on Figure 3.1.
Mitigation Measures for Topography and Landforms
Reclamation of Project disturbances to a suitable post-mining land use is the primary mitigation
measure applied for long-term impacts to topography and landforms. The Conceptual Closure
and Reclamation Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan, Appendix C) details site reclamation
and closure activities and targets site grading and shaping to blend in with the local topography.

302
Residual Impacts to Topography and Landforms
The water supply reservoir will be a locally significant short-term change to topography and
landforms since there are currently no lakes in the area. Long-term residual impacts to
topography include the dolerite quarry and the lowering and recontouring of the bauxite plateaus
post-mining. The RMDF is a new feature that is considered moderately significant over both the
short- and long-term.
Project Activities Related to Visual Resources
During construction and operations, the excavation of bauxite from the plateaus and the activity
of other heavy equipment in the mining, quarrying, and refinery areas will have a short-term
adverse impact on the scenic values of the area. In addition, lights during nighttime operations at
the mining, quarrying, and refinery areas may have an impact to the households located nearest
these facilities. Other visual impacts will come from the construction and operation of the
RMDF and from construction of refinery and power plant buildings and structures on the relative
high-ground of the plateau.
Potential Impacts to Visual Resources
Visual resources within and near the Project area have previously been impacted by human
activities, including slash-and-burn agriculture and other bauxite mining operations. Nighttime
operations may potentially be a nuisance to residents and fauna that live close to the refinery and
active bauxite mining sites. Construction of the RMDF, water supply reservoir, and dolerite
quarry will be long-term changes to the visual resources in the area. As GAC will perform
concurrent reclamation, mining of the bauxite plateaus will result in short-term changes to the
current landscape.
Mitigation Measures for Visual Resources
Construction and mining contractors will be advised to purchase lowest emission lighting that
will still provide sufficient light for safety purposes. Lighting choices could include lights with
protective screens and/or the installation of vegetative barriers. Light sources for nighttime
construction and operational activities will be pointed downward and away from primary
receptors such as local villages to the extent practical without forgoing safety purposes. Mobile
equipment operators and drivers will be instructed in the appropriate use of high and low beams
on headlights to further reduce visual resources impacts on local residents and fauna.

303
Reclamation and closure activities will mitigate the long-term visual impacts by removing
structures, grading the disturbed areas to blend with the surrounding topography, and returning
the areas to agricultural or pastural use. The decision about which structures and other facilities
will remain after mining will be made in consultation with local communities and the GoG.
Residual Impacts to Visual Resources
Short-term visual residual impacts will result from bauxite mining and quarrying activities,
hauling of the material, construction of the RMDF and water supply reservoir dam, and the
lighting at the plant. Short-term residual impacts have been classified as moderate due to the
nighttime operations.
Revegetation of any areas within the mine footprint that can support vegetation will reduce the
long-term visual impact. As the area is currently impacted from slash-and-burn agricultural
activities, the consequence of this will improve the aesthetics in the local area.
GAC will use the public consultation process in making key decisions regarding post-mining
reclamation programs as outlined in the Conceptual Closure and Reclamation Plan. The public
consultation program will provide a means of collecting public input regarding stakeholder
opinions about visual impacts. It is expected that the long-term residual impacts will be positive.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated topographic, landform, and visual
impacts, relevant operational phase, and planned mitigation measures.

304
Refinery Area Impact Summary Topography, Landforms, and Visual Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Use low-emission lighting that provide sufficient and safe
lighting.
Aim light sources down and away from primary receptors.
Instruct drivers and operators about appropriate use of low and
high beam headlights.
Visual
Vehicles,
Mobile
Equipment
R, Fa X X M - N
Use protective screens and/or install vegetative barriers.
Plan

Visual
General
Refinery Area
R, Fa X N N
Perform regular maintenance and inspection of equipment. Integrate during Design,
Construction, and
Maintenance

Perform reclamation according to the established closure plan.
Topography
General
Construction
and
Operations
Activities
R, L, Fl, Fa X X M - M-

Conceptual Closure and
Reclamation Plan



R =
residents

Fl = flora


Fa = fauna

N = neutral



305
4.3.4 Soils
Project Activities Related to Soils
Construction and operations activities will require the removal of topsoil within the footprints of
the refinery and power plant, RMDF, water supply reservoir, dolerite quarry, mining plateaus,
rail spur, and access roads. Normal operations of vehicles, heavy equipment, and of the refinery
may also affect soils in the Project area.
Potential Impacts to Soils
Impacts related to the agricultural capacity of soils are discussed in Section 4.3.11, the impacts
that could arise from the stripping of soil from the areas that will be developed for the Project
include the following:
Erosion from soil stockpiles; and
Increased erosion of subsoil in areas where topsoil has been removed during
construction.
Soil erosion will result in topsoil losses as well as impacts to receiving surface water quality in
the form of turbidity increases. This short-term adverse impact is exacerbated by high annual
rainfall but is mitigated by the quick growth of ground covering vegetation in the area. Due to
their limited areal extent, impacts to topsoil resulting from construction of access roads (to the
refinery, water supply reservoir dam, and resettlement village) are presumed to be minor.
Accidental spills of process chemicals, reagents, or refining by-products have the potential to
cause adverse short to long-term impacts to soil quality, depending on the agent and volume of
the spill. Inadvertent oil and gas leakage from improperly maintained mobile or stationary
equipment, as well as accidental spills or overflows when refueling vehicles or equipment also
can present adverse impacts to soil quality. Leachate from the RMDF, if not intercepted, could
also adversely impact soil quality over the long-term.
Mitigation Measures for Soils
Impacts associated with erosion of topsoil will be mitigated by instituting Best Management
Practices for sediment and erosion control for all Project facilities, including topsoil stockpiles.
Revegetation of disturbed areas will contribute to long-term mitigation of potential topsoil
erosion, creating a net neutral to positive impact (in cases where existing topsoil is currently
eroding).

306
Implementation of the following control measures during topsoil stripping and salvaging will
greatly reduce any erosion or sediment loading that may arise from the stripping activity:
Use geotextile silt fencing, silt traps, and /or straw bales to reduce sediment transport
within the construction site; overland flow from the construction area should be
avoided;
Divert clean water away from the works area;
Suppress dusting by wetting or application of a dust control agent;
Grade the site and channel surface flow into ditches to reduce flow velocities and
decrease the potential for erosion;
Collect and pump runoff to settling facilities or treat potentially affected water,
including water used to decontaminate equipment, and impacted runoff;
Inspect and maintain silt control measures;
Provide temporary storm water retention capacity;
Proof-roll subgrade or stockpile materials;
Cover soil and re-establish vegetation on cleared areas not used for construction and
establish a vegetative cover on topsoil stockpiles; and
Implement a site-wide operational surface water quality-monitoring program to assess
impacts of site runoff on receiving surface water bodies and effectiveness of
construction control measures.

Once all soil has been stockpiled, vegetation must be re-established as soon as practical so that
erosion is minimized. Fast-growing varieties of native vegetation should be chosen as the
preferred option. In addition, other species that take longer to establish themselves but provide a
more dense vegetative cover should be included in the seed mix. This combination of quick-
growing and dense cover species will allow for mitigation of erosion in both the short and
medium term until the soil is excavated and placed across the site upon mine closure.
To the extent practical and based on the designs in the Conceptual Closure and Reclamation
Plan, and on the results of stakeholder engagement regarding closure of such facilities as the
water supply reservoir, land disturbance will be mitigated during reclamation. Topsoil
stockpiled during construction and properly maintained in the interim will be distributed over
regraded and ameliorated land surfaces to facilitate revegetation.

307
GAC will provide training in and implement a Spill Prevention and Response Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan) to mitigate the potential for adverse impacts to soil and water resources
quality in the event of an accidental spill or release during normal construction or operating
conditions. Both GAC employees and contractors will be bound by the procedures in the Plan.
Appropriate bunded containment will be provided around areas where spills could occur, such as
storage tanks, and areas where chemicals, fuels, or lubricants are being handled or used will be
underlain by a suitable liner or paved to prevent any accidental spills from reaching the
underlying soils.
Appropriate sorptive materials for the materials stored or in use in a particular area will be
provided and kept stocked in an easily accessible location, so that in the event of a spill or
accidental discharge, the spill can be contained and wiped up immediately.
A leachate detection system will be installed around the periphery/down-gradient of the RMDF.
Regularly monitoring of the leachate detection system should provide immediate detection of
any excursions of leachate from the materials impounded in the facility through the composite
liner system. Any leachate detected by the system will be analyzed for chemical composition to
determine the magnitude of the potential impact to soil quality and water resources, and to
provide a context for assessing subsequent mitigation measures.
Residual Impacts to Soils
Because of the often thin vegetative ground cover on the plateaus and the significant decreases in
soil moisture during the dry season, soil erosion may be a moderate concern over both the short
and long term. The following table presents a summary of the anticipated soil impacts, relevant
operational phase, and planned mitigation measures.

308
Refinery Area Impact Summary Soils
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Use erosion and sediment control measures to reduce erosion
and sediment loading.
Salvage and stockpile as much topsoil as possible during
clearing activities, and establish vegetative cover on the
stockpiles to reduce erosion.
Soils
Construction
Activities
L, Sw, Gw X M - N
Revegetate as much cleared land area as possible after
construction.
Erosion and
Sedimentation
Management Plan

Develop and follow a Spill Prevention, Control, and
Containment Plan (SPCC) for the site.
Provide initial and refresher SPCC training for all pertinent
employees and contractor personnel .
Keep suitable containment and cleanup supplies (per the
SPCC) readily available.
Install underlayment liner or pavement in chemical, fuel, and
lubricant storage areas.
Design and install adequately sized bunded areas around bulk
liquid and fuel storage areas.
Spill Prevention and
Response Management
Plan
Soils
Equipment
and Vehicle
Maintenance
Areas;
Storage,
Loading/
Unloading,
Materials
Handling
Areas
L, Sw, Gw X X M- N
H&S Management Plan

Use erosion sediment control measures to reduce erosion and
sediment loading.
Soils,
Subsurface
Structure
Mining
Activities
L, Sw, Gw X M - M -
construction.

Erosion and
Sedimentation
Management Plan

309
Refinery Area Impact Summary Soils
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Install an impermeable barrier within the Red Mud Disposal
Facility to contain leachate.
Perform reclamation according to the established closure plan.
Conceptual Closure and
Reclamation Plan


R =
residents
Fl = flora

Fa = fauna

N = neutral



310
Potential impacts to surface water resources are divided into impacts to surface water hydrology
and to surface water quality.
Project Activities Related to Surface Water Hydrology
Construction of a water supply reservoir in the middle Tiouladiwol drainage will affects surface
water flows in the downstream portions of the drainage, and will create a year-round lake during
Project operations (and potentially post-closure, based on the outcome of stakeholder
engagement).
Potential Impacts to Surface Water Hydrology
Residents of Sinthiourou Tiouladi currently obtain their drinking water year-round from a spring
to the north of the village in the Tiouladiwol. Water for domestic needs is supplied by the
Tinguilinta River, located approximately 100 m south of the village. Construction of the water
supply reservoir will have short-term adverse impacts to downstream surface water flow in the
Tiouladiwol drainage, especially during the dry season. The impact of the reservoir filling will
only be significant in the dry season as there is sufficient water in the wet season to meet
downstream user needs. Baseline investigations and discussions with local residents indicate
that surface water flow in the Tiouladiwol is seasonal, with constant flow during the rainy
season, diminishing to intermittent flow and pooling along the lower portions of the stream
course by the end of the dry season.
Mitigation Measures for Surface Water Hydrology
To assess the proper mitigation for impacts to downstream water flow on the Tiouladiwol during
filling of the water supply reservoir, local stakeholders will be identified and consulted to
evaluate the severity of this impact. Based on these consultations, an appropriate mitigation
package will be developed. Potential mitigation could be monetary to compensate for loss of
crops or an engineering solution such as a small diversion dam, which could be installed on the
property to store the volume of lost water. The Project may also consider providing alternate
water supplies (i.e., groundwater wells) that are acceptable to local downstream users.
Specific mitigation measures for the potential additional base flow during the dry season must be
developed in consultation with local land users. This process will be used to determine if
additional access to water is perceived as a positive or adverse impact. In most instances, ready
access to water in the dry season would be considered a favorable impact, but if additional flows

311
affect certain seasonal agricultural practices, mitigation measures such as controlled water
releases or low-flow channel modifications may be needed in designated areas.
Provision of a bleed stream base flow across the dam during the period the reservoir is filling
will mitigate adverse short-term impacts to downstream flow in the Tiouladiwol, providing a
positive impact to downstream water users, including the village of Sinthiourou Tiouladi during
pre-operations. Additional investigation of downstream water usage and typical seasonal flow
rates in the Tiouladiwol drainage is required to determine the appropriate volume of flow for the
bleed stream.
During operations, permitting local use of the reservoir for fishing and domestic needs could
provide a positive impact over the short term. Adequate measures to ensure safety of vulnerable
people (children, the elderly) and exclusion to the extent practical of livestock from the margins
of the reservoir will be necessary if local (non-Project) use of the reservoir is permitted.
Discussions regarding opportunities or desires to use the reservoir for such or similar purposes
should be included in stakeholder engagement and public consultation activities. These
discussions could also include culturally appropriate and effective ways of ensuring personal and
animal safety around the filled reservoir.
Residual Impacts to Surface Water Hydrology
Over the long-term, the construction and operation of the water supply reservoir is expected to
have a neutral impact to downstream water users and hydrology on the lower Tiouladiwol.
Should GAC and project stakeholders (local residents and government) decide to turn over
control of the water supply reservoir to local control, the presence of a year-round source of
potable water would prove to be a long-term positive impact of Project development, again
providing that adequate measures are delineated and funded for periodic third-party dam safety
inspections and for maintenance and repair of reservoir facilities.
Project Activities Related to Surface Water Quality
Water quality may be affected during construction and operation activities due to increased
sediment loading from disturbed ground. Daylighting seepage or accidental discharge from the
RMDF could potentially degrade surface water quality in the receiving stream(s). Additionally,
stormwater and effluent discharge from the mine have the potential to impact receiving
watercourse quality.

312
Discharges from the refinerys stormwater retention and holding ponds and runoff from storm
events has the potential to affect water quality in receiving stream courses.
Potential impacts to surface water quality may also occur due to interaction with any reactive
sulfidic material that may be exposed in the walls or floor of the dolerite quarry and in coal
stockpiled for use in the power plant.
Potential Impacts to Surface Water Quality
During construction and operations, adverse impacts to receiving water quality may occur from
increases in sediment loading in runoff that comes into contact with areas of disturbed ground
before flowing into surrounding surface water bodies. These short-term impacts would be
limited to the wet season.
Daylighting seepage or accidental discharge (either through improper facility management or
overtopping during storm events) has the potential to cause significant adverse impacts to water
quality of any receiving surface water sources over the short term. The magnitude of the
potential impact would be directly related to the chemistry and volume of the seepage or
discharge and the flow volume of the receiving water body. Baseline surface water quality
analyses (Section 4.1.8.2) conducted for Project-area waters indicate that local surface water
sources do not contain appreciable buffering capacity as indicated by bicarbonate (alkalinity)
concentrations and slightly acidic pH values (see Section 4.2.9.2 and Table 4.2.
Moderate adverse short-term impacts to receiving surface water quality from refinery stormwater
discharge and runoff may occur during operations, especially during or following extreme
precipitation events.
Exposure of reactive sulfide materials (such as pyrite or marcasite) to atmospheric conditions can
in some instances initiate oxidation of the sulfides and formation of acidic drainage, termed ARD
(acid rock drainage). ARD is characterized by a moderately to strongly acidic pH value and
typically elevated concentrations of sulfate, and may contain elevated concentrations of metals
normally present in the host material but mobilized into solution by the reduced pH conditions.
Certain geologic units have higher potential for ARD based on their mineralogy; however
insufficient geochemical and mineralogical information is available currently for the dolerite and
coal for the power plant for ARD predictive purposes.

313
Mitigation Measures for Surface Water Quality
Sedimentation control measures initiated during Project construction and operations should
provide adequate levels of mitigation to reduce any adverse effects of ground disturbance
activities to the quality of receiving surface water bodies, resulting in a neutral impact. Such
sedimentation control measures may include, but not be limited to, the following:
Silt fences;
Hay bales;
Rip rap;
Stormwater diversions;
Culverts; and
Stormwater holding ponds/stilling basins.
Specific control and mitigation measures for various Project construction and operational
activities, including bauxite extraction, will be documented in the Erosion and Sedimentation
Management Plan that will be developed for the Project (Volume 3 Implementation Plan).
Engineering design for the RMDF has provided sufficient freeboard within the facility to
accommodate the probable maximum flood (PMF). In the event of seepage excursions through
the facilitys liner system, a leak detection system is included in the facility design, and will
consist of monitoring wells located around the perimeter of the RMDF and EHP facilities.
Regular monitoring of the leak detection system will be performed throughout facility operations
to detect any excursion of leachate in a timely manner. Proper operation and management of the
RMDF and regular monitoring of the facilitys leak detection system will mitigate potential
adverse impacts to surface water quality, resulting in neutral short-term operational and residual
impacts. Regular monitoring of water quality monitoring will also take place during reclamation
and for a period of 5 years post-closure to verify achievement of closure performance goals with
respect to surface water and groundwater impacts.
Stormwater discharged from the refinerys stormwater holding ponds will be monitored to make
sure that discharge quality complies with IFCs effluent guideline values for Base Metal
Smelting and Refining (Section 2.10.3). If discharge monitoring indicates that certain
parameters are in excess of IFCs effluent guideline values, the effluent will be returned to the
stormwater retention system if sufficient storage capacity exists, or routed to the EHP for reclaim

314
to the refinery process. Repeated exceedances of guideline values will trigger investigation as to
the source of the exceedances, and may involve inclusion of separate additional treatment
facilities of the stormwater and runoff so that refinery discharge will be in compliance with IFC
guidelines. Increased monitoring frequency will be initiated for a period of three months
following any effluent discharge exceedances to follow up on effluent water quality and to assess
compliance with guidelines.
No information is currently available on the geochemical properties of the dolerite in regards to
the presence of sulfidic minerals in the dolerite or the materials potential to generate acidic
drainage upon exposure to atmospheric conditions. A geochemical characterization program will
be performed on a statistically representative sampling of material from the dolerite quarry,
including core if available, to determine whether or not acidic runoff is likely to be produced as a
result of quarrying. Should the characterization program determine that units within the dolerite
may potentially generate acidic drainage, suitable remediation programs will be developed to
intercept any such drainage that forms during quarry operations, and a closure plan will be
developed for the quarry that specifically addresses mitigation of acid formation. Insufficient
information currently exists on the dolerite mineralogy for determination of the level or
likelihood of impacts to surface water quality (pH, metals loading) at this time, however it is
generally possible to mitigate acid formation in such circumstances, especially given the
relatively small surface area of the final quarry outline (30 ha).
Increases in sediment loading from quarrying activities to downstream surface water resources in
the Tiouladiowl are expected to be insignificant in the long-term, including during operations, as
the Projects water supply reservoir will be located downstream of the quarry and there are no
surface water users between the quarry and the reservoir. Any sediment loading that occurs in
runoff over the periphery of the quarry or from rock dust generated from quarrying operations
will be transported downstream into the reservoir, where it will eventually settle out of
suspension and not affect downstream water users. It is expected that the contribution to total
sediment loading from stormwater runoff over the quarry surface will be low, as the doleritic
bedrock is generally exposed at the surface throughout much of the quarry footprint.
The potential for acid formation from stormwater interacting with any sulfidic minerals present
in coal stockpiled at the power plant for use in power generation is deemed likely to be
insignificant, due to the generally very short residence time of any particular volume of coal in
the stockpile.

315
Residual Impacts to Surface Water Quality
No long-term residual impacts to surface water quality are anticipated from Project construction
or operational activities.
Note: Surface water and groundwater impacts are summarized together in a table at the end of
Section 4.3.6.
Potential impacts to groundwater resources are also divided into two sections, groundwater
hydrology and groundwater quality.
Project Activities Related to Groundwater Hydrology
Bauxite mining has the potential to affect shallow groundwater resources on and down gradient
of the active mining plateaus.
Preliminary groundwater hydrology investigations conducted during the baseline program for the
Project suggest that the plateau surfaces, including the refinery area, are groundwater recharge
zones for the shallow unconfined aquifer system. These shallow aquifers are tapped by
traditional wells in local villages to provide residents with water for potable and domestic needs.
Covering portions of the shallow aquifer recharge zones with impermeable (paved or concrete)
or reduced permeability (compacted) surfaces can potentially decrease aquifer recharge.
Potential Impacts to Groundwater Hydrology
Hydrological investigations in the Project area (Section 4.1.9.1) indicate that the clay unit which
generally underlies the bauxite-bearing laterites on the plateaus may serve as an aquitard or base
unit for the shallow unconfined aquifer systems in the area. While generally horizontal on the
plateau tops, these units drape over the edges of the plateaus and continue to the valleys, where
many local villages have tapped into the shallow aquifer system by digging traditional wells
(generally less than 20 m deep). Interruption to the shallow aquifer system could potentially
occur as a result of bauxite extraction and box cutting, which in turn could result in a significant
adverse impact to any local users of the groundwater resource, either directly (by lowering water
levels in wells) or indirectly (by changes in flow volumes of springs).
Mitigation Measures for Groundwater Hydrology
Additional hydrological information is necessary to fully assess the potential for bauxite mining
activities to affect groundwater resources. Regional data from other mining companies

316
extracting bauxite from the surrounding plateaus may be helpful in understanding the hydrologic
regime, supplemented by additional field studies in the Project area, specifically in the regions
where bauxite mining areas approach villages using groundwater resources (shallow wells or
springs).
Regular monitoring of groundwater levels will be conducted in monitoring wells and in the
surrounding villages (Mobhi Ndantari, Mobhi Kansihi, Mobhi Nioudhoun, Filo Bowal
Mandgodie, Sinthiourou Almany, Botor, and Lop) throughout Project construction and
operations to increase the Projects local hydrological baseline data set, better understand any
seasonal fluctuations in groundwater levels based on either usage patterns or climatological
conditions, and to anticipate any changes to groundwater supply resulting from Project activities.
Significant adverse changes to local groundwater supplies will require mitigation to include
installation of appropriate new water supply wells by the Project for users. Installation of
reliable modern wells would result in a positive impact over both the short and long term for
local villages previously dependent on an unreliable or non-properly sealed well.
Residual Impacts to Groundwater Hydrology
Installation of modern and reliable water supply wells in villages where the shallow aquifer
regime was affected by Project activities would provide a long-term positive benefit. Positive
benefits could include better human health depending upon previous water supply quality,
greater convenience for water users, and a potentially more reliable source of domestic and
potable water.
Closure and reclamation activities in the bauxite mining areas and in the refinery area will return
the area to a compatible pre-Project land use, in turn neutralizing most short-term adverse
impacts to groundwater recharge from changes to permeability paving.
Project Activities Related to Groundwater Quality
Accidental spills of chemicals and reagents (including oil and grease and process chemicals)
used on site during construction and operations may occur, and could affect groundwater quality
if uncontained or of large volume. Unplanned excursions of seepage through the engineered
liner of the RMDF or from the Projects sanitary landfill or sewage treatment plant also have the
potential to locally affect groundwater quality.

317
Potential Impacts to Groundwater Quality
Accidental spills could have localized short-term impacts to the groundwater system, especially
in the plateau areas which may serve as recharge zones for the shallow aquifer system (Section
4.2.10.1). Impacts to the groundwater quality of the deeper aquifer are unlikely from accidental
spills, as the impermeable clay layer underlying the bauxite-bearing laterite represents a
relatively impermeable layer between the shallow groundwater system and the deeper bedrock
system.
Long-term unchecked seepage from any of the Projects waste disposal or treatment facilities has
the potential to cause significant impacts to groundwater quality. Leachate associated with the
red mud will likely be strongly alkaline (based on typical red mud leachate chemistry from other
similar refinery output), and has the potential to alter the groundwater pH regime.
Mitigation Measures for Groundwater Quality
Appropriate Good International Industry Practices (GIIPs) to prevent and respond to accidental
spills will be detailed in the Spill Prevention and Response Plan (Volume 3 Implementation
Plan) being developed for the Project. This plan establishes emergency response actions and
responsibilities, mitigative actions to be taken for spill prevention and proper clean-up
procedures, and emergency contact numbers in the event of unplanned releases. Proper
implementation of these plans in concert with employee training can reduce the risk of accidental
releases and reduce the onsite and offsite impacts to groundwater resources from an accidental
release.
Additional mitigation measures to protect groundwater quality will include the adequate
engineering design and operation of the RMDF, including performance of a seepage analysis for
the facility based on the Feasibility-level engineering design; sanitary landfill; and sewage
treatment plant. These programs are addressed in the Waste Management Plan (Implementation
Plan). Specific programs regarding proper handling and storage of chemicals, oil and gas, and
reagents are presented in the Spill Prevention and Response Plan. Performance monitoring of
spill control and waste management and disposal activities will document system performance
and consequent efficiency of the mitigation measures. In instances of large-scale or large-
volume spills or accidental discharges, increased frequency of surface water and groundwater
quality monitoring may be warranted, depending upon the spilled or discharged agents. Water
quality monitoring on the increased frequency schedule will continue until re-establishment of
baseline water quality conditions occurs for the parameters of concern.

318
To date, chemical analytical work has not been done on samples of red mud supernatant from
pilot-scale testing. As part of a supplemental geochemical characterization program for the
Project, chemical analyses will be performed on the supernatant to better be able to predict the
impacts of any potential seepage excursions to surface water or shallow groundwater quality.
Additionally, the Projects ongoing groundwater monitoring program will add the analysis of
acidity and alkalinity to the list of analytical parameters. Acidity and alkalinity are both
measurements of a solutions buffering capacity, or the ability to resist changes to pH based on
the addition of a strong base (acidity) or a strong acid (alkalinity). Currently no analyses have
been performed for acidity on Project-area water samples, so the interaction of strongly alkaline
seepage from the RMDF cannot be adequately defined in terms of potential impacts to
groundwater quality. Baseline sampling (see Section 4.2.10.2 and Table 4.3 performed to-date
for the Project indicates that local groundwater pH values are slightly acidic (pH = 4.5 to 6.5),
and thus have little alkalinity. Laboratory analyses conducted on groundwater samples from
April 2005, the only sampling event for which alkalinity was measured, corroborate this, with
generally low bicarbonate alkalinity levels present in the samples (HCO
3
-
= 3.1 to 72 mg/L).
Determination of groundwater acidity levels will allow for a better assessment of the local
groundwaters capacity to buffer strongly alkaline solution inputs, such as might be encountered
via an excursion of leachate from the RMDF.
Further, characterization of the red mud supernatant should provide additional geochemical data
for assessment of it potential to contribute parameters other than increased alkalinity to local
groundwater, including major cations, anions, and metals. It is not possible to accurately assess
potential impacts to local groundwater quality in regards to changes in metals concentrations
without such data. Assuming that the Projects red mud supernatant is roughly similar in gross
composition with that of other facilities output (Section 4.2.6.5), any leachate seeping from the
facility is likely to contain elevated concentrations of calcium, sodium, and chloride. Accidental
spills, discharges, or excursions of leachate from the RMDF would therefore have the potential
to increase groundwater concentrations of these parameters, at least over the short-term. Based
on the results of the Seepage Analysis that will be performed for the facility, as well as on those
from the additional geochemical characterization work (Waste Management Plan, Volume 3
Implementation Plan), it may be necessary to create a non-reactive hydraulic barrier to seepage
through the RMDF liner, in addition to and overlying the engineered liner system. Such a
hydraulic barrier could potentially consist of a layer of neutralized red mud. Statistics from the
aluminum processing industry indicate that red mud produced as a result of the Bayer Process is
typically very fine-grained, and thus would be suitable as a hydraulic barrier to seepage

319
providing that the materials alkaline pH was first neutralized and that the neutralized layer was
present in a sufficient thickness. Appropriate thickness options for the hydraulic barrier will be
developed as output from the Seepage Analysis. Should such a mitigative action be deemed
necessary, it is currently envisioned that neutralization of the hydraulic barrier layer would occur
during operations, concurrent with deposition of the base layer(s) of red mud across the facility.
Residual Impacts to Groundwater Quality
Long-term impacts to shallow groundwater quality resulting from accidental spills and from any
seepage from the sanitary landfill or sewage treatment facilities are expected to be neutral, due to
closure activities that will mitigate the potential for these impacts to occur post-closure
(Conceptual Closure and Reclamation Plan, Volume 3 Implementation Plan). Facility closure
will remove the potential for accidental spills to occur by cessation of Project activities. The
Waste Management Plan (Implementation Plan) includes GIIPs for standard closure activities for
the sanitary landfill and sewage treatment facility.
Seepage excursions through the liner of the RMDF may have long-term adverse impacts to
shallow groundwater quality, as the leachate is expected to be strongly alkaline, and preliminary
groundwater quality monitoring suggest that the shallow aquifer system is not well-buffered,
although more baseline information is needed to substantiate this conclusion.
There are no anticipated long-term impacts to the deeper groundwater system water quality
resulting from Project construction, mining, or operational activities.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated surface and groundwater impacts,
relevant operational phase and planned mitigation measures.

320
Refinery Area Impact Summary Water Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Design and operate sanitary sewage system according to
Good International Industry Practices (GIIP).
Conduct regular inspections of sanitary sewage system.
Keep stormwater separate from industrial wastewater and
sanitary sewage treatment streams.
Divert stormwater from non-process areas (excluding stockpile
runoff) away from Project components to the extent possible.
Divert stormwater to stilling basins for suspended sediment
removal prior to discharging into surface water bodies; monitor for
compliance with discharge guidelines.
Collect, monitor, and treat (as necessary) industrial wastewater
(including runoff from process and stockpile areas).
Perform regular monitoring of treated discharge water as part
of facility's water quality monitoring program.
Water
Sanitary
Sewage
System,
Industrial
Wastewater',
Stormwater
Discharge
Sw, Gw X X N N
Collect additional baseline surface water data for effluent
discharge modeling and impact analyses.
Water Management Plan
and Waste Management
Plan

Develop and follow a Spill Prevention, Control, and
Containment (SPCC) Plan for the site.
SPCC) readily available.
Response Plan
Water
Equipment
and Vehicle
Maintenance
Areas;
Storage,
Loading/
Unloading,
Materials
Handling
Areas;
General
Refinery Area
S, Sw, Gw X X N N
H&S Management Plan

321
Refinery Area Impact Summary Water Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Use erosion sediment control measures to reduce erosion and
sediment loading during construction.
clearing activities; establish vegetative cover on the stockpiles to
reduce erosion after construction.
construction.
Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
Consider use by residents of water supply.
Keep livestock away from the water supply.
Install safety measures for vulnerable people around the water
supply.
Integrate during
Operations
Discuss opportunities for public use of reservoir during
stakeholder engagement and public consultation activities.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan
Water
Water Supply
Reservoir
R, Sw X X N M +

S = soils

(3) Expected Significance Rankings: ST = short-term with mitigation, LT = long-term with mitigation

R = residents


Sw = surface water M - = moderately adverse

Gw = groundwater N = neutral



322
The following sections present the Project activities that are expected to result in effects to the
flora and vegetation within the refinery area, an evaluation of the potential impacts from those
activities, measures that will be implemented to avoid, eliminate, or mitigate the impacts to an
acceptable level, and an evaluation of the residual impacts after the mitigation measures have
been implemented.
Project Activities Related to Flora and Vegetation
The following Project activities have been identified to have the potential to cause effects to the
vegetation and flora of the Project area.
Construction activities Including clearing, stripping, bulk earthworks, and civil
works necessary to effect the construction of Project components, haul and access
roads, and the rail spur;
Resettlement Including clearing, stripping, bulk earthworks, civil works, drilling
(wells), and construction activities as well as physical resettlement of the affected
population into the new townsite near Tchankoun-Tiouli;
Dust-generating activities (exclusive of construction activities) including
drilling, blasting, mining, material haulage, road traffic, railcar unloading, material
stockpiling, crushing and grinding, and conveyor transport;
Operation of the power plant - This refers to the effects the operation of the coal-
fired power plant could have on local vegetation and flora;
Waste management - This refers to the operation of the solid waste management site
(landfill) and stormwater and sewage treatment systems; and
General activities - This refers to activities related to the presence of humans in the
zone that have not been considered as components of the other Project activities.
Potential Impacts to Flora and Vegetation
A list of the potential impacts associated with vegetation and flora at the refinery site is presented
in the Refinery Area Impact Summary Table Flora and Vegetation following this section. The
table below summarizes the affected amounts of area in hectares for the various land use types
and vegetation assemblages mapped within the refinery study area, and lists the amount of each
type that will be affected by the various Project components. It also presents the total amount of
each land use/vegetation assemblage type that will be affected by Project implementation. The

323
mining component is presented separately as mining activity will progress throughout the Project
life, with a small percentage of the total affected at any given time.
Land Use by Refinery Area Project Components (Hectares)
Land Use Type
Gallery Tree Shrubby Component
Component
Agricultural
Fields
Forest Savanna Savanna
Pastures
Subtotal
Haul and
Access Roads
20.0 0.1 33.0 43.0 80.0 176.1
Quarry 26.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 0.0 30.0
Rail Spur 27.0 0.1 9.0 8.0 11.0 55.1
Red Mud
Disposal Facility
52.0 0.0 54.0 56.0 127.0 289.0
Refinery 87.0 1.0 128.0 57.0 161.0 434.0
Water Supply
Reservoir
74.0 11.0 4.0 1.0 0.0 90.0
Resettlement
Village
3.0 0.0 20.0 1.0 8.0 32.0
Marshalling Yard 17.8 0.0 60.8 14.6 93.4 186.6
Tinguilinta
Expatriate Camps
0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 4.8 7.8
Crushing Yard 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 16.2 16.3
Bauxite Mine
Areas
See detail See detail See detail See detail See detail 300 (Note 1)
Land Use Totals 306.8 13.2 309.9 185.6 501.4 1616.9
Note 1: The total active mining area is approximately 100 ha/year, plus 100 ha for clearing and 100 ha subject to concurrent
reclamation practices. The breakdown by land use category for all bauxite plateaus in the concession is as follows:
Bauxite Mine
Areas Total
Concession
801.0 3.0 1419.0 1567.0 1601.0 5391.0
Data provided by Terranean, December 2007.

The following text provides substantiation for the impacts identified and the significance ratings
that have been applied to each.

324
Loss of Gallery Forest
The gallery forest is a sensitive vegetation association, given that it is restricted in distribution to
the riparian areas of some creeks and provides habitat for sensitive wildlife species, including the
West African Chimpanzee. It is estimated that approximately 13 ha of this vegetation type will
be lost due to the construction of installations, access roads, rail lines, and the RMDF from and
filling of the water supply reservoir, the majority (11 ha) from the reservoir footprint. No gallery
forest vegetation is expected to be affected by the development of the mining activities on the
plateaus or in the dolorite quarry. Due to the importance of gallery forest vegetation, the impact
to this vegetation is considered significantly adverse.
Loss of Agricultural and Fallow Land
It is estimated that approximately 307 ha of agricultural lands (active and fallow, and excluding
the grass savannah used as pasture) will be lost to the development of the Project through the
construction of installations, access roads, rail line, and the RMDF and filling of the water supply
reservoir. Mining activities proposed throughout the Projects life will potentially disturb a total
additional 800 ha of agricultural land, however at this point a detailed breakdown of what
percentage of each land use affected per year is not available. Mining activities (active mining,
clearing, and concurrent reclamation) are projected to disturb 300 ha per year. The fallow lands
provide important information on the successional process of vegetation regeneration; acting as
testing grounds for natural revegetation. Due to the extent of this vegetation association
estimated to be impacted by the Project and the fact that this vegetation association has already
sustained a high degree of impact from local agricultural activities, the impact to agricultural and
fallow land is considered to be moderately adverse. Socioeconomic impacts to this vegetation
type are discussed in Section 4.3.11.1.
Loss of Natural Vegetation
This refers to the collective loss of the grass savannah (pasture), shrub savannah, and tree
savannah, as a result of the development of the mining activities on the plateaus, the dolerite
quarry, the construction of the installations, access roads, rail line, and the RMDF and filling of
the water supply reservoir. The grass and shrub vegetation associations are the dominant
associations in the Project area and it is estimated that 687 ha (including 501 ha grass savannah
and 186 ha shrub savannah) will be disturbed or lost by mining activities, construction of
installations, and the filling of the water reservoir. It is also estimated that approximately 310 ha
of tree savannah will also be disturbed or lost as a result of the Project. These areas are exclusive
of the mining areas. Throughout its life, the Project may potentially disturb a total of 3168 ha of

325
grass and shrub vegetation (1601 ha of grass savannah and 1567 ha of shrubby savannah),
although as discussed in the preceding section, detailed mine plans are not available at this point.
Mining activities (active mining, clearing, and concurrent reclamation) are projected to disturb
300 ha per year. Due to the smaller extent of these vegetation associations estimated to be
impacted by the Project and their prevalence in other areas of the concession which are not
expected to be affected by Project implementation, the impact to natural vegetation is considered
to be moderately adverse.
Effects of Fugitive Dust on Plants
It is expected that dust will be generated by many of the Project operations, including:
Construction activities (clearing, stripping, bulk earthworks and civil works);
Access road construction;
Rail line construction;
Operation of the access roads;
Drilling and blasting;
Excavation;
Hauling and tipping;
Crushing and grinding;
Aeolian erosion from exposed surfaces and materials and product stockpiles; and
Fly-ash production from the coal-fired power plant.
The dust that is generated from each of these activities could fall on the surrounding flora. The
coverage of the leaves of the plants by the dust could block the stomata on the leaves, which
would have a detrimental effect to the evapotranspiration rate of the plants, thereby affecting
their ability to exchange gasses. This eventually could have an effect on the growth and survival
of some of the plant species. The species that would be most affected by this would be those
species that are typically internalized in a gallery forest or tree savannah (located in the interior
of these vegetation associations, rather than on the outside edge, or transition area).
Due to the amount of dust that could potentially be generated by the Project activities, it is
considered that the impact to plants from dust settling is moderately adverse. This impact will be

326
appreciated principally in the areas closest to the operations and access roads. The further
removed from the area of dust generating activities, the lesser the potential to receive this impact.
Introduction of Invasive Species
The transport of goods, materials and supplies to site could have the potential to introduce plant
species that are not naturally present to the Project area. These might be species from coastal
areas or from overseas, in the case of importation of refinery components. The introduction of
these species could result in their spread on-site and in surrounding areas. If these species do not
have natural biological controls in the Project site environment, they could become a nuisance
species. Should this impact occur, it is considered to be moderately adverse if it occurs.
Mitigation Measures for Flora and Vegetation
For each of the identified potential impacts, there are measures that can be implemented to
reduce the significance of the impact. The measures that can be implemented to reduce the
impacts identified above are presented in the following sections.
Loss of Gallery Forest
The loss of gallery forest can be mitigated somewhat through the optimization of the design of
the Project to limit impacts to this vegetation association, which will affect the layout of the
water reservoir and the rail access in the Mobhi Valley. Consideration will also be given to
preserving gallery forest in other locations within GACs concession as an offset and in
recognition to the importance of this vegetation association as a wildlife habitat and to local
populations (Sections 4.1.10.2 and Error! Reference source not found.), as described in the
Flora and Fauna Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan).
Loss of Agricultural and Fallow Land
The loss of agricultural and fallow land can only be mitigated through the optimization of the
design of the Project to limit impacts to these vegetation associations. Therefore, the Project
layout will be optimized to limit impacts to agricultural and fallow land, where possible. This
can be achieved by controlling the extent of activities to the minimum necessary to achieve the
goals of the Project.
Loss of Natural Vegetation
The loss of natural vegetation (grass savannah, shrub savannah and tree savannah) can only be
mitigated through the optimization of the design of the Project to limit impacts to these

327
vegetation associations. Therefore, the Project layout will be optimized to limit impacts to
natural vegetation. This can be achieved by controlling the extent of activities to the minimum
necessary to achieve the goals of the Project.
The effects of fugitive dust on plants can be controlled by controlling the source of dust
generation. Effective dust control measures will be implemented during the construction and
operation of the Project. These measures can include, but are not limited to, the following:
Road irrigation or application of chemical dusticides on running surfaces;
Irrigation of work fronts in mining areas to control dust generated during excavation;
Optimization of blast sizing;
Cover or spray for dust control on materials and product stockpiles;
Covers on transport hoppers (train) or on trucks;
Bag houses on conveyor transfer points;
Irrigation of material prior to crushing and grinding; and
Stack controls for particulate removal at the power plant.
The most appropriate and feasible methods for controlling dust will be evaluated and applied at
the Project.
Introduction of Invasive Species
It is very difficult to control the spread of species from one area to another when there is constant
communication between the areas. Washing vehicles prior to their leaving the port area (heading
to the refinery) or at the refinery (heading to the port) can help to control the spread of invasive
species. Because of the constant diligence needed, this method is generally difficult to
implement successfully, therefore an invasive species monitoring program will also be
implemented for the Project. This program will serve to identify invasive species so that they
can be controlled before spreading.

328
Residual Impacts to Flora and Vegetation
Mitigative actions will remove most long-term impacts to flora and vegetation. Should the water
reservoir remain post-closure, there will be a permanent loss of approximately 90 ha of
vegetation from the reservoir footprint.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated flora impacts, relevant operational
phase, and planned mitigation measures.

329
Refinery Area Impact Summary Flora and Vegetation
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Optimize design and minimize construction disturbance to limit
the areas of lost natural habitat and agricultural land.
Integrate during Design
and Construction
Implement dust control measures stipulated in Section 4.3.1
(Refinery Area Impacts)
Plan
Train workforce and contractors regarding sensitive and
endangered species.
Revegetate disturbed areas with affected species where and
when possible after construction ends.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Keep vehicle traffic out of from areas not required for access
during construction activities.
Fugitive Dust;
Loss of
Natural
Vegetation,
Habitat, and
Agricultural
and Fallow
Lands; Loss of
Sensitive and
Endangered
Species and
Habitat
Clearing,
Stripping,
and Bulk
Earthwork
during
Construction
of Facilities,
Roads, Rail
Access, and
Relocation
Villages
Gf, Ag, Nv,
Ss, Es, R
X
M-; S-
for
gallery
forest
loss
M-; S-
for
gallery
forest
loss

Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan

and Construction
Plan
endangered species.
when possible after activities.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust;
Loss of
Natural
Vegetation,
Habitat, and
Agricultural
and Fallow
Lands; Loss of
Sensitive and
Endangered
Species and
Habitat
Dolorite
Quarry and
Mine
Development
(drilling,
blasting,
excavation,
haul road
construction,
etc.)
Gf, Ag, Nv,
Ss, Es, R
X M- M-

Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan and

Plan
Fugitive Dust
Hauling and
Stockpiling of
ROM
Materials,
Gf, Ag, Nv,
Ss, Es, R
X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

330
Refinery Area Impact Summary Flora and Vegetation
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
endangered species.
Refinery
Supplies, and
Alumina
Product

Implement stack emission control measures stipulated in
Section 4.3.1 (Refinery Area Impacts)
Plan
Fugitive Dust
and Stack
Emissions
Refinery and
Power Plant
Operations;
and General
Site Activities
Gf, Ag, Nv,
Ss, Es, R
X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Maintain a seasonal, consistent base flow of impacted
stream(s) during construction, filling, and operation of reservoir.
Absent or
Erratic Stream
Flow;
Increased
Pest Species
Filling and
Operation of
Water Supply
Reservoir
Gf, Ag, Nv,
Ss, Es, E, R
X X
M- to
N
M- to
N

Introduction of
Invasive
Species
Solid Waste
and Sewage
Treatment
Facilities
Gf, Ag, Nv,
Ss, Es, R
X X M-
M- to
N
Implement an invasive species monitoring program as part of
the Flora and Fauna Management Plan.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Notes:

(1) Primary Receptors:
Gf = gallery forest
Ag = agricultural & fallow
land
Nv = natural vegetation
Ss = sensitive species
Es = endangered species
R = residents
(2) Project Phase: C = Construction, O = Operations
N = neutral

331
4.3.8 Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
Project Activities Related to Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
The following Project activities have been identified to have the potential to affect the fauna and
wildlife habitat in the Project area:
Resettlement Including clearing, stripping, bulk earthworks, civil works,
drilling (wells), and construction activities as well as physical resettlement of the
affected population into the new townsite near Tchankoun-Tiouli;
High noise-generating activities Including drilling and blasting at the mine and
quarry, material haulage and tipping, crushing and grinding, and operation of the
refinery and power;
Filling of the water storage reservoir;
Waste management Including the effects the operation of the solid waste
management site (landfill) and stormwater and sewage treatment systems; and
General activities Including activities related to the presence of humans in the
zone that have not been considered as components of the other Project activities.
Potential Impacts to Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
A list of the potential impacts associated with fauna and wildlife habitat at the refinery site is
presented in Table 4.6 and summarized in the Refinery Impact Summary Fauna table at the end
of this section. The following text provides substantiation for the impacts identified and the
significance ratings that have been applied to each.
Loss of Chimpanzee Habitat
As described in the vegetation and flora section, it is estimated that approximately 310 ha of tree
savannah will be lost due to Project construction, including 128 ha at the refinery site, 61 ha at
the marshalling yard, and 33 ha of haul and access roads. Due to the increased human presence
in the general refinery area, chimpanzees have been moving away from most areas planned for
construction of Project components and away from human and construction activity. Habitat
impacts from with the loss of tree savannah associated with the initial construction of Project
components in the refinery area, and due to agricultural activity by local farmers in the vicinity
of the water supply reservoir, have already had a significantly adverse impact on chimpanzees,

332
resulting in displacement of chimpanzees to alternate areas. Additional habitat loss associated
with continued construction in the power plant/refinery area is considered to be unlikely, and
thus a moderately adverse impact, given that chimpanzee displacement has apparently already
occurred in this area.
Another 1,419 ha of tree savannah is expected to be disturbed by mining activities on the bauxite
plateaus. Portions of Plateaus 2, 7N, and 7NE currently host populations of chimpanzees
(Section 4.1.11.9, Figure 4.10b), although the size of these populations and extent to which they
range within and outside of the concession boundary has not been defined. E & E has designated
areas of high-use chimpanzee habitat within the GAC concession as critical habitat, including
portions of Plateaus 2, 7N, and 7NE. As chimpanzees use the tree savannah for nesting sites,
clearing and mining activities in these areas would result in a commensurate loss of the same
amount of chimpanzee habitat. Additional studies regarding chimpanzee populations, extent of
suitable and critical chimpanzee habitat, and habitat carrying capacities will be undertaken to
better define the extent of critical habitat in the concession area and the probable response of
chimpanzees in the area to Project implementation. These additional studies will be undertaken
as part of the Critical Habitat Assessment committed to by GAC under its Flora and Fauna
Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3). The West African chimpanzee is classified
as Endangered by IUCN, and the impact to the populations within the concession from loss of
habitat is considered to be significantly adverse.
Chimpanzee habitat exists along the valley sides and crest on the western side of the Tiouladiwol
drainage in the water supply reservoir site; construction activities will not directly affect this
area, however noise and increased human presence are likely to have a significantly adverse
impact on chimpanzee use of these areas over the short-term.
Loss of Important Habitat
Gallery forest has been designated as important habitat based on its biodiversity and importance
to numerous wildlife species. Approximately 13 ha of gallery forest is expected to be lost due to
Project implementation, the majority (11 ha) of which will be due to clearing in the water supply
reservoir basin. The affected gallery forest represents 1.7% of the total gallery forest in the
Project area, but is considered to be a moderately adverse impact due to the importance of the
habitat and its relative scarcity in the concession area. Project implementation is not expected to
impact the permanent water bodies designated as important habitat; impacts to tree savannah are
considered under chimpanzee habitat, above.

333
Loss of Non-Critical Wildlife Habitat
The amount of vegetation that will be disturbed temporarily or permanently as a result of Project
implementation is estimated to be approximately 6500 ha. This represents an approximately
equal area of wildlife habitat. Apart from loss of tree savannah and gallery forest (discussed
above), the majority of these habitats are not considered sensitive as much of the area has been
extensively modified by human activity, including slash-and-burn agricultural practices and
pasturage. Therefore, the significance of this impact is considered to be moderately adverse.
Effects of Noise and Vibration
Noise and vibration are expected to be generated from the numerous Project activities, as
described in Section 4.3.2. Some fauna species have adapted to the presence of humans and are
tolerant of noise and vibration. These tend to be small mammals, birds, reptiles, and amphibians
that are common in and around settlement areas. Many animals also become accustomed to
constant noise (e.g., equipment which operates around the clock), but will tend to react adversely
to infrequent noise (e.g., blasting). Other species, including the chimpanzee, are intolerant of
noise and vibration and flee from the perceived sources of these disturbances in areas where
otherwise they would be expected to be or had been present. This is considered a modification
of the normal behavior of the species, and can result in changes to the feeding success,
courting/nesting/reproductive success, and sleep routines of the affected fauna. Thus, the effects
to fauna from noise and vibration are considered to be moderately to significantly adverse.
Effects of Human Presence
Some species of fauna are not tolerant of the presence of humans and, as a response, flee from
the area. This is the case with chimpanzees, which prefer to avoid human presence, where
possible (see above). The flight response can have the same effects as those identified for
response to noise and vibration, with the addition that some species may completely vacate an
area previously used where this comes into contact with new human presence. The results of the
January 2008 Chimpanzee Critical Habitat Assessment indicate that some chimpanzee
populations in the Project area have already responded to the increased human presence and
construction activities in the Mobhi Valley by moving away from areas where they had
previously been observed (Figure 4.10a). The effects to fauna from the presence of humans are
considered to be adverse.

334
Fragmentation of Habitat
The loss of habitat may also have the secondary result of isolating species from other portions of
their former habitat, referred to as habitat fragmentation. The development of mining areas and
the construction of the refinery and other installations (including the resettlement village and
road and rail accesses) have the potential to fragment some habitats for some species. The full
extent of this fragmentation cannot be determined at this time for each of the potential species
present in the Project area. However, based on the existing analysis of habitat distribution, it is
anticipated that this will affect species that use the following habitats:
Tree savannah;
Shrub savannah; and
Grass savannah.
Although there may be some direct fragmentation of these habitats in the Project area, there are
additional locations of each of these habitats around the Project area so the effective
fragmentation of the habitat as a whole would not necessarily occur. The distribution of gallery
forest in the area is much dispersed and can be considered to be already fragmented.
Field observations and local interviews during the recent chimpanzee rapid assessment and
critical habitat assessment suggested that chimpanzees and other species have been moving away
from the places within the Project area where human and construction activities are taking place,
and towards the comparatively secluded and less-accessible northeastern region of GACs
concession, specifically in the Lop and Plateau 7NE areas. The resettlement village is located
near this area, as shown in Figure 4.9, and the subsequent development of cultivated areas near
the new village could serve to further separate this area from the rest of the Project, or to begin
fragmenting a relatively large and intact section of potentially important or critical wildlife
habitat. It is for this reason that the impact to species from habitat fragmentation is considered to
be significantly adverse.
Loss of Breeding/Nesting Resources (Exclusive of Critical Habitat)
The loss of certain flora species may result in a secondary effect to some wildlife species that
rely on these flora species to provide nesting or breeding resources. It is not certain that this
impact will occur in the Project area, however, given the amount of grass savannah that will be
lost to mining activities, it is considered that there is a strong likelihood that this will occur. The
effects are considered to have a neutral significance.

335
Vehicle/Fauna Encounters
The construction of haul roads and additional access roads in the Project area and the operation
of vehicles on these roads may increase the potential for accidents between vehicles and wildlife.
While the impact to the animals involved in such encounters is serious, and often fatal, the
probability of occurrence is low. It is for this reason that the significance of this impact is
considered to be moderately adverse.
Increase in Hunting Pressure for Bush Meat
With an increase in the presence of humans on site, there is a potential for an increase in the
hunting pressure on perceived game species to provide bush meat to feed the increased human
population. The construction of additional access roads in the area and the construction of a
water reservoir aid in the opening of new areas, or facilitating access to areas for hunting.
The Projects resettlement village near Tchankoun-Tiouli will increase the population of the
Lop valley, resulting in a potentially significant increase in pressures from hunting in the area.
The January 2008 critical habitat assessment reported anecdotal evidence of increasing hunting
pressures in the Lop and Plateau 7NE regions as a result of the increased wildlife presence in
the area. Thus, the significance of this impact is considered to be moderately adverse.
Creation of a Water Reservoir
Although the construction and filling of the water reservoir will result in the loss of terrestrial
habitat, it also results in the formation of aquatic habitat, as well as a ready source of water for
terrestrial species. This is considered to be a moderately beneficial impact.
Pest Species
The additional human presence in the Project area and the disposal of solid wastes could result in
an increase in pest species such as rats, flies, and other potential vectors for human and animal
diseases. The ready source of food wastes from the workforce camps could also stimulate native
wildlife species to become pests. The creation of a water reservoir could also result in a potential
increase in breeding habitat for the Anopheles aegyptii mosquito, the vector for the parasite that
causes malaria. The potential increase in pest species presence could result in added interspecies
competition for refuge, breeding, or other habitat requirements; thus this impact is considered to
be moderately adverse.

336
Mitigation Measures for Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
For each of the identified potential impacts that have a Moderate or higher level of significance,
there are measures that can be implemented to reduce the significance of the impact. The
measures that can be implemented to reduce the Moderate or higher significance impacts
identified above are presented in the following sections.
Loss of Chimpanzee Habitat
IFCs PS 6 mandates that in areas of critical habitat, the client will not implement any project
activities unless the following requirements are met:
There are no measurable adverse impacts on the ability of the critical habitat to
support the established population of species or the functions of the critical
habitat;
There is no reduction in the population of any recognized critically endangered or
endangered species; and
Any lesser impacts are mitigated (to achieve no net loss of biodiversity where
feasible, including post-operation restoration of habitats, offset of losses through
the creation of ecologically comparable area(s) that is managed for biodiversity,
and compensation to direct users of biodiversity).
Conformance to PS 6 and proceeding with bauxite extraction from the portions of Plateaus 2,
7N, and 7NE currently defined as critical habitat is not possible; therefore it will be necessary to
remove the area defined as critical habitat on these plateaus from the Projects mine plan. Other
areas within the GAC concession defined as critical habitat for the chimpanzee will also be
protected from Project-related disturbance, with the net result of no loss to chimpanzee habitat.
The areas delineated between the areas of critical habitat will be managed as critical habitat until
further studies are conducted to validate such a designation. No mining activities will be
conducted or new infrastructure built in these areas until the outcomes of these future studies are
considered.
GAC is committed to implement the recommendations of the E & E Critical Habitat Assessment
Report relating to:

The strict protection of critical habitat and associated buffer zones and corridors;
Detailed assessment of threats within and adjacent to the Project;

337
Participation in an assessment of the cumulative affects of mining in Guinea with the
IFC;
Implementation of mitigation measures for hunting, including adoption of a GAC
bush meat policy;
Education and awareness programs for employees and community members;
Mine restoration including recreating to the extent possible original diversity, and
creation of a local herbarium, seed bank, and nurseries;
Development of a fire awareness and control program;
Increased enforcement against hunting; and
Local capacity building.
Based on the above, the Project is expected to have a short- to medium-term adverse impact on
the population, with an objective of longer term neutral to positive impact. A thorough and long-
term monitoring program will be implemented to assess progress against these recommendations
To further address any potential impacts to the chimpanzee populations within the concession
area, the Project will optimize component design and layout to limit the amount of tree savannah
and gallery forest that is cleared by the Project in areas of natural or modified habitat. Additional
studies defining the presence and extent of critical habitat for the West African chimpanzee
contiguous to the concession and refining the critical habitat designation within the concession
based on population groups, carrying capacities, and seasonal studies will be conducted by the
Wild Chimpanzee Foundation as part of the Projects Flora and Fauna Management Plan
(Implementation Plan, Volume 3). Modifications of the boundaries identified as critical habitat
may change as additional studies are completed which may affect the aerial extent of land
withdrawn from development activities. The Flora and Fauna Management Plan will also
include provisions for periodic assessments of the size, range, and viabilities of the chimpanzee
population within the concession.
Loss of Important Habitat and Loss of Wildlife Habitat
The loss of important habitat (primarily gallery forest) and other wildlife habitat will be
controlled through an optimization of the Project design and layout to limit the amount of area
affected by the Project. This will be considered in the detailed design stage of the Project.

338
Noise and vibration controls will be implemented as described in Section 4.3.2.
An education program to sensitize the workforce and contractors with respect to the effects of
the Project and of human presence on wildlife will be implemented. The objective of this will be
to reduce the interactions between the humans on site and the wildlife in the surrounding areas.
It will be strictly prohibited for workers or contractors to molest wildlife.
Habitat Fragmentation
Preserving the 3609 ha of critical habitat currently identified within the Project area will help to
retain viable wildlife habitat for many species currently occupying these areas. Progressive
development and rehabilitation of non-critical habitat portions of the mining plateaus will
encourage the eventual return of mobile species to their former habitats, although it is likely that
this will occur gradually and over the long-term. The full effects of potential habitat
fragmentation will be able to be better assessed when determinations are made regarding
potential wildlife corridors and movements (if any) between the various critical habitat areas
designated in Figure 4.10b. These additional studies are included as part of the Projects Flora
and Fauna Management Plan (Implementation Plan Volume 3).
Vehicle/fauna encounters can be reduced through the implementation of certain measures,
including:
Implementation of an education program to sensitize the workforce (including
management) and contractors to the importance of wildlife;
Identification of areas where vehicle/fauna encounters are likely and installing
signage to warn vehicle operators to take extra care in these areas;
Implement speed control measures on all access roads; and
Other traffic safety measures as developed by the Traffic and Vehicle Movement
Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
Increase in Hunting Pressure for Bush Meat
Hunting by the workforce and contractors will be strictly prohibited. This will help control any
additional hunting pressure from the Project. In the resettlement area, initiatives will be

339
undertaken to reduce the reliance of the local population on bush meat as a source of protein,
including:
Training/education programs for improved agriculture (Section 4.3.11.1);
Training/education programs for improved livestock management (Section
4.3.11.2; and
Stocking the water reservoir with appropriate fish species.
Benefit enhancement measures for this positive impact will include, but are not limited to:
Planting shrub and tree species around the rim of the reservoir to provide refuge
for wildlife that come to the reservoir to drink; and
Establishing wildlife access points to the reservoir to ensure that animals have a
safe place from which to drink.
Pest Species
The key to pest species management within the Project area is the effective management of
wastes and the education of the workforce in adequate hygiene. The means to control the
breeding of the malaria vector in the water reservoir are limited; however education programs
and health programs among the workforce and in local villages could assist in controlling any
increase in malaria.
Residual Impacts to Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
The mitigation measures for the majority of the identified potential impacts will be effective in
reducing the impacts such that the long-term effects are minimized. The following sections
describe only those impacts that remain as long-term impacts after the application of the
mitigation measures.
Preservation of Chimpanzee Habitat
Withdrawal of the areas of Plateaus 2, 7N, and 7NE designated as critical habitat from the
Projects mine plan and protection of the remainder of the critical habitat identified within the
concession will provide refuge and unimpacted natural and modified habitat for the Endangered
West African chimpanzee populations in the concession area. Given that without the Project,
chimpanzee habitat would continue to go unmanaged and would likely continue to be degraded
by agricultural encroachment, illegal hunting, and other human activities, implementation of the

340
Projects Flora and Fauna Management Plan is considered to be a neutral to positive residual
impact for the local chimpanzee population over the long term, (perhaps decades). Through the
successful implementation of the Flora and Fauna Management Plan it is anticipated that the
management of chimpanzees and their habitat in the area will be preserved and potentially
further improved. Long-term mitigative strategies will also include chimpanzee educational
programs for the local population, including the resettlement village community.
Even with development-excluded zones and villager sensitization training, the long-term
viability of the chimpanzee population in the area remains uncertain. To manage that
uncertainty, GAC has committed to a Chimpanzee Conservation Project as discussed in Section
6.5.2 of the Implementation Plan (Volume 3), which will be developed in consultation with WCF
and other conservation experts and the GoG and which will protect chimpanzee populations of
similar size to those in the GAC concession elsewhere in Guinea. A Biodiversity Conservation
Plan will also be included as part of the Projects Flora and Fauna Management Plan which will
specifically address the entire concession in terms of critical habitat, incorporate the results of
the WCF study, and provide monitoring and evaluation procedures to assess chimpanzee
population health within the concession.
Loss of Wildlife Habitat
There will be long-term effects to wildlife (apart from the chimpanzee) from the loss of habitat in
the Project area. It is expected that the progressive rehabilitation of mining areas and
rehabilitation of the site once operations have ceased will assist in the recovery of some areas to
their baseline status. Some areas however may not be completely recovered until long after the
rehabilitation activities have been completed. An estimate of the full recovery period at this time
cannot be determined. Trial plots for revegetation during operations will assist in refining the
recovery period. In-migration to the area may also permanently affect wildlife in the Project
area, due to increased human activity, land-clearing activities, noise, and hunting pressures,
resulting in a moderately adverse residual impact.
The water reservoir will remain after the mining operation has closed and will remain as aquatic
habitat and a water source for local wildlife populations.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated fauna impacts, relevant operational
phase and planned mitigation measures.

341
Refinery Area Impact Summary Fauna
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor (1)
C O ST LT

Exclude defined CH from mine plan and other areas of Project
disturbance.
and Construction
Plan
endangered species.
Train workforce and contractors regarding proper conduct with
respect to encounters with wildlife.
Institute a species-specific monitoring program as part of the
Flora and Fauna Management Plan.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust;
Loss of Natural
Habitat; Loss of
Sensitive and
Endangered
Species and
Habitat;
Fragmentation of
Habitat; Human
Presence
Clearing,
Stripping, and
Bulk Earthwork
during
Construction of
Facilities,
Roads, Rail
Access, and
Relocation
Villages
W, Ss, Es, X
M-; S- for
chimpanzees
and habitat
fragmentation
M-;
potentially
M+ to S+ for
chimpanzees
depending
upon
mitigation
measures
undertaken
Keep vehicle traffic access away from areas not required during
construction activities.
Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan and

Exclude defined CH from mine plan and other areas of Project
disturbance.
and Construction
Plan
endangered species.
Institute species-specific monitoring as part of the Flora and
Fauna Management Plan.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust;
Loss of Natural
Habitat; Loss of
Sensitive and
Endangered
Species and
Habitat;
Fragmentation of
Habitat; Human
Presence
Dolorite Quarry
and Mine
Development
(drilling,
blasting,
excavation,
haul road
construction,
etc.)
W, Ss, Es X
M-; S- for
chimpanzees
and habitat
fragmentation
M- to N; S+
for
chimpanzees

Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan

342
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor (1)
C O ST LT

Plan
endangered species and wildlife encounters.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Fugitive Dust and
Human Presence
Hauling and
Stockpiling of
ROM Materials,
Refinery
Supplies, and
Alumina
Product
W, Ss, Es, R X M- N

Implement stack emission control measures stipulated in
Section 4.3.1 (Refinery Area Impacts)
Plan
Fugitive Dust,
Stack Emissions,
Human Presence
Refinery and
Power Plant
Operations;
and General
Site Activities
W, Ss, Es, R X M- to N N

Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

stream(s) during construction, filling, and operation of reservoir. Water Management Plan
Absent or Erratic
Stream Flow;
Increased Pest
Species
Filling and
Operation of
Water Supply
Reservoir
E, R X X M- to N M- to N
Implement an invasive species (mosquitoes - malaria)
monitoring program as part of the Flora and Fauna Management
Plan.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan and
H&S Management Plan

Introduction of
Invasive Species
General Site
Activities
E, R X X N N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

343
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor (1)
C O ST LT
operational performance.
procedures.
area.

Noise and
Vibrations
General Site
Activities
W, Ss, Es X X M- M-
Implement noise control measures stipulated in Section 4.3.1
Plan


W = generic wildlife
(3) Expected
Significance
Rankings:
Ss = sensitive species S - = significantly adverse
Es = endangered species M - = moderately adverse
R = residents

N = neutral

E = employees M + = moderately improved


344
4.3.9 Aquatic Species
Project Activities Related to Aquatic Species
The following Project activities have been identified to have the potential to cause effects to the
aquatic species in the Project area.
Filling of the water storage reservoir;
High noise-generating activities Including drilling and blasting at the mine and
quarry, material haulage and tipping, crushing and grinding, and operation of the
refinery and power;
Water management Including the treatment of water prior to release to the
environment, and the potential impact of untreated or inadequately treated water on
aquatic species; and
General activities Including other human activities in the Project area.
Potential Impacts to Aquatic Species
A list of the potential impacts associated with fauna and wildlife habitat at the refinery site is
presented in Table 4.6 and summarized in the Refinery Impact Summary Fauna table at the end
of this section. The following text provides substantiation for the impacts identified and the
significance ratings that have been applied to each.
Loss or Modification of Aquatic Habitat
The construction of the water reservoir and the construction of watercourse crossings on the
access roads and rail line will result in the loss or modification of aquatic habitat. The loss of
habitat would result from in-stream works and the construction of the water reservoir dam. The
modification of habitat would result from increased sedimentation during in-stream activities and
from changing a lotic (flowing) aquatic habitat to a lentic (still) habitat within the reservoir. This
will affect fish and invertebrate populations and could potentially affect amphibian, reptile, and
aquatic mammal populations. These impacts are considered to be moderately adverse.
Creation of New Aquatic Habitat
The creation of a water reservoir will increase overall lentic aquatic habitat in the Project area, a
moderately beneficial impact.

345
Noise and vibration could have effects on some aquatic fauna species. Noise and vibration are
expected to be generated from the following Project activities, as described in Section 4.3.2:
Construction activities (stripping, clearing, bulk earthworks, civil works);
Mining operations (drilling, blasting, excavation) from the bauxite and dolerite
extraction areas;
Hauling and tipping;
Passage of heavy and light vehicles;
Crushing and grinding;
Operation of the power plant;
Transport of goods and product by rail; and
Disposal of red mud and other wastes.
Some aquatic fauna species are tolerant of noise and vibration. Other species are intolerant of
noise and vibration and flee from the perceived sources of these disturbances, in areas where
otherwise they would be present. This is considered a modification of the normal behavior of the
species, and can affect the feeding success, courting/nesting/reproductive success, and sleep
routines of the aquatic fauna. Potential impacts to aquatic fauna from noise and vibration are
considered to be moderately adverse.
Some species of aquatic fauna are not tolerant of the presence of humans and, as a response, flee
from the area. The flight response can have the same effects as those identified for response to
noise and vibration, with the addition that some species may completely vacate an area they had
previously used, should the area come into contact with new human presence. Potential impacts
to aquatic fauna from the presence of humans are considered to be moderately adverse.
Secondary Effects from Changes in Water Quality
Added sediment load or changes in the chemical composition of the water as a result of untreated
effluent discharges may result in effects to aquatic species health. The nature of these effects has
not been determined at this time and is specific to the species of aquatic animals present.
However, it is considered that any effects to aquatic fauna health are moderately adverse.

346
Increased Fishing Pressure
With an increase in the presence of humans on site, there is a potential for an increase in fishing
activities. The construction of additional access roads in the area and the construction of a water
reservoir aid in the opening of new areas, or facilitating access to areas for fishing. The Project
contemplates the construction of a housing complex for workers, a housing complex for
management staff, and a resettlement village. While the potential for an increase in fishing
pressure from staff and contractors in the workforce housing complexes is limited, the pressures
from fishing in the Tchankoun-Tiouli area as a result of the resettlement of people from Petoun
Djiga and Tould could be significant, and this potential impact is considered to be moderately
adverse.
Mitigation Measures for Aquatic Species
For each of the identified potential impacts that have a moderate or high level of significance,
mitigation measures will be implemented to reduce the impacts significance, as discussed
below.
Loss or Modification of Aquatic Habitat
The creation of the water reservoir has the potential to recover some of the habitat lost during the
construction of the dam for this facility. The loss of aquatic habitat on the access roads and rail
line can be controlled by limiting in-stream works. Modification of aquatic habitat during
construction (as a result of sedimentation) can be controlled by implementing effective sediment
control systems.*
the Project and of human presence on aquatic fauna will be implemented. The objective of this
will be to reduce the interactions between the humans on site and the aquatic fauna. It will be
strictly prohibited for workers or contractors to molest all wildlife.
Secondary Effects from Changes in Water Quality
Sediment levels in the local watercourses can be controlled through the implementation of an
effective erosion and sediment control program. Changes in water chemistry can be controlled

347
by implementing treatment processes on all effluents that are to be released to the environment
and an effective monitoring program to ensure that compliance with the stated water quality
objectives is met.
Increased Fishing Pressure
Recreational fishing by the workforce and contractors will be strictly prohibited. This will help
control any additional fishing pressure from the Project. In the resettlement area, initiatives will
be undertaken to sustainably manage fishing by the local population. This could include, but is
not limited to, the following initiatives:
Training/education programs for fish farming and fisheries management; and
Stocking the water reservoir with fish.
Residual Impacts to Aquatic Species
Potential Loss of Habitat
Any physical loss of habitat from the construction of the water reservoir dam, as well as the
change in habitat type from lotic (flowing) to lentic (still) within the water reservoir basin will be
permanent.
Creation of New Aquatic Habitat
The construction of a water reservoir creates a permanent aquatic habitat over an area where
there was previously limited aquatic habitat.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated aquatic impacts, relevant operational

348
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Aquatics
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Implement erosion and sediment control measures stipulated in
Implementation Plan
Limit the requirement for in-stream works
Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Reduce frequency of human presence in sensitive areas.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence;
Increased
Fishing
Pressure
Construction
of Facilities,
Roads, and
Rail Access.
As, Ss, Es X M- N
Train workforce, contractors, residents, and relocated residents
about fishing pressure and the need for fish farming.
Worker Training and
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Implementation Plan.
Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence;
Increased
Fishing
Pressure
Site
Operations,
Mine
Operations,
and Haul
Road
Construction
As, Ss, Es X M- N
Worker Training and
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence;
Increased
Fishing
General Site
Activities
As, Ss, Es X X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

349
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Pressure
Worker Training and
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Stock fish in the reservoir for controlled harvesting.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
- Train workforce, contractors, residents, and relocated residents
about fishing pressure and the need for fish farming and
controlled harvesting from reservoir.
Worker Training and
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence;
Increased
Fishing
Pressure
Filling and
Operation of
the Water
Supply
Reservoir
As, Ss, Es,
R
X N M+
stream(s) during construction, filling, and operation of reservoir.

- Implement erosion and sediment control measures stipulated
in Implementation Plan.
Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence;
Increased
Fishing
Pressure
Operation of
Stormwater
and Sewage
Treatment
Systems
As, Ss, Es X M- N

350
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT


As = aquatic species (3) Expected Significance Rankings: ST = short-term with mitigation, LT = long-term with mitigation


R =
residents
N = neutral



351
4.3.10 Cultural Resources
Cultural resources and heritage include tangible property, such as sites having archaeological,
historical, or religious values as well as unique environmental features such as sacred groves or
rocks. Cultural heritage also refers to intangible forms of culture such as traditional knowledge
and lifestyles. Cultural resources identified in the Project area include sacred woodlands and
sacred water sources, cemeteries, mosques, and cemeteries. Cultural resources were identified
by consultation with the local village populations who identified cemeteries and spiritual springs
as the main cultural resources of interest. Manifestations of cultural heritage identified in the
refinery area include the traditional style of housing (round, banco houses with thatch roofs)
arranged in concessions within the villages to be resettled.
GAC identified and inventoried cultural resources by village, including sacred sites as well as
the locations of cemeteries and large mosques (see Section 4.2.10). These sites often correspond
to riverhead sources, and declaring them sacred is actually a traditional way of preserving water
resources and fragile ecosystems. In the refinery area, no sites of archaeological significance
have been observed or recorded. Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Disturbance of cemeteries/graves;
Disturbance of sacred sites and chance finds; and
Construction of a new mosque for the resettlement village.
The Project has developed a Cultural Heritage Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation
Plan) to address the potential cultural resources impacts from the Project. Impacts associated
with displacement of cultural resources are addressed in the RAP (Volume 5) and are
summarized herein.
4.3.10.1 Disturbance of Cemeteries/Graves
Project Activities Disturbing Cemeteries/Graves
During baseline studies, cemeteries were identified in the Project area that may be disturbed
during construction and operation of the refinery and associated facilities. There are three
cemeteries located in Petoun Djiga and two located in Tould, the villages to be resettled in the
refinery area. One of the two cemeteries associated with Tould is located at the refinery site.
An access road will occupy part of an ancient cemetery in the village of Tould while the
original railway alignment (the preferred route from an engineering perspective) would have
traversed and active cemetery used by Mobhi village.

352
Potential Impacts to Cemeteries/Graves
The disturbance or loss of cemeteries/graves could potentially result in social and cultural
disruption of traditional burial customs as well as traditional beliefs based on the relationship of
ancestors to living beings. Consultation with affected villages has indicated that they value these
components, but that they are prepared to leave the cemeteries/graves as long as they receive fair
compensation and appropriate ceremonies are conducted with the exception of the active
cemetery at Mobhi.
Existing cemeteries are either ancient or recent, depending on the age of the villages. The village
of Tould, used a historic cemetery located at the south-east extremity of Bowal Wendou Sindia
until it was abandoned for a site closer to the village. The ancient cemetery site will be partially
impacted by an access road; moreover, the village of Tould will be resettled to an area north of
their current site in January 2008.
Mobhi Ndantari and Mobhi Kansihi currently use a cemetery located southeast of the village.
Because this cemetery is active, the inhabitants have asked GAC to redesign the railway spur that
exits the refinery plant to join the already established railway route. These villages are not being
resettled and consider continued use of the cemetery to be of the highest importance.
Mitigation Measures for Cemeteries/Graves
GAC is committed to coordinating with villages to assure that any cemeteries/graves that are
located in areas of Project development are identified and their potential disturbance is managed.
The first step in this process is consultation with local experts and with the communities and
their leaders. In each case where a cemetery had the potential to be impacted by the Project
construction, the Project has integrated the opinions and advice of the affected community.
In some cases, the Project has been optimized to avoid cemeteries/graves. In particular, the
proposed railway alignment avoids the Mobhi cemetery. The Company and its contractors will
engage with the Mobhi village prior to and during the railway alignment to avoid any
disturbance of the cemetery area.
The population of Tould has been consulted to develop mitigation plans for the impacts to their
cemeteries. The inhabitants of Tould do not believe that the ancient cemetery should be
preserved or displaced. However, since the village will be resettled the cemetery will be
abandoned. The village has asked for a sacrifice to be conducted at the village before moving.

353
At the same time, the Project will engage with the village of Tould to ensure that they are
notified in advance of any disturbance of the ancient cemetery, to give them sufficient time to
conduct appropriate ceremonies. The Project will compensate the village for costs associated
with abandonment of the cemetery. Currently it is anticipated that this site will only require
filling works and this has already been discussed and accepted by the village (and they do not
require the graves to be moved). If there is a need to conduct excavation or other intrusive
activities at the site further consultation will be conducted with village chiefs, elders and local
people.
Consideration has been given to the need for new cemetery areas at the resettlement sites.
Villages will define places at the new sites that will be used for graves (sometimes they have a
place in the village concession, a place for children in the bush, and a place for all other
inhabitants somewhere else). The Project will assist the village of Tould to re-establish a
cemetery in the new area and will ensure that the new cemetery has security of tenure and will
not be located in an area of any future Project development.
The Cultural Heritage Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) for the Project has
an inventory of known cemeteries and graves. The Plan also contains a contingency program for
chance finds and a procedure in the event of discovery of human remains.
Residual Impacts to Cemeteries/Graves
This impact is considered moderately adverse as the affected villages value the cemeteries and
because the destruction of these sites is irreversible. As long as disturbance of cemeteries and
any other relocation activities are conducted in accordance with the affected villages
requirements and appropriate ceremonies can be performed, the residual impact will be slightly
adverse (Table 4.6).
4.3.10.2 Disturbance of Sacred Sites and Chance Finds
Project Activities Related to Sacred Sites and Chance Finds
During construction and operations, earthworks and other activities could potentially uncover
sacred sites and unknown cultural resources. In particular, it is known that the refinery site as
well as the site for the water reservoir and some access corridors may infringe on local sacred
sites. These sacred sites have been identified by local villages during the consultation process
and GAC is aware of the sites identified up until approximately 2005.

354
Potential Impacts to Sacred Sites and Chance Finds
There are several kinds of sacred sites that correspond with the local religious and traditional
beliefs. Some of these sites are sacred groves, places that in the past were thought to be inhabited
by sacred spirits and were used for special ceremonies. Haunted sacred sites however, unlike
sacred groves, are generally places to avoid because of the presence of devils. These sites are
generally located at the head of water sources or in places were inhabitants fell ill or were hurt by
thorns or wasps. Should the Project infringe on any of these places, there may be disruption to
local traditional values and practices. However, the villagers consider that a suitable ceremony
could reverse the locations sacredness, allowing the land to be used for other purposes.
While baseline investigations identified no other cultural, historic or archaeological resources
within the area, it is acknowledged by GAC that other sacred sites and/or chance finds of
artifacts may occur during Project activities, particularly during the construction period.
Mitigation Measures for Sacred Sites and Chance Finds
The Cultural Heritage Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) for the Project has
an inventory of known sacred sites (and other cultural resources). There is also a construction
find contingency plan for chance finds and a procedure in the event of discovery of human
remains. The key components of the Cultural Heritage Management Plan shall include, as a
minimum, the following:
Early consultation with village leaders and villagers, local authorities and local
experts if necessary to identify and map cultural resource sites;
Identify potential project impacts on relevant sites;
Consult with key stakeholders to understand importance of potential impacts;
Develop design alternatives, if necessary and possible, to avoid impact;
Develop mitigation plans in consultation with key stakeholders; and
Implement mitigation and compensation if necessary.
Community liaison teams will regularly engage with local villages to identify any additional
sacred sites that may be found in the Project area. GAC will implement procedures to ensure
that construction teams know the location of these sites prior to any activities in the area.

355
The Company and its contractors will notify the appropriate villages prior to any disturbance of
sacred sites or in the event of any chance finds. This coordination is to assure that the traditional
values and local expectations are considered prior to the scheduling and execution of any
activities that may disrupt local cultural or other resources.
In the event that GAC or its contractors encounter chance finds of cultural or archaeological
resources, GAC will implement the procedure for responding to chance finds. The procedure in
the event of a chance find during construction should include, as a minimum:
Stop ongoing excavation and mobilize a qualified specialist or archaeologist to the
site to assess the significance of the find;
Notify the GAC HSEC Manager or EPCM HSEC Manager of the discovery;
Depending on the significance of the find, arrange for the qualified specialist or
archaeologist to inventory the area for additional artifacts that may be present;
Coordinate with government officials, local villages, and the specialist in developing
a suitable mitigation plan as needed; and
Record the results of all inventories, including the artifacts found, their final
disposition, and any other relevant information.
Residual Impacts to Sacred Sites and Chance Finds
The short-term impact from the disturbance of sacred sites is only expected to be slightly adverse
since these sites have some significance for local people. However, as long as the potential
disturbance of sacred sites is conducted in accordance with the affected villages and their
traditional practices, there will be no long-term residual impact. Similarly, as long as the proper
chance find protocol is followed, there will be no long-term residual impact to
cultural/archaeological resources (Table 4.6).
4.3.10.3 Mosques
Project Activities Related to Mosques
Construction and operation of the refinery site and associated infrastructure will require the
relocation of the villages of Petoun Djiga and Tould, including relocation of communal
properties, mosques, and religious spaces used by the inhabitants.

356
Potential Impacts to Mosques
Community mosques and some mango trees are also reserved for prayer in the villages. These
religious spaces are important for the social cohesion and communication between the
inhabitants of the villages.
Mitigation Measures to Mosques
A mosque will be constructed at the resettlement village by GAC in collaboration with village
chiefs and elders and other inhabitants to appropriately serve both men and women. Mosque
construction will also consider religious rituals before inhabitants discontinue use of the original
mosques and after finishing the construction of the new one. Consultation activities have
indicated that it is important for the mosque in the resettlement village to be built before
inhabitants are willing to start relocation to the new village. GAC will also work with the
resettled people to consider the best ways to compensate for the loss of mango trees that have
also been used as religious spaces. This may include in-kind compensation of mango trees at the
resettlement village or other compensation measures agreed with the affected people.
Residual Impacts to Mosques
As long as the mosque construction/replacement is conducted in accordance with the affected
villages requirements, this impact will be neutral in the short and long-term (Table 4.6). The
following table presents a summary of the anticipated cultural impacts, relevant operational

357
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Cultural Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Coordinate with villages to identify sites.
Identify sites and avoid or minimize their disturbance.
Engage with residents early in the process, and respect their
beliefs and needs.
Allow residents to perform their required ceremonies if sites are
disturbed or abandoned.
Provide sufficient compensation for disturbed or abandoned
sites.
Locate relocated sites in areas with security of tenure and of no
future development, and offer assistance for their relocation.
Develop design alternatives, if necessary and possible, to avoid
impact.
Avoid haunted sacred sites if possible.
Halt work and notify proper manager(s) in the event a chance
find is discovered.
Disturbance of
Cemeteries,
Graves, and
Sacred Sites;
Relocation of
Mosques
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R X M- N
Allow the entire investigation of chance finds that is required.
Stakeholder
Engagement
Management Plan and
Cultural Heritage
Management Plan

Coordinate with villages to identify sites.
Identify sites and avoid or minimize their disturbance.
Engage with residents early in the process, and respect their
beliefs and needs.
Allow residents to perform their required ceremonies if sites are
disturbed or abandoned.
Provide sufficient compensation for disturbed or abandoned
sites.
Locate relocated sites in areas with security of tenure and of no
future development, and offer assistance for their relocation.
Develop design alternatives, if necessary and possible, to avoid
impact.
Disturbance of
Cemeteries,
Graves, and
Sacred Sites;
Relocation of
Mosques
Any Future
Expansion of
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Operation
Activities
R X M- N
Avoid haunted sacred sites if possible.
Stakeholder
Engagement
Management Plan and
Cultural Heritage
Management Plan

358
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Cultural Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Halt work and notify proper manager(s) in the event a chance
find is discovered.
Allow the entire investigation of chance finds that is required.


R =
residents



N = neutral



359
4.3.11 Land and Natural Resources
The alumina refinery at Sangardi will have temporary and permanent impacts on the land use,
property, and associated plantations and other natural resources in the proposed Project area.
Land and natural resource impacts will arise predominantly from land take for construction of
infrastructure for the refinery, as well as land required for the RMDF, quarry, railway spur, and
water supply reservoir.
All of the current land- and natural resource-based activities practiced in the area (Section 4.2.8)
will be impacted in some areas by land take. In some cases the impact is direct: the Project will
acquire a cultivated field, for example; in other instances the impact is indirect: access to
traditional grazing may be cut off because of the rail spur, for example, or there may be a general
reduction in the amount of land available which may impact the amount of time that non-directly
impacted land can lay fallow.
Land use impacts for the refinery area components are summarized in the table presented in
Section 4.3.7, Flora and Vegetation Impacts. Land use impacts will affect agricultural land,
pasture land, shrubby and tree savannahs, palm groves, fruit tree plantations, and other crops.
Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Loss of agricultural and fallow lands to other uses;
Loss of pastures to other uses;
Loss of plantations and savannahs; and
Offsetting pressure to other resources.
The loss of land of all kinds represents one the strongest impacts to the affected populations.
The true nature of the impact is complex and will require additional studies to understand both
the nature and the best way to mitigate impacts. The types of impact to agricultural and pastoral
land include permanent land take (e.g., for the refinery or RMDF) and temporary (e.g., for the
mine areas).
The Project has developed a RAP (Volume 5) to address the potential land acquisition and
resettlement impacts from the Project. The management and mitigation measures in this section
therefore focus on summarizing the actions outlined in the RAP, as well as describing additional
measures that the Project will undertake including through the Social Investment Plan (SIP), to

360
offset impacts and enhance benefits (further details on the SIP are described in the
Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
4.3.11.1 Loss of Agricultural and Fallow Lands to Other Uses
Project Activities Affecting Agricultural Land
During the construction phase some agricultural land will be temporarily appropriated. This area
will be used for access roads, lay down areas and other temporary infrastructure and will be
rehabilitated after construction ends.
Permanent facilities for the Project, including the refinery, reservoir and the resettlement village
will require 307 ha of agricultural land, as well as requiring complete resettlement of the two
villages nearest the refinery; Ptoun Djiga and Tould, several households near or within the
footprint of the quarry and rail spur and associated productive lands. An additional 801 ha of
agricultural lands will be disturbed and progressively reclaimed as a result of mining activities
over the Projects life.
Potential Impacts to Agricultural Land
The 307 ha of agricultural land (fallow and slash-and-burn) to be taken by the Project for the
refinery, represents 19% of the total non-mining loss of land. Large and small customary
landowners will see their income reduced since they will no longer receive rental charge
(representing 10% to 20% in cash or in kind of the entire agricultural production) for the use of
their agricultural land by users coming from the village or its surroundings. Impacts from loss of
agricultural and fallow land may include:
Loss of annual and perennial crops;
Increased pressure on existing land, decrease in number of years land can lay fallow,
potentially leading to decreased agricultural production and possible food shortages;
Possible displacement to areas with different climactic or soil characteristics;
High labor efforts required to re-establish fields;
Potential for land to become commoditized;
Changes in traditional land allocation; and
Loss of natural resources available on fallow land.

361
It will still be possible to cultivate the agricultural land situated in the valleys of Touldwol and
Ptoun Djiga as before, unless other construction or operation impacts prohibit it such as air
quality or soil analysis. However, the simulations undertaken during the impact assessment study
have shown that this is not likely to happen.
Agricultural land tenure and access is a critical aspect of livelihoods and a major income source
in the local area. Agricultural land provides an important source of food security that is valued
well above its market value. The reduction in available agricultural land may result in a decrease
in agricultural production in the area. The loss of agricultural land will accentuate already
increasing pressure in the area due to population increases. Furthermore, land is one of the most
important and reliable sources of investment and inheritance.
Potential impacts to income-levels due to changed livelihood strategies and agricultural land loss
are addressed in Section 4.3.12.3 below.
Mitigation Measures for Agricultural Land
General Measures
The RAP (Volume 5) addresses the compensation and livelihood restoration framework
associated with the loss of agricultural land (and crops) and fallow land in detail. Below is a
summary of the main mitigation measures.
The villages of Tould and Ptoun Djiga have been resettled due to their proximity to the
refinery and the RMDF. Because of the move, these villages will lose access to all of their
tapades, gardens, and plantations as well as the majority of their slash-and-burn agricultural land.
Villagers (and other similarly affected) will receive replacement land for intensively cultivated
areas (e.g., tapades, plantations, and gardens) in the new resettlement village and will be
compensated for the loss of any crops as well as the assets and labor required to replace the
tapades, plantations, and gardens (see Entitlement Matrix, RAP, Volume 5).
In addition to the areas mentioned above that are dedicated to intensive agriculture, villagers will
also lose areas that are currently cultivated in an extensive slash-and-burn system. As a result of
the demographic increase in the area, the rotation between cultivation and fallow is now quicker
than before, with shorter fallow periods, even without the effect of the Projects land take. The
long-term sustainability of these systems in the villages of the Project area, particularly those two
that are to be physically moved, is therefore questionable, and livelihoods may be jeopardized if

362
a solution to substitute alternative livelihoods to those based on extensive agriculture is not
found.
The key components of the Projects compensation strategy for loss of agricultural and fallow
land include:
Replacement of land for land wherever possible as the preferred option, to include
fallow land if possible; and
If there is not sufficient land for land available for fallow the Project will compensate
communities for loss of fallow land.
In addition to compensation for loss of agricultural and fallow land, the Project is also
developing agricultural programs to improve activities and enhance incomes for affected
persons.
Land-Based Productivity Program
The Project recognizes that there may not be enough available land to provide land for land
replacement. At the same time, GAC understand that cash compensation does not necessarily
provide food or income security in the longer term. Therefore, GAC has committed to implement
a Land-Based Productivity Program (including both crops and animal husbandry) geared toward
initially providing a safety net, while moving toward developing more commercial agriculture
(agbiz) opportunities through output intensification, complemented by business development
training and other kinds of support.
The intent of the program is to enhance production of subsistence and marketable crops, as well
as animal products. In addition, the program will stress moving away from slash and burn
agriculture, thereby having a positive environmental impact as well. The program aims to
increase land productivity through more intensive land use, improved seeds, different crops, and
the use of inputs (e.g., irrigation and fertilizers). Program design will be based upon further
technical and market-based assessment.
Program implementation will be done in close collaboration with the Ministry of Agriculture and
GoG agronomists to ensure consistency with other government programs, as well as to help build
the government capacity to expand the program to other areas and to assume program
management within a reasonable time period (further details on the Land-Based Productivity
Program are described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3).

363
Mitigation will include intensive monitoring to ensure that people spend the compensation
money to restore livelihoods, and that people have enough food. Timing is critical and
restoration programs shall be in place before impacts occur.
As of early 2008, GAC has developed a Terms of Reference (ToR) for a study to monitor how
traditional systems will be affected by resettlement and to develop a detailed implementation
plan for short and medium term inputs for a Land-Based Productivity Program, to which those
affected by agricultural land loss will be offered membership. This program has an anticipated
start date of April, 2008, and will also identify and implement programs to that go beyond
economic restoration and can be considered part of the SIP initiatives (Volume 3
Implementation Plan).
Residual Impacts to Agricultural Land
The overall net impact of converting agricultural land to industrial uses is potentially significant,
and will require mitigation measures to be well designed and implemented. The establishment of
alternative economic systems and agro-economic models will be critical for the change in land
use to be beneficial to the Sangardi area.
With effective implementation of the resettlement program, the impact resulting from the loss of
agricultural lands to other uses is considered to be moderately adverse in the short-term in regard
to land scarcity and food security (Table 4.6). In the long-term, impacts are expected to decrease
to slightly adverse as affected people realize some of the benefits from revenue recovery
initiatives including agricultural intensification projects, training and employment opportunities.
4.3.11.2 Loss of Pastures to Other Uses
Project Activities Affecting Pasture Land
During the construction phase some pasture land will be temporarily appropriated. This area will
be used for access roads, lay down areas and other temporary infrastructure, and will be
rehabilitated after construction ends. Permanent facilities for the Project, particularly the RMDF,
and refinery site, will affect 501 ha of pasture land. In addition, mining activities will affect an
additional 1601 ha of pasture land, with 300 ha total land types disturbed in any given year (100
ha in active mining, 100 ha in clearing, 100 ha in concurrent reclamation). Project activities are
resulting in (and will continue to result in) restrictions on semi-nomadic cattle-raising. Cattle
grazing on open land will therefore be restricted during construction and operations, as shown on
Figures 4.29 and 4.30, respectively.

364
Potential Impacts to Pasture Land
The Project will impact pastures located on the Ptoun Djiga plateau, the Wendousindia plateau
(permanently), and mine plateaus (to be progressively rehabilitated). The total impacted area
will cover 501 ha, plus a maximum of an additional 300 ha per year if all of the actively
disturbed mine lands happen to be in pasture (the worst-case conservative scenario). The loss of
pasture land will mainly affect local pastoralists. This loss will however, be seasonal, since the
pastures on grass savannah are only used intensively in the rainy season when the herbaceous
cover is sufficient.
Herdsmen coming from abroad could find new spaces to graze their livestock since other bowals
are available, according to local villagers consulted. However, the loss of pasture areas will
represent a loss of income for the villages that lend their land for grazing. This situation will
likely accentuate the conflicts of land use already present in the region between the farmers and
the pasturalists.
Potential impacts to income-levels due to changed livelihood strategies and pasture loss are
addressed in Section 4.3.12.3 below.
Mitigation Measures for Pasture Land
General Measures
associated with the loss of pastures in detail. Temporary land disturbances will be rehabilitated
after construction ends, following GIIP for grading, topsoil restoration, and revegetation with
suitable species so that the land can be returned to its pre-Project usage.
Temporary pasturage for herds during construction activities has been negotiated as shown in
Figure 4.28. For safety reasons, specifically excluded areas for grazing during construction and
operations will be designated as shown on Figures 4.29 and 4.30, respectively. The Project has
also fenced in two villages in the northwest part of the Project area to ensure that cattle dont
destroy local crops. The plan is to encourage herders to sedentarize and raise cattle more
intensively.
The Project will offer affected persons the option of replacement of affected pasture land,
wherever possible. The following measures have been undertaken by GAC to ensure
compensation for loss of pasture lands due to construction and to avoid loss of livelihoods:

365
Mobilized a team composed of their own personnel and members of the Direction
prfectorale du Dveloppement Rural et de lEnvironnement (DPDRE) of Bok,
who conducted three site visits to identify two temporary pasture zones for the
animals that needed to be relocated due to GAC construction activities;
Established two temporary pastures: a western zone of approximately 15,000
hectares, for the villages of Mobhi, Filo Bowal Mandgodie, Sinthiourou Thiouladi,
Diw, and Tian Ale; and an eastern zone for the villages of Lope, Sinthiourou
Almamy, Safatou, Tould and Ptoun Djiga (Figure 4.28);
Assisted host communities to the temporary pasture land with fencing in their
villages, as the cattle are free-range;
Provided training in improved animal health care and vaccinations;
Encouraged herders to form groups and cooperatives; and
Provided assistance for transfer of 2,400 head of cattle to temporary pastures.
Since early 2005, GAC personnel have also organized information and awareness campaigns
with herders to understand herding activities and avoid conflicts with the GAC operations. In
coordination with the GoGs Animal Husbandry Department in Sangardi, GAC arranged
informational meetings and conducted a census of the herders and animals that are present in the
GAC construction areas. While these measures serve as temporary solutions, the Project
recognizes the need to make viable long-term mitigation plans to deal with the complexity of the
impacts to herders from pasture land take (and also the potential for improving animal husbandry
practices).
The Land-Based Productivity Program (described above in Section 4.3.11.1) will also include
potential for improving animal husbandry practices. It will include the following components at
a minimum related to pasture lands management:
Study of current herder practices, range of grazing areas, herder immigration, etc.;
Update of herder and cattle census;
Determination of carrying capacity of land;
Define additional land needs;
Study of alternatives for replacement of pasture land;

366
Risks associated with transitioning for semi-nomadic to non-nomadic; and
Proposal for improvement of animal husbandry, production, processing and sale of
livestock, meat and dairy products.
Residual Impacts to Pasture Land
The overall net impact of converting pastures is potentially significant, and will require new
livestock fodder areas and other measures to be well designed and implemented. The level of
disturbance related to pasture land is lower than for agricultural land.
pastures to other uses is considered to be moderately adverse in the short-term in regard to loss
of income from lending grazing lands to herdsmen (Table 4.6). In the long-term, impacts are
expected to decrease to slightly adverse as affected people realize some of the benefits from
revenue recovery initiatives, including income-generating alternatives, training, and employment
opportunities.
4.3.11.3 Loss of Plantations and Savannahs
Project Activities Affecting Plantations and Savannahs
Project development and land use conversion will result in the loss of community plantations and
shrub and tree savannah in construction and operational areas. Beyond those residents owning
lands within the acquisition boundaries, there are also people who formally and informally use
these resources for the purpose of economic activity.
Potential Impacts to Plantations and Savannahs
Fruit tree plantations will also be indirectly affected. It is worth noting that fruit crops and palm
groves from the valley of Ptoun Djiga and Tould will not be destroyed. However, the
inhabitants of these two villages already displaced do not, at present, foresee continuing to
cultivate the area once they will be resettled, even if there were guardians on site to watch the
abandoned plantations.
The Project will impact 496 ha of shrub and tree savannah and approximately 13 ha of gallery
forest. Mining activities over the Projects life have the potential to disturb an additional 2,986
ha of shrub and tree savannah and 3 ha of gallery forest, although only 300 ha will be disturbed
at any given time. The refinery, RMDF, and EHP will cover areas where the local population
has historically gathered certain plant species or utilized other natural resources (including
medicinal plants, edible fruits such as the nr or the mko, gathering of honey, wood for

367
cabinetry and making tooth-picks, firewood, hunting, and others). Income associated with these
activities will probably be shifted to other sites. However, the users of these natural resources
will sustain the inconveniences and potentially the loss of revenue they used to get from the
commercialization of natural products from those areas.
Eleven ha of palm grove are found at the site of the future water supply reservoir. The loss of
this natural palm grove will drastically reduce revenues from the palm oil and palm kernel
production for the women of three villages.
The number of wild palm trees that will be lost has been estimated using the quantity of red oil
and palm kernel oil produced by women, according to village surveys undertaken between May
and June 2004. The total estimated number of palm trees that will be lost is 3,390. These are
community palms are used by the villages of Diw, Sinthiourou Tiouladi, Parawi, Tian Al,
Tinguilinta, Doubhi, Mobhi, Tould, and Ptoun Djiga.
Mitigation Measures for Plantations and Savannahs
General Measures
associated with the loss of plantations and savannahs in detail. Below is a summary of the main
The compensation approach and method for all crops and trees will include the following key
components:
For individually owned plantations including individual fruit trees compensation is
determined by the replacement value of each tree with compensation being consistent
for all affected individuals;
In the case of wild plantations, the Project will compensate womens groups for loss
of palm oil revenue and will negotiate a community level compensation for the loss of
fruit trees and woody savannah;
For annual crops, the preferred approach is to time impacts to allow farmers to
harvest their product and support the farmers to re-establish on new land; if not
annual crops are compensated at current market value; and
Perennial crops are compensated at replacement value (which includes the cost of
inputs including labor to re-establish the crop.

368
In addition to compensation for loss of plantations and savannahs, the Project is also developing
agricultural programs to improve activities and enhance incomes for affected persons.
The Project will coordinate with the traditional users of land during clearing activities for mining
to enable those users to collect forest products, including wood, before the Project initiates
clearing activities. In addition, the Project will work with the traditional users of the land to
allow them to collect and use felled wood before the Project uses the materials in rehabilitating
other land (e.g., as mulch or soil amendment).
The Land-Based Productivity Program (described above in Section 4.3.11.1) will also investigate
options that include improved seeds, different crops, and the use of inputs (e.g., irrigation and
fertilizers) to enhance production of subsistence and marketable crops.
Residual Impacts to Plantations and Savannahs
The overall net impact of loss of crops, plantations, and other natural resources is potentially
significant, and will require reestablishment and compensation measures to be well designed and
implemented.
crops/trees/plantations/savannahs is considered to be moderately adverse in the short-term in
regard to loss of income from for farmers (Table 4.6). In the long-term, impacts are expected to
decrease to neutral or move to positive as affected people realize some of the benefits from
revenue recovery initiatives including income-generating alternatives, training, and employment
opportunities.
4.3.11.4 Offsetting Pressures to Other Resources
Project Activities Affecting Natural Resources
Land disturbed either temporarily or permanently by the Project contains natural resources that
are both formally and informally used by local people, including surface water, timber products,
and non-forest products (e.g., medicinal herbs). Project activities will exclude locals from
accessing areas within component footprints and may disrupt access to other areas of natural
resources. The presence of the refinery is expected to attract an influx of people from other areas
(Section 4.3.13.5), which will put additional pressure on local natural resources.

369
Potential Impacts to Natural Resources
As local people will no longer have access to some portions of the Project area, people may need
to access resources in other areas, resulting in increased pressure on natural resources elsewhere
and intensification of natural resource use in the Project footprint. Local displacement and
population growth due to the refinery may therefore lead to increased (and over) utilization of
natural resources in surrounding areas and secondary environmental effects to flora and fauna, as
discussed in Sections 4.3.7, 4.3.8, and 4.3.9. Increased use of water resources (Sections 4.3.5 and
4.3.6) may also be an issue.
Mitigation Measures for Natural Resources
The Social Investment Plan being developed by GAC aims to promote benefits in the local
villages, the Sangardi area and the wider Guinean community through various community
development initiatives. SIP components respond to both the current dependence on subsistence
activities and the need for food security, and to creating more diversified and potentially
profitable income opportunities and development activities (further details on the SIP are
described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
GAC has already collaborated with a range of Guinean governmental and non-governmental
organizations on social investment initiatives such as their partnership with the African
Development Foundation (ADF). This strategic partnership will help to establish micro-projects
that address the priority development needs of villages or communities directly affected by the
Project. A community support program focusing on local natural resources is currently
underway through this partnership with the ADF to implement reforestation programs in the 20
refinery-area villages. This initiative is aimed at enabling the villagers to become acquainted
with the basic skills that will be needed for the mine restoration activities that will be ongoing
throughout the life of the Project.
Education, training, and capacity-building initiatives are also expected to improve livelihood
opportunities for local people. These measures, and increased employment opportunities
associated with the Project, may offset local needs to exploit resources in other areas.
The SIP will also investigate how it can help to increase government capacity to assist in
managing potential adverse affects from uncontrolled natural resource exploitation. Land based
productivity is a central component of the SIP and the agricultural program will stress moving

370
away from slash-and-burn agriculture and unsustainable natural resources exploitation (see also
Sections 4.3.11.1 and 4.3.11.3 above).
GAC will collaborate with local authorities and other potential partners such as NGOs to monitor
natural resource exploitation in the area (particularly water, medicinal plants, firewood, and bush
meat) and identify ongoing opportunities to minimize depletion of local resources.
Residual Impacts to Natural Resources
In both the short term, overall impacts on surrounding natural resources are expected to be
moderately adverse (Table 4.6). As measures are developed and implemented to help offset
exploitation in the area the long term impacts are expected to be reduced to slightly adverse.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated land and natural resource impacts,
relevant operational phase, and planned mitigation measures.

371
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Land and Natural Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Compensate replacement land for intensively cultivated and
pasture areas in new resettlement villages, and compensate for
the loss of any crops, assets, and labor required to replace them.
Develop and implement Land Based Activity Program to
accurately assess impacts and to design long-term mitigation
plans for agricultural, fallow and pasture lands replacement.
Work with representatives from the Ministry of Agriculture,
Government of Guinea (GoG) Agronomists and outside experts to
determine options available and to develop the capacity
necessary to implement the Land-Based Productivity Programs
and related practices.
Include intensive monitoring to ensure that people spend the
compensation money to restore livelihoods, and that people have
enough food.
Loss of
Agricultural
and Fallow
Lands to Other
Uses; Loss of
Pastures to
Other Uses;
Loss of
Plantations
and
Savannahs;
and Pressure
to Other
Resources.
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R X M-
M- to
N
Promote benefits of agricultural programs in the local villages
and wider area through the Social Investment Plan and
government development initiatives.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan, Social
Investment Plan, and
Resettlement Action Plan
Compensate replacement land for intensively cultivated and
pasture areas in new resettlement villages, and compensate for
the loss of any crops, assets, and labor required to replace them.
Develop and implement Land Based Activity Program to
accurately assess impacts and to design long-term mitigation
plans for agricultural, fallow and pasture lands replacement.
Work with representatives from the Ministry of Agriculture,
Government of Guinea (GoG) Agronomists and outside experts to
determine options available and to develop the capacity
necessary to implement the Land-Based Productivity Programs
and related practices.
Loss of
Agricultural
and Fallow
Lands to Other
Uses; Loss of
Pastures to
Other Uses;
Loss of
Plantations
and
Savannahs;
and Pressure
to Other
Resources.
Any Future
Expansion of
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Operation
Activities
R X M- M- to
N
enough food.
Stakeholder

372
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Land and Natural Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Promote benefits of agricultural programs in the local villages
and wider area through the Social Investment Plan and
government development initiatives.
Implement Social Investment Plan initiatives that include
creating more diversified and potentially profitable income
opportunities and development activities and investigate how the
Project can help to increase government capacity to assist in
managing potential adverse affects from uncontrolled natural
resource exploitation.
Complete implementation of reforestation programs currently
underway through ADF in the 20 refinery area villages.
GAC will collaborate with local authorities and other potential
partners such as NGOs, to monitor natural resource exploitation
in the area and identify ongoing opportunities to minimize
depletion of local resources.


R =
residents



N = neutral



373
4.3.12 Livelihood Activities
Refinery development by GAC will affect various aspects of the livelihoods of local people
including through changes to land use and employment and training opportunities. Key impacts
addressed in this section are therefore:
Direct employment;
Indirect employment and local procurement opportunities;
Disruption of livelihoods associated with displacement; and
Improved skills development as a result of the Project.
The Project has developed a RAP (Volume 5) to address the potential land acquisition and
resettlement impacts from the Project. The management and mitigation measures in this section
therefore focus on summarizing the actions outlined in the RAP, as well as describing additional
measures that the Project will undertake including through the SIP, to offset impacts and enhance
benefits (further details on the SIP are described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
4.3.12.1 Direct Employment
Project Activities Producing Direct Employment
The construction of the alumina refinery and associated facilities will require a peak workforce
of approximately 10,300 people, of which approximately 20% are non-manual, and the
remaining 80% are manual positions. The construction phase is expected to last 30 months from
notice to proceed by the EPCM contractor.
The operation of the alumina refinery will require a workforce estimated at 2,000 people of
whom approximately 1,580 are forecasted to be Guinean while the remaining 420 are forecasted
to be other country nationals (OCNs) at start-up.
Potential Impacts from Direct Employment
The mine will have a direct positive impact by preferentially employing local residents. There
will also be employment opportunities available at the regional and national levels for Guinean
residents. There will be positive economic impacts on workers employed during construction and
on their families. Job creation is very important to the local population, as there are few
opportunities for young people in the region, apart from jobs at CBG and in public service.

374
During the operations phase, there will be fewer jobs but long-term positions for some local
workers and therefore overall economic benefits to some people from the local communities.
Approximately 40% of permanent workers are expected to be able to be sourced from the local
sub-prefecture. The progressive transfer of management responsibilities from expatriates to
Guinean nationals is also a key Project objective, and the number of expatriates is expected to
decrease significantly as national staff replaces expatriate supervisors and managers, with the
goal of replacing all OCN staff with suitable qualified Guinean workers within 5-10 years of
start-up.
There is a risk that local people could be excluded from direct employment benefits because of
low education and skill levels. Expectations related to employment are very high and as such, if
employment aspects are not adequately managed and benefits maximized for local people, this
positive impact may quickly become a source of frustration and unmet expectations.
The period during the end of construction can be risky to the Project and the nearby communities
and towns because the Project will reduce its workforce by more than 70%. Sudden
retrenchment can affect the local economy and families and can also result in a substantial
decrease of public support for the Project.
Mitigation Measures for Direct Employment
Employment and Training Program
GACs local employment strategy envisions a joint effort for training Guineas future mining
workforce. To that end, GAC and its EPCM are designing programs to maximize the number of
Guineans, with emphasis on local people, employed by the Project. GAC and BHP Billiton are
participating in a discussion with the GoG, other potential partners, and training institutes
(national and international) on promoting more widespread vocational training.
The SIPs Employment and Training Program is based on a hiring policy that promotes the
hiring of local people for both construction and operations, with special emphasis on Project-
affected people and others in communities in the Project region, but does not exclude Nationals
from all parts of the country.
All contractors will be required to hire and train Guineans to the greatest extent feasible,
considering the construction schedule. Contractor training obligations will be identified in
contractors employee relations management plans. The EPCM Contractor will monitor progress
of these plans and provide assistance and advice where required.

375
The training program will use local resources that will include upgrading the Bok Technical
Training facility and possibly the School of Mines, as well as ENAM in Conakry. The following
table shows the construction training process.
Training Process
Training Category Training Content
Work Ethic Training & HSE Induction

Compulsory for all workers conducted by the
EPCM Contractor in relevant languages (team
work, work rules, respect, etc.)
Safety awareness explaining EPCM Contractors
site safety process.
Craft Classroom Training

Theoretical input required for relevant discipline.
Practical Training

Practical skills in each discipline imparted in the
training institutes various workshops.
On-the-Job Training

Training institute instructors will coordinate this
phase with Employers Supervisors. Trainee shall
maintain the Log Book detailing the work carried
out during the on the Job Training signed off by
their supervisor on a daily basis.

Operations Phase employee recruitment will emphasize selection and recruitment of high-
performing Guinean construction employees who will transition across to operations roles. This
recruitment process will start approximately 20 months prior to the commissioning date. GAC
will require approximately 400 local operators and 300 local tradespersons for sustaining
operations. Local people will be trained, monitored, and selected during construction for
operations roles, and the successful candidates will then undergo specialized training for specific
operational roles. An operator training program and an operator training Centre of Excellence,
capable of delivering the quality and quantity of employees necessary to meet its operating
objectives will be constructed well in advance of refinery commissioning. During the Operations
Phase GAC will provide training for Guinean workforce and a full range of development
programs to prepare Guinean staff to quickly and efficiently move into operational roles initially
held by expatriates. The following table summarizes the major employee groups and the types of
training identified for each group.

376
Operations Training Process
Role Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 Phase 4
Mine and Plant
Operators
Six-month, basic
training
9-month specific
skills training
Control room
technicians and
supervisors two-
month assignment
w/contractor
Mentoring
Mine and Plant
Skilled Trades
Six-month, basic
training
9-month specific
skills training
Top up highly
specialized training
for top people
Mentoring
Professional
Development
Rigorous
selection process
Top up English
and technical
training
Rotational
assignment to
contractors or
another site
Mentoring

The Employment, Training, and Awareness Management Plan shall set out in detail the Project
hiring policy and the other employment and training processes described above. All managers of
the various Project components, along with the EPCM contractor and sub-contractors, will be
informed of this plan and their requirement to comply with its procedures. Further details on the
Employment and Training Program are described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3.
The policies and procedures established in the Employment, Training, and Awareness
Management Plan will be monitored by the Project social team to ensure internal and contractor
compliance. The Project will also track direct and indirect employment numbers disaggregated
by gender, by skill level, and by country/area of origin.
Residual Impacts from Direct Employment
In the short and long-term direct employment related to the Project is expected to have a highly
positive impact providing that preferential employment strategies and other support programs for
local people and the wider Guinean community are implemented (Table 4.6).
4.3.12.2 Indirect Employment and Local Procurement Opportunities
Project Activities Producing Indirect Employment and Local Procurement
GAC and its contractors will rely on numerous vendors and service providers to meet the daily
operating needs of the Project and also the domestic needs of its employees. To this end, GAC
and its contractors have already sourced numerous goods and services during early works
activities including catering services, laundry services, supply of vehicles, provision of food
supplies, security patrols, and supply of some construction equipment.

377
At the same time, Project employees will likely enjoy a higher disposable income level than they
had prior to the refinery development, which will add to the demand for local products and
services. In addition, the Project will induce secondary/tertiary economic activity due to the
influx of people from outside the immediate area who will require housing, food, and other
supplies.
Potential Impacts of Indirect Employment and Local Procurement
The prefecture of Bok and sub-prefecture of Sangardi will receive substantial short-term
economic benefits as a result of indirect employment opportunities created by the construction of
the alumina refinery. Operation of the Project will create a range of sustained indirect economic
opportunities at local, regional, and national levels. Local sourcing of goods and services will
result in revenues for local businesses and entrepreneurs, provided they can offer sufficient
quality and reliability and can meet Project standards, particularly on health and safety.
Mitigation Measures for Indirect Employment and Local Procurement
Business Development Program
One of the key components of the Social Investment Plan is improving the local supply chain to
be able to supply for the mine and also to support the creation or building of small/medium
enterprises. SIP components for business development aim to maximize the economic benefits
that flow from the Project to the region and the country, and to help diversify local peoples
income streams.
The SIPs Business Development Program will aim to establish GAC as an initial market and
will support programs that build local business capacity to meet some project needs, both during
construction and operations. Ideally other projects in the area will do the same or agree to form
buyer groups for particular products and services.
GAC has contracted with or is exploring partnerships with a number of organizations. Programs
to support and empower medium-sized businesses to participate in the Project or simply to
become more viable have been initiated through the agreement with the ADF (see also Section
4.3.11.4 above). GAC has entered into a five-year partnership with the ADF to develop the
capacity of medium-sized enterprises in Guinea so that those enterprises can better compete for
contracts related to Project construction. In excess of $2M will be invested in 10 small and
medium enterprises (SMEs) over the next year through this partnership, with an ongoing
relationship dependent upon performance.

378
Six SMEs were selected as among the strongest suppliers available to meet the needs of GAC, its
contractors, and the local economy of the Sangardi area, and include businesses involved in
supply of uniforms, construction activities, food services, security services, equipment services,
and hotel service. Each identified SME has significant experience working with international
customers such as GAC and has a strong reputation in Guinea. The partnership investments are
designed to further strengthen the capabilities of each business in anticipation of significant
future demand from GAC. These investments will provide capacity building on a grant basis and
loans for capital needs. As loans for capital are re-paid, that money can be recycled to further
SME development or other social investment programs, as deemed appropriate.
IFCs Linkage Program has been contracted to carry out a survey to assess the availability of
viable businesses which can partner with the Project. The Project shopping lists have been
provided to IFC to ensure that SME development will be as required.
At a more local and smaller level, micro-credit funds will be established in the refinery and port
areas totaling US$ 300,000 for micro-loans for commerce, natural resource processing, tool and
die, carpentry, product marketing, and other business development purposes yet to be
determined. The micro-credit program will also provide technical and financial training for
business managers. Local people will receive priority training and access to the funds, which
will be administered by an NGO specialized in micro-finance.
The Project will track the number of businesses and jobs created by the Project supply chain.
Further details on the Business Development Program are described in the Implementation Plan,
Volume 3.
Residual Impacts of Indirect Employment and Local Procurement
Indirect employment and procurement opportunities will have a significantly positive beneficial
impact in the short-term. While indirect employment and procurement activities may decrease
following mine closure, it is expected that the long-term impacts will also be beneficial, due to
the increased skill levels and income-earning potential of the local population (Table 4.6).
4.3.12.3 Disruption of Livelihoods Associated with Displacement
Project Activities Affecting Livelihood Stability
Project development implies the loss of agricultural and pastoral lands as well as the use of other
natural resources for local people within the refinery development site. Construction of the
refinery and associated facilities will interrupt the economic activities of households that reside

379
in the Project area (who will be physically displaced) as well as those families/people who utilize
land and resources that will be acquired by the Company (and will be economically displaced).
Potential Impacts to Livelihood Stability
Construction of the refinery area components will result in the economic displacement of 378
households (and 2,648 people) that will be directly or indirectly affected by economic
displacement within the Project area. Some households will be temporarily impacted during
construction while others will be affected by permanent land acquisition.
One of the main concerns related to resettlement is the ability of affected households to re-
establish household incomes and livelihoods following economic displacement. Project affected
households are engaged in subsistence and cash crop farming with low incomes due in part to
small holdings, limited non-farm income generating opportunities, and poor transport
infrastructure. Those villages directly affected by economic displacement as a result of the
Project include:
Botor (Safatou);
Diw;
Filo Bowal Mandgodi;
Filo Bowal Ndantari;
Lop;
Mobhi Ndantari;
Mobhi Kansihi;
Mobhi Nioudihoun;
Parawi;
Ptoun Djiga;
Sinthiourou Almamy and Sinthiourou PD;

380
Sinthiourou Tiouladi and Sinthiourou;
Tian Al; and
Tould.
Some replacement land is being provided to the villages of Tould and Ptoun Djiga (both of
which are being resettled), however the concessions are smaller than their pre-Project properties.
In-kind compensation of some plantations is also expected but again, there are not enough
resources to replace the loss of all productive assets, therefore some cash compensation will be
paid to affected owners/users. This situation will make it difficult for resettled people and their
families to live and earn income from their fields and other resources due to lower levels of
production. Timing is also critical, as new fields need to be prepared in time for the next
planting season.
Mitigation Measures for Livelihood Stability
General Measures
associated with economic displacement in detail. Restoration of livelihoods will be achieved
through a combination of different measures that include mitigation and social investment, to go
beyond restoration to improving incomes. Other specific initiatives that will focus on livelihood
restoration for economically displaced people are summarized below.
Land-Based Productivity
The agricultural program being established by GAC is centered on improving livelihoods for
directly affected people (as well as relevant indirectly affected people) and is described in
Section 4.3.11.1 above. Land use rights for the relocated population will be retained through
registration with a Land Ownership Plan as described in Section 2.3.2.
Direct employment and training with the Project will be an important component in establishing
alternative livelihood options for economically displaced people and they will be given
preference for local employment opportunities. The employment and training approach is
described in Section 4.3.12.1 above.

381
Business Development
GACs program to encourage and support local and regional business development will focus on
and encourage participation by local people who are directly affected by land acquisition. This
program is described in Section 4.3.12.2 above.
GAC will monitor affected persons after displacement on an individual basis, which will allow
GAC to identify and specifically assist persons that experience particular hardship. The
monitoring process will include quarterly reviews, annual household surveys and biannual
external expert resettlement audits. The Project proposes that livelihoods will be restored 3 to 5
years after impact at which point the external auditor will undertake a completion audit.
Residual Impacts to Livelihood Stability
With the appropriate implementation of measures to restore the livelihoods of affected people, it
is expected that there will only be potential slightly adverse impacts as the transition is made
from current income-earning processes to alternative economic models and strategies. In the
long term, the livelihoods of the resettled people are expected to be restored to at least pre-
Project levels or better, and therefore the impact is expected to be neutral to positive (Table 4.6).
4.3.12.4 Improved Skill Base as a Result of the Project
Project Activities Affecting Skill Base
The Project will require a large local workforce during the construction phase and approximately
predominantly Guinean employees during operations (see also Section 4.3.12.1 above). In many
cases, the Project will provide training to employees to meet job requirements and health, safety,
and environmental standards. At the same time, livelihood restoration initiatives implemented as
part of the resettlement program will include training and on-the-job education for individuals
affected by economic or physical displacement as a result of the Project.
Potential Impacts to Skill Base
Given that the Project area is rural, few existing residents have appropriate industrial job skills.
The Project is training locally sourced employees but anticipates hiring a number of workers
with required skills from other areas in Guinea as well. GAC will develop the local community
and promote local employment through its education and career-based training programs.
Skills development opportunities will include on-the-job/technical training, environmental health
and safety procedures, and various other training and skills development activities. Skills will be

382
enhanced considerably for employees, and therefore it is expected that the Project will directly
provide long-term benefits for both employees from the local villages and those from other areas
in Guinea.
The Project also has a chance to help improve the skill base of the local communities and
potentially the region through its wider livelihood restoration and social investment programs.
Improved skills are therefore expected to extend beyond employees of the Project to local
villagers who are involved with other training programs offered by GAC.
Mitigation Measures for Skill Base
GACs local employment strategy envisions a joint effort for training Guineas future mining
workforce. To that end, GAC and its EPCM are designing programs to maximize the number of
Guineans, with emphasis on working with relevant partners as well as with training institutes
(national and international) and other projects, to promote and implement widespread training
and skills development. The Employment and Training Program is described in Section 4.3.12.3
above.
Integrated Regional Development (IRD)
The Social Investment Plan incorporates plans for IRD initiatives. GAC recognizes that the lack
of planned and integrated development has inhibited growth in Guinea, thus, proposes to support
a strategic partnership that will catalyze and support an IRD Program. Core components of the
IRD would include a permanent institutional arrangement, public financing (at the regional,
prefecture, sub-prefecture, district, and commune levels), regional ownership, and regional aims
and responsibilities. Further details on Integrated Regional Development are described in the
Implementation Plan, Volume 3.
Other Training and Skill Development Opportunities
Many of the Social Investment Plan initiatives already described herein include training and
awareness raising schemes in their short, medium and long term inputs (e.g., HIV/AIDS
awareness, literacy programs, micro-credit training, etc), which are also expected to enhance the
skills of local and regional participants (further details on worker training as well as other skills
development opportunities are described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3).

383
Residual Impacts to Skill Base
With the effective implementation of accessible and appropriate training and capacity building
programs, short- and long-term benefits are expected to be highly beneficial to the livelihood
opportunities of the local population (Table 4.6) and to beneficial to the wider participation to the
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated livelihood impacts, relevant

384
Refinery Area Impact Summary Livelihood Activities
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Compensate affected persons with replacement land.
Implement techniques to improve agricultural production.
Provide pastureland replacement and improvements to animal
husbandry.
Provide vocational training and direct and indirect Project
employment.
Develop alternative sources of livelihood and assist in the
creation of new markets.
Livelihood
Activities
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R, E X
M+ to
S+
N to
S+
Provide incentives for integrated community development.
Stakeholder

Implement techniques to improve agricultural production.
Provide pastureland replacement and improvements to animal
husbandry.
employment.
Livelihood
Activities
Any Future
Expansion of
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Operation
Activities
R, E X
M+ to
S+
N to
S+
Stakeholder


R = residents


E =
Employees


N = neutral



385
4.3.13 Population
Development of the refinery and associated facilities has implications for various aspects of the
local population. Key issues include the relocation of homes within the affected villages and
disruption of traditional networks and the social cohesion of the area. At the same time, GAC
and its contractors will need to bring in workers during construction and operations from outside
the local area. Influxes of foreign and non-local workers based in the construction
accommodation camps and the family housing development in a new suburb of Bok could have
a major impact on local communities, as well as attracting additional influx of people to the area
seeking economic opportunities.
Population impacts will occur due to residential relocation, changes in social structures in the
area, and influx of new inhabitants to the region as a result of the Project. Key impacts
addressed in this section are therefore:
Disruption to relocated residents;
Improved living conditions of relocated residents;
Social fabric disruption to host communities;
Workforce and community relations;
Induced and informal influx;
Economic dependence on the Project; and
Community expectations and public support for the Project.
The RAP (Volume 5) addresses land acquisition and resettlement impacts from the Project. The
management and mitigation measures in this section describe additional measures that the
Project will undertake including through the SIP to offset impacts and enhance benefits.
4.3.13.1 Disruption to Relocated Residents
Project Activities Producing Residential Relocation
Refinery development will result in the residential relocation (or physical displacement) of 103
households (409 people). These villages are located in close proximity to the refinery site and
RMDF (Petoun Djiga and Tould), along the path of the rail spur (Mobhi), and in the quarry.

386
Potential Impacts of Residential Relocation
Residential relocation will involve the loss of residential land and houses. In the villages of
Ptoun Djiga (44 households, 239 persons) and Tould (50 households, 143 persons) the
relocation of all of the inhabitants is required. Tould is located about 800 m from the refinery
area and 500 m from the red mud disposal site. Ptoun Djiga is located 400 m from the rail spur
and within 500 m of the refinery. These two villages will be relocated during the first quarter of
2008 to a new village that was constructed by GAC near the village of Tchankoun-Tiouli
(Figure 4.27).
Additionally, a few households in the village of Mobhi (8 households, 16 persons) and in the
quarry area (1 household, 11 persons) will be relocated. Households had to be relocated within
Mobhi because of the homes proximity to the rail spur (less than 700 m). A single household in
a temporary shelter was relocated from the quarry area to its original village of Mobhi
(Figure 4.27).
Mitigation Measures for Residential Relocation
General Measures
The RAP addresses the compensation and livelihood restoration framework associated with
physical displacement in detail.
Vulnerable People
The Project recognizes that resettlement can impact certain populations differentially especially
individuals or groups of people who are elderly, disabled, single young mothers, or orphaned or
abandoned children. The Project has developed criteria for identifying potentially vulnerable
people (Section 4.2.4.8 ), and provisions are specifically provided in the RAP for assisting
vulnerable people that are affected by the displacement and resettlement process (RAP
Volume 5).
Residual Impacts of Residential Relocation
The relocation of residents has the potential to be significantly adverse for the affected
households. However, the implementation of mitigation and compensation measures such as
financial compensation, transportation assistance during resettlement, assistance in house
construction, and community compensation would decrease residual impacts to slightly adverse
in the short- and long-term (Table 4.6).

387
4.3.13.2 Improved Living Conditions of Relocated Residents
Project Activities Improving Living Conditions for Relocated Residents
Resettlement dwellings have been constructed to ensure that affected households have living
standards equal to or better than their existing conditions. The resettlement village near
Tchankoun-Tiouli includes improved housing infrastructure and community infrastructure
including a primary school, mosque, health post, market, dry latrines, football pitch, and three
drilled wells with handpumps.
Potential Impacts of Improved Living Conditions for Relocated Residents
Benefits to residential living conditions will result from improved housing infrastructure that
meets appropriate safety standards and the provision of community infrastructure and services,
including potable water and sanitation facilities. The resettlement village will also have road
access and waste disposal facilities, and the local population will be trained in proper waste
disposal techniques before and after their move. It is expected that many of the diseases
associated with unsanitary water supplies will be dramatically reduced by having secure sources
of potable water and proper waste disposal facilities.
Mitigation Measures for Improved Living Conditions for Relocated Residents
General Measures
The RAP addresses the compensation and livelihood restoration framework associated with
physical displacement in detail. Land use rights for the relocated population will be retained
through registration with a Land Ownership Plan as described in Section 2.3.2.
Other Community Initiatives
The Social Investment Plan being developed by GAC aims to promote benefits in the local
villages through various community development initiatives that will help to improve overall
standards of living for inhabitants. SIP components respond to health care and management
issues and physical infrastructure needs by adding to and reinforcing existing infrastructure and
facilities. Further details on the SIP are described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3.

388
Residual Impacts of Improved Living Conditions for Relocated Residents
Long-term positive impacts to living conditions should result from residential relocation of
affected households where improved infrastructure and services are provided at resettlement sites
(Table 4.6).
4.3.13.3 Social Fabric Disruption to Receiving Communities
Project Activities Affecting Receiving Communities
GAC is in the process of constructing a resettlement village near the village of Tchankoun-
Tiouli. The new resettlement area represents an approximate 119% increase over the existing
population of Tchankoun-Tiouli.
Potential Impacts to Receiving Communities
The resettlement of the villages of Ptoun Djiga and Tould may have caused a stress for
resettled people as well as those in the nearby village of Tchankoun-Tiouli. Although the
resettlement site was selected by the affected communities, it is reported that some people of
Ptoun Djiga and Tould have expressed concern about moving near the village of Tchankoun-
Tiouli. The social networks may be changed and new relations and problems may occur between
relocated families and the receiving village. The arrival of resettled people will involve
significant land take from the host village, meaning that this village will have their access to land
limited because of the Project.
The influence of the Project on the various intra- and inter-settlement social systems and
structures is likely to be experienced in a number of ways across the area. GAC expects that all
surrounding villages will grow as a result of villagers returning from away (ressortissants) and
seeking to participate in the economic boom triggered by Project construction and operation.
Kinship relationships as well as economic and social sharing of resources are common, providing
emotional and practical support among residents.
Changes in personal well-being, however, are difficult to identify because they cannot easily be
measured. Peoples uncertainty regarding the future; unfulfilled expectations for individual and
family lifestyle improvements; and alteration and/or breakdown of social bonds and support
mechanisms could impact the well-being of Project affected individuals, households, and
communities. The extent of the impact will vary from person to person depending on the support
structures to which they have access.

389
Mitigation Measures for Receiving Communities
General Measures
associated with physical displacement in detail. GAC has included and will continue to include
village chiefs, elders, and inhabitants in planning for development of the Project. GAC will use
the stakeholder engagement program (SEP, Volume 4) to facilitate ongoing discussions with
local villages to assist in mitigation of social cohesion issues and threats to traditional values and
authority that may be experienced by inhabitants.
Other Community Initiatives
The Social Investment Plan being developed by GAC will consider initiatives that may help to
offset some of these social cohesion impacts and ensure participation of the most affected
people, particularly in employment and training schemes and business development
opportunities. Further details on the SIP are described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3.
Residual Impacts to Receiving Communities
In the short term, it is expected that disruption to the social fabric of the receiving community of
Tchankoun-Tiouli will be slightly adverse since the villages of Ptoun Djiga and Tould will be
relocated in their entirety adjacent to it. Short-term impacts to the social cohesion and feelings
of well-being to surrounding villages in general are also expected to be slightly adverse as the
affected populations adjust to social changes.
Over the long-term, impacts are expected to decrease to neutral for receiving communities as
long as they are paid compensation for loss of land and can realize some of the benefits from
improved community infrastructure and services, employment, training, and other opportunities
and that their living conditions are not substantially lower than those of the resettled villages
(Table 4.6).
4.3.13.4 Workforce and Community Relations
Project Activities Affecting Workforce and Community Relations
GAC intends to hire as many workers as possible from the immediate vicinity, including the vast
majority of manual workers, however, due to the skills needed for the Project a significant
number of employees will likely be drawn from outside of the local area.

390
During the construction phase, the alumina refinery will require at peak a workforce of
approximately 10,300 people, of whom about 20% (1,800) are skilled (or non-manual these
positions are referred to as Global and Regional expatriate positions), and the remaining
80% (8,500) are un-skilled (or manual referred to as Total Locals). Approximately 1,700
construction workers are expected to be employed at the port during the height of construction
activities, of whom about 10% (200) are Global and Regional, and the remaining 90% (1,500)
are Guinean locals.

During operations, GAC plans on employing a workforce of about 2000 at the refinery, an
increase over the approximately 1,300 stated in the original EIA documentation. Another 140 or
so employees will work at the port facilities. About 1,700 will be Guinean, and the reminder are
expected to be globally and regionally recruited. To the degree practical, GAC will
preferentially hire Guineans, with first preferences going to PAP, then moving increasingly
farther from the Project site to include people in local towns, people in regional centers, Guinean
regional expatriates, and finally global expatriates as applicable for specific job requirements.
To transition to a largely Guinean workforce, it is planned for the number of expatriates to reduce
over the first five years to approximately 50 people.

All on-site accommodations will be single-status, that is, will accommodate only the employee
and not the employees family. Section 3.3.2 discusses GACs family housing strategy in Bok.
On and near the refinery, three worker accommodation camps will be utilized for OCNs and
local workers during their work rotations (Figure 1.2), as discussed in Section 3.3.1
Potential Impacts to Workforce and Community Relations
While locals may benefit from economic opportunities associated with population growth (e.g.,
provision of services and supplies to the workforce), there is also the potential for adverse
impacts to the local population. The potential for tensions between workforce and local villagers
is particularly likely during construction activities when large numbers of temporary workers
will be in the area, and expectations for local opportunities, particularly employment, will be
high. Cultural differences, after-hours behavior of workers, potential disregard for local cultural
norms, potential for prostitution, and the attraction of hangers on at camp sites are all impacts
that could lead to tension between local communities and the workforce.
Lack of control over movements of workers (during and after working hours) could result in
transmission of communicable diseases to local residents, trespassing, hunting/poaching and/or

391
damage to local land and property. This lack of control could also result in residents feeling
vulnerable to the behavior of Project personnel or create a sense of invasion of privacy. There
may also be some incidents of outside workers obtaining and consuming illegal substances
and/or excessive amounts of alcohol, and some staff may become involved with crime and/or
violence and threats of safety to community members.
It should be noted that the city of Sangardi, a mining town within 30 km of the refinery and
Bok, an administrative center, have already experienced significant in-migration from other
projects. As result, the tensions generated by the arrival of workers will be less serious than in a
traditional context, especially if efforts are made to reduce the in-migration of new workers by
facilitating the employment of local workers. Impacts related to the workforce are also
addressed in other sections such as those related to influx issues (see Section 4.3.13.5) and the
potential for increased transmission of HIV/AIDS (see Section 4.3.14.4)
Mitigation Measures for Workforce and Community Relations
Siting of Camps and Other Accommodation Arrangements
GAC has opted to move away from the Company-town concept in favor of a housing philosophy
for its permanent employees which:
Reduces the amount of traffic from regional centers to the refinery site, which is
regarded as a major safety hazard;
Provides fully serviced accommodation and messing on site for all employees other
than local villagers, during their work roster; and
Encourages Guinean nationals to own their own homes, with an emphasis on owning
homes close to the workplace or targeted regional development area.
The Project housing development at Bok, which will provide fully serviced (water, sewage, and
power) plots of land to prospective home owners, is aimed at achieving these objectives. This
approach has numerous advantages including the promotion of private home ownership for
employees, development of SMEs to construct the housing, creation of additional indirect jobs
through construction of employee houses, and support to Boks infrastructure.
GAC has sought to utilize (and upgrade) existing camps used during the early works construction
period for the construction phase and operations to avoid the establishment of any new camps in
the area. On and near the refinery, three existing worker accommodation camps will be utilized
for OCNs and local workers during their work rotations. Community concerns regarding

392
construction camps, and other accommodations will be considered in plans that will be
developed in collaboration with the EPCM contractor prior to full construction activities.
The supply of recreational facilities (e.g., a gym, sports fields, and entertainment facilities) will
be used to help promote a safe, healthy, and inviting worker environment at the construction
camps and will also form part of the operational accommodation arrangements. Recreational
facilities will be provided to encourage workers to remain within the accommodation boundaries
during leisure time.
Workforce Management
To minimize worker-community tension and manage impacts, the Project will focus on
promoting culturally acceptable behavior from all workers, through the following:
Community-Project-Government consultation committee for early identification of
influx related issues;
Easily accessible complaints and grievance process for communities to register
complaints or contribute information important to worker behavior management;
Workforce Code of Conduct that controls workforce interaction with local
communities, purchasing of local products and services, housing outside of camp, and
use of natural resources. The Code also regulates work hours, visitors, behavior, and
alcohol use; prohibits use of drugs; sets rotations and home leave rules (e. g., outside
workers may not remain in area); and defines home leave transport;
A cultural integration program for employees and including local communities that
promotes understanding of acceptable behaviors; and
Contractual obligations, including compliance monitoring, for all contractors
requiring that they recruit, hire, and apply the Workforce Code of Conduct and all
other Project-determined workforce procedures.
All measures are underpinned by continuous consultation with local government and community
leaders to get their input and support to minimize and manage workforce and community
relations.
The EPCM contractor will be required to prepare a Construction Camp Management Plan for
review and approval by GAC which shall include provision for the abovementioned measures to
manage its workforce and minimize tension between workers and local villagers. Procedures for
workforce management and behavior of workers will be standardized, as is reasonable, such that

393
all contractors and subcontractors will be required to ensure similar standards within their own
workforce.
Residual Impacts to Workforce and Community Relations
With the appropriate implementation of worker management procedures, it is expected that the
short-term impacts will be moderately adverse. Temporary population changes may have
enduring impacts on the local population, both adverse and beneficial, although these are
difficult to predict. In the long-term, impacts are expected to be neutral (Table 4.6).
4.3.13.5 Induced and Informal Influx
Project Activities Affecting Influx
GAC will make a significant effort to provide local employment through its preferential
employment policy for affected households and other local people, with the goal of filling all
manual positions with local residents. However due to the skills needed during the construction
phase of the Project, a significant number of employees will likely be drawn from outside of the
local area. Indeed, GACs presence is already creating high expectations of economic
opportunity in the local area, attracting seekers of income opportunities from various areas of
Guinea and from other countries. GAC expects that over time this will result in considerably
more growth of the local population, particularly during peak activity periods.
Potential Impacts of Influx
Some locals may benefit from economic opportunities associated with population growth (e.g.,
suppliers of services and provisions to the workforce), an increase in the market for local goods
and produce, and local infrastructure development resulting from in-migration. However, GAC
recognizes that unmanaged influx both workers and opportunistic in-migrants can have
significant adverse impact, including:
Decreases in standard of living caused by pressure on local resources, price inflation
for subsistence items, and stress on existing land and infrastructure (water, utilities,
sewage systems, roads and transportation, land, schools, medical facilities, and
recreational and religious facilities);
Increase in social problems such as prostitution, drug use and alcohol consumption,
spread of sexually transmitted and other communicable diseases, conflict, violence,
sexual harassment, rape, divorce, and domestic violence;
Growth of informal settlements with no adequate sources of sanitation or water, thus
contributing to the spread of disease;

394
Constraints and increased competition for agricultural land and increased pressure on
natural resources associated with hunting/fishing/poaching; and
Social tension due to differences in cultural customs and norms.
The Project also recognizes that the GoG, in principle, has the responsibility to manage its
population movements, but does not have the experience or capacity at this time to adequately
prevent or manage influx on its own. The Project, thus, plans to support local Government by
taking actions of its own, wherever it is within its control to do so, that will help minimize
opportunistic in-migration, manage adverse impacts associated with in-migration, and actively
work with the GoG to increase its capacity to manage influx on its own.
The 20 villages closest to the refinery site will likely be most affected by influx issues. The
cities of Sangardi and Bok are also likely to experience substantial increased population and
demand for resources, including housing and public services, as a result of their proximity to
refinery components.
Mitigation Measures for Influx
The Social Investment Plan being developed by GAC specifically addresses influx management
and will be designed to attenuate the adverse affects of additional population increases associated
with jobseekers in the region. The actions the Project will take to minimize influx and manage
impacts fall into two categories:
Measures that help minimize influx; and
Measures that help manage influx impact by stabilizing local economies and
promoting culturally acceptable behavior.
All measures are underpinned by continuous consultation with local government and community
leaders to get their input and support to minimize and manage influx. The Project will also
conduct a workshop with local government alignment on Project contributions and division of
responsibilities. The exercise is also expected to help local government understand the
consequences of influx and its likely impacts.
Minimization measures will include:
Support to local Government to help prevent spontaneous settlements and to manage
people coming to the area, including capacity building in terms of planning and
staffing;

395
Awareness campaign with communities to help them understand the potential adverse
impact of allowing outsiders to lease or settle on land;
Employment of as many workers from the Project area as possible, and a recruitment
system (including database and community leader verification) that clearly identifies
local versus external applicants; and
Employment communication/consultation program that consistently and clearly
informs the national and local populace of the projects employment policy that
emphasizes the hiring of local people, employment opportunities and requirements,
recruitment procedures, and application procedures and locations, making clear that
no recruitment will be conducted at the Project site.
Management measures will include:
Roundtables with prefecture and village-level officials on the issues associated with
influx management and promotion of an Integrated Regional Development program;
Community-Project-Government consultation committee for early identification of
influx-related issues;
Easily accessible grievance mechanism for communities to register complaints or
contribute information important to worker behavior management;
Main worker camp located away from local settlements;
Workforce Code of Conduct as described in Section 4.3.13.4;
A cultural integration program for employees and including local communities that
promotes understanding of acceptable behaviors;
Contractual obligations, including compliance monitoring, for all contractors
requiring that they recruit, hire, and apply the Workforce Code of Conduct and all
other project determined workforce procedures;
Worker and community health programs through a comprehensive workers health
program and support to local health programs. Examples include:
- Workforce pre-arrival health exams and inoculations, regular check-ups,
communicable disease (including HIV/AIDS) prevention and awareness,
and information on area specific health issues;
- Community health education program including preventative information
on local health issues, alcoholism, drug use, and sexually transmitted
diseases;

396
- Malaria vector control program;
- Funding for equipment and capacity building of hospital management
teams (advice, planning, and administration), resource management,
budgeting, management training, hygiene training, etc.; and
- Regional emergency response collaboration.
An economic support program that will help offset price inflation and pressure on
local resources, including a local worker and a local supplier/SME program that will
increase local income;
Infrastructure support program that reinforces existing infrastructure and facilities;
Traffic plan that works with local government to design safer community traffic flow,
speed limits, and intersections; and
Fire safety program that considers the crowding that occurs as a result of population
increase.
The Projects contributions to influx minimization and management comprise programs that will
be monitored by their respective functional managers: for example, community engagement,
human relations, construction management, etc. Further details on the SIP are described in the
Implementation Plan, Volume 3.
Residual Impacts of Influx
With the appropriate implementation of influx management procedures to control and direct
newcomers to designated communities, it is expected that the short-term impacts will be
moderately adverse. Community development initiatives that contribute to the economic uplift
of the local villages are expected to offset some pressures associated with induced and informal
in-migration. In the long-term, impacts are expected to remain moderately adverse (Table 4.6).
It is possible however, that the urban communities, as well as the affected villages will consider
that the Project benefits outweigh or neutralize the adverse impacts from influx and immigration.
4.3.13.6 Economic Dependence on the Project
Project Activities Affecting Economic Independence
The Project will be one of several major employers in the region and operation of the mine and
refinery has the potential for considerable local benefit. Economic benefits will include direct
employment, supply chain provisioning, the presence of a large workforce who will purchase
local goods and services, and GACs Social Investment Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan)

397
which will address health and education and support vocational training and micro-enterprises,
among other programs.
Potential Impacts to Economic Independence
There is a risk that over-dependence on the Project for local revenue may occur and that benefits
felt by the region will not be sustainable following the mine and refinery closure. Direct
employment of locals will cease at Project closure and many of the in-migrants employed by
GAC and its contractors may move away in search of other work. This effect may also be
experienced following construction, where a peak workforce of thousands will be reduced to
1,500 permanent employees, with a commensurate reduction in the range of goods and services
needed.
Mitigation Measures for Economic Independence
The Project is expected to have a relatively long life; in excess of 50 years. Over that time,
external investments in Guinea nationally and the Project area specifically are expected to
improve GoG capacity and financial resources, resulting in profound changes in the economic
and social environment. It is, thus, neither feasible nor appropriate for GAC to make
commitments beyond the medium term (about 15 years). Nonetheless, GAC recognizes the
critical need for a long-term planning process that captures changing conditions, opportunities,
issues, and results of its medium-term support measures, as well as develops a strong internal
and external community and Government support structure. GACs rolling planning process is
outlined in the SIP and will be based on the following principles:
Market based opportunity assessments;
Changes in economic, social, and governance conditions;
Learnings from early medium-term programs and projects;
Collaborative opportunities;
Private sector advantage;
Coordination with national plans; and
Community, civil society, and GoG consultation and participation.
In addition to developing the planning process, GAC is in the process of developing two
overarching mechanisms designed to assist in planning and implementing specific support

398
measures as they are identified. These include a Social Development Fund and support for
Integrated Regional Development of the Project region (further details on the SIP are described
in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
Retrenchment plans will include vocational training and SME development and financing so that
employees who are retrenched have livelihood alternatives.
Residual Impacts to Economic Independence
The resulting impacts associated with long-term dependence and sustainability is estimated to be
net neutral with the effective implementation of sustainable support programs (Table 4.6).
4.3.13.7 Community Expectations and Public Support
Project Activities Affecting Community Expectations and Public Support
The anticipation and presence of an international mining Project raises community expectations.
These expectations include employment opportunities, business development, improved
infrastructure and services, and improved environmental conditions. Indeed, consultation
activities to date indicate that expectations are already high in the Sangardi region.
Potential Impacts to Community Expectations and Public Support
The overall results of the successive phases of consultation show that Guinean stakeholders
(local population; local, regional, and national authorities; ressortissants; and NGOs) are very
much interested in the Project and support it. They believe that the Project can have positive
repercussions in terms of employment, economic growth, and improvement in living standards
for the populations of the Sangardi sub-prefecture in particular, and potentially for the whole
prefecture or region. Even when it comes to the possible displacement of villages, no one
opposes resettlement, as long as the villagers can participate in suitable planning for it.
This general approval is coupled with a will, expressed by those involved, to take part in the
design and implementation of the Project. The Guinean population is not accustomed to
participating in such a process and hopes that it will help to prevent the errors made in the past.
Unmet expectations can lead to community frustration and degraded relations between the
Project and the local community, and frustrations can be further exacerbated by:
Inability to access opportunities due to lack of public consultation/disclosure (a lack
of information on future opportunities can exclude locals from investing in their own
human capital, and accessing opportunities);

399
Lack of effective complaints and grievance procedures (ineffective channels to
express complaints may amplify dissatisfaction);
Unrealistic expectations (such as employment for everybody) are sometimes a major
reason for conflicts between companies and local communities;
Delays in compensation and insufficient compensation measures as well as in starting
construction; and
Employment of large numbers of foreign (or non-local) workers.
Mitigation Measures for Community Expectations and Public Support
Effective engagement with the local villages is the single-most important element in building a
positive relationship with host communities. Community expectations can be managed through
fair and transparent processes, public disclosure mechanisms, and effective complaints and
grievance processes. GAC has developed a Stakeholder Engagement Plan (Volume 4) that
details how it will communicate with local affected villages and the wider public in the
Sangardi area and deal with their concerns and complaints.
Public awareness is an effective initial step that can benefit local communities to make better-
informed choices regarding health, safety, waste management, and education. The Project will
contribute to this education process by disseminating information through its stakeholder
engagement program on key local issues on a regular basis throughout construction and routinely
disclose Project information via such venues as an information center, website, newsletters
and/or open forum discussions. Implementation of the stakeholder engagement program will
comprise public discussion elements that may include, but are not limited to:
Providing communities with prior notice of all construction activities and likely
impacts, including potential risks to health and safety (see also Section 4.3.14.2);
Providing stakeholders affected by the project with regular information on the
progress of work and any implications for these stakeholders;
Providing local communities with timely information regarding employment
opportunities and requirements and recruitment policies (see also Section 4.3.12.1);
and
Disseminating information on health associated with waste management procedures,
drinking water security, HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted disease prevention,
and the adverse environmental effects of local practices.

400
The Stakeholder Engagement Plan provides a description of the overall system for managing
complaints and grievances for the Project. Complaints and grievances will be monitored and
documented by the Project. GAC will develop a commitment register to enable it to track its
commitments to Project stakeholders. Following through with commitments made to affected
people is an important mechanism in managing community expectations. The implementation of
commitments made will be monitored and reported (internally and externally) by GAC and will
involve providing feedback to affected people.
Residual Impacts to Community Expectations and Public Support
In the short-term, it is expected that effective implementation of mitigation measures will result
in a positive impact, through the promotion of local access to benefits and a positive Project-
community relationship (Table 4.6).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated population impacts, relevant

401
Refinery Area Impact Summary Population
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Compensate affected persons for all infrastructures or
improvements that are abandoned or damaged during
construction.
Provide relocation of displaced persons to a full-serviced
village.
Compensate affected persons with semester payments for lost
trees and crops during transition period.
Provide household construction and moving assistance for
affected persons.
Provide special assistance to vulnerable persons.
Provide additional facilities for increased population.
Provide training and educational programs for economic
opportunity, improved health, and overall well-being.
Provide preferential vocational training and opportunity to
relocated and receiving persons to control in-migration.
Work with government and prepare a influx management
strategies to control in-migration.
Provide notice to stakeholders and persons potentially and
adversely affected by Project activities of schedules in advance of
these activities.
Provide information to affected persons well in advance
regarding employment opportunities.
Disseminate information punctually to communities regarding
area health issues and measures to improve or eliminate their
occurrences.
Disruption to
Relocated
Residents;
Disruption to
Host
Communities;
In-Migration:
Community
Expectations
and Support
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
Rr, Rc X X M- M-
Provide assistance and training to the communities to reduce
social ills.
Stakeholder

402
Refinery Area Impact Summary Population
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Provide housing that is of materials and constructed better than
former housing.
Provide housing sized to affected persons requirements.
Construct community infrastructure service buildings, such as
schools, infirmary, mosque, etc.
Provide basic necessities for health and sanitation.
Provide quality equipment and water sources.
Improved
Living
Conditions for
Relocated
Residents
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
R X X M+ M+
Provide training for improved medical services.
Stakeholder

Develop Social Investment Plan measures for regional
economic success and sustainability independent of the Project.
Provide vocational training that is transferable to other sectors.
Provide training and capacity building initiatives with the
government and other stakeholders.
Dependence
on Project;
Workforce and
Community
Relations
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
R X X M- N
Define the end of resettlement and economic assistance early
in the process.
Stakeholder


R =
residents

Rr = relocated residents S - = significantly adverse
Rc = receiving communities M - = moderately adverse

N = neutral



403
4.3.14 Health and Safety
Whenever there are residential or community areas in close proximity to active mining
operations, there is an increased risk of direct impacts from those operations to local residents.
Public health and safety is important to GAC and Project-related risks must be effectively
managed to assure they are limited to the maximum extent practical.
Project development will have various implications for human health and safety, due to factors
that include alterations to the natural environment, livelihood activities, and the general
population. Safety issues include the general exposure to hazardous working conditions related
to mineral extraction and increased risks of malaria and other disease transmission due to
changes in the environment, a large construction workforce, and population influx. Road traffic
is also considered a significant and increasing safety hazard in the Project area, due to rapidly
increasing vehicle/rail traffic, inadequate regulation, and lack of public awareness and training.
Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Occupational health and safety;
Exposure to Project hazards for villagers (i.e., community health and safety);
Malaria risks from the reservoir and population influx;
HIV/AIDS, STDs, and other communicable diseases;
Increased traffic and traffic-related incidents (including train traffic crossings);
Flyrock from blasting activities;
Presence of security personnel; and
Water reservoir safety.
The majority of local economic activities are physical, relying heavily on good human health.
People generally lack secure employment that could accommodate sick-periods, and local health
facilities lack the capacity to address major local health issues. Poor health has significant
impacts on livelihoods because without the ability to work and the added financial burden of
medical treatment to promote recovery, an individuals ability to bring in an adequate income is
significantly curtailed. Health issues can also become significant during the lean period
between the end of the rainy season and the first harvest, when food and monetary resources can
run low for many local households.

404
The management and mitigation measures in this section therefore focus on implementing
physical and procedural measures to minimize health and safety risks to the local workforce and
public and on training and awareness-raising activities to enable people to take precautions to
manage their own health and safety. It also describes other initiatives that will be implemented
through the SIP to offset impacts and enhance benefits. Further details on the SIP, including
community health programs, are described in Section 6.4.5 of the Implementation Plan,
Volume 3.
Project Activities Affecting Occupational Health and Safety
There are a number of job-specific risks to which GAC workers (and contractors) may be
exposed, including occupational noise exposure, exposure to Project wastes, and potential
industrial emergencies. While these risks are generally typical to extractive industry projects of
this nature, GAC recognizes that all safety issues require effective mitigation and management.
Mitigation Measures for Occupational Health and Safety
GAC believes that the health and safety of its employees, contractors, and visitors are a primary
concern during all stages of Project operations, including construction, operations, and closure.
To this end, GAC has committed to doing zero harm in its Charter and Mission Statement for
the Project. Through its HSEC Standards GAC has also committed to rigorous health and safety
training programs. GAC is preparing a Health, Safety, and Security Management Plan
(Implementation Plan, Volume 3) that will be updated to ensure that it complies with BHP
Billiton standards and processes as well as IFC Performance Standards. The Health, Safety, and
Security Management Plan will cover occupational health and safety, emergency preparedness
and response, contractor monitoring, life and fire safety, and guidelines for security personnel.
The primary objective of the Health, Safety, and Security Management Plan is to provide a
healthy and safe working environment for all employees.
Employees who are required to work in areas where there may be exposure to various hazards
(e.g., where noise levels are excessive or uncomfortable) will be required to wear Personal
Protective Equipment (PPE), provided by GAC. PPE use will be mandatory where regulatory or
industry standards require it for specific job tasks and will be defined in the Health, Safety, and
Security Management Plan for the Project. Employees will be instructed in appropriate use of
all PPE for their job tasks.

405
Proper handling and disposal of Project wastes and development of programs to minimize waste
generation, will be implemented to provide a safe and healthy workplace. The proper disposal of
putrescible wastes will minimize the risk of rodents and other disease vectors that can adversely
affect human health. The Waste Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3) will
provide a description of the waste repositories and processing facilities that are planned for the
site, and discuss the actions and procedures for handling and disposing of wastes in an
appropriate manner. Hazardous waste disposal will be in compliance with international best
practice.
GAC will also establish effective emergency response procedures along with employee training
programs. These responses will be described in the Emergency Response and Incident
Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3) and will limit worker and community
exposure to hazardous situations or conditions and reduce the nature and extent of adverse
environmental effects. The Emergency Response and Incident Management Plan will be
communicated to security personnel and emergency response teams (as well as government
authorities and potentially affected villages and towns).
Occupational health and safety policies and training programs to which GAC is committed will
also be required of the EPCM contractor (and its sub-contractors) and encouraged among
suppliers of materials, equipment, and other goods.
Residual Impacts to Occupational Health and Safety
Short-term impacts associated with occupational noise and other workplace hazards can be
adverse, but with PPE and training impacts should be neutral over both the short- and long-term
for employees. If waste disposal practices and emergency response programs are implemented
as planned, short- and long-term impacts from these sources should also be neutral (Table 4.6).
4.3.14.2 Exposure to Project Hazards for Villages
Project Activities Affecting Community Safety
The community consultation process has indicated that there is some concern about safety and
nuisance issues around the proposed facilities. During construction of the Project there will be a
variety of aspects that may give rise to hazards including earthworks, open trenches, blasting,
and transportation of materials and equipment. For the operation of the Project, the main
facilities that may present risks to villagers if there are not appropriate restrictions to limit access
by the public include:

406
Mine areas
Haul and access roads and rail spur;
Refinery;
Water supply reservoir;
Worker camps; and
Dolerite quarry.
Construction and operational wastes will also be generated by the Project and if uncontrolled or
disposed of inappropriately, could pose a hazard to the local communities.
Potential Impacts to Community Safety
The refinery facilities are located in an area of traditional lands of the villages of Mobhi, Parawi,
Filo Bowal, Lop, and Botor. As a result, a number of industrial facilities will be situated near
areas used by these local villages on a daily basis.
The transit of inhabitants through the refinery area for any reason poses a hazard for them and
for the Project. Accidents to the inhabitants and/or the loss of their animals may occur if there
are not effective security and safety awareness measures in place at all construction sites, large or
small. For example, it is reasonably common for livestock to fall into open trenches or similar
and any small ponds or other bodies of water used during construction may pose a hazard to
adults, children, and animals.
Impacts specifically related to traffic safety are addressed in Section 4.3.14.5, while safety
impacts related to the water reservoir are addressed in Section 4.3.14.8 and impacts related to
blasting are addressed in Section 4.3.14.6.

407
Mitigation Measures for Community Safety
General construction mitigation measures to avoid public exposure to Project hazards include:
All construction activities will take place within agreed areas;
Construction sites and operational facilities will be clearly demarcated;
Construction techniques will be used to minimize disruption to local villages,
including their property and assets;
Access routes will be safe, clearly visible, and illuminated; and
Any diversions of community infrastructure or services will be identified in advance
by contractors with as much advance warning as possible, and include notification of
GAC and affected local villages.
Section 4.3.15.2 describes control measures undertaken in the event of road diversions and or
disruption to infrastructure and services as a result of the Project.
Control measures to minimize risks to the public at Project sites during construction and
operations include a combination of physical/engineering controls, safe work procedures, and
community awareness training. GAC and its contractors will:
Secure the areas. This means implementing natural or artificial fences that enclose the
Project boundaries. However, traditional access will not be limited within the area;.
Sensitize local communities to risks. This involves the development of awareness
training and a consultation procedure where the risks are explained to villages and
they have an avenue to express their problems with potential hazards to the Company;
and
Implement dedicated procedures to limit access in the construction zones and
operational facilities by the public. Other measures that will be implemented in this
area relate to security at the sites (see Section 4.3.14.7) and worker camp
management (see Section 4.3.13.4).
Community liaison staff will be responsible for providing regular information to local villages
about the changing activities related to the Project, and this will include details about any
potential hazards and measures to avoid them.

408
Residual Impacts to Community Safety
With the appropriate implementation of measures to secure Project worksites and raise
awareness in local communities of potential hazards, it is expected that the short-term impacts
will be slightly adverse. In the long-term, it is expected that the impact will become neutral as
inhabitants get used to the safety and security procedures and apply them in their daily lives
(Table 4.6).
4.3.14.3 Malaria Risks from the Reservoir and Population Influx
Project Activities Affecting Malaria Risk
The water supply reservoir may offer a habitat for mosquitoes and in turn represent an increased
risk of malaria in the area. At the same time, malaria is a common and serious disease in Guinea
and therefore already poses a risk to the Sangardi refinery workforce, some of who will be
coming from outside the area and/or country. Moreover, influx of workers from other parts of
West Africa and the world can introduce new strains of malaria (see also Section 4.3.13.5).
Potential Impacts to Malaria Risk
Malaria is a common and serious tropical disease. It is a protozoal infection transmitted to human
beings by mosquitoes biting mainly between sunset and sunrise. Human malaria is caused by
four species of Plasmodium protozoa and the most serious of these species is found in Guinea.
Increased malaria risk will most likely be an issue for employees working during the
construction phase of the Project, where large numbers of workers from outside the area and/or
country will be present at the site. Residents that may be near to the water supply reservoir or
other ponds once they are constructed may also face an increased risk of being bitten by
mosquitoes transmitting the Plasmodium protozoa.
Mitigation Measures for Malaria Risk
The Project has developed a Malaria Prevention Policy that falls under the Zero Accidents
philosophy of the Project. In addition, the Project has developed a Malaria Management
Program as part of its Health, Safety, and Security Management Plan (Implementation Plan,
Volume 3) to achieve and maintain the goal of zero cases of malaria in employees and
contractors for all phases of the Project including operations. The malaria control program is
applicable to all Project personnel who travel to or reside in Guinea and/or locations where
malaria is known to be a significant health risk. The core program elements include the A-B-C-
D program that addresses:

409
A Awareness and education measures;
B Bite avoidance and the use of personal protective measures and
environmental controls in living and work areas;
C Chemoprophylaxis issuance and use to all employees; and
D Diagnosis in an expedient manner with ready access to proper medical
care and facilities.
Since the program relies on comprehension and compliance by all personnel, special emphasis is
given to risk awareness training and modification of risk behavior. Additionally, the core
program elements include monitoring and measurement of program effectiveness and specific
requirements for subcontractors.
Subcontractors working in malaria areas on behalf of GAC or its contractors are required to
protect their employees through the mandatory development and implementation of a malaria
control program, which shall be as stringent as and consistent with the recommendations of the
Malaria Management Program.
The Social Investment Plan being developed by GAC describes a combined national program, in
association with BHP Billiton and the GoG that will address vector control and distribution of
impregnated mosquito nets. Pilot programs are currently in place in the Boffa and Lola regions,
and will role over to the refinery site near Sangardi in 2008. The vector control program for
GAC will cover the Project footprint as well as adjacent villages, but the BHP Billiton impacted
areas cover larger regions of the country. The program is designed to capture synergies with the
Government Health Department program. Currently, Government employees actually do the
vector control spraying after being trained by the Company (further details on the SIP are
described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
Design and construction of the water supply reservoir will also consider risks associated with
stagnant water and mosquitoes. GAC will undertake discussions with the EPCM contractor on
this issue and will monitor the presence of vector borne diseases in the reservoir. The Project
will explore options to minimize mosquito proliferation such as the introduction of fish to eat the
larvae, and other biological controls.

410
Residual Impacts to Malaria Risk
It is expected that with mitigation measures and support programs, potentially adverse impacts
will be moderate in the short-term. Improved health care capacity for the region and increased
public awareness is expected to offset long-term adverse effects, and the long-term impact is
therefore expected to be positive (Table 4.6).
4.3.14.4 HIV/AIDS, other STDs, and other Communicable Diseases
Project Activities Affecting Communicable Diseases
Despite preferential hiring practices for resettled households and local residents, the Project will
still import labor and stimulate associated influx (see Section 4.3.13.5). There will be camps to
house workers during construction, as well as a housing development in Bok to provide housing
and utilities for workers from outside the immediate area (Section 3.3.2). The camps will be
located within the vicinity of local villages and traditional lands. Influx, including a large
workforce that is predominantly male is often associated with activities that include alcohol/drug
abuse, prostitution, and an increase in STDs and other communicable diseases.
Potential Impacts of Communicable Diseases
The arrival of several thousands of workers and other in-migrants to the Project area could
increase the risk of transmission of HIV/AIDS, other sexually transmitted diseases (STDs), and
other communicable diseases among workers and in the surrounding communities.
The risk of the spread of STDs is likely to be more prevalent during the construction phase, when
the temporary workforce is the greatest. The magnitude of the impact will depend on factors
such as the origin, health status, and length of stay of workers; the decision to accommodate their
family members or not; the management of migration influx into the area; the control of contacts
between workers and non-workers; the health services provided; and the level of awareness
among workers and non-workers. Additionally, infected workers may eventually move to other
regions, thus the potential risk for the spreading of the disease is a serious issue and should be
viewed at a larger scale, requiring careful planning.
The presence of large numbers of workers, as well as induced migration, may increase the
prevalence of these diseases among communities and the workforce. The usual conditions
associated with opportunistic in-migration - unsafe water, unsanitary conditions, and large
numbers of people living in close quarters - exacerbate transmission of diseases such as cholera,
tuberculosis, hepatitis, and typhoid.

411
Mitigation Measures for Communicable Diseases
The Social Investment Plan being developed by GAC will focus on ensuring that community
health is improved either directly through projects such as community clinic construction or
indirectly by assisting national hospitals to improve management processes. GAC contributions
will include funding for equipment and capacity building of hospital management teams (advice,
planning, administration), resource management, budgeting, management training, hygiene
training, etc. Regional emergency response collaboration will also be developed. GAC will
support programs aimed at improving prevention and management measures for several of the
most prevalent diseases, including HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases. The GAC
community program will address HIV/AIDS with awareness and prevention training, counseling,
and peer educator training for employees, NGOs, and communities. The approach will be
regional and directed primarily at the Sangardi Kamsar corridor.
Additionally, GAC will implement a HIV/AIDS program to protect company workers and their
families against HIV/AIDS by setting up a workplace HIV/AIDS program with prevention and
management measures and voluntary testing. The program will also offer the surrounding
population similar preventative measures and will conduct epidemiological surveillance in the
Project area. GAC will adopt several internal procedures and initiatives that promote improved
public health and management of the risks of STDs and communicable diseases transmission.
GAC has developed workforce management procedures and codes of conduct that include
regulations that reduce high-risk activities (e.g., drug abuse and prostitution), as well as worker
behavior in the workers village and within the local villages.
GAC has employed an HIV/AIDS Program Officer who will establish and implement the
programs for HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases for the Project. This officer will
ensure coordination of any Project activities with the National Committee of Faith against AIDS,
the ministerial bodies, specialized NGOs, the local sub-prefecture, and relevant international
organizations responsible for programs to combat HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases
in the population.
In late 2007, GAC initiated a partnership with Health Focus, an international NGO operating in
Guinea, to develop its HIV/AIDS program in the field to implement specific intervention
strategies and training for the expanding workforce and within local and regional communities.
A detailed implementation plan for this program is in progress. Further details on the SIP are
described in the Implementation Plan, Volume 3.

412
Residual Impacts of Communicable Diseases
Potentially adverse impacts will be moderate in the short term. Improved health care capacity
for the region and increased public awareness are expected to offset long-term adverse effects,
and the long-term impact is therefore expected to decrease to slightly adverse.
4.3.14.5 Increased Traffic and Traffic-Related Incidents
Project Activities Affecting Traffic
Construction of the Project refinery facilities includes the implementation of access roads and
railway upgrades. These improvements include upgrading the existing road to the refinery area
through the Mobhi Valley from National Route 22, and construction of the following new roads:
4 km access road extension connecting the Mobhi valley road to the refinery area;
2 km access road from the refinery to the water supply reservoir dam; and
1 km access road from the refinery access road to the proposed landfill and recycling
site.
Approximately 60 km of additional haul roads will also be developed during the operational life
of the Project for transportation of bauxite ore to the refinery (although these will be internal to
the site).
A new, 14 km rail spur will be constructed from the existing Sangardi - Kamsar mainline to the
refinery site. The existing regional rail infrastructure currently handles 6 bauxite ore trains per
day (12 passages) making the roundtrip between Sangardi and Kamsar. Project implementation
will require an additional two roundtrips (4 passages) per day at initial output and three round
trips per day if it is expanded.
The refinery development will result in an increase in vehicular and rail traffic on local access
corridors and in particular, the frequency of traffic passing by residents at the major points of
Project access. This increased traffic will result from a variety of materials and supplies being
brought to and from the Project site, including process chemicals and hazardous materials such
as fuels and solvents.
Potential Impacts from Traffic
The new roads will likely have some positive economic impacts for local and regional
communities since they will improve the transportation of goods and people towards the main

413
road between Kamsar and Sangardi. Residents may be able to increase their revenues from
selling perishable commodities such as fruit, as they will be able to transport their produce from
the valley in a more timely fashion. The new access roads may also improve access to some
services, such as health facilities. Moreover, the access roads will be beneficial in reducing the
isolation of certain communities in the region.
However, access roads will be shared with a range of traffic, including school children, bicycles,
motorcycles, and large trucks. The increased traffic is likely to cause severe safety risks and
nuisance impacts, especially during market days and in congested areas.
Where Project access and haul roads cross traditional footpaths, additional potential for accidents
exists. Increased traffic and the introduction of large vehicles will increase the risk of injury to
local people. In addition, accidents along transportation arterials could result in the spillage of
process chemicals and/or hazardous materials during transport to/from the Project site, although
the majority of such supplies are currently anticipated to be brought in by rail to the refinery.
Train traffic will also affect local villagers, especially those living in the Mobhi Valley.
Residents of Mobhi NDantari, Mobhi Kansihi, and Mobhi Nioudihoun have expressed
significant concerns about the railway and related public safety issues, including:
Safety for children and elderly;
Loss of livestock due to collisions with trains and lack of fair compensation for the
loss of animals; and
Accidents and consequences of a chemical or petroleum spill.
Impacts associated with noise and vibration impacts from traffic are described in Section 4.3.2.
Mitigation Measures for Traffic
To minimize the Projects use of local roads, bauxite required by the refinery will be transported
on a dedicated haul roads located on the plateaus. Haul roads are internal to the Project site and
will not be accessed by local people.
The Project will develop a Traffic and Vehicle Movement Management Plan and a Railway and
Rolling Stock Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3) that aim to limit health and
safety risks posed by increased road and rail traffic and the potential for traffic accidents, both
with nearby residents and to the public in general. The Project will develop standard operating

414
procedures to define safe vehicle/rail operating arrangements. The traffic and railway
management procedures will include emergency response plans in case of injuries and in case of
traffic fatalities.
Community liaison teams will identify communities located within close proximity of the
railway line. Monitoring of the traffic safety performance and its impacts on nearby neighbors
will be accomplished through the stakeholder engagement program, and adjustments to the
traffic management system will be made as needed, based on the issues identified through this
consultative process. Specific mitigation measures for the traffic management system will be
developed in consultation with the villagers, such as those related to safety of children and the
elderly, potential livestock collisions, and train or vehicle accidents. A community training
program that addresses traffic safety awareness related to the Project will be conducted with
local communities.
GAC expects to use outside service contractors for the transportation of most of the materials
and supplies that will be delivered to and from the Project. Companies or individuals who are
retained by GAC to transport goods to and from the refinery site will be contractually required to
provide documentation demonstrating that reasonable and appropriate emergency plans are in
place that are specific to the mode and route of transportation. As part of the contract
arrangements, GAC will assess the suppliers emergency response programs relative to
emergency response commitments made in the Traffic and Vehicle Movement Management Plan
and Railway and Rolling Stock Management Plan (Implementation Plan, Volume 3).
Residual Impacts to Traffic
With the appropriate implementation of traffic management procedures, it is expected that the
short-term impacts will be moderately adverse, since people currently live and reside in close
proximity to roads and the railway, including within the right-of-way exclusion zone. In the
long-term, it is expected that the impact will decrease to slightly adverse to neutral as inhabitants
get used to the safety and security procedures and apply them in their daily lives (Table 4.6).
4.3.14.6 Flyrock and Other Issues from Blasting Activities
Project Activities Producing Blasting Activities
The mine will be established to supply bauxite of the necessary quality and quantity required for
the refinery at Sangardi. The ore will come from deposits within GACs concession, and
bauxite extraction will require drilling and blasting. Current expectations are for blasting to

415
occur once a week for mining. Blasting will also occur during road construction in rocky
substratum where conventional grading is not possible and at the dolerite quarry.
Potential Impacts of Blasting Activities
Blasting can have adverse impacts to the surrounding villages if blasting procedures are not
implemented with strict safety rules and regulations, and do not include a communications
program to notify the local population of upcoming blasting events. The villages of Filo Bowal
Mandgodie, Lop, and Botor are situated near future potential bauxite mining areas that may
require blasting.
Blasting close to villages could result in damage to houses and other assets from flyrock and
vibration, as well as injury to inhabitants or livestock. Disruption to daily habits and potential
accidents and startling of livestock and wildlife may also occur. Impacts related to noise and
vibration from blasting are addressed in Section 4.3.2.
Mitigation Measures for Blasting Activities
Mitigation measures will include the use of appropriate blasting procedures and techniques
focused on the safety of employees, local inhabitants, and public assets. All contractors will be
required to obtain approval from GAC prior to any blasting activities. Strict safety rules will be
implemented in accordance with GIIP standards and an employee training program and special
precautions for employees and local inhabitants.
The mining zone is typically far from populated areas but procedures will be developed to
protect the general public when blasting is occurring. GAC and its contractors will develop and
implement blasting procedures that will include consideration of:
Sounding warning sirens and placing monitors to protect the general public and any
nearby structures from flyrock when blasting is occurring;
Scheduling blasting activities on a regular basis and during daylight hours to the
extent practical, and publicizing blasting schedules to further decrease the potential
for disruption of the general public;
Regulating drill spacing based on blast results to achieve the optimal degree of
fragmentation for bauxite extraction;
Carefully regulating explosive use to reduce the potential from flyrock associated
with excessive explosive charge;

416
Stemming blast holes to further reduce the potential for flyrock;
Maintaining a safe blast radius around blasting. All blasts will have an exclusion (or
evacuation) zone established prior to firing of the shot. The size of the exclusion
zone shall be such that all fly and associated debris is contained within the zone, as
well as consideration on impacts of blast environmental limits on humans and where
required, animals. The size of the blast radius exclusion zone is directly related to the
blasting activity and the surrounding environment. Access within the security
perimeter will be prohibited until the security agents declare that there is no more
danger from blasting; and
Instituting a communication program to alert and inform the local population of
blasting activities.
A complaints and grievance process (Stakeholder Engagement Plan, Volume 4) is in place to
monitor and control damage to public assets and/or the interruption of livelihoods (and
inhabitants) activities due to blasting. Damage complaints will be compared against a baseline
(such as pre-blasting photos). The Project will conduct at least quarterly evaluations of the
complaints and grievances process to determine whether the mitigation measures are working.
The explosives program will be periodically reviewed with participation from the local
population.
Residual Impacts of Blasting Activities
With the effective implementation of safety procedures for blasting activities and a notification
program for local villagers, the impact will be neutral in the short-term and long-term (Table
4.6).
4.3.14.7 Presence of Security Personnel
Project Activities Utilizing Security Personnel
Since the refinery site and associated facilities are within relatively close proximity to local
inhabitants, security will be required to restrict access to construction areas and operational
facilities throughout the life of the Project. Security personnel who patrol/manage construction
areas as well as the mining zones and refinery facilities will be essential to ensure the safety and
security of employees, the public, and Project equipment and assets. GAC will use external,
unarmed private security providers to supply security personnel and associated arrangements for
the Project. Based on the current social situation, there is no need for armed security forces at
the Project or in the local communities to assure worker and public safety.

417
Potential Impacts of Security Personnel
The presence of security personnel in the local community could result in conflict or similar
situations between the different groups. Local residents may feel frustrated by being prevented
access to Project areas, even if compensation has been paid for land for example, or other
agreements have been made.
At the same time, the use of private (or public) security forces can sometimes lead to abuses
against members of the public, under the appearance of Project security requirements. If security
providers and personnel are not adequately assessed in terms of their ability to provide an
appropriate level of security for the risks involved and their track record in upholding human
rights for example, the Project may engage with people or companies who they would otherwise
consider undesirable contractors. There are known examples where mining and other industrial
companies have inadvertently funded militia or similar groups to act as security for their
projects, leading to a range of adverse impacts.
Mitigation Measures for Security Personnel
GAC is committed to ensuring that the safeguarding of personnel and property is carried out in
compliance with international best practice, and IFC Performance Standard 2. To this end, GAC
will conduct its site security programs at Project facilities in accordance with the guidelines
promulgated by the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights
1

(http://www.voluntaryprinciples.org). GAC and its contractors will require a full security
assessment prior to the engagement of any private security providers for the Project. The
security assessment will include an investigation into the picture on the ground in the region, the
providers history in security and human rights, and the procedures and processes that a provider
proposes to deal with the risks presented by the Project. In accordance with local regulations,
members of the public security force (army) are required to be present during blasting activities,
but will not otherwise be engaged with site security provision and will be stationed in Sangardi.
Security providers will be required to set out their plans for providing an appropriate level of
security for the risks involved with the Project, their rules of engagement for the services
required, how they will maintain detailed logs and accurate records, and their processes for
responding to any complaints and/or disciplinary incidents that may occur. The Project will
support security providers in offering training in human rights to their personnel based on the

1
The Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights is an initiative that launched in December, 2000
by the US and UK governments, extractives sector multinationals, and NGOs.

418
Voluntary Principles. Contractors will be required to obtain approval from GAC for any security
personnel and related arrangements that they intend to employ on the Project.
GAC will designate a specific team that will be responsible for managing security on behalf of
the Company. The Project will monitor and audit the security arrangements of any providers at
least annually. The complaints and grievances process (SEP, Volume 4) will be used to allow
the affected community to express concerns about the security arrangements and acts of security
personnel.
Residual Impacts from Security Personnel
In the short and long-term security related to the Project is expected to have a neutral impact
providing that adequate measures are defined for screening of security providers, management of
security arrangements, and for periodic review of their performance (Table 4.6).
4.3.14.8 Water Reservoir and Dam Safety
Project Activities Involving the Reservoir and Dams
The water supply dam and reservoir will provide process water to the refinery, makeup water to
the power plant (via the refinery), and potable water to the refinery and workers camps. The
reservoirs preliminary design calls for an embankment height of about 30 meters to store 8.1
million cubic meters of water. Both the dam height and storage volume oblige its consideration
as a large dam for safety purposes. The location of the village downstream of the structure gives
this structure a high-hazard classification from the engineering design perspective.
Potential Impacts from the Reservoir and Dams
The upper end of the Tiouladiwol valley is the customary property of the village of Mobhi. A
number of families share the plantations inside the limits of the future reservoir. Also, the
Tiouladiwol provides drinking water of good quality during the wet season to the population
using the farmlands, and to the inhabitants of Sinthiourou Tiouladi, who draw good quality
drinking water year round from a spring.
The existence of the water reservoir may impact the safety of the surrounding population.
Accidents to transhumant inhabitants or animals could occur as well as incidents related to the
infrastructure of the reservoir (dam). Potential impacts from water-borne diseases are addressed
in Section 4.3.14.3.

419
Mitigation Measures for the Reservoir and Dams
High-hazard dams are required to take extra precautions to assure the structural stability of the
embankment against potential failure. It is noted that there are many large, high-hazard dams
existing in the world that provide safe and stable storage when the necessary precautions have
been taken as part of the design, construction and operation of the reservoir.
The reservoir will be designed to international standards given the high-hazard classification
and with due consideration for GACs Risk Management Policy (Implementation Plan,
Appendix A). The facility is designed to remain safe and stable and provide full containment
during the design seismic event and also for the 24-hour probable maximum flood design storm
event. In addition, structures have been designed to safely contain or pass the probable
maximum precipitation event.
Given that the facility is a large dam with a high hazard classification, GAC will retain
qualified engineers to oversee the final design and construction of the water supply reservoir
embankment. Because the structure is key to operations as well as to the long-term post-Project
land use planning, GAC will complete the final design and disseminate the design information to
interested stakeholders, governing agencies, and Project investors, as appropriate.
To confirm dam safety on an ongoing basis, GAC and a qualified geotechnical engineer will
conduct dam safety reviews at least every four months during the design and construction of the
Water Supply Reservoir and on an annual basis, or other frequency as deemed appropriate based
on previous reviews and site-specific conditions, once the facilities are constructed and
commissioned. The results of this review will be included in the HSEC Annual Report (Volume
3 Implementation Plan) for the Project.
During operations, permitting local use of the reservoir for fishing and domestic needs could
provide a positive impact over the short term. Adequate measures to ensure the safety of
vulnerable people (e.g., children, the elderly) and exclusion to the extent practical of livestock
from the margins of the reservoir will be necessary if local (non-Project) use of the reservoir is
permitted. GAC will initiate discussions regarding opportunities or desires to use the reservoir
for such or similar purposes as part of the stakeholder engagement program (Stakeholder
Engagement Plan, Volume 4). These discussions will also include culturally appropriate and
effective ways of ensuring personal and animal safety around the filled reservoir. GAC will
implement a program of awareness-raising and information provision in communities affected by
potential safety issues related to the water reservoir.

420
Residual Impacts
In the short-term the construction and operation of the water supply reservoir is expected to have
a neutral impact on community safety providing that adequate measures are followed for
periodic third-party dam safety inspections, maintenance and repair of reservoir facilities, and
safety awareness-raising for local communities. Should GAC and Project stakeholders (local
residents and government) decide to turn over the water supply reservoir to local control post-
closure, the presence of a year-round source of potable water would prove to be a long-term
positive impact of Project development, again providing that adequate measures are maintained
for the reservoir facilities, including periodic dam inspections (Table 4.6).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated health and safety impacts, relevant

421
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Health and Safety
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Define all potential hazards and exposure pathways in the
Project Health, Safety, and Security Management Plan.
Implement the Emergency Response and Incident Plan.
Provide occupational medical monitoring for all employees.
Provide sufficient personal protection equipment for all
employees.
Provide emergency response and prevention equipment where
necessary.
Make sure all employees and contractor personnel on site are
current and sufficiently trained and qualified in health and safety.
Provide additional and refresher training to all employees.
Implement all aspects of the Waste Management Plan.
Implement all aspects of the Spill Prevention and Response
Plan.
Maintain a safe and clean work environment.
Occupational
Hazards
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E X X N N
Perform regular inspections and audits to ensure all aspects
described above are current and working.
Health, Safety, and
Security Management
Plan, Emergency
Response and Incident
Management Plan, Spill
Prevention and
Response Plan, and

Define and demarcate all areas affected by construction and
operations activities.
Use proper construction techniques to minimize and eliminate
offsite disruptions and effects.
Make all access routes, safe, clearly visible, and illuminated.
Notify any potentially affected persons or communities of
possible disruptions well in advance of them occurring.
Offsite
Exposure
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X N M+
Provide awareness training for all nearby persons and
communities
H&S management Plan
and Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

422
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Secure all construction and operations areas from public or
unauthorized access using barriers, fences, security personnel,
etc.
Provide Project liaison staff as needed or requested for all
nearby persons and communities

Implement preventative and mitigation measures for the control
of malaria on site and in communities.
Provide malaria awareness and prevention training for all
employees and communities
Institute a Malaria Management Program.
Work cooperatively with the government to control malaria.
occurrences.
Provide monitoring, training, and education programs to
employees and communities reduce and eliminate the spread of
sexually transmitted diseases.
Provide treatment and preventative measures to employees
and communities.
Transmitted
Health
Hazards
Regional and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X M- M-
Enforce workforce social codes.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan,
Health, Safety, and
Security Management
Plan, Social Investment
Plan, and Resettlement
Action Plan

Transport materials on dedicated roads.
Implement the Traffic and Vehicle Movement Management
Plan.
Implement a traffic monitoring program.
Traffic
Regional and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X M- N
Provide specific training to employees and contractor
personnel.
Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan, and Health, Safety,
and Security
Management Plan

423
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Implement and enforce strict safety rules and regulations.
Inform communities of blasting activities in advance.
Use warning sirens.
Schedule work during daylight hours.
Secure the site prior to performing the work.
Blasting
Activities
Operation of
the Project
E, R X N N
Plan.
Health, Safety, and
Security Management
Plan and Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Require a full security assessment prior to the engagement of
any private or public security providers for the Project.
Require contractors to abide by all security policies and
procedures set out for the Project including the undertaking a
security assessment
Designate a specific person/team to be responsible for
managing security on behalf of the Project.
Plan.
Presence of
Security
Personnel
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X N N
Plan.
Health, Safety, and
Security Management
Plan and Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Design the reservoir with appropriate safety factors and have
established dam safety protocols.
Install sufficient safety measures in the event public access and
use is allowed.
Initiate discussions regarding opportunities or desires to use the
reservoir for public purposes during stakeholder engagement and
public consultation activities.
Water Supply
Reservoir and
Dam Safety
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X
M- to
N
N
Implement an awareness-raising and information program with
communities affected by potential safety issues.
Integrate during Dam
Design and Construction;
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

424


R =
residents

E =
Employees


N = neutral



425
4.3.15 Infrastructure / Services
Development of the mine and refinery Project will require the use of some local infrastructure
including roads, railway, and power lines. At the same time, there will be construction activities
in close proximity to local infrastructure and services, and these will require careful planning to
avoid any disruption/damage to these components. Some of the impacts related to infrastructure
and services are addressed in other sections such as those related to influx and infrastructure and
services pressure (see Section 4.3.13.5) and traffic associated with new roads (see Section
4.3.14.5). Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Damage / Disruption of infrastructure and services; and
Access restrictions and diversions (for local villages).
Mitigation and management measures for this section focus on working with local and regional
Government to minimize disruption to community infrastructure and services. GAC shall also
aim to provide feasible and acceptable alternatives to any restrictions to access routes and roads
that may be required due to Project activities.
4.3.15.1 Disruption/Damage to Infrastructure and Services
Project Activities Affecting Infrastructure and Services Continuity
GAC and its contractors will need to utilize existing infrastructure and services from time to time
in advance of dedicated Project components being developed (e.g., telephone lines, electricity).
There will be trucks and other vehicles on regional and local roads between Sangardi and the
Project site. At the same time, there will be major earthworks, blasting, and other activities by
various contractors within close proximity to local villages, which may require diversion of, or
result in accidental damage to, local infrastructure and services.
Potential Impacts to Infrastructure and Services Continuity
GAC will aim to have no net loss in relation to local infrastructure and services, which means
that the Project will aim to result in no reduction in the quality, quantity or availability of
existing local infrastructure. The refinery intends to have its own power plant for operations and
the water reservoir will be used for water supply. However, prior to establishment of dedicated
plant and equipment for the Project, GAC or its contractors may need to use some local
infrastructure and services, such as wastewater facilities, power, and water supplies. In the
refinery site area there is a severe shortage of most basic services such as electricity and
telecommunications and a general lack of any modern infrastructure. At the same time, activities

426
near (or across) roads, wells and other water sources, irrigation systems, pipelines, and any other
community infrastructure may result in accidental damage if appropriate procedures are not in
place to identify these assets in advance and avoid them.
Local people rely heavily on these basic infrastructure and services and any disruption due to the
Project could result in significant frustration for local people, loss of income due to lack of
supply of services to undertake subsistence or economic activities, or reduced access to
education, health, or other emergency services.
Mitigation Measures for Infrastructure and Services Continuity
Power Use by Construction Facilities
During construction, the electric power requirements will be provided by temporary onsite diesel
power-generating plants. The total power requirement during construction peak will be on the
order of 12 to 15 MW. The Project will collaborate with relevant government authorities where
any power will be required through the national grid to ensure there is no adverse impact on
local/national supply.
Other Infrastructure and Services Provided by the Project
The Project will develop a single sanitary landfill for use during the construction and operation
phases of the Project (Section 3.8.5.2). On a preliminary basis, sanitary wastewater from the
construction camps will be treated with modular biological-disc units (or equivalent) so that the
effluent meets the World Bank Group standards (see Section 2.6.1.3).
Construction contractors will provide their own self-contained health and fire protection services
for the duration of their activities.
Housing and related recreational facilities will be provided through the construction camps and
other housing strategies developed by GAC for construction and operations (see Section 3.3.1).
Avoiding Disruption/Damage to Community Infrastructure and Services
The EPCM Contractor (and sub-contractors) is expected to identify in advance where there will
be activities near (or across) roads, wells and other water sources, telephone lines, electricity
facilities, irrigation systems, pipelines, and any other community infrastructure. Contractors are
expected to cross these facilities in full agreement with their owners and without causing
disruption or damage.

427
In the event that planned diversion of infrastructure or services is required (e.g., diversion of
electricity supplies in an area) this will be identified by GAC and its contractors in advance. All
planned diversions will be communicated to local authorities and communities prior to the actual
works being undertaken. The timing and duration of the diversion will be agreed between the
contractor and the affected party.
Contractors will be responsible for effecting repairs of any accidental disruption or damage
caused by their activities and/or shall provide appropriate compensation in agreement with local
authorities and affected parties. Contractors are required to notify GAC of any disruption or
damage caused to local infrastructure or services through the Project incident reporting
procedures. Contractors must also inform the authorities of the affected communities of the
reason for the disruption/damage and work with the owner to complete repairs as quickly as
possible.
Residual Impacts to Infrastructure and Services Continuity
Disruption or damage to local infrastructure and services is expected to be only slightly adverse
providing that contractors take appropriate precautions to avoid accidental damage and advise
communities if there are any planned disruptions. Improvements to roads and provision of new
community infrastructure such as health centers and mosques is expected to offset any long-term
impacts associated with infrastructure and services that may arise from the Project (Table 4.6).
4.3.15.2 Access Restrictions and Diversions
Project Activities Affecting Access
The refinery Project development will require the acquisition of land and associated access
routes used by local communities for agricultural, pastoral, and other daily activities. Directly
affected people will be compensated for the loss of land, assets, and income related to land
acquired by the Project; however there will likely be ongoing restrictions to access within the
general area that may affect inhabitants. Particularly during construction activities there may be
a need for planned diversions to roads and other access routes when major equipment and
supplies are being transported to or from the area.
Potential Impacts to Access
During the construction phase, construction of roads, pipelines, and other infrastructure will limit
access for inhabitants in the local area. This situation may also accentuate the conflicts of land
use already present in the region between the farmers and pasturalists. The refinery will also

428
require a permanent detour to foot traffic to go around the perimeter. At the same time, there
may also be some temporary road closures required throughout the construction period, for
example during blasting and during transport of large equipment or supplies for safety or other
purposes. Haul roads and mining areas may disrupt traditional footpaths or access routes over
the course of the Projects operational life as well.
Mitigation Measures for Access
Construction sites and operational facilities will be clearly demarcated. GAC and its contractors
(with assistance from community liaison teams) will be responsible for identifying the need for
crossing points and reaching agreement with landowners, land users (including pasturalists), and
communities on the most appropriate quantities and locations to ensure that disruption is
minimized. Temporary pasturage for herds during construction activities has been negotiated as
shown in Figure 4.28. For safety reasons, specifically excluded areas for grazing during
construction and operations will be designated as shown on Figures 4.29 and 4.30, respectively.
Access routes for villagers will be maintained with safety taken into account (e.g., safe, clearly
visible, and illuminated access routes). Additional access routes will be created by the Project if
necessary. Where feasible, design of Project components will specifically take community and
livestock access into account, such as by designing livestock access points beneath the elevated
water pipeline from the reservoir to the refinery at regular intervals.
The Traffic and Vehicle Movement Management (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) will also
address how to manage temporary diversions that may be required to local transport routes.
GAC and its contractors will identify road diversions required in advance of road closures.
Community liaison teams will consult with communities about access restrictions and will
inform them at least 3 days in advance. Diversions will be properly signposted and alternative
routes will always be available. This will include existing alternative roads as well as any routes
specifically constructed by contractors. Where road or access routes cross the Project areas, the
responsible contractor will be required to provide and maintain safe diversions, temporary
bridges, traffic controls, barricades, signs, and warning lights as may be required. The mode for
compensation of pasture lands and associated loss of access issues is provided in the RAP
(Volume 5).

429
Residual Impacts to Access
During construction, access restrictions and road diversions could have a moderately adverse
impact on inhabitants. However, providing that appropriate compensations are paid for pastures
and alternative access routes and roads are established, the impact is expected to be reduced to
slightly adverse in the short-term. No long-term impacts are expected (Table 4.6).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated infrastructure impacts, relevant

430
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Infrastructure
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Collaborate with relevant government authorities when any
power will be required through the national grid to ensure there is
no adverse impact on local/national supply.
Develop a single sanitary landfill for use during the construction
and operation phases of the Project.
Require all construction contractors to provide their own self-
contained health and fire protection services for the duration of
their activities
Provide workforce housing with construction camps and other
housing for construction and operations.
Require the EPCM contractor (and sub-contractors) to identify
in advance where there will be activities near (or across) roads,
telephone lines, electricity facilities, irrigation systems, pipelines
and any other community infrastructure. Contractors are
expected to cross these facilities in full agreement with their
owners and without causing disruption or damage.
Require contractors to repair any accidental disruption or
damage caused by their activities and/or provide appropriate
compensation in agreement with local authorities and affected
parties.
Require contractors to notify GAC of any disruption or damage
caused to local infrastructure or services through the Project
incident reporting procedures.

Contractors must also inform the authorities of the affected
communities of the reason for the disruption/damage and work
with the owner to complete repairs as quickly as possible.
Damaged or
Disrupted
Infrastructure
and Access
Restrictions
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R X X M- M- to
N
Integrate during
Construction and
Operations; Traffic and
Vehicle Movement
Management Plan;
Health, Safety, and
Security Management
Plan; and Stakeholder
Engagement
Management Plan

431
Refinery Area Impact Summary - Infrastructure
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Construction sites and operational facilities will be clearly
demarcated. GAC and its contractors with assistance from
community liaison teams will be responsible for identifying the
need for crossing points and reaching agreement with
landowners, land users (including pasturalists) and communities.
Access routes for villagers will be maintained with safety taken
into account (e.g. safe, clearly visible and illuminated access
routes).
The Traffic and Vehicle Movement Management Plan will
address how to manage temporary diversions that may be
required to local transport routes. GAC and its contractors will
identify road diversions required in advance of road closures.
Community liaison teams will consult with communities about
access restrictions and will inform them at least 3 days in
advance. Diversions will be properly signposted and alternatively
routes will always be available.


R =
residents



N = neutral



432
5.0 Port Area Baselines and Impact Assessment
5.1 Existing Environmental Conditions
The study area for the Projects port development is located in the under-prefecture of Kamsar,
Bok Prefecture, in the northern part of Maritime Guinea. The city and port of Kamsar are
located on the east bank of the Rio Nuez, approximately 17 km from its mouth on the Atlantic
Ocean, at an elevation ranging from 1 to 12 masl.
Literature and field social and environmental baseline studies were initiated in 2001 for the
Project. Field investigations included noise monitoring, water quality sampling, and biological
field studies, as well as extensive stakeholder consultation activities, primarily associated with
anticipated physical and economic displacement resulting from port area Project implementation.
Resettlement and compensation activities are largely completed in the port area.
5.1.1 Environmental Zone of Influence
The Projects environmental zone of influence for all environmental parameters is considered to
extend upriver approximately 1 km from the mouth of Dougoufissa Creek, south to Taigb
Island, and from the Rio Nuez approach channel eastward to include the Dougoufissa Creek
drainage (Figure 5.1).
5.1.2 Climate and Meteorology
Maritime Guinea experiences a Sudano-Guinean tropical climate with two seasons dry and
rainy, featuring abundant precipitation during the rainy season. At the port site, the dry season
lasts from mid-November through May, with the rainy season typically stretching from June to
November. This region of the country has the highest precipitation levels in Guinea, recording
an average of 2,000 to 4,000 mm of rainfall per year and high temperatures all year long.
Monthly precipitation data presented in the following table for the port area were obtained from
CBG-Kamsar for the period of 1981 through 1997, and from Kawass Airport in Kamsar for the
period of 1998 to 2001. As the following table shows, most precipitation occurs during the
months of July and August, when it rains almost every day. Over the last 20 years, the average
precipitation recorded at Kamsar in July and August is 778 and 816 mm, respectively. In
comparison, during the dry season months of January, February, and March, there has been no
rainfall recorded for the same 20-year period. At the beginning of the dry season in November

433
(average precipitation 48.6 mm), the humidity falls quickly under the drying effect of the warm
north-eastern desert wind called the Harmattan that blows from the Sahara region.
5.1.2.2 Temperature
During the June to October rainy season, temperatures vary from 17 to 38C, with the average
temperature ranging between 20 and 28C. Dry season (November thru May) temperatures
range from 15 to 42C, with averages between 20 and 35C.
5.1.2.3 Winds
During the rainy season, the wind direction varies from south to west, and the wind speed varies
from 12 to 50 kilometers per hour (kph). During the dry season, predominant winds are light
southwest to west breezes, with speeds varying from 1 to 19 kph, although the influence of the
Harmattan is also felt.

434
Total Monthly Precipitation (mm) for Kamsar (1981-2001)
Year Total
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No.
Day
Amt
(mm)
No. Day
Amt
(mm)
1981 14 265 904 556 659 168 61 2,627
1982 10 13 186 542 1182 464 242 97 2,736
1983 64 461 851 1067 477 209 37 3,166
1984 22 71 300 399 444 202 121 5 1,564
1985 3 41 246 626 658 624 293 15 2,506
1986 2 25 267 710 469 605 205 18 2,301
1987 48 392 466 533 353 283 26 2,101
1988 47 211 1084 771 473 231 36 30 2,883
1989 38 185 849 1069 410 288 60 2,899
1990 57 301 1063 652 338 242 25 6 2,684
1991 133 961 954 429 341 29 2,847
1992 18 450 987 847 398 240 96 3,036
1993 2 8 281 686 760 441 157 38 2,373
1994 40 236 861 810 548 281 157 2,933
1995 73 233 522 946 308 217 31 2 2,332
1996 97 151 662 722 420 334 2,386
1997 50 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
1998 4 3 195 11 607 25 1196 27 591 23 76 16 28 5 2,697
1999 84 4 237 15 1048 28 1209 31 501 29 500 24 151 26 3,730
2000 45 8 280 23 957 27 659 30 296 23 259 16 14 5 2,510
2001 26 2 294 17 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
Average 2 41 265 778 816 449 247 49 2 2,649
N/A: not available
August January February March April December
Source: Sangaredi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment (Port Development), SNC-Lavalin, June 2004 (Table 4-1).
* The data for 1981 to 1997 were obtained from CBG-Kamsar (Met-Chem, 1997) and those for 1998 to 2001
were recorded at the airport of Kawass and are a personnal communication from G.F. Cond, meteorologist (2001).
September October November May June July

435
5.1.2.4 Relative Humidity
Relative humidity is highest during the rainy season, when it typically ranges from 70 to 80% in
the daytime and from 90 to 95% at night. In the dry season, daytime relative humidity is
substantially lower, ranging from 30 to 50%. Nighttime dry season relative humidity averages
are only slightly lower than those of the rainy season, ranging from 80 to 90%. Throughout the
year, mornings in the coastal region are often misty.
5.1.2.5 Extreme Climatic Phenomena
Violent thunderstorms are the only extreme climatic phenomena observed. They are
accompanied by strong winds, typically greater than 75 kph. These storms generally occur at the
beginning and at the end of the rainy season, during the months of June and October.
5.1.3 Air Quality
Baseline air quality data was not available for the study area and air quality monitoring was not
included in the field studies undertaken for the port area. General observations made during the
baseline field investigations, as well as input obtained from public consultations in the area,
indicate that emissions from CBGs bauxite crushing and drying plant in Kamsar are the major
factor influencing regional ambient air quality. The dust and smoke plume emitted by the stacks
is visible for long distances, and, depending on the dominant winds, the plume may affect the
urban and surrounding areas. Near the end of the dry season, vehicle and truck traffic on non-
asphalted roads exacerbates the problem by raising additional road dust. During this period,
vegetation is covered with reddish dust, even in places distant from roads. Consultations with
the local populations in both urban and rural areas of the ports zone of environmental influence
raised the issue of existing air quality in Kamsar and the chronic health problems that are
generally attributed to it.
According to CBG, emissions from the plant consist mainly of particles of dried and calcined
bauxite, varying according to the processing rate, the physical quality of the ore, and its moisture
content. Alcoa took over management of CBG in 2004 and among other process improvements
has installed dust-control systems at the Kamsar plant.
Provisions for collecting ambient air quality data including settleable dust and particulate matter
are included in Section 6.6.3 of the Implementation Plan (Volume 3).

436
In general, background noise levels vary from place to place, and are dependent on industrial
activities, the time of day, and the prevailing climatic conditions. Noise baseline surveys were
conducted during the dry season, from April 20-26, 2001 near the sites identified for construction
of the new port development, shown in Figure 5.2. As discussed in Section 4.1.4, noise levels
were compared to IFCs Noise Level Guidelines published in its General Environment, Health,
and Safety Guidelines.
The populated areas that may be affected by noise from the Projects new facilities are mainly
located to the north and northeast of the existing CBG plant. Daytime and night noise levels
were measured in the residential districts of M'Balia, Poutalo, Nord-France, and Dapras. The
duration of the surveys was 20 minutes per station. Additional surveys were conducted to
measure the noise levels resulting from train traffic.
Broadly speaking, daytime noise levels in M'Balia, Poutalo, and Nord-France (L
eq
: 50-60 dBA)
are dominated by traffic noise from the local roads, especially Avenue # 1, which leads to the
port, and the boulevards perpendicular to Avenue #1 (Figure 5.2). The noise level in Dapras is
lower (L
eq
: 43-52 dBA) because it is separated from the town by the elevated railway line, which
acts as a noise barrier along Avenue # 1. The noise from CBGs plant is barely audible during
the day, except in M'Balia where the noise from the crusher and the unloading and marshalling
of wagons is audible but low. On the other hand, the locomotives horns and the noise caused by
the coupling of wagons (44 to 65 dBA) are audible at all surveys points. The noise from the
locomotives horns reaches 80 and 85 dBA, respectively, in Poutalo and Dapras and reached 99
dBA at one location close to the track in Dapras.
At night, the sound level decreases (L
eq
: 40 dBA to 44 dBA) because of the reduced road traffic.
In Dapras, the low and continuous noise from the electric diesel power plant (about 600 m east)
can be heard at night.
A summary of the ambient noise levels recorded is presented in the following table. MBalia
and Dapras noise levels met IFC guidelines for residential areas for both day and night. The
upper range of noise levels measured at Poutalo during both day and night exceeded IFC
guidelines, although the lower part of the noise range levels were within guideline values. The
upper range of Nord-Frances daytime noise level also exceeded IFCs guideline for residential
areas, as did all nighttime noise levels measured there.

437
Measured Ambient Noise Levels in 2001
Equivalent sound level Leq (dBA) Location
Day Night
MBalia 50 42 to 44
Poutalo 53 to 56 43 to 50
Nord-France 50 to 60 49 to 63
Dapras 43 to 52 40 to 45
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment (Port Development), SNC Lavalin, June 2004
(Table 4-2).

Maritime Guinea, located on the plains to the southeast of the Fouta-Djalon foothills, has 300 km
of coastline along the Atlantic Ocean and comprises 17% of the country's surface area. Thirty-
three percent of the countrys population is concentrated in the region, mainly in the capital city
of Conakry.
The port area is located on Guineas coastal plain, in an area including brackish mangrove
swamps, in-filled swamps, and coastal uplands landforms. As sea levels rose during the
Nouakchott Transgression (5.500 to 3,000 years before present), old valleys were sealed,
forming the estuarine zones of the present Maritime Guinea. The flat landscapes surrounding the
Rio Nuez estuary led to the formation of flow variations and numerous tidal channels. These
channels and inlets now form dense networks that contribute to regional drainage as well as the
recurring submersion of these zones by coastal and mainland waters. The hydrological
conditions determine the types of soils that can develop and the vegetation assemblages that
colonize the soils. The port area has little topographic relief, with elevations ranging from 1 to
12 masl across the Projects environmental zone of influence. Elevations gradually increase with
increasing distance from the Rio Nuez.
The coastal plain is dominated by two ecological systems: maritime mangrove swamps and the
shallow littoral waters of the Rio Nuez estuary. Maritime swamps occupy almost the entire
coast of Maritime Guinea from 20 to 80 km inland and covering an area of about 360,000
hectares (ha); of that total area, about 260,000 ha are mangrove swamps - constituting the largest
in Western Africa.

438
In the port study area, a typical succession of mangrove species is present, where Rhizophora
trees first colonize the coast. The stilt root systems of these trees trap sediment from the estuary
drainage network, tides, and river, gradually increasing the land area. Subsequently Avicennia
trees colonize less submerged zones, and grassy or barren uplands are found between the
mangroves and areas with typical terrestrial vegetation, in the areas that are submerged only
during high spring tides. Grassy uplands are surfaces flooded during high tides and colonized by
halophytic grasses, while barren uplands are oversalted, bare stretches that can be submerged
occasionally by high spring tides.
5.1.5.1 Maritime and Littoral Landscape
The Project will be located on the banks of the Rio Nuez whose width is 4.75 km at this
location. In most places, the view of the river is blocked by the continuous littoral mangrove
border. The Kamsar port and most locations with a view of the river on the project site are not
accessible to the general public. Otherwise, the jetty and a quay can be seen in the harbor about
1 km from the riverbank.
From the open sea, the coast appears as a continuous border of mangrove stretching out on either
side of CBGs industrial plant and the various quays of the industrial port. The mangrove forests
form a relatively dense cover with an average height of 10 meters, from which emerge some
palm oil trees that grow in the drier, higher areas. Mangroves are taller on the edges of channels
and tidal creeks that flow through the littoral areas. The large CBG bauxite processing plant
with its tall chimneys and stack emission plumes dominates the regional skyline.
During the dry season, the landscape is reddish due to the dust produced by CBGs bauxite
processing plant.
5.1.5.2 Rural and Agricultural Landscapes
Taigb Island (Figure 5.1) offers simple views of a pastoral landscape, with large areas of rice
fields crossed by dikes and a few temporary straw huts used seasonally. Numerous rice fields
are uncultivated and covered with grass. In other areas, mangrove tree stumps that remained
after clearing are scattered over the parcels. Most hamlets and villages consist of traditional
straw-roofed huts built of earth and grouped together in the shade of mango trees. Around the
villages, fruit and palm oil trees are planted without any apparent organization.

439
5.1.5.3 Urban Landscape
Kamsar Cit is an industrial town, designed and planned according to western standards with
paved, straight, wide streets lined with trees. Residential areas are grouped according to house
model and style, which correspond to a certain hierarchy of CBG employees. Walls or fences
surround properties. Services and recreational spaces are grouped together on a few streets.
In comparison, the surrounding urban districts along the national road have a totally different
appearance from Kamsar Cit. Streets are unpaved and the districts were developed on both
sides of the railway line without planning or organization. The layout of houses is much less
dense. Small shops are located along the road and the railway, which represent the heart of
activities in these districts. All kinds of commercial, sport, agricultural, and other activities take
place on the railway line right-of-way, which is sometimes also used as a dump.
5.1.6 Coastal and Marine Geology
A characterization of bottom sediments was conducted in the Rio Nuez estuary before the
construction of CBGs bauxite jetty. The results of that study show the complexity of the
estuarys geologic stratification. The faulted Lower Paleozoic bedrock of the coastal area is
encountered in boreholes at more than 40 m below the bottom of the estuary. A superficial
laterite layer, normally 1 to 2 m thick, but no thicker than 3 m, overlies the bedrock, and is in
turn covered by littoral sediments up to 40 thick of varying degrees of compression, including
loose laterite gravels, hard laterite slabs, and slightly consolidated sand and clay.
The Dougoufissa shoal, on the east bank of the Rio Nuez, just upstream of the Kamsar port, is
made of clays and old, hardened estuarine deposits covered with a laterite layer 1 to 2 m thick.
The harbor of Kamsar is located within a depression in the old estuarine deposits. This
depression is covered with a layer at least 1 m thick of very soft mud locally called poto-poto.
More recent geologic data for the Point Zebra headland, located approximately 8 km upstream of
Kamsar (Posford-Duvivier, 1988), are available. Although surficial estuarine sediments are
subject to active dynamics and their characteristics may vary from place to place over short
distances, the deeper sedimentary strata are certainly more consistent. The Point Zebra survey
showed a varied sequence of sands, silt, and clays that are characteristic of the complex deltaic
environment in which they settled. The superficial stratum, which is about 10 m thick, is made
of fine, light brown and gray sand containing thin interbeds of soft clay, traces of broken shells,
and variable amounts of organic matter. In some places the sand is muddy. Below the sand

440
horizon, depending on the boring locations, more recent deposits of soft, loamy organic clay are
found at depths of 10 to 14 m. At a depth of 14 to 29 m, there is a stratum of clay and silt, the
surface of which was partly laterized with inclusions of harder materials. Below this partially
laterized layer, the laterization process does not affect layers of firm clay and dense sand.
5.1.7 Bathymetry
In northern Maritime Guinea, the continental shelf is vast, about 160 km wide. The relief of the
continental shelf is uniform with the exception of the submarine valleys of the Konkour, Rio
Nuez, and Rio Grande rivers.
A hydrographic survey of the Rio Nuez in the port area was carried out on July 13, 2000. At
the mouth of the Rio Nuez, between the Kembuto headland on the island of Tadi and the
Dapiar headland on the island of Koufen, the rivers width is about 10 km. In the estuary, the
river channel is split into two branches by an alignment of shoals or sandbanks from Sable
Island, downstream to the Middle Bank and the South Bank. The north branch of the channel is
5 to 8 m deep and the south branch, used for commercial shipping, is 6 to 12 m deep outside of
the shipping lanes. At Kamsar, the river is about 4.75 km wide and its depth outside the shipping
channel is 6 to 7 m. The shipping channel that leads to the port of Kamsar follows the natural
course of the south channel of the Rio Nuez. This channel is maintained at a depth of 9 m by
periodic dredging.
Upstream of the navigation channel, facing the city of Kamsar, alluvial deposits from
Dougoufissa Creek have caused the formation of a shallow area, the Dougoufissa shoal, that is 3
to 4 m below the surface of the river, just downstream of the constricted area of the Rio Nuez at
the Malouine Headland. The interaction between the tidal current and the flow from the river
and the turbid Dougoufissa Creek appears to contribute to the settlement of suspended materials
from the bodies of water onto this sandbank.
Between Sable Island and the Island of Taigb, several sandbanks including the shoal of
Amarante cross the channel. Sable Island is a sandbank that is covered on its north side by a
layer of laterite rock; Middle Bank is a long narrow sandbank located just downstream and south
of Sable Island. Between the shoals, water depths vary around 10 m and can reach up to 15 m in
some places. The Dougoufissa Creek mouth is crossed by sandbanks that are partly exposed at
low tide and by a rocky shoal.

441
To the south of the bauxite jetty, near the site of the proposed new alumina jetty, lays the wreck
of a barge with a cement mixer thought to date from the construction of the bauxite jetty. The
wreck lies on the mudflat of the intertidal zone (and is thus visible at low tide), less than 50 m
from the rivers bank. Along the alignment of the new jetty, the depths measured during the
hydrographic survey range from 0 to 8.2 m. In the berthing area of the new alumina quay, the
depths vary from 8.2 to 8.8 m, with an average of 8.5 m, as indicated by the bathymetry
appearing in Figure 5.7.
5.1.8 Soils
Soils maps available from the United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO)
indicate that the major soil association in the port area is that of hydromorphic (Planosols) and
alluvial (Fluvisols) soils. FAO defines Planosols as soils having a bleached, temporarily water-
saturated topsoil on slowly permeable subsoil. Planosoils typically form on flat uplands with
high to moderately high annual precipitation. Fluvisols are defined by FAO as young soils
formed on alluvial (river) deposits, and are commonly found worldwide on river floodplains,
deltaic areas, and coastal marine lowlands. The following tables describe soil groups and soil
group associations in Guinea, based on FAOs World Reference Base for Soils classification
scheme.
Soils of Guinea

Area
Pedalogic Unit
in K ha
Agricultural
Value
Principle
Characteristics
Cambisols (eutrophic brown
soils)
444 Very high
Nitrosols (tropical soils)
45 High
Luvisols (tropical leached
soils)
136
Steep slopes > 30%,
very fertile
Fluvisols (alluvial soils)
839 Moderately high Hydromorphic, saline
Planosols (hydromorphic
soils)
12 Moderate Hydromorphic
Ferrasols (ferralitic soils)
3 434 Low Chemically poor

442
Soils of Guinea

Area
Pedalogic Unit
in K ha
Agricultural
Value
Principle
Characteristics
Acrisols or ultisols USA
(ferruginous soils)
5 434 Very low
Lithosols (soils developed
over bedrock)
14 450 Nulle Very thin soil profile
Source: FAO: http://www. fao.org/ag/agl/swlwpnr/reports/y_sf/z_gn/gntb221.htm

The coastal mangrove swamps are characterized by recent fluvio-marine sediment deposits along
the river and along the coast. The city of Kamsar itself was built on a mud (poto-poto) wetland
subject to tidal influence.
The mangrove ecosystem dynamics and the hydro-sedimentary dynamics are closely related.
Clayish-sandy sediments constitute the substratum of the tidal flats that are colonized by the
mangrove ecosystem. Over the long term, soils build up from land-based sediments. These soils
are extremely mobile and subject to continuous modifications. Settled in the sub-tidal mudflat,
the sediments are constantly mobilized and moved due to the action of local hydrological factors,
tidal currents, and rise in river levels. In the Rio Nuez, particularly strong tidal currents
constantly reshape the sediments. During the rainy season, the rise in the river level causes
additional sedimentary deposits to form, depending on the characteristics of the banks and the
watershed.
These deposits typically have a high content of organic matter and agriculturally important
minerals (including sulfur, phosphorus, exchangeable bases, and trace elements). Soils
developed in these areas can have a moderate to moderately high agricultural productivity (see
previous table), but can also be saline, with a high potential for acidification.
Soil salinity varies according to the season (with abundant precipitation during the rainy season
significantly reducing salinity) and degree of saltwater intrusion. The acidification of the soils
occurs upon their draining (and oxidation of the soils iron sulphide content) and represents a
major constraint to the development of the mangrove soils.
Acid sulfate soils containing oxidized iron sulfide are the most widespread soils in the Guinean
mangrove environment. Iron sulfide initially forms in the soils as a result of the reduction of the

443
sulfate present in seawater in combination with iron leached from soils in the upland watersheds.
Its accumulation in the mudflats of the estuary is facilitated by the significant biomass of
Rhizophora roots that sustain the reduction of sulfates and iron. Once the soils are drained (i.e.,
for agricultural use or as fill material, the iron sulphide can oxidize producing reduced pH values
in the soils and soil moisture. Acid sulfate soils have a significant content of organic matter, but
their acidity is a factor limiting the growth of vegetation.
Surface water sampling was initiated in November 2005 for the port area and is currently
ongoing. Baseline characterization of surface water resources in the area also included a
bathymetric survey, completed in July 2000 desk study compilations of ocean currents and
riverine hydrodynamics.
5.1.9.1 Watersheds
The watershed of the Rio Nuez covers about 8,500 km
2
and includes the watershed of the
Tinguilinta River (3,750 km
2
) upstream of Bok, including the refinery area and other small
rivers. Figure 4.13 shows the project-area watersheds. The Dougoubona River is an important
tributary, flowing into the Rio Nuez south of the project area between the Talibonche bank and
the Dapiar headland that separates the island of Taigb from the island of Koufen. Another
tributary of the Rio Nuez, Dougoufissa Creek, is also located within the study area.
At the port, the topography is flat and dominated by the Rio Nuez estuary. Flows and water
levels are influenced by the tides, which can exceed 5 m. Many small channels and tributaries
flow through adjacent mangrove swamps into the Rio Nuez. The port facilities are
predominately in the catchment of Dougoufissa Creek, a tributary of the Rio Nuez that is
located just south of the port facilities (see Figure 5.7).
5.1.9.2 Hydrodynamics
Ocean Currents at the Mouth of the Rio Nuez
The oceanographic features prevailing on the northern Guinean coast influence the aquatic
environment of the study area and its seasonal variations. The water dynamics and the
circulation patterns in this sector of the tropical Atlantic Ocean depend on seasonal variations in
the northeast trade wind, on the dynamics of the Canary Islands current (a cold current near the
coasts of Senegal and Guinea-Bissau), and on the equatorial counter-current of the inter-trade
wind. Near the coast, the equatorial counter-current is split into a northern branch and a southern

444
branch, as shown in Figure 5.8. The southern branch, which passes off the mouth of the Rio
Nuez, is called the Guinean current. The seasonal variations of these currents are responsible
for the formation of convergence and divergence zones in the waters of the continental shelf.
Longshore (littoral) drift is mainly a function of the angle of the waves with the coast, related to
the seasonal oceanic current variations; along the Guinean coast, this current is generally
southward.
Estuarine Character of the Rio Nuez in Project Area
The estuarine environment is an area where the fresh waters from the Rio Nuez mix with the
marine waters flowing into creeks and rivers during high tides. The penetration of salt water,
which is denser than fresh water, forms a layer of saline water under a layer of fresh water, with
a certain degree of mixing between the two layers. The degree of stratification depends on the
turbulence between the bodies of water caused by the wind, channel topography, and the volume
of freshwater discharge. With the flowing tide, the overall estuary water density increases due to
the contribution from the stream of denser salty water that flows upstream until the moment of
high tide. During ebbing tides, the estuarine water density changes (decreases) faster, since the
velocities of tidal currents are higher because the ebb flow combines with the river current. The
density of the Rio Nuez at the CBG bauxite quay varies between 1007 kg/m
3
during the rainy
season to 1028 kg/m
3
during the dry season, in high tide periods.
During the dry season, when precipitation decreases or stops, the river water level decreases and
waters are less stratified because of the mixing caused by the wind, particularly on the larger
water expanses where the wind has more influence. At that time of year, there is very little
variation in the salinity of the estuary of the Rio Nuez with depth or with tidal cycle.
During the rainy season, estuary salinity is reduced because of the increased volume of river
flow, and varies according to the tidal phase, depth, and distance from the ocean.
Based on the salinity distribution, the Rio Nuez is considered a well-mixed estuary, as
opposed to stratified or partially mixed. Tidal amplitude is the factor with the strongest
influence on the extent of the upstream penetration of salt water in a river system. In the Rio
Nuez, the marine influence is felt as far upstream as Bok, more than 100 km from the mouth of
the river.

445
Tides and Tidal Currents
The tides along the Guinean coasts are semi-diurnal, with two high tides and two low tides per
lunar day. The heights of consecutive high tides, as well as those of consecutive low tides differ
slightly. In the northern estuaries, tides can exceed 5 m. The highest and lowest tides are
recorded in March and September, while lower amplitude tides are recorded in June and
December. The maximum tidal range recorded in the port of Kamsar is 5.80 m. This
exceptionally high tidal range results in very powerful tidal currents, which are the predominant
influence on the dispersion of sediments in the estuary.
Tidal currents (Figures 5.9 and 5.10) correspond to the movement of water caused by the tides.
Near the Rio Nuez navigation channel, the tidal currents are north-northwest and south-
southwest. The maximum average current speeds are 2.4 knots (1.2 m/s) in spring tides and 1.4
knots (0.7 m/s) in neap tides. Spring tides in the rainy season can result in strong currents, with
the speed of the rising tide reaching 4 knots (2 m/s). Tidal currents run more or less parallel to
CBGs bauxite quay: their dominant directions vary from 5 off-parallel at the river mouth to 38
off-parallel near the Middle Bank and to 19 off-parallel at the location of CBGs bauxite quay.
During spring tides in the rainy season, the ebb tide, augmented by flows from Dougoufissa
Creek, runs through the bauxite wharf at an angle of approximately 20 degrees off-parallel at a
speed of up to 7 knots (3.5 m/s), which causes moored vessels to move away from the wharf.
Near the Dougoubona River and the Middle Bank, weak transversal currents deflect the main
currents in the Rio Nuez channel. With the exception of the current produced by the ebb tide
flow of the Dougoubona River in the rainy season these currents have little influence on the
riverine system.
Waves and Swell
Swell and waves are independent phenomena. Swell is formed in the Atlantic Ocean, often by
storms far out at sea, while waves are generated locally by winds, which are generally weak
throughout the year. Both swell and waves are strongly influenced by tidal currents. During ebb
tide, the direction of the current is against that of the waves, which causes a rise of the swell and
of the waves and produces a rough sea. In the Rio Nuez approach area, waves up to 4 m high
can be encountered, but their height decreases inside the estuary. At the entrance of the channel,
the waves are generally less than 1 m high during the rainy season, and less than half a meter
high in the dry season. Waves and swell in the inner approach channel and harbor area are
generally very moderate, and the swell penetrates only a small distance inside the estuary. In the

446
rainy season, the average swell height is 0.80 m with a period of 7 seconds between swell crests,
but can be up to 1.40 m high. During the dry season, the swell in the harbor area is barely
perceptible: 0.30 m with a maximum height of 0.45 m and a period of 13 seconds.
5.1.9.3 Surface Water Quality
Guinean near-shore and estuarine waters are warm throughout the year, with surface waters
varying from 26 to 30
o
C. Surface waters in the port area are directly and profoundly affected by
the tides and the proximity of the estuary to the Atlantic Ocean. Local people do not use surface
water resources for potable water supplies, but instead rely on shallow hand-dug wells or the
water supply system from Kamsar, which is based on deep wells.
The four locations that were selected to evaluate water quality in the vicinity of the port facilities
are shown in Figure 5.7 and described in the following table, and include two stations on
Dougoufissa Creek and two stations on the Rio Nuez, both sets bracketing the locations of
proposed Project facilities. Their locations and the basis for their selection are described in the
Water Sampling Management Plan (15 June, 2006) prepared for the Project. Given the strong
influence of tides in the area, there are no true upstream or downstream sampling points, as
upstream or downstream is contingent on the effects of tides at the time of sampling.
Port Surface Water Quality Sampling Locations
Surface Water Comments
Station 1 -
Dougoufissa-
West
Located west of the project port facilities. This will provide
information regarding water quality west of the port storage facilities.
Flows on the Dougoufissa are tidal, so there is no constant upstream
or downstream flow direction.
Station 2 - Rio
Nuez North
(French Quay)
Located at the French quay near the mouth of the Dougoufissa. This
will provide information regarding water quality north of new quay
operations.
Station 3 - Rio
Nuez South
(Future Quay)
Located near the location of the future quay. This will provide water
quality information at the new quay.
Station 4
Dougoufissa
East
Located east of the project port facilities. This will provide
information regarding river water quality east of the port facilities.
Flows on the Dougoufissa are tidal, so there is no constant upstream
or downstream flow direction.
Modified From: Water Sampling Management Plan, Global Alumina, June 2006 (Table 2).

447
The four surface water monitoring stations were sampled nominally every two months beginning
in November of 2005. Sampling was interrupted for a short period at the end of 2006/beginning
of 2007 due to civil unrest in the region, but was restarted in May of 2007. Surface water
sampling at the four port locations is currently ongoing on a bi-monthly basis. The following
table defines the parameters and sampling frequency of the surface water monitoring program at
the port through June of 2007.
Port Surface Water Quality Monitoring Program Sample Summary
Location
Nov.
2005
March
2006
May
2006
July
2006
Sept.
2006
Dec
2006
May
2007
June
2007
Surface Water
Station 1 -
Dougoufissa West X X X X X, B X X X
Station 2 - Rio Nuez
North (French Quay) X X X X X, B X X X
Station 3 - Rio Nuez
South (Future Quay) X X X X X, B X X X
Station 4
Dougoufissa East X X X X X, B X X X
X = metals, cations, anions, and physical parameters analyzed
B = biological parameters analyzed
Data from: Sangardi Environmental Impact Assessment, Port Development, SNC Lavalin, June 2004 and Water Sampling
Management Plan, Global Alumina, June 2006.

Surface water samples were submitted to Maxxam in Montreal, Canada for analysis. Water
samples were analyzed for metals, cations/anions, biological parameters and physical
characteristics such as pH, conductivity, total dissolved solids (TDS), and total suspended solids.
These parameters were selected based on their ability to detect potential contamination related to
the Project. Other parameters measured in 2005 and 2006 to document baseline conditions were
chemical oxygen demand or COD (November 2005 and September 2006), ammonia (November
2005 only), turbidity (September 2006 only), and total petroleum hydrocarbons (November 2005
only).

448
Both filtered and unfiltered samples were taken initially to document any differences in water
chemistry between the two types of samples. Beginning with the 2007 samples, only unfiltered
surface water samples were collected and submitted for analyses, as comparison of filtered and
unfiltered samples collected at the same time from the same location indicated that there is no
substantial difference in water chemistry between the two types of samples.
Samples collected during the September 2006 sampling round were also subjected to biological
analysis, in addition to the standard chemical analyses. Biological analyses were not continued
due to unresolved quality control issues associated with Guinea-based analytical laboratories;
due to the short holding time (6 hours) for biological parameters, shipment to a non-Guinean
laboratory was not feasible.
Samples from all four stations had overall compositions comparable to that of average seawater
(Hem, 1992) and showed a slight difference in composition depending on the season. Samples
collected at the end of the dry season (May June) had compositions closer to that of seawater,
indicating that tidal currents have a stronger influence on estuarine water chemistry than river
currents. Conversely, samples collected at the end of the rainy season (September November)
were more brackish, indicating that the enhanced river flow volumes had a significant effect on
estuarine water chemistry. All four sampling stations recorded uniformly high concentrations of
calcium, magnesium, potassium, sodium, chloride, fluoride, and sulphate, along with elevated
concentrations of boron and frequently selenium, all signature components of average seawater.
A concentration gradient can also be observed with proximity to the ocean.
For reference purposes only, the port surface water samples were compared to WHO Guideline
Values for Chemicals that are of Health Significance in Drinking Water, as described in Section
4.1.8.2. Table 5.1 presents the analytical results for the port surface water sampling program to
date. All samples exceeded WHOs provisional guideline for boron (0.5 mg/L), and the
guideline values for aluminum (0.2 mg/L), arsenic (0.01 mg/L), and manganese (0.4 mg/L) were
also commonly exceeded, and the selenium guideline (0.01 mg/L) was exceeded in two of the
November 2005 samples. Total petroleum hydrocarbon levels were below analytical detection
limits in all samples. Comparison of filtered and unfiltered samples collected from the same
stations during the same monitoring campaign indicated that the majority of arsenic and boron is
present in the dissolved state, while the majority of aluminum, iron, and manganese tend to be
present as suspended or particulate material. When biological parameters were sampled in the
surface waters (September 2006), coliforms, fecal streptococci, and anaerobic bacteria were

449
detected. This is anticipated in undeveloped areas due to poor sanitation methods. The levels
are higher in Kamsar than near Sangardi (Section 4.1.8.2). Recommendations for continued
surface water quality sampling are included in the Water Management Plan in the
Implementation Plan (Volume 3).
At the port, Kamsar receives its water supply from three 90 meter-deep wells located about thirty
kilometers northeast of the city. Additional wells have been dug into the surficial aquifer to
supplement water supplies, however due to their proximity to the saltwater estuary and to
overuse of this aquifer, these wells can be brackish.
5.1.10.1 Groundwater Hydrology
Shallow aquifers in unconsolidated sandy-clay sediments are common in the coastal areas of
Maritime Guinea. These aquifers typically have high water productivity; but are susceptible to
saltwater intrusion near the coast and along estuaries.
5.1.10.2 Groundwater Quality
Three existing traditional wells were selected to evaluate groundwater quality in the vicinity of
the port. They are further described in the following table. The locations of the two Dapar
traditional wells (originally Stations 5 and 6, see Figure 5.7) were moved following destruction
of these wells by construction activities unrelated to the Project. Subsequently, new sampling
locations for Dapar were selected, Stations 7 and 8. The three groundwater monitoring stations
were sampled nominally every two months beginning in November of 2005. Sampling was
interrupted for a short period at the end of 2006/beginning of 2007 due to civil unrest in the
region, but was restarted in May of 2007. Groundwater sampling at the four port locations is
currently ongoing on a bi-monthly basis.

450
Port Groundwater Quality Sampling Locations
Water Supply and
Traditional Wells
Comments
Station 7 - CBG
Well located at the CBG facility. It is representative of
groundwater quality near the port facilities.
Station 8 - Daprass
East
Located on the east side of Daprass. It is representative of
groundwater quality near the port area. This location has
changed because two prior wells were destroyed by construction
activities.
Station 9 Daprass
West
Located on the west side of Daprass. It is representative of
groundwater quality near the port facilities.
Modified From: Water Sampling Management Plan, Global Alumina, June 2006 (Table 2).

Table 5.2 presents the analytical data for the port-area groundwater sampling program to date. In
general, the brackishness of the groundwater tends to increase over the dry season, producing
large changes in concentrations of many parameters commonly associated with seawater, such as
chloride, sulfate, calcium, magnesium, sodium, and strontium. Concentrations of these
parameters often double in the samples collected at the end of the dry season (May-June) in
comparison to the samples collected during the wet season (April November) for the same
location. Total dissolved solids concentrations showed a similar increase, and were in general
elevated for groundwater (126.2 430 mg/L), indicative of the increased concentrations of
parameters in solution in the groundwaters, in comparison to the dilute groundwaters present in
the refinery area (Section 4.1.9.2). The seasonal increase in brackishness may be due to
saltwater intrusion into the surficial aquifer from which the wells draw, or may reflect the in situ
soil moisture of the unconsolidated coastal sediments and seasonal infiltration patterns.
There was no essential difference in chemical parameters between filtered and unfiltered
groundwater samples. pH values were circum-neutral (6.7 7.2), and most parameters were
present in concentrations below WHOs health-based guideline values. Lead concentrations
seem to be of concern in these samples, although duplicate samples collected during the same
sampling campaigns failed to reproduce similar orders of magnitude lead concentrations (Station
8 Daprass East). Lead concentrations at Station 9 (Daprass West) also exceeded the WHO
guideline value (0.01 mg/L) in March 2006 (Pb = 0.11 mg/L), December 2006 (Pb = 0.04 mg/L),

451
and June 2007 (Pb = 0.028 mg/L). Concentrations of other metals were typically below
analytical detection limits.
Similar to other groundwater samples collected from traditional wells in the refinery area
(Section 4.1.9.2), the presence of biological parameters coliforms, fecal streptococci, and
anaerobic bacteria were detected in all samples in September, 2006. Although in violation of
WHO health-based biological criteria for potable water supplies, the presence of these bacteria
are expected, based on the areas population density and poor public sanitation. Total petroleum
hydrocarbon concentrations were below detection limits and turbidity did not exceed the WHO
criteria.
Recommendations for continued groundwater quality sampling are included in the Water
Management Plan in the Implementation Plan (Volume 3).
5.1.11 Rio Nuez Estuary Sediments
The water in the Rio Nuez estuary is very turbid and reddish. The waters heavy sediment load
is evidenced by the water transparency measurements made using a Secchi disc during field
studies in 2005. A Secchi disk is a flat white disk that has been divided into four perpendicular
quarters with opposite quarters colored black. The disk is lowered slowly into the water on a
rope with measured depth intervals, and the depth at which the disk disappears from view is
recorded, and is considered to be a reflection of the waters turbidity or sediment load. Secchi
disk measurements were taken at the site where the alumina jetty is planned, and at the mouth
and in an upstream area of Dougoufissa Creek. Results (visibility depth of the disc) varied from
40 to 45 cm, indicating that the waters were quite turbid.
5.1.11.1 Sediment Distribution
Most of the sediments in the Rio Nuez, from the mouth of the estuary to approximately 6 km
downstream of the port of Kamsar, consist of sand and lateritic gravel. For the next 3 km
upstream (Amarante shoal), the sediments gradually change from sand to poto-poto (very soft
mud). From Amarante shoal upstream to the port of Kamsar, the sediments consist mainly of
poto-poto. Estuarine sediments are also found in the side depressions of the estuary upstream of
the Middle Bank and upstream of the Kembuto headland. At low tide, laterite crust outcroppings
are visible in portions of the estuary. Riverbanks consist mainly of silty sand, containing
approximately 20% silt with shells.

452
5.1.11.2 Sediment Origin
The port areas tropical environment and abundant and regular precipitation during the rainy
season has a dominant influence on erosion within the upstream watershed and on sedimentation
in the estuary. During the rainy season, river flow and sediment loads are high, with a net
downstream transport of sediments throughout the watershed. It is during this period that
significant deposition occurs within the estuary.
Despite its high flow rate and the surface area of its watershed, studies carried out in 1967
concluded that sediment transport in the Tinguilinta River was below measurable quantities,
even in the rainy season. Based on this observation, it is likely that most of the Rio Nuez
streams sediment load is from the local suspension of mud and silt of the estuary and the
adjacent mangroves, with a potentially sizable contribution from Dougoufissa Creek.
The Rio Nuez is lined with mangroves up to Kanfarand, approximately twenty kilometers
upstream of Kamsar. Significant exchanges of water, sediments, and organic detritus take place
between the waterside vegetation of the mangroves and the estuarine environment. Beyond
Kanfarand, the trenching of banks only allows the development of a narrow line of mangroves,
between rice fields.
Outside frequently dredged areas and sediment disposal areas, the estuary is in a relative
balanced state with respect to erosion and sedimentation processes. This means that following
an event of scouring or sediment deposition, natural processes tend to restore the original state.
This observation applies to areas where the ground is made of soft mud or poto-poto, as is the
case in the harbor area. In areas made of harder materials, the sedimentation processes can only
partially restore the original situation.
5.1.11.3 Sediment Transport
The ebb tide suspends estuarine sediments and carries them towards the ocean. Because the
proportion of silt in the sediment decreases from the port of Kamsar towards the ocean, the
amount of suspended solids is always higher during ebb tide than during rising tide. The
concentration of suspended material is highest (reaching approximately 500 mg/l) shortly after
the ebb tide has reached its maximum speed, then decreases to concentrations from 150 to 200
mg/l as the current speed is falling. The incoming tide re-suspends the sediments, but the
concentration is lower than that carried by the ebb tide. There are two factors behind this
difference: i) most of the silty (finer grained and easier suspended) sediments are found

453
upstream of the port of Kamsar; and ii) the speeds of the ebb tides are higher than those of the
incoming tides, giving them more erosive power).
During years of significant rainfall, estuarine sediments are carried towards the sea, far from the
estuary mouth, and settle on the pre-littoral tidal mudflat. During the dry season, when
freshwater input is reduced, net sediment transport is upstream, under the influence of the inflow
of marine waters in the bottom layers, carrying sediments removed from the coastal zone.
During years of strong sea winds combined with reduced rainfall and low river flows, the swell
erodes the tidal flats. The eroded material, carried by the tidal currents, settles on the sides of the
estuary and fills in the channels. This phenomenon has been observed on the Guinean coast
since the 1980s. During years of light sea wind and high rainfall, sediments are carried
downstream in the estuaries by the rise in river levels. At the river mouth, they are collected by
the southward littoral drift and accumulate along the front of the coastal plain. Consequently,
estuaries widen and the coastal plain moves sea-ward. These hydrological and sedimentalogical
dynamics influence the distribution and composition of soils, vegetation, and fish resources in
Maritime Guinea.
5.1.11.4 Sediment Characterization
In November 2005, a study to characterize the quality of the sediments in the extraction banks
was carried out in Rio Nuez. The studys goal was to determine the suitability of the sediments
in the potential dredging areas for use as fill during the construction of the alumina terminal.
Figure 5.6 shows the location of the ten sediment sampling sites along the Rio Nuez.
In general, the samples taken in the immediate vicinity of the Port of Kamsar were composed of
fine clayey silts, while the samples taken downstream of the le de Sable and le de Kouffen were
coarser and sandy.
The sediment samples were analyzed for base metals (arsenic, cadmium, chromium, copper,
lead, mercury, and zinc) for which sediment quality criteria exist for marine environments. In
the absence of similar international or national sediment standards, Canadian sediment quality
guidelines were used for comparative purposes (Canadian Council of Ministers of the
Environment, 2002). The samples were also analyzed for major metals (aluminum, iron,
manganese, selenium, and strontium) deemed likely to be present in the sediments, based on the
results of the geology, soil, and water quality baseline studies undertaken at the port area. Total
petroleum hydrocarbon content was analyzed to determine whether the maritime traffic and the

454
industrial activities in Kamsar had affected sediment chemistry. The results of the river sediment
analyses are presented in following table.
Levels of total petroleum hydrocarbons, cadmium, lead, mercury, and selenium in the sediment
samples were below analytical detection limits for all samples. Chromium and copper levels in
the samples were below both the Canadian guidelines Probably Effect Levels (PEL - the
concentration levels likely to frequently cause adverse biological effects) and Interim Sediment
Quality Guidelines (ISQL the concentration levels that may cause adverse biological effects)
for those parameters.
Concentrations of arsenic in the samples collected to the south of le de Sable (A, B, C, D, E, and
F) contained arsenic at concentrations between the ISQL (As = 7.24 mg/kg) and PEL (As = 41.6
mg/kg) levels, while the more northern sample set collected from the Kamsar area (H, I, J, K, L,
and M) had no detectable arsenic. According to the Canadian guidelines, sediments with
concentrations of parameters between the ISQL and the PEL are considered to represent
potential hazards to exposed organism, and adverse biological effects are possible within this
range of concentrations. This result may indicate that arsenic is present in the coarser sediment
fraction, and/or that arsenic-bearing sediments are being deposited by a tributary to the Rio
Nuez farther south than the port area, such as Dougoubona Creek. It is interesting to note that
the arsenic concentrations in the sediment samples taken near the port of Kamsar are all below
the detection limit, in spite of the fact that that is the area with the greatest concentration of
industrial activities.

455
Analysis Results for the Sediments Sampled in the Rio Nuez, Kamsar

Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Addendum to Port and Refinery EIAs, SNC Lavalin, March 2006 (Table 9-1).

456
One sediment sample (B) had a copper concentration between the ISQL (Cu = 18.7 mg/kg) and
PEL (Cu = 108 mg/kg) levels, but all other samples had copper at concentrations either below
the ISQL or below analytical detection levels.
As expected, the sediment samples from all locations have elevated concentrations of aluminum,
iron, manganese, and strontium, a chemistry that is typical of laterite soils, but which are not
parameters of concern for biological effects and for which no sediment quality guideline values
exist.
5.1.11.5 Dredging Operations
Two major dredging operations have taken place in the harbor zone of Kamsar: in 1973 and in
1985. The first operation created the inner channel, turning basin, and berthing area as well as
access channels to the various quays. Between 1973 and 1985, no dredging was necessary in the
inner channel, up to CBGs bauxite quay. However, a study conducted in 1983 to plan new
dredging operations showed that the access to the jetty was silting up. Sediments from the tidal
creeks that had settled over 3 years formed a deposit of approximately 35,000 m
3
.
The commercial wharf (called Quai Franais or French Quay) and its access channels must be
dredged annually, as approximately 43,000 m
3
of sediment is deposited in the channel in that
area every year. In addition, continuous maintenance dredging is performed according to
monthly bathymetric surveys to maintain the inner channel depth of 9.0 m and the berth area
depth of 13 m. This maintenance dredging does not entail sediment removal, but is carried out
by means of "dozing" the dredge ship drags a blade across the bottom, leveling sediment
accumulation zones and filling depressions.
It is reported that the sediments removed during the first major dredging operation have been
used as reclamation fill for the development of Kamsar Cit. The information collected about
subsequent dredging operations was not precise about the location of the dredged sediment
disposal sites.
The study area for the proposed port site is located at Kamsar, in the vicinity of the existing
bauxite processing plant and export quay operated by CBG. The study area is shown in Figure
5.1. The flora and vegetation component has been restricted to the terrestrial and mangrove
areas within the overall study area for the proposed port and terminal for the Project. The
objectives of the flora and vegetation study were to:

457

Identify and characterize the vegetation associations present within the study area;
Identify the species of flora present within each vegetation association within the
study area;
Determine the vegetation species diversity within each of the Project facilities and in
the study area as a whole;
Identify the presence of any species of threatened or endangered flora;
Identify the presence of any species of flora that have special management
considerations;
Identify the presence of any sensitive vegetation associations (rare, threatened,
endangered or of management concern); and
Establish points of flora diversity monitoring for use during construction and
operations.
The description of the flora and vegetation of the main ecosystems in the study area, the
mangrove swamps and the Rio Nuez estuary, was completed using field studies along with a
compilation of existing data. The Universit de Conakry carried out a field study of the
mangroves was conducted in May 2001, at the very beginning of the rainy season. A qualitative
and quantitative inventory of the flora and vegetation was conducted in quadrants located along
transects going across the mangrove, from dry land to the shore. Field observations were made
at low tide on the intertidal zone of the Rio Nuez, at the location of the proposed alumina jetty.
The study area included the future sites for the approach jetty and alumina terminal. It was
separated into three units to obtain a representative sampling of the mangroves that would be
affected by the different components of the new structures, as shown in Figure 5.5:
Unit A, in line with the layout for the approach jetty, stretches from the bank of the
Rio Nuez to the nearest meander of Dougoufissa Creek. This transect cuts across
two mangroves stands, each more than 100 m deep, separated by a rice field;
Unit B, mostly covered with mangroves, extends from the bank of Dougoufissa Creek
to the branch going towards Kindiadi; and
Unit C, from the beginning of the Dougoufissa branch (going towards Kindiadi)
extends to the Kamsar train station. This area, which is the planned location for the
alumina terminal, is covered by a mangrove swamp spreading from south to north up

458
to the hamlet of Kindiadi. Between this hamlet and the railway line there are
orchards and a small abandoned rice field.
From April 22 to May 12, 2005, Conservation International conducted a Rapid Biological
Assessment of Taigb Island, Bok Prefecture, wherein lies the study area for the port site
proposed for the Project (Conservation International, 2006). The results of the vegetation survey
are summarized in Table 4.4. The list of species that was generated during this survey is detailed
but cannot be considered complete, due to the short period of study and that only the end of the
rainy season was contemplated.
5.1.12.2 Regional Distribution of Vegetation Associations
The following sections provide a background description of the vegetation associations in the
Projects port study area.
Guinean Mangroves
Mangrove vegetation extends from the coast to far inland and ranges widely from Senegal to
Sierra Leone. Tidal waters penetrate deeply into the interior, carrying salty water and allowing
species such as mangroves to thrive. The seven mangrove species found in this ecoregion are
phylogenetically more similar to those found along the western coast of the Atlantic than to those
of Eastern Africa. The Guinean mangroves, influenced by a large tidal range and high inputs of
freshwater, contain stands that are more than 25 m in height and extend as far as 160 km inland.
These mangroves are the most developed stands in western Africa and regionally provide
important habitat for migratory birds and endangered species such as the West African manatee
and the pygmy hippopotamus.
The dominant species present in the Guinean Mangrove vegetation association are the mangrove
trees Avicennia africana, Rhizophora harrisonii, and Laguncularia racemosa.
Guinean Forest-Savannah Mosaic
Inland from the beaches, mangroves, and port towns of the West African coast lie blocks of
forest known as the Guinean Moist Forests. The Guinean Moist Forests form the most species-
rich region in West Africa. The Guinean Moist Forests are greatly influenced by the dry winds
from the Sahara and the cool currents of the Atlantic, creating a seasonal climate. Like other
tropical areas, the Guinean Moist Forest receives very high rainfall, typically more than 200 cm a
year. Logging for timber, clearing for agriculture and mining activities have all severely

459
degraded the Guinean Moist Forests. Effective forest protection is either minimal or non-
existent because of political instability.
As a transitional habitat between the rain forests of the Guinean-Congolian region and the dry
savannas of Sudan, the Guinean Forest-Savannah Mosaic ecoregion is home to a wide range of
flora species. This area is a convergence zone (or melting pot) for savannah and forest species.
The predominantly savannah habitat is checkered with forest patches that run along the rivers
and streams and occasionally adorn hilltops, mountains, and ridges. This mosaic can be divided
into various vegetation associations consisting of:
Grass savannah;
Shrub savannah;
Tree savannah;
Gallery forest; and
Fallow land.
Descriptions of these vegetation associations were presented and discussed in the refinery area
baseline, Section 4.1.10.2.
5.1.12.3 Regional Threats to Flora Diversity
The United Nations Development Program (UNDP) defines threats to biological diversity as all
activities, processes, or events, either natural or man-made, that provoke or risk provoking an
adverse effect on the environment, or on lasting, sustainable use of any element that comprises
biodiversity (http://www.undp.org/biodiversity/context.html). The threats in the area
surrounding and including the study area come principally from:
Urban expansion;
Demographic pressures that increase the demand for agricultural land;
Slash-and-burn agricultural methods;
Forest exploitation;
Charcoal production;

460
Industrial activities and associated land clearing; and
Recent droughts or dry periods.
According to information available from the World Wildlife Fund (WWF, 2001), Guinean
mangroves are at risk from climate change and human development. A long term decrease in
rainfall in the region has altered the balance of fresh and saline water, the inland extension of
tidal activity, and the habitats the estuarine waters sustain. Mangroves are also being lost as a
result of clearing for rice farming, shrimp farming and urban expansion. Small protected areas
of mangroves total less than six percent of the ecoregion.
5.1.12.4 Flora and Vegetation in the Port Area
In the location of the proposed approach jetty, near the Rio Nuez, low-growing (up to 5 m high)
Avicennia africana populations line the rice field for over 50 meters; their height increases
towards the estuary. In the same direction, dense populations of Rhizophora harrisonii reaching
15 m in height dominate the area to the Rio Nuez. On the other side of the rice field, going
towards Dougoufissa Creek, A. africana dominates the mangrove formation with a few R.
harrisonii and Laguncularia racemosa trees found along the creek. Laguncularia trees are not
typical mangrove species but are commonly associated with them. The tallest trees are found
near the creek, reaching 12 m in height. The complete species list for this block is presented in
Selly and Karim, 2001.
Also along the creek, the second block transect shows a narrow, dense and tall border (up to
10 m), of R. harrisonii, replaced in the direction of dry land by a low and open formation
(vegetation cover rate lower than 30%) of A. africana. The complete species list for this block is
presented in Selly and Karim, 2001.
The third block, which extends from the orchards to the interior of the mangrove swamp, is
covered for about fifteen meters with a low and open formation of A. africana and L. racemosa.
Beyond this area, Avicennia is replaced by a high and dense stand of Rhizophora. Along the
creek embranchment leading to Kindiadi, a low and scattered formation of A. africana and L.
racemosa is found, replaced by a dense stand of R. harrisonii. A small hill within this zone
supports some mainland species. The remainder of the transect towards Kindiadi hamlet goes
through a high and dense formation of A. africana, followed by a dense, 5 to 8 m-high
population of R. harrisonii. The complete species list for this block is presented in Selly and
Karim, 2001.

461
Three of the seven known Guinean mangrove tree species were found in the Projects port area
in this survey. The distribution of these species generally follows a gradient determined by the
frequency of tidal submersion of the plants roots. Avicennia trees are more abundant in the
quadrants adjacent to dry land while Rhizophora and Languncularia trees are more frequent in
the sites near the estuary and the creek. Between-site comparisons of tree growth of the same
species show that the trees growing near Dougoufissa Creek are taller and larger in diameter than
those that are growing along the Rio Nuez. This difference may reflect the lower salinity
present near Dougoufissa Creek that generally enhances the growth of mangrove trees.
As discussed in Section 4.1.10.5, the more rigorous classification scheme of the IUCN was used
to categorize species as being of special management concern. One protected plant species listed
by the IUCN as Vulnerable, Bafodeya benna, was inventoried in the area of the Bok Bridge.
No internationally protected plant species were identified in the port study areas.
5.1.13 Fauna
5.1.13.1 Regional Background and Context
As a transitional habitat between the rain forests of the Guinean-Congolian region and the dry
savannas of Sudan, the Guinean Forest-Savannah Mosaic ecoregion is home to a wide range of
species, from antelopes to forest elephants. The wetlands of this ecoregion host a diversity of
waterfowl and wading birds. These interlacing forest, savannah, and grassland habitats are
highly dynamic and the proportion of forest versus other habitat components has varied greatly
over time. The forest-savannah ecotones may offer critical habitat for differentiation and
speciation. The protected areas system is under funded and only covers two percent of the area of
this ecoregion.
The mangrove vegetation of the area provides the basis for an extensive food web that supports
migratory birds, marine animals and offshore fisheries. According to historical information from
the WWF (WWF, 2001), at least ten species of large wading birds live in these mangroves,
including goliath herons, purple herons, cattle egrets, striated herons, western reef egrets, greater
and lesser flamingoes, African spoonbills and sacred ibises. There is a variety of species to
support the birds, such as violin crabs, spiny lobsters and many fish and shrimp. Land mammals
that visit the mangroves include vervet monkeys, marsh mongooses, royal antelopes and western
sitatungas. Aquatic mammals including white-cheeked otters, hippopotami and endangered

462
West African manatees are expected to live here, along with other marine dwellers such as Nile
crocodiles.
5.1.13.2 Habitat Analysis
The habitats considered for the port site fauna habitat evaluation are presented on the vegetation
assemblage map, Figure 5.5. The distribution of habitats was determined through mapping of
vegetation associations based on satellite imagery and orthophoto analysis and the division of
these vegetation associations based on inundation level. The habitats considered are:
Dry land mangrove habitat (denominated P1);
Regularly flooded mangrove habitat (denominated P2);
Aquatic mangrove habitat (denominated P3); and
Terrestrial non-mangrove habitats (as described in the refinery baseline, Section
4.1.10)
Estuarine and marine habitats are considered in Section 5.1.14.
5.1.13.3 Invertebrates in the Study Area
The invertebrate surveys were carried out in the mangrove area of the port site only. Studies in
the mangrove habitat were conducted on the same quadrants established for the flora inventory,
as described in Section 4574.1.10.1. Within Unit A, the sampling was done in the two mangrove
stands growing along the Rio Nuez (A1) and along Dougoufissa Creek (A2). Sampling was
further subdivided in three parcels following a gradient from the dry land or rarely flooded
(P1), to the aquatic or almost permanently flooded environment (P3). The intermediate parcel
(P2) is flooded regularly depending on the tidal range. Analyses of species abundance, density,
and commercial value of invertebrate resources were determined for each site.
The results of the fauna inventory in sampling Unit A (as described in section 5.1.12.3) are
presented in the following table. This table includes qualitative (identification of species) and
quantitative information (density and size) on each species as an indication of their relative
importance in the sampled parcel in terms of biomass. Mollusks and crabs dominate the
invertebrate macro fauna of the mangrove, with crabs being the most important biomass
component (see table, below). The Cardiosoma armatum crab is the most abundant species and
sometimes the only species in the supra-littoral area where numerous holes give evidence of its

463
presence. The areas that are regularly submersed are much more diversified and the crab Uca
tangeri is the dominant species.
Faunal Species in the Unit A Quadrant
Average Density (ind./m)
A1* A2* Group / Species
P 1** P 2 P 3 P 1 P 2 P 3
Average
Size
(mm)
Gastropods
Tympanotonus fuscatus - 8.3 6.4 - 8.6 6.9 28
Cuma califera - 5.6 3.5 - 7.4 4.1 38
Melaraphe cingulifera - 0.7 0.5 - - 0.3 16
Stramnita forbesi - 1.4 2.2 - 1.7 1.3 42
Crustacea
Cardiosoma armatum 100.0 - - 93.0 - - 110
Sesarma angolense - 1.4 0.8 3.0 1.3 1.6 40
Goniopsis pelli - 8.3 7.2 3.0 7.3 6.2 39
Sesarma huzardi - 2.1 1.8 1.0 2.6 2.1 38
Panopeus africana - 1.4 1.6 - 1.1 1.8 35
Uca tangeri - 60.4 61.6 - 56.0 61.4 46
Fish
Periophthalmus barbarus - 10.4 14.4 - 10.0 14.2 80
Total Density (ind./m
2
) 10 36 46 15 28 42
*Sector A1 is located along the Rio Nuez and Sector A2, on the edge of the Dougoufissa Creek.
** Parcels P1 to P3 are distributed along a gradient from the dry land to the aquatic environment.
Modified from Etude de la Faune et de la Flore du Site Prevu pour lExtension du Port de Kamsar, Selly and Karim, June
2001 (Table 4).

In Units B and C, the composition, distribution, and abundance of species are similar to that
noted for Unit A. However, in the mangroves to the south of Kindiadi (Unit C), the extensive
presence of the gastropod mollusk, Tympanotonus fuscatus, was observed in a rocky bed. This
species prefers less muddy substrata.

464
Oysters (Crassostrea tulipa), which develop on the roots of Rhizophora, were observed only in
unit B, in the Dougoufissa Creek. The oysters varied in size between 28 and 64 mm and
averaged 70 individuals per root. More than 30% of these individuals had a category-3
marketable size (60 70 mm).
These surveys allowed the identification of half of the 21 gastropod, crustaceans, and fish species
reported in the literature for all Guinean mangrove ecosystems. The specific composition of the
submerged zones (P3) is almost identical to that of the intermediate zones (P2), but the density of
organisms increases with watercourse proximity, and therefore with the duration of submersion.
5.1.13.4 Ichthyology of the Study Area
Port Area
Fish presence in the proposed port site study area was determined based on observations made
during the evaluation of invertebrates. A supra-littoral amphibious fish species belonging to
family of Periophtalmideae, the Atlantic mudskipper (Periophthalmus barbarus), can move out
of the water, on the exposed intertidal mudflats of the estuarine mangroves. It can jump or walk
on the surface of the sand or the mud in search of food. This fish represents approximately 10%
of the macro fauna individuals observed in the medio-littoral space and 14% in the areas
contiguous to streams.
Bok Bridge Area
Investigations concluded that approximately 10 species (marine and freshwater) are fished by
local populations upstream and downstream of the Bok Bridge, as the tidal influences from the
Rio Nuez estuary are present in the Tinguilinta from approximately Bok downstream. The
most important species are Hemichromus fasiatus (Tilapia), Clarias buettikoferi (Bgaraka),
Synodontis dekimpei (Kkoungni), Lysa falcipinis (Skhi), and Ethmalosa fimbriata (Gbonga).
Fishing occurs at this location year round, however, the best fishing is at the end of the dry
season and beginning of the rainy season, between the months of March and July. This period
corresponds with the first rains, which generally enrich the river with nutrients. Fishing methods
vary according to the season and the economic means of the fishermen. The methods used
include conical nets (called pervier and kassinte in the soussou dialect), circular dams,
stationary traps, fishing lines and lures, and the steady net (with 4-6 mm openings). The resident
fishermen use non-motorized dugout pirogues (called gbankgni in the soussou dialect), with 2

465
to 3 seats each. The average daily catch by the fishermen is reported to be about 10 kg, which
reportedly can be doubled in good fishing conditions.
No specific studies were carried out for reptiles at the port site. Records of observations made
during the flora and invertebrate studies form the basis for the results presented in this report.
Reports from local residents were also included.
No specific studies were carried out for mammals at the port site. Records of observations made
during the flora and invertebrate studies form the basis for the results presented in this report.
5.1.13.5 Reptiles in the Study Area
The only reptile observed at the port site was the Nile lizard, Varanus niloticus, which was
observed on an island in Unit C. This species is listed as being rare in the National
Monograph on Guinean Biodiversity (Republic of Guinea, 1996) but is not included on the
IUCNs Red List. The presence of marine turtles was reported by the inhabitants of Kindiadi but
has not been independently verified.
5.1.13.6 Mammals in the Study Area
During the port area field study, no mammals were visually observed. However, the presence of
a species of monkey in the mangrove habitat was identified. Positive identification of the species
of monkey could not be determined from the calls recorded. It is expected that several other
species of mammals are present in the area, as the Kamsar area falls within their proscribed
range distribution. These include Cercopithecus aethiops, Atilax paludinosus, Neotragus
pygmaeus, Tragaelaphus spekii, Hippopotamus amphibius, Lutra maculicolis, and Souza teuszii.
5.1.13.7 Avifauna of the Study Area
The presence of birds in the port study area was documented by surveys conducted during three
consecutive days in May 2001, at the beginning of the rainy season. The surveys were
conducted from Dougoufissa Creek, which goes through the mangrove areas where the Project
components will be developed. It was assumed that during high tide, limicolous (mud-dwelling)
species leave the tidal flats and move into the mangroves or the coastal plains. Therefore, most
of the observations were conducted at the beginning of the rising tide. A literature review
(Girard, 1998; Serle and Grard, 1993; Republic of Guinea, 1996) enabled the identification of
migratory and nesting (sedentary) species, and specified the expected habitat for each species as
well as its vulnerability status.

466
The following table presents the bird species observed in the mangrove habitat during the
baseline study. Thirty-five bird species, 12 of which are nesting (sedentary) and 21 are
migratory species, were observed in 3 periods of 3 to 5 hours. One of the species observed, the
Long-Tailed Shag, is classified as a threatened species by the government of Guinea (Republic
of Guinea, 1996).

467
Bird Species Observed Along Dougoufissa Creek
Species M/N*
Environment
Literature
Environment
Observations
Status
Number
Obs.
Great White Egret (Egretta alba) M Humid habitat Shore - 1
Little Egret (Egretta garzetta) M Humid habitat Shore - 2
Greenshank (Tringa nebularia) M Estuary, river, swamp Shore - 7
Redshank (Tringa totanus) M Brackish water, swamp Shore - 4
Ruff (Philomachus pugnax) M Rice field Shore - 1
Intermediate Egret (Egretta intermedia) M Coast, rice field, mud flat Shore - 1
Long-tailed Shag (Phalacrocorax
africanus)
N Rice field, mud flat Shore Endangered 2
Black Kite (Milvus migrans) N Ubiquitous Mangrove - 2
Woolly-necked Stork (Ciconia episcopus) N Bank, humid habitat Shore - 2
Village weaver (Ploceus cucullatus) N Ubiquitous, ceiba trees Mangrove - >15
Pied Avocet (Recurvirostra avosetta) M Mud flats Shore - 6
Grey-hooded Gull (Larus ridibundus) N Humid habitat Flying - 1
Whimbrel (Numenius phaeopus) M Mud flat, shore, estuary Shore - 2
Little Stint (Calidris minuta) M Mud, bank Shore - 2
Sanderling (Calidris alba) M Coast Shore - 12
Little Ringed Plover (Charadrius dubius) M Shore Shore - 1
Red Knot (Calidris canutus) M Mud flat, swamp Shore - 2
Green Sandpiper (Tringa ochropus) M River Shore - 1
Curlew (Numenius arquata) M Mud flat, swamp, estuary Shore - 4
Grey Plover (Pluvialis squatarola) M Humid habitat Shore - 4
Grey Heron (Ardea cinerea) M Littoral, Mud flat, estuary Bank - 2
Squacco Heron (Ardeola ralloides) M Humid habitat Bank - 1
Black-headed Heron (Ardea N Rice field Back Mangrove - 1
Cattle Egret (Bubulcus ibis) N Terrestrial Back Mangrove - 2
Eurasian Oystercatcher (Haematopus
ostralegus)
M Mud flat Shore - 5
Curlew Sandpiper (Calidris ferrugina) M Estuary, shore Shore - 6
Little Bittern (Ixobrychus minutus) M Swamp, mangrove Mangrove - 2
Bank Swallow (Riparia riparia) N Rice field Back Mangrove - >15
Swallow sp. - - Back Mangrove - 1
Bar-tailed Godwit (Limosa iappanica) M Mud flat, estuary Shore - 3
Pratincole (Glareola pratincala) N Rice fields Rice field - 2
Red-eyed Dove (Streptopelia
semitorquata)
N Ubiquitous, rice fields Back Mangrove - >15
Senegal Coucal (Centropus senegalensis) N Reed beds flyl/beh.M.** - 1
Chestnut-crowned Sparrow-Weaver
(Plocepasser superciliosus)
N Savannah Back Mangrove
/Flying
- 10
*M= Migratory Species; N= Nesting or Sedentary Species.
Modified from Etude dImpact du Projet dImplantation dune Usine dAlumine a Sangardi et
dExtension du Port de Kamsar, Keita, June 2001 (Table 1).

The observed bird composition agrees with the results of previous inventories conducted in the
Bok region as 86% of the observed species had already been identified in this region (Attenburg
and Van der Kamp, 1989). Four of the species observed in this study had not been listed during
the 1989 inventory of 16 sites of Maritime Guinea, which was carried out within the framework

468
of Ramsar site identification. The absence of these migratory species in 1989 may be due to time
differences (i.e. Attenburg and Van der Kamps survey was conducted in March while the survey
conducted for this study took place at the end of May).
5.1.13.8 Threatened and Endangered Species
No internationally protected or listed threatened or endangered species were observed during the
field study in 2001.
5.1.13.9 Sensitive Habitats- Mangroves
Mangrove ecosystems are well developed in Maritime Guinea. The mangrove vegetation
associations in the project area are dominated by species such as Rhizophora that are associated
with potentially acid sulfate soils. The root system of this tree facilitates the accumulation of
various sulfur compounds in the soil and acidification occurs upon the drainage of the soil.
The human population living in mangrove areas has developed numerous production activities
that rely on the mangrove ecosystem. These activities include mangrove rice cultivation, fishing
in the channels, mollusk and shellfish harvesting, mangrove woodcutting, and salt production.
Mangroves therefore provide the neighboring human population with both energy and food
sources.
At the same time, mangrove ecosystems play a crucial role in supporting the productivity of
neighboring ecosystems. They provide habitat for many sedentary and migratory bird species,
support trophic interactions, and supply protected niches that are used as nurseries and feeding
and breeding areas for marine fish species. As an interface between the terrestrial and coastal
environments, mangroves trap numerous pollutants in their sediments, including heavy metals
that bind to fine sediments due to the effect of chemical processes occurring when fresh and
saline waters are mixed (IRD, 2000). Mangroves also protect river and stream banks against
erosion caused by waves and storms.
In the Kamsar region, mangroves have been subjected to pressures related to the reclamation of
large areas for the construction of industrial facilities, encroachment for urban expansion, rice
plantations, and clearing to supply firewood to a fast-growing population.
5.1.14 Marine Ecosystem
The Canary Current provides a productive upwelling area in the tropical Atlantic (Barton et al.,
1998). Driven by the prevailing northerly winds, the Canary Current flows southwestward along

469
the coast of West Africa, bringing cool water toward the equator. As the wind moves the water
on the surface, nutrient-rich water from the bottom of the ocean rises, which creates a highly
productive region. There are large populations of horse mackerel, hake, pilchard and schools of
Spanish sardines in this coastal marine region. West African manatees, Atlantic humpback
dolphins, and other marine mammals are either present year round or come to the ecoregion
during the breeding season. Green turtles and Olive Ridley turtles are also present in the region.
5.1.14.1 Regional Threats to the Marine Environment
Overfishing is a serious threat to the ecoregion. Other problems include urban development, soil
erosion and pollution from sewage, agrochemical products and oil industries on land as well as
from shipping.
5.1.14.2 Productivity of the Area
In northern Guinea, the continental shelf extends 160 km off the coast. The far northern Guinean
coast, between the Guinea-Bissau border and the mouth of the Rio Nuez, benefits from the
influence of cold-water upwellings that contribute to water enrichment and plankton blooms.
Outside this zone, the enrichment process of littoral waters and of the associated food chain
relies almost exclusively on continental inputs. The enrichment there is attributed to the alluvia
carried by the river flow and the organic matter from decaying vegetation in the mangroves,
which produce some 17 tonnes of material per hectare (MacDonald and Sertorio, 1990). The
accretion of these sediments enables the build-up of a tidal flat rich in organic elements, which
explains the high productivity observed under the influence of large rivers, such as the Rio
Nuez. The high biological productivity observed in the coastal zone quickly decreases towards
the open ocean.
Little information is available regarding phytoplankton in Guinea (Republic of Guinea, 1996).
However, it can be deduced that the very high turbidity in the Rio Nuez is not favorable for
phytoplankton primary production, despite the fact that concentrations of nutrients are likely
high due to the influence of marine waters rich in mineral salts generated by the upwelling
process and to the high amount of organic rich sediment that comes from the mangroves.
Therefore, it is not likely that the trophic interactions in the estuarine environment rely on a high
aquatic primary productivity.

470
At low tide, no sea grass or algae were observed on the exposed intertidal zone, which is most
likely due to the instability of the substratum, made of soft mud (poto-poto) that restricts such
development.
The information collected regarding the marine environment at the port site is based on literature
review, studies carried out in the mangrove habitat and some observations. Detailed studies of
the marine environment were not carried out in support of the original EIA.
5.1.14.4 Rio Nuez Estuary
Intertidal Zone
The tidal flat that is exposed at low tide is rich in organic matter and contributes to the
proliferation of certain mollusks and shellfish species. The conditions of extreme turbidity
however reduce the diversity of species that can colonize this environment. Observations made
at low tide indicate the predominance of fiddler crabs (Uca tangeri), in densities that can reach
50 crabs/m
2
in places. This species lives in the sand-muddy substratum at the mouth of river,
with salinities up to 20%. These crabs dig holes of various sizes (one hole per crab) that indicate
their presence (Diallo, 1999). Two bivalve mollusk species, pelecypods, belonging to the razor
clam family (Solenidae) and the clam families of Cardiidae or Veneridae, were also observed,
and partly buried in the mud. These mollusks have inhaling and exhaling siphons allowing them
to remain buried in the dense sediments of the intertidal zone.
Subtidal Zone (Inner Navigation Channel)
Guineas littoral tidal flats are areas of high biological productivity that gather 70% of the of the
countrys coastal fish biomass. However, it is likely that the recurring modifications of the
habitat and contamination by local industrial activities affect the productivity and diversity of the
benthic communities. In the Project area, the benthic habitat and fauna are disturbed by ongoing
maintenance dredging or leveling in the inner channel.
The West African Manatee (Trichechus senegalensis), a vulnerable species as considered by the
IUCN and protected under Class A by the African Convention for the Conservation of Nature
and Natural resources (Powell and Kouadio, 2006), is expected to be present in the port site area,
based on its known range and habitat preferences.

471
Pelagic Environment
The high production of the coastal zone in northern Guinea is primarily due to the Senegalo-
Mauritanian upwelling (the upward movement of cold nutrient-rich deeper waters) that occurs in
February and March. Outside of this area, the enrichment process of the food chain relies almost
exclusively on the high coastal inputs related to the vast development of the mangroves.
The pelagic estuarine environment is dominated by species characteristic of brackish waters such
as sciaenids, which are demersal species, and clupeids, which are pelagic species. Amongst the
pelagic fish species of the continental shelf, the Bonga Shad (Ethmalosa fimbriata) is an
abundant species that spends certain stages of its life cycle in estuaries. Demersal fish species
are represented by species such as croakers, threadfins, carps, dentex, and catfish.
5.2 Existing Social Conditions
This section presents the social and economic baseline for the port area of the Project. Social
and economic information for the national and prefecture levels is presented in the refinery social
baseline discussion (Section 4) and in Appendix B.
5.2.1 Social Zone of Influence
The overall Project zone of social influence is defined in Section 4.2.2, and shown in Figure
4.12. The following presents more detail about the areas included within this zone of influence
in the port area.
The Project alumina terminal will be located in the sub-prefecture of Kamsar, prefecture of
Bok, in the Basse Guinee (Lower or Maritime Guinea) region. The new alumina terminal will
directly affect the urban and peri-urban areas of Kamsar city, including the suburb of Daprass,
the village of Taigb, and the hamlet of Kindiadi. The port development will affect these areas
within the Kamsar vicinity in the following manner:
The railway terminal, administrative buildings and storage facilities (the alumina
terminal) has taken approximately 20 hectares of rural and semi-rural land in the
Kamsar neighborhood of Kindiadi;
The marine terminal including causeways to access the jetties has affected
approximately 4 hectares of agricultural land (rice fields) in the village or Taigb;
The railway and road link has directly affected approximately 20 hectares of urban
land in the neighborhood of Daprass;

472
Improvements to the bridge at Bok, approximately 50 kilometers from Kamsar on
National Route 20 required approximately 1.7 hectares of residential and agricultural
land; and
A future development may require land take at Kolaboui for a passing loop for the
railway, an assessment of which is outside the scope of the current SEA, however a
discussion of the social situation in Kolaboui is included in this section for
completeness. The railway is owned by ANAIM and operated by CBG.
Additionally, several homes in the Bok Bridge area were affected by construction of the new
bridge, which has been completed. The Project will also require some land within the CBG
Kamsar Plant for the development of a construction quay and for lay-down areas.
Figures 5.3, 5.4, and 5.5 show the type of urban and peri-urban environment affected by the land
take in Daprass, the Bok Bridge area, and the marine terminal and the rice fields of Taigb.
Because of the Project demand for a large construction force, there is expected to be national and
international immigration in search for work and hence the area of indirect influence will extend
significantly beyond the Project borders.
5.2.1.1 Kamsar
The city and port of Kamsar are located approximately 80 km southwest of the Sangardi site, on
the east bank of the Rio Nuez, approximately 17 km from its mouth on the Atlantic Ocean.
Kamsar has developed over the last 30 years as a result of the bauxite operations of Compagnie
des Bauxites du Guinee (CBG). Since 1973, CBG has operated a crushing and drying plant
which is fed by the railways from CBGs mines also in Sangardi. The bauxite is exported via a
marine terminal next to the plant. CBG operates an employee town (Kamsar Cit) next to their
facilities which includes housing for employees, public utilities including water and electricity,
as well as basic services for Kamsar Cit residents. The entrance to this town is gated and
monitored and is limited to employees and their families.
The urban area of Kamsar includes two separate entities commonly called cit CBG and
Kamsar village, but officially recognized as Kamsar Cit and Kamsar Center, respectively.
Kamsars urban area also includes the districts of Kassongoni, Kassopo and Filima,
consecutively located east of Kamsar, on both sides of National Route 20. Each of these districts
is further subdivided into sectors.

473
Urban and peri-urban development, largely due to the CBG operations, has resulted in a
significant population increase in Kamsar from approximately 300 people in 1970 to 179,000
people today (CSA, 2006). Informal peri-urban development over the last 35 years closely
parallels the route of the railway line and the National Road 20 as they exit Kamsar. The
development is informal and unplanned with inadequacy of basic services including water,
electricity, and waste management. The development is constrained on either side of the
transportation routes because of wetlands including mangroves and marshes.
The primary economic activity in Kamsar is employment at the CBG plant and indirect
employment generated by CBG and its employees and the increasing population. Fishing,
agriculture and trade are also important economic activities.
5.2.1.2 Taigb
Taigb is an island-village that was settled over a century ago and is located along the edge of
the Rio Nuez, approximately 6 km south of Kamsar, from which it is separated by the
Dougoufissa and Kamsar tidal creeks. Taigb Island is not accessible from the mainland by road
or bridge; the only access is by water (traditionally by dugout canoe) across Dougoufissa Creek,
or along the rice dikes. The lands used by the local population surround the main settlement and
cover the entire island. Land use includes rice fields, oil palm plantations, straw fields, and
mangrove swamps. The village itself is located in the sector of Tagbnn within the district of
Taigb, but the island also includes the sectors of Kassopiny and Kamala. As Figure 5.5
indicates, the trajectory of the conveyor crosses Taigb Island over a distance of approximately
1.2 km.
Permanent or seasonal satellite hamlets have been settled at the islands periphery to facilitate
certain activities. The permanent fishing hamlets of Sirkn and Mmsncrn have 15 and 25
inhabitants respectively and are located to the west, about 1 and 2 km away from Taigb village
along the banks of the Rio Nuez. The hamlets of Tifora and Dprp, located at about 2 km to
the east and the hamlet of Kassan, and 5 km to the southeast, are dedicated to rice, peanut, and
cassava cultivation and the extraction of palm oil. These three permanent hamlets are larger than
the hamlets of Sirkn and Mmsncrne, with populations of 30, 50, and from 70 to 80 people,
respectively.
In the rainy season, from June to December, the seasonal hamlets of Kassoussou (3.8 km towards
the north) and Ditokomp (1.5 km to the south) are visited by nearly half of the population of the
village of Taigb, for rice cultivation. During the off-season, some inhabitants stay in

474
Kassoussou to fish and produce salt. The small hamlet of Sinkini, located near the passage
across Dougoufissa Creek, has numerous fruit (bananas, mangoes, lemons, guavas) and dwarf
palm tree plantations. During the rainy season, a few rice plots are also exploited in Sinkini.
5.2.1.3 Kindiadi
Although the hamlet of Kindiadi depends administratively on the urban area of Kamsar, it is
identified as a separate hamlet. Kindiadi is located in the center of the layout for the alumina
terminal. For thirty years, this small hamlet of 45 residents has been located along the edge of
the existing railway loop, south of Kamsar train station. It is administratively joined to the
Amacew sector in the district of Kamsar Cit. Kindiadi is about 1km from the nearest houses in
Kamsar Cit, in the midst of an agricultural area. The primary economic activity of these
residents is from planted fruit trees and also from forest products.
At the time of writing, 4 physically displaced households had already resettled in Kamsar) with
improved housing and compensation for their productive assets (see the Resettlement Action
Plan, Volume 5). Cash compensation has also been paid to all owners, including non-residents,
for perennial and annual crops and non residential structures.
5.2.1.4 Daprass
Daprass (also Daprosse or Daparas) is an area attached to Kamsar Center. The affected
community of Daprass is located within Kamsar on the south side of the railway line. In contrast
with Kindiadi, Daprass is located in the immediate vicinity of the urban area of Kamsar and
actually forms its southern limit, south of the CBG rail track near the mangroves. In addition to
the Kamsar Cit, Kamsar includes several spontaneous or semi spontaneous settlements, where
dwellings were built without permits and without complying with urban planning standards;
Daprass is one of these areas. These quarters appeared as soon as Kamsar was developed in the
early seventies, and are inhabited by people who live indirectly from CBGs activities without
being its direct employees (small traders, fishermen, drivers, providers of various services, etc.).
These residents came from different areas of the country to settle in Kamsar and benefit from the
economic opportunities related to the industrial development.
Houses are generally built of permanent materials such as cement bricks and tin roofs. There is
no well-defined grid of streets, but rather paths and a few streets, which are usually narrow and
not straight. A significant portion of the inhabitants are tenants with limited income, however a
few better standing buildings are observed. As the settlement of Daprass extends due east, the

475
settlements are increasingly denser with less agricultural land than the areas to the west. On the
south side, new developments are constrained by the presence of marsh land and mangroves.
At the time of writing, Project-affected persons from Daprass had been resettled with improved
housing and compensation for their productive assets (RAP, Volume 5).
5.2.1.5 Bok Bridge
The Bok Bridge area, also knows as the Tamaransi Bridge, is located on the Kamsar to
Sangardi route and is approximately 4 km from the city of Bok. The original bridge over the
Bourouma River was constructed in 1947 and did not have the width or sufficient structural
capacity to carry large trucks loaded with the equipment needed to construct the refinery.
The Bok Bridge is located within the prfecture and sub-prfecture of Bok, and Tamaransi and
Wakiriya districts. The population density near the Bok Bridge is low, approximately 8 homes.
The main grains cultivated on the west side of the National Route 20 are rice, peanuts, cassava,
fonio, millet, and corn. Portions of the mangrove swamp on the Bourouma banks are cleared and
used for rice cultivation. Three dwellings situated along National Route 20 (see Figure 5.3)
were affected by the new bridges construction and alignment, with the three households (25
individuals) resettled in the same area with improved housing and compensation for their lost
crops and fruit trees (RAP, Volume 5).
5.2.1.6 Kolaboui
Kolaboui is located along the rail line and the main road linking Sangardi and Kamsar about 30
km east of Kamsar city. The town of Kolaboui has become a commercial crossroads with a
multi-ethnic population of approximately 14,000 inhabitants (Castalia Strategic Advisors, 2006).
The passing loop for the railway may be expanded from its current length of 254 m to
accommodate longer trains. It is not expected that the construction of the loop will require
physical or economic displacement/resettlement. The primary land use in the proposed area is
for palm trees and related palm oil extraction activities.
5.2.2 Methodology
The data for the social baseline was gathered using a range of methodological tools that included
consultation at every administrative and social level including region, prefecture, sub-prefecture,
district and village. Focus group discussions, village and household surveys, seasonal
agricultural mapping and market surveys were also conducted. Socio-economic information has
been gathered through the following main activities:

476
In April 2001, the Project proponent and SNC Lavalin conducted socio-economic
surveys, including village level consultation, in all villages.
Additional consultation and socio-economic surveys were conducted by the Project
proponent in March and April 2002 with the assistance of an independent consultant
(F. Giovannetti). At the same time, socio-economic information was gathered from
various institutions, including the University of Conakry and the Ministry of Rural
Development.
In April and May 2004, a full census of affected people and affected assets was
conducted for the Port Development. At the same time, most of the features of the
Port Development were being designed in an iterative process, to allow for the main
results of the census to feed back to the technical team.
In March 2005, the Bok District Directorate for Housing was requested by ANAIM
(Agence Nationale des Amnagements et Infrastructures Minires), the maritime and
harbor authority to carry out its own census for the Project footprint in Daprass;
together with this census, a valuation of affected structures was also done in
accordance with calculation principles applied by the Ministry of Urban Planning and
Housing.
In May 2005, following a significant change in the Project footprint in Daprass
(significant decrease in the footprint and, accordingly, in the number of displaced
households), the Daprass census was checked and updated, based on the initial 2004
Project census and on the census done by the Bok District Directorate for Housing.
The research process has been iterative and has informed the design of the Project as it has
progressed since scoping. During each of these activities interested people were informed and
consulted through meetings organized with the assistance of local authorities.
5.2.3 Demographics
5.2.3.1 Study Area Population
Kamsar
The city of Kamsar is situated in an ancient population center, called "Bagataye". Before
urbanization, Baga populations inhabited this region of mangroves, rice fields, and fruit trees.
The arrival of the Compagnie des Bauxites du Midi (CBM) in 1957 caused a population influx
into Kamsar. CBMs Guinean workers came from many different ethnic backgrounds, including
Baga, Soussou, Peul, Malink, Mikhifor, Landouma, and Nalo. During CBMs operations, the
population of Kamsar was between 10,000 and 12,000 people, but most of these people left the
region when CBM closed down.

477
When CBG arrived in 1969, Kamsar village had less than 300 inhabitants. The development of
CBGs facilities resulted in a similar process of migration from the various regions of Guinea,
and the city has since grown rapidly again. Urban and peri-urban development, largely due to the
CBG operations, has resulted in a significant population increase in Kamsar from approximately
300 people in 1970 to 179,000 people today.
Kamsar Cit was planned for an initial population of 8,000 to 10,000 persons. Currently, about
120,000 people live within a radius of 15km from Kamsar Cit, including 40,000 in the
originally planned area (CSA, 2006). This increase from the planned 10,000 to 40,000 persons is
primarily due to an increased family size from the original estimate of four persons per
household (ppH) to 10 ppH.
The urbanization rate is 75%, which reflects the industrial nature of development in the sub-
prefecture. In Kamsar, data indicates that the population is very young with children from 0 to 9
years old representing one third of the inhabitants. The population under the age of 20 represents
55% of the population while 20% of the population is over 35 (Republic of Guinea, 2000a).
Contrary to the situation at the national level where women outnumber men (with a ratio of 96
men to 100 women), the ratio of men to women in the Kamsar sub-prefecture is reversed. This
difference is even greater in the surrounding urban area of Kamsar city (with a ratio of 100 men
to 88 women). This disparity is attributable to the migration of male workers attracted by CBGs
employment opportunities and by the subsequent increase in occupations mainly held by men
(mechanics, blacksmiths, etc.).
Taigb
According to the village socio-economic survey carried out by the Project, the population of
Taigb village and its satellite hamlets is 2,015 inhabitants. The exact breakdown between
children and adults is unknown, but 1,595 people pay taxes, which exempt children under 20 and
people over 50. On average, there are 4 children per family.
Kindiadi
The hamlet of Kindiadi is a small sample of the general population of Kamsar, as it is inhabited
by migrants from different areas of Guinea. The hamlet of Kindiadi has 36 inhabitants,
distributed among 4 families.

478
5.2.3.2 Ethnic Groups and Language
Multiethnic migrations driven by employment opportunities are at the core of Kamsars
multicultural character. In rural areas, the Baga, the original inhabitants, are still the dominant
ethnic group. Even though the Bagas are a minority group undergoing a process of assimilation
in other coastal areas, the Baga identity remains strong between the Rio Kapatchez and the Rio
Nuez. Moreover, the village of Katako (near the study area) is a Baga cultural center. Soussou
is the dominant language although the cultural influence of this ethnic group is not as significant
as it is observed in the south. The CBM employees who arrived in the late 1950s were from the
Soussou, Peul, Malink, Mikhifor, Landouma, and Nalo ethnic groups.
Kamsar
In Kamsar, people come from all over Guinea to work for CBG or to take advantage of other
indirect economic opportunities, resulting in broad ethnic diversity. Almost all expatriates live
in Kamsar Cit. CBGs ongoing nationalization process of appointing Guinean employees to a
majority of positions in their operations lowers the proportion of expatriates, which is now
significantly lower than in previous decades.
Taigb
Taigb is a traditional Baga village. Bangoura and Camara clans are predominant. In Taigb,
the Bagas represent the dominant ethnic group (66%) followed by Soussous (20%) and Peules
(14%).
Kindiadi
In Kindiadi each of the 4 families belongs to a different ethnic group: Soussou, Malink,
Landouma and Peule.
5.2.3.3 Religion
With respect to religion, the original population of the area is primarily Christian, but Muslims
are also found. In Kamsar city, religions include both Muslims and Christians, in relation with
the diversity in origins of the population. Religion also reflects ethnic diversity: ethnic groups
from Maritime Guinea are generally Christian (with a significant minority of Muslims), whereas
Peuls and Malink are predominantly Muslim. Kindiadi is therefore predominantly Muslim
while the Taigb population is about two-thirds Christian and one-third Muslim.

479
5.2.3.4 Housing
The housing in Kamsar city reflects the range of construction available in both urban and rural
areas, from concrete houses with sheet metal roofs to temporary structures of plaited grasses. In
the CBG Cit, the houses are uniformly constructed out of concrete blocks with sheet metal roofs
and have standardized designs. CBG classifies housing according to the rank of the employee
with the largest houses going to the managers and directors.
In the urban core and in the older sections of Kamsar Center, the houses tend to be more
permanent structures made of concrete with concrete floors and sheet metal roofing. These
houses tend to be rectangular with several rooms and a courtyard in front. In the case of a
polygamous marriage, the wives may have additional housing structures in the family compound.
In the recently settled areas, and in the peri-urban outskirts of town, the housing tends to be less
permanent and of less costly materials such as banco, a mud/wattle construction that is typical of
rural areas. There are also numerous temporary structures, outbuildings such as kitchen sheds, as
well as houses in construction. Families will typically initiate construction of an improved
concrete house and continue to build as the financing is secured.
5.2.3.5 Vulnerable and Disadvantaged Groups
The criteria used by the Project for identifying vulnerable people are presented in Section
4.2.4.8. The Project has identified only one person in the Project-affected port area fits these
criteria: a widowed mother of young children. She is being assisted by the Project social team to
ensure that the Project does not adversely affect her (RAP, Volume 5).
5.2.4 Education
5.2.4.1 Infrastructure
The sub-prefecture is in charge of public and registered private educational institutions however,
the CBGs school, located within Kamsar Cit, is private and operated independently from sub-
prefecture supervision. The community of Kamsar is permitted access to the school but in
general the school fees are prohibitive to most residents. There are also a number of community
schools managed by individuals that are not registered with the public services. Although the
value of these schools is an accepted fact because of the urgent schooling needs, these schools
are not monitored, due to a lack of resources.
The sub-prefecture of Kamsar provides schooling from primary to high school and there are 29
elementary schools (of which seven are private), 1 mixed nursery/elementary school, 6 mixed

480
nursery/elementary/high schools, and 6 high schools. The table below shows the registered
schools in the Kamsar sub-prefecture.
Registered Schools in Kamsar Sub-Prefecture
School Type Public Registered Private
Elementary Schools 22 7
Mixed Nursery school / Elementary 1
Mixed Nursery School / Elementary /
Junior High School
6
Junior High Schools 1 5
Secondary Schools 2
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment (Port Development),
SNC Lavalin, June 2004 (Table 4-9).

Taigb has 2 elementary schools with a total of 6 classrooms and 6 teachers. Another
elementary school with 3 classrooms is being built on the edge of the village. All 279 of
Taigbs elementary-age children attend school. In addition, approximately 60 of its children
attend junior high schools or secondary school, and 10 attend the university.
All the children in the hamlet of Kindiadi go to school as soon as they are old enough. At the
time data collection, 3 attended elementary school, 1 attended junior high school, and 3 attended
secondary school.
5.2.4.2 Enrollment and Literacy
The Kamsar education system is understaffed and overcrowded, similarly to the Sangardi sub-
prefecture. The data presented in the table below illustrates the shortage of teaching personnel
and institutions in the Kamsar sub-prefecture. The number of pupils per class and per teacher in
the sub-prefecture is high and the difference between the participation of boys and girls is also
high. This gender difference increases with educational level in both the public and private
systems, and is more pronounced in the semi-urban area (Filima secondary school) than in the
urban school (Makhtar M' Bow secondary school). The difference in the teacher-pupil ratio
between the public and private systems is also obvious.

481
Student-Teacher Ratios for Kamsar
Level and
System
Number of Teachers Number of Students
Teacher-
Student
Ratio
Number
of
Classes
Students
per Class
F M F M
Public
Elementary
Schools
75 140
4560
(41%)
6672
(59%)
1:52 unknown unknown
Private
Elementary
Schools
60
945
(43%)
1240
(57%)
1:36 unknown unknown
Public Junior
High Schools
3 29
315
(25%)
944
(75%)
1:39 18 70
Private
Junior High
Schools
66
184
(35%)
348
(65%)
1:8 unknown unknown
Makhtar
MBow
Secondary
School
12 56
583
(33%)
1167
(66%)
1:50 29 60
Filima Public
Secondary
School
3 32
422
(26%)
1214
(74%)
1:47 27 61
Source: Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Environmental Impact Assessment (Port Development), SNC Lavalin, June 2004
(Table 4-10).

Within the population that attends school, there is a disparity between the number of males and
females and this gap increases as children progress in the education system. The disparity is
slightly less in urban areas as shown in the following table.

482
Access to Different Levels of Education for Men and Women
Women Men Ratio
Level of Education
Kamsar
Sub-prefecture
Kamsar Center
Primary School 65 F: 100 M 70 F: 100 M
Secondary School
(General Education)
46 F: 100 M 51 F: 100 M
Secondary School
(Professional Education)
38 F: 100 M 40 F: 100 M
University 22 F: 100 M 24 F: 100 M

In Kamsar sub-prefecture the level of literacy for men is reported at 55% and for women at 33%.
A similar pattern is observed in Kamsar Center where the literacy rates are 64% for men and
44% for women. As such, the gap between men and womens literacy in Kamsar sub-prefecture
is similar to the national level.
The table below illustrates that the literacy is higher in urban areas (i.e. Kamsar Center) than in
rural areas. The higher level of literacy found in Kamsar Center can be attributed to the
following:
The presence of CBG, which attracts a population that already has a certain level of
education;
The higher average income of the population, which makes it easier to take children
(girls in particular) to school; and
Greater availability of schools and teaching personnel in urban areas.

483
Male and Female Literacy Rates
Literacy Rate (%)
Region
Male Female
Guinea 37 15
Prefecture of Bok 41 17
Kamsar Sub-prefecture 55 33
Kamsar Center 64 44

5.2.5 Human Health
5.2.5.1 Infrastructure and Health Services
The population of the Kamsar region has access to three primary health care institutions: a
hospital situated in Kamsar Cit and two dispensaries located in the surrounding urban area in
Kassopo and Filima. A new health center is also reportedly under construction in Filima.
The CBG/ANAIM hospital belongs to the ANAIM and is open to everyone. However, while the
CBG workers and their families receive free treatment, the general public has to pay for medical
services and medicine. As a result, CBG staff and their families primarily use the CBG/ANAIM
hospital while the general public uses it to a lesser extent. The hospital provides numerous
health services, including surgery and dental care and also offers hospitalization services. The
CBG/ANAIM hospital is ranked one of the top hospitals in Guinea.
The Katako dispensary in Kassopo is a relatively well-organized, 4-bed institution with a
maternity ward including a laboratory and childbirth room. The permanent medical staff consists
of a doctor; 2 to 3 nurses, and a general staff member trained in health care, other doctors assist
on a temporary basis.
The Filima dispensary is a consultation center for pre- and post-natal services as well as for the
detection and treatment of common diseases. The facility has one nurse, but no permanent
doctor.
There are no health centers in the affected areas of Kindiadi, Daprass, or Taigb. Residents use
facilities in Kamsar Center.

484
5.2.5.2 Public Health and Illnesses
The most common diseases affecting children in decreasing order of frequency are malaria (by
far the most common disease), fevers of unknown origin, mild diarrhea, tetanus, tuberculosis,
and pneumonia. Children face two major health service problems: lack of vaccines and
malnutrition.
The data in the study area generally reflects the national trends (Appendix B). The primary
health problem affecting women is anemia, which is associated with pregnancy and is a
contributor to the majority of the other health problems affecting women. To address this
problem, government authorities supply vitamins high in iron and folic acid to pregnant women.
Another disease related to sickle cell anemia, drepanocytosis, is also widespread among women,
with a 25% incidence rate. This disease exacerbates anemia and increases womens vulnerability
to other infections. Malaria is not widespread in adults of either sex, apparently because of the
use of insecticides and sanitation efforts in the city of Kamsar. There are large numbers of
stillborn children, and the mortality rate of mothers following childbirth is high.
Among men, the main causes of mortality are accidents and high blood pressure. A major risk
factor for high blood pressure in Kamsar Cit is obesity, which also increases the incidence of
diabetes.
5.2.5.3 HIV/AIDS and STDs
HIV/AIDS is not discussed openly because of social taboos. As a result, the true rate of
infection is unknown, but the doctor interviewed for the purpose of the initial baseline study
estimated that it might affect 20% of the population. More recent data available from the
Kamsar hospital show the seroprevalence of blood donors have increased from 0.49 in the period
1989-1991 to more than 3% during the period 2004-2005. This is significant since the national
level is around 2%. Further details about the national/regional HIV/AIDS situation and
government, and other initiatives being undertaken are contained in the refinery social baseline
discussion (Section 4.2.6.2).
HIV/AIDS could become a major cause of mortality over the long term. The primary underlying
social cause for the prevalence of AIDS is prostitution, which is particularly widespread in
Kamsar due to the presence of sailors, a transient community, and affluence sufficient to pay for
prostitutes. Other problems related to addressing the AIDS issue include:

485
People resisting awareness-raising efforts;
Low perception of the individual risk and men in particular not admitting that they have
contracted AIDS, nor any other sexually transmitted disease;
Low condom use and some traditional practices for example early marriage and
polygamy; and
Men rejecting women that are infected, denying that they themselves are infected, then
marrying a new wife and continuing to spread the virus.
The Project is conducting studies to better understand the HIV/AIDS situation in the region and
will aim to implement actions to reduce the impact of the Project in the expansion of the disease.
5.2.6 Land Use and Tenure
5.2.6.1 Urban and Peri-Urban Land Use
The Kamsar Cit and Kamsar Center are primarily residential areas with interspersed retail areas,
cultural sites, light industry and a fishing port north of the commercial port area.
CBG (Kamsar) Cit
A large part of the Cit was built on land reclaimed from the mangrove swamp. The reclaimed
area includes residential zones in several quarters covering approximately 1.4 km
2
. The Cit
includes a few small shops, a supermarket, traditional restaurants, recreational areas, a
community center, a library, a hospital, schools, mosques, a church, and financial institutions.
Kamsar Center
To the east of the Kamsar Cit, along the main road, the land was developed without any
strategic planning. This area includes the districts of Kamsar Center, Kassopo, Kassongoni, and
Filima, which are under public administration and do not depend on CBG. Many of the
residential areas were built on reclaimed mangrove swamp, for example Kassopo. This urban
area covers a surface of about 1.75 km
2
and includes mosques, schools, a secondary school (at
Filima), and health clinics. The administrative headquarters of the sub-prefecture and the Rural
Development Community (CRD) are located in the surrounding urban area, just outside the
boundary of Kamsar Cit. The average population density is much lower than that of Kamsar
Cit but it increases where land is appropriate for development.

486
Commercial Areas in Kamsar
With the exception of four hotels and boarding houses, businesses are limited to small retail trade
shops and cafes, scattered mostly along the main road. The main market (Sahara Market) is near
the bus station, at Kamsar Center. An informal daily market lines the northern side of the
railway with stalls selling kitchen goods, shoes, produce etc. Along the same railway route many
of the permanent structures are store fronts with varying degrees of formality. There are
woodworking shops, furniture stalls, door makers and mechanics lining the route.
Industrial Areas
South of Kamsar Cit, on either side of the railway line and the main road, land granted to CBG
is occupied by company workshops, garages, storage buildings, a chemistry laboratory, and
offices for the companys management. North of this complex, on the edge of the Rio Nuez, a
new wastewater treatment system for Kamsar Cit commenced operation in early 2004. A wall
surrounds CBGs bauxite crushing and drying plant, located at the mouth of the Dougoufissa,
and the railway loop for the bauxite terminal. This wall encloses a surface area of about
0.52 km
2
.
Peri-Urban Areas
At the periphery of Kamsar Cit, a rural-urban boundary spreads eastward towards Kawass.
Settlement is not well structured with a higher density of inhabitants on high ground. Due to the
urban influence of Kamsar, monetary transactions for agricultural as well as property
development lands become more frequent. This is in contrast to the village of Taigb where
traditional ownership customs prevail.
Application for land ownership access in the peri-urban area of Kamsar must be addressed to the
Prefect, who is the president of the Prefectorial Domanial Commission. Then, the application is
passed on to the Direction prfectorale de lUrbanisme et de lHabitat, des Travaux Publics, des
Mines et des Carrires where it is evaluated in consultation with concerned local authorities.
The land application is granted as long as it is free of any other commitments.
Agricultural Lands
North of Kamsar Cit and up to Pointe du Zbre, old uncultivated rice fields and abandoned
fields are bordered by mangrove swamps and crossed by small tidal creeks. CBG retirees and
other inhabitants of Kamsars surrounding urban zone opportunistically cultivate the vacant
lands inside the railway loop and just to the east of the plant. The flat land behind and to the east

487
of the factory is used for growing rice while some of the higher land, along the railway, is used
to grow cassava, peanuts, and corn.
Between the mangrove and the railway loop, fruit tree plantations are found on high ground,
including two relatively large mango orchards, as well as the hamlet of Kindiadi, surrounded by
its plantations.
5.2.6.2 Land Use and Ownership in the Project Area
Kamsar
The land where the alumina terminal and the approach jetty will be constructed belongs to
ANAIM and is located outside CBGs concession. CBG owns buildings and industrial facilities
located on land belonging to ANAIM. However, according to the concession agreement, the
Republic of Guinea and ANAIM grant CBG a right-of-way over the land necessary to exploit
and transform bauxite for a renewable period of 20 years. Around Kamsar, this includes the
locations of the following facilities:
The CBG processing plant;
Houses and other facilities belonging to CBG in Kamsar Cit;
The Songolon electrical generating facilities;
The Kawass airport;
Buildings and technical installations belonging to CBG; and
The lands necessary to expand the facilities noted above.
CBG has the sole responsibility for the operation and management of the facilities that were
granted in the framework of the concession agreement. These facilities include:
All facilities in Kamsar Cit;
The dock and port facilities; and
The railway line.
For the duration of the concession agreement, CBG has a priority but not exclusive right, to use
these facilities for the extraction and export of bauxite. CBG is responsible in particular for the
maintenance of the granted facilities, including the maintenance and the dredging of the access

488
channel, turning basin, and berth area; the maintenance of the railway; and the maintenance,
repair, and renewal of port facilities.
In the urban areas surrounding Kamsar, 80% of the land no longer belongs to the original
settlers. The heads of the families sold their land to former CBG employees who had lived in the
CBG Cit but who, upon retirement, were no longer eligible for CBG housing. The rice fields
are the last parcels that still belong to original settlers, with the exception of the rice fields
adjacent to the city along the Rio Nuez that are being cultivated by former CBG workers.
Kindiadi
Several hectares of fruit trees surround the houses of Kindiadi including mangos, bananas;
coconut palms, avocados, cashews, figs, and oil palms.
The land tenure situation in Kindiadi is relatively complex: none of the identified plots in the
affected area has ever been formally allocated through an ownership title, a concession, or an
occupation license granted by the relevant authorities.
In legal terms, the ownership regime in Kindiadi is the result of bona fide customary occupancy.
This applies to the inhabited area and its immediate surroundings (the houses and the
surrounding intensive gardens), and to 4 households (resident traditional owners). The
boundaries of these properties have been delineated and agreed upon by all concerned parties
during the 2004 census. Customary owners are also deemed to own the structures and the trees
located on the plots.
In addition to these, there are a number of agricultural plots that the residents indicated belonged
to non-residents of Kindiadi, in fact people living in Kamsar city. These non resident owners
have been identified (there are 6 in total). The limits of their plots, which are purely agricultural,
without any residence, have been delineated, and in this case too, bona fide customary ownership
could be established. On these latter plots, a few owners have awarded usufruct rights to third
parties (at least two such users were identified, both females), who cultivate land in a tenure
regime which appears to belong in tenancy or sharecropping. Users plough the land, sow it, and
then maintain the crop (mainly groundnut). They do not seem to own the fruit trees: as
mentioned above, these trees have been inventoried as being the property of the non-resident
landowners, not of the land users.

489
One resident household has settled in Kindiadi after a permit to do so was given to the head of
household by one of the resident owners. He is Senegalese and resides for part of the year in an
uncompleted building, at some distance from the core of the hamlet.
Daprass
Daprass is a suburb of Kamsar Center and as such, land in this area is predominantly used for
residential purposes. Houses in Daprass appear to have been built without formal land title or
any other form of official recognition of land ownership. Land is therefore deemed to belong to
the State. The Project has recognized ownership/tenancy rights of affected households in
Daprass and has compensated them accordingly (RAP, Volume 5).
Taigb
Taigb Islands residential area consists of the houses constituting the village of Taigb, and
Taigbs hamlets, which are located on the periphery of the island. Residential areas cover about
50 ha of the islands 16.26 km
2
of total area.
Taigbs agricultural lands (i.e., rice fields and straw fields) occupy a surface area of about
2.9 km
2
(Figure 5.5). In Guinea, mangrove swamp rice-growing is well developed in estuaries,
where the recurring submersion of lowlands by sea water ensures a regular input of organic
matter and mineral elements whose buffering and fertilizing qualities restore the fertility of the
land between growing seasons.
The land tenure system in Taigb village was specifically investigated in the course of the 2004
census. The village elders provided the following information:
Land is under family custody. Each family has its own land, and this family
ownership is customarily recognized as such by all community members. Each
family head distributes this family holding amongst male children when they get
married;
Baga customary law does not recognize a womans right to own land. However,
women are provided permanent usage rights, which they acquire through marriage.
Every husband has a traditional obligation to provide his wife (or wives) with a rice
field, which confers to the wife a permanent usage right over the land. She loses this
usage right if she divorces or her husband dies;
Preparing rice fields for submersion and plowing are traditionally an obligation of the
husband. The remaining agricultural tasks belong to the woman;

490
The harvest is the property of the woman, but she must obtain her husbands
authorization to sell some of the produce to meet her personal needs. The rest is used
for family self-consumption. In polygamous households, each wife manages her own
harvest as she pleases;
In general, land is cultivated by its customary owners and there is neither tenancy nor
sharecropping. Land is not sold. Rice fields can be lent against no particular fee; and
Each family has a land reserve in mangroves, which is not cleared yet. They also
own this particular land reserve.
Kolaboui
A portion of a palm tree plantation belonging to the State (Direction Gnrale de lAgriculture)
is located on the site in Kolabui where a rail loop may be constructed for the railway line (Figure
5.4). The plantation covers a 24-hectare surface and was planted 52 years ago during the
colonization era. Although less productive due to their age, these palm trees are still exploited
by a government agent under the coordination of the sub-prefecture. Plantation income is about
GF 2,000,000 a year, paid to the Ministry of Agriculture (Diallo H., Sub-prefect de Kolaboui,
Pers. comm.). Any future impact on this plantation will be assimilated into the compensation
and resettlement process for the Project.
5.2.7 Natural Resources Use
5.2.7.1 Timber Products
Mangrove timber exploitation is of significant importance in Kamsar for a broad range of
activities including for building houses and for fuel. Discussions with local residents indicate that
the wood is used as fuel for cooking, brick and salt production, as well as for construction.
Avicennia is used as firewood or for charcoal processing. Rhizophora is used for smoking fish
and producing salt at the rate of 3 kg of wood for 1 kg of product. These production activities
are conducted using traditional methods that are not regulated. Mangrove wood exploitation to
support these activities is not regulated either.
The amount of wood available in the mangroves within the study area is insufficient to meet the
needs of the surrounding populations who also have to collect their fuel wood in areas outside
the Project area.
5.2.7.2 Shellfish Gathering
The local population consumes all the species identified in the mangrove study (gastropods,
shellfish, and fish) with the exception of the crab Sesarma huzardi. The most popular are

491
oysters, Crassostrea tulipa, because they are easily caught, and supra-littoral crabs, Cardiosoma
armatum. Oyster shells are used for liming acid soils, as an additive in poultry feed, and as a
material for construction and decoration purposes.
5.2.7.3 Salt Production
During the dry season, the inhabitants of Taigb produce salt by collecting salt outcrops on the
soil surface of the rice fields. These outcrops are dissolved and then filtered through grass and
clay filters to extract the non-soluble sediments. The salty water is then boiled to evaporate the
water and produce salt. On average, 3 kg of firewood are required to produce 1kg of salt. The
quality of the salt collected depends on the abundance of impurities present in the initial solution.
Women and children typically perform this activity on the family parcel.
5.2.8 Livelihood Activities and Employment Opportunities
5.2.8.1 Economic Activities in Kamsar Sub-Prefecture
In Kamsar sub-prefecture more than half of the male population is working as a wage earner
while one third attends school. Throughout the Kamsar sub-prefecture, 45% of the female
population is working, 21% are housewives, and 17% are in school. By comparison, a higher
proportion of females in Kamsar Center are housewives (33%) or enrolled in school (33%),
meaning than a smaller proportion of females are employed (33%). This data on employment
includes people aged 6 and older even though the working population is defined as being 10
years old and over in the 1996 census.
Very low rates of unemployment are reported in the national census in the Kamsar sub-
prefecture and Kamsar Center, however, this data contradicts with what both the rural and urban
populations of Kamsar region express; namely a serious lack of employment opportunities. This
contradiction is apparently related to the fact that the concept of unemployment is difficult to
define in the Kamsar region, especially in surrounding urban areas where children, housewives,
and retired people are involved in productive activities such as agriculture, fishing, and
woodcutting. These populations often come from rural areas and are recent arrivals in Kamsar.
Therefore, their livelihood is a mix of rural and urban activities; often coupled with traditional
activities such as market gardening, rice cultivation, small animal husbandry, fishing,
woodcutting, and salt production. Such activities are mainly oriented towards household
consumption or serve to meet subsistence needs; they are not income-oriented.

492
Income-generating activities are mainly related to retail trade, mechanics, agricultural wage-
labor, machinery operation, building, carpentry, and transportation. Many residents are also
former workers, CBG pensioners or members of their families are living at the periphery of
Kamsar and practicing small business professions and traditional activities (i.e. mainly
agriculture).
In Kamsar Cit, there is virtually no unemployment since the occupants are CBG workers,
housewives, and students, with a minority employed by ANAIM or other companies related to
CBG.
The 1996 census indicated that, in the sub-prefecture of Kamsar, half of the men are independent
workers, while the other half is CBG employees, apprentices, and domestic helpers. Two-thirds
of the female population is employed as domestic helpers and 25% are independent workers.
With respect to the male population of Kamsar Center, the job status distribution is similar to
that of the sub-prefecture; half are independent workers and the other half are CBG employees
and apprentices. Approximately half of the female population works as housewives and about
40% are independent workers, the remaining proportion are participating in various other
occupations.
5.2.8.2 Economic Activities in the Study Area
Overview
The main economic activities in the study area (Kamsar Center, peri-urban areas, Taigb and
Kindiadi) are agriculture, industrial processing of bauxite, fishing, retail sales and service
oriented businesses. In the following table economic activities are broken down by sector.

493
Primary Economic Activities in the Kamsar Area
Primary Sector
Agriculture and Natural
Resource Products
Secondary Sector
Manufacturing and
Transformation of Raw Goods
Tertiary Sector
Service Industry
Rice-growing (situated
on lands in Kamsar
suburbs and on Taigb
island);
Palm oil plantations
(extraction of palm oil at
Taigb and Kindiadi);
Fruit orchards
(mangoes, banana
trees, cashew trees and
avocado trees);
Domestic goats, cattle
and poultry rearing;
Other agricultural
activities;
Traditional fishing;
Woodcutting
(mangroves);

SOPEC (Society for the
Production of Explosives
and Shelss).
Bauxite processing (CBG);
Traditional extraction of
palm oil;
Production of salt.

Wholesale Store for
General Goods;
Markets and small food
shops (6 including 2
within Kamsar Cit and 4
in Kamsar Center and
Filima - and the
permanent market);
Lodging and host
services (2 hotels and 1
restaurant in Kamsar
Cit, 4 hotels with
catering services in
Kamsar Center and
Filima);
Transportation;
Financial institutions: 2
banks (BICIGUI and the
Socit Gnrale des
Banques) and one local
rural credit bank;
Telephone company:
Sotelgui, which provides
local service between
the sub-prefectures of
Kamsar, Kolaboui and
Bok.

Modified from: Sangardi Environmental Impact Assessment, Port Development, SNC Lavalin, June 2004.

Primary sector includes activities producing non-converted raw material such as agriculture and
fisheries. Secondary sector includes activities producing converted material, such as
manufacturing or activities involving a transformation of raw products. The tertiary sector
comprises all the activities that are not directly producing consumer goods, such as services and
administration.

494
There is an active informal sector typical of West African towns that also exists in the study area.
This sector involves ambulatory trade of household goods, foodstuffs including raw foods (fruits,
fish, etc.) as well as prepared food (breads, cooked fish, juices, etc.). Women are the primary
proponents and beneficiaries of the informal sector.
Kamsar
In Kamsar Center, the preceding activities involve less than 10% of the population. Most of the
food available in the food stores of Kamsar Cit is imported from Europe and North America.
As a result, the local rural population does not benefit significantly from the high purchasing
power of wage workers concentrated in Kamsar.
More than one third of the female population and 21% of the male population in the sub-
prefecture are involved in commercial activities. These activities consist mainly of retail sales
concentrated in the urban area of Kamsar where food markets and numerous small shops are
aligned along the main road. In Kamsar Center, commerce is the main economic activity as it
involves 60% of the female population and nearly one third of the male population.
Palm oil extraction is another important activity in the sub-prefecture and particularly in Kamsar
Center where it is practiced by 21% of the male population.
In the sub-prefecture, public works and construction employ 11% of the male population while
17% of the female population is employed as domestic helpers.
Within Kamsar Center and in the periphery of the urban area, families grow garden plots in the
areas surrounding their homes as well as fruit and palm trees. Any available land is generally
cultivated for food crops.
Taigb
Agriculture is the main subsistence activity in Taigb, with rice being the main crop and cassava
and peanuts being secondary crops. Fishing is the second most important economic activity.
Palm oil is also extracted at Kindiadi and at Taigb where it is the most lucrative activity.

495
Kindiadi
Residents of Kindiadi are predominantly farmers. They settled in Kindiadi because of its
productive land. As is usual in this region of Guinea, land is comprised of small intensively
cultivated gardens (called tapades), located next to the houses, and fields intended for open-
field, less intensive crops. In addition to those, some people cultivate rice fields in flooded areas
within the mangrove, where they can take advantage of natural submersion of their field during
the wet season. These rice plots will not be affected by the Project.
In Kindiadi, orchard fruit production represents the main activity (in terms of labor). Harvests
are first destined for household consumption and the surplus is sold in the Sahara market in
Kamsar Center. Perennial fruit trees include the following: mangoes, citruses (lemon and
oranges), other fruit trees like guava, palm trees, cashew nut trees and cola nut trees. According
to farmers, annual crops include groundnut, sorghum, and maize. Cassava and sweet potato are
also widely cultivated and form one of the basic staples used by local inhabitants. Fishing is the
second most important economic activity. Cultivation by Kindiadi residents meets subsistence
needs (cassava and grain). Excess and cash crops are marketed in Kamsar, generally by females.
All Kindiadi households include at least one member who has a non-agricultural activity.
Generally, the wife runs a small informal trade (soap, cigarettes), in addition to taking care of
marketing of agricultural produce. These small-scale commercial activities generate most of the
household cash income. In addition there are individuals involved in brick making and palm
wine tapping and sale.
Most of Kindiadi young males of working age are unemployed, which means that they
participate to agricultural activities and may get from time to time a non permanent wage earning
job. Several have gone through vocational training courses. One family in Kindiadi receives
remittances from members living in Conakry, and one family must pay expenses related with one
adult child, who is a student in Bok.
Daprass
Informal petty trading is the dominant activity in Daprass where the range of employment among
affected households includes: traders, fishermen, carpenters, drivers and a range of other
activities.

496
In contrast to Kindiadi households, whose main livelihood source is agriculture, those in Daprass
do not have agricultural land and therefore are fully part of the cash economy, with wage-earning
jobs, and independent trade or services the main sources of livelihoods.
Bok Bridge Area
The local population living close to the Bourouma River are involved in both agriculture and
fishing. They practice fishing in the dry season during the months of January to June (with best
fishing between March and July). Fish are normally sold in 1 to 1.5 kg blocks and the price
varies from 500 to 2,000 GF based on the size of the fish and the season. Fish are generally
consumed by the local population or sold along the main road. When the volume of the capture
increases, the fish are sold in downtown Bok. A fishing cooperative exists in Bourouma.
Some professional fishermen (the Somonos) who come from Siguiri in northern Guinea, also fish
in the Bourouma from December to June. These professionals generally work in groups of 2 or
3, and have considerably more fishing equipment than the local fishermen.
5.2.9 Income from Livelihood Activities
Since Kamsar is mainly an urban area, it was not practical for income levels to be assessed for
the entire city. However, during the socio-economic surveys in 2002 and 2004, incomes were
assessed for the residents of the affected areas of Kindiadi and Daprass.
Kindiadi
All families appear to ensure their own food self-sufficiency. Household cash income (self-
consumption excluded) is in the range from 40,000 to 800,000 Guinean Francs per year per
individual (US$ 20 to 400). This income mainly comes from the sale of agricultural produce
(fruit, vegetables and groundnut) and from commercial activities undertaken by women.
Daprass
Income is low in Daprass with 70% of households earning less than 4,000 Guinean Francs or 2
US dollars per day per individual, and 40% earn less than one dollar per day per individual.
5.2.10 Infrastructure and Public Services
5.2.10.1 Roads
National Route 20 connects Kamsar to Bok via Kolaboui, a total distance of 53 km. This route
is a two-way asphalted road. The roads in Kamsar Cit are asphalted and in good condition. The
rest of the region is connected by dirt roads. The dirt road between Bok and Sangardi is

497
maintained in good condition, and new bridges were recently built on the Tinguilinta, and
Kwwol Rivers.
Kindiadi
There is no significant track or road within the footprint of the railway loop or the alumina
terminal. A few paths are used by Kindiadi residents to reach the hamlet, and by farmers who
cultivate in the few surrounding agricultural plots, or by people who want to reach the
mangroves.
Daprass
The neighborhood is built along the right-of-way of the train which is how residents access their
homes. The track located immediately to the south of the existing CBG rail track is also used by
trucks, which transport waste to sites where it is illegally disposed. It is also used by CBG safety
patrols to ensure that nobody is walking on the rails when a train comes. In addition, there are
packed earth roads and footpaths that interconnect the neighborhood.
Taigb
Taigb is only accessible by foot following the dikes constructed to contain water for the
ricefields or by dugout canoe. One of the paths used by the community to access will be
impacted by the conveyor. The village of Taigb has requested the Projects help to construct
road access to the community.
5.2.10.2 Rail Facilities
A 136 km railway line and five stations (Kamsar, Kolaboui, Bok, Gobir, and Sangardi)
connect the Port of Kamsar with the mines of Sangardi. Three passing tracks at Bok, Tann,
and Gobir, each about 1.5 km long, and the reception and departure tracks in Kamsar and
Sangardi, allow the 125-wagon trains to pass. Kolaboui has a 254 m long passing track which
under future Project plans may be enlarged by the railway line operator.
These facilities are owned by the Chemin de Fer de Bok (CFB) which is managed by ANAIM.
ANAIM rents the CFB facilities to CBG, which is responsible for operation of the trains, and
repair and maintenance of the CFB facilities.
CBG operates six bauxite trains per day and one train for passengers and goods nearly every day.
The official railway line right-of-way is 50 m on each side of the tracks and no one is permitted
to erect buildings, live, cultivate, or conduct any other activity within this right-of-way.

498
However, during an awareness-raising campaign led by the prefecture environmental officer and
CBG in 1992, it became apparent that enforcing this standard would require the forced transfer
of numerous families who had already built their houses inside ANAIMs right-of-way. Since
then, officials have tolerated and tried to enforce a 25 m right-of-way.
5.2.10.3 Ports and Navigation Channels
There are three fishing ports in the Bok region which are Kamsar, Dougoula and Katibinyi.
There is also a new port for small-scale fishing called Port Nn.
The Port of Kamsar is the second largest port in Guinea. Located 17 km from the mouth of the
Rio Nuez, its location inside the estuary makes it a natural harbor accessible throughout the
year. The Port of Kamsar (Figure 5.5) includes a navigation access channel, a quay for bulk ore
vessels and oil tankers (the bauxite quay), a commercial wharf for general cargo and container
vessels (the French quay or Quai Franais), and a service quay for boats used in the maintenance
of the port (the Italian quay or Quai Italien).
The bauxite quay was constructed between 1970 and 1972 to export the bauxite mined in
Sangardi. It consists of a 1,740 m-long jetty with a conveyor; a 270 m-long and 17.7 m wide
quay; and a 13 m deep berthing area.
The commercial or French quay has a length of 120 m and width of 50 m. At the end of the
quay, there is a Derrick crane with a capacity of 110 tons at 15 meters. This quay is more than
40 years old and some of its structures are in poor condition. The sheet piles are showing signs
of corrosion and a recent evaluation indicates that this quay is not far from the end of its useful
life. The service or Italian quay has a length of 70 m and width of 8 m.
All the facilities are managed and operated by CBG, which also maintains the facilities.
ANAIM is the maritime and harbor authority with overall responsibility for the port in
accordance with the Guinean Merchant Navy Code.
The port is accessible through a 90 km access channel, including a 73 km outer channel and a
17 km inner channel that leads to the turning basin. The inner channel has a minimum width of
120 m. It is marked out with by buoys and permanently maintained at a depth ranging between
8.25 and 8.50 m. The outer channel is the portion of the channel from the open sea to the inner
channel. It has a depth of 12 to 9 m below reference datum level and is also marked with buoys.
There is no maintenance for that portion of the channel.

499
The turning basin is a holding area for cargo ships and ore vessels, and extends 360 m west from
the bauxite quay. It is dredged to a minimal depth of 7.7 m and the berth at the bauxite quay is
dredged to 13 m.
The Rio Nuez is used annually as a waterway for approximately 284 vessels bound for the
industrial port. Approximately 250 Panamax class ore vessels use the bauxite quay annually.
The ships have a length of greater than 225 m, a width greater than 32 m, and a capacity that
varies from 45,000 to 60,000 tons. About twelve oil tankers also visit the port every year. Their
length usually varies between 170 and 200 m and they have a capacity of about 20,000 tons.
Approximately 24 cargo ships use the French quay every year. These ships have a length that
varies between 82 and 89 m (the quay can accommodate 100 m long ships) and capacities of
1,500 to 1,800 tons.
5.2.10.4 Kamsar Airport
Kamsars regional airport is located in Kawass, 12 km northeast of Kamsar city. The airport is
operated by CBG and is primarily used to transport CBG staff between Kamsar, Sangardi, and
Conakry, with almost daily flights. The runway is 900 m long and 40 m wide. A meteorological
station was installed in February 2001 for air navigation purposes.
5.2.10.5 Potable Water Infrastructure and Services
Kamsar
The water supply for Kamsar Cit comes from three 90-m deep wells in the village of Songolon,
located about thirty kilometers northeast of Kamsar. The water is pumped to the Kamsar water
tower through a 400 mm diameter, 30 km cast iron pipe coated with concrete. The water tower
redistributes the water to Kamsar Cit and to the CBG plant.
In 1996, the overall needs for Kamsar Cit and the CBG plant were estimated at 8,566 m
3
/day, or
7,124 m
3
/day and 1,442 m
3
/day, respectively. Studies conducted in 1982 estimated the capacity
of the Songolon aquifer at 9,120 m
3
/day. The overall quality of this untreated water is reported
to be excellent.
Outside Kamsar Cit, the CBG pipeline contributes to the water supplies in Kamsar Center and
vicinity. Kamsar Center, Kassopo, Kassongoni, Filima, and Madina-Borboff are connected to
this water conveyance network and it provides a partial water supply. However, supplies are
inadequate and daily water shut-offs are necessary to maintain pressure in the network. No other
water reserves are available in the event of a failure of one well or its associated equipment. It is

500
generally recognized that the current system is deficient, and two additional wells were
reportedly constructed in 2004 to provide additional water supply for Kamsar, although this is
not confirmed. Beyond Kamsar Center, some properties have installed pumps or individual
wells, often through CBGs financing.
Kindiadi
There is no public water supply in Kindiadi hamlet. There is a hand-dug well that is the water
source used by all of the families.
Taigb
The water source for Taigb village is located just south of the conveyor built over the rice fields
to the jetty, on the access path that villagers take to reach Kamsar. Rice fields in Taigb are
irrigated by simple, passive submersion of the plot when it rains during the wet season. There is
no irrigation or drainage network to manage this submersion. Farmers contain rainwater inside
the plots by erecting small dykes, but no specific network serves these plots.
Daprass
There is no public network serving Daprass, and therefore no water supply, waste water
sanitation or run-off water.
5.2.10.6 Wastewater and Waste Management
A sanitary landfill was created near the village of Bendougou, which is located 15 km east of
Kamsar. The site is surrounded with dikes and the bottom is lined with a geo-membrane. Since
1993, Kamsars solid wastes are collected from primary depots and disposed in the landfill and
occasionally covered with a layer of laterite.
Solid Waste Management
In Kamsar Cit, daily collection of domestic waste is subcontracted to a private operator, which
supplies the labor and equipment. Collection is carried out with trucks, sometimes rented from
the CBG.
Since its creation in 1992, the Environment Department of the Kamsar sub-prefecture has
implemented a solid waste collection system for Kamsar Cit. Residents deposit their solid
wastes in one of the eleven primary garbage dumps (1 primary garbage dump per sector).
CBGs contribution is requested at least twice a year and on the World Environment Day, to
transfer wastes from the primary dumps to the sanitary landfill of Bendougou.

501
Other services are currently developing. ECOM, a local enterprise offering a waste collection
service (maintenance and collection of domestic waste) started operating in the spring of 2001.
For GF 3,000 per month, it collects a households waste three times per week using man-
powered wagons and disposes it in an abandoned quarry at Madina-Borboff. In the spring it was
serving approximately 200 households. Other small-to-medium enterprises and NGOs are being
organized to provide similar services including: Atomic Guine; CNU (a cooperative for urban
cleaning); EGES (general maintenance and service); ENGECO (rehabilitation of old careers and
collection of waste); APAZI (the NGO supported by CBG since 2001 which targets markets and
the main road for the collection of waste).
Hazardous Waste Management
CBG stores used batteries in a site provided for this purpose. There is also a small recycling
business that is buying used batteries from the general public. Tires are reused or recycled, and
sometimes burned. Medical waste is incinerated at the hospital. An oil-water separator recovers
oil from contaminated rainwater at CBGs plant.
Wastewater Management
Kamsar Cit has a drainage network to collect storm water run-off and sanitary wastewaters.
This drainage system consists mainly of open channels and was built in 1973, expanded in 1980
and 1982, and has recently been partly renovated (2003-2004). A sanitary wastewater treatment
plant has also been constructed and has been in operation since the beginning of 2004. The final
effluent of the wastewater treatment plant is discharged into the Rio Nuez. Storm water run-off
is discharged into two creeks, one discharging near the Port of Gumyir, and the other in the
littoral zone near the new wastewater treatment plant.
However, CBG is planning a further restoration and extension of the wastewater collection
system in the future. The new wastewater treatment plant operated by CBG includes:
Primary treatment by means of septic tanks and integrated pre-filters;
Secondary treatment by means of sand filters;
Polishing in a marsh located downstream of the sand filters and designed to serve as a
maturation pond; and
Discharge of the treated effluent into a creek adjacent to the marsh, then flowing into
the Rio Nuez.

502
Reuse of the treated wastewater to supply industrial process water to CBG is currently being
investigated. Kamsar Cit wastewaters flow rate is estimated to be approximately 1,875 m
3
/day.
Septic tanks have a total volume of 2,800 m
3
, and therefore will provide a retention time of 36
hours.
The surrounding urban area of Kamsar, outside of Kamsar Cit, has no collection system for
storm water or for domestic wastewater. At best, houses have individual septic tanks using an
anaerobic treatment. Kindiadi, Taigb and Daprass have no wastewater management system.
5.2.10.7 Utilities and Other Services
CBG supplies electricity to Kamsar Cit, the sub-prefectures administrative offices, and the
offices of the Rural Development Community. It also provides lighting in the main streets
outside the limits of Kamsar Cit to Sahara Market. Outside of Kamsar Cit, a single generator
supplies electricity to consumers spread throughout Kamsar Center. Residents of Kamsar Center
also tap into the Kamsar Cit services illegally, there is a large disparity between services
provided to the Cit and to the municipal center.
CBG and the Guinean government have conducted feasibility studies regarding options to supply
CBG and Kamsar Cit with electricity through a hydroelectric dam on the Kogon River or with a
new thermal power station, with a planned capacity of 50 MW. However, to date there has been
no decision on this matter.
There is no power source in Kindiadi and none of the houses in the affected households of the
Daprass neighborhood or in Taigb has power, nor are their any telephone lines within the
Project-affected area.
5.2.11 Archeological Sites, Cultural Resources, and Cultural Properties
In the Project-affected area no archeological sites or cultural resources have been identified that
will be adversely impacted by the construction or operation activities. The primary cultural
properties are mosques located in Kamsar Cit and in Kamsar Center. Figure 5.5 shows the
locations of the mosques and cemeteries near the Project area in Kamsar.
5.2.12 Public Attitudes and Perceptions
The public consultation process has been designed to inform people of the Project and allow
them to raise questions regarding the Projects potential impacts. It is also the basis from which

503
mitigation and compensation measures are to be developed. The paragraphs that follow
summarize the questions or comments raised during the first phase consultation activities.
Economic Development
Economic development is the main benefit perceived by the population with regard to the
project. Although some fear inflation in the local economy as a result of the project, the project is
perceived as a motor that will stimulate the regional and even the national economy. The
population expects job creation. In addition, people expect job training that will qualify them for
positions on the project. The population also wishes to participate in the creation of local
enterprises that supply services and products (notably agricultural and food) to the construction
workers and workers camps. They also hope for the support of agriculturists to help them
qualify as food suppliers for the Project. Young women in urban settings hope that the jobs and
programs created by the Project are accessible to them.
Access to Services and Public Infrastructure
The population hopes that the Project will increase their quality of life by providing services that
are currently non-existent or poorly developed. Specifically, several people in an urban setting
expressed the hope for dependable electrification and drinking water as compensation. In rural
areas, the expectations are specific to accessible drinking water when this resource is limited or
far from the village. The population hopes for the construction of infrastructure such as schools,
clinics, mosques, recreational places and markets. On the regional level, the population wished
for road improvement, primarily the National Route 20 that joins Bok Kamsar. More
specifically at Kamsar, the construction of roads and a bridge would de-isolate the island-
village of Taigb.
Resettlement and Compensation
The population consulted believes that the scheduling and development of resettlement action
plans should be done with the populations affected. The village representatives do not oppose the
resettlement directly, as long as they benefit from a just and efficient compensation, assuring
them a quality of life - at a minimum - comparable to their current situation. The desired
compensation consists of replacement of the land, plantations and cultivations. The local
population, the representatives of the NGOs and nationals hope that the resettlement and
compensation program is established without a mediator between the Project proponent and the
population. Several indicated that they lack confidence in the authorities for this type of
intervention.

504
Social Concerns
The population fears that the mass arrival of migrants attracted by the Project will engender an
increase in violence, criminal acts, sexual assaults, and sexually transmitted diseases (STDs).
The increase in population caused by the Project also poses urban planning problems for the
local authorities.
The population fears that the increase in train traffic will further threaten the safety of people
living in the city, and of livestock in the rural areas, with the risk of collisions being more
elevated in the urban environment. The transportation of hazardous materials required for the
operation of the alumina plant presents an additional security problem in case of spills,
particularly in the Kamsar region where the 50 m buffer zone is not respected. The noise
generated by railway line activities is a concern for the populations established next to the
railway line.
Environmental Concerns
The population doubts that the activities related to the new alumina terminal will affect the
Kamsar air quality any further due to dust emissions, as well as water quality in the coastal
environment due to alumina dust emissions during transfer operations. There is also concern that
the works will degrade the vegetation cover and the rice cultures in the case of dyke rupture.
General Support for the Project
The overall results of consultation show that the affected public in Guinea (local authorities and
population, regional and national authorities, and NGOs) are interested in the Project and support
it. All believe that the Project can have positive impacts in terms of use, economic growth and
quality of life improvements for the population of the sub-prefecture of Sangardi, or even for
the prefecture or region. Even when it concerns the possible displacement of villages, few seem
to oppose resettlement, as long as villagers can collaborate for an adequate planning (location
and conditions of compensation), if necessary. This approval also indicates a will, demonstrated
by all intervening parties, to participate in the conception and the placement of the Project.
Public consultation at the early stages of Project development is a very new experience in
Guinea. The Guinean population is not experienced in participating in such a process. The
consulted population has indicated that they are very satisfied with this process. People hope that
this approach will provide for the protection of the environment and that it will avoid or attenuate
the disappointments and frustrations of people whose habitat or resources are impacted by the

505
Project. In addition to revealing the support of the community for the project, the public
consultation allowed the population to express their opinions and better understand the scope, the
importance and the utility of such an approach. The SEP (Volume 4) provides a detailed
summary of past consultation activities and responses to the Project by stakeholders since
intensive engagement began in 2001.
5.3 Potential Impacts, Mitigation, and Residual Impacts at the Port Site
Potential impacts to the physical, ecological, and human environment arising from Project
development were determined by overlaying the Project description on to the baseline conditions
in the port area. Impacts were analyzed using the same methodology as presented in Section 4.3
for the refinery-area Project components, and a similar impact and mitigation summary table was
prepared for port-area impacts (Table 5.5). Additionally, as with the refinery area impacts, Port
Area Impact Summary Tables are included after every major sub-heading within the following
impact assessment section. These tables summarize the impacts and mitigation measures by
affected resource, specify Project phase (construction or operations), summarize key mitigation
and monitoring commitments, and delineate the relevant Level 2 management plans for these
commitments. The Impact Summary Tables are included as a handy guide for tying mitigation
commitments to Implementation Plan strategies.
As part of the Projects overall social and environmental impact mitigation, public consultation
was initiated in the communities surrounding the proposed port and alumina terminal facilities
(Volume 4 - SEP). The outcome of these consultations was the decision to resettle residents of
the village of Kindiadi, located entirely within the footprint for the new alumina terminal (Figure
5.12). This decision was made in concert with the residents of Kindiadi, and resettlement
planning was undertaken in accordance with the Resettlement Action Plan developed for the port
area of the Project (Global Alumina/Guinea Alumina, Kamsar Port Development, Resettlement
Action Plan, June 2005). Resettlement activities at the port area were completed as of the
writing of this SEA. Public consultation and monitoring of resettled residents is ongoing. The
nearest remaining communities to the port and alumina terminal facilities are the MBalia,
Poutalo, and Nord-France residential sections of Kamsar Cit.
As previously stated, the SEP (Volume 4) documents the processes and steps by which GAC has
provided free, prior and informed consultation and informed participation with stakeholders.
Consultation with affected communities has been an inherent part of the early planning and will
continue throughout the Project life. GAC continues to engage in organized and iterative

506
consultation on issues concerning potential impacts with affected communities so that their
views and concerns can be factored into Project decisions.

5.3.1 Air Quality
Project Activities Related to Air Quality
Land disturbance activities during construction are expected to contribute to increased
concentrations of fugitive dust in the area, especially during the dry season. Fugitive dust
emissions may also arise during operations from vehicle traffic and wind along cleared, unpaved
areas and roads, from stockpiles, and during material transport along the conveyor system on the
alumina quay and by other equipment at the alumina terminal, such as stackers. While fugitive
dust accumulation occurs as a baseline condition in the area as a result of surrounding existing
industrial development (Section 5.1.3), additional truck haulage and light vehicular traffic
associated with the port facility construction and operations will locally add to the amount of
airborne particulate.
Additional impacts to air quality resulting from Project development include combustion
emissions from mobile equipment and from the 5 MW diesel generator that will provide power
to the site.
Potential Impacts to Air Quality
Fugitive dust emissions due to land disturbance during construction will have an adverse impact
on local air quality over the short-term. Construction-stage impacts to air quality in the port area
will include fugitive dust emissions from wind blowing over disturbed ground and from dust
generated by heavy equipment during earth-moving activities. The short-term significance of
these impacts to air quality will likely be increased due to the scheduling of earth-moving
activities during the dry season for efficiency reasons.
During operations, fugitive dust emissions from quay-side and alumina terminal equipment
(including conveyors and stackers) and bulk material handling are expected to have adverse
impacts to local air quality over the short term. Other short-term adverse impacts to air quality
during operations are expected to originate from mobile equipment emissions and from fugitive
dust generated by traffic over unpaved surfaces, and from combustion emissions from the diesel
generator providing power to port and alumina terminal operations. It is anticipated that the
majority of fugitive dust emissions mitigative actions will need to occur during the dry season.

507
Fugitive dust emissions also have the potential to adversely affect surrounding vegetation near
areas of high traffic on unpaved roads and surrounding stockpiles and bulk material transfer
points. Elevated concentrations of particulate matter settling on vegetation can impact the
plants ability to photosynthesize, disrupting their energy cycling. Such impacts are expected to
occur locally and over the extreme short term, but may increase in frequency towards the end of
the dry season.
Domestic and human waste generated at the port site and alumina terminal will be transported
off-site for treatment and disposal, therefore no impacts to air quality are anticipated due to
nuisance odors from waste or waste treatment.
Mitigation Measures for Air Quality
As part of its Air Quality Management Plan, GAC will initiate an air quality
sampling/monitoring program at the port area similar to that underway in the refinery area
(Section 4.1.3), with regular sampling of key air quality parameters including particulate matter,
SO
2
, and NO
x
. Additionally, a community health assessment will be conducted in the
communities surrounding Project components to determine existing baseline health concerns, as
described in Section 5.3.12.2, with emphasis on documenting any existing air quality-related
health issues in the area.
Fill material for site construction will be dredged from the Rio Nuez and hydraulically placed,
substantially decreasing the potential for fugitive dust emissions during earth-moving activities.
Standard best management practices for dust control are provided in the Erosion and
Sedimentation Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) and the Project Execution
Plan developed for the Project by the EPCM contractor. Dust control measures may include, but
not be limited to, the following:
Enforcement of appropriate speed limits for heavy equipment and on unpaved road
surfaces;
Limiting number of trips through efficient loading procedures for material transport;
Covering or top-wetting loads on trucks transporting soil and fill material;
Spraying water on unpaved roads and other traffic areas to decrease dust emissions;
Maintaining gravel/laterite cover on unpaved roads and traffic surfaces;

508
Application of stabilizing agents on areas of high fugitive dust emissions; and
Spraying bulk material stockpiles with water as needed during the dry season to
reduce fugitive dust emissions.
Road watering programs and surface stabilizing efforts will be required to mitigate Project
impacts only during the dry season, when airborne particulate loads are significant. With
adequate control programs implemented, the resulting short-term impact will still be moderate
during construction and operations (Table 5.5).
GAC will supply adequate equipment and personnel to stabilize road surfaces to control dust on
the main port roads. This will include assigning staff to be responsible for a road watering
program that includes what roads they will be responsible for, how often water must be applied
to each roadway, and what to do if changes need to be made to the road watering program.
Establishing and enforcing Project safety rules, including the posting and enforcement of speed
limits on Project haul roads and restricting off-road travel to the maximum practical extent, will
limit public safety hazards as well as the potential for additional fugitive dust emissions. Those
employees whose jobs will include driving will be advised of the safety rules and that driving off
established roadways is not allowed. This instruction on driving safety and observation of speed
limits will be included in the new employee orientation and annual refresher training and in task
training for specific job assignments.
To supplement the dust suppression measures outlined above, trees may be planted in
appropriate locations to limit dust fallout in local villages or on vegetation. These will only be
used in circumstances where the public consultation program has indicated that such additional
measures are needed and acceptable to stakeholders.
To decrease fugitive dust emissions from bulk material handling, dust suppression equipment
will be installed at loading/unloading, storage, and material transfer points. Dust control systems
will be designed to limit particulate emissions levels to below 50 mg/Nm
3
. Additionally, the
alumina and coal conveyors between the alumina terminal and the marine terminal will be
enclosed.
Decreases in the concentrations of dust on surrounding vegetation will accompany general
fugitive dust emissions mitigative actions, and seasonal rain events will further remove any dust
build-up on plant leaves.

509
Adverse impacts to air quality resulting from vehicle and mobile equipment combustion
emissions will be mitigated by enforcement of appropriate speed limits, driver and operator
training including maximum allowable equipment idling times, and installation of appropriate
emissions control equipment on vehicles, and regular maintenance of light vehicles and mobile
equipment to make sure that vehicles and vehicle emissions control systems are in good working
order. The effectiveness of these mitigative actions will be monitored through the Projects
grievance mechanism and ongoing stakeholder engagement activities.
Residual Impacts to Air Quality
Long-term impacts to air quality resulting from Project development are expected to be beyond
the Projects control, because current closure plans call for handing the port facilities over to the
GoG at the end of the Projects life. Impacts to air quality from Project combustion emissions
will halt with facility closure, and will not create any residual impact.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated air quality impacts, relevant

510
Port Area Impacts Summary - Air Quality
Management
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Mitigation Measures
Plan

unpaved roads.
material transport.
Cover or top-wet truckloads of soil / fill material.
Hydraulically place dredged fill material from Rio Nuez for site
construction use.
Plan
Fugitive Dust /
Particulate
Land
Disturbance,
Vehicular
Traffic,
Heavy
Equipment
E, R X X M- N

H&S Management Plan

Install dust suppression/control equipment at loading/unloading,
storage, and material transfer points.
Enclose alumina and coal conveyors between alumina terminal
and marine terminal.
material transport.
areas.
Plan
Fugitive Dust /
Particulate
Conveyors,
Stackers,
Bulk Material
Handling,
Bulk Storage,
Loading and
Unloading
E, R X N N


H&S Management Plan

Fugitive Dust /
Particulate
General Site
Area
E, R, Fl. Fa X M- N
unpaved roads.
Plan

511
Port Area Impacts Summary - Air Quality
Management
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Mitigation Measures
Plan
material transport.
areas.

H&S Management Plan

unpaved roads.
Train operators and drivers about maximum idling times.
Install appropriate emissions control equipment on vehicles.
Combustion
Engine and
Point Source
Emissions
Vehicles,
Mobile
Equipment,
Point Source
Emissions
Locations
E, R X M - N
mobile equipment, including their emissions control systems.
Plan

procedures.
area.
operational performance (including odors).
Nuisance
Odors
Solid Waste
Handling and
Disposal
Facilities,
Sanitary
Sewage
System
E, R X N N
H&S Management Plan

512


R =
residents
Fl = flora

Fa = fauna

N = neutral



513
Project Activities Causing Noise and Vibration
Construction-phase activities associated with land clearing, fill dredging and placement, earth-
moving, and facility construction are expected to affect the ambient noise levels in the port area.
These activities will have a short-term, local effect on ambient noise levels in the noise climate
in the quarters of MBalia, Poutalo, and Nord-France, the residential sections of Kamsar nearest
to the alumina terminal and new port facilities, and the seasonal village of Kassoussou on Taigb
Island, used for part-time habitation during the rice harvest and for salt collection and fishing,
located about 200 m from the conveyor causeway jetty.
Operation of the alumina terminal and quay facilities will affect ambient noise levels at varying
times throughout any 24-hour period, depending upon the arrival and departure schedule of ships
(in turn based on tidal timetables). On a typical day of operation at the alumina terminal, the
loading or unloading of a vessel will take over 24 hours and will generate continuous noise
during that period. The main sources of noise that are likely to have an impact on ambient noise
levels during the loading or unloading of a vessel are:
Ship loader/unloader (daytime/nighttime);
Conveyors from jetty unloader to stock pile stacker (daytime/nighttime);
Stacker (daytime/nighttime);
Dust collectors at unloader, along the conveyors, and at the stacker (daytime /
nighttime);
Bulldozer activity in the stock pile area (daytime only);
Rail transportation and marshalling;
Vehicular traffic; and
Diesel power generation (daytime/nighttime).
Project development will require the addition of two trains (four passages) per day to the current
rail schedule between the Kamsar port facilities and the Guinea Alumina Refinery near
Sangardi. Although the rolling stock and locomotives are not under the control of GAC, noise
and vibrations associated with passage of the additional trains will be additive to the existing
ambient conditions for residents, buildings, and structures located within 100 m of the rail line

514
and marshalling yards. Loading and unloading activities will generate fluctuating increases in
ambient noise levels twice per day, for approximately two hours per train. Additionally,
marshalling activities for train loading and unloading at the alumina terminal will generate
increases in ambient noise levels during the same time period for each train.
Potential Impacts from Noise and Vibration
Short-term increases to the ambient noise levels in the areas immediately adjacent to the alumina
terminal and new port facilities resulting from construction activities are expected to range from
5 to 15 dBA (SNC Lavalin, 2004) and will affect nearby residents and GAC employees and
contractors working at the site. Forecasted noise levels at the port are shown in Figure 5.11. It
should be noted that this figure shows the port facilities alignments as of the date of the noise
modeling (2004), as the noise model is facility layout-specific. No additional noise modeling has
been performed for the port area.
During Project operations, adverse impacts to ambient noise levels will occur as a result of noise
associated with light vehicle traffic to and from the Project facilities, mobile equipment
operation, standard terminal and port activities, and diesel power generation. These impacts are
expected to be moderate and of a duration identical to that of the Projects lifespan, and will
affect both GAC employees and contractors and nearby residents (to a lesser degree).
Although the GoG has regulations mandating a 25 meter-buffer on either side of rail lines for
structures and residential usage, the buffer requirement is routinely and widely disregarded, with
the result that land adjacent to the rail line is frequently used for domestic purposes, including
gardening, and sometimes for residential housing. The current train scheduling already has
significant adverse impacts to residents and structures located within the 25-meter buffer, and
moderately adverse impacts to residents and structures located between 25 meters and 100
meters from the rail line. Based on noise modeling performed during the baseline noise
inventory for the Project, portions of the Kamsar metropolitan area (Poutalo and Nord-France)
currently exceed IFC ambient noise guidelines. The addition of two trains to the existing
schedule is expected to increase the total ambient noise by 1 dBA of equivalent noise level over
24 hours. The two additional trains are not expected to increase the current vibrations level,
merely to add similar impacts to it at different times of the day, depending upon scheduling of
the additional trains.

515
Mitigation Measures for Noise and Vibration
Mitigation measures for residents of areas nearest to the site of the alumina terminal include
resettlement of the village of Kindiadi, formerly located within the footprint for the new alumina
terminal (Figure 5.13). Resettlement activities have been completed, and are discussed in greater
detail in the initial Resettlement Action Plan for the port area (F. Giovannetti, 2005).
Construction-phase impacts to ambient noise levels will be mitigated via use of mufflers on
mobile equipment, scheduling of high noise-generating activities during daytime hours to the
extent practical, positioning of containers for use as temporary noise barriers, and monitoring of
any noise-related complaints through the Projects grievance mechanism. It is expected that
even with such mitigative actions, construction activities will result in minor adverse short-term
impacts to ambient noise levels for nearby residents. GAC employees and contractors will be
provided with hearing protection equipment as necessary, and trained in its usage. Additionally,
signage will be posted in the appropriate languages denoting areas of high noise where hearing
protection equipment use is mandatory for GAC employees and contractors.
During operations, adverse impacts to ambient noise levels are expected for both nearby
residents and GAC employees and contractors, with the greater level of impact being to
personnel working at the Project. Mitigative actions will include the provision of hearing
protection equipment to GAC employees and contractors, along with instruction as to its proper
use. Signage will be posted in the appropriate languages denoting areas of high noise where
hearing protection equipment use is mandatory for GAC employees and contractors. To
decrease noise impacts from mobile equipment, vehicles will be routinely maintained and noise-
decreasing equipment (such as silencers and mufflers) will be kept in good working order. To
the extent practical, high-noise activities will be scheduled during daylight hours to decrease the
potential for disruption of sleep for nearby residents. Vehicle speed limits will be formulated
and enforced, and drivers and equipment operators will be trained in safe driving and noise-
decreasing practices. The effectiveness of noise mitigation measures will be monitored through
the Projects complaints process. If valid complaints are raised regarding noise levels emanating
from the alumina terminal or port facilities, additional noise mitigation will be considered,
including installation of berms, tree lines, or tire walls.
The port facilities and majority of the conveyor are located away from residential areas, in
already industrialized or largely unpopulated areas. To the extent practical, a 50 meter-buffer of
mangrove vegetation will be maintained around Project components, further reducing noise

516
impacts off site. The expected increase in ambient noise levels due to the ship loading and
unloading activities is less than 2 dBA. No additional mitigation actions are required to reduce
ambient noise levels to local residents from the alumina and container quay facilities.
Some adverse impact to ambient noise levels may occur as a result of operation of the diesel
generator supplying electric power to the port facilities. Noise mitigation actions will include
installing the generator in a sound-insulated building and providing the generator with exhaust
silencers. These actions will reduce noise-related impacts due to power generation to neutral for
surrounding residents. Adverse noise impacts for GAC employees and contractors working in
close proximity to the generator or its exhaust will still be present, but these may be mitigated by
use of appropriate hearing protection.
Adverse impacts to ambient noise and vibrations levels may result periodically from increased
Project-related vehicle and heavy truck traffic along transportation routes to the alumina terminal
and port facilities. Speed limits will be set and strictly enforced for Project-related traffic in
populated areas. Training programs for GAC employees and contractors will specifically discuss
noise mitigation strategies such as decreasing speed and limiting horn usage in populated areas.
To the extent practical, heavy truck traffic will be limited to daylight hours to decrease disruption
of sleep for residents along transportation routes. Depending upon staffing needs, GAC may also
consider providing some form of group transportation to and from the Project site for employees
and contractors, such as buses, to further decrease traffic on roads to the port site.
Impacts to the ambient noise and vibrations environments resulting from increased train traffic
between the refinery and the alumina terminal will be monitored primarily via the Projects
complaints process (SEP, Volume 4). Additional mitigative actions to decrease the increased
noise associated with train passages or with rail car marshalling will include mandatory speed
decreases in populated areas and the implementation of noise barriers, such as berms, tire rows,
or planting tree lines within the 25-meter buffer zone.
Residual Impacts from Noise and Vibration
After closure of the Project, the additional Project-related truck, vehicle, and train traffic between
the refinery and the alumina terminal will cease, with the result of no residual impacts to ambient
noise or vibrations over the long term.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated noise and vibration impacts, relevant

517
Port Area Impact Summary - Noise and Vibration
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
all roads.
Schedule high noise-generating activities to daytime hours.
Position containers for use as temporary noise barriers when
possible.
Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan and Air Quality
Management Plan
H&S Management Plan
Noise
Vehicle
Traffic,
Heavy
Equipment,
Mobile
Equipment,
Supply Traffic
E, R X M - N
Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

all roads.
Schedule high noise-generating activities to daytime hours.
Plan
H&S Management Plan
Noise
Conveyors,
Stackers,
Bulk Material
Handling,
Bulk Storage,
Loading and
Unloading
E, R X M- N
Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

Enclose transfer equipment to minimize noise.
Noise
Facilities,
Equipment,
E X M - N
Maintain design buffer distance from facilities.
Plan

518
Port Area Impact Summary - Noise and Vibration
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Conveyor
H&S Management Plan

building.
Provide exhaust silencers.
Plan
Noise
Power
Generator
E, R X M - N
H&S Management Plan

all roads.
Vibrations
Vehicles,
Heavy
Equipment
E, R, B X X N N
Plan

Plan
Vibrations
General Site
Operations
E, R, B X N N
Monitor vibration-related complaints through the Complaints
and Grievances Process.
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan



R = residents

B = buildings M - = moderately adverse

N = neutral



519
Project Activities Related to Topography and Visual Resources
Construction of the alumina terminal, conveyor causeways, and quays will result in alteration of
the existing landscape in the port area, including removal of approximately 66 ha of mangroves
and placement of fill to provide foundation for Project components. During construction and
operations, nighttime lighting and mobile equipment headlights will be visible from various
vantage points including the Rio Nuez channel, Taigb Island, and portions of Kamsar Cits
residential neighborhoods. Facility buildings and structures will also be visible from similar
vantage points during the daytime.
Potential Impacts to Topography and Visual Resources
Nighttime lights and facility outlines will adversely affect visual resources in the port area during
facility construction and throughout its operational lifespan, and may also adversely affect fauna
living in or using the area. Most impacts to visual resources from mangrove clearing are
expected to be short-term, as the mangroves will begin to reestablish themselves in cleared areas.
However some long-term impacts will remain in areas where facility components are constructed
in former mangrove habitat such as the alumina terminal (Figure 5.5) and in areas requiring
active clearing to prevent mangrove re-growth, such as causeway access.
Mitigation Measures for Topography and Visual Resources
Construction contractors will be advised to purchase lowest emission lighting that will still
provide sufficient light for safety purposes. Lighting choices could include lights with protective
screens and/or the installation of vegetative barriers to prevent light migration off site. Light
sources for nighttime construction and operational activities will be pointed downward and away
from primary receptors such as local villages and nearby neighborhoods to the extent practical
without forgoing safety purposes. Mobile equipment operators and drivers will be instructed in
the appropriate use of high and low beams on headlights to further reduce visual resources
impacts on local residents and fauna.
Clearing of mangroves for construction purposes will be kept to the minimum amount of area
necessary for the safe operation of construction equipment. Additionally, a 50 meter-buffer will
be maintained between cleared areas and tidal creeks such as Dougoufissa Creek. Loss of
mangrove habitat resulting from clearing activities will be substantially mitigated by allowing
mangrove re-growth in most areas where suitable habitat remains, such as along the
causeway/trestle structure route. The 60 ha of mangrove habitat within the footprint of the

520
alumina terminal will be unsuitable for mangrove re-growth due to the volume of fill brought in
to raise the foundation above grade and the surficial compaction necessary for construction
activities.
Residual Impacts to Topography and Visual Resources
Current closure plans for the port facilities involve handing over control of all port-area Project
components to the Guinean government. Thus long-term residual impacts to visual resources at
closure will be the same as those expected during GAC operations of the Project.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated visual impacts, relevant operational

521
Port Area Impact Summary - Visual Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Use low-emission lighting that provide sufficient and safe
lighting.
Aim light sources down and away from primary receptors.
Instruct drivers and operators about appropriate use of low and
high beam headlights.
Visual
Vehicles,
Mobile
Equipment,
Buildings
R X X M- N
Use protective screens and/or install vegetative barriers.
and Construction

Visual
Buildings,
Structures
R X N N
Perform regular maintenance and inspection of equipment. Integrate during Design,
Construction, and
Maintenance


R =
residents



N = neutral



522
5.3.4 Soils
Project Activities Related to Soils
Construction activities involving vegetation clearing, especially along tidal creek banks, and land
disturbance will affect soil resources by removing topsoil and increasing soil erodibility. During
operations, cleared areas that remain uncovered or are not revegetated may have soil losses due
to wind erosion or precipitation runoff. Accidental spills and maintenance activities for mobile
equipment also have the potential to affect soil quality.
Potential Impacts to Soils
Excessive clearing of mangrove vegetation (removal of vegetation up to the banks of tidal
creeks) will potentially cause significant adverse impacts to soils in the tidal creek zone.
Mangrove roots provide stabilization to tidal creek soils, and when their stabilizing influence is
decreased or removed tidal creek banks are more susceptible to erosion. Topsoil removal has the
potential to adversely impact soils by increasing the erodibility of underlying soil layers. Soil
erosion will also result in impacts to receiving surface water quality in the form of increased
turbidity and sediment loading. This impact is exacerbated by the high seasonal rainfall in the
port area, but will be partially reduced by rapid re-growth of ground covering vegetation in areas
not actively under construction.
Vehicle maintenance activities such as fuelling, lubricating, and washing have the potential to
release oil and gas residue to the underlying soils when these activities take place on permeable
surfaces, such as non-graveled dirt areas. Additionally, accidental spills of chemicals or reagents
will also adversely affect soil quality, with the degree of impact dependent on the type of agent
spilled, volume of the spill, rapidity and effectiveness of spill response, and on the receiving soil
type.
Mitigation Measures for Soils
Mitigation to reduce impacts to soils can be grouped into two control strategies: erosion and
sediment control; and spill prevention and control. These mitigation measures are discussed in
the following two sections.
Erosion and Sediment Control
Implementation of the following control measures during topsoil stripping and salvaging will
greatly reduce any erosion or sediment loading that may arise from the stripping activity:

523
Use geotextile silt fencing, silt traps, and /or straw bales to reduce sediment transport
within the construction site; overland flow from the construction area should be
avoided;
Divert clean water away from the works area;
Suppress dusting by wetting or application of a dust control agent;
Grade the site and channel surface flow into ditches to reduce flow velocities and
decrease the potential for erosion;
Collect and pump runoff to settling facilities or treat potentially affected water,
including water used to decontaminate equipment, and impacted runoff;
Inspect and maintain silt control measures;
Provide temporary storm water retention capacity;
Proof-roll subgrade or stockpile materials;
Cover soil and re-establish vegetation on cleared areas not used for construction and
establish a vegetative cover on topsoil stockpiles; and
Implement a site-wide operational surface water quality-monitoring program to assess
impacts of site runoff on receiving surface water bodies and effectiveness of
construction control measures.
Once all topsoil has been salvaged and stockpiled, a vegetative cover must be established on the
stockpiles as soon as practical to decrease the potential for erosion of the stockpile. Salt-tolerant
species of vegetation, preferably fast-growing varieties, should be chosen as the preferred option
for vegetative covers. Where possible, other species that take longer to establish themselves but
that provide a more dense vegetative cover should be included in the seed mix. This
combination of quick growing/dense cover species will allow for mitigation of erosion in both
the short and medium term until the soil is excavated and placed across the site at facility
closure.
Spill Prevention and Control
A Spill Prevention and Response Plan has been developed for the Project (Volume 3
Implementation Plan). Both GAC employees and contractors will be bound by the procedures in
the Plan. GAC will provide training in spill prevention and control procedures contained in the
Spill Prevention and Response Plan to its employees and contractors to decrease the potential for
adverse impacts to soil and water resources quality in the event of an accidental spill or release

524
during normal construction or operating conditions. Appropriate bunded impermeable
containment will be provided around areas where spills could occur, such as storage tanks.
Areas where chemicals, fuels, or lubricants are being handled or used will be underlain by a
suitable liner or paved to prevent any accidental spills from reaching the underlying soils.
Appropriate sorptive materials for the materials stored or in use in a particular area will be
provided and kept stocked in an easily accessible location, so that in the event of a spill or
accidental discharge, the spill can be contained and cleaned up immediately.
Residual Impacts to Soils
Re-growth of mangroves in areas where they were originally cleared for construction activities
will result in the eventual long-term mitigation of any short-term bank erosion along tidal creeks.
Current Project closure plans call for the eventual handover of control of port facilities to the
Guinean government.
Impacts to soil quality and indirectly to receiving surface water quality as a result of overland
flow and runoff over impacted soils are expected to be neutral over the long-term, following
facility closure and turnover of control to the government.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated soil impacts, relevant operational

525
Port Area Impact Summary - Soils
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Use erosion and sediment control measures to reduce erosion
and sediment loading.
Maintain buffer distance for mangrove vegetation.
Soils
Land
Disturbance
L, Sw X X M - M-
construction.
Erosion and
Sedimentation
Management Plan

Develop and follow a Spill Prevention and Response Plan
(SPRC) for the site.
SPRC) readily available.
Soils
Equipment
and Vehicle
Maintenance
Areas;
Storage,
Loading/
Unloading,
Materials
Handling
Areas;
General Site
Activities
L, Sw, Gw X X M- N
Response Management
Plan

Notes: Primary Receptors (2) Project Phase: C = Construction, O = Operations
L = land (3) Expected Significance Rankings: ST = short-term with mitigation, LT = long-term with mitigation
Sw = surface water S - = significantly adverse
Gw = groundwater M - = moderately adverse

N = neutral



526
5.3.5 Water Resources
Impacts to water resources were evaluated for both surface water and groundwater in the port
area. The table presenting a summary of the anticipated surface water impacts, relevant
operational phase and mitigation measures can be found at the end of Section 5.3.5.
Project Activities Related to Surface Water
Potable and domestic water for the use of GAC employees and contractors will be provided via
pipeline from the existing potable water supply infrastructure in Kamsar Cit.
Sanitary sewage generated at the port area facilities will be collected and piped to a dedicated
treatment plant located on site. Any effluent generated by food service and laundry facilities
serving site employees will also be routed to the sanitary sewage treatment plant. Industrial
wastewater, to include runoff from process areas and stockpiles, will be separated from sanitary
sewage to reduce water treatment needs and will report to a separate holding pond for treatment
prior to discharge off site. Stormwater runoff from other areas of the site will be collected in
retention ponds for settling of suspended sediment prior to discharge to Dougoufissa Creek.
Potential Impacts to Surface Water
Adverse impacts to surface water quality may occur from Project-related discharges of sanitary
sewage, industrial wastewater (including stormwater runoff from process and stockpile areas),
and stormwater discharge. These impacts will occur over the short term during facility
construction and operations, and are not expected to affect regional water quality or hydrologic
regimes.
Mitigation Measures for Surface Water
The alumina terminals sanitary sewage treatment facility will be designed and operated to
comply with Good International Industry Practices (GIIP), and will be regularly inspected to
ensure that it is maintained in good working condition. Treated discharge from this facility will
comply with IFCs Indicative Values for Treated Sanitary Sewage Discharges (Wastewater and
Ambient Water Quality Guidelines, General Environmental, Health, and Safety Guidelines, April
2007), and will be regularly monitored as part of the facilitys water quality monitoring program
(Volume 3 Implementation Plan). Application of these mitigative measures to sanitary sewage
treatment facility discharge will produce a neutral impact to baseline water quality in receiving
surface waters.

527
Additional baseline surface water quality data will be collected so that effluent discharge
modeling and impact analyses can more accurately be performed. This additional
characterization work is included under the Waste Management Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan). Industrial wastewater, including runoff from process and stockpile areas,
will be collected and treated as necessary so that it will meet discharge standards. Industrial
wastewater discharge will be monitored for compliance with IFC guidelines (Section 2.6.3.2, this
Volume), resulting in a net neutral impact to baseline water quality in receiving surface waters.
Stormwater from non-process areas excluding stockpile runoff will be diverted away from
project components to the extent practical and kept separate from industrial wastewater and
sanitary sewage treatment streams to reduce water treatment costs and volumes. Oil/water
separators and grease traps will be installed as appropriate at refueling facilities, vehicle and
mobile equipment maintenance and parking areas, and at fuel storage and containment locations.
Stormwater from the alumina terminal will be diverted to a stilling basin for removal of
suspended sediment prior to discharge to Dougoufissa Creek, and will be regularly monitored for
compliance with IFC guidelines for stormwater discharge (Section 2.6.1.3, this Volume).
Residual Impacts to Surface Water
Long-term residual impacts to surface water quality resulting from Project development at the
port area are expected to be neutral, assuming that Project-related discharges to surface water
bodies cease upon GACs turnover of facility control to the Guinean government.
Project Activities Related to Groundwater
Accidental spills of process chemicals, reagents, fuels, or lubricants on permeable surfaces could
result in impacts to shallow groundwater quality in the Project area.
Potential Impacts to Groundwater
The degree of significance of a spills impact to groundwater quality will depend upon the agent
spilled, volume of spill, rapidity and effectiveness of spill response, and on the permeability of
the surface receiving the spill. Section 5.1.10.2 discusses the results of groundwater quality
sampling undertaken for the Project in the port area at four locations beginning in November of
2005. Depending upon the findings of the investigation, groundwater monitoring wells may be
installed at strategic locations surrounding Project facilities, likely in the area of the alumina
terminal, to allow for detection of any changes to groundwater quality.

528
Mitigation Measures for Groundwater
Appropriate Good International Industry Practices (GIIPs) to prevent and respond to accidental
spills will be detailed in the Spill Prevention and Response Plan (Volume 3 Implementation
Plan) being developed for the Project. Proper implementation of this Plan in concert with
employee training can reduce the risk of accidental releases and reduce the onsite and offsite
impacts to groundwater resources from an accidental release. Additional mitigation measures to
protect groundwater quality will include the adequate engineering design and operation of the
sanitary sewage, industrial wastewater, and stormwater retention ponds and treatment facilities.
Residual Impacts to Groundwater
Current facility closure plans include handing control of Project facilities over to the Guinean
government. Assuming an end to Project operations at that point, long-term residual impacts to
groundwater quality resulting from Project development are expected to be neutral.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated surface and groundwater quality
impacts, relevant operational phase and planned mitigation measures.

529
Port Area Impact Summary - Water Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Water
Sanitary
Sewage
System,
Industrial
Wastewater,
Stormwater
Discharge
Sw, Gw X X
M- to
N
N
Collect additional baseline surface water data for effluent
discharge modeling and impact analyses.
and Waste Management
Plan

Develop and follow a Spill Prevention and Response (SPRC)
Plan for the site.
Provide initial and refresher SPRC training for all pertinent
SPRC) readily available.
Response Plan
Water
Equipment
and Vehicle
Maintenance
Areas;
Storage,
Loading/
Unloading,
Materials
Handling
Areas
S, Sw, Gw X X M- N
H&S Management Plan

530

S = soils


Sw = surface water S - = significantly adverse

Gw = groundwater M - = moderately adverse

N = neutral



531
5.3.6 Vegetation and Flora
vegetation and flora within the port area, an evaluation of the potential impacts from those
been implemented.
Project Activities Related to Vegetation and Flora
Development of the Port and ancillary facilities can be broadly discussed in terms of four
primary infrastructure components:
The alumina terminal;
The marine terminal (alumina quay and approach jetty/causeway);
The Kamsar Container Quay; and
The expanded marine shipping channel.
Detail regarding the above infrastructure components is provided in Section 3.6 of the Project
Description.
The following list outlines the Project activities that are likely to result in impacts to the flora and
vegetation of the proposed port site.
Construction of installations This includes the construction of the marine terminal
(including the alumina jetty and alumina quay), the alumina terminal, conveyor
systems, transfer stations, container quay, and ancillary facilities;
Preparation of the accesses to the alumina quay and Kamsar Container Quay
This requires the dredging of the access channel in the estuary. The current depth and
width of the channel will not be adequate for the proposed tonnage ships that will
service the Project. Materials dredged from the channel will either be utilized for fill
material in the alumina terminal or be disposed of to the southwest of le de Sable
(Banc de Mileu) as shown in Figure 5.6;
Load out of product This considers the off-loading of product from the trains from
the refinery, storage and handling of product at the alumina terminal, conveyance to
the awaiting ships, and load out to the ships;

532
Off-loading of materials and supplies This considers the offloading of supply
vessels, initially at the new container quay and later at the Project marine terminal;
and
Shipping activities These are restricted to activities that are undertaken while the
ships are berthed and therefore fall under the direct control of GAC. Shipping
activities that occur during the approach to or leaving the marine terminal and that
result in impacts have not been considered in this assessment, as they are not
activities that can be directly controlled by the Company.
Port Area Components Land Use (Hectares)
Land Use Type
Component
Right-
of-Way
Intertidal Mangrove
Cleared
Land
Urban
Terrestrial
Vegetation
Village
Industrial
Use
Rice /
Fruit
Plantation
Subtotal
Alumina
Terminal
1.7 0.0 60.1 1.1 0.8 10.0 6.9 0.0 0.0 80.6
Marine
Terminal
0.0 0.1 2.6 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.8 9.7
Kamsar
Container
Quay
0.0 4.3 3.2 0.0 3.2 0.0 0.0 5.8 0.0 16.5
Kamsar
Port Area
Total
1.7 4.4 65.9 1.3 4.0 10.0 6.9 5.8 6.8 106.8
New Bok
Bridge
0.7 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.5 1.6
Data from GIS analyses from Terranean, 2007

Potential Impacts to Vegetation and Flora
A list of the potential impacts associated with vegetation and flora at the port site is presented in
Port Area Impact Summary Table Vegetation and Flora, at the end of this section, as well as in
the overall impact and mitigation table for the Projects port components, Table 5.5. The
following text provides substantiation for the impacts identified and the significance ratings that
have been applied to each.
Loss of Mangrove Vegetation
The primary impact resulting from the establishment of the port is the direct loss of flora
communities as existing terrestrial, mangrove, and estuarine areas are cleared to place fill and

533
establish the foundations for the port facilities. The majority of the vegetation lost will be
mangrove vegetation (Figure 5.5 and preceding table).
Mangroves represent an important and sensitive ecosystem that provides critical physical habitat
attributes and trophic production for a myriad of other species. Mangroves in the port area have
already been exposed to significant pressures resulting from the existing Kamsar Port and CBG
plant. Additional losses to mangrove productivity and capacity may induce a regionally
significant impact. The port development will directly impact approximately 66 ha of mangrove
community. The impact is therefore considered to be Significant.
Loss of Non-Mangrove Vegetation and Flora
Some additional, non-mangrove vegetation and flora have been identified in the port
development area. This includes 10 ha of non-mangrove terrestrial vegetation and
approximately 7 ha of rice plantations. The loss of the terrestrial vegetation is considered
Moderate due to the small amount of this vegetation present within the proposed footprint of the
operations. The loss of the rice plantations is considered Neutral from a vegetation diversity
perspective (and excluding the socioeconomic perspective that is discussed in Section 5.3.9.1).
Loss of Primary Trophic Production
Primary production (algae and tracheophytes) may be adversely affected by improperly
contained sediment resulting from erosion of unconsolidated materials and the deposition of
dredged material within the Rio Nuez watercourse (southwest of le de Sable). Similarly,
uncontained spills of hydrocarbons (e.g., diesel fuel for construction machinery) or hazardous
materials (e.g., chemical reagents) may adversely affect plant communities.
The impact of sedimentation and dredge material deposition on primary production in the estuary
and the mangrove vegetation is considered Moderate. The impacts associated with hydrocarbon
spills have not been assessed for significance as it cannot be determined what the probability of
occurrence would be.
It is considered that dust may be generated from several sources at the port site. The dust may be
from unconsolidated soils or from product, coal, or other materials stockpiles.
The dust that is generated from construction and operations activities could fall on the
surrounding flora. The coverage of the leaves of the plants by the dust could block the stomata

534
on the leaves, which would have a detrimental effect to the evapotranspiration rate of the plants,
thereby affecting their ability to exchange gasses. This eventually could have an effect on the
growth and survival of some of the plant species. The species that would be most affected by
this would be those species that are typically internalized in mangrove vegetation (located in the
interior of these vegetation associations, rather than on the outside edge, or transition area).
Due to the amount of dust that could potentially be generated by the Project activities, it is
considered that the impact to plants from dust settling is Moderate. This impact will be
appreciated principally in the areas closest to the alumina terminal and along access roads. The
further removed from the area of dust generating activities, the lesser the potential to receive this
impact.
Introduction of Invasive Plants
Invasive (weed) plant species may be introduced to the port area, either by discharge of foreign
vessel ballast, or as incidental transport from the interior on rail cars or trucks. If these species
do not have natural biological controls in the Project site environment, they could become a
nuisance species.
The significance of this impact is considered moderate if it occurs, although there is uncertainty
associated with whether the impact will occur or not.
Mitigation Measures for Flora and Vegetation
To limit the direct loss of mangrove vegetation, the footprint of the lands to be cleared and the
limits of fill placement will be well demarcated. This practice would be expected of the
contractor to more efficiently adhere to the budget and schedule by avoiding unnecessary
clearing and filling. It is important to require this control measure as an environmental
consideration as well.
The hydraulic lines, pumps, and pipes used to undertake the hydraulic fill placement will be
carefully placed to avoid plant communities wherever possible.

535
A leave strip of vegetation, with a width of 50 m, will be maintained along all water courses
where possible. This will mitigate runoff problems to the aquatic environment, provide a buffer
for erosion control, and serve to conserve some of the mangrove community.
Loss of Non-Mangrove Vegetation
To limit the direct loss of non-mangrove vegetation, the footprint of the lands to be cleared and
the limits of fill placement will be well demarcated. This practice would be expected of the
contractor to more efficiently adhere to the budget and schedule by avoiding unnecessary
clearing and filling. It is important to require this control measure as an environmental
consideration as well.
Loss of Primary Trophic Production
All unconsolidated materials will be stockpiled with suitable slope grades, and covered where
possible, especially during the rainy season. This will limit erosion and runoff. Exposed
material that is no longer necessary will be vegetated and stabilized. These measures will be
considered in the site-wide Erosion and Sedimentation Control Plan.
Spills of fuel or hazardous materials can be largely avoided through use of Good International
Industry Practices for material storage, handling, and transfer mechanisms. In addition, a Spill
Prevention and Response Plan (see Volume 3 Implementation Plan), which delegates
responsibilities and identifies material and equipment requirements, will ensure that any spills
that do occur are contained.
The effects of fugitive dust on plants can only be controlled by controlling the source of dust
generation. Effective dust control measures will be implemented during the construction and
operation of the Project. These measures can include, but are not limited to:
Road irrigation or application of chemical dusticides on running surfaces;
Cover or spray for dust control on materials and product stockpiles;
Covers on transport hoppers (train) or on trucks;
Covered conveyors and reduced conveyor speed (2 m/s) to reduce the potential for
fluidization of the alumina and subsequent loss from the conveyor belts;
Bag houses and dust suppressors on conveyor transfer points; and

536
Sufficient design of the ship loader to be able to deposit product at the level of the
inside of the ships hull in a horizontal orientation.
The most appropriate and feasible methods for controlling dust will be evaluated and applied at
the Project.
Introduction of Invasive Plants
It is very difficult to control the spread of species from one area to another when there is constant
communication between the areas. One method to control the spread of invasive species is to
wash vehicles prior to their leaving the port area (heading to the refinery) or at the refinery
(heading to the port). This method though cannot be guaranteed to be 100% successful.
Therefore an invasive species monitoring program will also be implemented for the Project
which will identify invasive species and control their growth before spreading.
Guinea has been a member of the International Maritime Organization (IMO) of the United
Nations since 1975. The IMO has developed international guidelines for disposal of ship ballast
(IMO, 2004), which will be applied to the disposal of ship ballast at the Project.
Residual Impacts to Flora and Vegetation
The primary residual impact will be the loss of vegetation from clearing and filling activities.
This represents a significant adverse impact, as it includes approximately 66 ha of mangrove
vegetation.
With appropriate mitigation, control, and an effective Conceptual Closure and Rehabilitation
Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan), no other significant long-term adverse impacts are
expected to accrue to the flora of the port site area.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated flora impacts, relevant operational

537
Port Area Impact Summary - Flora
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Locate dredged material placement equipment way from plant
communities wherever possible.
and Construction
in the Implementation Plan.
Erosion and
Sedimentation
Management Plan
(Port Area Impacts)
Plan
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust
and Erosion;
Loss of
Mangrove and
Natural
Vegetation,
Habitat,
Agricultural
Lands; Loss of
Sensitive and
Endangered
Species and
Habitat
Clearing,
Stripping,
and Bulk
Earthwork
during
Construction
of Facilities,
Roads, and
Rail Access
Mn, Ag, Nv,
Ey
X M-
M- to
N

Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan

(Port Area Impacts)
Plan
endangered species.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust
Hauling and
Stockpiling of
Refinery
Supplies and
Alumina
Product
Mn, Ag, Nv X M- N

(Port Area Impacts)
Implement combustion emission control measures stipulated in
Section 5.3.1 (Port Area Impacts)
Plan
Fugitive Dust
and
Combustion
Emissions
Port
Operations;
and General
Site Activities
Mn, Ag, Nv X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

538
Port Area Impact Summary - Flora
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Introduction of
Invasive
Species
Solid Waste
and Sewage
Treatment
Facilities
Mn, Ag, Nv X X M- N


Mn =
mangrove

Ag = agricultural & fallow
land

Nv = natural vegetation M - = moderately adverse
Ey = estuary

N = neutral



539
5.3.7 Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
fauna and wildlife habitat within the port area, an evaluation of the potential impacts from those
been implemented.
Project Activities Related to Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
The following list outlines the Project activities that are likely to result in impacts to the fauna
and wildlife habitat of the proposed port site.
Construction of installations This includes the construction of the marine terminal
(including the alumina jetty and alumina quay), the alumina terminal, conveyor
systems, transfer stations, container quay, temporary construction quay, and ancillary
facilities;
Sand mining This considers the extraction of river sands in the vicinity of le de
Sable for use as fill in the construction of the alumina and marine terminals;
Preparation of the accesses to the alumina quay and Kamsar Container Quay
This requires the dredging of the access channel in the estuary. The current depth and
width of the channel will not be adequate for the proposed tonnage ships that will
service the Project. Materials dredged from the channel will either be utilized for fill
material in the alumina terminal or be disposed of to the southwest of le de Sable
(Banc de Mileu) as shown in Figure 5.6;
Load out of product - This considers the off-loading of product from the trains from
the refinery, storage and handling of product at the alumina terminal, conveyance to
the awaiting ships, and load out to the ships;
Off-loading of materials and supplies - This considers the offloading of supply
vessels, initially at the new container quay and later at the Project marine terminal;
and
Shipping activities - These are restricted to activities that are undertaken while the
ships are berthed and therefore fall under the direct control of GAC. Shipping
activities that occur during the approach to or leaving the marine terminal and that
result in impacts have not been considered in this assessment, as they are not
activities that can be directly controlled by GAC. They have, however, been
identified at a preliminary level in this text.

540
Detail regarding the construction and operation of the Port infrastructure components is provided
in Section 3.6 of Section 3 - Project Description.
Potential Impacts to Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
A summary list of the potential impacts associated with fauna and wildlife habitat at the port site
is presented in the Port Impacts Summary Table Fauna presented at the end of this section.
These impacts and mitigation measures are also included in the overall impact and mitigation
table for port area Project components, Table 5.5. The following text provides substantiation for
the impacts identified and the significance ratings that have been applied to each.
Loss of Benthic Communities
The benthic communities occupying the expanded dredged areas will be destroyed and will not
recover since the periodic maintenance dredging will prevent any re-colonization. The areas
estimated for each of the dredging operations are presented below:
Approximately 600,000 m
3
for the alumina quay berth;
Approximately 2,000,000 m
3
for the navigation channel;
3
for the temporary construction quay; and
3
for the Kamsar container quay.
An area around le de Sable where sand will be extracted for use as fill at the port site will also
be affected during the construction stage of the Project. This area will likely be able to recover
over the medium to long-term, as new invertebrates colonize the disturbed area.
Dredged materials that are unsuitable for use as fill will be disposed of in an area to the
southwest of le de Sable. The benthic organisms occupying the disposal site will be destroyed,
but other organisms may, in the medium to long-term, re-colonize the area.
Although the areas to be disturbed are considerable, the benthic environment is likely colonized
by dominant tolerant species; therefore the impact on this environmental component could be
Neutral.

541
Loss of Sub-Tidal Mangrove Habitat
The mangroves of the study area provide habitat to numerous fixed (e.g., oysters) or low
mobility (e.g., bivalves, gastropods) aquatic species. This faunal group has little apparent
diversity but is very abundant. In the area of Dougoufissa Creek, it is considered that some loss
of sub-tidal mangrove habitat will occur. However, the amount of this habitat that could be lost
is considered to be limited. Therefore, the impact associated with the loss of sub-tidal mangrove
habitat is considered to have a Neutral significance.
Increase in Biological Diversity
The surface occupied by the piles supporting the quay and the jetty will encroach on soft mud.
Replacing that mud with hard substratum surfaces will add to the potential habitat diversity. In
the medium-term, this change will cause a local modification of the benthic communities,
allowing fixed organisms to colonize these new hard substrata. Based on the limited number of
piles the impact to habitat diversity is considered to be Moderate.
Effects of Sedimentation on Fish and Benthic Habitat
Uncontrolled erosion from terrestrial sources may introduce additional sediment to the aquatic
habitat, which could adversely affect fish and benthic fauna. Fish are particularly sensitive to
increased sediment, as it abrades their gill lamellae. It also has the potential to infill interstitial
spaces that offer habitat to demersal fish and benthic infauna. The impacts as a result of
sedimentation are considered to be Moderate.
Loss of Terrestrial Mangrove Habitat
Mangroves play an essential role in the life cycles of the amphibians, reptiles, birds, and
mammals that inhabit them. These humid habitats also serve as nesting areas and rest stops for
numerous species of migratory birds.
The clearing of approximately 68 hectares of mangrove for the construction of the alumina
terminal and approach jetty will result a loss of habitat for the fauna that presently use it. This
represents the largest effect to terrestrial fauna from the port development, and is considered a
Significant, adverse impact.
Loss of Non-Mangrove Terrestrial Habitats
Destruction of habitat, and disruption of life processes of those species that inhabit the non-
mangrove terrestrial habitats are potential impacts associated with the clearing, filling, and

542
construction activities of the port. However, as the amount of the non-mangrove habitat that will
be disturbed is limited (approximately 22 ha including agricultural lands), the impact to this
resource is considered to be Moderate.
Effects of Noise and Vibration Terrestrial
Noise and vibration are expected to be generated from the following Project activities, as
described in Section 5.3.2:
Construction activities (stripping, clearing, bulk earthworks, civil works);
Sand mining operations;
Hydraulic deposition of sand fill;
Passage of heavy and light vehicles;
Operation of the diesel fired generators;
Transport of goods and product by rail; and
Dredging activities and disposal of unsuitable dredged materials.
Some fauna species are tolerant of noise and vibration. Other species are intolerant of noise and
vibration and flee from the perceived sources of these disturbances, where otherwise they would
be present. This is considered a modification of the normal behavior of the species. The flight
response to noise and vibration can have effects on the feeding success, courting/nesting/
reproductive success, and sleep routines of the fauna.
The effects to fauna from noise and vibration are considered to be Moderate.
Effects of Noise and Vibration Aquatic
The activity, noise and vibration in the water column associated with the dredging and sand
mining operations may be disruptive to fish fauna. However, it is uncertain if this effect will
occur and if so, it would likely be temporary. The effects of noise and vibration on fish
communities are considered to have a Neutral significance.
Some species of fauna are not tolerant of the presence of humans and, as a response, flee from
the area. The flight response can have the same effects as those identified for response to noise

543
and vibration, with the addition that some species may completely vacate an area previously used
where this comes into contact with new human presence.
The area where the port site is proposed to be developed currently has a large amount of human
presence. Therefore the effects to fauna from the presence of humans are considered to be
Neutral.
The construction of access roads in the port area and the operation of vehicles on these roads
may increase the potential for accidents between vehicles and wildlife. While the impact to the
animals involved in such encounters is serious, and often fatal, the probability of occurrence is
low. It is for this reason that the significance of this impact is considered to be Moderate.
Invasive Benthic Species
Invasive benthic species may be introduced to the port area through discharge of foreign vessel
ballast. If these species do not have natural biological controls in the Project site environment,
they could become a nuisance species. The significance of this impact is considered Moderate if
it occurs, although there is no guarantee that the impact will occur.
Effects of Sewage Release
The release of untreated sewage from the operations areas at the port site would result in
enrichment, and potentially over-enrichment in the estuarine areas where the sewage would
finally deposit. The over-enrichment could cause localized eutrophication if the flow in the area
is insufficient to move the nutrients out of the system. This would cause a locally Moderate
significance impact.
Mitigation Measures for Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
Loss of Benthic Communities
Dredging operations will be optimized to limit to the extent possible the benthic area that will be
affected from these operations. This will include the adequate planning of maintenance dredging
to consider natural infilling processes from river or sea sediment deposition, the optimal use of
dredged material as fill at the alumina terminal, and the controlled disposal of unsuitable dredged

544
material in a designated area. The final dredge disposal sites will be selected to ensure they do
not occlude any potentially sensitive habitat. Deposition of dredged material will be conducted
to minimize re-suspension in the water column.
Loss of Sub-Tidal Mangrove Habitat
To limit the direct loss of sub-tidal mangrove vegetation, the footprint of the lands to be cleared
and the limits of fill placement will be well demarcated. This practice would be expected of the
Construction contractor to more efficiently adhere to the budget and schedule by avoiding
unnecessary clearing and filling. It is important to require this control measure as an
environmental consideration as well.
The increase in biological diversity with the installation of piles for the jetty and quays is a
positive impact and therefore does not require any mitigation measures. The number of piles to
be driven is dependent on the length of quay required and the design criteria for stability of the
structures. Therefore the number of piles is already considered to be maximized to the extent
possible.
Effects of Sedimentation on Fish and Benthic Habitat
The effects of sedimentation on fish and benthic habitat will also naturally recover with the
eventual re-establishment of the estuarine substrate. However, it is best to control sedimentation
from the source. An effective Erosion and Sedimentation Management Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan) will be developed and implemented at the port site. This will take into
consideration the control of sediments from unconsolidated materials during construction and
operations, including but not limited to:
Hydraulically placed fill materials (during and after placement);
Product and materials stockpiles;
Running surfaces of roads; and
All bare surfaces.
Loss of Terrestrial Mangrove Habitat
To limit the direct loss of terrestrial mangrove vegetation, the footprint of the lands to be cleared
and the limits of fill placement will be well demarcated. This practice would be expected of the

545
Clearing activities will be timed seasonally, where practical, to limit interference with
breeding/reproductive periods.
Loss of Non-Mangrove Terrestrial Habitats
To limit the direct loss of non-mangrove vegetation, the footprint of the lands to be cleared and
the limits of fill placement will be well demarcated. This practice would be expected of the
Clearing activities will be timed seasonally, where practical, to limit interference with
breeding/reproductive periods.
the Project and of human presence on wildlife will be implemented. The objective of this will be
to reduce the interactions between the humans on site and the wildlife in the surrounding areas.
It will be strictly prohibited for workers or contractors to molest wildlife.
Vehicle/fauna encounters can be reduced through the implementation of certain measures. These
may include, but are not restricted to:
Implementation of an education program to sensitize the workforce (including
management) and contractors to the importance of wildlife;
Identification of areas where vehicle/fauna encounters are likely and installing
signage to warn vehicle operators to take extra care in these areas;
Implement speed control measures on all access roads; and

546
Include a speed control policy at the corporate level within the Corporate Policies for
Health, Safety, Environment, and Community, and in the Training and Awareness
Management Plan and Traffic and Vehicle Movement Management Plan (both in
Volume 3 Implementation Plan).
Invasive Benthic Species
Guinea has been a member of the International Maritime Organization (IMO) of the United
Nations since 1975. The IMO has developed international guidelines for disposal of ship ballast
(IMO, 2004), which will be applied to the disposal of ship ballast at the Project.
Effects of Sewage Release
Sewage will be treated prior to release to the environment.
Residual Impacts to Fauna and Wildlife Habitat
Loss of Mangrove Vegetation and Habitat
The loss of mangrove vegetation and habitat for fauna that are dependent or use this habitat will
be long-term, even with the mitigation measures contemplated in this report and the
implementation of a progressive and final closure and rehabilitation program. Eventually, the
mangrove habitat will regenerate but this will take longer than the period of operations at the port
site.
The creation of hard substrate habitat through the installation of piles for the quays will have a
long-term positive benefit to the estuarine biological diversity.
The following two tables present summaries of the anticipated fauna and aquatics impacts,

547
Port Area Impact Summary - Fauna
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

and Construction
(Port Area Impacts)
Plan
endangered species.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Erosion and
Sedimentation
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust;
Loss of
Natural
Habitat; Loss
of Sensitive
and
Endangered
Species and
Habitat;
Fragmentation
of Habitat;
Human
Presence
Clearing,
Stripping,
and Bulk
Earthwork
during
Construction
of Facilities,
Roads, and
Rail Access
W, Ss, Es,
R
X M- N

Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan and

(Port Area Impacts)
Plan
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
Fugitive Dust;
Erosion; and
Human
Presence
Hauling and
Stockpiling of
Refinery
Supplies and
Alumina
Product
W, Ss, Es,
R
X
M- to
N
N
Erosion and
Sedimentation
Management Plan

(Port Area Impacts)
Fugitive Dust
and
Combustion
Emissions
Port
Operations;
and General
Site Activities
W, Ss, Es,
R
X
M- to
N
N
Implement combustion emission control measures stipulated in
Section 5.3.1 (Port Area Impacts)
Plan

548
Port Area Impact Summary - Fauna
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Flora and Fauna
Management Plan
procedures.
area.
Introduction of
Invasive
Species
General Site
Activities
E, R X X
M- to
N
N

Noise and
Vibrations
General Site
Activities
W, Ss, Es X X
M- to
N
N
Implement noise control measures stipulated in Section 5.3.1
(Port Area Impacts)
Plan


W = generic wildlife (3) Expected Significance Rankings: ST = short-term with mitigation, LT = long-term with mitigation


R =
residents
N = neutral

E =
employees


549

Port Area Impact Summary - Aquatics
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

the Implementation Plan.
Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence
Construction
of Facilities,
Roads, and
Rail Access.
As, Ss, Es X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence
Site
Operations,
Mine
Operations,
and Haul
Road
Construction
As, Ss, Es X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
endangered species.
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality;
Human
Presence
General Site
Activities
As, Ss, Es X X M- N
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
Loss or
Modification of
Benthic
Habitat; Water
Quality

Dredging and
Placement of
Dredge
Spoils
As, Ss, Es,
R
X M- M+
endangered species.
Flora and Fauna
Management Plan

550
Port Area Impact Summary - Aquatics
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Erosion and
Sedimentation Plan
Loss or
Modification of
Habitat; Water
Quality
Operation of
Stormwater
and Sewage
Treatment
Systems
As, Ss, Es X M- N


As = aquatic species (3) Expected Significance Rankings: ST = short-term with mitigation, LT = long-term with mitigation


R =
residents
N = neutral



551
5.3.8 Cultural Resources
Cultural resources and heritage include tangible property, such as sites having archaeological,
historical or religious values as well as unique environmental features such as sacred groves or
rocks. Cultural heritage also refers to intangible forms of culture such as traditional knowledge
and lifestyles.
The Kamsar region, because of its ongoing industrial activities, is characterized as a
cosmopolitan population, constituted mostly of Guineans from various ethnic groups and
foreigners. Most inhabitants have recently migrated from various other areas of Guinea or
elsewhere. There are no known cultural resources, heritage sites or artifacts in the areas affected
by the port development at Kamsar.
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated cultural resources impacts, relevant

552
Volume 2 Impact Assessment REV0 July 2008
Port Area Impact Summary - Cultural Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

None

None
Identified
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R X X N N

No Impacts Identified -
No Applicable
Management Plans


R =
residents



N = neutral



553
5.3.9 Land and Natural Resources
The alumina terminal and associated facilities at Kamsar will have permanent impacts on land
use, property and associated crops and other natural resources in the proposed Project area. Land
and natural resource impacts will arise predominantly from land take for construction of
infrastructure for the terminal, as well as land required for the rail spur and the marine terminal.
The Kamsar Project area includes urban, peri-urban and rural areas with varying types of impacts
for each. Kamsar is comprised of two types of urban development: Kamsar Cit, a formal
housing subdivision built and managed by the Guinean government and CBG for its employees,
and Kamsar Center which has been developing with little urban planning or formal allocation of
land following the route of the railway and the national road for about 8 km away from Kamsar
Cit. Kamsar Cit was planned for an initial population of 8,000 to 10,000 persons. Currently,
about 120,000 people live within a radius of 15 km of Kamsar Cit, including 40,000 in the
originally planned area. Mangrove swamps and rice fields line the urban areas to the north and
south of Kamsar.
Land use impacts will affect agricultural land, intertidal, mangrove, urban and industrial land.
The following table summarizes land use impacts for the port area components.
Land Use Port Area Components (Hectares)
Land Use Type
Component
Right-
of-Way
Intertidal Mangrove
Cleared
Land
Urban
Terrestrial
Vegetation
Village
Industrial
Use
Rice /
Fruit
Plantation
Subtotal
Alumina
Terminal
1.7 0.0 60.1 1.1 0.8 10.0 6.9 0.0 0.0 80.6
Marine
Terminal
0.0 0.1 2.6 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.8 9.7
Kamsar
Container
Quay
0.0 4.3 3.2 0.0 3.2 0.0 0.0 5.8 0.0 16.5
Kamsar
Port Area
Total
1.7 4.4 65.9 1.3 4.0 10.0 6.9 5.8 6.8 106.8

New Bok
Bridge
0.7 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.5 1.6
Data provided by GIS analyses from Terranean, December 2007.

554
As indicated by the table above, the majority of land impacts were to land indirectly used by the
populations, the mangrove swamps. By optimizing the design, the Project was able to minimize
direct impacts to the local population particularly in the urban neighborhood of Daprass. Key
impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Loss of agricultural land and crops to other uses; and
Offsetting pressure to other resources.
The Project has developed a Resettlement Action Plan (RAP) to address the potential land
acquisition and resettlement impacts from the Project (Volume 5). As at the end of 2007,
resettlement had been completed for the Kamsar area, and compensation had been paid for the
loss of land and natural resources (as well as residential and other assets). The following table
summarizes the land use for each location as they have affected the Kamsar Project area.
Compensated Land Take Associated with Port Component Implementation
Project Facility
Community or
Area Impacted
Description of
Environment
Type of Impact
Total Land Take
Per Village or
Urban Area
Alumina
Terminal
Kindiadi Hamlet Rural agricultural
hamlet
Resettlement of hamlet
Land take of crops and
fruit trees
13 ha
Marine
Terminal
Taigb Village Rural agricultural
village
Loss of rice fields 6.8 ha
Container Quay Individuals Industrial port Area Fruit trees 0.2 ha
Access Road
and Railway
Neighborhood of
Daprass,
Kamsar Center
Informal urban
neighborhood
Resettlement of portion of
neighborhood

4.2 ha
Bok Bridge Tamaransy
District
Rural agricultural
hamlet
Resettlement
Home gardens and fruit
trees
1 ha
Total 25.2 ha
Note: these are land use impacts specific to a village or urban area, not overall land take figures.
While land and natural resources in the Project area constitute an important aspect of livelihood
security for some people, land use is primarily urban and industrial. In the peri-urban and rural
areas affected by the Project, locals rely on agriculture, including rice fields, perennial fruit trees,
and crops including groundnut, sorghum, maize, cassava, and sweet potato.

555
5.3.9.1 Loss of Agricultural Land and Crops to Other Uses
Project Activities Related to Agricultural Land
The construction of the alumina terminal, rail track, Kamsar Container Quay, Bok Bridge, and
approach jetty will require approximately 107 ha of land (including mangrove swamp and
intertidal land) of which fewer than 7 ha are agricultural land or fruit tree plantations. As at the
end of 2007, the Project had already acquired the necessary land in the Kamsar area, commenced
construction activities and compensated affected peoples in Kindiadi, Daprass, Tamaransy, and
Taigb for their agricultural land and crops.
Potential Impacts to Agricultural Land
The 7 ha of agricultural land taken by the Project for the port, represents 7% of the total loss of
land. Direct impacts to agricultural land, crops and fruit and palm plantations can be
summarized as follows:
The small hamlet of Kindiadi, which is administratively and functionally attached to the town of
Kamsar but is rural in character, will be affected in its entirety (residents and non-residents). The
residents of the hamlet were primarily agriculturalists depending on entirely on the land for their
livelihood. The hamlet has lost approximately 13 ha of land, which includes agricultural plots
(including groundnut, sorghum, mazie, cassava, and sweet potatoes), home gardens (including
eggplant, salad, and mint), and perennial trees (including mangos, citruses, cashew nut trees, and
cola nuts trees), and all residences. The residents of the hamlet also lost the rent received from
leasing out access to land.
All resident owners of Kindiadi chose to be resettled within Kamsar. As farmers, the
loss of land means that in addition to being physically displaced they are
economically displaced. The project will need to ensure that their livelihoods are
restored;
The village of Taigb (owners and sharecroppers) has been affected by the
appropriation of 85 rice fields (approximately 7 ha). The village has stated that they
have access to sufficient amounts of land and can prepare additional land for
cultivation;
A portion of the neighborhood of Daprass was resettled. The incomes of residents of
Daprass are primarily based on trade and other urban activities as well as fishing.
They have no agricultural land and are fully part of the cash economy. Impacts to the
land were limited to the residences of the inhabitants and some home gardens;

556
Less than 2 hectares were impacted by land take and resettlement in the Bok Bridge
area. All three residents had small home gardens, fruit trees as well as cash and
subsistence crops; and
Three fruit tree planters in the industrial port area (the future location of the Kamsar
Container Quay) had access to land and to fruit crops taken.
Potential impacts to income-levels due to changed livelihood strategies and agricultural land loss
are addressed in Section 5.3.10.1.
Mitigation Measures for Agricultural Land
The Project has followed the RAP compensation guidelines to design mitigation measures and to
compensate Project affected people for loss of land and crops. The following table summarizes
the compensation eligibility matrix, as well as the actual compensation results for the Kamsar
area. An audit of RAP implementation is in progress (as of February, 2008). The Audit will
identify any actions requiring attention, as discussed in Section 9.2 of the RAP (Volume 5).

Summary of Compensation Eligibility Matrix for Kamsar Project Development

Village or
Urban Area
Type of Impact Compensation Eligibility
from RAP
Actual Mitigation and
Compensation
Kindiadi Loss of agricultural
land (resident owners
also lost primary
homes)
Resident traditional
owners: Replacement
land or employment
(starting 90 days after
displacement)
Non-resident traditional
owners: Land or
employment (starting 90
days after displacement)
Kindiadi residents chose
resettlement in urban areas
and employment. Not all
resettled residents or non-
resident traditional owners are
currently employed. A RAP
audit is underway to ascertain
any gaps in RAP
implementation. Identified
gaps will be address according
to RAP protocol.
Loss of annual crops Compensation at market
value
Annual crops compensated at
market value
Loss of perennial
crops (including fruit
and nut trees)
Compensation at
replacement value
Perennial crops compensated
at replacement value. Non-
residents received 3 months
temporary work, but were
waiting for temporary jobs as
of Knight Pisold site visit in
October, 2007. RAP audit is
investigating.

557
Summary of Compensation Eligibility Matrix for Kamsar Project Development

Village or
Urban Area
Type of Impact Compensation Eligibility
from RAP
Actual Mitigation and
Compensation
Daprass Loss of fruit trees Compensation at
replacement value
Fruit trees compensated at
replacement value
Taigb Loss of rice field Replacement land or
Cash compensation
Chose cash compensation
Laborers Unclear, as laborers were
not present when
compensation eligibility
was determined.
None were compensated to-
date, is being investigated as
part of RAP audit.
Tamaransy
(Bok Bridge)
Loss of land (resident
owners also lost
primary homes)
Resident owners:
Replacement of primary
homes on their land and
cash compensation for
other structures.
Replacement homes were
constructed for resident owner
on their land. Owners were
compensated in cash for loss
of kitchens and other
structures. RAP audit is
investigating land loss
compensation.
Loss of crops Compensation at
replacement value (for
perennial)
Fruit trees compensated at
replacement value

Kindiadi
The 4 resident owners and the families of the hamlet of Kindiadi were resettled into 3 areas in
Kamsar Center (Figure 5.12). The residents were given the choice to relocate in a rural area
(with land replacement). All four chose the option of employment with the Project rather than
continuing as agriculturalists. The six non-resident owners also chose employment over
replacement land. The Project will ensure that at least one member of all economically displaced
families who were offered employment to restore livelihoods is permanently employed.
Daprass
The residents of Daprass who had planted fruit trees were compensated at full replacement value.
Because Daprass is an urban neighborhood, the amount of crops compensated was minimal.
Residents of Daprass were not economically displaced by land take.
Taigb
The affected traditional land owners of Taigb chose cash compensation for the loss of rice fields
stating that they had sufficient additional land. The compensation was calculated including the

558
cost of labor to clear land, construct dykes and for lowered productivity during three years. The
laborers who were present at the time of the original census were not present when the Project
team returned to negotiate compensation and were therefore not compensated. It is not clear
whether the laborers were economically displaced by the Project or not. The social team will
investigate to ensure that the laborers were adequately compensated.
Tamaransy
The 3 resident households of Tamaransy were relocated within a hundred yards of their original
homes. They were fully compensated for the loss of crops, including fruit trees and are installed
in their new residences. Houses were economically impacted by loss of crops but should be able
to fully restore agricultural productivity with their existing land and crops.
The Project will continue ongoing monitoring, evaluation and reporting of resettlement impacts
in the Port area. The RAP (Volume 5) addresses the compensation and livelihood restoration
framework associated with the loss of agricultural land (and crops) in further detail.
Residual Impacts to Agricultural Land
The overall net impact of converting agricultural land and crops to industrial uses is potentially
significant, and will require mitigation measures to be well designed and implemented. The
traditional land owners of Kindiadi, in particular, will have been adversely impacted by the
Project unless their livelihoods are restored with permanent employment.
agricultural lands and crops to other uses is considered to be moderately adverse in the short-
term in regard to land scarcity and food security (Table 5.5). In the long-term, impacts are
expected to be slightly adverse as affected people realize some of the benefits from revenue
recovery initiatives, in particular employment.
5.3.9.2 Offsetting Pressures to Natural Resources
Project Activities Related to Natural Resources
Construction of the Project facilities including the alumina terminal, the quay and Jetty and the
rail and access road requires approximately 107 ha of intertidal, mangrove, urban, rural,
industrial and agricultural land. These 107 ha contain natural resources that are both formally
and informally used by local people, including for fishing and potable water, for timber products
and for non-forest products (e.g., medicinal herbs). Project activities will exclude locals from the
majority much of this area and the natural resources contained therein. The presence of the

559
alumina terminal will also attract induced and informal in-migration (Section 5.3.11.4), which
may put additional pressure on local natural resources.
Potential Impacts to Natural Resources
The primary impact that the Project will have on natural resources will be on 66 ha of existing
mangrove swamps for the construction of the alumina terminal and the quay and jetty. Besides
the potential environmental impacts from loss of mangroves (see Section 5.3.6), the reduction in
mangrove swamps also affects the populations of Kamsar. The baseline study identified the
following uses for mangrove wood: for fuel wood for cooking, brick production, and salt
production and for construction of houses. Social baseline studies also found that the amount of
wood currently available in the Project area does not meet the current needs of the surrounding
populations who collect fuel wood outside of the area. The limited amounts of woody trees in the
area mean that there are few alternatives to mangrove wood.
The elimination of mangrove swamps in the Project area may mean that people need to access
resources in other places, resulting in increased pressure on natural resources elsewhere.
Population growth due to the Project may therefore lead to increased utilization of natural
resources in surrounding areas and secondary environmental effects.
Mitigation Measures for Natural Resources
GAC has optimized design plans to minimize Project construction impacts on natural resources.
The Social Investment Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) established by GAC shall aim to
promote benefits in the local Kamsar area through various community development initiatives.
GAC will assess alternative fuels as well as improved cookstoves that reduce the need for fuel
wood as it designs appropriate community development projects for the Kamsar area.
Residual Impacts to Natural Resources
In both the short term, overall impacts on surrounding natural resources are expected to be
moderately adverse. As measures are developed and implemented to help offset exploitation in
the area the long term impacts are expected to be reduced to slightly adverse (Table 5.5).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated land and natural resources impacts,

560
Port Area Impact Summary - Land and Natural Resources
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Compensate replacement land for intensively cultivated areas
in new resettlement villages, and compensate for the loss of any
crops, assets, and labor required to replace them.
Promote benefits in the local area through various community
development initiatives.
enough food.
Assess alternative fuels as well as improved cookstoves that
reduce the need for fuel wood as it designs appropriate
community development projects for the area.
Loss of
Agricultural
and Fallow
Lands to Other
Uses; Loss of
Homes to
Other Uses;
Loss of
Plantations;
and Pressure
to Other
Resources.
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R X M-
M- to
N
Revert land to the landowners at the time of the census at time
of Project closure.
Stakeholder
Engagement
Management Plan,
Social Investment Plan,
and Resettlement Action
Plan

Compensate replacement land for intensively cultivated areas
in new resettlement villages, and compensate for the loss of any
crops, assets, and labor required to replace them.
Promote benefits in the local area through various community
development initiatives.
enough food.
Assess alternative fuels as well as improved cookstoves that
reduce the need for fuel wood as it designs appropriate
community development projects for the area.
Loss of
Agricultural
and Fallow
Lands to Other
Uses; Loss of
Pastures to
Other Uses;
Loss of
Plantations
and
Savannahs;
and Pressure
to Other
Resources.
Any Future
Expansion of
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Operation
Activities
R X M-
M- to
N
Revert land to the landowners at the time of the census at time
of Project closure.
Stakeholder
Engagement
Management Plan,
Social Investment Plan,
and Resettlement Action
Plan

561

R =
residents



N = neutral



562
5.3.10 Livelihoods Activities and Employment Opportunities
The residents of the rural and urban areas within the Project area, such as Kindiadi and Taigb
are predominantly farmers. These residents cultivate small gardens located next to the house,
and at the same time some rice fields in flooded areas within the mangrove are cultivated.
Perennial fruit trees also include mangos, citruses, palm trees, cashew nut trees, and cola nut
trees. The urban residents of Daprass are petty traders and fishermen who do not have
agricultural land. These residents are fully part of the cash economy, with wage-earning jobs.
Industrial and harbor activities are also predominant in Kamsar city, related to the CBG bauxite
operations. Project development will affect various aspects of livelihoods of residents of the
Kamsar area due to land acquisition for Project construction as well as employment and training
opportunities. Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Disruption of livelihoods associated with displacement;
Direct employment;
Indirect employment and local procurement opportunities; and
Improved skills development as a result of the Project.
The management and mitigation measures in this section focus on enhancing employment and
training opportunities for the local residents and ensuring that economic and livelihood
restoration is achieved for Project affected people (those who are directly affected by the Project
resettlement activities). While those households affected by resettlement will have the highest
priority, direct and indirect employment opportunities and skills development will also be
preferentially aimed at residents in the surrounding urban, peri-urban and rural areas, many of
whom live nearby to the Project site.
Impacts associated with resettlement (such as income restoration) are addressed in the
Resettlement Action Plan (Volume 5) but summarized herein.
5.3.10.1 Disruption of Livelihoods Associated with Displacement
Project Activities Related to Livelihoods
Project development has already resulted in the acquisition of agricultural lands and the
subsequent physical and, to a limited extent, economic displacement of people in the Project
area. Construction of the alumina terminal and associated facilities will interrupt the economic
activities of agriculturally-based households that reside or work in the Project area. In addition,

563
construction activities may also have limited impacts on fishing by small-scale artesanal
fishermen on the Rio Nuez and Dougoufissa Creek. Project activities that will cause disruption
to livelihoods include land take for the construction of the alumina terminal, the Kamsar
Container Quay, the marine terminal, dredging on the Rio Nuez and to a lesser extent
construction of the Bok Bridge. It is not expected that minimally increasing rail traffic or
maritime traffic will cause interruption to livelihoods.
Potential Impacts to Livelihoods
Construction of the Kamsar development will result in the economic displacement of 55
households (and 188 people) that will be directly or indirectly affected by economic
displacement within the Project area. Some households will be temporarily impacted during
construction while others will be affected by permanent land acquisition. The following table
summarizes economic displacement impacts.
Physically Displaced People Kamsar Area
Economically Displaced
Household Individual
Kindiadi 8 32
Daprass 13 13

Taigb 16 Owners 65 Owners
15 Tenants 75 Tenants
Port 3 3
Bok Bridge 0 0
Total 55 188

Kindiadi
The rural hamlet of Kindiadis primary source of income was from agriculture include rice,
annual crops and fruit and nut trees. The project land take required the physical displacement of
the entire hamlet as well as non-resident owners. The project impact was most severe for this
community because apart from needing to be resettled, the households chose to transition out of
agricultural livelihoods to live in an urban environment and receive employment with the
Project. In addition 2 small businesses were displaced causing the economic displacement of a
brick layer and a palm wine harvester. The RAP compensation plan assessed that one full-time
job with the Project would provide equivalent or better income to the household as the revenue
from crops.

564
Taigb
The rural village of Taigb holds extensive usufruct rights over rice fields from the village of
Taigb to the southern limits of the industrial port and CBG plant. The land take impacted less
than 12 hectares of village land, an amount the village determined would be best compensated
with cash. The village determined that they could reestablish other rice fields within their
landholdings (a labor intensive process) and not have livelihoods severely impacted after
compensation.
Tamaransy (Bok Bridge)
Three households in Tamaransy (Bok Bridge area) were moderately affected by loss of crops.
The households were resettled on or adjacent to their existing landholdings to minimize impacts.
Disruption to livelihoods was minimal and compensatable with cash.
Fishermen
It is expected that dredging activities and construction of the Jetty may temporarily impact
fishing grounds. It is not expected to cause serious disruption to fishermens livelihoods as there
are other areas to fish that will not be impacted.
IFC performance standards recommend preferential treatment for vulnerable individuals who
may be differentially adversely affected by the Project. In the case of impacts to livelihood,
impacts can be made more severe if the individual or household is already at risk for financial,
social, physical or health reasons. While the Project had originally identified 20 individuals who
could potentially be considered vulnerable, the determination was made that all but one had
sufficient family support to not be at additional risk from Project impacts. The one remaining
vulnerable person was assisted financially to be able to transition to self sufficiency.
Mitigation Measures for Livelihoods
General Measures
Implementation of the RAP (Volume 5) is the primary mitigation measure for impacts to
livelihoods. The livelihood restoration principles that guide the RAP implementation is that all
affected households be the same or better off after Project impacts than before. To make sure
that this takes place, the RAP implementation will be evaluated by an external monitor bi-
annually until the completion audit, which shall also assess whether livelihoods have been
restored. In order for the livelihood restoration to be considered complete households must be at
least restored to their previous income levels. Since economic displacement (and physical

565
displacement) of affected households has already taken place in the Kamsar area, monitoring has
already been initiated for the displaced population.
Measures to Restore Livelihoods and Revenues
Restoration of livelihoods will be achieved through a combination of different measures that
include mitigation and social investment to go beyond restoration to improving incomes. The
components will include (but dont necessarily apply to all affected people):
Improvements to agricultural production;
Vocational training and Project employment; and
Development of alternative sources of livelihood and creation of new markets.
Employment
Part of the compensation packages for loss of agricultural land is employment at the Project. The
Project will develop and implement the Training and Awareness Management Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan), and ensure that it includes:
Mapping of locally available skills;
Mapping of priority areas for hiring;
Recruitment and hiring procedures;
Vocational and on-the-job training plans and commitments;
Salary scales; and
Timelines and budgets.
The Training and Awareness Management Plan will favor the granting of temporary or
permanent employment to affected populations. All managers of the various Project
components, along with the EPCM contractor and sub-contractors, will be informed of this
policy. If necessary, hiring will be done by rotation, to ensure that 100% of potential workers are
hired during pre-construction and construction phases (see also Section 5.3.10.2). GAC will
monitor and assist in hiring these Project affected persons.
Kindiadi households (both resident and non-resident) will be offered a permanent job as an
alternative livelihood, in the form of one permanent job per household for one household

566
member. Such an employment option will replace an agricultural plot. The evaluation specialist
will monitor to ensure that the individuals remain employed and that their livelihood is
equivalent or better than before land take. The Project will provide financial support for the
family in the event that the families have not been offered employment or if the employee loses
his/her job for a period up until the completion audit.
Cash Compensation
Taigb
Will receive community-based compensation to assist with preparing of replacement rice fields.
The Project will monitor to ensure that the community is able to return to its former levels of
productivity.
Tamaransy (Bok Bridge): Affected households will receive cash compensation to replace
productive fruit trees.
Other Forms of Mitigation
Small Businesses
Will be provided with cash compensation and logistic support to compensate them for the cost of
reestablishing themselves.
Artesanal Fishermen
Will be informed in advance of construction impacts to Rio Nuez or Dougoufissa Creek so that
they can temporarily change fishing locations. No significant impact is anticipated.
GAC will monitor affected persons after displacement on an individual basis, which will allow
GAC to identify and specifically assist persons that experience particular hardship. The
monitoring process will include quarterly reviews, annual household surveys and biannual
external expert resettlement audits. The Project proposes that livelihoods will be restored 3 to 5
years after impact at which point the external auditor will undertake a completion audit.
Residual Impacts to Livelihoods
In the short-term there may be some slight to significantly adverse impacts to livelihoods of rural
residents as the transition is made from current income-earning processes to alternative economic
models and strategies. In the long term, the livelihoods of the resettled people are expected to be
restored to at least pre-Project levels or better, and therefore the impact is expected to be neutral
to positive (Table 5.5).

567
5.3.10.2 Direct Employment
Project Activities Producing Direct Employment
The construction of the alumina terminal and associated facilities will require a peak workforce
of up to 2200 people. The construction phase is expected to last 30 months from notice to
proceed by the EPCM contractor.
The operation of the alumina terminal and associated facilities will require a workforce estimated
at 140 people.
Potential Impacts from Direct Employment
The alumina terminal will have a direct positive impact by preferentially employing Kamsar
residents. There will also be some employment opportunities available at the regional and
national levels for Guinean residents. There will be positive economic impacts on workers
employed during construction and on their families. Job creation is very important to the local
population, as there are few opportunities for young people in the region, apart from jobs at CBG
and in the public service.
During the operations phase, there will be fewer temporary jobs but limited long-term positions
for some local workers and therefore overall economic benefits to some people from the local
communities. The majority of permanent workers are expected to be able to be sourced from the
Kamsar city and surrounds. The progressive transfer of management responsibilities from
expatriates to Guinean nationals is also a key Project objective, and the number of expatriates is
expected to decrease significantly as national staff replaces expatriate supervisors and managers.
However, there is a risk that local people could be excluded from direct employment benefits
because of low education and skill levels. Expectations related to employment are high and as
such, if employment aspects are not adequately managed and benefits maximized for local
people, this positive impact may quickly become a source of frustration and unmet expectations.
The period during the end of construction can be risky to the Project and the communities and
towns because the alumina terminal will reduce its workforce by more than 70%. Sudden
retrenchment can affect the local economy, families, and can also result in negative public
sentiment about the Project.

568
Mitigation Measures for Direct Employment
The implementation of the Training and Awareness Management Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan) will be the primary means of mitigation, in particular the following
components:
Local hiring policies and plans that includes a framework for preferentially recruiting
and hiring local employees;
Retrenchment plans that includes a plan for transitioning retrenched employees into
alternate employment opportunities;
Worker enhancement program that includes a training plan for providing training
(vocational, literacy, and on-the-job) for unskilled and semi-skilled local employees
and to promote transitioning to an all Guinean staff; and
Gender opportunity policy and programs which encourages seeking opportunities to
train and hire women for non-traditional positions.
The Project has developed employment and training policies that give preference to those who
are most affected by the Project. These policies are based on an equal competence approach that
gives priority of employment to competent people, firstly from the local area including Daprass,
Taigb, Kindiadi, Kamsar Cit, as well as Bok Bridge area and the ressortissants (returning
native local citizens that had moved away previously in search of employment); secondly to
people who live in the Bok region; thirdly to Guinean nationals; and finally to other country
nationals.
GAC will establish employment targets to maximize local employment during construction and
operation, with preference beginning with PAP and local populations, then expanding to include
regional, national, and international prospects. Procedures for identifying and verifying where
applicants live will be implemented in collaboration with local authorities. If necessary, hiring
will be done by rotation, to ensure that 100% of potential workers are hired during pre-
construction and construction phases.
The Project will maintain an employment database for review by general contractors responsible
for construction and for provision of other services, including all PAP. GAC will conduct a
follow-up program and assist in the recruitment of these persons to the extent practical based on
hiring needs and applicant skills.

569
A training program will be set up in the regions of Bok and Sangardi to provide future
employees with the skills they need to work for the Project. The vocational training program
will be initiated far enough in advance of operations to ensure that local attendees will receive
sufficient training to enhance their employability by the Project. Special training programs will
be directed at women to improve their prospects for employment (see also Section 5.3.11.3).
The Project will establish human resource policies that comply with Company protocol, Guinean
legislation, and IFCs Performance Standard 2. Working conditions will be defined for each
position and all employees shall be subject to an employment agreement (e.g., no informal
employment practices). The Project will establish wage rates at levels that are in compliance
with Guinean regulations as well as within industry standards for the Kamsar area and which will
be re-examined annually to ensure that they are keeping up with inflation. A formal grievance
mechanism will be available to all employees, as defined in the SEP (Volume 4).
Fair and transparent recruitment procedures that comply with anti-discrimination policies will be
implemented by the Project. Recruitment and employment information will be regularly
disclosed in advance to local communities (as well as regionally/nationally), and will include job
descriptions for available positions, selection criteria, and training opportunities. Designated
locations for recruitment will be identified and will include regional centers to mitigate against
informal in-migration and requests at site or other areas. GAC will seek to manage expectations
related to employment by ensuring that the number and nature of jobs available during
construction and operations are disclosed to interested parties.
Employment policies, preferential hiring practices, and training programs to which GAC is
committed will also be required of the EPCM contractor (and their sub-contractors) and
encouraged among suppliers of materials, equipment, and other goods.
The policies and procedures established in the Employment and Training Management Plan will
be monitored by the Project social team to ensure internal and contractor compliance. The
Project will also track direct and indirect employment numbers disaggregated by gender, by skill
level, and by country/area of origin.

570
Residual Impacts from Direct Employment
In the short and long-term, direct employment related to the Project is expected to have a
significant positive impact, providing that preferential employment strategies and other support
programs for local communities are implemented (Table 5.5).
5.3.10.3 Indirect Employment and Local Procurement Opportunities
Project Activities Producing Indirect Economic Benefits
The Project and its contractors will require numerous vendors and service providers to meet their
daily operating needs and also the domestic needs of its employees. At the same time, Project
employees will likely enjoy a higher disposable income level than they have prior to the Kamsar
development, which will add to the demand for local products and services. In addition, the
Project will produce indirect economic activity as a result of in-migration by job-seekers.
Potential Impacts of Indirect Economic Benefits
The prefecture of Bok and sub-prefecture of Kamsar will receive short-term economic benefits
as a result of indirect employment opportunities created by the construction of the alumina
terminal. Operation of the Project will create a range of sustained indirect economic
opportunities at local, regional and possibly national levels. Local sourcing of goods and
services will result in revenues for local businesses and entrepreneurs, provided they can offer
sufficient quality and reliability and can meet Project standards, particularly for health and
safety.
Mitigation Measures for Indirect Economic Benefits
One of the key components of the Social Investment Plan is improving the local supply chain to
be able to supply for the mine and also to support the creation or building of SMEs. GAC will
develop specific policies and procedures to maximize local/regional procurement and supply
opportunities. Local procurement and supply policies to which GAC is committed will be
required of the EPCM contractor and its sub-contractors. Management measures will seek to
optimize opportunities for Guinean nationals, but provide preferential opportunities to businesses
and entrepreneurs from Project-affected communities.
The Projects procurement and supply program will maximize the local procurement and supply
opportunities to the extent practical. The Project will give preference to construction materials
and other goods and services from local companies providing that they are competitive in terms
of price, delivery, and quality of product. The program shall include seminars (or similar) with

571
potential suppliers and sub-contractors to inform local businesses of opportunities to supply both
construction-related services as well as goods and services to other parts of the Project, such as
construction camps. GAC and the EPCM contractor shall explain to potential suppliers/local
companies:
The sub-contracts and business opportunities that may arise from the Project;
What sub-contractors and businesses need to do to be better placed for this work (e.g.,
health and safety standards, ethical and business conduct requirements); and
The process for identifying potential suppliers, how to proceed if they are invited to
tender, and the bid evaluation process.
GAC has partnered with the USADF to initiate supply chain activities and to promote the
creation of micro-enterprises (see also Section 5.3.11.5). By the 3rd quarter of 2007, six SMEs
were identified as being among the strongest suppliers available to meet the needs of the Project,
including businesses involved in supply of uniforms, construction activities, food supply,
security, equipment services, and hotel service. For the most part, these SMEs are located in the
Sangardi and Kamsar areas.
Since a number of the indirect economic opportunities during construction will relate to
temporary or short-term supply of goods and services, local companies (and communities) will
be informed about the duration of such opportunities so that they can plan for supplying goods
(e.g., produce) without compromising their own needs. Locally sourcing agricultural goods will
also help offset the tendency for local farmers to seek perceived better-paying jobs, which can
adversely affect food security.
Several other programs will also promote the distribution of indirect employment benefits to
local communities. GAC will partner with an NGO or other organization that focuses on
community development to develop local micro-enterprises and to manage the Projects micro-
enterprise fund.
The Project will track the number of business and jobs created by the Project supply chain.

572
Residual Impacts from Indirect Economic Benefits
Indirect employment and procurement opportunities will have a significant beneficial impact in
the short-term. While indirect employment and procurement activities may decrease following
the cessation of operations, it is expected that the long-term impact will also be beneficial, due to
the increased skill levels and income-earning potential of the local population (Table 5.5).
5.3.10.4 Improved Skill Base as a Result of the Project
Project Activities Improving Skill Base
In many cases, the Project will provide training to employees to meet job requirements and
health, safety, and environmental standards. At the same time, livelihood restoration initiatives
implemented as part of the resettlement program will include training and on-the-job education
for individuals affected by economic or physical displacement as a result of the Project.
Potential Impacts from Improving Skill Base
Given that the Project area is mostly urban, many existing residents have appropriate industrial
job skills. However, there are some rural residents directly affected by the Project and therefore
some locally sourced employees will require vocational and other training. GAC will develop
the local community and promote local employment through its education and career-based
training programs.
Skills development opportunities will include on-the-job/technical training, environmental health
and safety procedures, and various other training and skills development activities. Skills will be
enhanced considerably for employees, and therefore it is expected that there will be long-term
benefits for both employees from the urban, peri-urban and rural areas as well as those from
other areas in Guinea because of the Project.
The Project also has a chance to help improve the skill base of the local residents who will live
nearby to the site and potentially the region through its Social Investment Plan (Volume 3
Implementation Plan). Improved skills are therefore expected to extend beyond employees of
the Project to other people as well who are involved with additional training programs offered by
GAC. Because of the urban nature of the Project area, trained employees may have additional
employment opportunities outside of Project employment.

573
Mitigation Measures for Improving Skill Base
General Measures
GAC and BHP Billiton are participating in discussions with various governmental and non-
governmental agencies active in Guinea to tackle the challenge of training and skills
development of the mining workforce with the aim of developing a collaborative approach. The
collaboration will focus on opportunities for joint efforts related to skills development, to ensure
that no single company bears the responsibility for training Guineas future mining workforce,
and also on optimizing investments made in training and development activities by the
companies and agencies involved. IFC is also supporting this effort, including support for
regional training. Regional capacity building is being considered alongside training and skills
development, with a particular focus on helping to curb major influx to Kamsar by using the
available skilled resources from the Project area.
A lack of education and training opportunities has been identified as a significant factor that
limits local residents from accessing various income opportunities. GAC is committed to
providing training opportunities that are accessible to the local community and inclusive for
vulnerable groups, e.g., minimizing or eliminating fees for training sessions so as not to exclude
poor households. To this end, GAC will develop comprehensive training programs for national
staff employed during construction and operations.
Worker Enhancement and Training
The Project will implement a worker enhancement program as part of the Training and
Awareness Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) prior to construction to
enhance the capacities of all employees, in particular local hires. The program will:
Provide vocational and literacy training to local residents prior to employment; and
Provide ongoing formal and on-the-job training to employees.
This Plan will also describe how training programs will be established and implemented. The
Training and Awareness Management Plan will also include provision for training to be offered
to directly affected households and other local residents; early enough to allow them the
preferential opportunity to improve their skills and better qualify for available positions.

574
Other Training and Skill Development Opportunities
GAC will implement a specific micro-credit facility for affected persons to ease their economic
restoration after displacement. If possible, access to the micro-credit facility will be extended as
part of the social investment program to additional households in the Project area. This facility
will provide assistance and training in a range of areas including preparation of small business
project and other technical training (see also Section 5.3.11.1).
Various community training programs will also be offered to the populations in the affected
areas designed to minimize the impact from various Project components and possible indirect
impacts. The community training will include topics such as train/traffic safety awareness, and
HIV/AIDS transmission and prevention.
The Social Investment Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) will also include training as part
of its community development initiatives and this is expected to incorporate training and skills
development in industry and labor; agricultural technologies; and business and financial
management for residents locally and regionally.
Residual Impacts from Improving Skill Base
With the effective implementation of accessible and appropriate training and capacity building
programs, short and long-term benefits are expected to be highly beneficial to the livelihood
opportunities of the local population (Table 5.5).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated livelihood impacts, relevant

575
Port Area Impact Summary Livelihood
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

employment.
Economic
Displacement
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R, E X
M+ to
S+
N to
S+
Training and Awareness
Management Plan,
Stakeholder

employment.
Economic
Displacement
Any Future
Expansion of
Facilities
R, E X
M+ to
S+
N to
S+
Training and Awareness
Management Plan,
Stakeholder


R = residents


E =
Employees


N = neutral



576
5.3.11 Population
Development of the port and associated facilities has implications for various aspects of the local
population. Key issues include the relocation of homes within the affected areas, which have
already taken place in 2006 and 2007. GAC developed the resettlement program through
intensive participation with affected people and is now focused on monitoring resettlers and
establishing and implementing livelihood restoration measures for affected people.
While some of the population has been physically and economically displaced there are also
other affects from the Project that will likely impact the remaining nearby inhabitants and
residents of Kamsar city. Even with the commitment to maximize employment for Kamsar
residents at the Project, an influx of non-local job-seekers is still likely to occur and this could
have an impact on existing residents. The management of community relations in connection
with the workforce will also be important due to the potential for an increase in social ills such as
prostitution and crime. Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Disruption to relocated residents;
Improved living conditions of relocated residents;
Workforce and community relations (including worker housing);
Induced and informal in-migration;
Economic dependence on the Project; and
Community expectations and public support for the Project.
Impacts associated with resettlement are addressed in the RAP (Volume 5) and summarized
herein. Land use impacts on the population are discussed in Section 5.3.9 while the impacts to
livelihoods are described in Section 5.3.10.
5.3.11.1 Disruption to Relocated Residents
Project Activities Causing Resettlement
The operation of the Project has so far required the residential relocation (or physical
displacement) of approximately 373 people (61 households). This includes residents from the
urban area of Daprass, the entire hamlet of Kindiadi, and the Bok Bridge area.

577
The principle of resettlement for the Kamsar development was in-fill resettlement in existing
housing in Kamsar city, which GAC purchased, upgraded where needed, and made available to
resettled households (to include full property documentation once completed). This solution was
preferred to the development of a dedicated resettlement site, as no proper site could be
identified in the center of Kamsar. Two resettlement sites were found at a distance from the
center, but would obviously have compromised livelihood restoration as most households of both
Kindiadi and Daprass rely to a certain extent on commercial activities in the center of Kamsar for
their livelihoods. The three households in the Bok Bridge area were resettled on property in the
immediate vicinity.
Potential Impacts from Resettlement
Residential relocation has involved the loss of residential land and houses. Resettlement for the
Project has already occurred and was completed in 2007. Relocation impacts applied to two
kinds of Project affected people: resident owners and tenants. The following table summarizes
physical displacement impacts.

Physically Displaced People in the Kamsar Area

Physically Displaced
Household Individual
Kindiadi 4 36
Daprass 18 Residents 166 Residents
36 Tenants 146 Tenants
Bok Bridge 3 25
Total 61 373

Potential impacts related to residential resettlement are addressed in the RAP (Volume 5) in
further detail.
Mitigation Measures for Resettlement
Compensation Calculations and Measures
The guiding principle for the compensation of houses is replacement in kind for resident owners.
In all cases, compensations are based on a house built or purchased according to improved
standards. Cash compensation for houses was an option available on a case-by-case basis for
affected families.

578
Traditional structures (e.g., in Kindiadi) were valued at full replacement cost. The replacement
value was estimated at 8 million GF for an improved traditional house 50 sq.m. in surface, with
mud brick walls and metal sheet roofs.
Structures built from permanent materials (e.g., in Daprass) were valued on a case-by-case basis
by a certified valuer from the Ministry of Urban Planning and Housing (Bok Regional
Directorate), based on a bill of quantities and measurements made in the field. No depreciation
was applied to meet the full replacement value requirement.
In-Kind Replacement of Housing and other Allowances
GAC purchased existing houses and renovated them as necessary for all resettled families. In all
cases the homes are improved over the households previous housing. The resettled people are
awaiting receipt of a cadastre or permis doccuper, which will give them secured and legally
sanctioned occupation rights, in accordance with IFCs Performance Standard 5 and GAC
requirements.
Kindiadi
Kindiadi residents were resettled in Kamsar in three neighborhoods. For households in Kindiadi,
individual resettlement and compensation measures were negotiated after discussion with the
concerned households. Individual entitlements included a range of measures depending on the
status of the household as a resident owner, non-resident owner or tenant and included one or
more of the following: allocation of residential plots in Kamsar; disturbance allowance;
allocation of traditional buildings; and cash compensation. Moving expenses were covered by
GAC in kind: trucks were put at the residents disposal for a maximum period of one day so that
they could move their personal belongings and salvage construction materials from their old
dwellings.
Daprass
Daprass residents were resettled in different locations within Kamsar and elsewhere of their
choosing. One resettlement house was allocated to each resident owner regardless of the number
of houses they previously owned. The remainder of the assets (other residential structures, non-
residential structures, trees, etc.) were compensated in cash. Land was not compensated, as it is
the property of the State. Daprass residents received a moving allowance of GF 150,000 that
was sufficient to cover expenses related with hiring a truck with driver and laborer for one day.

579
Other Mitigation Measures
Compensation for each tenant was calculated based on three months of rent as per tenants
statements, and a moving allowance equal to GF 150,000 per household. The resettlement
process will continue to be monitored via the Projects complaints and grievances program.
Residual Impacts of Resettlement
The relocation of residents has the potential to be significantly adverse for the affected
households. However, the implementation of mitigation and compensation measures such as
financial compensation, transportation assistance during resettlement, assistance in purchasing
houses, and other compensation should result in a residual impact that is slightly adverse in the
short and long-term (Table 5.5).
5.3.11.2 Improved Living Conditions of Relocated Residents
Project Activities Improving Resettlement Living Conditions
Eligible resident owners in Daprass and Kindiadi have had the option to either receive
resettlement assistance or cash compensation for their houses. All of the resettlers have chosen
resettlement assistance, which involves new dwellings (purchased) to ensure that affected
households have living standards equal to or better than existing conditions.
Potential Impacts from Improving Resettlement Living Conditions
Benefits to residential living conditions should result from improved housing infrastructure that
meets appropriate safety standards and includes potable water and sanitation facilities for
physically displaced households from Kindiadi and Daprass. All new houses purchased by GAC
were of improved quality and/or were repaired prior to relocation of families.
Mitigation Measures for Improving Resettlement Living Conditions
A number of houses were found that complied with the GAC criteria and access to drinking
water, and eligible households were taken to visit the houses. Each household selected their own
house, which was then inspected for safety and soundness. Any needed repairs were completed
by a contractor in Kamsar and GAC inspected all houses for compliance with their criteria before
families moved in. In all cases the resettled households received improved homes over their
original dwellings.
Mitigation measures related to residential resettlement are addressed in the RAP (Volume 5) in
further detail.

580
Residual Impacts from Improving Resettlement Living Conditions
Positive impacts to living conditions should result from residential relocation of affected
households where improved infrastructure and services are provided at resettlement housing
(Table 5.5).
5.3.11.3 Workforce and Community Relations
Project Activities Related to Workforce and Community Relations
GAC intends to hire as many workers as possible from the immediate vicinity, and it is
envisaged that most of the workers will come from Kamsar. If construction housing is required,
it will be constructed within the alumina terminal grounds, on land that will be further disturbed
by Project implementation.
Potential Impacts to Workforce and Community Relations
The populations of Kamsar, Taigb village and especially the hamlet of Kassoussou could be
subject to impacts from the temporary presence of workers during construction. Poor behavior
of construction workers, potential disregard for local daily practices, and increased potential for
prostitution or illegal activities could lead to tension between existing residents and the
workforce. In addition, the expectations for employment and other opportunities will be high,
and residents of affected areas, such as Daprass or Taigb may be frustrated if jobs are obtained
by others from Kamsar city.
There are not expected to be issues associated with cultural differences, since the population of
Kamsar city and surrounds are from diverse ethnic backgrounds. Impacts related to the
workforce are also addressed in other sections such as those related to in-migration issues (see
Section 5.3.11.4) and the potential for increased transmission of HIV/AIDS and other
communicable diseases (see Section 5.3.12.3).
Mitigation Measures to Workforce and Community Relations
GAC will support a workforce culture that promotes health and safety for both the workers and
the local community. This includes developing appropriate social codes of conduct in terms of
behavior with the local community. Disciplinary procedures will also be developed for the
Project regarding behavior of the workforce. GAC will enforce a zero tolerance policy with
regards to violence and illegal activities within the workforce. Additionally, workplace
information and education programs regarding the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually
transmitted diseases will be implemented in collaboration with relevant NGO and other partners.

581
Employment policies will aim to maximize job opportunities for PAP, local communities, and
those from Kamsar city. In addition, training in appropriate languages and formats will be
provided to all staff on worker social codes of conduct and other requirements for behavior
within the community.
Residual Impacts to Workforce and Community Relations
With the appropriate implementation of preferential employment policies, it is expected that the
short-term impacts will be slightly adverse. Temporary population changes may have enduring
impacts on the local population, both adverse and beneficial, although these are difficult to
predict. In the long-term, impacts are expected to be neutral (Table 5.5).
5.3.11.4 Induced and Informal In-Migration
Project Activities Related to In-Migration
GAC will make a significant effort to provide local employment through their preferential
employment policy for affected households and other local people. However due to the skills
needed during the construction phase of the Project, a number of employees will likely be drawn
from outside of the local area. Indeed, the presence of GAC is already creating high expectations
of further economic opportunity in Kamsar city, and attracting job seekers from various areas of
Guinea and from other countries.

Potential Impacts to In-Migration
Some residents may benefit from economic opportunities associated with population growth
(e.g., provision of services and supplies to the workforce), an increase in the market for local
goods and produce and local infrastructure development resulting from in-migration. However,
uncontrolled in-migration can have significantly adverse impacts on the local population,
including:
Increased pressure on land resources, available housing, community infrastructure
and social services;
Socially disruptive behavior such as alcohol abuse, prostitution, and a potential
rise in crime;
Health implications such as increased transmission of HIV/AIDS and other
sexually transmitted diseases;

582
Potential source of dispute and conflict with local communities, including
perceptions of increased crime and social disruption;
Increased traffic;
Competition with locals for job opportunities and other activities;
Increased pressure on fauna due to an increase in poaching and hunting activities;
Increased pressure on local fisheries due to an increase in fishing;
Potential boom and bust economic cycles; and
Inflation.
Kamsar has developed as a direct result of industrial activities and associated in-migration to the
area due to the CBG bauxite operations. Kamsar Cit was established by CBG as the workers
town. Kamsar Center has developed over the last 30 years as a direct result of the CBG
operations. Development has occurred along the main road without any strategic plan, and now
includes the urban areas of Kamsar Center, Kassopo, Kassongoni, and Filima, where some of the
residential areas are built on reclaimed mangrove swamp.
Pressure on the land resources and tensions between immigrants and local communities are
expected to increase as a result of the Project, particularly during construction activities. The
general area of Kamsar Center will most likely be affected by in-migration issues, as well as the
urban area of Daprass.
Mitigation Measures for In-Migration
GAC will collaborate closely with local government to implement a combination of push and
pull factors that assist in directing in-migration patterns, and assist government in preparing
target areas for in-migration. The Project can take steps to minimize impacts from informal
immigration as well as to prevent induced development around the mine site but it has limited
control over many factors associated with Project induced immigration.
Components of the Social Investment Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) specifically
address influx management and will be designed to attenuate the adverse affects of additional
population increases associated with jobseekers in the region. These measures will include
support to local governments around urban development and capacity building, location of
employment offices in Conakry or Bok, local hiring plans, and support in development of

583
urban-based worker housing. Areas targeted to receive the anticipated influx of newcomers will
be identified and a set of actions (pull factors) will be developed to ensure that newcomers are
preferentially directed to these communities and that the communities will be prepared and able
to receive them without experiencing hardship.
Activities that discourage settlement in the immediate areas proximate to the Project site will
include widely publicized recruitment and employment strategies that minimize the attraction of
job-seekers to the Project area (e.g., locating recruitment centers and sessions outside of the local
area and effective disclosure on recruitment and employment policies). At the same time, the
EPCM contractor will publicize the fact that goods needed for the Project will not be purchased
informally at camp locations or work sites, but instead through formal contracts with suppliers.
Workforce accommodations will exclude unauthorized personnel. Informal settlements close to
camp or worksite boundaries will be reported to the relevant authorities. Workers will be
provided transportation to and from work and will receive meals in the camp canteens.
The Social Investment Plan will also be used to develop and implement projects that aim to
support general community development and improvements in the standard of living of local
residents, and thereby reduce adverse affects of population increases. The Projects regional
development approach will also improve the social infrastructure and services of the closest
urban centers, Sangardi and Bok, to enable the responsible authorities to provide services.
While the Project has little control over the possible proliferation of bars, brothels, and a possible
increase in petty crime or alcoholism, it can and will develop programs targeted at local
populations to minimize the increase in socially disruptive behavior. One example is to ensure
that local girls and young women receive training and micro-finance for alternative forms of
livelihoods, are encouraged to remain in school; and have employment options with the mine.
The Project will monitor indicators related to induced development and influx (including socially
disruptive behavior) as part of its management plan.
Residual Impacts from In-Migration
With the appropriate implementation of influx management procedures to control and direct
newcomers to designated areas, it is expected that the short-term impacts will be slightly adverse.
Community development initiatives that contribute to the economic uplift of Kamsar city are
expected to offset some pressures associated with induced and informal in-migration. In the
long-term, impacts are expected to remain slightly adverse (Table 5.5).

584
5.3.11.5 Economic Dependence on the Project
Project Activities Producing Economic Benefits
The Project will be one of several major employers in the Kamsar area and operation of the new
port facilities has the potential for considerable local benefit. Economic benefits will include
direct employment and the presence of a moderate workforce who will purchase local goods and
services.
Potential Impacts from Economic Benefits
The Project will occur mainly within an existing industrial framework at the Kamsar port,
particularly those facilities that form part of the CBG operations. The Kamsar city is already
largely dependent on the infrastructure and services of CBG and there is a risk that this Project
could contribute to further dependence for local revenues that may not be sustainable following
the closure of the facilities.
Direct employment of locals/nationals will cease at closure and many of the immigrant GAC and
contractor employees may move away in search of other work. This affect may also be
experienced following construction, when the workforce will be substantially reduced to
operational levels. Certain goods and services suppliers may be similarly affected during the
transition from construction to operations.
Mitigation Measures for Economic Benefits
As an integral part of the Project, GAC will facilitate the transition to sustainable income
generating activities before and beyond the life of the Project. Key initiatives include:
Measures to restore livelihoods and revenues implemented as part of the resettlement
program (see Section 5.3.10.1);
Social Investment Plan initiatives implemented for the wider Bok region; and
Training and capacity building initiatives with the government and other
stakeholders.
The RAP (Volume 5) contains livelihood restoration initiatives that will focus specifically on
developing practical economic diversification models for PAP which can be readily
implemented. These model concepts will also be applicable to other local areas that could be
implemented in the wider region through the Social Investment program.

585
At the same time, the upgrading of local infrastructure and services (e.g., schools, health centers
and hospitals), and the provision of community training for skills development beyond GAC-
related jobs, is also expected to support diversification of economic opportunities in the region.
Residual Impacts from Economic Benefits
The resulting impacts associated with long-term dependence and sustainability is estimated to be
neutral with the effective implementation of sustainable support programs (Table 5.5).
5.3.11.6 Community Expectations and Public Support
Project Activities Related to Community Expectations
The anticipation and presence of another international Project within Kamsar city evokes
community expectations. These expectations include employment opportunities, business
development, improved infrastructure and services. Indeed, consultation activities to date
indicate that expectations are already high in the region.
Potential Impacts to Community Expectations
The overall results of the successive phases of consultation show that Guinean stakeholders are
very much interested in the Project and support it. However, unmet or unrealistic expectations
can lead to community frustration and degraded relations between the Project and the local
community. Frustrations can be further exacerbated by:
Inability to access opportunities due to lack of public consultation/disclosure (a lack
of information on future opportunities can exclude locals from investing in their own
human capital, and accessing opportunities);
Lack of effective complaints and grievance procedures (ineffective channels to
express complaints may amplify dissatisfaction);
Unrealistic expectations (such as employment for everybody), sometimes a major
reason for conflicts between companies and local communities; and
Delays in compensation and insufficient compensation measures.
There is a particular risk related to the Project, where local as well as national inhabitants may
expect direct and indirect employment opportunities on a scale similar to that of the CBG
operations, even though the planned workforce requirements for this Project are less than those
of CBGs operations.

586
Mitigation Measures for Community Expectations
Effective engagement with Kamsar city and surrounding inhabitants is the single-most important
element in building a positive relationship with host communities. Community expectations can
be managed through fair and transparent processes, public disclosure mechanisms, and effective
complaints and grievance processes. GAC has developed a Stakeholder Engagement Plan
(Volume 4) that details how it will communicate with local affected villages and the wider public
in the Sangardi area and deal with their concerns and complaints.
Public awareness is an effective initial step that can benefit local communities to make better-
informed choices regarding health, safety, waste management, and education. The Project will
contribute to this education process by disseminating information through its stakeholder
engagement program on key local issues. Implementation of the stakeholder engagement
program will comprise public discussion elements that may include, but are not limited to:
Providing communities with prior notice of all construction activities and likely
impacts, including potential risks to health and safety;
Providing stakeholders affected by the project with regular information on the
progress of work and any implications for these stakeholders;
Providing local communities with timely information regarding employment
opportunities and requirements and recruitment policies; and
Disseminating information on health associated with waste management practices,
drinking water security, HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted disease prevention,
and the adverse environmental effects of local practices.
The Stakeholder Engagement Plan provides a description of the overall system for managing
complaints and grievances for the Project. Complaints and grievances will be monitored and
documented by the Project.
GAC will develop a commitment register to enable it to track its commitments to Project
stakeholders. Following through with commitments made to affected people is an important
mechanism in managing community expectations. The implementation of commitments made
will be monitored and reported (internally and externally) by GAC and will involve providing
feedback to affected people.

587
Residual Impacts from Community Expectations
In the short-term, it is expected that effective implementation of mitigation measures will result
in a positive impact, through the promotion of local access to benefits and a positive Project-
community relationship (Table 5.5).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated population impacts, relevant

588
Port Area Impact Summary Population
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Compensate affected persons for all infrastructures or
improvements that are abandoned or damaged during
construction.
Provide relocation of displaced persons to a full-serviced
village.
Compensate affected persons with semester payments for lost
trees and crops during transition period.
Provide household construction and moving assistance for
affected persons.
Provide special assistance to vulnerable persons.
Provide additional facilities for increased population.
Provide training and educational programs for economic
opportunity, improved health, and overall well-being.
Provide preferential vocational training and opportunity to
relocated and receiving persons to control in-migration.
Work with government and prepare influx management
strategies to control in-migration.
Provide notice to stakeholders and persons potentially and
adversely affected by Project activities of schedules in advance of
these activities.
Provide information to affected persons well in advance
regarding employment opportunities.
occurrences.
Disruption to
Relocated
Residents;
Disruption to
Host
Communities;
In-Migration:
Community
Expectations
and Support
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
Rr, Rc X X M- M-
Provide assistance and training to the communities to reduce
social ills.
Stakeholder

589
Port Area Impact Summary Population
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Provide housing that is of materials and constructed better than
former housing.
Provide housing sized to affected persons requirements.
Construct community infrastructure service buildings, such as
schools, infirmary, mosque, etc.
Provide basic necessities for health and sanitation.
Provide quality equipment and water sources.
Improved
Living
Conditions for
Relocated
Residents
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
R X X M+ M+
Provide training for improved medical services.
Stakeholder

Develop Social Investment Plan measures for regional
economic success and sustainability independent of the Project.
Provide vocational training that is transferable to other sectors.
Provide training and capacity building initiatives with the
government and other stakeholders.
Dependence
on Project;
Workforce and
Community
Relations
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
R X X M- N
Define the end of resettlement and economic assistance early
in the process.
Stakeholder


R =
residents

Rr = relocated residents S - = significantly adverse
Rc = receiving communities M - = moderately adverse

N = neutral



590
5.3.12 Health and Safety
Whenever there are residential areas in close proximity to active mining operations, there is an
increased risk of direct impacts from those operations to local residents. Public health and safety
is important to GAC and Project-related risks must be effectively managed to assure they are
limited to the maximum extent practical.
Project development will have various implications for human health and safety, due to factors
that include alterations to the natural environment, livelihood activities, and the general
population. Safety issues include the general exposure to hazardous working conditions, such as
ship loading/unloading and heavy machinery usage. Rail traffic is considered a significant and
increasing safety hazard in the Project area, due to the increasing number of rail cars as a result
of transporting products to the port, inadequate regulation, and lack of public awareness and
training. Key impacts addressed in this section are therefore:
Occupational health and safety;
Exposure to Project hazards for villagers;
HIV/AIDS, STDs and other communicable diseases;
Increased traffic and traffic related incidents (including rail safety); and
Presence of security personnel.
The majority of local economic activities are physical, relying heavily on good human health.
People generally lack secure employment that could accommodate sick-periods, and local health
facilities lack the capacity to address major local health issues. Poor health has significant
impacts on livelihoods because without the ability to work and the added financial burden of
medical treatment to promote recovery, an individuals ability to bring in an adequate income is
significantly curtailed.
Project Activities Related to Occupational Health and Safety
There are a number of job-specific risks to which GAC workers (and contractors) may be
exposed, including occupational noise exposure; exposure to Project wastes; train accidents;
continuous noise; spills and potential emergencies.

591
While these Project risks are generally typical to heavy industrial projects of this nature, GAC
recognizes that all safety issues require effective mitigation and management.
Mitigation Measures for Occupational Health and Safety
GAC believes that the health and safety of its employees, contractors and visitors are a primary
concern during all stages of mining activities including exploration, construction, operations and
closure. To this end, GAC has committed to doing zero harm in their Charter and Mission
Statement for the Project. Through their HSEC Standards they are also committed to rigorous
health and safety training programs (see Volume 3). A Health, Safety, and Security
Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) has been prepared by GAC that will be
updated to ensure that it complies with BHP standards and processes as well as IFC Performance
Standards. The Health, Safety, and Security Management Plan will cover occupational health
and safety, emergency preparedness and response, contractor monitoring, life and fire safety and
guidelines for security personnel. The primary objective of the Health, Safety, and Security
Management Plan is to provide a healthy and safe working environment for all employees.
Employees, who are required to work in areas where there may be exposure to various hazards
including for example where noise levels are excessive or uncomfortable, will be required to
wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). These PPE will be required where regulatory or
industry standards require them for specific job-tasks and will be defined in the Health, Safety,
and Security Management Plan for the Project. Particular attention will be paid to health and
safety related to train and other vehicle hazards as well as port activities, including ship
loading/unloading in the plans prepared for the port development.
Proper handling and disposal of Project wastes, as well as development of programs to minimize
waste generation, will be implemented to provide a safe and healthy workplace. The proper
disposal of putrescible wastes will minimize the risk of rodents and other disease vectors that can
adversely affect human health. The Waste Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan)
will provide a description of the waste repositories and processing facilities that are planned for
the site, and discuss the actions and procedures for handling and disposing of wastes in an
appropriate manner. Hazardous waste disposal will be in compliance with international best
practice.
GAC will establish effective emergency response procedures along with employee training
programs (see also Section 5.3.10.4). These responses will be described in the Emergency
Response and Incident Management Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan) and will limit

592
worker and community exposure to hazardous situations or conditions, and reduce the nature and
extent of adverse environmental effects. The Emergency Response and Incident Management
Plan will be communicated to security personnel and emergency response teams (as well as
government authorities and potentially affected villages and towns).
Occupational health and safety policies and training programs to which GAC is committed will
also be required of the EPCM contractor (and their sub-contractors) and encouraged among
suppliers of materials, equipment and other goods.
Residual Impacts to Occupational Health and Safety
Short-term impacts associated with noise impacts can be adverse but with PPE, should be neutral
and long-term impacts are neutral. If waste disposal practices and emergency response programs
are implemented as planned, short- and long-term impacts should be neutral (Table 5.5).
5.3.12.2 Exposure to Project Hazards for Villages
Project Activities Related to Community Safety
The community consultation process has indicated that there is some concern about safety and
nuisance issues around the proposed facilities, particularly around the potential for spills of
hazardous materials. During construction of the Project there will be a variety of aspects that
may give rise to hazards including earthworks, open trenches, and transportation of materials and
equipment. For the operation of the port area Project components, the main facilities to be
developed are:
Alumina terminal (the rail terminal and bulk storage complex);
Marine terminal (approach structure and quay); and
Berthing area to accommodate vessels using the alumina quay.
These components are industrial facilities and therefore present risks to villagers if there are not
appropriate restrictions to limit access by the public. Construction and operational wastes will
also be generated by the Project and if uncontrolled or disposed of inappropriately, could pose a
hazard to the local communities.

593
Potential Impacts to Community Safety
The majority of facilities related to the port development will be located in an already industrial
area, and as such are not expected to pose a significant additional hazard to local residents.
However, the Project will require about 107 ha within the peri-urban or rural areas of Taigb,
Kindiadi, and Daprass. Those inhabitants in the immediate vicinity of the facilities have been
resettled as part of the ongoing RAP (Volume 5). However, a number of industrial facilities will
be situated near to areas that are still used by other local inhabitants on a daily basis.
The transit of inhabitants as well as other non-GAC workers nearby to the Project areas may
present a hazard for them and for the Project. Accidents to the inhabitants and/or the loss of their
animals may occur if there are not effective security and safety awareness measures in place.
Impacts related to train/traffic safety from Project activities are addressed in Section 5.3.12.4 and
impacts related to noise are addressed in Section 5.3.2.
Mitigation Measures for Community Safety
General construction mitigation measures that will help to avoid public exposure to Project
hazards include:
All construction activities will take place within agreed areas;
Construction sites and operational facilities will be clearly demarcated;
Construction techniques will be used to minimize disruption to local villages
including their property and assets;
Access routes will be safe, clearly visible and illuminated; and
Any diversions of community infrastructure or services will be identified in advance
by contractors with as much advance warning as possible, and include notification of
GAC and affected villages/urban areas.
Control measures to minimize risks to the public at Project sites during construction and
operations include a combination of physical/engineering controls, safe work procedures and
community awareness training. GAC and its contractors will:
Secure the areas. This means implementing natural or artificial fences that enclose the
Project boundaries.

594
Sensitize local communities to risks. This involves the development of awareness
training and a consultation procedure where the risks are explained to local residents
and they have an avenue to express their problems with potential hazards to the
Company.
Implement dedicated procedures to limit access in the construction zones and
operational facilities by the public. Other measures that will be implemented in this
area relate to security at the sites (see Section 5.3.12.5) and worker camp
management (see Section 5.3.11.3).
Community liaison staff will be responsible for providing regular information to local
inhabitants, particularly in the peri-urban and village areas of Taigb, Daprass, Kindiadi,
Kolaboui, and relevant areas of Kamsar Center about the changing activities related to the
Project and this will include details about any potential hazards and measures to avoid them.
Residual Impacts to Community Safety
With the appropriate implementation of traffic management procedures, it is expected that the
short-term impacts will be slightly adverse. In the long-term, it is expected that the impact will
remain neutral as inhabitants get used to the safety and security procedures and apply them in
their daily lives (Table 5.5).
5.3.12.3 HIV/AIDS, STDs, and other Communicable Diseases
Project Activities Related to Communicable Diseases
The Project will not be able to avoid importing some labor and stimulating associated in-
migration to some extent. The city of Kamsar is one of the largest in Maritime Guinea and is
centered on the CBG bauxite operations. There are already numerous workers living in Kamsar
Cit and Kamsar Center as a result of the existing operations. However, additional in-migration
as a result of the Project is likely as people seek further employment and other opportunities in
the Kamsar area. The increase in the number of workers as well as associated in-migration is
likely to have some increase in activities associated with HIV/AIDS transmission, including drug
abuse and prostitution.
Potential Impacts of Communicable Diseases
HIV/AIDS is a major health issue affecting the population of Guinea. The arrival of further
workers in the port area could increase the risk of transmission of HIV/AIDS and other sexually
transmitted diseases (STDs) among workers and in the surrounding urban and peri-urban areas.

595
The magnitude of the impact will depend on factors such as the origin, health status and length of
stay of workers, the decision to accommodate their family members or not, the management of
migration influx into the area, the control of contacts between workers and non-workers, the
health services provided, and the level of awareness among workers and non-workers. As
infected workers would eventually go back in their region of origin, the potential risk for the
spreading of the disease is a serious issue and should be viewed on the larger scale, requiring
careful planning. The risk of the spread of STDs is likely to be more prevalent during the
construction phase.
The primary underlying social cause for the prevalence of AIDS in Guinea is prostitution, which
is particularly widespread in Kamsar due to the presence of a large transient male population and
affluence sufficient to pay for prostitutes.
Other STDs and communicable diseases are common illnesses observed in the Bok region. The
presence of large numbers of workers as well as induced migration may also increase the
prevalence of these diseases among communities and the workforce. Unsafe water, unsanitary
conditions and large numbers of people living in close quarters can exacerbate transmission of
diseases such as cholera, tuberculosis, hepatitis and typhoid.
Mitigation Measures for Communicable Diseases
GAC has conducted early investigation of the potential issues associated with HIV/AIDS and
STD transmission from the Project including looking at investing in the USAID HIV program in
Guinea. An international organization (GTZ) has completed an HIV survey of the Sangardi,
Bok and Kamsar regions and the report highlights deficiencies in current programs (regionally)
and a lack of funding and capacity in the government structures to combat this disease.
As part of its Stakeholder Engagement Plan (Volume 4), the Project will develop and HIV/AIDS
and Communicable Diseases Prevention Program that will include multiple approaches such as:
HIV/AIDS and communicable diseases awareness campaigns and education;
Distribution of condoms;
Treatment of seropositive employees;
Workforce social codes of conduct (see also Section 5.3.11.3);
Housing that integrates family members when possible; and

596
Monitoring of HIV/AIDS and other relevant data and information.
GAC has employed an HIV/AIDS Program Officer who will establish and implement the plan
for HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases for the Project. This officer will ensure
coordination of any Project activities with the National Committee of Faith against AIDS, the
ministerial bodies, specialized NGOs, the local sub-prefecture and relevant international
organizations responsible for programs to combat HIV/AIDS and other communicable diseases
in the population.
GAC community programs will address awareness training, ongoing counseling and support and
peer educator training for employees as well as local NGOs and communities. The Project
approach to HIV/AIDS prevention will be local and regional, primarily focused on the Sangardi
Kamsar corridor (i.e. through GAC) as well as the Conakry, Boffa, and Lola regions (i.e.
through BHP Billiton).
In addition to collaboration with government and NGOs on regional awareness and prevention
programs, GAC will adopt several internal procedures and initiatives that promote improved
public health and management of risks of STDs and communicable diseases transmission. GAC
will develop worker management procedures that may include regulations that reduce high-risk
activities (e.g., drug abuse and prostitution) and will also implement social codes of conduct that
address worker behavior in the workers village and within the local villages.
The EPCM contractor will be required to develop their own personnel health program including
arrangements to minimize the occurrence/spread of disease and implement health awareness
campaigns within the workforce and local communities in accordance with the GAC programs.
Residual Impacts of Communicable Diseases
Potentially adverse impacts will be moderate in the short term. Improved health care capacity
for the region and increased public awareness are expected to offset long-term adverse effects,
and the long-term impact is therefore expected to be slightly adverse.
5.3.12.4 Increased Traffic and Traffic-Related Incidents
Project Activities Related to Traffic
Construction and operation of the port facilities at Kamsar will require the expansion of a rail
loop and increased train traffic (from currently 6 trains to 8 trains per day) to transport materials

597
and supplies between the refinery and the alumina terminal. Increased vehicle traffic is also
expected around the major points of access to the port and associated facilities.
This increased rail and vehicle traffic will result from a variety of materials and supplies being
brought to and from the Project site. Among those supplies being transported to the site will
include process chemicals and hazardous materials including fuels and solvents.
Potential Impacts to Traffic
The main adverse road traffic impacts for the Kamsar development will be along the National
Route 20 entering Kamsar. Currently it is very crowded and the right-of-way is not respected, on
any given day there is only one lane. It is potentially a serious safety hazard and it may be very
difficult to get trucks through.
Access roads will be shared with a range of traffic, including school children on bicycles,
motorcycles and large trucks and as such, increases to road traffic (particularly within Kamsar)
will cause significant safety and nuisance impacts. Increased traffic and the introduction of large
vehicles may increase the risk of injury to local people. In addition, accidents along
transportation arterials could result in the spillage of process chemicals and/or hazardous
materials.
Train traffic will affect inhabitants who reside or frequent the rail road. The population fears that
the increase in train traffic will further threaten the safety of people living in the city and along
the railway, and of livestock in the rural areas, with the risk of collisions being more elevated in
the urban environment. The transportation of hazardous materials by railway also presents a
security and safety problems in case of spills, particularly in the Kamsar area where the 50 m
buffer zone is not respected.
Past fatal accidents involving artesanal fishermen have meant that access to maritime routes have
been closed to small-scale fishermen, and as such, maritime traffic is not expected to be an issue
for the Project.
Impacts associated with noise from traffic including possible noise and vibration impacts that
could scare away game or wake nearby residents due to train passages in the night are described
in Section 5.3.2.

598
Mitigation Measures for Traffic
To limit the potential for traffic accidents both with nearby residents and to the public in general,
GAC will develop traffic management policies and procedures that aim to limit health and safety
risks posed by increased road and rail traffic. The Project will develop standard operating
procedures to define safe operating arrangements. GAC will require the EPCM contractor to
develop and implement its own traffic management plan that is acceptable to GAC.
Community liaison teams will identify communities located within close proximity of the
railway line. Monitoring of the traffic safety performance and its impacts on nearby neighbors
will be accomplished through the stakeholder engagement program, and adjustments to the
traffic management system will be made as needed, based on the issues identified through this
consultative process. A training program that addresses traffic safety awareness related to the
Project will be conducted with local communities. Specific mitigation measures for the traffic
management system will be developed in consultation with the villagers, such as those related to
potential livestock collisions, safety of children and elders and accidents.
GAC expects to use outside service contractors for the transportation of most of the materials
and supplies that will be delivered to and from the Project. Companies or individuals who are
retained by GAC to transport goods to and from the mine will be contractually required to
provide documentation demonstrating that reasonable and appropriate emergency plans are in
place that are specific to the mode and route of transportation. As part of the contract
arrangements, GAC will assess the suppliers emergency response programs relative to
emergency response commitments made in its Emergency Response and Incident Management
Plan (Volume 3 Implementation Plan).
Residual Impacts to Traffic
The residual impacts in the short term have been determined to be moderately adverse and the
long-term impacts have been determined to slightly adverse (Table 5.5).
5.3.12.5 Presence of Security Personnel
Project Activities Utilizing Security Personnel
The port site and associated facilities will require security to restrict access to construction areas
and operational facilities throughout the life of the Project. However, since the majority of
facilities are not within relative proximity to local inhabitants it is not expected that the security
requirements will be significant.

599
Security personnel, who patrol/manage construction areas as well as the port and associated
facilities once they are operational, will be essential to ensure the safety and security of
employees, the public and Project equipment and assets. GAC will use external private security
providers to supply security personnel and associated arrangements for the Project. Based on the
current social situation, there is no need for armed security forces at the Project or in the local
communities to assure worker and public safety.
Potential Impacts of Security Personnel
The presence of security personnel in the local community could result in conflict or similar
situations between the different groups. Local residents may feel frustrated by being prevented
access to Project areas, even if compensation has been paid for land for example, or other
agreements have been made.
At the same time, the use of private (or public) security forces can sometimes lead to abuses
against members of the public, under the appearance of Project security requirements. If security
providers and personnel are not adequately assessed in terms of their ability to provide an
appropriate level of security for the risks involved and their track record in upholding human
rights for example, the Project may engage with people or companies who they would otherwise
consider undesirable contractors. There are known examples where mining and other industrial
companies have inadvertently funded militia or similar groups to act as security for their
projects, leading to a range of adverse impacts.
Mitigation Measures Related to Security Personnel
GAC is committed to ensuring that the safeguarding of personnel and property is carried out in a
legitimate manner that avoids or minimizes risks to the communitys safety and security. To this
end, GAC will develop policies and procedures for security management of the Project, in
accordance with the Voluntary Principles on Security and Human Rights
(http://www.voluntaryprinciples.org/). The Project will prepare a Security Plan that outlines how
the security management policies and procedures will be implemented, including measures to
ensure appropriate interaction between security personnel and the public.
GAC will require a full security assessment prior to the engagement of any private security
providers for the Project. The security assessment will include an investigation into the picture
on the ground in the region, the providers history in security and human rights and the
procedures and processes that a provider proposes to deal with the risks presented by the Project.
Security providers will be required to set out their plans for providing an appropriate level of

600
security for the risks involved with the Project, their rules of engagement for the services
required, how they will maintain detailed logs and accurate records and their processes for
responding to any complaints and/or disciplinary incidents that may occur. The Project will
support security providers to offer training in human rights to their personnel.
GAC will require that its contractors abide by all security policies and procedures set out for the
Project including undertaking a security assessment. Contractors will be required to obtain
approval from GAC for any security personnel and related arrangements that they intend to
employ on the Project.
GAC will designate a specific person/team that will be responsible for managing security on
behalf of the Company. GAC and its contractors will monitor and audit the security
arrangements of any providers at least annually.
The Complaints and Grievances Process is outlined in the Stakeholder Engagement Plan
(Volume 4) and will be used to allow the affected community to express concerns about the
security arrangements and acts of security personnel.
Residual Impacts of Security Personnel
In the short and long-term security related to the Project is expected to have a neutral impact
providing that adequate measures are defined for screening of security providers, management of
security arrangements and for periodic review of their performance (Table 5.5).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated health and safety impacts, relevant

601
Port Area Impact Summary - Health and Safety
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Define all potential hazards and exposure pathways in the
Project Health, Safety, and Security Management Plan.
Implement the Emergency Response and Incident Plan.
Provide occupational medical monitoring for all employees.
Provide sufficient personal protection equipment for all
employees.
Provide emergency response and prevention equipment where
necessary.
Make sure all employees and contractor personnel on site are
current and sufficiently trained and qualified in health and safety.
Provide additional and refresher training to all employees.
Implement all aspects of the Waste Management Plan.
Implement all aspects of the Spill Prevention and Response
Plan.
Maintain a safe and clean work environment.
Occupational
Hazards
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E X X N N
Perform regular inspections and audits to ensure all aspects
described above are current and working.
Health, Safety, and
Security Management
Plan, Emergency
Response and Incident
Management Plan, Spill
Prevention and
Response Plan, and

Define and demarcate all areas affected by construction and
operations activities.
Use proper construction techniques to minimize and eliminate
offsite disruptions and effects.
Make all access routes, safe, clearly visible, and illuminated.
Notify any potentially affected persons or communities of
possible disruptions well in advance of them occurring.
Offsite
Exposure
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X N M+
Provide awareness training for all nearby persons and
communities
Health and Safety
Management Plan and
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan

602
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT
Secure all construction and operations areas from public or
unauthorized access using barriers, fences, security personnel,
etc.

Implement preventative and mitigation measures for the control
of malaria on site and in communities.
Provide malaria awareness and prevention training for all
employees and communities
Institute a Malaria Management Program.
Work cooperatively with the government to control malaria.
occurrences.
Provide monitoring, training, and education programs to
employees and communities reduce and eliminate the spread of
sexually transmitted diseases.
Provide treatment and preventative measures to employees
and communities.
Transmitted
Health
Hazards
Regional and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X M- M-
Enforce workforce social codes.
Stakeholder

Transport materials on dedicated roads.
Plan.
Implement a traffic monitoring program.
Traffic
Regional and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X M- N
Provide specific training to employees and contractor
personnel.
Traffic and Vehicle
Movement Management
Plan and Health, Safety,
and Security
Management Plan

603
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Prepare a Project Security Plan.

Require a full security assessment prior to the engagement of
any private or public security providers for the Project.
Require contractors to abide by all security policies and
procedures set out for the Project including the undertaking a
security assessment
Designate a specific person/team to be responsible for
managing security on behalf of the Project.
Presence of
Security
Personnel
Construction
and
Operation of
the Project
E, R X X N N
Proposed Project
Security Plan and
Stakeholder
Engagement Plan


R =
residents

E =
Employees


N = neutral



604
5.3.13 Infrastructure / Services
Development of the Kamsar Project will require the use of some local infrastructure including
roads, railway and power lines. At the same time, there will be construction activities in close
proximity to local infrastructure and services, and these will require careful planning to avoid
any disruption/damage to these components. Some of the impacts related to infrastructure and
services are addressed in other sections such as where they relate to in-migration (see Section
5.3.11.4) and increased traffic (see Section 5.3.12.4). Key impacts addressed in this section are
therefore:
Damage/Disruption of infrastructure and services; and
Access restrictions and diversions (for local inhabitants).
Mitigation and management measures for this section focus on working with government and
minimizing disruption to community infrastructure and services. GAC also aims to provide
feasible and acceptable alternatives to any restrictions to access routes that may be required due
to Project activities.
5.3.13.1 Disruption/Damage to Infrastructure and Services
Project Activities Related to Infrastructure and Services
GAC and its contractors will also need to utilize existing infrastructure and services in advance
of dedicated Project components being developed (e.g., electricity). At the same time, there will
be a range of activities undertaken by various contractors which may require diversion of, or
result in accidental damage to, local infrastructure and services.
Potential Impacts to Infrastructure and Services
The Project will place a burden on already overloaded electricity and water infrastructure both
from direct use and indirectly from employees and immigrants. It may also cause the disruption
of the traditional footpath access of the village of Taigb to Kamsar. The Project rebuilt the
Tamransy (Bok) bridge which is an improvement to that infrastructure.
GAC will aim to have no net loss in relation to local infrastructure and services, which means
that the Project will aim to result in no reduction in the quality, quantity or availability of
existing local infrastructure. Activities near (or across) roads, telephone lines, electricity
facilities, irrigation systems, pipelines and any other community infrastructure may cause
temporary disruption of local services. Any disruption or damage to infrastructure or services

605
could result in frustration for local inhabitants, loss of income due to lack of supply of services to
undertake subsistence or economic activities, or reduce access to education, health or other
emergency services.
Mitigation Measures for Infrastructure and Services
Infrastructure and Services Provided by the Project
During construction and operations all required electrical power, will be generated on-site using
diesel generators. Diesel gensets will be housed in a sound insulated building and dust collector
fans will have discharge silencers.
Solid wastes produced during construction and operation of the Port Development will be
disposed in an existing, approved landfill (e.g., Bendougou). Used oils, as well as oily water
from the oil/water separator could be burned in the refinery facilities. Sanitary wastewater will
either be discharged to the Kamsar Cit wastewater treatment plant or treated and reused to
supply other industrial processes.
Construction contractors will provide their own self-contained health and fire protection services
for the duration of their activities. Permanent workers will be housed in Kamsar Cit in a Project
subsidized housing development similar to that at Bok (Section 3.3.7).
Avoiding Disruption/Damage to Community Infrastructure and Services
The EPCM contractor (and sub-contractors) are expected to identify in advance where there will
be activities near (or across) roads, railway lines, telephone lines, electricity facilities, irrigation
systems, pipelines and any other community infrastructure. Contractors are expected to cross
these facilities in full agreement with their owners and without causing disruption or damage.
In the event that planned diversion of infrastructure or services is required (e.g. such as diversion
of electricity supplies in an area) this will be identified by GAC and its contractors in advance.
All planned diversions will be communicated to local authorities and communities prior to the
actual works being undertaken. The timing and duration of the diversion will be agreed between
the contractor and the affected party.
Contractors will be required to repair any accidental disruption or damage caused by their
activities and/or provide appropriate compensation in agreement with local authorities and
affected parties. Contractors are required to notify GAC of any disruption or damage caused to
local infrastructure or services through the Project incident reporting procedures. Contractors

606
must also inform the authorities of the affected communities of the reason for the
disruption/damage and work with the owner to complete repairs as quickly as possible.
Improving Infrastructure and Services
The Project shall support and improve infrastructure including roads, water, electricity, and
wastewater services. Other priority infrastructure improvements will be to schools and health
care facilities. Infrastructure investment may be completed directly by the Project or more likely
in conjunction with Bok regional authorities and others.
Residual Impacts to Infrastructure and Services
Disruption or damage to local infrastructure and services is expected to be only slightly adverse
providing that contractors take appropriate precautions to avoid accidental damage and advise
communities if there are any planned disruptions. Improvements to roads, provision of new
community infrastructure such as health centers and mosques, is expected to offset any long-term
impacts associated with damage or disruption to infrastructure or services that may arise from the
Project (Table 5.5).
5.3.13.2 Access Restrictions and Diversions
Project Activities Related to Access
Project development will require the acquisition of land and associated access routes used by
some of the local population for daily activities. Whilst directly affected people will be
compensated for the loss of land, assets and income related to land acquired by the Project, it is
likely that there will be ongoing restrictions to access within the general area that may affect
inhabitants.
Potential Impacts to Access
The alumina terminal will result in changes to Taigb access routes to Kamsar city. At the same
time, there may also be some temporary road closures required throughout the construction
period, for example, during blasting.
Mitigation Measures for Access
GAC has specifically designed Project components including the causeway/jetty structure to take
into consideration existing public access routes such as footpaths to Taigb Island, and to
decrease disturbances to these existing access routes to the extent practical. To this effect, the
Project will raise and extend the bridge portions of its jetty so that the Taigb residents can

607
continue to use the same passages by crossing under the new jetty. In addition, wherever fences
are established, attention will be paid to not blocking existing access.
Construction sites and operational facilities will be clearly demarcated. GAC and its contractors
with assistance from community liaison teams will be responsible for identifying the need for
crossing points and reaching agreement with landowner, land users and communities on the most
appropriate quantities and locations to ensure that disruption is minimized. Access routes will be
safe, clearly visible and illuminated and additional access routes will be created if necessary.
GAC and its contractors will identify road diversions required in advance of road closures.
Community liaison teams will consult with communities about access restrictions and will
inform them at least 3 days in advance. Diversions will be properly signposted and alternatively
routes will always be available. This will include existing alternative roads as well as any routes
specifically constructed by contractors.
Where road or access routes cross the Project areas the responsible contractor will be required to
provide and maintain safe diversions, temporary bridges, traffic controls, barricades, signs and
warning lights as may be required.
Residual Impacts to Access
During construction, access restrictions and road diversions could have a moderately adverse
impact on inhabitants. However, providing that appropriate compensations are paid for pastures
and alternative access routes and roads are established, the impact is expected to be reduced to
slightly adverse in the short-term. In the long-term during operations this impact is expected to
be neutral as alternative habits will have been established for inhabitants and ongoing diversions
and restrictions are not likely to be required (Table 5.5).
The following table presents a summary of the anticipated infrastructure impacts, relevant

608
Port Area Impact Summary - Infrastructure
Impact Source
Primary
Receptor
(1)
C O ST LT

Collaborate with relevant government authorities when any
power will be required through the national grid to ensure there is
no adverse impact on local/national supply.
Develop a single sanitary landfill for use during the construction
and operation phases of the Project.
Require all construction contractors to provide their own self-
contained health and fire protection services for the duration of
their activities
Provide workforce housing with construction camps and other
housing for construction and operations.
Require the EPCM contractor (and sub-contractors) to identify
in advance where there will be activities near (or across) roads,
telephone lines, electricity facilities, irrigation systems, pipelines
and any other community infrastructure. Contractors are
expected to cross these facilities in full agreement with their
owners and without causing disruption or damage.
Require contractors to repair any accidental disruption or
damage caused by their activities and/or provide appropriate
compensation in agreement with local authorities and affected
parties.
Damaged or
Disrupted
Infrastructure
and Access
Restrictions
General
Facilities,
Road, and
Rail Access
Construction
Activities
R X X M-
M- to
N
Integrate during
Construction and
Operations; and
Stakeholder
Engagement
Management Plan

609

R =
residents



N = neutral



610
6.0 Alternatives Analysis
A number of alternatives were considered in evaluating the technical and economic feasibility of
the Project. Infrastructure methods and locations, mining and refining methods and details, and
the siting of the various project components were among the options considered.
Following approval of the original EIA documents by the Government of Guinea (2004
refinery EIA, 2005 Port EIA, 2006 EIA Addendum), GAC commenced construction on
various Project-related infrastructure. That construction is ongoing and is defined in the Project
Description presented as Section 3.0. The approved original EIA documents presented the
alternatives analyses with respect to the engineering, environmental, social, and economic
elements that contributed to establishing the preferred action. The alternatives summarized in
this section are elaborated in the EIA documents which were presented to and approved by the
GoG during the permitting process for the Project. The alternatives analyses presented in the
original EIA documents are incorporated here by reference.
In addition to the alternatives assessment included as part of the previous EIA process, a
preliminary assessment of the viability of the Project was carried out by way of a Verification
Study when BHP Billiton, Dubal and Mubadala Development became involved with the Project.
The Verification Study provided evaluation of the pre-existing Global Alumina capital cost
estimate, execution strategy and schedule. The Verification Study recommended that the Guinea
Alumina Project proceed to the Definition Phase. Both the Verification and Definition Phases
followed BHP Billiton Investment Guidelines.

GACs EPCM contractor was engaged in December 2006 to provide contract services for the
Verification Study and Definition Phase Study on behalf of the potential new joint venture
partners. Investigations into the viability of the Project by the Owners of GAC included:

A technical due diligence exercise (conducted in Global Aluminas Paris office in
June 2006);
A due diligence to further investigate the potential of Global Aluminas capital cost
estimate, project schedule and pre-approved expenditure budgets (conducted in
Global Aluminas Paris office in January through March 2007); and
A process design review that included a BHP Billiton internal workshop (conducted
in BHP Billitons BATC offices in Bunbury, Australia in December 2006).

611
At the process design review, strengths, weaknesses, opportunities and threats associated with
the design were identified. This review was followed by a joint workshop conducted with Global
Alumina in Paris identifying BHP Billiton and Global Alumina concerns and ideas. Throughout
the due diligence and process design review activities, a number of potential improvements and
opportunities to increase plant production and reduce capital and operating costs were identified.
The results recommended improvements and opportunities from the prior work conducted by the
Owners and Bechtel. It defined and recommended an optimum investment alternative for
assessment by the Owners and the Project financing lenders. This alternatives assessment
process is discussed in this section and is reflected throughout this SEA.

6.1 Alternatives Assessment Criteria
Criteria that were considered in selecting the preferred action included:
The health and safety of workers and residents in surrounding communities;
The significance of social and environmental impacts and the ability to mitigate
adverse impacts to acceptable levels;
Minimizing the number of residents that must be resettled;
The level of support that could be gained in local communities;
The ability of the alumina product to meet market specifications;
The availability of infrastructure and labor;
The ability to comply with applicable laws and regulations;
Adherence to corporate environmental, health, safety and community policies and
commitments; and
Cost-benefit analyses to enhance Project benefits to surrounding communities,
workers, investors, and the GoG (through tax revenue and social investment).
6.2 Major Project Component Location
Guinea has some of the best and most geographically concentrated bauxite deposits in the world,
making it a desirable development target for global aluminum production. In the past, Guineas
activity has been predominantly in bauxite production with alumina refining and smelting being
accomplished in other regions of the world. GAC evaluated options including bauxite
production for offshore shipment to alumina refineries elsewhere, bauxite and refining facilities

612
with offshore shipment to aluminum smelters elsewhere, and mining, refining, and smelting all
accomplished in-country with offshore shipment of finished aluminum product elsewhere.
GAC selected the mining and refining alternative with offshore smelting based on:
Balancing in-country Project and financial investment benefits with local capacity
and infrastructure;
Preferentially providing higher-value economic activities (refining) in Guinea over
exporting raw materials for processing overseas;
Capacity of the local labor market to accommodate industrial development; and
Balancing the capacity of local communities and infrastructure to attenuate the influx
of employment-seekers with social investments by GAC.
6.3 Mine Area
For most mining projects, the location of mineable ore reserves generally dictates where the
project components will be situated. This is not necessarily the case with regard to bauxite
deposits in Guinea. Bauxite deposits are abundant in Guinea and consequently, the location of
the refinery and related infrastructure tend to drive where the mining activity will occur.
6.4 Refinery and Power Plant Area
The preferred refinery location is situated in the northeast area of a mining concession granted to
GAC by the GoG. This concession covers about 690 km
2
and is believed to contain
approximately 1.4 billion tonnes of bauxite on 19 plateaus. The bauxite is refined to produce
alumina, a process that requires a significant amount of reliable power. Siting criteria for the
refinery included having sufficient area for a nearby dedicated power plant.
Potential locations for the refinery and power plant were examined near the bauxite plateaus
within GACs concession and at suitable sites along the access corridor to the existing port of
Kamsar. Given that the railway line corridor from Kamsar runs within 14 km of GACs
concession, plausible alternatives for the refinery and power plant site included locations within
the general vicinities of Kamsar, Bok, and Sangardi. Assessments associated with siting the
refinery and power plant each of these three locations focused on the following issues:
Kamsar 1) eliminates the need for further inland transport of construction
equipment, materials, or supplies; 2) already has developed infrastructure including a
medium-sized hospital, an airport, and good road access to Conakry; 3) ready access

613
to workers for both construction and operation; could likely better absorb the
incremental impacts due to in-migration; 4) would require that all of the bauxite feed
(approximately 10 Mtpa) be transported from Sangardi by rail, which would increase
the cost per tonne of alumina produced and exceed the present capacity of the rail
system thereby requiring railway improvements and increased rail traffic with
corresponding impacts to nearby community noise and vibration levels and public
safety; 5) would require substantial additional land acquisition that would likely
impact mangrove habitat; and 6) would require the development of a dedicated fresh
water supply for the refinery make-up and for worker accommodations which is not
readily available in the area. Ecological implications, combined with the cost for rail
improvements and water supply logistics, make locating the refinery/power plant
complex in Kamsar less favorable than the Sangardi option;
Bok 1) would require additional handling and transporting of both raw materials
and alumina, resulting in higher Project costs; 2) would incur similar pressures on the
existing railway infrastructure as those discussed for the Kamsar location (bauxite
feed would travel from the mine to the refinery on one set of trains which would
require railway upgrades and alumina would travel from the refinery to the port by
another set of trains); 3) would provide good access to a potential workforce for both
construction and operation; 4) may have higher impacts to the environment due to the
smaller population compared to Kamsar; and 5) options for storing the red mud
produced as a byproduct of the refinery process or of supplying fresh water to the
refinery and power plant are roughly equivalent to the Sangardi alternative and
favorable over the Kamsar option. The transportation costs and rail infrastructure
improvements make the Bok site less favorable than the Sangardi option; and
Sangardi 1) mine-mouth processing eliminates the need to transport raw bauxite
feed for the refinery over improved rail lines; 2) only minor rail infrastructure
changes (such as lengthening passing loops) are necessary to the rail line between
Sangardi and Kamsar; 3) Sangardi may be more challenged to deal with the
population growth; 4) residents in the area are familiar with the opportunities
associated with a cash and wage-based economy because of the 25 years that CBG
has operated in the area; and 5) offers suitable locations for both water supply and red
mud storage that are close to potential refinery sites. Locating in this area minimizes
the cost of raw material handling and transportation and will have a significant
positive impact on the operating costs of the refinery. Environmental impacts are
likely to be similar to those that would be experienced if the Project were sited in
Bok and less significant than if it were sited in Kamsar.
The Sangardi location was selected, presented in the EIA documents, and approved by the
Government of Guinea.

614
6.4.1 Refinery Area Site Selection
Once the Sangardi region was selected as the Projects bauxite source, screening criteria and
minimum technical requirements were applied to the region to identify potential sites that could
accommodate the refinery and its components. Technical and environmental surveys of those
sites were then conducted to identify the most promising sites from engineering, economic, and
environmental perspectives. The only screening criterion for identifying potential sites was that
about 150 ha of continuous, wide, and relatively level land be available for siting the refinery and
red mud storage areas. The screening process resulted in 17 potential site options. The best sites
were then evaluated qualitatively and quantitatively to select a preferred site.
The potential sites were evaluated for locating major Project components on and around the
preferred site. Sites were evaluated for their ability to meet the following major engineering
considerations associated with siting the Projects features:
The refinery needs approximately 420 ha of continuous flat or terraced land for the
various process and materials storage area;
The power plant must be within 500 m of the refinery (to supply steam at the required
temperature and pressure) and requires approximately 12 ha of flat land;
Both the refinery and power plant need direct access to the railway for transporting
alumina to the port and for receiving fuel and supplies from the port;
The red mud must be disposed of in an area designed specifically for this purpose, on
land that is as flat as possible. The red mud disposal areas must be capable of storing
at least 20 years of red mud production under the assumption that no mined-out areas
become available for reclamation in the immediate vicinity of the refinery during
those 20 years;
Any seepage from the red mud and all rain falling on the red mud disposal site must
be captured and returned to the refinery process to prevent a release of water
containing caustic soda to surface or ground water resources;
The water supply reservoir must have a catchment of approximately 16 km
2
and be
capable of storing the 8.1 million m
3
of water which is necessary to reliably supply
the refinery, power plant, and workers accommodations for several consecutive dry
years;
The refinery will be connected to the water supply reservoir by a pipeline and
transmission line, both of which will have relatively insignificant costs and
environmental impacts, however the distance between the two should not be
excessive;

615
Both the refinery and red mud disposal areas must be protected from floods for
economic and environmental reasons; and
Ideally, the refinery site should be on the plateaus providing a base elevation safe
from flooding risks.
The 17 sites identified by the initial screening activity (Figure 6.1) were compared relative to
available area, proximity to human settlements, ecological impacts, the potential for bauxite
sterilization, and central location to narrow the number of options to only the most promising.
This was accomplished by a detailed review and ranking of the sites after a joint field
reconnaissance by a team composed of environmental and engineering experts.
The preferred site, located in the center of the major bauxite resources, has good access to the
bauxite resources east of the Kwwol River that CBG has identified as well as those of the
Dian-Dian lease to the north (Section 7 Cumulative Impacts) but can be constructed without
impacting any significant bauxite resources.
6.4.2 Alumina Refining Process Selection
The Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control (IPPC) division of the European Commission
recommends the Bayer process as the best available technique (BAT) for extracting alumina
from bauxite (Reference Document on Best Available Techniques in the Non-Ferrous Metals
Industries, May 2000). The Bayer process, presently used by most alumina refineries world-
wide, will be used in the GAC refinery. Alumina refineries that do not use the Bayer process
typically generate very large quantities of residues and by-products (up to 10 times the quantities
generated by the Bayer process), which make their processing techniques significantly less
attractive from both an environmental, waste disposal, and economic perspective.
6.4.3 Red Mud Disposal Facility Site Selection
Current residue management practice in the industry is to dispose of the red mud in lined,
engineered containment facilities. Red mud can be disposed of as a slurry (45% to 55% solids)
that can be pumped into the disposal facility, or as a filter cake (about 62% solids) that can be
trucked. GAC chose to use vacuum filters to thicken the red mud to a filter cake because (a)
Bok mud has a high filtration rate and (b) filtered cake will result in significantly lower soda
concentration in the effluent. A low soda concentration in the effluent is desirable to reduce
potential adverse environmental impact in case of accidental release of leachate from the
containment system.

616
GAC considered numerous siting options for the red mud disposal facility. The requirement for
relatively level ground with an area for a large effluent holding pond at the base dictated which
areas could be used for mud disposal. Given the very high average annual precipitation at the
site coupled with design mud solids production, one of the key design criteria was to keep the
footprint of the red mud disposal area as small as possible in order to limit the meteoric water
that must be managed in the effluent holding pond. Filtering and thickening the mud also
reduces the volume of water that will be collected and returned to the process.
To date, no economic options for reuse or extraction of resources from bauxite residues have
been identified.
6.4.4 Dolerite Quarry Site Selection
3
of dolerite is required for road construction, as aggregate in concrete,
for rail construction, and for other aspects of refinery construction. Two potential dolerite
quarries were identified as having suitable rock quality and adequate volume available to supply
the aggregate needs for the Project. There are no other dolerite quarries currently operating in
the Sangardi region.
The preferred site is located on a tributary at the head of the Tiouladiwol basin (Figure 1.2). The
alternate site is located between the villages of Filo Bowal Mandgodi, Sinthiourou Almamy,
and Sinthiourou Petoun Djigahoun in the Mobhi valley. The preferred site is located closer to
the refinery and most of the construction activities, is further from villages, and is situated
upstream of the water supply reservoir. The alternate quarry is located in close proximity to the
villages, with some residences being less than 1 km from the quarry. Potential impacts to nearby
neighbors associated with public safety, noise, vibrations, and dust are greater for the alternate
site, and the possible need for resettlement of the closest households, make this alternative less
desirable than the preferred site in the Tiouladiwol basin.
6.4.5 Rail Spur Options to the Refinery Area
A new rail spur to the refinery required and must rise approximately 150 m and have a maximum
average gradient of 1.5% with an absolute maximum slope of 2% for less than 2 km. Such a
slope limitation greatly limits route selection alternatives and forces either expensive civil
structures such as bridges, or large quantities of cut and fill to complete most routes.
Furthermore, the elevation change (150 meters) means that the spur must be at least 10 km long
to achieve the maximum average gradient of 1.5%.

617
Six alternatives were evaluated that met the engineering requirement of 1.5% slope and of these,
the alignment south of the refinery through the Mhobi Valley was far superior from a cost
perspective over the other alignments. During the fall of 2004, the tentative rail alignment was
optimized and reviewed with the population of the Mhobi Valley. First, the population accepted
that the railway passes through the valley, providing that certain mitigation and safety measures
were implemented. The community required the installation of a fence along the railway right-
of-way to reduce the potential for livestock being hit by the train, and that the alignment avoid
the cemetery to the east of the Mhobiwol River, in use since the foundation of the village.
Five options for avoiding the Mhobiwol cemetery were evaluated (Figure 6.2); one option to the
west and four to the east of the Mhobiwol. Each of these options required the resettlement of
households. The preferred option requires larger cut-fill quantities and is more costly than other
alignments, but it requires resettlement of only one family and represents an acceptable
compromise to avoid the cemetery. This preferred alignment is acceptable to the community and
GAC will cover the expenses for fence construction alongside the railway line in sensitive
locations. Resettlement actions and compensation for the family affected by the preferred rail
spur alignment are covered in the RAP (Volume 5).
6.4.6 Access Road Options
Many different access road options to the various components of the refinery project were
evaluated. The locations of potential access routes were selected based on topography, drainage,
and the locations of Project features. The Project included an initial construction access route to
the site generally following an existing jeep track from the village of Doubhi through the red
mud disposal area into the refinery area. The permanent access road was planned to be located
along the Projects 14 km rail spur, approximately 4 km to the east of the construction access
road. However, to limit additional land disturbance, plans were modified such that the
construction access road will now be paved after construction and will serve as the permanent
access road. The alternate route roughly paralleling the rail route will be a two-track dirt road
that will be used during construction, then for inspection and emergency access during operation.
6.4.7 Water Supply Reservoir Siting
Two main alternatives were considered for obtaining this water: a diversion and intake from a
major, perennial river (either the Tinguilinta or the Kwwol), or constructing a new dam in a
valley with adequate catchment. In the project area, the Tinguilinta has a catchment of
approximately 1,900 km
2
and a measured (at Tann) minimum flow of about 2 m
3
/s. The

618
Kwwol has a smaller catchment than the Tinguilinta and has a lower minimum flow. Because
the Project will require 0.6 m
3
/s (approximately 2,000 m
3
/hr) during the dry season (likely be too
great a reduction in base flow for either river during the dry season), direct intake from perennial
rivers was eliminated from further consideration.
An acceptable valley catchment will require suitable topography and geology for an earthfill
dam, and a catchment area of at least 18 km
2
to store the required water volume. Three options
were considered in the general Project area: the Lopwol, a tributary of the Kwwol; the Petoun
Djiga, also a tributary to the Kwwol; and the Tiouladiwol, a tributary of the Tinguilinta (see
Figure 6.3).
To minimize relocation of residents, the Petoun Djiga valley option, an area inhabited by more
than 1,000 people, was not considered for further analysis. For each of the two remaining
valleys, three options were considered for dam sites based on apparently favorable geology and
various possible requirements for water supply needs during the dry season (Figure 6.3). These
options consisted of a Lower, Middle, and Upper dam site with the Lower dam site providing the
most catchment and the Upper dam site the least. Given that the dam site must have at least
18 km
2
of catchment to provide a reliable water supply to the refinery in a dry year, the options
were reduced to three and then systematically ranked for their potential impacts based on the
relative significance of each criterion considered. Only social, environmental, and economic
factors were considered; technical considerations did not enter into the analysis of alternatives.
The original EIAs Alternative Analysis selected the Lower Tiouladiwol option as the preferred
option, however further design activities optimized and better quantified the ability of the
refinery to recycle water. In addition, site investigations mentioned in the EIA Addendum
(2006) indicated that water from deep wells was of excellent quality and could prove a very good
supply of drinking water for the refinery and workers accommodations. As a result, the 2006
Addendum included a re-analysis of two siting alternatives for the water supply reservoir, the
Upper and Middle locations on the Tiouladiwol. The Middle location was selected as the
preferred option due to, among other factors, the presence of numerous chimpanzee sightings
and nest areas in the Upper reservoir location.
6.5 Port Area
There are two main ports in Guinea: Conakry and Kamsar. For many years, the government of
Guinea has planned the expansion of the existing general cargo port in Kamsar to relieve
congestion in the container port at Conakry. The port in Conakry is approximately 360 km by

619
road and 180 km by air from Sangardi, but there is no rail service between Sangardi and
Conakry. The substantial cost for rail access, coupled with the existing congestion at the
Conakry port, make use of Conakry a far more costly option for consideration by the Project,
thus Kamsar was selected as the preferred port location.
6.5.1 Alumina Terminal Site
Approximately 75 ha of flat land adjacent to a deep-water channel (14 m depth) is required to
host the port facilities. The port facilities must also have good access to existing road, rail, and
utility infrastructure.
Key environmental considerations in siting the alumina terminal include limiting disturbance in
mangroves and other sensitive ecosystems, minimizing resettlement, protecting stream and
riverbanks from erosion, limiting impacts to biological populations, and providing enough space
to install water retention ponds to control sediment run-off during both construction and
operation. Economic considerations in siting the alumina terminal include limiting the aerial
extent to about 75 ha; minimizing new infrastructure and utility requirements including rail and
road access, potable water supply, electricity supply, and sanitary sewage disposal; minimizing
capital and maintenance dredging costs for the navigation channel, berthing areas, and turning
basin; minimizing the length of and construction costs for the approach jetty; minimizing costs
associated with environmental mitigation measures; and maximizing the potential for improving
the socioeconomic status of the surrounding community.
Four sites were considered for the new alumina terminal as shown in Figure 6.4. Each of these
alternatives meets or could meet the required engineering criteria, but each varies in its economic
and environmental costs.
Alternative 1 Point Zebra: (north of Kamsar approximately 3 km north of the
small fishing port at Port Nn): 1) would require construction of approximately
5 km of new railway line track, about 3 km of which would be located in the
mangrove swamp, and two rail bridges; 2) would need a major upgrading to the
access road; 3) would require significant capital dredging, more than 4,000,000 m
3
, to
extend the navigation channel approximately 7 km up the Rio Nuez and to provide a
turning basin 4) offers sufficient land to establish an approximately 75-ha alumina
terminal and a marine terminal; 5) is located on an undisturbed mangrove forest,
which would have to be filled; 6) the nearest sign of land occupation is about 1 km to
the east, where rice paddies cover an area of approximately 40 ha (1 km by 400 m); 7)
would cause some interference between small fishing boats crossing the navigation
channel and cargo vessels during operation of the refinery; 8) would have to extend

620
the railway line through either densely populated areas in Kamsar or through
mangrove forests;
Alternative 2 CBG Rail Loop: (uses the land inside the rail loop that abuts CBGs
bauxite export terminal): 1) would require no new filling of mangrove swamp or
conversion of land from a non-industrial use to an industrial use; 2) could also result
in significant cost savings and minimization of environmental impacts; 3) would
interfere with future developments by CBG and restrict CBGs ability to increase its
exports; 4) would be very challenging to design a track system and layout storage
facilities to conduct the train operations that will be required for the Alumina
Terminal;
Alternative 3 East of the CBG Facilities: 1) would require some fill in the
mangrove swamp; however, there are significant uplands that would not require fill;
2) consists of habitat that is already disrupted and doesnt offer the same
environmental benefits as an intact mangrove swamp; 3) offers the minimum possible
railway, road, and utility extensions (equivalent to Alternative 2, within the CBG
loop); 4) offers good options for the alumina quay and approach structure; 5) will
require that about four families (36 people) in the village of Kindiadi and potentially
500 people along the mainline rail be moved and that others be compensated for lost
agricultural assets (fruit trees within the alumina terminal site and rice fields impacted
by the approach jetty); and
Alternative 4 South of the CBG Facilities: 1) would require some fill in
mangrove swamp, but most of the land has already been cleared of mangroves to
form rice fields; 2) since it is adjacent to the CBG facilities and close to inhabited
areas, it consists of habitat that is already disrupted and doesnt offer the same
environmental benefits as an intact mangrove swamp; 3) would eliminate about 12%
(35 ha) of the village of Taigbs rice fields and significantly affect the lives of about
150 villagers on Taigb Island; 4) since no upland areas exist at this site, all the land
impacted would either be a mangrove swamp or rice field; 5) it is likely that the
villagers would clear other areas within the mangrove swamp and develop that land
for replacement rice fields; 6) would result in the resettlement of the Kassoussou
hamlet, which is used temporarily during cultivation; 7) it is possible that Kindiadi
hamlet would also need to be resettled; 8) would significantly shorten the approach
causeway and conveyors required to move materials from the alumina terminal to the
quay, but those savings would be offset by the increased cost of extending the road
and rail access to the terminal from Kamsar, including substantial rail and vehicular
bridges over the Dougoufissa.
Because of the conflicts with CBG operations, Alternative 2 was eliminated from further
consideration. From environmental considerations, Alternatives 3 and 4 are similar and require
substantially less dredging than Alternative 1. Also, Alternative 1 is located in an area of
undisturbed mangroves. Alternatives 3 and 4 involve the resettlement of a relatively small

621
number of people (36 people in 4 families in Kindiadi and about 54 families (312 individuals)
along the railway in Daprass) and compensation for agricultural lands that would be taken for the
project. With Alternative 4, the loss of 35 ha of rice fields would disrupt the lives of about 150
people from the Kassoussou hamlet, who would have to clear other areas within the mangrove
swamp and develop new, replacement rice fields. Alternative 3 would result in a net loss of less
than 2 ha of rice fields. Thus, from a social, environmental, and construction standpoint,
Alternative 3 was selected as the preferred option for siting of the alumina terminal.
6.5.2 Alumina Quay and Approach Jetty Options
Three alignments, one with two sub-options, for the alumina quay and approach jetty were
considered as shown on Figure 6.5. Option 2 is the preferred alignment, running parallel to and
approximately 750 m south of CBGs bauxite quay and approach jetty. This option crosses rice
paddies, which were planted in the mangrove swamp. These rice paddies represent less than 7%
of the total rice culture of Taigb Island. The causeway footprint will result in the net loss of
about 5 ha of rice paddies.
Option 1 would require more capital dredging, but it would impact less mangrove habitat and
agricultural lands. It is not preferred due to logistical issues associated with CBGs bauxite
operations and the operations of the commercial port over which GAC has no control. Option 3
is not preferred due to challenging construction issues associated with CBGs solid and liquid
waste sites, again over which GAC has no control, and proximity to the banks of Dougoufissa
Creek.
The preferred construction method for the approach jetty is a causeway except for the
Dougoufissa Creek crossing and the mudflats and deeper-water offshore portion, which will be
trestle construction. This is because the causeway is more cost-effective to construct, provides
better erosion protection for sensitive stream crossings, and can be equally effective in
maintaining tidal circulations and flows.
The preferred location for the alumina quay is downstream and effectively adjacent to CBGs
bauxite quay. This location minimizes capital dredging by using the existing navigation channel
and sharing the bauxite quays turning basin. Maintenance dredging should be minimal;
approximately every 5 or 6 years, as is the case for the existing bauxite quay. This location is
not expected to impact any significant marine habitat or marine-based livelihood activities.

622
6.5.3 Berthing
Several alternatives were developed to accommodate the various berthing scenarios anticipated.
Various factors were examined to provide the most cost-effective and efficient design. These
factors include vessel size, cargo, load/unload times, rigging methods, and ship
loading/unloading access.
Scenario 1 Consists of berthing outbound Panamax vessels with inbound Panamax
vessels at the dry bulk berth, and Handymax at the liquid/breakbulk berth if that
alternative is adopted. If the ends of the vessels are placed beyond the quay, with
mooring lines fixed to discrete mooring dolphins, the total length of quay required is
approximately 700 meters, with approximately 500 meters at the alumina and coal
berths. This assumes a nominal 10 meters of dead space beyond the last hatch at
either end of the quay, and a clear spacing of 30 meters between vessels;
Scenario 2 Consists of a large Panamax at the alumina berth, with Handymax
vessels at the other berths. Other assumptions as far as mooring and access to the
hatches are as per Scenario 1. The total quay length required is 650 meters, but with
the alumina and coal berths making up approximately 440 meters of the total; and
Scenario 3 Assumes three Handymax vessels berthed at the same time. Using
previous assumptions, the total required quay length is approximately 580 meters,
with 370 meters going to the alumina and coal berths combined.
The Scenario 2 two-berth system with a total length of 440 meters is preferred. This will provide
ample space for one Panamax to be berthed alongside two Handymax vessels.
6.5.4 Marine Dredging
Several types of dredge plans were considered for use on this project, including clamshell,
hopper dredgers, and cutterhead suction dredgers (Figure 6.6).
Clamshell Dredgers Clamshell dredgers are particularly useful in low volume or
hard digging applications and in locations that can use deep-water disposal sites.
Dredge material is removed from the sea bottom and transferred to barges. The barges
are then maneuvered to the disposal site and offloaded with either a skip loader or a
bottom dump;
Hopper Dredgers Hopper dredgers are often used in long and linear dredge
applications (e.g., a channel). The hopper dredger grazes over the dredge site and
sucks material into the hold, typically with a 5-20% solids content. Once the hold is
full, the dredger will either go to a deep-water disposal site or can be maneuvered to
an offloading station where it connects to a pipeline manifold and pumps the material
to an upland disposal site; and

623
Cutterhead Suction Dredgers Cutterhead suction dredgers are usually mounted on a
barge and are particularly useful in high-volume dredging applications that do not
need a lot of maneuvering. They are not particularly well-suited for low-volume
applications due to the cost of mobilizing and assembling the pipeline. They also do
not work particularly well in hard digging (rock or cemented) material. Cutterhead
suction dredgers remove material from the seabed and pump the spoils to the disposal
site using a fixed (often floating) pipeline. The disposal site can be either in water or
upland.
Because of the potential for the existence of cemented or consolidated river bottom materials of
various densities within the new work berth dredging area, the use of a cutterhead suction dredge
or a clamshell dredge are preferred. A hopper-type dredging plant is very limited in effectiveness
in dredging consolidated or cemented materials. It is likely that the same cutterhead suction
dredge for the reclamation effort will be relocated to the berth area after completion of the
mining operation.
6.5.5 Container Quay
Several alternatives were initially considered for the import of this equipment, including the
acceleration of the construction of the import/export jetty and upgrading the existing commercial
port. The provision of a new quay near the existing commercial port appears to be the preferred
option. The new quay will be dredged deep enough to accept the bigger ship sizes (10,000
DWT). This serves as a solution to both the import of the heavy digester vessels and as a long-
term improvement in the continued development of the Port of Kamsar.
6.6 Employee Housing
The Project will require temporary and permanent housing for workers. The options available
for housing workers include:
Constructing a new Company-owned and managed town near the refinery and mining
sites to house the workers;
Constructing Company-owned and managed man camps to house workers nearby the
main operations;
Adding subdivisions to existing communities, and contributing to the community
infrastructure to facilitate the expansions; and
Combinations of the above.

624
Twelve potential town sites were identified near the towns of Bok and Sangardi. The 12 sites
were compared using economic, technical, environmental, and social criteria. The quality of life
at the new village was also considered in the analysis. GAC also evaluated the risk of
developing a new town in the Project area and highlighted the concerns of a high-profile
development in a rural area. The concerns associated with community influx seeking
opportunities for employment or other benefits from the Project in this rural area are
compounded by the legacies of the existing bauxite mining and refining operations which have
been in Guinea for the past thirty years. These developments have seen little wealth creation in
the local communities; in fact the influx into township areas such as Kamsar, Sangardi, and Fria
has resulted in an overwhelming demand on water and power supplies. Land and infrastructure
development within the existing communities by the regional government has not kept pace with
the population influx associated with bauxite mining operations in the past and has resulted in a
perceived degradation in services and living standards and associated social concerns.
To mitigate this risk, GAC opted to move away from the Company-town concept in favor of a
housing philosophy for its employees which:
Reduces the amount of traffic from regional centers to the refinery site, which is
regarded as a major safety hazard;
Provides fully serviced accommodation and messing on site for all employees other
than local villagers, during their work roster; and
Encourages Guinean nationals to own their own homes, with an emphasis on owning
homes close to the work place or targeted regional development area.
Given these objectives, GAC determined that Sangardi and Bok were the best available
options for expanding the infrastructure to accommodate community expansion. However,
because Sangardi is located on land controlled by CBG, land in Sangardi is not available for a
GAC housing development. As such, Bok was selected as the preferred location for the Project
housing development which will provide fully serviced (water, sewage, and power) plots of land
to prospective home owners.
In addition to the planned permanent housing expansion project in Bok, GAC will expand its
existing camp near the village of Tinguilinta to temporarily accommodate its management and
other country national staff. A temporary camp will also be constructed adjacent to the refinery
area (two facilities) for accommodation and messing for wage employees who have existing
residences that are too far to commute from on a daily basis but are close enough to travel to

625
during off periods. The locations of these temporary camps were selected based on the previous
site assessments. For the purposes of this discussion, the term temporary refers to the
operating life of the Project.

626
7.0 Cumulative Impacts
Cumulative impacts are an important issue to the bauxite mining industry in Guinea; careful
management of cumulative impacts has the potential to mitigate significant adverse effects as
well as optimize the regional and national benefits of the sectors projects. While bauxite is a
plentiful resource in the worlds geologic portfolio, Guinea has some of the best and most
geographically concentrated bauxite deposits in the world, making it a desirable development
target for a number of global aluminum producers. Several producers currently have varying
levels of investment and development in the Guinean bauxite business in the Project region and
it is conceivable that additional investors may develop additional projects over time. However,
the level of information that is currently available in the public domain on other existing and
planned mining and processing projects in this region of Guinea is very limited, making it
impossible to develop a credible cumulative impact assessment without the active participation
of other producers. As such, this section anticipates some of the potential cumulative impacts
that may result from bauxite development by GAC in the context of other related development
projects in the region based on existing information. It also provides a framework for assessing
the cumulative impacts of the bauxite industry in general in northwest Guinea if participation by
other producers in the region can be gained to complete the study. This analysis focuses on past,
present, and future projects and plans that are currently available in the public domain.
The concept of cumulative impacts generally includes project-specific impacts that can interact
with impacts of past, present, or reasonably foreseeable future actions or projects to result in
collectively significant change. Specific definitions of cumulative impacts (or synonymously,
cumulative effects) are various and much-discussed. There is no single universally accepted
definition.
7.1 Cumulative Impacts Approach
IFC completed a revision of its policies, procedures, and approach to the social and
environmental review of projects in 2006. The resulting eight Performance Standards provide
direction on the requirements expected of IFC projects with respect to the assessment and
management of social and environmental impacts. PS 1 gives the specifics on Social and
Environmental Assessment and Management Systems required of IFCs clients projects. With
respect to cumulative impacts, PS 1 says at paragraph 5 (emphasis added):

627
5. Risks and impacts will be analyzed in the context of the projects area of influence.
This area of influence encompasses, as appropriate: (i) the primary project site(s) and
related facilities ; (ii) associated facilities that are not funded as part of the project ,
and whose viability and existence depend exclusively on the project and whose goods or
services are essential for the successful operation of the project; (iii) areas potentially
impacted by cumulative impacts from further planned development of the project,
any existing project or condition, and other project-related developments that are
realistically defined at the time the Social and Environmental Assessment is
undertaken; and (iv) areas potentially affected by impacts from unplanned but
predictable developments caused by the project that may occur later or at a different
location. The area of influence does not include potential impacts that would occur
without the project or independently of the project.
IFC also provides a series of Guidance Notes to assist in interpreting and applying the individual
Performance Standards (there is one Guidance Note for each Performance Standard). In
Guidance Note 1, as updated on July 31, 2007, IFC amplifies its cumulative impacts
requirements from paragraph 5 of PS 1 (see above) at Para G22 as follows:
Cumulative Impacts
G22. The combination of multiple impacts from existing projects, the proposed project,
and/or anticipated future projects may result in significant adverse and/or beneficial
impacts that would not be expected in case of a stand-alone project. The Assessment
should evaluate these cumulative impacts commensurate with the source, extent, and
severity of cumulative impacts anticipated. As a result, the geographic and temporal
boundaries of the cumulative impact assessment would depend on the potential
cumulative impacts that are attributable to the project and those that affect the project as a
result of reasonably foreseeable activities by third parties, and will influence the final
definition of the project area of influence. Examples of cumulative impacts include
ambient conditions in an airshed (see paragraph 9 of Performance Standard 3), conditions
in a watershed, or secondary or induced social impacts, such as immigration or
substantially increased transport activity in a project area of influence (see paragraphs
G5, G22, and G23 of Guidance Note 4). The clients baseline study should identify any
relevant existing project or condition. In terms of anticipated future projects, priority
should be given to assessing cumulative impacts stemming from the proposed project,
such as further planned development of the project and other project-related future

628
developments that are realistically defined at the time of the Assessment (for example, an
anticipated future development for which licenses or permits have been issued should be
included, even if it is not yet in implementation). IFC will work with the client to
identify existing data and studies, and if necessary will consider available technical and
financial assistance mechanisms on a case-by-case basis. In situations where cumulative
impacts are likely to occur from activities by third parties in the project region, a regional
or sectoral assessment may be appropriate. It may not be feasible for the client to
undertake such a study, for example, in situations where the impacts from the clients
own operations are expected to be a relatively small amount of the cumulative total. For
further guidance on such assessments, see paragraphs G31 and 32 below. While the
client is responsible for gathering information on cumulative impacts under paragraph 5
of Performance Standard 1, paragraph 6 of the Performance Standard also indicates that
the client is expected to address risks and impacts commensurate to the clients control
and influence over third party actions.
IFC provides guidance on the elements of impact assessment process at Paragraph G10 of
Guidance Note 1. Overall, key process elements include:
Screening of the project and scoping of the assessment process;
Stakeholder identification and gathering of baseline data;
Impact identification and analysis, and
Mitigation and management measures and actions.
This summary of process is consistent with good impact assessment practice elsewhere and is
generally followed for this cumulative impacts framework analysis.
7.2 Scope of the Cumulative Impacts Analysis
The Ministry of Mines, GoG has let a number of mining concessions with respect to bauxite
extraction in the prefecture of Bok. They are shown graphically on Figure 7.1.

7.2.1 Compagnie des Bauxites de Guine (CBG) Project
At present, the concession shown as CBG Halco is being actively mined by Compagnie des
Bauxites de Guine (CBG). CBG has been mining bauxite ores on this concession since 1973.
The extracted materials are shipped ~ 136 km by rail (about five or six trains per day) to the

629
CBG port facility in the vicinity of Kamsar for crushing, processing and drying at the plant there.
Then, the bauxite is exported by freighter through the CBG port facility to refineries in other
parts of the world for the production of alumina. On the order of 12 million tonnes of bauxite are
currently exported through this CBG facility annually.
7.2.2 Guinea Alumina Project
GACs Guinea Alumina Project (the Project), the target project for this SEA, proposes to mine
bauxite deposits on its concession immediately adjacent and to the west of the CBG Halco
concession (see Figure 7.1). Details of the Projects plans are presented in Section 3.0 of this
volume of the SEA. GAC proposes to extract bauxite from lands on its concession; process the
bauxite at a refinery also located on its concession; ship the resulting alumina by rail
approximately 135 km to its own port site adjacent to the CBG port site in the vicinity of
Kamsar; and export the alumina by freighter to smelters in other parts of the world for the
production of aluminum.
Facilities associated with the Project include the new port site; a spur rail line from GACs
refinery to the CBG rail line and from the CBG rail line to the GAC port site; a power plant (of
90 MW burning coal imported by ship and rail) in the vicinity of the GAC refinery to provide
electricity for the project; a water supply reservoir and associated pipelines at the refinery
complex; housing for GAC staff and workers at both the port and refinery facilities; and new
roads and related infrastructure required to support the Project. The Project is expected to
produce 3.31 Mtpa initially, with projected creep up to 3.7 Mtpa, with all these facilities in
operation as planned.
The Project, having received all the necessary permits and approvals from the GoG, is currently
under construction. The port site lands have been filled with material dredged from offshore
waters and are undergoing settling; access roads have been constructed in the refinery area and
the rail spur construction is underway; upgrading of the Bok Bridge has been completed; and
general site development is commencing in the new refinery area. Detailed planning is under
way for the construction, and ultimately, operation of the balance of the Projects facilities.
Beyond the scope of the current action presented in this SEA, forward planning by GAC includes
the potential extension of Project life through proving up additional bauxite reserves and
potential consideration of adding a second refinery with associated infrastructure and supply and
service requirements in the Sangardi area in the future.

630
7.2.3 Other Projects
At least three other bauxite-related projects are known to be under consideration in this region of
Guinea. They utilize ores from the above-noted or adjacent concessions as shown on Figure 7.1.
To date, none of these projects has received regulatory approvals, but certain ones, at least, are
believed to be well into their planning stages (i.e., preparing documentation for regulatory
approval processes) based on publicly available information.
These three projects are:
Rusals Dian-Dian project;
Alcoa-Rio Tinto-Alcan project; and
BHP Billiton project.
The mining concessions supporting each of these projects are shown on Figure 7.1, as are
selected facilities and their locations as available from public sources. Summaries of each
project as available from public information are provided below.
UC RUSALs Activities and its Dian-Dian Project
United Company RUSAL (UC RUSAL) is the worlds largest producer of aluminum and
alumina. Founded in March 2007, the United Company is a result of the merger of RUSAL,
SUAL, and the alumina assets of Glencore. Predecessor organizations, including a joint venture
with the USSR dating to 1972, have a long history of involvement with bauxite operations in
Guinea.
At present, UC RUSAL has management rights for Compagnie des Bauxites de Kindia (CBK).
The companys design capacity for bauxite production is 3.1 Mtpa. Located to the northeast of
Conakry at Kindia, the project includes the Debele mine, railway to the coast, a port, and a repair
center.
UC RUSAL also operates the recently privatized Friguia refinery and associated facilities near
Fria to the northwest of Conakry. Its capacity is 640,000 tonnes of alumina and 1.9 million
tonnes of bauxite per annum. Associated infrastructure includes a railway of ~160 km in length
to the coast. Plans are being developed to update and expand this facility.
UC RUSALs Dian-Dian project is focused on the development of bauxite resources on UC
RUSALs concession in Bok prefecture. It is located to the north of and adjacent to the GAC

631
and CBG concessions (see Figure 7.1). The Dian-Dian project includes a bauxite mine (13.4
Mtpa) and a refinery (2.8 Mtpa) located on the concession lands. Associated facilities include a
new rail line to the coast; a port for shipping product from the mine/refinery; water supply
reservoir for the refinery complex area; a power plant to provide electricity; housing for workers
at both the refinery and port locations; and roads and related infrastructure. The general
locations of certain of these facilities are also shown on Figure 7.1.
Alcoa - Rio Tinto Alcan Refinery Project
Both Alcoa and Rio Tinto Alcan are shareholders in Halco Mining, a partnership that owns 51%
of CBG and includes the GoG. As noted above, CBG has been mining bauxite deposits in the
Sangardi area since 1973. In 2005, Halco reached an agreement with the government of Guinea
for the development of an alumina refinery. Alcoa and RioTintoAlcan are carrying out
feasibility studies on this 1.5 Mtpa alumina refinery. The site chosen for the facility is near
Kabata, north of Kamsar (see Figure 7.1).
The project concept includes sourcing bauxite resources from expansion of CBGs existing
mines. Sharing of infrastructure has also been agreed between the two groups. Further details of
the projects facilities and infrastructure are not available at time of writing, though a port site
and transshipment facility as well as power supply and supplemental transportation infrastructure
to the port would seem to be essential.
BHP Billiton Project
The Boffa/Santou/Houda project (100% BHP Billiton) is a bauxite exploration project in
Maritime Guinea. In 2005 and 2006, BHP Billiton obtained exploration licenses in the region of
Boffa, Sangardi, and Tliml. The project is now in its third year of exploration. It is
envisaged that a concept study to develop a mine, alumina refinery, and associated infrastructure
will take place over an 18-month period, commencing possibly mid-2008.
7.3 Boundaries for the Cumulative Impacts Analysis
The proposed geographical boundaries for this cumulative impacts analysis are the limits of the
areas of influence of the five existing and proposed projects described individually above,
namely: CBG, GAC, UCRUSAL Dian-Dian, Alcoa-RioTintoAlcan, and BHP Billiton.
Together they constitute the cumulative Area of Influence for the projects under consideration.
The activities within each projects mining concession(s) provide the core locations and
facilities; associated infrastructure links these cores areas and activities with other associated

632
facilities both within and outside of the mining concession(s). Temporal boundaries, or more
accurately timeframes, will be defined individually for each of the scenarios used in the
cumulative impacts analysis (additional details provided below).
7.4 Cumulative Impacts Methodology
7.4.1 General Considerations
The methodology for this cumulative impacts analysis builds upon and complements the project-
specific impact assessments for the individual projects within its scope. The cumulative impact
assessment (CIA) identifies the key issues and impacts associated with the individual projects
and effectively overlays them in time and space to determine the potential for cumulative effects
amongst them. The CIA builds upon the judgments of impacts and their significance in the
individual projects social and environmental assessments and carries out additional analytical
techniques as appropriate by discipline (or key impact) to assess the cumulative impacts (see
below for additional details).
In some cases where a social and environmental assessment for an individual project or activity
is not available, depending upon the details of the specific situation, informed judgments can be
made about the potential for cumulative effects based on the (incomplete) information that is
available. Sometimes, this indicative potential can provide sufficient information to trigger an
awareness of the need for impact management responses to ameliorate or mitigate adverse
impacts, or alternatively, enhance positive impacts. Such anticipatory judgments can be useful in
laying the groundwork for management of impacts that require lengthy timelines or complex
coordinated actions amongst a number of agencies or groups.
The specific methodology used to assess individual cumulative impacts will vary by discipline,
issue, or key impact. For example, impacts of air emissions on an airshed are typically modeled
using sophisticated computer models with detailed input assumptions about the baseline levels of
pollutants in the airshed, meteorological conditions in the airshed, and the kinds, volumes, and
timing of pollutants emitted by the facility or activity; resulting in outputs that include things
such as the amounts of pollutants added to the airshed, point(s) of impingement of critical
pollutants at ground level, and isopleths of pollutant concentrations provided by the computer
model based on the input conditions. Such modeling is done routinely for individual projects
activities that emit substances to the air; the cumulative assessment includes all of the potential
sources from all the individual projects or activities within the scope of the CIA in a comparable
model.

633
Conceptually similar computer models are typically used to model emissions to aquatic
(freshwater surface or ground -- or marine) ecosystems. Obviously, the specific input
parameters differ, as will the outputs, but conceptually the approach is the same; and the
computer models that provide useful outputs for informing such judgments are available. In
addition, for aquatic systems, models are available not only to quantify the emissions of
pollutants to aquatic systems, but their uptake by the biota (organisms) within these systems at
various levels. Thus, impacts on key species or groups of species within the food chain can be
assessed. Once again, the CIA would run such models, as appropriate, using inputs from all the
projects or activities identified to be within the scope of the CIA.
In other cases, where for example the utilization of specific natural resources by a project activity
is area-based (land taken out of natural production for the placement of industrial facilities, e.g.),
a simple mapping of those withdrawn resources and measurement and summing of the areas of
land so affected across all such withdrawals within the CIA study area will produce a measure of
the cumulative impact. Comparison of that area with the total of such areas available provides
an indication of the significance of the cumulative impact.
In all cases, the reality and usefulness of the CIA is critically dependent upon its associated
timeframe. Each CIA determination needs to occur at a specified time, perhaps by date (e.g.,
2010) or by significant event in a project life cycle (during construction, over the operating life
of the project, during decommissioning, etc.) or some other clearly definable time period within
which the analysis applies.
The necessity for clear definition of the timeframe over which a particular CIA scenario applies
is particularly important with respect to social impacts, including potential benefits. It is easy to
imagine, for example, a situation where significant opportunities for local job or contracting
opportunities an important potential benefit would be lost if two or more projects or activities
were competing for the same (limited) skills at the same time. Services such as housing and
transport could similarly be burdened if the cumulative impact was not understood and managed
appropriately.
In general, the CIA methodology also needs to incorporate mechanisms for public consultation
or stakeholder engagement. Both the definition of key issues and the study teams conclusions
on cumulative impacts and management measures need to be discussed and reviewed in a
transparent manner with interested stakeholders. Without such input from stakeholders, the
analysis may focus on the wrong issues, i.e., those of little significance to stakeholders, and

634
could result in both inappropriate and ineffective management measures being proposed. Since
significant cumulative impacts regularly require the involvement of a range of stakeholder
groups for effective management, it is critically important to have such stakeholders involved
from the beginning.
7.4.2 Specific Considerations
The CIA framework adopted here follows the general approach and methodology outlined in the
previous section. Overall steps in the process include the scoping of the assessment process;
stakeholder identification and gathering of baseline data; impact identification and analysis; and
mitigation and management measures and actions.
Scoping of the CIA process is presented in Section 7.2 (above), including definition of the
projects included and their geographical boundaries (area of influence). A tabular presentation
of the basic project description information for each project within the CIA scope will be used to
summarize and organize this information. Timeframes (temporal limits) will be defined and
addressed individually in the impact assessment and analysis to follow.
Baseline data and stakeholder identification is, or is expected to become available in the
individual project social and environmental assessments. A tabular format will be used to
summarize the key impacts by discipline for each of the projects within the scope of the CIA.
The information in the table is based primarily on that found in the individual project-specific
social and environmental assessments.
The analysis and assessment of cumulative impacts focuses on the key issues identified primarily
from the impacts table. For each key issue, the potential cumulative impact will be described as
well as the specific methodology for analyzing that potential impact in greater detail (e.g.,
computer modeling, as appropriate, for specific air emissions issues). Once the analysis is
carried out, the significance of that potential cumulative impact can be judged. The cumulative
impact assessments conclusions will also be summarized in a tabular format with some narrative
descriptions by key issue, as needed. In certain cases, for complex or detailed analyses around
key issues, an appendix may be required to present the details of the cumulative impacts
analysis.
Finally, recommendations for the management of significant cumulative impacts identified in the
analysis, both positive and adverse, will be presented. As cumulative impacts, by definition,
result from more than one source (project or action), a range of management options can be

635
expected depending upon both the source(s) of the impact and the organization(s) responsible for
managing impacts of that type. Unlike project-specific impacts, cumulative impacts often
require the involvement or coordination of multiple organizations or groups, including third
parties that have responsibilities beyond those of the specific project.
Overall, the CIA analysis will be built into the ongoing project consultation, monitoring,
reporting, and disclosure activities being carried out by the project proponent for the overall
social and environmental assessment process.
7.5 Cumulative Impacts Assessment Framework
The overall approach for carrying out the analysis of cumulative impacts in this CIA includes the
following steps:
Identifying the projects within the scope of the CIA;
Summarizing impacts identified in project-specific social and environmental
assessments;
Analyzing CIA scenarios by individual timeframes; and
Presenting results and significance of CIA scenarios.
Management options for significant cumulative impacts will follow.
7.5.1 Projects within CIA Scope
The projects within the scope of this CIA were identified and summarized in Section 7.2 and
shown on Figure 7.1. They are those projects based on bauxite-related mining concessions let by
the GoG in the central-northwest sector of the country. The projects include:
CBG (existing operation and future expansions);
GAC project (permitted nationally and under construction);
UC RUSALs Dian-Dian project (future);
Alcoa-RioTintoAlcan project (future); and
BHP Billiton (Boffa/Santou/Houda) project (future).
Table 7.1 summarizes the characteristics of the projects based on publicly available information.

636
Table 7.1 Summary Description of Projects included in CIA
Project Proponent Facility(ies) Location (Fig
7.1)
Status
2
Size/Capacity Comments
Mine site
(quarries)
Sangardi P/C ~13 Mtpa; area =
?? ha
Began operations in
1973
Mine site
(quarries)
?? F (expansion) ?? To accommodate
both GAC &
Alcoa/RioTintoAlcan
refineries
Access roads Sangardi -
Kamsar
P/C ~ ?? km (total)
Railway line Sangardi
Kamsar
P/C ~180 km long From mine to port
Railway line traffic P/C & F 5-6 trains/day From mine to port
CBG Sangardi CBG
Port site Kamsar P/C & F ~?? ha Assocd jetty
Mine site
(quarries)
Sangardi F 10 Mtpa cap; up to
1,725 ha at any
one time
Planned start = 2011
Red mud disposal
facility
Sangardi F Area = 289 ha Planned start = 2011
Access roads Sangardi P/C & F
Refinery 1 Sangardi F 3.31 Mtpa Start = 2011
Refinery 2 ?? F ?? mt/a Start = ??
Guinea Alumina
Project

GAC
Power plant Sangardi F 90 MW Coal-fired at refinery
site; fuel transport
via rail

2
P/C = past or current; F = future; at time of writing = 2008-3

637
7.1)
Status
2
Railway line (site) Sangardi F 14 km Spur line to site
Water supply
(reservoir)
Sangardi F 90 ha Pipeline(s) between
reservoir and
refinery area
Port site Kamsar P/C 106.8 ha Site is filled &
settling; new jetty to
come
Railway line (port) Kamsar F <1 km Spur line to port site
Railway line traffic Sangardi -
Kamsar
F 2 trains/day, with
possible expansion
to 3/day
From mine to port
Mine site
(quarries)
Tiankounsori F 13.4 Mtpa; up to ??
ha
Start = 201??
Access roads Tiankounsori -
Dobali

Refinery Tiankounsori F 2.8 Mtpa Start = 201??
Power plant Tiankounsori F Cd MW coal-fired ??; at
refinery site; fuel
transport via ??
Railway line Tiankounsori -
Dobali
F ~ 2?? Km long New R-o-W
Railway line traffic Tiankounsori -
Dobali
F ?? trains/day From mine to port
Dian-Dian Rusal
Town site(s) ?? F ??000 workers 1 at refinery; 1 at
port (??)

638
7.1)
Status
2
Water supply
(reservoir)
Tiankounsori (??) F ?? ha At mine site
(??);Pipelines to
Port site Dobali F ?? ha New site, with jetty
Refinery Kabata F 1.5 Mtpa Start = 201??;
assuming mine
site/quarries are
CBG (??)
Access roads ?? F N/D
3

Power plant (??) ?? F N/D
2

Railway line (??) ?? F N/D
2
New or spur
line(s)??
Railway line traffic ?? F N/D
2

Town site(s) ?? F N/D
2

Water supply (??) ?? F N/D
2

Alcoa/RioTinto
Alcan
Alcoa/RioTinto
Alcan
Port site ?? F N/D
2

Refinery (??) ?? F N/D
2
Well in future (??)
[>2013]
Boffa/Santou/Houda BHP Billiton
Associated
facilities
?? F N/D
2

3
N/D = no data

639
7.5.2 Overview of Project Impacts
In a completed CIA, Table 7.2 would summarize the impacts associated with each of the projects
within the scope of the CIA. Information in the table would be based primarily on the
information in the social and environmental assessments for the individual projects. [Note: the
following table is just the template for this table; it is a matrix with project/activity itemized in
the rows of the table and impacted ecosystem components in the columns. In the completed
version of the template, the cells of the matrix would include words describing/summarizing the
impacts identified.]

640

Table 7.2 [Template] Summary of Key Project Impacts on Ecosystem Components
Land Freshwater
Project/
Activity

Air Vegetation Biota Land Use Physical
(Ground/Surface)
Biota Human Use(s)

(contd = 2 of 3)
Marine Social/cultural/resettlement
Physical Biota Human
Use(s)
Archaeological/
heritage
Visual/aesthetic

Physical
Resettlement
Economic
Resettlement
Vulnerable
People

(contd = 3 of 3)
Workforce
Construction Operations Training
Local
Contracting

Community
Development
Status

Comments

641
7.5.3 Overview of Project Timelines
Figure 7.2 provides a schematic overview of the timelines expected for the projects included in
this cumulative impacts analysis. It is noted that this figure includes hypothetical data for
illustrative purposes only.
Figure 7.2 Conceptual Timelines for Candidate CIA Projects
CBG ???
GAC
???
UC RUSAL ???
???
BHP Billiton ???
Exploration and Development
Construction
Operations
Decommissioning
2008
Time
Alcoa-RioTintoAlcan

7.5.4 Overview of Potential Cumulative Impacts
Table 7.3 presents a range of potential cumulative impacts that may emerge from this type of
CIA analysis. The potential cumulative impacts presented are derived from the information
available from this SEA as well as the general understanding of the other projects as described in
Section 7.2.
Since the Table describes potential impacts across all disciplines and timeframes, the results
cover the whole range of realistic possibilities. Any individual analysis for projects and
activities at a specific timeframe would be more constrained and would result in the
identification of only the specific impacts that emerge from that analysis. Significant cumulative
impacts resulting from individual analyses and requiring management or mitigation actions
would also be more limited.

642
Table 7.3 Overview of Potential Cumulative Impacts
Affected
Resource
Project-specific impact Potential Cumulative Impacts Comments
AIR
4

SOx, NOx, other
regulated
emissions to air
Refinery, power plant, equipment &
vehicles/trains each w/i guideline(s)
limits
Combined emissions across all projects
facilities may exceed airsheds
capacity(ies)
Computer modeling can assess
Greenhouse Gas
(GHG) emissions
Many facilities/activities release GHG Combined emissions across all projects
facilities may exceed (potential) national
caps or targets; future liability
Computer modeling can provide
estimates as basis for significance
judgments
LAND
Land use
Land taken out of agricultural,
subsistence and/or natural resource
uses for life of project at least
Combined withdrawals across all projects
may affect the capacity for local/regional
food production & livelihoods
Assessment needed
Land use Conversion of land to industrial use for
project activities/facilities
At specific nodes (e.g., port sites, town
sites, other?) cumulative conversion may
pre-empt other uses of significance to
community
Key nodal assessments required

4
Dust, noise, vibration and visual impacts tend to be localized; low probability of CIs other than project-specific between timeframes or related to
facilities used by more than one project (rail lines, roads)

643
Affected
Resource
Land use Conversion of land to industrial use for
project activities/facilities
Cumulative conversion coupled with
population growth may preclude the
practicality for alternative land availability
for agricultural purposes, and may limit
the return of reclaimed land to its pre-
development agricultural use
Regional development assessment
required
Habitats Loss or fragmentation of habitats
results in localized loss of associated
flora & fauna
Combined faunal losses may be
regionally significant and of high
importance for endangered or threatened
species
Endangered primate impacts require
particular attention
FRESHWATER
Surface water
quality & flows
Downstream water users/communities
uses impaired locally and in short term
by, e.g., water reservoirs operation &
runoff from facilities, including ARD
Combined effects of all facilities/activities
from all projects may be regionally
significant

Assessment needed, including during
post-operations phase
Aquatic habitat New project-related standing water
sources provide habitat for human
disease vectors
significant


644
Affected
Resource
Groundwater
quality & flows
Disruption of shallow aquifers affects
communities water wells flows and/or
water quality
significant

MARINE
Habitats
Conversion of marine habitats (infilling)
results in localized loss of productive
marine habitat
from all projects may result in regionally
significant loss of marine productivity
(including fishes utilized by community
fisheries); potential for effects on regional
food supply as well as livelihoods
Mangroves important; regional- level
assessment needed; potentially long-
term effect
Fisheries & fishing Project activities (ship traffic &
associated facilities) interfere with local
or site-specific fishing activities
significant loss of fishing opportunities;
potential for effects on regional food
supply as well as livelihoods
Assessment needed

645
Affected
Resource
COMMUNITY
HEALTH,
SAFETY, &
SECURITY
Informal in-
migration
In-migration of job seekers and service
providers concentrates around project
facilities (localized effect)
significant effect on multiple communities
Assessment needed; may require
mitigation measures at
regional/national level
Disease
transmission
Presence of project-associated workers
increases risk of disease in host
communities (localized effect)
Assessment needed; may require
Safety in vicinity
of transportation
facilities
Increased rail and highway traffic
increases safety risk to selected
communities (localized effect)
significant effect on multiple
communities, or at selected nodes or
transportation hubs of regional
importance
Assessment needed, particularly at
transport hubs; may require mitigation
measures at regional/national level
Security Security presence & activities result in
local community unease or distrust
Combined effects of security presence
and activities from all projects may result
in regional/national level concerns with
implications for projects social license
to operate
Assessment needed

646
Affected
Resource
RESETTLEMENT
Physical &
economic
displacement
Displacement of people for placement
of project facilities (localized effects)
Assessment needed, though mitigation
at project level significant & important;
may require mitigation measures at
Host communities Effects on infrastructure and social
fabric & relations of communities
receiving displaced people (localized
effects)
Assessment needed, though mitigation
at project level significant; may require
CULTURAL
HERITAGE
Effects on objects and places of
cultural significance on a project basis
(localized)
significant effect
Assessment needed
AREAS OF
INTERNATIONAL
OR NATIONAL
SIGNIFICANCE
Effects on sites or areas recognized as
of international or national significance
(biological or cultural) on a project-
specific basis
Combined effects of all projects impacts
on such areas may result in significant
impacts
Assessment needed

647
Affected
Resource
WORKFORCE
ISSUES
Supply of Workers
Availability of workers with requisite
skills on a project basis; local
competition for labor
Combined requirements of all projects in
similar timeframe may result in significant
shortages both regionally and nationally;
regional/national competition for workers
with knock-on economic & business
implications
Assessment needed by timeframe
phasing and timing critically important
Training Training & upgrading requirements to
meet skill levels the project needs
Combined requirements of all projects
may require significant efforts at regional
or national levels
Assessment needed ; regional or
national level efforts may be indicated;
advance planning required as
significant lead time needed
SUSTAINABILITY
Economic benefits
Significant economic benefits to those
employed by or contracted for the
project
Combined effects of multiple projects in
same timeframe may have significant
regional/national economic and business
impacts
Assessment needed by timeframe;
regional or national management may
be indicated
Equity issues Inequality between those involved
with/benefiting from the project and
those not, including people in
vulnerable groups
Combined effects of multiple projects in
similar timeframe may raise
regional/national level concerns with
implications for projects social license
to operate
Assessment needed

648
Affected
Resource
Governance Extractive projects believed by some to
challenge good governance through
the resource curse
Combined effects of multiple projects
may compound any resource curse
effects with implications for projects
social license to operate nationally
Assessment needed
Transparency Social and Environmental Assessment
consultation, engagement and
disclosure requirements increase
awareness of and potential for efficient
management of issues on a project-
specific basis
Transparency across projects may ease
management of potential issues and
increase the potential for extending and
broadening benefits and the likelihood of
social license to operate being achieved
at regional/national levels
Assessment needed
Regional
development
Individual projects development
proceeds as stand-alone event;
significant potential for boom and bust
outcomes based on a single project
Several projects provide significant
opportunities (including through
coordination of their timing, or sharing of
facilities, e.g.) to mitigate boom and bust
potential and extend projects benefits
Assessment needed; must occur on
regional/national basis; timeframes
critically important; significant
opportunities to optimize benefits of
individual projects

649
7.5.5 Cumulative Impacts Analysis
Cumulative impacts have been assessed by analyzing effects on key resources within the CIA
study area at specific timeframes in the future. Each such scenario includes projects and their
facilities predicted to have impacts on the key resource at that point in time. As noted above,
methodologies for assessing cumulative impacts will vary depending upon the key resource
impacted.
Table 7.4 provides a template for analyzing cumulative impacts. [Note: the cells of this table
include hypothetical data or information for illustrative purposes only; not enough information is
available at the time of writing to actually carry out the analyses.]
Table 7.4 sets out the applicable facilities potentially impacting each key resource (issue),
summarizes the project-specific impact from the projects social and environmental assessment,
and identifies the potential cumulative impact of concern; the methodology for doing the
analysis; and the cumulative impact identified.
The analysis would be repeated for a reasonable number of scenarios (timeframes) determined
by the baseline information available and the expected needs and timing for the management of
future cumulative impacts. The overall approach has the advantage of being qualitative in its
presentation and easily updated as new information becomes available or new or updated
scenarios emerge that require management.

650
Table 7.4 [Template] Cumulative Impact Summary Table Timeframe: GAC operations, year 5
5

Cumulative Impact Analysis Summary
CIA Key Issue
6

Project/Facility
7

Project specific
Impact
8

Potential impact Methodology Impact
Identified

Comments

AIR SO
2
emissions
GAC powerplant Stack emissions
comply w/ GIIP
guidelines; point
of impingement
defined
Dian-Dian
powerplant
Same as GAC
Alcoa et al.
powerplant
Same as GAC
Combined
emissions
exceed
airsheds
capacity for this
pollutant
Computer
modeling of all
facilities under
reasonable
operating
conditions for all
[.. concise
summary of
modeling result
goes here]
[x-ref to details
of analysis, e.g.
see Appendix
XXX]
MARINE loss
of mangrove
habitat
CBG port facility X ha lost in 1972
GAC port facility Y ha lost in 200x
Dian-Dian port facility Z ha lost in
2000y
Alcoa et al. port
facility
A ha lost in 200z
Combined
losses affect
marine
productivity in
region
Compare total
loss with
regionally
available
mangrove
habitat
(estimated from
imagery)
[ concise
summary of
findings here]

5
Information in the body of this table is hypothetical; presented for illustrative purposes only
6
Key issues substantiated and prioritized through stakeholder engagement process
7
Lists project facilities within CIA study area potentially impacting this issue at timeframe of this table
8
Summarized from project-specific Social and Environmental Assessment

651
Table 7.4 [Template] Cumulative Impact Summary Table Timeframe: GAC operations, year 5
5

Cumulative Impact Analysis Summary
CIA Key Issue
6

Project/Facility
7

Project specific
Impact
8

Potential impact Methodology Impact
Identified

Comments

SOCIAL
operations
phase workers
CBG
operations/expansion
Estd x00 trained
workers required

GAC
Estd y000
trained workers
required

Dian-Dian
Estd z000
trained workers
required

Alco et al.
Estd a000
trained workers
required
Demand for
experienced
operations
phase workers
significantly
exceeds
national supply;
economic and
labor supply
knock-on
impacts
Compare total
for all projects
with reasonable
expectations
from known
labor force and
training/skills
upgrading data
[ concise
summary of
findings here]

652
7.5.6 Summary of Key CIA Findings
Based on the current information available for the Project as described in Section 3.0 and on the
other projects in the region as described in Section 7.2, it appears that the key cumulative impact
issues will likely include:
Land use changes, land availability, and natural resource competition and the effects
these may have on livelihoods and food security;
Induced development resulting from an influx of job seekers and the capacity of local
communities to attenuate the influx;
Workforce issues related to lack of qualified in-country workers during early stages
of projects development with associated training and upgrading needs;
Safety, security, and nuisance issues in communities adjacent to rail and road
corridors and transportation or trans-shipment nodes;
Biodiversity changes related to land clearing of important mangrove ecosystems and
disruption of primate and other habitats and the effects that these have on sensitive
flora and fauna species;
Biodiversity changes related to increased industrial and marine shipping activities and
the effects on sensitive aquatic species and fishing livelihoods;
Quality and flows of freshwater to local communities as a result of surface water and
groundwater alterations resulting from projects activities;
Air quality changes resulting from increased fugitive dust, refinery, transportation,
and power plant emissions and the effects that these may have on local flora, fauna,
and human health, and
Sustainability, governance, and regional development issues that, well managed, have
the potential to reduce significantly the sectors reputational risk and to advance its
social license to operate in the region and nation.
7.5.7 Management of Cumulative Impacts
Management of cumulative impacts in the northwestern region of Guinea will require
collaboration among a number of organizations and groups. By definition, cumulative impacts
have multiple sources or origins and thus will inherently require more input than a single project
can provide to fully realize the benefits of a well-thought-out CIA effort.
Currently, GAC has initiated preliminary discussions with potential Project lenders and will
approach government representatives with regard to soliciting their assistance in facilitating the

653
development of a more comprehensive regional CIA. GAC is also planning to contact other
bauxite mining project proponents in the region to inform them of GACs interest to participate
in a more comprehensive CIA process and to request their voluntary participation in the effort.
Development of a meaningful cumulative impact assessment will require cooperation among the
regional project proponents, along with support from the GoG and involved financial lending
institutions. Additional information regarding the status of the CIA will be made available as
GAC proceeds forward. In the interim, this preliminary evaluation represents the most current
assessment of cumulative impacts available for bauxite mining in this region.
To complete the due diligence process per IFC requirements, IFC will hire an Independent
Consultant to coordinate the development of a Cumulative and Sectoral Impact Analysis (CSIA)
for bauxite mining in northern Guinea. To succeed this work needs the voluntary involvement of
all projects sponsors, namely GAC, CBG, Alcoa, Rio Tinto Alcan, UC Rusal, and BHP Billiton.

The Consultant will make use of the public information and various data communicated by GoG
and non-confidential information to be provided by the mining companies. The Consultant will
follow the requirements with respect to cumulative and sectoral impacts, as PS 1 says in
paragraph 5 and the corresponding Guidance Note G22.

The Consultant may undertake the analysis using one or more of the methodologies mentioned in
the Guidance Notes for the IFC PS dated July 2007 as applicable and other relevant documents
dealing with good practice in relation to cumulative impact assessment. The objective is to
produce a CSIA report consistent with PS1 requirements and it involves working in a
cooperative spirit among CBG, GAC, RUSAL, Alcoa, Rio Tinto Alcan, and BHP Billiton.

The CSIA needs to form part of the SEA process for any of the proposed projects to be eligible
for financing from IFC, Equator Banks, other International Financing Institutions (IFIs), and/or
export credit agencies. Per IFC requirements it will be publicly disclosed as soon as it is
finalized. As the GAC is the first and only Greenfield project permitted to date, this CSIA will
form part of the GAC SEA documentation once the study is completed.

654
8.0 References
African Development Foundation, 2005. ADFs Approach to Demand-Driven Development
in Guinea. The ADF Approach: Volume 1, Issue 1 Winter 2005. Link:
http://www.adf.gov/approach0105main.htm

Barton, E. D, Aristegui, J. Tett, P., Canton, M, Garcia-Braun, J., Hernandez-Leon, S.,
Nykjaer, L., Almeida, C., Almunia, J., Ballesteros, S., Basterretxea, G., Excanez, J.,
Garcia-Weill, L., Hernandez-Gerrea, A., Lopez-Laatzen, F., Molina R., Monero M.,
Navarro-Perez, E., Rodriquez, J., Van Lenning, K., Velez, H., and Wild, K. 1998. The
Transition Zone of the Canary Current Upwelling Region. Progress in Oceanography,
Volume 41, Issue 4. pp 455-504.

Bechtel Australia Pty Ltd., 2007. Chimpanzee Critical Habitat Study Report, Guinea Alumina
Project, Guinea, West Africa, 22 pp.

Bechtel Australia Pty Ltd, 2007. Health, Safety, Environment and Community Management
and Monitoring Plan: Construction Project.

Bechtel Australia Pty Ltd and Guinea Alumina Corporation, December 2007. Guinea
Alumina Project Definition Phase Study Report Executive Summary.

Bechtel Australia Pty Ltd and Guinea Alumina Corporation, February 2008. Guinea
Alumina Project Definition Phase Study Report Sections 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 8, 9, 11 and 12.

Bechtel Corporation, 2008. Guinea Alumina Project Accommodations Options Analysis

BRGM, April 1994. Programme dhydraulique villageoise en Basse Guine.

Camara S. and K. Samoura, 2001. tude de la faune et de la flore du site prvu pour
lextension du Port de Kamsar. Report achieved on behalf of SNC Lavalin Inc. in the
framework of the impact study for the setting up of an alumina plant in Sangardi and the
extension of the Kamsar port. 13 p.

Castalia Strategic Advisors, February 2006. Rapport Provisoire. Etude des Besoins et des
Options pour une Participation du Secteur Priv dans le Financement de la Mise Niveau
et du Dveloppement des Infrastructures Eau et Electricit de la Rgion de Bok, Rapport
Provisoire, Volumes I, II, and III.

Centre dtude et de Recherche en Environnement, 2001. tude dImpact
Environnemental, CERE.

655
Centre de Recherche Scientifique de Conakry-Rogban, 1985. Locan Atlantique, Rgion
Guinenne, CERESCOR.

Contributing staff members of the following organizations : Guine Ecologie ; Center for
Applied Biodiversity Science (CABS) ; Conservation International ; Alcoa World
Alumina LLC (Alcoa) ; Alcan, Inc., 2006. A Rapid Biological Assessment of Bok
Prfecture, Northwestern Guinea.

Dillon Consulting, September 2007. Environmental and Social Impact Assessment Gap
Analysis Sangardi Alumina Project, Final Report.

Ecology and Environment, Inc. July 2008. Critical Habitat Assessment Report, Guinea
Alumina Corporation Project, Guinea, West Africa. Lancaster, New York: Ecology and
Environment, Inc.

Equator Principles, June 2006. A financial industry benchmark for determining, assessing
and managing social & environmental risk in project financing.

European Integrated Pollution Prevention and Control Bureau (EIPPCB), December
2001. Reference Document on Best Available Techniques in the Non Ferrous Metals
Industries.

Fretey, J. and Malaussena, J-P. 1991. Sea turtle nesting in Sierra Leone, West Africa.
Marine Turtle Newsletter 54:10-12.

Giovannetti, F., August 2002. BAC Sangardi Refinery Public Consultation and
Disclosure Plan.

Giovannetti, F., June 2005. Environmental Impact Assessment for the Sangardi Alumina
Refinery Project, Republic of Guinea, Preliminary Report. Volume 4 - Global
Alumina/Guinea Alumina, Kamsar Port Development Resettlement Action Plan.

Global Alumina, November 2005. Sediment Sampling for Sand Borrow and Berth Dredging
Areas.

Global Alumina, March 2006. Protected Plant Species Management Plan, Rev. A.

Global Alumina, June 2006. Air Sampling Management Plan, Rev. D.

Global Alumina, November 2006. Village Water Supply Summary Report, Rev. A.

Global Alumina. Chimpanzee Management Plan, Rev. A

656
Global Alumina. Water Sampling Management Plan, Rev. A.

Guinea Alumina Project, November 2007. GAP Species of Concern Field Identification
Guide.

Hatch Kaiser Engineers Light Metals. Implementation Study, Second Draft.

Health Focus GMBH, August 2007. HIV/AIDS in the Intervention Area of the Guinea
Alumina Project, Situation Analysis Report.

Heath, D. Guinea Alumina Project, Project Report: Basis of Process Design, revised per rev B
PDFs

Human Rights First. Supporting Refugee Protection in West Africa. Link :
http://www.humanrightsfirst.org/intl_refugees/regions/africa/west_africa.htm.

International Finance Corporation, 1998, Thermal Power Guidelines for New Plants.

International Finance Corporation, 30 April, 2006. Performance Standards on Social &
Environmental Sustainability.

International Finance Corporation, 30 April 2007. Environmental, Health and Safety
Guidelines, Base Metal Smelting and Refining.

Guidelines, Railways.

Guidelines, Ports, Harbors, and Terminals.

International Finance Corporation, 10 December 2007. Environmental, Health and Safety
Guidelines, Mining.

Guidelines, General EHS Guidelines: Environmental.

International Finance Corporation, 31 July 2007. Guidance Notes: Performance Standards
on Social and Environmental Sustainability

International Finance Corporation, March 2008. Draft Environmental, Health, and Safety
Guidelines for Thermal Power Plants

657
International Institute for Environment and Development, March 2004. File No. 126
Oussouby Tour.

International Maritime Organization, 2004. International Convention for the Control and
Management of Ships Ballast Water and Sediments. Link :
http://globallast.imp.org/index.asp?page+mepc.htm&menu=true.

International Monetary Fund, April 2007. Guinea : Poverty Reduction Strategy Paper
Third Annual Progress Report. IMF Country Report No. 07/140.

Investigation, 2005. Enquete Demographique et de Sant Guine.

Jefferson, T., Leatherwood, S., and Weber, M., 1993. FAO species identification guide.
Marine mammals of the world. Rome, United Nations Food and Agriculture Association, p.
587.

Keita, A., June 2001. Republique de Guinee, Projet Bac, Etude dimpact du Projet
dimplantation dune Usine dalumine a Sangaredi, et dextention du port de Kamsar,
Volet: Etude Ornithologique, CERESCOR.

Kieta, F. BAC Project Socio-Economic Study.

Louis Berger Group, Inc., November 2005. Port of Kamsar Expansion Dredging Activities,
Monthly Progress Report.

MacDonald, G. and Sertorio, L. 1990. Proceedings of a NATO Advanced Research
Workshop on Model Ecosystems and their Changes, September 4-8, 1989, in Maratea,
Italy. p 175.

Mikitiuk, M., August 2004. A Study of Wind Speed Estimates for Guinea, Africa.

National Environmental Balancing Bureau, 1994. Sound and Vibration Design and
Analysis, First Edition.

Powell, J. and Kouadio, A., 2006. Trichechus senegalensis. In: IUCN 2007. 2007 IUCN Red
List of Threatened Species. Link: www.iusnredlist.org. Downloaded on 05 December
2007.

Price, P. and Tubman, W., 2007. Structure and Characteristics of riparian lands in
Principles for Riparian Lands Management. Published by Land and Water Management,
Canberra, Australia.

658
Primate Project, Inc. Proposal to Global Alumina For the Protection of the Wild Chimpanzee
Population Living at the Site of the New Refinery in Sangardi, Republic of Guinea.

Republic of Guinea, Ministry of Economy and Finance, Permanent Secretariat for the
Poverty Reduction Strategy (SP/SRP), January 2006. Second Progress Report on the
Poverty Reduction Strategy. Link :
http://siteresources.worldbank.org/INTPRS1/Resources/Guinea_APR2(Jan2006).pdf

Republique de Guinee, 2006. Resettlement Constructions Projet de Reinstallation Petoun
Djiga/Tould, Village de Tould, Plan dimplantaion de la Concession A.

Reynolds, J. and Powell, J. 2002. Manatees. in: Encyclopedia of Marine Mammals. W.
Perrin, B. Wrsig and J. Thewissen (Editors) Academic Press. p. 1414.

Ross, G., 2002. Humpback dolphins. in: Encyclopedia of Marine Mammals. W. Perrin, B.
Wrsig and J. Thewissen (Editors) Academic Press. p. 1414.

Sigma Consulting, October 2007. Capacity Increase and Reservoir Relocation,
Environmental Evaluation Rev. C.

SNC Lavalin, January 2008. Water Supply Dam and Red Mud Stacks Feasibility Report.

SNC Lavalin Environment, September 2002. Environmental Impact Assessment for the
Sangardi Alumina Refinery Project, Republic of Guinea, Preliminary Report. Volume 2C
- Kamsar Container Quay Environmental Study Addendum Rev. C.

SNC Lavalin Environment, June 2004. Environmental Impact Assessment, Sangardi
Alumina Refinery Project, Republic of Guinea, Preliminary Draft Report, Port
Development.

SNC Lavalin Environment, January 2005. Environmental Impact Assessment for the
Sangardi Alumina Refinery Project, Republic of Guinea, Preliminary Report.

SNC Lavalin Environment, July 2005. tude dImpact Environnementale, Rapport
Prliminaire, tude hydrogologique.

SNC Lavalin Environment, September 2005. Environmental Impact Assessment for the
Sangardi Alumina Refinery Project, Republic of Guinea, Preliminary Report. Volume 5
Resettlement Action Plan.

SNC Lavalin Environment, October 2005. Evaluation of the Impacts of Reservoir Filling on
Gallery Forests.

659
SNC Lavalin Environment, December 2005. Environmental Impact Assessment for the
Sangardi Alumina Refinery Project, Republic of Guinea, Preliminary Report. Volume 6 -
Consultation Report V2 Draft.

SNC Lavalin Environment, March 2006. Addendum to the Environmental Impact
Assessment for the Sangardi Alumina Refinery, Addendum to Port and Refinery EIAs.

SNC Lavalin Environment, March, 2007. Nationally or Internationally Significant Cultural
and Biophysical Resources Mapping, Global Alumina Refinery, Sangardi and Kamsar,
Guinea.

SNC Lavalin Environment, August 2007. Ambient Air Monitoring Results.

SNC Lavalin Environment, September, 2007. Preparatory Works, Simandou, Guinea, West
Africa for Rio Tinto Simfer S.A., taken from Direction Nationale de Statistique .
SNC Lavalin Environment, October 2007. Baseline Water Quality Report for the Guinea
Alumina Refinery Project.

SNC Lavalin Environment, November, 2007. Air Quality Modeling Results for 3.2 Mtpa and
3.7 Mtpa Productions.

Synergy Global Consulting Ltd., September 2007 (a). Etude relative au Cadre de
Dveloppement Communautaire pour le Secteur Miniere en Rpublique de Guine.
Rapport final 1.2.

Synergy Global Consulting Ltd., September 2007 (b). Guinea Mining Sector Community
Development Framework - Final Report 1.2. Study prepared for CommDev and the
Chambre des Mines de Guine with support from the Ministry of Mines and Geology,
Government of Guinea. Project Sponsored by World Bank/IFC. 146 p.
http://commdev.org/content/document/detail/1852/.

United Nations Development Programme, 1993.

United States Environmental Protection Agency, July 1990. Report to Congress on Special
Wastes Resulting from Mineral Processing, Chapter 3.

Yansan, Dr. Mohamed Lamine, August 2007. Situation Analysis of HIV/AIDS in the
Intervention of Guinea Alumina Project.

GAC Guinea Alumina Project SEA Volume 2 Impact Assessment

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

GAC Guinea Alumina Project SEA Volume 2 Impact Assessment

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Social and Environmental

You might also like